For the best user experience, the CHROME browser is recommended.
Also Chrome offers a free app., Read Aloud: A Text to Speech Voice Reader
which converts text to voice.
See CONTENTS  for a complete list of everything in this website.

God's Word Five

A website for those who wish to digest the "strong [solid] meat,"
not just "the milk or meat," of the Word of God.

TOPIC INDEX LINKS:

Certain Christian intelligentsia of the present dispensation, even though saved and in a position to understand the Word of God, too often seek spiritual discernment in the light of worldly wisdom rather than through comparing “scripture with scripture” and looking to the indwelling Spirit to lead them “into all truth”.
(John 16:13; 1 Corinthians 2:9-13)

A Study about Events Occurring when Christ returns in Possession of the Kingdom.
Coming in His Kingdom BOOK
By Arlen L. Chitwood of Lamp Broadcast
Foreword

To properly understand Scripture, one must not only have an appreciation and understanding of how Scripture is structured but also an appreciation and understanding of what Scripture is about.

Scripture opens after a certain fashion in the first thirty-four verses of Genesis (Genesis 1:1-2:3) — providing a skeletal format, set forth in a God-designed structure — that relates the complete story of Scripture.  Then, in line with the way Scripture opens, along with revealing 4,000 years of human history exactly as God would have man to understand events during this time, the Old Testament is fraught with spiritual meaning, seen within types, metaphors, symbolic language, and other forms of communication.

The New Testament simply continues, opening the same way as the Old Testament (though the gospel of John should open the New Testament, not the gospel of Matthew [ref. Chapter 1, “Genesis and John,” in the author’s book, in this site, Moses and John BOOK]).  Beyond that, along with relating the next 2,000 years of human history exactly as God would have man to understand events during this time, the language of the New Testament, in all aspects (spiritual meaning, seen within parables, signs, metaphors, symbolic language, etc.), is simply an outgrowth of that which is seen in the Old.

And all material in both Testaments moves toward the same point — the seventh day, the seventh millennium, the seventh 1,000-year period of a septenary structure of millennia, the Messianic Era, as set forth in an unchangeable fashion in the opening thirty-four verses of Genesis.

Man’s creation in the beginning had to do with regality.  Man’s creation had to do with his ruling the earth in the stead of Satan and his angels (the incumbent powers and authorities), a rule to occur during that time which is foreshadowed by the seventh day (Genesis 1:26-28; 2:1-3).

Man’s fall had to do with Satan bringing about his disqualification to occupy the throne, allowing the incumbent rulers to continue occupying the throne (Genesis 3:1ff).

And, by and through any sound method of biblical interpretation, God effecting man’s salvation could only have to do with man ultimately being brought back into a position where he could one day realize the purpose for his creation in the beginning, which has to do with ruling the earth during a seventh millennium in the stead of Satan and his angels (Genesis 3:21ff).

And by the manner in which God had previously established matters during 6,000 years of redemptive work (foreshadowed by the six days of restorative work involving a ruined creation in Genesis 1:2-25 [2b]), this rule for Christians will be as co-heirs with God’s Son.

(For a more complete picture of the latter, refer to the author’s book, in this site, God’s Firstborn Sons BOOK.)

Then, beyond the 7,000 years (which had been foreshadowed in Genesis 1:1-2:3 by the complete picture of Creation, Ruin, and Restoration throughout six days, followed by Rest on the seventh day), one finds a new heavens and new earth.  God, His Son, and redeemed man will dwell on this new earth; and God’s continued universal rule will emanate, not from heaven as we know it today, but from the new earth.  The “throne of God and of the Lamb” will rest on the new earth, and God with His Son will rule from this throne, with redeemed man exercising regality from this throne as well (Revelation 21; 22).

During the Millennium, man’s rule will have to do with the earth; but during the succeeding eternal ages, man’s rule will evidently have to do with the universe itself.

In this respect, one can easily see a major problem with much of the preaching and teaching so prevalent in Christendom today — that saved man is destined to spend eternity in heaven with God.  Such a teaching, being completely non-biblical, can only serve to hide and do away with not only the reason for man’s very existence but that toward which all Scripture moves.

The truth of the matter is set forth at the beginning of Scripture, in the five books of Moses; and this is equally what the five parallel books of John are about (again, refer to the author’s book, Moses and John BOOK).

And, as well, this is what any other part of Scripture can only be about, for all subsequent Scripture must be completely in line with the way matters are set forth at the beginning, in that which is revealed through Moses.
Chapter 1
Significance of Matthew 16:28-17:5

Assuredly, I say to you, there are some standing here who shall not taste death till they see the Son of Man coming in His kingdom.

Now after six days Jesus took Peter, James, and John his brother, led them up on a high mountain by themselves;

and He was transfigured before them. His face shone like the sun, and His clothes became as white as the light.

And behold, Moses and Elijah appeared to them, talking with Him.

Then Peter answered and said to Jesus, “Lord, it is good for us to be here; if You wish, let us make here three tabernacles: one for You, one for Moses, and one for Elijah.”

While he was still speaking, behold, a bright cloud overshadowed them; and suddenly a voice came out of the cloud, saying, “This is My beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased. Hear Him!” (Matthew 16:28-17:5)

The scene on the Mount, in Matthew 17:1-5, depicts that which is stated in the last verse of the preceding chapter — “the Son of Man coming in His kingdom” (Matthew 16:28).  This is not a sneak preview of, or something like, Christ’s return in possession of the kingdom at this time (cf. Daniel 7:13-14).  Rather, exactly as the text states, some standing there saw “the Son of Man coming in His kingdom.”

God can deal with time and with events during time in this manner if He so desires.

God can move man back in time, or forward in time (e.g., He moved Ezekiel back in time and John forward in time [Ezekiel 8:1ff; Revelation 1:10ff]).  As well, God can change time as we know it if He so desires (Joshua 10:12-14; Isaiah 38:7-8; Amos 8:9; Matthew 24:22; 2 Peter 3:8).  Then God can deal with events occurring during the time in which man has been placed.

The Scene in Matthew 17:1-5

The time when the Son of Man will come in His kingdom is seen to occur “after six days,” which places it in complete accord with all related Scripture — on the seventh day, the seventh 1,000-year period.

This is the way matters are presented, at the very beginning of the Old Testament, in the opening two chapters of Genesis, establishing a foundational basis for that which is about to be revealed.

And, as well, this is the way matters are presented at the beginning of the New Testament, in the opening two chapters of the gospel of John, again setting forth the same foundational basis previously seen in the beginning of Genesis for that which is about to be revealed.

(Ref. Chapter 1, “Genesis and John,” in the author’s book, Moses and John BOOK, showing why John must be seen as the gospel beginning the New Testament, not Matthew.)

The location used to depict the Son of Man coming in His kingdom was “a high mountain.”  “A mountain” is used in Scripture to depict a kingdom.  And Christ didn’t select just any mountain to depict that which was in view.  Rather, Christ took three of His disciples up into “a high mountain.”

Note how “a mountain” is used in a metaphorical respect in Isaiah 2:1-4 to depict not only Christ’s kingdom but lesser kingdoms on earth in that coming day — “the mountain of the LORD’S house [Christ’s kingdom] shall be established on the top of the mountains [all the subordinate world kingdoms, in the KJV this is referred to in this respect later in the verse through the use of ‘hills’].”

Or, Daniel 2:35, 44-45, as Revelation 11:15, shows the matter after a slightly different fashion.  In these sections of Scripture, the kingdom of Christ alone is seen, with all of the lesser world kingdoms seen as forming part of the worldwide kingdom of Christ.

In Daniel 2:35, 44-45, Christ is seen smiting the final form of Gentile world power at the time of His return (which will be a worldwide power under the Beast, Antichrist).  And “a great mountain” is used to depict the kingdom of Christ as it will exist following the destruction of that which is depicted by the image.

Then Revelation 11:15 simply states the same thing at the same time, apart from the use of metaphors:

The kingdom of the world has become the kingdom of our Lord, and of His Christ, and He will reign forever and ever (Revelation 11:15 NASB20).”

Those present on the Mount were Christ, Moses, Elijah, and three of the twelve disciples (Peter, James, and John).

Christ was “transfigured” before the disciples (enswathed in the Glory of God).

Moses and Elijah “appeared in glory” with Christ (evidently enswathed in “glory” as well [Luke 9:31]), and “a bright cloud” overshadowed all present on the Mount (which could only be the Glory seen in an overall respect in the kingdom).

Then Peter, James, and John — though not enswathed in “glory,” as was Christ and the others — were present within the overall scope of the “glory” overshadowing everyone.

And Peter recognized this scene to be exactly what was being depicted.  He suggested building three “tabernacles,” one for Jesus, one for Moses, and one for Elijah.  This would be an allusion to the feast of Tabernacles, the seventh and last of the Jewish festivals, depicting offerings and a time of rest at the termination of that which was set forth by the previous six festivals (foreshadowing offerings during the earth’s coming Sabbath, the Messianic Era).

(These seven festivals form the prophetic calendar of Israel, having to do with events that will transpire following Christ’s return at the end of the Tribulation, leading into the Messianic Era.

Refer to The Seven Jewish Festivals in this site.)

Jesus, Moses, and Elijah

When Jesus returns to the earth — that is, when the Son of Man comes “in His kingdom” — He will be accompanied by “the armies in heaven,” seen and identified elsewhere as “angels” (cf. Matthew 24:31; 2 Thessalonians 1:7; Revelation 19:14).  As well, according to the scene on the mountain in Matthew 17:1-5, Christ will be accompanied at this time by Moses and Elijah.

The matter can’t possibly be viewed after any other fashion.  That which has already occurred in respect to that which is depicted in Matthew 17:1-5 cannot be changed.  Attempting to see Christ returning at the end of the Tribulation — “the Son of Man coming in His kingdom” — apart from seeing Moses and Elijah accompanying Him would be the same as attempting to change something in past history.

The scene in Matthew 17:1-5 is simply future history that has already been depicted (has already occurred in one respect), though it will occur at a yet future date.  And it must occur in the future exactly as it occurred in the past.

This will explain why two men were present on the Mount of Olives in Acts chapter one when Christ ascended, for He is to return in exactly the same manner that He went away.  Two men were present when He went away, and two men will be present when He returns.  And these two men are identified in Matthew chapter seventeen.

(Why will these two particular men be with Christ at the time of His return?  Aside from the simple fact that this is the way biblical revelation presents the matter, there are evident, inseparably related reasons why they will be present [ref. Chapters 3, 4 in this book].)

Peter, James, and John

One thing should be kept in mind about the scene set forth in Matthew 17:1-5.  The scene, first and foremost, is Jewish.  It is like (akin to) the scene at the time of His ascension.  Christ ascended with His hands raised, blessing the disciples (Luke 24:50-51).  And, returning in the same manner that He went away, He will have His hands raised to bless, not just the disciples, but the entire Jewish nation.

This would be seen in Matthew 17:1-5 by the three disciples not only on the mountain in Christ’s presence, but also overshadowed by God’s Glory.  As at the ascension, blessings would move beyond them to the entire Jewish nation.

Then something not seen in Matthew 17:1-5, though dealt with in related Scripture, would be those down at the foot of and removed from the mountain in all directions — the nations.  Blessings will flow out from the mountain by and through a restored and blessed Jewish nation to those comprising all of the Gentile nations (Genesis 12:3).

The Church and Matthew 17:1-5

Within the scope of the events as they are depicted in Matthew 17:1-5, the Church can be seen only in a secondary respect.  The scene presented in these verses has to do with Christ’s return to the earth at the end of the Tribulation.  The scene is Jewish, with the nations in view; and Christians will not be with Christ when he returns to the earth at this time to deal with Israel and the nations.

At least two of the types deal with this aspect of the matter.

In Genesis 45:1ff, when Joseph dealt with His brethren in Egypt, at the time he revealed himself to them, his wife (Asenath) was not with him.  Rather she was in another part of the palace.

In Exodus 4:19ff, when Moses returned to Egypt to deal with Israel, his wife (Zipporah) only went part way with him.  She was not with him in Egypt when he dealt with Israel through their religious leaders.  And Moses’ dealings with these religious leaders were with a view to his subsequent dealing with the leader of the Gentile world power of that day concerning the departure of the Jewish people from Egypt.

When Christ returns at the end of the Tribulation, Christians, exactly as in the two referenced types, will not return to the earth with Him.  Christians, seen as Christ’s bride in that day, about to become His wife, may, as Zipporah, come part way (possibly remaining in the new Jerusalem in the heavens above the earth [the place from where Christ and His wife will reign during the Millennium]).  Or, as Asenath, the bride could be in another part of the palace when Christ deals with His brethren (again, possibly in the New Jerusalem above the earth).

Many individuals look upon the presence of Moses and Elijah in Matthew 17:1-5 as representing two types of Christians following the rapture — those who had died during the previous 2,000-year dispensation and had been raised from the dead and those removed from the earth without dying.

Moses had died (Deuteronomy 34:5-8), and it is evident from his appearance with Elijah on the mountain that God had later raised him from the dead (cf. Jude 1:9).  And Elijah had been removed from the earth without dying (2 Kings 2:11).

In a secondary respect, one could draw a teaching from Matthew 17:1-5 concerning two types of Christians at the time of the rapture — the dead raised, the living removed without dying — but teachings of this nature drawn from this passage would have nothing to do with the primary interpretation of these five verses.  These verses have to do with “the Son of Man coming in His kingdom,” accompanied by Moses, Elijah, and angelic armies (seen in corresponding Scripture).  Christians simply will not be there.

Matthew 17:1-5 is Jewish, with the nations in view.  And this must be recognized in order to properly understand that which is in view.
Chapter 2
Christ’s Greatest Regal Magnificence

For this reason I will not be negligent to remind you always of these things, though you know and are established in the present truth.

Yes, I think it is right, as long as I am in this tent, to stir you up by reminding you,

knowing that shortly I must put off my tent, just as our Lord Jesus Christ showed me.

Moreover I will be careful to ensure that you always have a reminder of these things after my decease.

For we did not follow cunningly devised fables when we made known to you the power and coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, but were eyewitnesses of His majesty [Greek: superlative; lit., “His greatest (regal) magnificence”].

For He received from God the Father honor and glory when such a voice came to Him from the Excellent Glory: “This is My beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased.”

And this voice which came from heaven we heard when we were with him in the holy mount. (2 Peter 1:12-18)

Peter wrote his second epistle about 60 A.D., which would have been almost three decades beyond the events on the mountain, seen in Matthew 17:1-5.  And these events had been of such a nature that after all these years they were still uppermost in his mind.

At the end of instructions and exhortation pertaining to present Christian living with a view to that which lies out ahead (2 Peter 1:1-9), Peter called attention to the Christians’ “call and election” (2 Peter 1:10).  And, within context, a Christian’s “call and election” have to do with “exceedingly great and precious promises,” to be realized in the coming “kingdom of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (2 Peter 1:4, 11), which Peter goes on to deal with through that which he, James, and John had seen when they were with Christ “on the holy mountain” (2 Peter 1:16-18).

“Call and Election”

Individuals are to give diligence to make their “call and election sure.”  The word “election” could be better translated called out.  The words translated “call” and “election” in verse ten are from the same root forms as the cognate words in the Greek text translated “called” and “chosen” in Matthew 22:14, which should literally be translated, “For many are called, but few are called out.”

(Both, an individual’s calling and out-calling, have to do with the same thing.  His calling can’t pertain to the Christian’s presently possessed salvation, for he cannot make that anymore “sure” than it already exists.  Salvation by grace through faith has already been made “sure,” based on Christ’s finished work at Calvary.

An individual has been saved for a purpose; and that “purpose” would equate to his calling, just as “realizing that purpose” would equate to his out-calling.  Both have to do with a future salvation, the salvation of the soul; and both have to do with Christians one day being called out of the called and realizing positions as co-heirs with Christ in His kingdom.)

The word “diligent” in 2 Peter 1:10 is from the same word translated “diligence” in 2 Peter 1:5.  With the same intensity that a person is to abundantly supply in his faith virtue . . ., he is to make his calling and out-calling “sure.”  The word “sure” is the translation of a word that means “certain,” “firm,” “secure.”  And to make his calling and out-calling “sure,” a Christian would have to be knowledgeable (2 Peter 1:8, Greek: epignosis, “mature knowledge) concerning that which is in view.

There can be no such thing as following biblical guidelines surrounding the purpose for one’s salvation and, at the same time, ignoring one’s calling and out-calling.  The entire concept widely promulgated in Christian circles today that states or teaches that the one really important thing is just to be saved has no basis in Scripture whatsoever.  Scripture places the emphasis on the purpose for one’s salvation.  It is man who has turned this around and placed the emphasis back on salvation itself.

The entire purpose for the present dispensation is to procure a bride for God’s Son, with a view to the coming age when the Son will reign over the earth with His consort queen (procured during the present dispensation).

God has set aside an entire dispensation lasting 2,000 years for this purpose.  He sent His Spirit into the world at the beginning of the dispensation with specific instructions (seen in the type in Genesis 24:3-9).  And the work of the Spirit throughout the dispensation, though it includes breathing life into those who have no life (salvation of the unsaved), is primarily concerned with procuring a bride for God’s Son.  And the bride is to be taken from the saved, not from the unsaved (seen in the type in Genesis 24 by and through the specific instructions that Abraham gave his servant and that which the servant did once he was in Mesopotamia — went to the city where Abraham’s kindred resided, and went to Abraham’s kindred in that city [Genesis 24:3-27]).

The whole of the matter surrounding the reason for the Spirit being sent into the world at the beginning of this dispensation has to do with one’s calling and out-calling.  And Christians are to be knowledgeable concerning God’s plans and purposes for the present dispensation, making their calling and out-calling “sure.”

“On the Holy Mountain”

Peter, following his exhortation to Christians pertaining to making their calling and out-calling sure (2 Peter 1:10), with a view to an abundant entrance into the kingdom (2 Peter 1:11), then states to those to whom he is writing to “not be negligent to remind you always of these things.”  And Peter was going to do this even though these Christians were already “established in the present truth” (2 Peter 1:12ff).

Peter knew that these Christians already possessed a firm foundation (literal understanding of the Greek text) in the things that he was proclaiming (2 Peter 1:12b).  But that was of no moment to Peter.  In time past he had seen something that they had not seen;  he had witnessed something that they had not witnessed.  He knew something from firsthand experience — the importance of keeping the whole overall teaching surrounding that awaiting Christians at the time of Christ’s return before them at all times.

Peter went on to state that he, along with others (James and John), had seen, with their own eyes, that of which he spoke.  He had been on the mountain with James and John years earlier and had seen “the Son of Man coming in His kingdom.”  He had seen, with his own eyes, the Son of Man in “His majesty (‘His greatest [regal] magnificence’ [2 Peter 1:16]).

And God announced at this time,

This is My beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased. (2 Peter 1:17)

“Sonship” implies rulership.  Only “Sons” can rule in God’s kingdom.  That’s the way it has always been, and that’s the way it will always remain.

This announcement by God at this time — at the time when Peter saw the Son of Man coming in His kingdom — is simply an announcement stating which God recognized as the One possessing the right to hold the earth’s scepter.

In this respect, “Satan,” the incumbent ruler, was/is a rejected son of God (“a son of God” because of creation, as are all angels).  Christ though, at the time Satan tested Him for forty days and nights (Matthew 4:1-11), showed that He was the One possessing the right to hold the scepter, in Satan’s stead.  Christ showed that He, as God’s Son, was fully qualified to take the scepter as the second Man, the last Adam (note Satan’s repeated statement, “If You are the Son of God  . . . .” [Matthew 4:3, 6])

Where Adam had failed, Christ could not fail.  And that which Adam had lost in the fall Christ would redeem [which included both man and the forfeited domain].

(The redemptive terms for man are set forth early in Genesis — death and shed blood — pointing to Christ’s finished work at Calvary.

The redemptive terms for the forfeited domain [the earth] though are set forth in Revelation 5:1ff, a passage drawing principally from two Old Testament types that deal with the subject [Ruth 4:1ff; Jeremiah 32:1ff].

For information on the preceding, refer to the author’s books, both in this site, Salvation by Grace through Faith BOOK and The Time of the End BOOK, Chapters 8, 9).

Again, relative to sonship and rulership, note God’s statement concerning Christ following His baptism, immediately before being tested by Satan.  It is exactly the same as His statement in Matthew 17:5:  “This is My beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased.”

Then note Peter’s statement in Matthew 16, responding to Christ’s question, concerning Christ’s identity:

You are the Christ, the Son of the living God. (Matthew 16:16)

It would not have been possible for Peter to have responded in a more accurate and complete manner.  This is why Jesus, in response, said, “Blessed are you, Simon Bar-Jonah, for flesh and blood has not revealed this to you, but My Father who is in heaven” (Matthew 16:17).  Peter had identified Christ by saying, in effect, “You are the One who will rule and reign, the Son whom God recognizes to possess this right.”

It was shortly after the preceding though that Peter was chastised by the Lord because of something that he stated in a completely opposite respect, which came from below, not from above.

The Lord, following the announcement concerning building His Church (Matthew 16:18-19) began revealing to the disciples approaching events pertaining to His death, burial, and resurrection.  Peter, only a short time before, having made the statement concerning Christ’s Sonship and reign, couldn’t understand this at all.  And, as a result, Peter took the Lord aside and “began to rebuke Him” (Matthew 16:20-22).

Jesus, in response, associating Peter directly with Satan, said to him:  “Get behind Me [i.e., ‘get out of my sight’], Satan . . .” (Matthew 16:23, cf. Luke 22:31, 54-62).  Peter’s actions shortly before this had emanated from above, from God; now his actions emanated from below, from Satan.

(In reality, these are the only two spheres from which a person’s actions can emanate.  A person, in his actions, can either be brought forth “from above” or “from below.”  There is no middle ground [Luke 11:23].)

Six days later though, the Lord allowed Peter, along with James and John, to have an experience pertaining to his confession concerning Christ’s identity, which he would never be able to get away from or forget.  And that is the experience recorded in Matthew 17:1-5.

The Lord allowed Peter to see something that would change his outlook on life completely.  The Lord allowed Peter to see that toward which all of Scripture moves — “the Son of Man coming in His kingdom.”

And almost three decades later, having seen Christ in “His majesty (‘His greatest [regal] magnificence’), the scene had so impacted Peter that he could never get away from it.  This is the one event in his life that he referenced in order to reveal why he was going to keep on hammering away at teachings surrounding Christ’s coming reign, even though the people whom he addressed were already well-grounded in these truths.

Because of the importance of that which Peter knew — Christians keeping their eyes fixed on that which he had personally witnessed — he was going to keep on proclaiming things pertaining to Christ’s coming kingdom to the point that they could never forget it.  He was going to proclaim this message to the point that even after he was dead and gone they still would never get away from it.
Chapter 3
Moses and Elijah in That Day (1)

Remember the Law of Moses, My servant, which I commanded him in Horeb for all Israel, with the statutes and judgments.

Behold, I will send you Elijah the prophet before the coming of the great and dreadful day of the LORD.

And he will turn the hearts of the fathers to the children, and the hearts of the children to their fathers, lest I come and strike the earth with a curse. (Malachi 4:4-6)

Different, though similar, expressions are used in Scripture to depict the whole of Scripturee.g., “To the law, and to the testimony” (Isaiah 8:20); “Moses and all the Prophets,” “the law of Moses and the Prophets and the Psalms” (Luke 24:27, 44); or “Moses and the prophets” (Luke 16:29, 31).

By placing Moses and Elijah together in the last three verses in the Old Testament, the whole of Scripture is once again in view.  The Law was given through Moses, and Elijah was one of the prophets.

The same thing is seen through Moses and Elijah’s appearance together in Matthew 17:1-5 and Acts 1:9-11; also, because of that which is involved, evidently the two unidentified men at the empty tomb in Luke 24:4-7 were also Moses and Elijah.

(For information on the preceding, refer to Two Men at the Empty Tomb in this site.)

Then there are a series of events of equal significance concerning these two men that will occur yet future, at two different periods of time.

One has to do with a manifestation of signs by two prophets (the two witnesses) during the Tribulation, along with an evident counter manifestation of signs by the false prophet (Revelation 11; 13).  And, comparing Scripture with Scripture, these two prophets could only be identified as Moses and Elijah.

(These two prophets are “the two anointed ones” in Zechariah’s fifth vision [Zechariah 4:1-14].

Because of the importance of Elijah’s future ministry to Israel, as seen in Malachi 4:5-6, it would appear strange indeed if he were not mentioned someplace in Revelation 6-19 {19a} [that section of the book covering the Tribulation].  And, in the light of other Scripture, it would appear equally strange if Elijah appeared unaccompanied by Moses.

And Revelation 11:3-12 is the only place throughout these fourteen chapters of the book where we have two men of this nature appearing to Israel during this time.  Also, signs associated with their ministry reflect back on signs performed by Moses and Elijah [Revelation 11:6].)

Then, following the Tribulation when these two men return with Christ — i.e., when these two men, depicting the complete written Word [which is living], return with this Word manifested in the form of flesh [again, the living Word] — according to biblical typology, there will be a continuation and conclusion to their preceding ministry during the Tribulation (Exodus 5:1ff; 1 Kings 18:25ff).  That which is stated concerning Elijah’s ministry in relation to the Jewish people and the theocracy, seen in Isaiah 40:1-5 and Malachi 3:1-4; 4:5-6, must be brought to pass.

Also, inseparably connected with the preceding and inseparably connecting these two men for all time in relation to Israel and the theocracy, there are only two instances in all of the Old Testament (in Moses and the Prophets) where God empowered individuals to perform supernatural “signs.”  The first occurred under Moses and his successor Joshua, and the second occurred under Elijah and his successor Elisha.

The first occurred in connection with the Jewish people and the theocracy — the Jewish people leaving Egypt with a view to realizing an inheritance in a theocracy in another land.  Thus, a first-mention principle was established at this point in Scripture regarding signs, which can never change.  

Accordingly, any future manifestation of signs, by and through individuals empowered to perform these signs, could only have to do with the Jewish people, with the theocracy in view.

Remove either (the Jewish people or the theocracy), and signs of the nature seen in Scripture cannot exist.  Both Israel and the kingdom must be in view together for these supernatural signs to exist.

This is why the exact same thing is seen by and through a manifestation of signs during Elijah’s and Elisha’s ministries.  This was one of the darkest days in Israeli history.  Ahab and his wife Jezebel had led the people completely away from God, into Baal worship.  The theocracy was in existence, though in a divided kingdom.  And the manifested signs had to do with Israel and the kingdom (a call for the people to return to the God of their fathers).

The same thing was seen in the gospel accounts and the book of Acts during the offer and reoffer of the kingdom to Israel — an unparalleled manifestation of signs.

And the same thing will again be seen during the first half of the Tribulation, by and through the ministry of the two witnesses, the ministry of Moses and Elijah to Israel during this period.

And the signs will, they must, have to do with Israel and the kingdom during this future time.  The kingdom will be in the offing.  The time will be at hand when the kingdom will be restored to a repentant and converted nation.

(For additional information on “signs” in the preceding respect, refer to the author’s three pamphlets, “Signs, Wonders, Miracles 1.pdf2.pdf3.pdf.”)

John and Elijah

Many Bible students have trouble understanding that John (John the Baptist) only came “in the spirit and power of Elijah” (Luke 1:17) and did not fulfill any of the Old Testament prophecies pertaining to Elijah.

John clearly stated that he wasn’t Elijah (John 1:21).  Jesus, on the other hand, said that he was Elijah (Matthew 11:10-14; 17:10-13).  But there was an “if” in connection with John being identified as Elijah by Christ in Matthew 11:14 — “if you are willing to receive . . . .”

Elijah is to be Christ’s forerunner at the time Israel receives her Messiah.  God, in His foreknowledge, knew what the nation would do at Christ’s first coming.  Thus, John was sent “in the spirit and power of Elijah,” but not in fulfillment of any prophecies about Elijah.

(Scripture sometimes has near and far fulfillments of events in the preceding respect.  Note Hosea 11:1 and Matthew 2:15 for example — “Out of Egypt have I called my Son.”  The prophecy in Hosea is clearly about Israel, God’s firstborn son, at the time of the Exodus.  In Matthew though, the prophecy was fulfilled by God’s other firstborn Son, at the time He was removed from Egypt as a child.)

The fulfillment of that which is seen in Isaiah 40:3; Malachi 3:1; 4:5-6 can only occur at a time when the Jewish people receive their Messiah.  Note the context of Isaiah 40:3; it is millennial.  Also, note that which Elijah will do in Malachi 4:6, which John didn’t do in his ministry.

Elijah, exactly as he did with the prophets of Baal on Mount Carmel in 1 Kings 18:25ff, will turn “the heart” of the Jewish people back to their fathers (back to believing the prophets), and “the heart” of their fathers (the prophets) back to the Jewish people.  Note the direct statement regarding this in the historical account following the fire falling from heaven on Mount Carmel (cf. 1 Kings 18:37-39; Malachi 4:5-6).

John, as Christ’s forerunner at His first coming, aside from a near fulfillment of Isaiah 40:3, failed to fulfill any of the prophecies pertaining to Elijah.  Thus, through any sound system of biblical interpretation, John cannot possibly be seen fulfilling the Old Testament prophecies concerning Elijah.

Elijah will come yet future, fulfilling Isaiah 40:3; Malachi 3:1; 4:5-6.  And, once again, he will be instrumental in turning the people from unbelief to belief in Israel, possibly in a similar manner to the way he accomplished this on Mount Carmel over 2,800 years ago (1 Kings 18:25-39).

Moses and Elijah, During the Tribulation

When Elijah returns to minister to the Jewish people before “the coming of the great and dreadful day of the Lord,” he will be accompanied by Moses, both during the Tribulation and with Christ following the Tribulation.  And his fulfilling the passages in Isaiah and Malachi may very well occur both during and following the Tribulation when both he and Moses return with Christ, for events throughout this period will occur prior to “the coming of the great and dreadful day of the LORD.”

(For information concerning when the Day of the Lord begins, which will follow the Tribulation and Christ’s return, refer to Chapters 4, 5 in the author’s book, in this site, The Time of the End BOOK.

The great and dreadful day of the Lord” would refer more specifically to that time when Gentile world power is destroyed following Christ’s return [Joel 2:1-11, 30-32; 3:1-16].)

During the Tribulation (first half), Moses and Elijah will minister to Israel.  They will evidently be instrumental in the conversion of the 144,000 Jews who are to proclaim the gospel of the kingdom to the Gentiles worldwide during the last half of the Tribulation (Revelation 7; 12; 14).  As well, they will evidently confront Antichrist and his false prophet, through supernatural powers, signs (cf. Revelation 11:3-6; 13:13-15).

But the entire nation being brought to the place which Elijah brought them in history on Mount Carmel will await Moses and Elijah’s return with Christ at the end of the Tribulation.

(At the end of their ministry during the Tribulation, Moses and Elijah will be slain.  And this may very well be the time when Antichrist breaks his covenant with Israel and turns against the Jewish people in all his fury, as seen in Matthew 24:15ff  [cf. Revelation 11:13].  Three and one-half days following their death, Moses and Elijah will be raised from the dead and will be removed into the heavens, awaiting Christ’s return three and one-half years later.)

Biblical prophecy places Israel’s repentance near the end of the Tribulation and the birth of a nation following Christ’s return at the end of the Tribulation.

Moses and Elijah’s ministry to Israel during the first half of the Tribulation may very well be of such a nature that over three years following their ministry, near the end of the Tribulation, in Israel’s darkest hour, their prior ministry will play a part in the entire nation turning to and calling upon the God of their fathers (exactly as seen in the type in Exodus 2:23).  And, exactly as seen in the type, when the Jewish people do this, God will hear, remember His covenant with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, and send the One greater than Moses back to His people (Exodus 2:24ff; cf. Zechariah 12:10ff).

Moses and Elijah, When Christ Returns

When Christ returns, accompanied by Moses, Elijah, and the armies in heaven (angels), He will return to the Mount of Olives.  But this will not be the time when the Mount splits, as seen in Zechariah 14:4.  Numerous events must occur first.

The antitype of the confrontation with the Assyrian Pharaoh in Egypt during Moses’ day (typified by the ten plagues) will occur at this time.  And God will probably use Moses, exactly as in the type in Exodus, to bring this to pass.

Elijah, on the other hand, can only be seen turning his attention to Israel during this time, bringing about and fulfilling that which is seen in Malachi 4:5-6.

Christ and Moses (as Moses and Aaron in the type) will evidently appear to the Assyrian of that day with the same message that God instructed Moses to take to the Assyrian of his day —“Israel is My son, My firstborn  . . . let My son go that he may serve Me . . .” (Exodus 4:22-23).  And judgments will follow when the Assyrian refuses, exactly as in the type.

Elijah, on the other hand, can only be ministering to a scattered Jewish people at this time.  He will be ministering to the nation in line with Malachi 4:5-6, readying the nation for Christ’s appearance to them, when they look upon the pierced One, resulting in a nation being born in a day (cf. Isaiah 66:8; Zechariah 12:10-14). 

(For additional information on Moses and Elijah, When Christ Returns, refer to Chapter 4 in this book.)

The tenth and last plague in the type was the death of the firstborn, the Passover.  This is where Israel’s national conversion occurred/will occur in the order of events.  And, with God’s firstborn son on the scene in this manner, this is where the death in relation to Gentile regality in Egypt did/will occur as well, with Gentile power subsequently destroyed.  Then, the remaining six festivals outline a sequence of events relative to Israel, leading into the Messianic Era.

(Refer to The Seven Jewish Festivals in this site for a brief outline of these events, which, as all other events between Christ’s return and the beginning of the Messianic Kingdom will evidently occur during the seventy-five-day period mentioned at the end of the book of Daniel.)
Chapter 4
Moses and Elijah in That Day (2)

Remember the Law of Moses, My servant, which I commanded him in Horeb for all Israel, with the statutes and judgments.

Behold, I will send you Elijah the prophet before the coming of the great and dreadful day of the LORD.

And he will turn the hearts of the fathers to the children, and the hearts of the children to their fathers, lest I come and strike the earth with a curse. (Malachi 4:4-6)

As seen in Chapter 3 in this book, Moses and Elijah will be very instrumental in events surrounding Christ’s return, both immediately preceding His return (during the Tribulation) and at the time of and immediately following His return.  Christ will return, not only accompanied by angels (for particular, revealed reasons), but also accompanied by Moses and Elijah (for particular, revealed reasons as well).

Angels accompanying Christ will be sent out to re-gather the Jewish people from a worldwide dispersion (Matthew 24:29-31).  And they will evidently be instrumental in His numerous dealings with the Jewish people at this time, as angels were instrumental in God’s numerous dealings with His people in the past (cf. Genesis 18:1ff; Exodus 23:20-23; Deuteronomy 33:2; 2 Kings 19:35; Psalm 68:17; 78:25; Daniel 6:22; Acts 7:53; Galatians 3:19; Hebrews 2:2).

Moses and Elijah accompanying Christ will be instrumental in events occurring in two realms:

1) The nations, under the Assyrian (the Beast, the Antichrist) ruling the world in that day.

2) Israel, scattered among these same nations.

Moses, as in the type in Exodus, will evidently be instrumental in God’s dealings with the nations at this time.  And Elijah, as in the type in 1 Kings, in line with that which is prophesied concerning Elijah in Malachi 3:1-3; 4:5-6, can only be seen as instrumental in God’s dealings with the Jewish people at this time.

A Seventy-Five-Day Period

Something often overlooked in biblical prophecy is a seventy-five-day period seen in the closing three verses of Daniel’s prophecy.

And from the time that the daily sacrifice is taken away, and the abomination of desolation is set up, there shall be one thousand two hundred and ninety days.

Blessed is he who waits, and comes to the one thousand three hundred and thirty-five days.

But you, go your way till the end; for you shall rest, and will arise to your inheritance at the end of the days. (Daniel 12:11-13)

Numerous events relative to Israel and the nations will occur between the time of Christ’s return and the beginning of the Messianic Kingdom.  Little thought is usually given to these events, though the matter is dealt with extensively in Scripture.  Too often a somewhat blended picture of central events occurring at this time is seen — Christ’s return, His dealings with Israel (the national conversion, resurrection of Old Testament saints, and the restoration of the nation), and the overthrow of Gentile world power.

Scripture though, as previously stated, provides a wealth of information pertaining to the numerous events surrounding Christ’s return.  And, within this information, there is a sequence to the order in which these events will occur.

The setting up of “the abomination of desolation,” referred to in Daniel 12:11, is a reference to the actions of the Assyrian breaking his covenant with Israel and desecrating the Holy of Holies of the rebuilt temple.  This will occur at the exact mid-point of the seven-year Tribulation (cf. Daniel 8:9-14; 9:26-27; 11:30-32; Matthew 24:15-22; Luke 21:20-24; 2 Thessalonians 2:3-4; Revelation 11:1-2; 12:4-6, 13-16), a period comprised of 2,520 days, or two equal 1,260-day periods (Daniel 7:25; 9:24-27; 12:7; Revelation 11:2-3; 12:6; 13:5).

Daniel 12:11 takes one thirty days beyond the end of the Tribulation, and the next verse takes one an additional forty-five days beyond the initial thirty, totaling seventy-five days.  Then the next verse, the last verse in Daniel, concludes the matter by revealing the time in relation to these seventy-five days when Daniel would be allowed to stand in his “lot” (i.e., be raised from the dead and realize his inheritance in the land [cf. Numbers 26:55; 34:13; 36:2-3; Joshua 14:2; Daniel 12:1-3]).

Thus, the resurrection and restoration of Israel can only be placed toward and at the end of this seventy-five-day period.  Numerous events, having to do with both Israel and the nations will occur before this time.  Elijah will be instrumental in events having to do with the Jewish people during this time, and Moses will evidently be instrumental in events having to do with the nations during this same time.

Elijah and Israel

The type that one can draw from pertaining to Elijah has to do with his experiences with Ahab (the king in Israel during Elijah’s day, who had married Jezebel, a pagan king’s daughter) and his subsequent experiences with the prophets of Baal and with unbelieving Israel on Mount Carmel.

This was one of the darkest periods in Israeli history.  Ahab had led Israel into Baal worship, along with other forms of idolatry; and during his reign the city of Jericho was rebuilt (a curse rested upon anyone rebuilding this city [cf. Joshua 6:26; 1 Kings 16:34]).

Scripture states that “Ahab the son of Omri did evil in the sight of the LORD, more than all who were before him” (1 Kings 16:30-34).

This was the situation when Elijah appeared on the scene, beginning a sequence of events — lasting three and one-half years, during which no rain fell throughout the land — which was climaxed by belief in Israel, the prophets of Baal being slain, and rain falling in torrents (1 Kings 17:1-18:45; James 5:17-18).

And when Elijah appears to Israel following the Tribulation, it will be after three and one-half years of a rule of the most corrupt and wicked Gentile king that the world will have ever known, one who will seek to destroy Israel from off the face of the earth.

And Elijah, possibly after a similar fashion, will once again bring about that which he brought to pass on Mount Carmel.  He will bring about conditions of a nature that will cause the hearts of the people to turn to the Prophets and the hearts of the Prophets to turn to the people, i.e., bring about belief among the Jewish people where unbelief had previously existed, belief and adherence to that which the Prophets had previously stated (cf. 1 Kings 18:37-39; Malachi 4:5-6).

Then, in conjunction with the preceding, Elijah is going to bring about a people ready to receive their Messiah when He subsequently reveals Himself to them.

Two complete chapters in the book of Revelation, extending into part of a third chapter (Revelation 17; 18; 19 [19a]), are given over to depicting Israel in the kingdom of Antichrist and that which will happen as a result of Elijah’s ministry immediately following the Tribulation.  Israel’s harlotry is seen at an apex and then quickly brought to an end in these chapters.  And Scripture elsewhere, having to do with Elijah’s future ministry, tells how this will be done (ref. the author’s pamphlets, “The Beast and the Woman Part 1.pdfPart 2.pdf ” and “Babylon and Jerusalem Part 1.pdfPart 2.pdf”).

Moses and the Nations

The things having to do with that which will evidently be Moses’ ministry as it pertains to the nations during this same time also occupies several chapters in the book of Revelation (Revelation 8; 9; 16).

When the sixth seal of the seven-sealed scroll (Revelation 5) is opened in Revelation 6:12, events being depicted will occur near and at the end of the Tribulation.  The kingdom of the Assyrian is seen in utter chaos, a decimated kingdom.  Then the heavens are opened (exactly as in Revelation 19:11ff, for they are two depictions of the same scene), with God’s Christ coming forth as “King of kings and Lord of lords,” though described in a different manner in Revelation 6:16 (as One seated “on a throne”).

And those on the earth — from governmental rulers on thrones to individuals in prisons — will seek to distance themselves from the One coming forth.  The kingdom of this world will be in shambles at this time, and those on the earth will evidently have some understanding of what the presence of the One coming forth means, for they will seek to hide themselves and say to the “mountains and rocks”:

. . . Fall on us and hide us from the face of Him who sits on the throne and from the wrath of the Lamb!

For the great day of His wrath has come, and who is able to stand?  (Revelation 6:16-17).

The seventh seal has yet to be broken at this point in time, containing the climactic judgments, the seven trumpet and seven bowl judgments (which are the same judgments described two different ways, in the same manner that the two depictions of the heavens being opened and Christ coming forth are seen and described in the book two different ways).

(Note that Scripture is quite often structured in the preceding manner, beginning in Genesis and ending in Revelation [e.g., the first thirty-four verses of Genesis cover the whole of Scripture in a skeletal framework;  then commentary is provided, adding the sinews, flesh, and skin; or, in the book of Revelation, note that Revelation 1:10-11 and Revelation 4:1-2 describe exactly the same scene;  or that Revelation 10:1-7 and Revelation 16:17-21 describe exactly the same end].

Refer to the author’s book, The Time of the End BOOK, in this site, where this structure of Scripture, as seen particularly in the book of Revelation, is discussed different places.)

The judgments under the seventh seal (the seven trumpet and seven vial judgments) have to do with judgments upon the kingdom of the Assyrian of that day, which will already be a decimated kingdom when the seventh seal is broken and these judgments commence.  And these judgments parallel the ten plagues that befell the kingdom of the Assyrian in history (Exodus 7-12).

Both seven and ten are complete numbers, showing complete judgment befalling the kingdom of the Assyrian in both history and prophecy.

And the reason why judgment of this nature will befall the kingdom of the Assyrian in prophecy can only be the same as the reason why it befell the kingdom of the Assyrian in history.

The Assyrian in history was not only seeking to destroy the Jewish people but he would not allow them to leave Egypt in order to realize the rights of the firstborn in the land covenanted to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.  And the Assyrian in prophecy will do exactly the same thing relative to the Jewish people scattered worldwide, scattered throughout his kingdom.

(God’s power, of course, could easily have overridden the Assyrian’s power in history, as will be the case with the Assyrian’s power in prophecy as well [that is, God could have simply removed His people/can one day simply remove His people through divine power, regardless of the Assyrian’s attitude, with that being the end of the matter].

But that is all beside the point.  God has chosen to exhibit His power after another fashion entirely.  God has chosen to bring matters to pass His way, through His means, resulting in an even greater manifestation of divine power [cf. Exodus 9:15-16; Revelation 17:16-17].)

In history, Moses and Aaron confronted the Assyrian, with one message from God.  And, in prophecy, evidently Christ Himself and Moses will confront the Assyrian, with the same singular message:

. . . Thus says the LORD: “Israel is My son, My firstborn.

So I say to you, let My son go that he may serve Me. But if you refuse to let him go, indeed I will kill your son, your firstborn.” (Exodus 4:22-23)

In history, the Assyrian’s kingdom was decimated following Moses and Aaron’s appearances before him, with the Assyrian and his armed forces destroyed in the Red Sea following Israel’s removal from Egypt.

And in prophecy, matters will occur exactly the same way.  The Assyrian’s kingdom will be even further decimated (following Christ’s return, with His and evidently Moses’ appearance[s] before him), with his kingdom completely destroyed after Israel has been removed from that which Egypt typifies, from a worldwide dispersion (Isaiah 63:1-4; Ezekiel 38; 39; Joel 2:1ff; 3:1ff; Revelation 19:17-21).

(Ref. the author’s book, in this site, The Time of the End BOOK, Chapters 16-19 for information on the completion of God’s judgment upon the kingdom of the future Assyrian after the preceding fashion.)

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Word Document:  Coming in His Kingdom BOOK by Arlen Chitwood.docx which is SAFE to open and print. 

To website CONTENTS Page.

Numbers in Bible Defined
By 
Bible Study Organization

• The Number One

There can be no doubt as to the significance of this primary number. In all languages it is the symbol of unity. As a cardinal number it denotes unity; as an ordinal it denotes primacy. Unity being indivisible, and not made up of other numbers, is therefore independent of all others, and is the source of all others. So with the Deity. The great First Cause is independent of all. All stand in need of Him, and He needs no assistance from any. "One" excludes all difference, for there is no second with which it can either harmonize or conflict.

• The Number Two

We now come to the spiritual significance of the number Two. We have seen that One excludes all difference, and denotes that which is sovereign. But Two affirms that there is a difference -- there is another; while One affirms that there is not another!

This difference may be for good or for evil. A thing may differ from evil, and be good; or it may differ from good, and be evil. Hence, the number Two takes a Two-fold coloring, according to the context.

It is the first number by which we can divide another, and therefore in all its uses we may trace this fundamental idea of division or difference.

The Two may be, though different in character, yet one as to testimony and friendship. The Second that comes in may be for help and deliverance. But, alas, where man is concerned, this number testifies of his fall, for it more often denotes that difference which implies opposition, enmity, and oppression.*

* Like many other words; e.g., the verb "prevent" meant originally for one to get before another. But because whenever one man got before another it was always to the hindrance and hurt of that other, the word gradually took on the meaning to hinder, and thus testifies of man's fall. So with the word simple: it meant originally sincere, open, honest. But in man's judgment, anyone who so acts is a fool. Hence, man soon came to use the word simple as denoting a very foolish person! So in the French with the word chef, which means "chief." But as man makes "a god of his belly" he who can best gratify its lusts has a unique claim to this word.

• The Number Three

In this number we have quite a new set of phenomena. We come to the first geometrical figure. Two straight lines cannot possibly enclose any space, or form a plane figure; neither can two plan surfaces form a solid. Three lines are necessary to form a plan figure; and three dimensions of length, breadth, and height, are necessary to form a solid. Hence three is the symbol of the cube -- the simplest form of a solid figure. As two is the symbol of the square, or plane contents (x2), so three is the symbol of the cube, or solid contents (x3).

Three, therefore, stands for that which is solid, real, substantial, complete, and entire.

Three kingdoms embrace our ideas of matter -- mineral, vegetable, and animal.

When we turn to the Scriptures, this completion becomes Divine, and marks Divine perfection or completeness.

Three is the first of four perfect numbers.

• Three denotes divine perfection;

• Seven denotes spiritual perfection;

• Ten denotes ordinal perfection; and

• Twelve denotes governmental perfection.

Hence the number three points us to what is real, essential, perfect, substantial, complete, and Divine. There is nothing real in man or of man. Everything "under the sun" and apart from God is "vanity." "Every man at his best estate is altogether vanity" (Psalm 139:5,11, 62:9, 144:4; Ecclesiastes 1:2, 4, 2:11, 17, 26, 3:19; 4:4; 11:8; 12:8; Romans 8:20).

• The Number Four

We have seen that three signifies Divine perfection, with special reference to the Trinity: The Father, one in sovereignty; the Son, the second person, in incarnation and salvation, delivering from every enemy; the Holy Spirit, the third person, realizing in us and to us Divine things.

Now the number four is made up of three and one (3+1=4), and it denotes, therefore, and marks that which follows the revelation of God in the Trinity, namely, His creative works. He is known by the things that are seen. Hence the written revelation commences with the words, "In the beginning God CREATED." Creation is therefore the next thing -- the fourth thing, and the number four always has reference to all that is created. It is emphatically the number of Creation; of man in his relation to the world as created; while six is the number of man in his opposition to and independence of God. It is the number of things that have a beginning, of things that are made, of material things, and matter itself. It is the number of material completeness. Hence it is the world number, and especially the "city" number.

The fourth day saw the material creation finished (for on the fifth and sixth days it was only the furnishing and peopling of the earth with living creatures). The sun, moon, and stars completed the work, and they were to give light upon the earth which had been created, and to rule over the day and over the night (Genesis 1:14-19).

Four is the number of the great elements—earth, air, fire, and water.

Four are the regions of the earth—north, south, east, and west.

Four are the divisions of the day—morning, noon, evening, and midnight. Or in our Lord's words, when He speaks of His coming at evening, midnight, cock-crowing, or in the morning (Mark 13:35). We are never to put off His coming in our minds beyond tomorrow morning.

Four are the seasons of the year—spring, summer, autumn, and winter.

Four are the great variations of the lunar phases.

• The Number Five

Five is four plus one (4+1). We have had hitherto the three persons of the Godhead, and their manifestation in creation. Now we have a further revelation of a People called out from mankind, redeemed and saved, to walk with God from earth to heaven. Hence, Redemption follows creation. Inasmuch as in consequence of the fall of man fall creation came under the curse and was "made subject to vanity," therefore man and creation must be redeemed. Thus we have:

1. Father 
2. Son 
3. Spirit 
4. Creation
5. Redemption favor

These are the five great mysteries, and five is therefore the number of GRACE.

If four is the number of the world, then it represents man's weakness, and helplessness, and vanity, as we have seen.

But four plus one (4+1=5) is significant of Divine strength added to and made perfect in that weakness; of omnipotence combined with the impotence of earth; of Divine uninfluenced and invincible.

• The Number Six

Six is either 4 plus 2, i.e., man's world [4] with man's enmity to God [2] brought in: or 5 plus 1, the grace of God made of none effect by man's addition to it, or perversion, or corruption of it: or 7 minus 1, i.e., man's coming short of spiritual perfection. In any case, therefore, it has to do with man; it is the number of imperfection; the human number; the number of MAN as destitute of God, without God, without Christ.

• The Number Seven

We come now to the great number of spiritual perfection. A number which, therefore, occupies so large a place in the works, and especially in the Word of God as being inspired by the Holy Spirit.

In the first part of this book we have enlarged somewhat on the importance of this number in Nature and in Grace, so that we need not here repeat many of the interesting facts already given.

As a number the actual word and number "Seven" is used as no other number is. Seven and its compounds occur in multiples of seven in the Old Testament.

Seven occurs 287 times, or 7 x 41.

"Seventh," the fractional part, occurs 98 times, or 7 x 14.

"Seven-fold," occurs 7 times.

The above three numbers together are of course a multiple of seven, but a very remarkable one, 287 + 98 + 7 = 392, and 392 is 72 + 73, or 8 times the square of seven (72x8).

Then again seven, in combination with other numbers, is remarkable, such as Fifty and seven, a Hundred and seven, etc. There are 112 of these combinations, or 7 x 16.

"Seventy" occurs 56 times, or 7 x 8.

"Seventy," in combination with other numbers, occurs 35 times, or 7 x 5.

It is, however, when we come to consider its significance that the true glories of its spiritual perfection are revealed.

We have just seen that six is the number which is stamped upon all things human, as being emphatically the number of man. The two numbers, 6 and 7, are further discussed in its own chapter.

Seven, by Itself

But now turning to the number Seven, we must first consider the meaning of the word.

In the Hebrew, seven is shevah. It is from the root savah, to be full or satisfied, have enough of. Hence the meaning of the word "seven" is dominated by this root, for on the seventh day God rested from the work of Creation. It was full and complete, and good and perfect. Nothing could be added to it or taken from it without marring it. Hence the word Shavath, to cease, desist, rest, and Shabbath, Sabbath, or day of rest. This root runs through various languages; e.g., Sanscrit, saptan; Zend., hapta; Greek, hepta; Latin, septem. All these preserve the "t," which in the Semitic and Teutonic languages is dropped out; e.g. Gothic, sibun; German, sieben; English, seven.

It is seven, therefore, that stamps with perfection and completeness that in connection with which it is used. Of time, it tells of the Sabbath, and marks off the week of seven days, which, artificial as it may seem to be, is universal and immemorial in its observance amongst all nations and in all times. It tells of that eternal Sabbath-keeping which remains for the people of God in all its everlasting perfection.

In the creative works of God, seven completes the colors of the spectrum and rainbow, and satisfies in music the notes of the scale. In each of these the eighth is only a repetition of the first.

Another meaning of the root shavagh is to swear, or make an oath. It is clear from its first occurrence in Genesis 21:31, "They sware both of them," that this oath was based upon the "seven ewe lambs" (Genesis 21:28-30), which point to the idea of satisfaction or fulness in an oath. It was the security, satisfaction, and fulness of the obligation, or completeness of the bond, which caused the same word to be used for both the number seven and an oath; and hence it is written, "an oath for confirmation is an end of all strife." Beer-sheba, the well of the oath, is the standing witness of the spiritual perfection of the number seven

(See Bible Study Org. - Numbers in Bible Defined, #7 for more examples.)

• The Number Eight

In Hebrew the number eight is sh'moneh, from the root shah'meyn, "to make fat," "cover with fat," "to super-abound." As a participle it means "one who abounds in strength," etc. As a noun it is "superabundant fertility," "oil," etc. So that as a numeral it is the superabundant number. As seven was so called because the seventh day was the day of completion and rest, so eight, as the eighth day, was over and above this perfect completion, and was indeed the first of a new series, as well as being the eighth. We consider the connection between 8 and 7 in another section.

Eight by Itself

7 plus 1 equals 8.  Hence it is the number specially associated with Resurrection and Regeneration, and the beginning of a new era or order.

• The Number Nine

The number nine is a most remarkable number in many respects. It is held in great reverence by all who study the occult sciences; and in mathematical science it possesses properties and powers which are found in no other number.*

* Among others may be mentioned (1) that the sum of the digits which form its multiples are themselves always a multiple of nine; e.g., 2 x 9 = 18 (and 1+8=9); 3 x 9 = 27 (and 2+7=9); 4 x 9 = 36 (and 3+6=9); 5 x 9 = 45 (and 4+5=9), etc., etc.; and so with the larger numbers: 52843 x 9 = 475587 (and 4+7+5+5+8+7=36, and 3+6=9). (2) The sum of its multiples through the nine digits = 405, or 9 times 45.

It is the last of the digits, and thus marks the end; and is significant of the conclusion of a matter.

It is akin to the number six, six being the sum of its factors (3x3=9, and 3+3=6), and is thus significant of the end of man, and the summation of all man's works. Nine is, therefore, the number of finality or judgment.

The Number of Finality or Judgment

The number of finality or judgment is committed unto Jesus as "the Son of man" (John 5:27; Acts 17:31). It marks the completeness, the end and issue of all things as to man -- the judgment of man and all his works.

• The Number Ten

It has been already pointed out that ten is one of the perfect numbers, and signifies the perfection of Divine order completion, commencing, as it does, an altogether new series of numbers. The first decade is the representative of the whole numeral system, and originates the system of calculation called "decimals," because the whole system of numeration consists of so many tens, of which the first is a type of the whole.

Completeness of order, marking the entire round of anything, is, therefore, the ever-present signification of the number ten. It implies that nothing is wanting; that the number and order are perfect; that the whole cycle is complete.

• The Number Eleven

If ten is the number which marks the perfection of Divine order, then eleven is an addition to it, subversive of and undoing that order. If twelve is the number which marks the perfection of Divine government, then eleven falls short of it. So that whether we regard it as being 10 + 1, or 12 - 1, it is the number which marks disorder, disorganization, imperfection, and disintegration.

There is not much concerning it in the Word of God, but what there is, is significant, especially as a factor.

• The Number Twelve

Twelve is a perfect number, signifying perfection of government, or of governmental perfection. It is found as a multiple in all that has to do with rule. The sun which "rules" the day, and the moon and stars which "govern" the night, do so by their passage through the twelve signs of the Zodiac which completes the great circle of the heavens of 360 (12 x 30) degrees or divisions, and thus govern the year.

Twelve is the product of 3 (the perfectly Divine and heavenly number) and 4 (the earthly, the number of what is material and organic) multiplied equalling 12. 

While seven is composed of 3 added to 4, 3 multiplied by 4 equals 12, and hence denotes that which can scarcely be explained in words, but which the spiritual perception can at once appreciate, viz., organization, the products denoting production and multiplication and increase of all that is contained in the two numbers separately. The 4 is generally prominently seen in the twelve.

Bible Study Org. - Numbers in Bible Defined

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Word Document:  Numbers in Bible Defined by Bible Study Org.docx which is SAFE to open and print. 

To website CONTENTS Page.

God’s Word is true, which confirms that upon faith in Christ,
He, by means of the Holy Spirit, permanently indwells us
and will most assuredly use us,
as we become increasingly under His control
(also known as being “filled with the Spirit”
[Ephesians 5:18]
, comparable to letting the “word of Christ”
dwell in us
[Colossians 3:16]
as we “walk in Him” by faith [Colossians 2:6]
). 
This is a position given to us by the grace of God
and is to be simply believed, apart from any emotion. 
We indeed are emotional beings, but as for what God has said,
we must simply believe and proceed on that basis;
not on how we feel about the matter.
~ Charles Strong

This site author believes the first judgment, of all saved, dead and alive, occurs at the end of the rapture at the Judgment seat of Christ, where Christ determines who of the saved receive the soul aspect of salvation as opposed to who of the saved suffer loss.  The second is the sheep and goat judgment, which is another judgment of the saved.  Never are saved and unsaved judged together.  The third is the Great White Throne Judgment of the unsaved at the end of the millennium.

Great White Throne Judgment
By Got Questions

The great white throne judgment is described in Revelation 20:11-15 and is the final judgment prior to the lost being cast into the lake of fire. We know from Revelation 20:7-15 that this judgment will take place after the millennium and after Satan, the beast, and the false prophet are thrown into the lake of fire (Revelation 20:7-10). The books that are opened (Revelation 20:12) contain records of everyone’s deeds, whether they are good or evil, because God knows everything that has ever been said, done, or even thought, and He will reward or punish each one accordingly (Psalm 28:4; 62:12; Romans 2:6; Revelation 2:23; 18:6; 22:12).

Also at this time, another book is opened, called the “book of life” (Revelation 20:12). It is this book that determines whether a person will inherit eternal life with God or receive everlasting punishment in the lake of fire. Although Christians are held accountable for their actions, they are forgiven in Christ and their names were written in the “book of life from the creation of the world” (Revelation 17:8). We also know from Scripture that it is at this judgment when the dead will be “judged according to what they had done”
(Revelation 20:12) and that “anyone’s name” that is not “found written in the book of life” will be “thrown into the lake of fire” (Revelation 20:15).

The fact that there is going to be a final judgment for all men, both believers and unbelievers, is clearly confirmed in many passages of Scripture. Every person will one day stand before Christ and be judged for his or her deeds. While it is very clear that the great white throne judgment is the final judgment, Christians disagree on how it relates to the other judgments mentioned in the Bible, specifically, who will be judged at the great white throne judgment.

[Note:  The author of this website believes the first judgment, of all saved, dead and alive, occurs at the end of the rapture, at the Judgment seat of Christ, where Christ determines who of the saved receive the soul aspect of salvation as opposed to who of the saved suffer loss.  The second is the sheep and goat judgment, which is another judgment of the saved.  Never are saved and unsaved judged together.  The third is the Great White Throne Judgment of the unsaved at the end of the millennium.]

Some Christians believe that the Scriptures reveal three different judgments to come. The first is the judgment of the sheep and the goats* or a judgment of the nations (Matthew 25:31-36). This takes place after the tribulation period but prior to the millennium; its purpose is to determine who will enter the millennial kingdom. The second is a judgment of believers’ works, often referred to as the “judgment seat [bema] of Christ” (2 Corinthians 5:10). At this judgment, Christians will receive degrees of reward for their works or service to God. The third is the great white throne judgment at the end of the millennium (Revelation 20:11-15). This is the judgment of unbelievers in which they are judged according to their works and sentenced to everlasting punishment in the lake of fire.

Other Christians believe that all three of these judgments speak of the same final judgment, not of three separate judgments. In other words, the great white throne judgment in Revelation 20:11-15 will be the time that believers and unbelievers alike are judged. Those whose names are found in the book of life will be judged for their deeds in order to determine the rewards they will receive or lose. Those whose names are not in the book of life will be judged according to their deeds to determine the degree of punishment they will receive in the lake of fire. Those who hold this view believe that Matthew 25:31-46 is another description of what takes place at the great white throne judgment. They point to the fact that the result of this judgment is the same as what is seen after the great white throne judgment in Revelation 20:11-15. The sheep (believers) enter into eternal life, while the goats (unbelievers) are cast into “eternal punishment”
(Matthew 25:46).

Whichever view one holds of the great white throne judgment, it is important to never lose sight of the facts concerning the coming judgment(s). First, Jesus Christ will be the judge, all unbelievers will be judged by Christ, and they will be punished according to the works they have done. The Bible is very clear that unbelievers are storing up wrath against themselves (Romans 2:5) and that God will “give to each person according to what he has done” (Romans 2:6). Believers will also be judged by Christ, but since Christ’s righteousness has been imputed to us and our names are written in the book of life, we will be rewarded, but not punished, according to our deeds. Romans 14:10-12 says that we will all stand before the judgment seat of Christ and that each one of us will give an account to God.

Got Questions - Great White Throne Judgment

 *  (Sheep and goats are metaphors, used in an antithetical sense; and inheriting the kingdom or departing into everlasting (age-lasting) fire, in connection with the sheep and goats, present destinies for each, set forth in an antithetical manner. And neither the text nor the context has to do with eternal verities. Rather, both have to do with the 1,000-year reign of Christ, the coming kingdom of Christ. Accordingly, either realizing or not realizing an inheritance in the kingdom of Christ is in view throughout. Thus, the thought of “sheep,” “inherit the kingdom,” “goats,” and “everlasting [age-lasting] fire” must be understood with the kingdom in view, not with eternal verities in view.)  ~ Arlen Chitwood's Hurt By the Second Death and Sheep and Goats in this site.

To website CONTENTS Page.

• Three denotes divine perfection;
• Seven denotes spiritual perfection;
• Ten denotes ordinal perfection; and
• Twelve denotes governmental perfection.

Every person's life, including all of his ministry, is going to pass through the fire. There's a lot of public ministry that's going to go down in flames on that day, my brothers. The fire is going to take the big showy life of every man and burn it until only a bunch of ashes is left.

The following is a suggested reading by Carol Miller, The Trickster's Lovely Consort Queen.

The Judgment Seat of Christ
By Leonard Ravenhill of 
Ravenhill Org.

"..for we shall all stand before the judgment seat of Christ."  (Romans 14:10)

I want to tell you a story about when I was a young boy going to school. You know, I didn't mind school too much, but in those days I was very envious of the school Captain. His name was Renton, and he sat just across the aisle from me. He was the best soccer player in the school and that's what I wanted to be. He was the best at cricket, and I liked cricket. He was the best runner we had, and I liked running. He was not only an excellent athlete, but a very good artist as well. And on top of all that, he was the smartest guy in the whole school.

If I could ever save up my stomachaches, I'd save them until the day before the final exam. But my mother was smart. She knew I was saving them up. I don't know how she knew, but she always did. I'd get up that morning and say, "Oh mother, I don't feel good at all. I think I should stay home today." But she'd always say, "You can stay home tomorrow - but not today." But staying home tomorrow wouldn't do me any good because today was the day of the final exam. Today was the day of judgment!

I know Renton never felt like that because whenever we had a test, as soon as the questions were put down on the board, he would get his paper and dash through them. He was through the first two or three subjects before I'd even gotten the thing read. He and another fellow used to say, "Oh boy, exams!" They knew they'd be first and second in the class when the grades came out, and so they were excited about taking the test. Final exams didn't scare them. These boys were always at the top. They were not afraid of the Day of Judgment. They were not afraid - because they were prepared for it.

QUALITY NOT QUANTITY

For we are God's fellow workers; you are God's field, God's building.  According to the grace of God which was given to me, as a wise master builder I laid a foundation, and another is building upon it. But let each man be careful how he builds upon it.  For no man can lay a foundation other than the one which is laid, which is Jesus Christ.  Now if any man builds upon the foundation with gold, silver, precious stones, wood, hay, straw, each man's work will become evident; for the day will show it, because it is to be revealed with fire; and the fire itself will test the quality of each man's work.  (1 Corinthians 3:9-13)

The above scripture is talking about the day all believers will stand before the Lord. When every follower of Jesus will account for his life and his deeds before all of heaven itself. Notice what it says very carefully, "...the fire itself will test the quality of each man's work." Not how much work, but rather what kind of work. Not the quantity but the quality. This scripture is speaking of your whole life's work. In other words, your life's work can be wood or hay or straw -- or it can be silver, gold, or costly stones. And on that day, the fire will put it to the final test. What fire? The Bible tells that God is love, but it also tells us that He is a consuming fire as well. (Hebrews 12:29)

Paul continues by saying, "If any man's work which he had built upon it remains, he shall receive a reward. If any man's work is burned up, he shall suffer loss; but he himself shall be saved, yet so as through fire." (1 Corinthians 3:14-15) This illustration would be extremely significant to the people of Corinth that Paul was speaking to, because not too long before this was written, their whole city was devastated by fire. They all knew firsthand what damage fire could do. When the fire swept through Corinth, every house that was built out of wood, hay, or straw, was devastated and left in ashes. But the more wealthy people there had houses built with beautiful pillars of granite, and some even had houses built totally out of marble. These houses made of costly stones were still standing after the fire swept through, though they were obviously very badly scorched.

YOUR LIFE INVESTMENT

Let's visualize it another way. One man is given $10,000 and he invests it in wood - maybe some lovely mahogany. So this man's entire life work is made out of wood. It's very beautiful, but when the fire goes through it, what do you have? All you have is ashes, maybe up to your ankles, and that's all there is left. The next man is given $10,000 and he invests it in hay. Another man given the same amount invests all of it in straw. Does that sound foolish? Well, people do it every day. Why? Because if you put $10,000 into hay or straw, it looks like you are getting a lot for your money. You could probably buy half the straw in Texas for $10,000, but, boy, you're going to have a mess when the fire gets to it. Instead of ashes to your ankles, or ashes to your knees, it'll be up to your nose maybe. But that's what some lives are going to be like: wood, hay, stubble - then ashes.

Now let's look at a few people who made much wiser investments. There's a man over here who has $10,000, and he invests it in gold. (He won't get much at $400 an ounce, will he?) The next man invests $10,000 in silver, and another man invests the same amount in costly stones. Each of the six men I've just spoken of had the same amount of money, but they all chose different things to invest it in. Now, we are talking about your life's work. Do you get the picture? Our whole life, from the very moment we begin to witness for Christ, including all of our service and our labor for Him, is going to be tested by fire. We must be very careful to make wise investments, or in the end, all that will be left is ashes.

ETERNAL VALUE

Will our life's work stand the test of the fire when we come before the Lord? Will it have lasting eternal value - or will it end up in ashes? There's an interesting difference between wood, hay, straw - and gold, silver, and costly stones. Wood, hay, and stubble are found above the ground. They catch the eye, just like many people's ministries do. They are quite plentiful and easy to find. On the other hand, silver, gold, and precious stones are found below the ground. Nobody sees them - again, like many people's ministries. They're not just lying around in a field somewhere for anyone to pick up. They are much harder to come by; in fact, it takes a lot of hard work to get them. That's why they are so expensive. They are of much higher quality than many other things, and much more rare too. Again, it's the quality, not the quantity that sets their value. Many things are difficult in the Christian life, but we should desire to acquire those things which will hold their value, not only on earth, but in heaven as well.

MINISTRY AND MONEY

Every person's life, including all of his ministry, is going to pass through the fire. There's a lot of public ministry that's going to go down in flames on that day, my brothers. The fire is going to take the big showy life of every man and burn it until only a bunch of ashes is left. I'm tired of seeing these fellows begging for money on television. I believe every dime that comes into any ministry will need to be answered for before the Judgment Seat of Christ one day. Jesus talked about these men who'd go and take widows' houses. (Luke 20:46-47) Well, that's what many are doing now. And they're not satisfied that you give while you're living, they ask you to hand over your house and all the rest to them in your will. They're going to give an account to God in that day, but I believe we're also going to give an account.

A brother was telling me this week that when he got baptized and went down into the water, he suddenly realized that he had his wallet in his pocket. Not many wallets get baptized! We kind of say, "Lord, You look after my sins. I'll look after the rest." You'll give an account to God for every penny you've earned since you became the property of Jesus Christ. He doesn't just take your sins - He takes all of you.

Oh yes, many may want to get filled with the Holy Ghost and get a bank balance, but how many of you are big enough to say, "Lord, in this crucial hour in human history, let me fill up with the sufferings of Christ"? Can He share His sorrow with you? Are you prepared to challenge demon power and say, "Listen, I've moved into the place where the Apostle Paul was when he said, I glory in tribulations and necessities and reproaches'"? Watch out though, because if you're going to get mature in God, all the dwarfs around you will criticize you and sneer at you and say, "Trying to be holier than the rest of us, huh? So you don't have time for basketball or going to see a baseball game?" No, maybe you don't, but that's nobody's business but yours and God's.

Do you get so near to the heart of God that you share His grief over the world and over the backslidden church that we have today? One of the most famous preachers in the country recently called at nearly midnight and said, "I've come to this conclusion: God Almighty has already taken His hand off America - for the simple reason that we've had so much light and we've rejected it!" It's not only true that we live in a world of bankrupt politics, we live in a world (this is the most tragic part of all) of a bankrupt church.

WILL CHRISTIANS BE JUDGED?

I heard a woman say not long ago, "Well, praise the Lord. I'm glad I don't have to account for anything when I go to heaven. There is no condemnation for those who are in Christ Jesus." Wait a minute, you can never isolate a scripture by itself. There's no condemnation for our past sins, and I'm sure we are all mighty glad of that. But God was always saying to Israel, "Remember when thou wast a bondsman in Egypt...remember your sin...remember your iniquity."

You might say, "It doesn't say the Christians are going to be judged out of the books." Yes, I think it does. Where? In Malachi (Malachi 3:16). It says that God has a Book of Remembrance, and I think it would do you good before you go to bed every night this week to ask God, "What did You put in Your book today for my life?" It doesn't have to be some outward act. You can worship God on a tractor. It may not be the best way, but you can do it.

The Bible says that "we shall all stand before the Judgment Seat of Christ" (Romans 14:10 KJV). I think that scripture means just what it says.

THE HOLY DEAD

A hymn writer says,

"From earth's wide bounds and ocean's farthest coast, through gates of pearl, stream in a countless host, singing Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, Hallelujah."

All the saints of all the ages are going to be there. There's another old hymn and probably not very many of you could recite it, but I'll bet most of you know the chorus: "Oh, when the saints go marching in." You know, they dance to that every night down in New Orleans. They shuffle their feet along Bourbon Street and have a great time, but that song is not for them, it's for the REDEEMED. It says, "When the saints go marching in." The saints will march into heaven in a multitude which no man can number.

I can't wait to see all the saints of all the ages. Man, I'll be thrilled to look at Isaiah and Jeremiah and those major and minor prophets. We'll be looking around and saying, "Hey, there's Abraham. I didn't think he'd look quite like that." But he's going to be there, all right. And just think of seeing Matthew and Mark and Luke and John and everybody in Acts. Won't it be wonderful to see those men who walked with Jesus!

Let's think about Paul for a moment. He gave his intellect to God. He wrote about 14 epistles and traveled all over Asia Minor. He was lashed at the post 195 times. He was in weariness, and fastings, and pain, and tribulation, and distress, and famine, and nakedness. He was subjected to false brethren and to perils of the deep. What do you think his reward is going to be for living a life like that?

GRACE is free, but REWARDS are not free.

You might say, "But you're talking about works." Sure I am - because God did. Jesus did!

COSTLY STONES

Silver, gold, precious stones. What are the precious stones? When I read that, I think of the breastplate that was on the priests in the Old Testament. It was divided by four rows of stones - three stones in each row. Each stone was different. Each stone stood for the name of one of the 12 tribes of Israel. The priest wore the breastplate over his heart as he went into the Holy Place to pray for the sins of the people. How do you handle this? Do you enter the holiest place of all to make intercession for the sins of the people? Do you enter into intercession at all? This is only possible through the blood of Christ and the anointing of the Holy Spirit.

Intercession is our job now. We don't need to send a priest into the Holy of Holies. We can go ourselves! The New Testament tells us that we are all priests - that we are a part of the Royal Priesthood (I Peter 2:9). Do you wonder why the world is poor and sick outside? Because we really don't know how to pray, that's why! Because we're satisfied that we've left our lousy living and we don't drink or lust or damn ourselves every day. We're Christians now...and we're so content and so happy and so satisfied.

SILVER

The silver ... what is the silver? I guess you can interpret it in different ways. But I like to think of the scripture in the book of Proverbs that says,

"The tongue of the righteous is as choice silver" (Proverbs 10:20). I believe that the silver may signify the words that we speak. I believe that God has an eternal record of every word we have spoken since we've been saved. That may be embarrassing. Oh, we won't be ashamed of the good things we've said, but what about our idle words? You know, the gossip, the slander, the criticism, the prejudice. What about the time when somebody upset you and instead of being quiet, you just spilled out everything that was on your heart at that moment? And can you think of all the awesome words we've preached to thousands of people over the years? We're going to answer for every word - and the fire is going to be put to them. Will they be wood, hay, or stubble - or will they abide the fire?

GOLD

What is gold a sign of? I believe it's a sign of our devotion to God. If I could have a small melting pot here, I'd put your $10,000 worth of gold in it and melt it down. What happens when you burn gold? Nothing! It just changes from solid to liquid, but you don't reduce it. Can you see all the saints standing in heaven? And there's Leonard Ravenhill - standing before Christ whose eyes are filled with holiness. The whole place is breathing holiness. There in the presence and the majesty of an awesome God, the record of my poor life is read before all the saints of all the ages. And He puts the fire to my devotional life. Am I just a good showman? I sure like to preach because God called me to preach. I don't care how I preach, and I don't care whether you believe me either. I'm not responsible for that. I preach out of my heart all I believe, and I'd die for it. But say, am I just a showman? What's my secret life like?

I've said it many times and I'll say it again - no man is greater than his prayer life. I don't care how big his organization is. Let me live with a man awhile and share his prayer life, and I'll tell you how tall I think he is, or how majestic I think he is in God. What's your devotional life like right now? Would you like Gabriel to hand down the book of your devotional life for the last month so it could be read out loud at church this Sunday? The gold is going to be tried through our devotional life.

GREAT MEN OF PRAYER

You'll discover this: The men that have been the most heroic for God have been the men with the greatest devotional life. America has produced some of the greatest prayer warriors in the world. John Hyde was one of them. I knew someone who had prayed with him, and they said it was just awesome when this man went into prayer. There's a little book out on him called "Praying Hyde" that would be well worth your reading.

Edward Payson, better known as praying Payson of Portland, was another great prayer warrior. He used to kneel at the side of his bed and pray, and pray, and pray. When they washed his body for burial, they found great big pads on his knees like a camel has. Tradition says that James had camel's knees, but it's a living fact that Payson had them. When they were washing him, somebody said, "What abnormal knees. They're heavy with callouses." That's because he used to pray at the side of his bed with energy - and he wore two grooves about six or seven inches long into that hard floor where he used to pray and make intercession.

One day I was in the Bible School of Wales and there was dear Mrs. Rees Howells. (Her husband was dead now.) We stood on the terrace and she turned and said, "Do you see the room there?" I said, "Yes, I see that room." "That door?" "Yes." "Daddy (meaning her husband) went through that door at six o'clock in the morning and he stayed there until six o'clock at night every day for 11 months except the one day that his mother died."

Let's preview eternity and look at all the apostles and all the saints of all the ages. Look, there's Charles Finney with his amazing revivals. There's William Booth, the founder of the Salvation Army. There's John Wesley. Here are all the great heroic figures we've all read about, and they are all watching while the book is handed down and somebody's going to read the record. Would you volunteer and say, "Well, I'll be happy to read my record to this multitude"?

Suppose I say, "Gabriel, hand me the record for the year of 1724." When I open the book to that year and go to the "B's," I find the name, David Brainerd. He was a young American who died at the age of 28. All he possessed was a cowhide that he wore with a rope tied around it. He used to ride over the Susquehanna River to follow the Indians. David had a severe case of tuberculosis and only weighed about 95 pounds. I remember reading his diary once. He said, "I got up this morning and the Indians were still committing adultery and drinking and beating their tom-toms and shouting like hell itself. I prayed from a half hour after sunrise to a half hour before sunset. There was nowhere to pray in the Indian camp. I went into the woods and knelt in the snow. It was up to my chin." No, he didn't have a heater with him or anything else. He was just there in the frigid snow, tuberculosis and all. He continued, "I wrestled in prayer until a half hour before sunset, and I could only touch the snow with the tips of my fingers. The heat of my body had melted the snow." What amazing intercessory prayer!

Well, God pity us. We can't even get people into our churches to pray, and we have velvet cushions on the seats and nice stuff on the floor so our darling little knees won't get hurt. David Brainerd, Praying Payson of Portland, John Hyde, and Rees Howells - when God puts the fire to their devotional life, I don't think there will be anything lost. It won't be wood, it won't be hay, and it won't be stubble.

TRUE JOY

I'm embarrassed to be part of the Church today because I believe it's an embarrassment to a holy God. Most of our joy is clapping our hands and having a good time and then afterwards we talk all the nonsense of the world. We're overboard on laughter and happiness. There's an old saying in the world, "Laugh and the world laughs with you." I change it and say, "Laugh and the Church laughs with you, but weep and you weep alone." Because there isn't enough real joy in the house of God, we need entertainment. Entertainment is the devil's substitute for joy. Because there isn't enough power in the house of God, people are always looking for something to take its place. We point the finger at the world, but we need to turn to the Church and say we'd better all get sackcloth and ashes and humble ourselves and say "Almighty God!" When I see the Church in the New Testament, they didn't have stately buildings or paid evangelists or a lot of money. (They couldn't get on television and beg!) But I'll tell you what they did - they turned the world upside-down!

Have you ever seen the little plaque that reads, "Only one life, 'twill soon be past, only what's done for Christ will last?" Well, that's not what the poet wrote. The poet wrote this: "Only one life, 'twill soon be past, only what's done for Christ will last. And when I am dying, how happy I'll be, if the lamp of my life has been burned out for Thee." Do you think all Christians die happy? Not on your life! Some of them die as miserable as sinners. Why? Because they've misused their time and wasted their lives. Many of you have laid dying on a hospital bed and prayed, "Lord, if You would only spare me, I'll do this, that, or the other." Well, have you done it?

I discovered this poem the other day and I want to share it with you.

His Plan For Me
When I stand at the Judgment Seat of Christ 
And He shows His plan for me, 
The plan of my life as it might have been 
Had He had His way - and I see 
How I blocked Him here, and checked Him there, 
And I would not yield my will, 
Will there be grief in my Savior's eyes, 
Grief though He loves me still? 
Would He have me rich and I stand there poor, 
Stripped of all but His grace, 
While memory runs like a hunted thing, 
Down the paths I cannot retrace. 
Lord, of the years that are left to me 
I give them to Thy hand 
Take me and break me and mold me, 
To the pattern that Thou hast planned! 

       ~Author known only to God

The only thing that will tie me in victory continually, through the blood of Christ, is that I give Him my adoration and my tribute every day. It's more than my service. It's more than giving money. But I need to love Him, magnify Him, and adore Him. I need to take Him, as it were, by the feet and worship Him. If we will do this, then we will experience real joy and lasting happiness.

CROWNS, CROWNS, CROWNS!

I don't believe there will be any envy in heaven, but I could remind you that there are at least five crowns to be given in reward. Paul says the Lord will give him a crown of righteousness, which he says the Lord will not only give to him, but to all those who love His appearing (2 Timothy 4:8). There's a crown for the martyrs - those who have died and those yet to die. Crowns, crowns, crowns! We won't all be the same in heaven. There will be great distinctions there. When you see a political convention, you see people holding up signs from California or somewhere. Well, maybe there will be signs in heaven. "These are the Prayer Warriors." "These are the Great Sufferers." "These are the Travailers." "These are the Missionaries." "These are the Failures." All kinds of people are going to be listed in that Great Day. There will be great distinctions between people in heaven.

There was a little woman in Ireland who had two shops. She paid all the family expenses with what she made from one shop and she saved all the money that came in from the other shop for missions. She ended up sending four of her children to the mission field and she financed each one of them. Man, she's going to have a reward some day, isn't she? Because she was doing it as unto Him!

Take a look at the dying thief. Oh, he'll be in heaven all right because Jesus said he would - but he wasted his life. Then look at John Wesley for example. He was saved soundly when he was 35 years of age, and he served the Lord for the next 53 years. You couldn't think that the dying thief, a man who got in at the last tick of the clock, is going to have the same reward as John Wesley, could you? Wesley made an awful lot of money. Do you know what he did with it? He built orphanages and churches. He printed Bibles and hymn books. There was no time wasted in his life. He was methodical and systematic. He went to dinner with the greatest man in English literature and the man said, "Now you've finished dinner, let's fold our legs under the table and have a nice time of conversation." Wesley said, "I'm sorry, I have to go." "But it's not yet nine o'clock, why are you going?" Wesley said, "I have an appointment in the morning at four o'clock." "At four o'clock tomorrow morning?" "Every morning of my life," he said. "With whom?" "With God." He disciplined his life. He disciplined his body in eating. He disciplined his hand in his pocket. He'll stand at the Judgment Seat of Christ...an awesome prospect for any of us. "We ought to live every day as though we've come out of another world into this world - but with the power of that world still upon us. We should live and speak and move in that power, and have our whole being in Jesus Christ!"

THE FRAGRANCE OF WORSHIP

I heard the story for years, about the woman who came to Jesus with an alabaster box of ointment, before I understood it - before I realized that she came for one reason only. She came to worship Jesus. How do I know? Because she brought the most sacrificial gift she had and because she never said a word while she was there. How do I know? Because she didn't wash His feet with water, but with her tears. She didn't dry His feet with a towel, but she dried His feet with the hair of her head. And she poured out that costly fragrance and then wiped His feet. So what happened? The fragrance she poured out on Him came back on her.

Do you wonder why your life isn't more fragrant? It's because you don't take time to be holy. You don't take time to be with Jesus. Because you think all the knowledge you get at Bible school is enough. Oh no, God isn't going to measure your intellect. He's going to try your life with His fire. Did you get up this morning and thank God you were pure? Did you thank Him that He broke that devilish fever you used to have for sniffing cocaine or something? Are you really glad you're not a prostitute anymore, but now you're a part of the Bride of the Lamb instead? Are you glad He removed your bad temper and all those creepy horrible things that used to master you?

I think again of a statement A. W. Tozer made to me once. He said, "Len, you know, we'll hardly get our feet out of time into eternity that we'll bow our heads in shame and humiliation. We'll gaze on eternity and say, 'Look at all the riches there were in Jesus Christ, and I've come to the Judgment Seat almost a pauper.'" For God had not only given us Jesus Christ - He has with Him freely given us all things (Romans 8:32).

A DIFFERENT PEOPLE

I remember crossing a square in the city of Bath in the 1940s. I saw two very fine young ladies - well, one was a young lady and the other was only a girl. They were beautifully dressed and as they marched across that square I thought, "There's something different about those girls." Then I discovered that they were princesses. It was our present Queen of England, Queen Elizabeth, and her sister, Margaret. They were part of English royalty, and you know, there was a dignity about them very different from anybody else who walked there. Well, as Christians, we are part of GOD'S Royal Family, and it should be evident to all that we meet that we are a different type of people. If we can't live as a different people on this earth, we've no right to live here. We shouldn't be affected by changing customs or changing styles or changing opinions, or whether the stock market goes up or down, or whether the clouds are gathering for war. Those things don't make any difference. We ought to live every day as though we've come out of another world into this world - but with the power of that world still upon us. We should live and speak and move in that power, and have our whole being in Jesus Christ!

BAPTISM OF OBEDIENCE

That final day is going to be awesome. Have you figured how you'll get on when you stand there? You and I will stand there alone on that day and be judged for every aspect of our lives - for our praying, our giving, our talking, and our doing. I still believe in the majesty of that eternal court, with the King of kings and the Lord of lords and the Judge of judges. You see, there's no possibility of any rehearsal, and what's more, there's no possibility of any repetition. Because, again, this is the Final Judgment, and to some God will say, "Come, ye blessed," but to others He'll say, "Depart from Me." No, it's not so simple to be a Christian after all. It's a majestic thing.

We ought to live our lives conscious of eternity - ready to be cut off at any moment. If you were to stand before the Lord at this very moment, would you like your life story read by all the millions in eternity? None of the outcasts of hell are going to be there. Won't it be wonderful - or will it? Or do you think you might shrink a bit when you hear now God used David Brainerd or John Wesley or some little washerwoman that had a life of intercession?

There's no burden too heavy, or no situation too hard for the one that you love. If we are love-controlled, love-motivated, and love- energized, it will be all right when we stand up there, because if there's anything about love - it's obedient. We need to become a people who are baptized with obedience. We need to be submissive to the total will of God, not concerned about human opinion, and not asking for more to spend on ourselves. We need to say, "Oh God, I want this life of mine to glorify You, so that when I stand in Your awesome presence," as John says, "I shall not be ashamed at Your appearing" (1 John 2:28).

Copyright (C) 1994 by Leonard Ravenhill, Lindale, Texas - Ravenhill Org.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

The Judgment Seat of Christ by Leonard Ravenhill

The following Word Document is SAFE to open and print:  The Judgment Seat of Christ by Leonard Ravenhill.docx

Also ref. the author’s book, Judgment Seat of Christ BOOK, an exegetical presentation, in this site.

To website CONTENTS Page.

Our biggest problem is not external but internal; all of us have a heart problem.

What is the Heart?
By Got Questions

First, we’ll state the obvious: this article is not about the heart as a vital organ, a muscle that pumps blood throughout the body. Neither is this article concerned with romantic, philosophical, or literary definitions.

Instead, we’ll focus on what the Bible has to say about the heart. The Bible mentions the human heart almost 300 times. In essence, this is what it says:

The heart is that spiritual part of us where our emotions and desires dwell.

Before we look at the human heart, we’ll mention that, since God has emotions and desires, He, too, can be said to have a “heart.” We have a heart because God does. David was a man “after God’s own heart” (Acts 13:22). And God blesses His people with leaders who know and follow His heart (1 Samuel 2:35; Jeremiah 3:15).

The human heart, in its natural condition, is evil, treacherous and deceitful. Jeremiah 17:9 says, “The heart is deceitful above all things and beyond cure. Who can understand it?” In other words, the Fall has affected us at the deepest level; our mind, emotions and desires* have been tainted by sin—and we are blind to just how pervasive the problem is.

*[Editor's Note:  Mind, emotions and desires make up our soul, which is still in darkness.  See in this site Key of Three / Hope of Glory Class Documents LINK Make-Up of Man and Hope of Glory by Mark and Carol Miller.]  

We may not understand our own hearts, but God does. He “knows the secrets of the heart” (Psalm 44:21; see also 1 Corinthians 14:25). Jesus “knew all men, and had no need that anyone should testify of man, for He knew what was in man” (John 2:24-25). Based on His knowledge of the heart, God can judge righteously:

 “I, the LORD, search the heart, I test the mind, Even to give every man according to his ways, According to the fruit of his doings” (Jeremiah 17:10).

Jesus pointed out the fallen condition of our hearts in Mark 7:21-23:

From within, out of men’s hearts, come evil thoughts, sexual immorality, theft, murder, adultery, greed, malice, deceit, lewdness, envy, slander, arrogance and folly. All these evils come from inside and make a man unclean.

Our biggest problem is not external but internal; all of us have a heart problem.

In order for a person to be saved, then, the heart must be changed. This only happens by the power of God in response to faith. “With the heart one believes unto righteousness” (Romans 10:10). In His grace, God can create a new heart within us (Psalm 51:10; Ezekiel 36:26). He promises to “revive the heart of the contrite ones” (Isaiah 57:15).

God’s work of creating a new heart within us involves testing our hearts (Psalm 17:3; Deuteronomy 8:2) and filling our hearts with new ideas, new wisdom, and new desires (Nehemiah 7:5; 1 Kings 10:24; 2 Corinthians 8:16).

The heart is the core of our being, and the Bible sets high importance on keeping our hearts pure:

 “Above all else, guard your heart, for it is the wellspring of life” (Proverbs 4:23).

Got Questions - The Heart

To website CONTENTS Page.

Almost five hundred years ago the Reformers generally [incorrectlysaw everything as “Roman” in these three chapters — a Roman political power and a Roman Catholic religious power, often viewing the Pope as the Antichrist.

The Identity of Both the Political Power and the Harlot in Revelation Chapters/Verses 17:1-19:6
By Arlen Chitwood of Lamp Broadcast

The identity of both the political power and the harlot in Revelation 17:1-19:6 is, more often than not, associated with “Rome” --- viewing matters as “a revived Roman Empire” forming the political power, and “the Roman Catholic Church” forming a religious power within the political. However, neither identity-view is correct.

The Church has never departed from ideology coming out of the Reformation concerning the interpretation of this part of the book of Revelation. Almost five hundred years ago the Reformers generally saw everything as “Roman” in these three chapters — a Roman political power and a Roman Catholic religious power, often viewing the Pope as the Antichrist.

And, aside from viewing the Papacy in this manner (though some Christians still do today), this whole interpretative ideology has remained essentially unchanged since the time of the Reformation.

Suffice it to say, ideology associating either the political power or the harlot with “Rome” was wrong at the time of the Reformation, and it remains just as wrong today. In short, that part of Christendom following either or both parts of this interpretation has been wrong for almost five hundred years concerning that which is taught in these three chapters in the book of Revelation.

The book of Revelation, as any other part of Scripture, must be understood and interpreted in the light of Scripture. Material in this book must be understood and interpreted contextually, and the entire book rests upon that which is previously revealed in the Old Testament.

Seeking to identify the political power as a revived Roman Empire has absolutely no basis in Scripture. The book of Daniel is usually referenced, but this book identifies this final form of Gentile world power as other than Roman.

And seeking to associate the harlot with the Church of Rome, as well, has absolutely no basis in these three chapters, or elsewhere in the book, or in other Scripture. In fact, the book of Revelation clearly identifies the harlot, and this identification is completely in line with and rests upon that which is previously revealed in the Old Testament.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Bible One - Arlen Chitwood's The Time of Jacob's Trouble, Back Cover and/or The Time of Jacob's Trouble by Arlen Chitwood

Also ref. the author’s book, The Time of Jacob’s Trouble BOOK, an exegetical presentation, in this site.

The following Word Document is SAFE to open and print:  The Identity of Both the Political Power and the Harlot in Revelation by Arlen Chitwood.docx

To website CONTENTS Page.

What is an unrepentant and unconverted Israeli nation doing back in the land? And what are the ramifications of the Jewish people being back in the land under existing conditions?  Until repentance is forthcoming, God will not act.

Middle East Peace
How? When?
By Arlen L. Chitwood of Lamp Broadcast

An intractable Middle East problem faces man today, one that can only become worse and worse with the passage of time, Until…

The reason for the problem is the existence of an Israeli nation in the midst of mainly Moslem nations — a nation presently comprised of some 6,000,000 Jews who have returned to the land covenanted to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob before it is time for the Jewish people to return.

The “Jewish people” have returned to the land in unbelief, prior to repentance, prior to their conversion, and while the house still lies desolate (Exodus 12:1ff; Daniel 9:24-27; Matthew 23:37-39).

The “manslayer” (KJV: slayer) has returned to the land of her possession before Christ completes His high priestly ministry, apart from availing herself of the ransom (Numbers 35:1ff).

God, in time past, because of the Jewish people’s continued disobedience, extending over centuries of time, uprooted His people from their land and drove them out among the nations to effect repentance through persecution at the hands of the Gentiles.

And, out among the nations, the Jewish people possess a promise (seen numerous places in Scripture) that when repentance is forthcoming, God will hear from heaven and act in complete accord with His promise (cf. Exodus 1:8; 2:23-25; 3:1ff; Leviticus 26:14-42; Deuteronomy 30:1-3; 2 Chronicles 6:24-27; 7:12-14).

Until repentance is forthcoming, God will not act. God will act with respect to a deliverance of His people only after His purpose for uprooting them from their land and driving them out among the nations has been realized. God’s Word is crystal clear on the matter.

In this respect, what is an unrepentant and unconverted Israeli nation doing back in the land? And what are the ramifications of the Jewish people being back in the land under existing conditions?

The preceding is what this book is all about — not what man may think, but what Scripture has to say. Numerous facets of the matter are covered from different passages of Scripture, with a particular emphasis on the beast and the harlot in Revelation 17:1-19:6.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

The Time of Jacob's Trouble by Arlen Chitwood

Also ref. the author’s book, The Time of Jacob’s Trouble BOOK, an exegetical presentation, in this site.

Word Document:  Middle East Peace by Arlen Chitwood.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

To website CONTENTS Page.

The comparison between the companion passages of Ephesians 5:18-20 and Colossians 3:16 confirms that a Christian is “filled [controlled] with the Spirit” when “the Word of Christ dwells in him richly.”

Being Filled with the Holy Spirit
By Charles Strong of Bible One

Although the mandate of Scripture for every Christian is to be “filled with the Holy Spirit,” as seen in Ephesians 5:18b (“. . . be filled with the [Holy] Spirit”), it is a process and goal often misunderstood by Christians, both laity and clergy or student and professor alike.

There are those who believe it is a “second act” of God bestowed upon His children, much like that of being “born again [from above]” (John 3:3), the grace-gift of salvation that God bestows on any person who will “believes on the Lord Jesus Christ”(Acts 16:31) — which is to say anyone who by faith alone accepts the payment for sin that only Jesus Christ could and did pay at Calvary — and is thereby instantly and permanently “passed from [spiritual] death into [spiritual] life” (John 5:24). And once this “second act” occurs, the Christian is empowered to speak in an unknown spiritual language and/or enabled to perform miraculous healings, both unsupported by correct interpretation of Scripture.

Then there are those who believe the “filling with the Holy Spirit” is bestowed on the believer the moment he “believes on the Lord Jesus Christ,” but which can be taken from him when there is unconfessed sin in his life, also unsupported by correct interpretation of Scripture.

So the question remains, “What does it mean to be filled with the Holy Spirit?” And to properly understand the answer, one should first properly understand God’s complete plan of redemption for man, a brief outlay of such follows.

(For a comprehensive study of God’s complete plan of redemption for man [spirit, soul, and body], see Charles Strong's Bible Facts Little Understood by Christians in this site.)

The Christian life and all that pertains to it is a product of God’s grace (His unmerited favor toward mankind). God’s plan of salvation for man, unlike what many in Christendom teach, is actually a three-fold prospect, i.e., salvation of the spirit, salvation of the soul, and salvation of the body (1 Thessalonians 5:23; Hebrews 4:12).

In brief:

1. Salvation of the spirit is the one-time and never to be retracted gift of eternal life to an individual. It is totally based on the Person (Deity) and work — atoning sacrifice on the cross of Calvaryof Jesus Christ. It cannot be associated with any merit or self-effort by man. And it can only be apprehended (entered into through a “birth from above”) by faith (a genuine willful act of trust) alone. To put it succinctly, salvation of the spirit, which is normally referred to by fundamental Christianity by the general term “salvation,” is by faith alone in Christ alone (Acts 16:30-31; Ephesians 2:8-9).

2. Salvation of the soul, at times addressed insufficiently as “sanctification” within theological presentations within Christendom, and although is based on the person and work of Jesus Christ, is that part of man’s composition that represents his life lived as a Christian, which connects him to the material world, and which is adjudicated at the Judgment Seat of Christ with only millennial varieties in view (James 1:21; Hebrews 10:39; 1 Peter 1:8-9; Matthew 16:24-27; 24:13).

3. Salvation of the body, which any Christian can easily understand, takes place subsequent to his placement of faith in Christ’s finished work on the cross for his eternal (spirit) salvation. The body continues to exist in a state of degradation (i.e., death), only to be redeemed (saved) at its resurrection (1 Corinthians 15:48-54).

At the salvation (of the spirit) experience a person is instantaneously and permanently subject to several actions of and by the Holy Spirit.

• The believer is baptized (immersed) into the Body of Christ by the Holy Spirit, which is in fact his unification with Jesus Christ. (Matthew 3:11; Mark 1:8; Acts 1:5; 1 Corinthians 12:13; Galatians 3:27)

• The believer is indwelt by the Holy Spirit, i.e., the Holy Spirit in whole takes up residence within the believer. (John 14:7; Romans 8:9; 1 Corinthians 3:16; 6:19; Galatians 4:6; 1 John 2:27; 3:24)

• The believer is sealed with and by the Holy Spirit. This is the believer’s assurance (“guarantee”) of eternal security.** (2 Corinthians 1:22; 5:5; Ephesians 1:13-14; 4:30)

• The believer is granted one or more spiritual gifts by the Holy Spirit, which is/are to be used in God’s service. (1 Corinthians 12:4-11)

**(Aside by Pat:  The seal and the earnest [guarantee] can be likened to a real estate transaction.  The seal is similar to being qualified [opportunity] to purchase the property.  The earnest guarantees that the property is set aside waiting for your completion [closing] of the transaction! [Ephesians 1:13-14])

These actions of and by the Holy Spirit are permanent, never to be retracted under any circumstances by God or nullified by man. In addition with these permanent actions of and by the Holy Spirit, the Holy Spirit is available to the believer to lead and guide, and, in fact, work through the believer in the Christian life.

The believer really only has two choices after the salvation experience. He may attempt to live for Christ under his own power (self-efforts and works), which (self) righteousness is “as filthy rags” in the sight of God (Isaiah 64:6) and will only produce “human good” (works) that are characterized in Scripture as “wood, hay and straw” to later be consumed by God’s fiery judgment; or, he may live being filled with the Holy Spirit and thereby produce “divine good” (works) that are characterized in Scripture as “gold, silver and precious stones,” which will not be consumed by God’s fiery judgment and for which he will be rewarded (1 Corinthians 3:11-15).

To live for Christ under one’s own power will be severely self-defeating when the Christian appears before the Judgment Seat of Christ (2 Corinthians 5:10; Romans 14:10; Revelation 22:12); and issues and determinations at that time will exclude him from being a part of the “bride of Christ,” excluding him from ruling and reigning with Christ in His millennial kingdom. On the other hand, to be filled with the Spirit, to allow Christ to live through Him; the Christian will fare well at Christ’s Judgment Seat, will become part of Christ’s bride and will rule and reign with Him during the coming millennial kingdom (2 Timothy 2:12; Revelation 19:7-9).

The Holy Spirit and His works were present at the Creation, were prevalent throughout the Old Testament and will be a permanent part of the Christian throughout eternity. Even though the Holy Spirit initiated a unique ministry toward the believer (permanently baptizing, indwelling and sealing) at Pentecost, He temporarily filled individuals prior to this time (Luke 1:15).

What is the filling with the Holy Spirit?

The words “fill” or “full” as they relate to the Holy Spirit and the believer come from the Greek word pleroo, which in essence means to be completely influenced and empowered by. In effect it is a condition that exists when the Holy Spirit controls a believer both inwardly (his thoughts and motives) and outwardly (his actions). A person who is filled with the Holy Spirit evidences the “fruit of the Spirit,” which is “love, joy, peace, longsuffering, kindness, goodness, faithfulness, gentleness, self-control” (Galatians 5:22-23).

Some of the phraseology used in the New Testament that represents the concept of the fullness with the Holy Spirit follows:

• Filled with/of the Spirit (Luke 1:15; 4:1; Acts 2:4; 6:3; 7:55; 11:24; 13:9, 52, Ephesians 5:18)
• Led by/of the Spirit (Luke 4:1; Galatians 5:18)
• Walk in the Spirit (Galatians 5:16; 5:25)
• Moved by the Spirit (2 Peter 1:21)
• Walk in Christ (Colossians 2:6)
• Christ dwell [be at home or “full residence”] in your heart (Ephesians 3:17)

The Key

For certain, Christians are commanded to be “filled with [‘walk in’] the Spirit” (Ephesians 5:18; Galatians 5:16-25), but to properly understand this requires one to “compare Scripture with Scripture.” Comparing Ephesians 5:18-20 with its companion passage in Colossians 3:16 reveals that to be “filled with the Spirit” is comparable to (the same as) letting “the Word of Christ dwell in you richly.”

To say it in another way, the more we allow God’s Word to permeate us (i.e., the more of it we take in, the more we believe what God says about a matter, and the more of it we put into practice [James 1:22]), the more we are transformed by it (Romans 12:2), the more God’s Spirit can influence our thoughts and actions, the more we are able to “walk” in Christ (Colossians 2:6), and the more we are able to focus on Christ (the Author and Finisher [Perfecter] of our faith [Hebrews 12:2]) until Christ is formed in us (Galatians 4:19). This is essentially what Christ meant when, as He was praying for His disciples, He said, “Sanctify (set apart [to holiness]) them by Your truth, Your Word is truth” (John 17:17).

Simply put, the filling with the Spirit is the degree in which the Christian absorbs God’s Word throughout his life, i.e., receives and believes it. As he reads, studies, and believes God’s Word; the more he is transformed by the Word, resulting in Christ being formed in him.

Again, how is the Christian filled with the Spirit? There is only one way. Since there is a unique and definite link between Jesus Christ, the living Word of God, and the written (God-breathed) Word of God (the One reflecting the Other), the Christian is to immerse himself in the “implanted Word,” which will transform him progressively to spiritual maturity, as he obediently works out his own salvation with fear and trembling (Philippians 2:12), and the eventual salvation of his soul, the “salvation ready to be revealed in the last time” (1 Peter 1:5). The comparison between the companion passages of Ephesians 5:18-20 and Colossians 3:16 confirms that a Christian is “filled [controlled] with the Spirit” when “the Word of Christ dwells in him richly.”

Therefore lay aside all filthiness and overflow of wickedness, and receive with meekness the implanted Word, which is able to save your souls. (James 1:21)

All Scripture is given by inspiration of God (lit. God-breathed), and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness, that the man of God may be complete [mature], thoroughly equipped for every good work. (2 Timothy 3:16-17)

And do not be conformed to this world, but be transformed by the renewing of your mind, that you may prove what is that good and acceptable and perfect will of God. (Romans 12:2)

What impedes the filling with the Holy Spirit?

The filling with the Holy Spirit in any believer can only be impeded or hampered by sin. When the believer, who always has the God-given ability to exercise choice, selects to sin against God, he thereby quenches (Greek: sbennumi, to extinguish; to dampen, hinder or repress) and grieves (Greek: lupo, to cause sorrow or emotional pain to) the Holy Spirit. This in effect limits the Holy Spirit’s influence in the believer’s life. In other words, the Holy Spirit when confronted by willful sin in the believer withdraws His ability to empower and lead the believer.

For this, there is only one remedy:

If we confess our sins, He is faithful and just to forgive us our sins and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness. (1 John 1:9)

To confess sin is not penitence. It is calling sin what it is, to own up to it, not making any excuse for it. When a Christian who recognizes that he has sinned against God takes responsibility for it before God, then God immediately forgives it. And regarding the sin, the believer should make every effort to never return to it.

Therefore, laying aside all malice, all deceit, hypocrisy, envy, and all evil speaking,

as newborn babes, desire the pure milk of the Word, that you may grow thereby,

if indeed you have tasted that the Lord is gracious. (1 Peter 2:1-3)


~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Also reference in this site Biblical Prayer, a Grace-Gift from God and The Holy Spirit is a Person.]

To website CONTENTS Page.

In our universe time is basically linear. We go forward at a fairly steady rate, give or take allowances for velocity and gravity. We cannot go back in time, and we cannot experience more than one instant at a time.

God and Time
By Compelling Truth - An Outreach of Got Questions

The Bible describes God's relationship to time in several places. Psalm 90:4 says, "For a thousand years in your sight are but as yesterday when it is past, or as a watch in the night." 2 Peter 3:8 says, "…with the Lord one day is as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day." Isaiah 57:15 says that God "inhabits eternity."

When we say things like "God is timeless" or "God has no beginning or end," we are trying to explain God in terms of a dimension by which He is not constrained. God created time.

In our universe time is basically linear. We go forward at a fairly steady rate, give or take allowances for velocity and gravity. We cannot go back in time, and we cannot experience more than one instant at a time.

God does not have this limitation. He does not live within the semi-linear timeline of our universe. He experiences every moment of time all at once. It is similar to the creator of an animated film. While the film is running, the characters experience life one cel (the sheet on which animations are drawn) at a time as it flickers past the light. But the animator lives in a dimension where all the cels exist at once, and he can view them all at will.

(Editor's note: Another similarity might be DVDs created for each and every person showing one's life from birth to eternity.  The creator can run the DVD backwards, forward, pause, etc.)

Understanding this gives us a better understanding of God's power in our lives. He was able to create the world in six days because days do not confine Him or His work (Genesis 1). He was able to choose who to save before the ages began (2 Timothy 1:9) because He created the ages. And He is able to select good works for us to do ahead of time (Ephesians 2:10) because He can see everything that will ever happen in human history and exactly how we can be the most effective to use that history to bring people to Him. When He says He has a "plan" for us (Jeremiah 29:11) that plan is based on His perfect knowledge of all of history, present, and future. When we don't trust His plan, it is the ultimate foolishness – like ignoring the advice of a perfect GPS because we think we know a better route.

God's timelessness is part of His perfection. He has no need of growth or development or any of the other benefits linear time gives us. He also has no temporal beginning or end. He has neither our need for time nor our time-related limitations, which is just another example of why we can trust Him with our short temporal lives.

(An appreciated commentary by Charles Strong of Bible One, one of my five mentors:  When one reviews the nature and attributes of God [e.g., omniscience, omnipotence, etc.], one soon realizes that God exists everywhere [omnipresence], in the past, present, and future.  Granted, beings with such limitations as we have are unable to truly understand and appreciate this concept; but then, we aren’t divine.  The fact is, God has always experienced what we are experiencing now.  I believe a key passage/verse is Isaiah 57:15, which states that God “inhabits eternity,” and eternity has no limits, before, now, or hereafter.  To be sure, and as you said, “everything that happens on earth has already happened in God’s time.”  God can simply NOT be surprised!

Also an appreciated commentary by another of my five mentors, Carol Miller of Key of Three - My Life Ministries by Mark and Carol Miller:  Marsha probably remembered to mention it to you, but if you want to study sovereignty of God and free will of man, study Romans 9 and Romans 10 back to back.  Just read along with e-Sword by Rick Myers or Blue Letter Bible with some of their good commentaries.  The classic book The Sovereignty of God by Arthur Pink is awesome.  But it leaves us needing to have another book on The Free Will of Man, in my opinion, because some people can never get the two into a reasonable balance.

At times that subject is prominent in a chapter I am teaching, and I have that "railroad track" illustration that the Lord gave me to use many years ago when I taught it in Community Bible Study.

It is a railroad track consisting of two rails as the two truths that run parallel. At an up-close exposure, the two rails of the track look quite definitely stationed equidistantly apart from each other, each very firm, and they run side by side out into the distance, or future.  But when one looks at the two rails of the track as they come together out in the distance at the horizon, they are as one and are indistinguishable.  That's how God sees them. He exists in infinity and eternity and can see how they come together.  The railroad ties keep the rails apart at equidistance.   They are the many excerpts and parts of God's Word that speak of first one of those two concepts and then the other.  They are set firmly in between the two rails and they keep the two from coming together and colliding along the course of our lifetime.  The train is our life, and it must run on two tracks at once with the weight equally distributed in order to keep balanced and not turn over. If we try to run on the track of free will of man only, we will be caught up in the flesh and in striving and will become discouraged and give up, because it all depends on us and making the right choices or decisions.  If we try to run on sovereignty of God alone, we will devolve into inertia and will feel like something of a robot, and we will miss the leap of faith and all the excitement that comes from stepping out on what we believe to be God's indicated direction through the Spirit.  We have to understand and walk in both of those essential doctrines.  Then we can have peace that God is completely in control, but He is allowing us to partner with Him in this exciting adventure of faith. He is growing us to think as He thinks and move as He would move.  When we come to the end of our journey, we will see that He led us all the way.  He kept us from death when we were dying or from slipping into hell, because He always knew we would choose Him and really walk with Him if He saved us.  He knows the end from the beginning.  He helps us discover it, one railroad tie at a time, and travel straight into His arena where we will see it all just the way He always did. [This idea is original with me.  God gave it to me.])

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Compelling Truth – God and Time

Word Document:  God and Time by Compelling Truth.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

To website CONTENTS Page.

The crusades should not be referred to as the “Christian crusades.” Most of the people involved in the crusades were not truly Christians, even though they claimed to be. The name of Christ was abused, misused, and blasphemed by the actions of many of the Crusaders.

The Truth About the Crusades
By eNews of K-House

Many people, including President Obama, has tried to make a “moral equivalence” argument that Christianity has been just as violent as Islam and he has to go back one thousand years to do it, back to the Crusades.

Carole Hillenbrand’s book The Crusades: Islamic Perspective - Amazon (Edinburgh University Press, 1999) sets out to sensitize Western readers to Muslim views about the Crusades, in the belief that this will lead to greater understanding between the West and Islam.

In the late 1990s a “Reconciliation Walk” was organized by a group of Christian organizations and individuals. It consisted of thousands of Christians who marched along the route of the First Crusade all the way to Jerusalem, apologizing as they went for the actions of those early Crusaders over nine hundred years earlier.

The reconciliation walkers reported that “in towns and villages, people spilled out of their houses and applauded the team as they passed.” One walker reported the response from people in Beirut:

If you did this in London or Sydney, you would expect a cynical response. The response from the people on the streets [of Beirut], particularly the Muslims, has been warm. The first word I have heard is “good.” If there were such a word as “uncynical” that [would] be the way to describe it.

Michael Karam, a Lebanese writer, painted this incident in a different hue in The Times article, “Let’s forget the Crusades”:

The Reconciliation Walkers are terribly sincere and terribly out of their depth. Their words tell us more about where they are from than where they are going… We Lebanese see them as dabblers concerned with something that has been overtaken by many other, worse horrors during the past millennium. Yet in the best Lebanese tradition, they will be received with honour, listened to, offered coffee and sent on their way.

In order to take an unvarnished look at the Crusades, one needs to look at several factors that precipitated these military campaigns by Christians.

What were the Christian crusades?

First of all, the crusades should not be referred to as the “Christian crusades.” Most of the people involved in the crusades were not truly Christians, even though they claimed to be. The name of Christ was abused, misused, and blasphemed by the actions of many of the Crusaders.

Second, the crusades took place from approximately A.D. 1095 to 1230 in response to specific actions taken by Muslims against Christian lands. The actions taken by many of the Crusaders were not Christian in any way and the Bible does not teach as a general principal that one needs to hate or kill non-believers.

Third, the crusades were responses to Muslim invasions on what was once land occupied primarily by Christians. From approximately A.D. 200 to 900, the lands of Israel, Jordan, Egypt, Syria, and Turkey were inhabited primarily by Christians. Once Islam became powerful, Muslims invaded these lands and brutally oppressed, enslaved, deported, and even murdered the Christians living there. In response, the Roman Catholic Church and “Christian” kings/emperors from Europe ordered the crusades to reclaim the land the Muslims had taken.

Motives for the Crusades

The Saljuq Turkish victory over the Byzantines at Manzikert in 1071, with subsequent territorial gains in Asia Minor, caused widespread consternation throughout the Christian world. The Byzantines, who had long followed a defensive strategy in their conflicts with their Muslim adversaries, looked for help from their fellow Christians. An urgent appeal for help was sent by the Byzantine Emperor to the Pope in Rome. It should be noted that relations between the Eastern and Western Christian empires had long been strained, so such an appeal points to the sense of panic felt within Christian ranks.

But there were other factors that contributed to the emergence of the Crusades. The loss of the holy sites in Jerusalem centuries earlier had been a bitter pill for Christian authorities to swallow, and they had never given up hope of recapturing the city where Jesus was crucified. Indeed, despite the loss of Jerusalem to Muslims, Christian pilgrimages to the Holy Land had developed.

However, in the middle of the eleventh century, Muslim harassment of, and attacks upon, Christian pilgrims had increased in frequency. Lambert, a chronicler of the German pilgrimage of seven thousand people in 1064–65, recorded the following account:

When the pilgrims were just a short distance from Rama … they were attacked by marauding Arabs… Many of the Christians, thinking they might rely on their religion for assistance and salvation, had trusted in God’s protection rather than in weapons. They were, as a result of the first attack, brought down by many wounds and robbed.… The other Christians did their best by throwing stones … not so much to drive away danger as a desperate measure to escape imminent death.

So piety was a motivating force for such pilgrimages, as well as for certain participants in the ensuing Crusades. A belief in eternal reward justified a concept of holy war, and this proved to be a powerful attraction for many who joined the Crusades. The twelfth-century writer Guibert of Nogent clearly believed the crusading motive was primarily a quest for eternal salvation:

“What has driven our knights thither is not ambition for fame, for money, for extending the boundaries of their lands … God has instituted in our time holy wars, so that the order of knights and the crowd running in their wake … might find a new way of gaining salvation.”

Some other motives had less of a spiritual dimension. Military campaigns always brought with them promises of wealth and plunder. Motives of personal ambition also came into play, as did hopes for trading opportunities. Once again, Hallam expresses both the complexity and diversity of motives according to different groups who participated in the campaigns:

Complex though their motives were, it is easier to understand why knights joined the First Crusade than to explain the participation of hordes of peasant … The theme of Jerusalem was all-important to them. They undertook the expedition not as a military campaign but as a pilgrimage, an important feature of 11th century life.

The First Crusade (1096–99)

The First Crusade was precipitated by a statement by Pope Urban II in September 1096:

Anyone who sets out on that journey, not out of lust for worldly advantage but only for the salvation of his soul and for the liberation of the Church, is remitted in entirety all penance for his sins, if he has made a true and perfect act of confession.

Ironically, this promise of eternal reward for participating in holy war is strongly reminiscent of a similar call in the Qur’an at Sura 3:158:

And if ye die, or are slain, Lo! It is unto Allah that ye are brought together.

There are two significant differences though. First, the Christian call for holy war was made by a human pope and as such was subject to challenge by later theologians. The Muslim call to jihad, however, is cemented within the Qur’an for all time. Second, the doctrine of holy war has now largely fallen into disuse in Christian circles, whereas jihad as a military concept is still widely practiced by some Muslim groups.

Subsequent Crusades

Many crusading campaigns followed on from the first. These crusades have many aspects in common.

The Second Crusade lasted from 1147 to 1149 and was launched in response to the loss in 1146 of the Crusader principality of Edessa to Muslim attackers. Pope Eugene III called for a new crusade to recover the lost territory:

We enjoin you in the name of the Lord and for the remission of your sins … that the faithful of God, and above all the most powerful and the nobles act vigorously to oppose the multitude of the infidel … and strive to liberate from their hands the many thousands of our brethren who are captives.… We accord them that same remission of sins that our predecessor Pope Urban instituted.

Again there is a promise of forgiveness of sins associated with the campaign. This crusade ended in a failed attempt to capture Damascus.

The Third Crusade lasted from 1189 to 1192 and was launched after the fall of Jerusalem to the Muslim warrior Salah al-Din (Saladin) on October 2, 1187. Saladin’s armies had also captured Acre, Beirut, Sidon, and other prominent Christian strongholds.

Pope Gregory VIII called for a crusade on October 29, 1187, in similar terms to the calls of his predecessors. Some land was recaptured, including Acre in July 1191 after a two-year siege, but not Jerusalem. It was to remain under Muslim control for over seven hundred years.

The loss of Jerusalem and the tentative hold the Crusaders had on the recaptured land led to an increase in the frequency of subsequent Crusades.

In 1198 Pope Innocent III issued a call for a crusade to consolidate Christian territory in the Holy Land and offered an indulgence:

All those who take the Cross and remain for one year in the service of God in the army shall obtain remission of any sins they have committed, provided they have confessed them.

The resulting Fourth Crusade lasted from 1202 to 1204. From a Christian perspective this was one of the most disastrous. Events took an unexpected turn due to political intrigue and power struggles. The crusading knights eventually directed their campaign not against Muslim adversaries but against the Byzantine Empire itself, because of Western suspicion at seeming Byzantine willingness to compromise with Muslims. Constantinople was attacked and captured by Crusader forces, and a Western ruler was put on the Byzantine throne.

Pope Innocent III was furious at the conquest of Constantinople. He bitterly rebuked the papal legate who accompanied the Crusaders:

It was your duty to attend to the business of your legation and to give careful thought not to the capture of the Empire of Constantinople, but rather to the defense of what is left of the Holy Land and, if the Lord so wills, the restoration of what has been lost.…

How can we call upon the other Western peoples for aid to the Holy Land … when the crusaders having given up the proposed pilgrimage, return absolved to their homes; when those who plundered the aforesaid empire turn back and return with their spoils, free of guilt?

After such a development, subsequent crusading campaigns were tainted. Further Crusades took place, but they were unsuccessful. Little by little the various Crusader strongholds fell to Muslim armies, often with great brutality. A chronicler described a Muslim raid on Sidon (Saida) in 1253:

When [the Saracens] heard the report (a true one) that the king had sent no more than a very small contingent of good men to fortify the city of Saida, they marched in that direction.… The Saracens poured into Saida and met with no resistance, for the town was not completely surrounded by walls. They killed more than two thousand [sic] of our people, and then went off to Damascus with the booty they had gained in the town.

The year 1291 witnessed the end of the crusading venture with the fall of Acre, followed by the loss of the last remaining coastal towns.

An Assessment

The Crusades were characterized by savagery and intolerance. But it was mutual mistreatment, following on from centuries of bloody conflict, massacre, and Muslim imperial expansion. The victims of this recurring cycle of conflict were Muslims, Christians, and Jews. Likewise, the perpetrators were both Muslims and Christians.

Ancient Criticisms

Criticism of the Crusades among Christians is not a recent phenomenon. Indeed, there was a vigorous debate during the time of the Crusades, as recorded by Humbert of Romans, who wrote a response to critics of crusading in the late thirteenth century:

“There are some … who say that it is not in accordance with the Christian religion to shed blood in this way, even that of wicked infidels. For Christ did not act thus.… [But Christianity] must be defended when necessary from its enemies by the sword.”

It should be remembered that the Crusades were a link in the chain of history. They represented the response of the Christian world to the earlier Islamic expansion and to the loss of the Byzantine territories in the Middle East and North Africa. They do, of course, raise substantial moral issues, but consideration of these should not be divorced from the historical context.

For Christians, there is much to apologize for in the Crusades, but they in no way can be used to justify the brutality and carnage that is taking place in the world today in the name of Islam.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

K-House eNews by Chuck Missler - The Truth About the Crusades

Word Document:  The Truth About the Crusades by eNews of K-House.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

To website CONTENTS Page.

These passages of Scripture reveal the eager anticipation by Christian overcomers for the return of Jesus Christ, an event that will conclude their educational (child-training) process by and through the Word of God, resulting in their adoption as firstborn sons of God, possessing the right to occupy positions of power and authority alongside Christ in His millennial kingdomthe restoration of their part in the purpose (regality) for man’s creation, thus, the salvation of their souls. (Romans 8:19, 23, 25, 1 Corinthians 1:7, Galatians 5:5, Philippians 3:20, Hebrews 9:28)

Eagerly Expecting — an Overcomer’s Trait
By Charles Strong of Bible One

This article concerning the Greek word, apekdechomai (referring to an enthusiastic expectation of a coming event) is centered on the outlook that will characterize “overcoming” Christians.  Scripture speaks of the opportunity of a Christian progressing to the status of an “overcomer” in various ways throughout the New Testament; and also, defines the benefit of this achievement, but never as direct as the following passage:

Behold, I am coming quickly! Hold fast what you have, that no one may take your crown.

He who overcomes, I will make him a pillar in the temple of My God, and he shall go out no more. And I will write on him the name of My God and the name of the city of My God, the New Jerusalem, which comes down out of heaven from My God. And I will write on him My new name. (Revelation 3:11-12)

It is assumed that the reader has a biblical understanding of what is to be an “overcomer” as is depicted by the Word of God, which is a Christian living a righteous life (who indeed is “filled with” [controlled by] the Holy Spirit [Ephesians 5:18], who walks “in Jesus by faith” [Colossians 2:6; 2 Corinthians 5:7]) that will result in the “salvation of his soul” at Christ’s Judgment Seat, a determination that will result in his inclusion in the “Bride of Christ,” allowing him to reign and rule alongside Christ during the Messianic Era — the thousand year millennial reign of Christ over the earth.

Should the reader not have an understanding of “soul-salvation,” it is recommended that he read Salvation of the Soul BOOK, by Arlen Chitwood, in this site, that may be also found at Bible One - Arlen Chitwood's Salvation of the Soul, a portion of the website Bible One.

(To avoid any rash misconception [jumping to an incorrect assumption]) regarding the author’s view of the doctrine of redemption of man, the author of this article affirms an unswerving belief that the foundation of salvation for mankind is anchored in the grace-gift from God, the work of Christ on the cross of Calvary, which may only be obtained by faith in Christ.  Furthermore, the author of this article affirms unswervingly that once a person obtains salvation by faith in Christ, such can never be retracted or nullified by man or God.

Having stated this, the reader should also understand that Scripture presents man as a tripartite being, consisting of spirit, soul, and body [1 Thessalonians 5:23; Hebrews 4:12], and indicates that each portion/aspect of man may ultimately achieve salvation in a different manner and/or time frame.  Such is made clear in the previous recommended book reference.)

The Greek word, apekdechomai (Strong No. 553), a composite word (575, 1551), means to “expect fully, eagerly (enthusiastically, excitedly, fervently, etc.) look or wait for (something).”  Within the New King James Version of the Bible (NKJV), and when referring to the degree of expectation that should characterize a devoted Christian regarding an important facet of Christian life, the word is translated “eagerly.”  It represents an attitude that will dominate, transfix, and fervently fascinate a person each day of his life.

There are five passages of Scripture that utilize six verses, which use the Greek word,  apekdechomai, designating one who is “eagerly waitingfor a specific event, a condition that should characterize every Christian — and most certainly will if one is to be anovercomer.”  But what is truly exceptional regarding these various passages is that they all speak of the same unique expectation — the fruition of one’s soul-salvation.

In the following passages the translation of apekdechomai in each passage has been enlarged and highlighted by the author of this article:

Romans 8:16-25

The Spirit Himself bears witness with our spirit that we are children of God,

and if children, then heirs — heirs of God and joint heirs with Christ, if indeed we suffer with Him, that we may also be glorified together.

For I consider that the sufferings of this present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory which shall be revealed in us.

For the earnest expectation of the creation eagerly waits for the revealing of the sons of God.

For the creation was subjected to futility, not willingly, but because of Him who subjected it in hope;

because the creation itself also will be delivered from the bondage of corruption into the glorious liberty of the children of God.

For we know that the whole creation groans and labors with birth pangs together until now.

Not only that, but we also who have the firstfruits of the Spirit, even we ourselves groan within ourselves, eagerly waiting for the adoption, the redemption of our body.

For we were saved in this hope, but hope that is seen is not hope; for why does one still hope for what he sees?

But if we hope for what we do not see, we eagerly wait for it with perseverance.

1 Corinthians 1:4-8

I thank my God always concerning you for the grace of God which was given to you by Christ Jesus,

that you were enriched in everything by Him in all utterance and all knowledge,

even as the testimony of Christ was confirmed in you,

so that you come short in no gift, eagerly waiting for the revelation of our Lord Jesus Christ,

who will also confirm you to the end, that you may be blameless in the day of our Lord Jesus Christ.

Galatians 5:5

For we through the Spirit eagerly wait for the hope of righteousness by faith.

Philippians 3:20-21

For our citizenship is in heaven, from which we also eagerly wait for the Savior, the Lord Jesus Christ,

who will transform our lowly body that it may be conformed to His glorious body, according to the working by which He is able even to subdue all things to Himself.

Hebrews 9:27-28

And as it is appointed for men to die once, but after this the judgment,

so Christ was offered once to bear the sins of many. To those who eagerly wait for Him He will appear a second time, apart from sin, for salvation.

These passages of Scripture reveal the eager anticipation by Christian overcomers for the return of Jesus Christ, an event that will conclude their educational (child-training) process by and through the Word of God, resulting in their adoption as firstborn sons of God, possessing the right to occupy positions of power and authority alongside Christ in His millennial kingdom, the restoration of their part in the purpose (regality) for man’s creation, thus, the salvation of their souls.

To fully understand that which Christian overcomers now eagerly anticipate (i.e., their coming firstborn status), it is recommended that the reader access, in this website, God’s Firstborn Sons BOOK, which may be viewed in its entirety.

(God presently has two firstborn Sons — Christ [Hebrews 1:6] and Israel [Exodus 4:22-23].  Christ is God’s firstborn Son through procreation [John 3:16], and Israel is God’s firstborn son through adoption 

[Romans 9:4].  And God is about to bring into existence a third firstborn son through adoption — the Church [Romans 8:14-15, 19, 23]).

“Sonship” implies rulership.  Only “sons” hold regal positions in God’s kingdom — past, present, or future.  That’s the way God established matters in the beginning, and that which God has established in this respect never changes.

Angels alone (sons of God because of creation) have ruled throughout God’s kingdom in time past (both over this earth and elsewhere in the universe).  But, with man’s creation — an entirely new order in the universe, an individual created in God’s image, after His likeness — a change in the order of rulers within God’s government was made known.  Man was created for regal purposes (Genesis 1:26-28); and, though sin subsequently entered, resulting in a ruined creation (Genesis 3:1ff), God did not and will not change His mind concerning the reason He brought man into existence (Romans 11:29).

The whole of man’s salvation has this high end in view, whether salvation past (the spiritual birth, presently possessed by all Christians) or salvation present and future (the saving of the soul, not presently possessed by Christians but awaiting realization).  Man has been, is being, and is about to be saved for a revealed regal purpose.

A new order of “sons” is about to be brought forth (Romans 8:19; cf. Hebrews 2:5).  And only then will God’s purpose for man’s creation (in the beginning) and His reason for man’s subsequent salvation (following his ruin) be realized.  (Taken from God’s Firstborn Sons BOOK in this website.)

Christian overcomers have the most exciting and fulfilling future ahead of them.  It is no wonder that each day of their temporal existence is overflowing with a most eager anticipation of coming events.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Bible One - Charles Strong's Eagerly Expecting — an Overcomer’s Trait

Word Document:  Eagerly Expecting — an Overcomer’s Trait by Charles Strong.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

To website CONTENTS Page.

The Way of Life Summarized
By Gary Whipple of 
Beyond the Rapture

The “way of life” is to enter the first gate of salvation (positional grace) through faith (in Christ).

Then, through surrender of self and by a continuous faith, enter the strait gate of “standing grace” (Christ in you).

This reciprocal indwelling produces spiritual fruit in the believer’s life and qualifies him to run the race of the narrow path that leads to life (millennial life). This race can only be finished by the one who has a Christ-controlled life and whose eye is on the “mark of the prize of the high calling” (Philippians 3:13-14).

This high calling prize demands a striving on the part of the runner to “get out of the way of himself” and let Christ win the race through him. This is made possible by continuously feeding on the meat of the Word, which automatically changes the runner inwardly.

(See in this site The Metamorphosis about changing within.)

The obstacles of this race are tribulation, and temptation. They are allowed by God in order to strengthen the faith of the runner, which in turn gives patience, experience, and hope. Through this striving, it is Christ that crosses this finish line through us, and enters into the strait gate of the “bridal chamber and wedding feast.”

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Bible One - Gary Whipple's Beyond the Rapture 

Word Document:  The Way of Life Summarized by Gary Whipple.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

See God's Path to Glory Diagram, Gates and Paths, LEGAL SIZE.docx in this site.

To website CONTENTS Page.

Note: This document, which stems from specific enquiries by Christians regarding the salvation of Jews [Part 2], is presented primarily to offer a concise reply [Part 3] concerning that issue.  Nevertheless, a comprehensive understanding of the matter will largely depend on one’s acceptance and adherence to the contents of Part 1.

Redemption of Man, From Creation to Now
By Charles Strong of Bible One

Parts:

Part 1 of 3

Of all the areas of doctrine covered by Holy Scripture, which are interpreted and instructed diversely by the various denominations comprising Christendom, the one propagated as the “redemption or salvation of man” is most significant. Indeed, within evangelical circles, those who strongly believe in the infallibility of Scripture, both (Old and New) Testaments, the focus on how God allows man to obtain eternal security and bliss, his eternal destiny, is considered fundamental in achieving spiritual understanding and life. Furthermore, this doctrine among Christians is unquestionably the subject of controversy and division between sincere and studious individuals and groups.

The elements of this doctrine most often center on two key biblical issues, that of “faith” (belief or trust) and “works” (acts of righteousness). Whereas one body believes “faith alone” is the crucial and only component insuring one’s path to heaven, another maintains that the answer can only be found in “faith plus works.” Then again, there are multiple positions on the direction and type of faith and works comprising man’s path to heaven, not to mention the concepts of irrevocability and/or permanency pertaining to each.

But all agree that there is no other more important doctrine in all of Scripture concerning mankind. It is the foundation of all else within God’s Word. For if one doesn’t understand and act upon the doctrine of redemption/salvation as God has put it forth in His Word, nothing else will eventually matter.

It is to this “end” (or better, to this “starting point”) and its progression — the issue of God’s redemption plan for man is significantly more complex and extraordinary, indeed more amazing and marvelous, than Christendom understands and sanctions — that this website exists and continues to enlighten those who sincerely hunger for the “meat” of the Word of God.

God’s redemption plan for man is revealed at the very beginning of God’s Holy Book, within the initial verses of the first chapter of the book of Genesis. It continues to be revealed throughout the Old Testament in various types, and is fully exposed in and by the anti-types within the New Testament. There are many reasons why Christians fail to comprehend the intricacies and components of God’s redemption plan for man, not the least of which is the incessant influence by the “god of this age” (2 Corinthians 4:4; 1 Peter 5:8) over those who should advance in spiritual maturity, but instead remain in their carnal state (1 Corinthians 3:1-3).

Additionally, many, if not most Christians fail to realize that man is a tripartite (3-part) being composed of spirit, soul, and body (1 Thessalonians 5:23; Hebrews 4:12), made in the image and likeness of God 
(Genesis 1:26-27) who is also a tripartite Being (Father, Son, and Holy Spirit), and that redemption/salvation affects each individual part in a different way and at a different time. Indeed, man’s redemption/salvation is a past, completed act (Ephesians 2:8-9), a present, continuous work (1 Corinthians 1:18), and a future, inherited possession (Hebrews 1:14). But until this is realized by a child of God, under the leadership and tutorage of the Holy Spirit (John 14:26; 16:13), he is destined to view the matter in limited scope, seeing only conflict and discord in many passages of Scripture that deal with the redemption of man.

And out of this conflict and discord rises the varying and differing positions regarding God’s redemption plan for man that are prolific throughout Christendom. On the other hand, if one will choose to spend the time and effort to investigate the matter, utilizing the resources available on this website while depending completely upon the one and only true Teacher of Scripture, he will most certainly come to a comprehensive understanding of God’s redemption plan as it pertains to man; one that will harmonize all passages of Scripture, one that will greatly promote spiritual growth, and one that will engender deep and genuine spiritual well-being.

To this end, this goal, the following plan is suggested.

It is recommended that the reader study the following documents (books), all of which are in-depth commentaries by Arlen L. Chitwood [Arlen Chitwood's Lamp Broadcast] and which may be drawn, in this website, in total from these website links:

Salvation by Grace through Faith BOOK

Salvation of the Soul BOOK

Redeemed for a Purpose BOOK

Let Us Go On BOOK

So Great Salvation BOOK

Mysteries of the Kingdom BOOK     

There are many other excellent books/commentaries that one may take advantage of in this study, all of which may be accessed from their links, which are posted on the homepage of the website.

In brief, the above commentaries will coherently reveal that redemption/salvation of man is composed of three aspects, addressed in Scripture as salvation of the spirit, salvation of the soul, and salvation of the body, all of which emanate from the hand of God and which prepares man for the purpose for which he was created in the first place — to rule, have dominion, over God’s creation (Genesis 1:26-28) — the purpose/goal from which man spiritually fell at his beginning.

(Man was created for a purpose that had to do with regality; and fallen man has been redeemed with this same purpose in view. Salvation has been provided for fallen man in order that God might bring man back into the position for which he was created in the beginning.

Accordingly, the gospel message, the good news seen throughout Scripture, has two facets — the good news concerning the grace of God, and the good news concerning the glory of Christ:

1) The Gospel of the Grace of God is a message dealing with Christ’s past, finished work at Calvary. It is the message of the Cross; it is a message surrounding the shedding of blood; it is a message surrounding death; and it is a message that is to be proclaimed to the unsaved — to those “dead in trespasses and sins.”

The reception of this message — man believing on the Lord Jesus Christ, who died in his stead — results in eternal salvation.

2) The Gospel of the Glory of Christ is a message encompassing Christ’s present work but culminating in and dealing more specifically with His future work. It is a message surrounding present Christian living, with a view to that which lies ahead. And, encompassing Christ’s present work as High Priest, the gospel of the glory of Christ [as the gospel of the grace of God] is also a message surrounding the shedding of blood [Christ’s shed blood now on the mercy seat in the heavenly sanctuary]. But now matters surround Christ’s glory and that of bringing many sons to glory with Him.

The reception of this message — redeemed man exercising faithfulness to his calling — will result in an individual being accorded the honor and privilege of ascending the throne with Christ in His kingdom when He returns in all His power and glory.

Distinctions between the preceding two messages must be clearly understood if an individual would properly understand the whole of the salvation message in Scripture.

 [Redeemed for a Purpose BOOK])

Once the above is realized by means of a proper study of Scripture, one then will realize that the preponderance of Holy Writ pertains not so much to the eternal salvation of man (spirit-salvation), which is no less foundational and critical, but mostly about the coming kingdom of Christ and how one may participate therein (soul-salvation).

So for one to truly understand and appreciate the remainder of this document, it is strongly recommended that one read the above mentioned documents (books), all of which may be viewed in their totality from the links provided.

Part 2 of 3

Recently, the following inquiry was passed on to this writer, which relates to the salvation of the Jews, then and now.

You have said before that you would be willing to research questions that we might have. :) One came up in Sunday School yesterday that we need help with:

We are wondering about salvation for the Jews, and if it may have been possible through the sacrificial system even during Jesus' day. It would seem that they WERE saved by the blood placed on the doorposts before they came out of Egypt and crossed the Red Sea. Yet Korah and others died for disobedience in the wilderness. So they seemed to have lost their reward and not entered the Promised Land, but were eternally saved....?

But in Jesus' century, if Paul had died before his Damascus Road experience, would he have been saved?

Another thing, In John 8:24, Jesus told the Jews, "I said therefore to you, that you shall die in your sins, for unless you believe that I am He, you shall die in your sins." The entire chapter 8 is about Jesus and his confrontation with the Pharisees, and Jesus seems to be saying that they are damned because they do not believe He is who He is telling them He is. If they are damned, why didn't the sacrificial system they grew up following work for their salvation?

I have asked this question of several people, and so far have only come up with a blank stare. Perhaps Charles or Arlen have some input on this, if you don't already have an answer.

Thank you so much for looking into this when you have some time.

The above generated a concise reply from Arlen L. Chitwood [Arlen Chitwood's Lamp Broadcast] which follows.

Part 3 of 3

Salvation in Scripture

All the ramifications of the different issues raised in your couple of e-mails are addressed in several of my books, mainly in From Acts to the Epistles BOOKBible One - Arlen Chitwood's Signs in John’s Gospel, and God’s Firstborn Sons BOOK.

All three of these books have been revised, though I’m not sure that you have the revisions for all three on your website. The first two revisions are on my site (Arlen Chitwood's Lamp Broadcast); the revision for God’s Firstborn Sons BOOK has not been uploaded to the site yet. You might have the revised version on your site though.

Covenants

[Site author's note: The seven covenants are Adamic (Genesis 3:15) [some divide Adamic into Edenic (Genesis 1:26-30; 2:16-17) and Adamic],  Noahic (2 Peter 2:5), Abrahamic (Genesis 12:1-3, 6-7; 13:14-17; 15; 17:1-14; 22:15-18), Palestinian (Deuteronomy 30:1-10), Mosaic (Deuteronomy 11 ff.), Davidic (2 Samuel 7:8-16) and New (Jeremiah 31:31-34).]

On the salvation issue in Scripture, first of all it would probably be best to forget the two divisions of Scripture (Old Testament & New Testament) and simply see Scripture as one continuous book. “Testament” is simply another way of saying “covenant” (Greek: diatheke [translated both “testament” and “covenant” in the New Testament, King James Version]; Hebrew: Berith [translated almost exclusively “covenant” in the Old Testament, King James Version]), and Scripture is not a covenant per se. Rather, all Scripture is a revelation from God to man.

Aside from the preceding, beyond Genesis 12 (Abrahamic Covenant), covenants are made with Israel (Romans 9:4). No covenant has been made or ever will be made with the Church.

The Old Covenant (Mosaic, inseparably associated with the Abrahamic) was made with Israel; and the New Covenant, replacing the Old, will be made with Israel. Both have to do with the theocracy, as do all covenants made or to be made with Israel (Davidic, Palestinian, New).

None of the covenants have anything to do with eternal salvation. All are made with a people already saved. And, in reality, all could be classed as “The Magna Charta for the Kingdom,” with the Mosaic having to do with the rules and regulations governing the people of God in the theocracy.

Creations, Sonship

Nor do “creations” — the Adamic (Genesis 1:26-28), the old creation in Jacob (new at the time [Isaiah 43:1]), or the new creation in Christ (2 Corinthians 5:17) — have anything to do with salvation. Nor does “sonship” have anything to do with salvation.

(“Sonship” has to do with creation. Adam was God’s son because of creation [Luke 3:38]. This status did not change following the fall. Israel is God’s son because of creation [firstborn son because of a subsequent adoption] and remains God’s son [God’s firstborn son] today, in an unsaved state. And Christians are God’s sons because of creation as well [new creations in Christ, still separate from salvation (nothing about death and shed blood in “creation”), though occurring at the same time].

To further illustrate the point in relation to salvation, note that all angels are God’s sons because of their individual creation, and that position remained unchanged in relation to Satan and his angels following their fall [Genesis. 6:2]. All angels remain God’s sons today — fallen or unfallen.)

Nor, in the first two creations (Jew and Gentile), can a person move from one creation to the other. That is, a Gentile cannot become a Jew (he can do no more than become a proselyte); nor can a Jew become a Gentile. And the reason for that is simple: Both have to do with the physical man. That which is physical simply cannot change.

The third creation, of course, is formed from the first two. A Jew or a Gentile becomes a new creation in Christ through “belief.” And a person can move from one creation to the other in this respect because the spiritual man rather than the physical man is involved.

Believing Jews or believing Gentiles remain in their respective creations physically (that cannot change; again because it is physical), but both can become new creations in Christ — Christians — spiritually.

As well, since “the physical” is involved with Jews and Gentiles, the creation can be passed from father to son through procreation. But such cannot occur at all for Christians, for “the spiritual” is involved — a realm where man cannot operate, a realm that has nothing to do with natural procreation.

Salvation in One Book

Now, with all of that in mind, let’s look at the salvation issue in one Book, not two Testaments, for the salvation issue never changes throughout Scripture.

The whole of the matter is set forth and established in an unchangeable manner in the opening chapters of Genesis. The manner in which God would restore ruined man (i.e., “dead in trespasses and sins” 
[Ephesians 2:1]), a ruined creation, was set forth in these opening chapters of Genesis; and no change can ever occur. And the matter was established perfectly in the beginning.

The first thing we read relative to the restoration of a ruined creation is: the Spirit of God moved, God spoke, light came into existence, and God formed a division between the newly existing light and the remaining darkness (Genesis 1:2-5 [2b]). And the latter — the remaining darkness — would tell you that there is something more to the restoration of a ruined creation, foreshadowing man’s salvation, than that which is primarily seen by and through events on day one (something that is seen in events on days two through six, with a view to the seventh day).

Thus, the divine work seen on day one foreshadows God’s work pertaining to man’s eternal salvation (a beginning restoration of ruined man). And the divine work seen beyond this (in days two through six, a continuing restoration of ruined man) foreshadows God’s dealings with saved man in relation to the seventh day, which Scripture later reveals is related to the saving or loss of the soul, the life, of a man who has passed from death unto life.

But, let’s stay mainly with the work on day one. Note something though in passing. Once God had finished with His work on the first day, He didn’t go back and re-deal with anything from this day. Rather He began to deal with that which was remaining, as it pertained to the complete restoration of the ruined creation seen in that which is foreshadowed by God’s work during the subsequent five days.

Thus, exactly as in the type, God does not go back and re-deal with saved man relative to anything having occurred in his passing from “death into life” (John 5:24). Rather, He now deals with man on the basis of that which has occurred (but not relative to that which has occurred), having to do with dispelling the remaining darkness, with a view to the seventh day.

Now, moving from this initial information in Genesis 3; 4, we see several things pertaining to that which was initially occurring on day one in Genesis 1:2-5 [2b]. In Genesis 3, man falls. Now another ruined creation is involved. And how does God restore a ruined creation? The answer, of course, along with the purpose for restoration, is seen back in the opening thirty-four verses of Genesis (Genesis 1:1-34) — that which is foreshadowed by God’s restoration of the ruined material creation.

In Genesis 3 a man acts (Adam, typifying Christ 4,000 years later, partook of the fruit of the tree, bringing about the fall; Christ, in complete conformity to the type, became sin, to effect redemption [2 Corinthians 5:21]). Then a clear inference to death and shed blood are introduced later in the chapter by and through God clothing Adam and Eve with animal skins (by and through the fall they had lost the covering of Glory).

(Note again that man at this point is not placed completely back in the position that he had occupied before the fall [a restoration of the covering of Glory, which, in subsequent Scripture, is seen restored only on the seventh day].)

Then in Genesis 4, more information is added. Man, seen acting in the previous chapter, would be the one to die and shed his blood (Cain slaying Abel, Israel slaying Christ). And putting all of this together from these four chapters, the complete salvation picture is seena picture that never changes.

Eternal salvation is a divine work, performed by a Man (who has to be God), with death and shed blood involved. All fallen man can do is simply receive that which has been done on his behalf. Nothing more can enter into the matter.

And note again that once man passes from “death into life,” God’s dealings with man then move to that which lies out ahead. God never again deals with man relative to the salvation that he presently possesses.

In that respect, note the absurdity of saying that a saved man can lose his salvation. How could he lose something that he had nothing to do with obtaining, particularly since God is no longer dealing with him relative to the matter?

Now, I’ve spent a lot of time on this for the simple reason that these foundational truths pertaining to salvation are needed in order to understand the subject at hand — salvation as seen later in Scripture, particularly as it is seen in the camp of Israel on both sides of Calvary.

Events in Genesis 22 or Genesis 37 further illustrate and provide additional information for that which is seen in the opening four chapters of Genesis, but let’s move on to Exodus 12.

In this chapter we have that which is previously illustrated from several types in Genesis brought together in the institution of the Passover. A lamb from the flock was to die in a vicarious manner in the stead of the firstborn in the family. And a lamb dying in this manner, with the blood caught and properly applied, as the sacrifices or other types seen back in Genesis, pointed to the Paschal Lamb dying at Calvary, shedding His blood.

Now, the question: Did God recognize death and shed blood, in relation to man’s eternal salvation, in all these sacrifices throughout man’s 4,000-year history preceding the events of Calvary? Certainly He did! After all, He is the One having instituted them, with man only carrying out that which God had previously instituted.

All of these sacrifices were inseparably associated with the One actually slain before man even fell, or before one sacrifice was ever even offered. Christ was “slain from the foundation of the world” (Revelation 13:8), which takes matters back to the beginning of the restoration of the ruined earth, preceding man’s creation, in Genesis 1:2b (Revelation 13:8). In reality, all of the Old Testament sacrifices foreshadowed an event that God looked upon as having already occurred (Ecclesiastes 3:14-15; Isaiah 48:3ff).

At the time Christ was here on earth, the Jewish people were still sacrificing the passover lamb. In this respect, the Jewish people at Christ’s first coming could only have been just as saved as the Israelites during Moses’ day, or anyone else, having availed themselves of God’s provision during succeeding years or during the preceding 2,500 years of human history.

These Jews in view at Christ’s first coming would have been those who were having a part in the sacrifice of the paschal lambs year after year (which could only have been the nation at large, else Christ could not have come to this nation and dealt with them relative to spiritual values, offering to the Jewish nation the kingdom of the heavens).

Salvation on Both Sides of Calvary

Now let’s look at both sides of Calvary and the re-offer of the kingdom of the heavens to Israel after Christ’s ascension. Again, bear in mind that which is stated in Revelation 13:8.

(But first a word about events in John 8: Don’t try to read saved-unsaved issues into this chapter. Christ was dealing with saved Jews being brought forth from below rather than from above, doing the work of Satan rather than the work of God.

The issue in this chapter, as the issue in the book as a whole, is not eternal salvation. Rather, the issue has to do with the message being proclaimed to Israel at that time, which pertained to the kingdom.)

Question: Jews rejecting Christ, responsible for the events of Calvary, were they saved or unsaved? Then another question: If saved — which they, of course, were — did that status change once the Paschal Lamb had died, with God then no longer recognizing animal sacrifices as before, nullifying their salvation?

How could it change? God has previously established and recognized animal sacrifices in this respect; and, according to the original type in the opening two chapters of Genesis, or any other type, once the man had passed from “death into life,” God never again dealt with the person on that basis again. All of God’s dealings with the person, beyond availing himself of the blood sacrifice, were now focused on that which lay ahead, never on that which was lying behind.

Had not the status of these Jews remained the same (i.e., just as saved following Calvary as they had been before Calvary), there could have been no re-offer of the kingdom to Israel, as seen throughout the book of Acts. And had God continued to recognize animal sacrifices beyond Calvary, the re-offer of the kingdom could conceivably have continued indefinitely (as long as Israel remained in a position to, and continued to, sacrifice the paschal lambs year after year).

But, following Calvary, God recognized only the sacrifice of the Paschal Lamb, not the sacrifices of paschal lambs as before. And, on the basis of Revelation 13:8, one might say that God, in reality, had recognized only the sacrifice of the Paschal Lamb since before man fell, though seen and foreshadowed in all the other paschal lambs slain up to Calvary.

Thus, the re-offer of the kingdom could remain open as long as a saved generation of Jews remained on the scene (not Christians, but saved Jews [individuals still rejecting Christ; thus, they could not have been new creations in Christ). But once this generation had passed off the scene, there could be no continued re-offer of the kingdom.

The preceding is why the re-offer ceased after some thirty years (from 33 AD to about 62 AD). The saved generation of Jews was rapidly passing off the scene, leaving unsaved Jews to replace them. And that having spiritual values could not have been offered to individuals separated from spiritual values.

And, aside from the preceding, a new entity had been brought into existence to be the recipient of that which Israel had rejected.

(By way of summation, note the Jews saved on the day of Pentecost, or Paul saved enroute to Damascus. Neither account should be thought of with respect to eternal verities. Along with Jews reached throughout the book of Acts, both should be thought of in the sense of the conversion of individuals already saved, i.e., saving the saved [like past and present aspects of salvation, with a view to the future, seen in the lives of Christians today].

The preceding is evident from that which is stated in Acts 2:38 on the day of Pentecost. And it would be somewhat absurd to think of Paul, a zealous Pharisee, not having previously availed himself of God’s sacrificial provision.

Also, on another note, unsaved Jews today [and it has been this way for over 1,900 years] are looked upon exactly as unsaved Gentiles relative to eternal salvation. Both have to be saved exactly the same way — through faith in the Paschal Lamb who died — not through faith in some unknown coming Messiah, etc. The matter is exactly as stated in Acts 4:12:

Nor is there salvation in any other, for there is no other name under heaven given among men by which we must be saved.

In this respect, there are only two types of people in the world today — Saved [Christians] and Unsaved [Jews and Gentiles].)

The preceding should address the issues raised. Again, refer to the three books that I mentioned at the beginning.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Bible One - Redemption of Man by Charles Strong

Word Document:  Redemption of Man, From Creation to Now by Charles Strong.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

To website CONTENTS Page.

Lake of Fire, Reason for Creation of

The lake of fire was not prepared for man. Rather, it was prepared “for the devil and his angels” [Matthew 25:41]. It was prepared for those who had rejected God’s supreme power and authority, as Satan sought to exalt his throne [Isaiah 14:13-14]. Thus, in this respect, the lake of fire is connected with regality.

And man, created to replace Satan and his angels, finds his connection with the lake of fire on exactly the same basis. Saved man, ignoring the very reason for his salvation [which is regal], will find himself associated with the lake of fire during the Millennium [an association connected with all that the lake of fire implies]. And unsaved man, ignoring salvation and the reason for man’s creation [which, again, is regal], will find himself associated with the lake of fire throughout the endless ages following the Millennium [an association connected with all that the lake of fire implies].

You may have heard that no one throughout history has had such an incredible impact upon mankind as Jesus Christ and His Holy Word.  And though this is indeed true, the reality is far greater.  No person, no system, no movement has ever offered answers and solutions to the myriad questions and mysteries that revolve around this earth, the universe in which it resides and mankind as a whole.

The Reality of God
By Charles Strong of Bible One

Is the concept of God a sane and intelligent idea?  Is God actually real?  If so, why does man not see, hear or have the ability to touch Him?  Could it be that man’s difficulty in seeing and understanding God is the direct result of man’s suppression of truth in and by his own unrighteous conduct?  The answer to this is in the affirmative, as seen in the book of Romans:

For the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of men, who suppress [lit. “hold down”] the truth in unrighteousness,

because what may be known of God is manifest in them, for God has shown it to them.

For since the creation of the world His invisible attributes are clearly seen, being understood by the things that are made, even His eternal power and Godhead, so that they are without excuse,

because, although they knew God, they did not glorify Him as God, nor were thankful, but became futile in their thoughts, and their foolish hearts were darkened.

Professing to be wise, they became fools,

and changed the glory of the incorruptible God into an image made like corruptible man--and birds and four-footed animals and creeping things.

Therefore God also gave them up to uncleanness, in the lusts of their hearts, to dishonor their bodies among themselves,

who exchanged the truth of God for the lie, and worshiped and served the creature rather than the Creator, who is blessed forever. Amen. (Romans 1:18-25)

Upon man’s creation as is seen in the initial chapters of the book of Genesis, God allowed man to enjoy a relationship with his Creator that included some if not all of man’s senses.  Unfortunately, due to man’s suppression of truth by his rejection of God’s Word, i.e., God’s specific warning referring to “the tree of the knowledge of good and evil” (Genesis 2:16-17), God apparently withdrew man’s ability to routinely experience God by means of his senses.

Although God has chosen throughout history to allow exceptions to the above rule, man fundamentally is subject to a physical world with its four space-time dimensions of length, width, depth and time; while God continues to dwell in the spirit-realm, a dimension totally foreign to man’s physical laws and limitations.

For thus says the High and Lofty One who inhabits eternity, whose name is Holy . . . .
(Isaiah 57:15a)

God is Spirit, and those who worship Him must worship in spirit and truth. (John 4:24;
cf. 2 Corinthians 3:17)

Unlike man, God is not bound by space and time even though He took on these limitations when He expressed Himself in and through the person of Jesus Christ approximately 2,000 years ago.  Jesus [the] Christ, who was God (2nd Person of the Holy Trinity) in flesh, was voluntarily subject to the limitations of His physical body, including both suffering and death — but for a distinct purpose, i.e., to pay the penalty for man’s sin [specifically, “spiritual death” (i.e., separation from the Father) on the cross
(Matthew 27:45-46; Mark 15:33-34), also represented by His “physical death” at that time], to effect man’s redemption.

In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. . . .

And the Word became flesh and dwelt among us, and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father, full of grace and truth. (John 1:1, 14)

But made Himself [Christ] of no reputation, taking the form of a bondservant, and coming in the likeness of men.

And being found in appearance as a man, He humbled Himself and became obedient to the point of death, even the death of the cross. (Philippians 2:7-8)

But we see Jesus, who was made a little lower than the angels, for the suffering of death crowned with glory and honor, that He, by the grace of God, might taste death for everyone.

For it was fitting for Him, for whom are all things and by whom are all things, in bringing many sons to glory, to make the captain of their salvation perfect through sufferings. . . .

Inasmuch then as the children have partaken of flesh and blood, He Himself likewise shared in the same, that through death He might destroy him who had the power of death, that is, the devil . . . (Hebrews 2:9-10, 14)

But once Christ Jesus the Man passed from death to life, having effected His resurrection from the tomb, He no longer was bound by the limitations of flesh.  This was evident in His appearance to His disciples and later to Thomas and the disciples as seen in John 20:19-28, both times passing through the walls of a sealed room.  Subsequent to these supernatural visits, Christ was seen ascending through the atmosphere up to heaven before His disciples (Acts 1:9-10).  The point being is that once Christ was free of the flesh, He returned to employing those faculties that can only relate to Divinity.

You may have heard that no one throughout history has had such an incredible impact upon mankind as Jesus Christ and His Holy Word.  And though this is indeed true, the reality is far greater.  No person, no system, no movement has ever offered answers and solutions to the myriad questions and mysteries that revolve around this earth, the universe in which it resides and mankind as a whole.

Not only does Holy Scripture clearly describe the Author of all that exists, it also defines its direction and all that has relevance to it.  It tells where we came from, where we are going and the various paths from start to finish.  More than this, it provides a moral structure the likes of which far supersedes the normality of man.  And unlike all other moral or religious systems, it is solely a structure of grace based supremely on faith alone — something that could never have originated in the mind of man.

And should one strictly insist on the secular outlook regarding all that exists and which revolves around man — the extreme complexity of the human body, the enormity of empty space within each existing atom yet each holding tenaciously together, the intricacy of human kind in general and the enormity of an arranged and methodical universe — then the only logical answer for it all can only be found in God and His Holy Word.

Yes, without a doubt, God — the God of the Bible — seen visibly in Jesus Christ — is real.  And to all who by faith accept this fact, the following passage of Scripture should have special meaning:

Jesus said to him, “Thomas, because you have seen Me, you have believed. Blessed are those who have not seen and yet have believed.” (John 20:29)

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Bible One - Charles Strong's The Reality of God

Word Document:  The Reality of God By Charles Strong of Bible One.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

To website CONTENTS Page.

The following is an excellent tool for those who desire to teach the "meat" of the Word -- the hope of glory in the kingdom of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ.

The purpose surrounding man’s creation has to do with the seventh day, a seventh 1,000-year period; so does the fall, and so does redemption; and so does God’s work throughout the six days, the 6,000 years of Man’s Day.  The whole of Scripture moves toward that coming seventh day, a pattern established in the skeletal outline set forth at the very beginning.

Salvation by Faith or Works or Both
By Charles Strong of Bible One

Content:

Foreword

Within the spectrum of Christian dogma and the multiple thousands of local churches, institutions, and organizations adhering to it, there has always been disagreement as to (1) the effectual manner a person must employ to secure salvation, i.e., eternal life and (2) how secure it is once obtained.  Essentially, there are two schools of thought comprising this issue, as follows:

1) Salvation is strictly a grace-gift and can only be obtained by a decision of faith alone [to believe] in Christ alone — a position based solely upon the work of Christ upon the cross.  Once obtained, it is absolutely non-reversible by man or God.  It should also be noted that many believe that once a person declares such faith, his life will evidence “good works;” otherwise, his salvation was never valid, i.e., executed appropriately, in the first place.

2) Salvation is a process achieved by faith (often employing the confession of sins and a promise to make Christ the Leader of one’s life) and works — or in some cases by works alone — starting with one’s submission to baptism.

And this continuing process can only be completed when one passes on from this temporal life; therefore, at any time, depending on one’s conduct (works), it may be reversed (i.e., abolished, cancelled) with the possibility of being regained should one’s conduct be properly reestablished.

Where all who hold these views agree is that all persons are sinners in need of salvation, that is, unless “salvation” is achieved there is no eternal hope, as per the following:

. . . for we have previously charged both Jews and Greeks [Gentiles] that they are all under sin. (Romans 3:9b)

As it is written: “There is none righteous, no, not one; there is none who understands; there is none who seeks after God. They have all turned aside; they have together become unprofitable; there is none who does good, no, not one.” (Romans 3:10-12)

For all have sinned and fall short of the glory of God. (Romans 3:23)

For the wages of sin is [spiritual] death . . . . (Romans 6:23a)

But the Scripture has confined all under sin . . .(Galatians 3:22a)

Both doctrinal positions affirm that the basis for their creed is found in the Holy Bible, an enigma to be sure, since the passages of Scripture held by one school of thought appear to contradict the passages held by the other. 

Note the following passages of Scripture, which contenders of these two positions use:

1) Salvation by grace through faith.

But as many as received Him [Christ], to them He gave the right to become children of God, to those who believe in His name. (John 1:12)

That whoever believes in Him [Christ] should not perish but have eternal life. For God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whoever believes in Him should not perish but have everlasting life. . . . He who believes in Him is not condemned; but he who does not believe is condemned already, because he has not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God. . . . He who believes in the Son has everlasting life; and he who does not believe the Son shall not see life, but the wrath of God abides on him. (John 3:15-16, 18, 36)

 And this is the will of Him who sent Me [Christ], that everyone who sees the Son and believes in Him may have everlasting life; and I will raise him up at the last day.  Most assuredly, I say to you, he who believes in Me has everlasting life. (John 6:40, 47) 

And truly Jesus did many other signs in the presence of His disciples, which are not written in this book; but these are written that you may believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and that believing you may have life in His name. (John 20:30-31)

Therefore let it be known to you, brethren, that through this Man [Christ] is preached to you the forgiveness of sins; and by Him everyone who believes is justified from all things from which you could not be justified by the law of Moses. (Acts 13:38-39)

And he brought them out and said, “Sirs, what must I do to be saved?” So they said, “Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and you will be saved, you and your household.” (Acts 16:30-31)

But now the righteousness of God apart from the law is revealed, being witnessed by the Law and the Prophets, even the righteousness of God, through faith in Jesus Christ, to all and on all who believe. . . . . being justified freely by His grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus, whom God set forth as a propitiation [satisfaction] by His blood [death], through faith, to demonstrate His righteousness, because in His forbearance God had passed over the sins that were previously committed, to demonstrate at the present time His righteousness, that He might be just and the justifier of the one who has faith in Jesus.   Therefore we conclude that a man is justified by faith apart from the deeds of the law.  (Romans 3:22-23a, 24-26, 28; cf. Romans 4:16; Ephesians 1:7; Colossians 1:14; 1 Timothy 2:6; Hebrews 9:12; 1 Peter 1:18-19; 1 John 2:2; 4:10)

For if Abraham was justified by works, he has something to boast about, but not before God. For what does the Scripture say? “Abraham believed God, and it was accounted to him for righteousness.” Now to him who works, the wages are not counted as grace but as debt. But to him who does not work but believes on Him [Christ] who justifies the ungodly, his faith is accounted for righteousness. (Romans 4:2-5)

But God demonstrates His own love toward us, in that while we were still sinners, Christ died for us. Much more then, having now been justified by His blood, we shall be saved from wrath through Him. (Romans 5:8-9; cf. 1 Peter 3:18; 1 John 1:7; 3:16; 4:9-10)

For the wages of sin is death, but the gift of God is eternal life in Christ Jesus our Lord. (Romans 6:23; cf. Romans 6:17, 21)

For He [God the Father] made Him [God the Son, Jesus Christ] who knew no sin to be sin for us, that we might become the righteousness of God in Him. (2 Corinthians 5:21; cf. Isaiah 53:6, 9, 12; Romans 5:19; Galatians 3:13; 1 Peter 2:22, 24; 1 John 3:5)

Knowing that a man is not justified by the works of the law but by faith in Jesus Christ, even we have believed in Christ Jesus, that we might be justified by faith in Christ and not by the works of the law; for by the works of the law no flesh shall be justified. (Galatians 2:16; cfGalatians 3:11, 24, 26; Ephesians 2:8-9)

For by grace you have been saved through faith, and that [one’s salvation is] not of yourselves; it is the gift of God, not of works, lest anyone should boast. (Ephesians 2:8-9; cf. Ephesians 2:5; Galatians 2:16; 3:11, 24, 26; Romans 3:20, 27-28; 4:2; 9:11; 11:6; 2 Timothy 1:9; Titus 3:5)

For Christ also suffered once for sins, the just for the unjust, that He might bring us to God, being put to death in the flesh but made alive by the Spirit. (1 Peter 3:18; cf. Romans 5:6; Colossians 1:21-22; Hebrews 9:26, 28)

2) Salvation by faith and works or works alone.

Fight the good fight of faith, lay hold on eternal life, to which you were also called and have confessed the good confession in the presence of many witnesses. . . . Let them do good, that they be rich in good works, ready to give, willing to share, storing up for themselves a good foundation for the time to come, that they may lay hold on eternal life. (1 Timothy 6:12, 18-19)

Are they not all ministering spirits sent forth to minister for those who will inherit salvation? (Hebrews 1:14)

For if the word spoken through angels proved steadfast, and every transgression and disobedience received a just reward, how shall we escape if we neglect so great a salvation, which at the first began to be spoken by the Lord, and was confirmed to us by those who heard Him. (Hebrews 2:2-3)

But Christ as a Son over His own house, whose house we are if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoicing of the hope firm to the end. . . . For we have become partakers of Christ if we hold the beginning of our confidence steadfast to the end. . . . And to whom did He swear that they would not enter His rest, but to those who did not obey? So we see that they could not enter in because of unbelief.  (Hebrews 3:6, 14, 18-19)

Therefore do not cast away your confidence, which has great reward. For you have need of endurance, so that after you have done the will of God, you may receive the promise: “For yet a little while, and He who is coming will come and will not tarry. Now the just shall live by faith; but if anyone draws back, My soul has no pleasure in him.” But we are not of those who draw back to perdition, but of those who believe to the saving of the soul. (Hebrews 10:35-39)

Pursue peace with all people, and holiness, without which no one will see the Lord. (Hebrews 12:14)

Therefore lay aside all filthiness and overflow of wickedness, and receive with meekness the implanted Word, which is able to save your souls. (James 1:21)

What does it profit, my brethren, if someone says he has faith but does not have works? Can faith save him?. . . Thus also faith by itself, if it does not have works, is dead. . . . But do you want to know, O foolish man, that faith without works is dead?   Do you see that faith was working together with his works, and by works faith was made perfect?. . . You see then that a man is justified by works, and not by faith only. . . . For as the body without the spirit is dead, so faith without works is dead also. (James 2:14, 17, 20, 22, 24, 26)

[Jesus Christ] whom having not seen you love. Though now you do not see Him, yet believing, you rejoice with joy inexpressible and full of glory, receiving the end of your faith — the salvation of your souls. (1 Peter 1:8-9)

Therefore, brethren, be even more diligent to make your call and election sure, for if you do these things you will never stumble; for so an entrance will be supplied to you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ. (2 Peter 1:10-11)

For if, after they have escaped the pollutions of the world through the knowledge of the Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, they are again entangled in them and overcome, the latter end is worse for them than the beginning. For it would have been better for them not to have known the way of righteousness, than having known it, to turn from the holy commandment delivered to them. (2 Peter 2:20-21)

And behold, I am coming quickly, and My reward is with Me, to give to every one according to his work. . . . Blessed are those who do His commandments, that they may have the right to the tree of life, and may enter through the gates into the city. (Revelation 22:12, 14) those who do His commandments, that they may have the right to the tree of life, and may enter through the gates into the city. (Revelation 22:12, 14) those who do His commandments, that they may have the right to the tree of life, and may enter through the gates into the city. (Revelation 22:12, 14)

Although it appears that there is contradiction between the previous two positions as are outlined in their relative passages of Scripture, it is granted by both camps that salvation from an eternity apart from God is the most important doctrine of Holy Writ pertaining to mankind.  And should one not get this doctrine “right,” then little matters as to the rest of doctrinal issues.

This being the case, how does one explain such contradiction as appears in the Word of God?  To this, the following factors, when appropriately considered, clarify the issue.

1) The Composition of Man
2) The Original Language of Specific Passages of Scripture
3) The Three Aspects (Phases) of Salvation
4) The Purpose for Man
5) The Use of Types and Antitypes in Scripture
6) The Central Message of the New Testament
7) The Purpose of the Comings of Christ
8) The Context of Each Passage of Scripture

An exposé of these factors will be presented, followed by a conclusion to this matter.

(The fundamental rule of proper Scripture interpretation, which underlies all that will follow is that only the Holy Spirit can reveal the correct meaning and application of any passage of Scripture, a factor requiring one’s complete submission to and faith in God the Holy Spirit for this to take place [John 14:26; 16:13].)

The Composition of Man

Contrary to the teaching of a multitude of religious groups that recognize only two aspects (facets, parts) of man’s composition, i.e., material and immaterial (assuming the “spirit” is the same as the “soul”), God’s Word is not imprecise regarding the issue, clearly stating that man is a triune being — composed of a “spirit” and a “soul” and a “body.”

This tripartite makeup of man is plainly distinguished in the following passages of Scripture.

Now may the God of peace Himself sanctify you completely; and may your whole spirit, soul, and body be preserved blameless at the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ. (1 Thessalonians 5:23)

For the Word of God is living and powerful, and sharper than any two-edged sword, piercing even to the division of soul and spirit, and of joints and marrow, and is a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart. (Hebrews 4:12)

Although in Scripture there may be some similarities of treatment assigned to spirit, soul, heart, and mind; the student of the Word may be assured that the distinction between the “spirit” and the “soul” is never confusing, each word (spirit [pneuma]; soul [psuche]; body [soma]) when used as part of the composition of man is precisely and unambiguously utilized, as may be seen not only in the previously stated two passages of Scripture but also in the following:

And Jesus cried out again with a loud voice, and yielded up His spirit. (Matthew 27:50; cf. Mark 15:37; Luke 23:46; John 19:30)

And they stoned Stephen as he was calling on God and saying, “Lord Jesus, receive my spirit.” (Acts 7:59)

But we are not of those who draw back to perdition, but of those who believe to the saving of the soul. (Hebrews 10:39)

Therefore lay aside all filthiness and overflow of wickedness, and receive with meekness the implanted Word, which is able to save your souls. (James 1:21)

Receiving the end of your faith — the salvation of your souls. (1 Peter 1:9)

The tripartite nature of man reflects the tripartite nature of God, as is pointed out by Arlen L. Chitwood in his book, Salvation of the Soul [which may be accessed in its entirety in this site at Salvation of the Soul BOOK] as follows:

The first chapter of Genesis reveals that man was created in the “image” and “likeness” of God.  The word translated “God” in the Hebrew text of this statement is Elohim.  This is a plural noun, which, in complete keeping with related Scripture, would include all three members of the Godhead — God the Father, God the Son, and God the Holy Spirit (e.g., cf. John 1:1-3).

Since Elohim is a trinity, for man to be created in the “image” and “likeness” of God, he too must be a trinity.  Unlike the dichotomous animal kingdom (created apart from the “image” and “likeness” of God) possessing only bodies and souls, trichotomous man (created in the “image” and “likeness” of God) is a triune being.  Man not only possesses a body and a soul, but he also possesses a spirit as well.

Jesus is Elohim manifested in the flesh; and having been made in the “likeness” of man (but apart from man’s fallen nature), He, as man, must also be a trinity (John 1:14; Philippians 2:7).  This tripartite nature of Christ, in whom “dwells all the fullness of the Godhead bodily” (Colossians 2:9), was clearly revealed at the time of His death.

At this time Jesus yielded up His spirit, which went back into the presence of His Father in heaven (Luke 23:46; cf. Ecclesiastes 12:7; Acts 7:59); His soul went into Hades, the place of the dead, housed inside the earth at that time (Acts 2:27); and His body was removed from the Cross and placed in Joseph of Arimathaea’s tomb (Matthew 27:57-61).  This threefold separation persisted until the soul and spirit re-entered the body at the time Christ was raised from the dead.

Thus, God, Elohim, is a trinity; Jesus, Elohim manifested in the flesh, is likewise a trinity; and man, created in the “image” and “likeness” of Elohim, can only be a trinity as well.  Accordingly, a complete redemption provided by the triune God must, of necessity, pertain to man as a complete being.  Man’s complete redemption must encompass spirit, soul, and body.

And to understand the complexity of God’s salvation for man, it must be understood in relation to each part of man.

Again, as Chitwood says:

Man is a tripartite being comprised of spirit, soul, and body; and the salvation of man within its complete scope (past, present, and future) pertains to the salvation of man with respect to his complete being.  In the study of Scripture it is revealed that each of these three parts of man is subject to salvation at different times.  Thus, to understand salvation in its complete scope, one must first understand certain things about man’s tripartite nature.

The Original Language of Specific Passages of Scripture

As previously noted, the Greek words for “spirit,” “soul,” and “body” are quite distinguishable.  And in Scripture they are never confused, each conveying an interpretation and application different from the other.  Then, there is the existence of those passages of Scripture within our English translations where a translation (although possible) of these words only clouds the conveyed meaning.  For example the Greek word for “soul,” which can be translated “life” is used, as follows:

Then Jesus said to His disciples, “If anyone desires to come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me. For whoever desires to save his life [Gk. psuche: soul] will lose it, but whoever loses his life [psuche] for My sake will find it. For what profit is it to a man if he gains the whole world, and loses his own soul [psuche]? Or what will a man give in exchange for his soul [psuche]? For the Son of Man will come in the glory of His Father with His angels, and then He will reward each according to his works.” (Matthew 16:24-27)

Another example of how a study of the original language, e.g., Greek, will clarify one’s interpretation of “salvation” is the actual meaning of the words normally translated “eternal life.” Note the following by Chitwood from his book, Search for the Bride BOOK:

Further, salvation associated with regality, which has to do with the earth, is dealt with in Scripture centrally in relation to one age — the Messianic Era, lasting 1,000 years [seen numerous times in Scripture, particularly in John’s gospel, as occurring on the seventh day, the earth’s coming Sabbath (the seventh millennium dating from Adam)].  At times, the ages beyond are in view, though not necessarily relative to salvation per se [e.g., in Luke 1:33, “forever” should literally be translated, “with respect to the ages”;  or in Revelation 1:6, “forever and ever” should be translated, “with respect to the ages of the ages”].

But the central thrust of that to which Scripture points is not upon the ages.  Rather, it is upon one age — the Messianic Era.  This central thrust of Scripture was set at the very beginning of Scripture, within a septenary structure established in the opening verses of Genesis [Genesis 1:1-2:3] — a day of rest following six days of restorative work, pointing to a 1,000-year period of rest following 6,000 years of redemptive work.  These opening verses set the pattern for the way in which God would structure all subsequent revelation.  And the whole of Scripture, structured in this manner, must be understood accordingly.

Salvation by grace through faith [salvation of the spirit], though it relates not only to the Messianic Era, but to all the ages beyond, is really dealt with in Scripture in a more restrictive sense.  It is dealt with in Scripture exactly the same way Scripture deals with the whole of the matter surrounding salvation, whether dealing with past, present, or future aspects of salvation.

Scripture, in accord with the septenary pattern set at the beginning, focuses issues relating to salvation [or anything else in Scripture] on the Messianic Era, the coming Sabbath of rest awaiting the people of God [Hebrews 4:1-9].

Scripture deals very sparingly with issues beyond the Messianic Era; and, accordingly, Scripture deals with the salvation issue — whether past, present, or future aspects of salvation — exactly the same way.  Scripture deals very sparingly with salvation in relation to the ages beyond the Messianic Era [eternity], though the salvation that man presently possesses extends into and covers all of these ages.

The preceding is why the thought of an age or why the Greek word for age can be used in the New Testament in connection with man’s presently possessed eternal salvation.  And this is really the case throughout Scripture, not only in the New Testament but in the Old Testament as well, for neither the Hebrew text of the Old Testament nor the Greek text of the New Testament contains a word for “eternal.”  Both use words that have to do with a long period of time or with an age, but not with eternity [Heb., olam; Gk., aion or aionios].

The salvation of the soul [having to do with present and future aspects of salvation] is another matter though.  The salvation of the soul has to do with the Messianic Era alone, not with the ages beyond.  Thus, unlike the salvation of the spirit, the whole of the matter is covered when Scripture relates the salvation of the soul to the Messianic Era.  Issues surrounding the salvation of the soul, unlike those surrounding the salvation of the spirit, do not extend beyond the scope of time seen in the septenary structure of Scripture.

Then there is the case where the tense of certain verbs are not clearly translated in some English translations of the Bible, which also clouds the issue.  Mr. Chitwood addresses this issue in his book, Salvation of the Soul BOOK, Ch. 1, clearly seen in the next section of this document.

The Three Aspects (Phases) of Salvation

(Excerpted from Salvation of the Soul BOOK)

For by grace you have been saved through faith, and that not of yourselves; it is the gift of God, not of works, lest anyone should boast. (Ephesians 2:8-9)

For the message of the cross is foolishness to those who are perishing, but to us who are being saved it is the power of God. (1 Corinthians 1:18)

Are they [angels] not all ministering spirits sent forth to minister for those who will inherit [lit. “for the sake of the ones about to inherit”] salvation? (Hebrews 1:14)

“Salvation” in the Word of God is spoken of in three tenses — past, present, and future:

 1)  Christians have been saved.
 2)  Christians are being saved.
 3)  Christians are about to be saved.

The previously quoted verses provide examples of how Scripture deals with each of these three tenses or aspects of salvation.

In Ephesians 2:8-9, salvation is a past, completed act.

In 1 Corinthians 1:18, salvation is a present, continuous work.

In Hebrews 1:14, salvation is a future, inherited possession.

Since the Word of God presents salvation in a framework of this nature, it is vitally important in Scriptural interpretation to first ascertain to which of these three aspects of salvation any given passage pertains.

In the past aspect of salvation, dealt with in Ephesians 2:8, the words in the corrected text, “you have been saved,” are a translation of two Greek words that form what is called in the Greek text a “periphrastic perfect.”  The “perfect” tense refers to action completed in past time, with the results of this action extending into present time and existing in a finished state.  The “periphrastic” construction places additional emphasis on the present, finished state and refers to the persistent results during present time of the past, completed work.

Salvation in this verse is wrought by grace through faith, accomplished completely in past time, and is the present possession of every believer.  This present possession, in turn, constitutes an active, continuing, ever-abiding salvation.

The eternal security of the believer cannot be expressed in stronger terms than the periphrastic construction of the perfect tense in Ephesians 2:8, for the present results of the past action, in this case, can only continue unchanged forever.

However, in 1 Corinthians 1:18, dealing with the present aspect of salvation, things are presented in an entirely different light than seen in Ephesians 2:8.  Rather than the verb tense in the Greek text referring to a past, completed act, the tense refers to a present, continuous work.  The former has already been completed, but the latter has yet to be completed.

Then, in Hebrews 1:14, dealing with the future aspect of salvation, matters are presented in a completely different light yet.  The wording in the Greek text of this verse refers to something that is about to occur.  Nothing is past or present; the reception of this salvation, in its entirety, is placed in the future.

Further, the salvation referred to in Hebrews 1:14 is not only to be realized in the future, but it is also an inherited salvation.  And the thought of inheritance further distinguishes the salvation in this verse from the salvation previously seen in Ephesians 2:8, for the salvation that Christians presently possess is not an inherited salvation.

Rather, our present salvation was obtained as a free gift during the time we were alienated from God.  And, as aliens (outside the family of God), we were in no position to inherit salvation, for inheritance in Scripture is always a family matter.

In the Old Testament, “sons” were first in line to receive the inheritance, with “daughters” next.  If there were no sons or daughters in the immediate family, the inheritance was passed on to the nearest family member or members, designated by the law of inheritance (Numbers 27:8-11).

Consequently, an individual had to be a family member before he could be considered for the inheritance, which, during the present dispensation, is restricted to “children” or “sons” of the Owner.  That’s why the statement is made in Romans 8:17, “. . . if children, then heirs . . . .”  And that’s also why in Hebrews 1:14 that an inherited salvation pertains to those who have already been saved, those who are no longer alienated from God but are presently family members.

In this respect, the complete scope of salvation — past, present, and future — has a beginning point, with an end in view.  It involves the Spirit of God breathing life into the one having no life, effecting the birth from above.  And this has been done with a purpose, an end, in view.  This has been done so that the Spirit can take the one who now has spiritual life and perform a work in the life of that individual, with a view to an inheritance that will be realized at a future time.

Thus, one should immediately be able to see the importance of proper distinctions being drawn and observed in the realm of these three aspects of salvation.  And depending on how one approaches and deals with the different salvation passages in Scripture, either of the difficulties can be avoided on the one hand or insurmountable problems can result on the other.

The Purpose for Man

God’s purpose for man is seen at man’s creation in the initial chapters of God’s Word, a purpose that underlies God’s all-encompassing plan of salvation for man.

Then God said, “Let Us make man in Our image, according to Our likeness; let them have dominion over the fish of the sea, over the birds of the air, and over the cattle, over all the earth and over every creeping thing that creeps on the earth.” So God created man in His own image; in the image of God He created him; male and female He created them. Then God blessed them, and God said to them, “Be fruitful and multiply; fill the earth and subdue it; have dominion over the fish of the sea, over the birds of the air, and over every living thing that moves on the earth.” (Genesis 1:26-28)

God’s purpose for man upon his creation was to “have dominion” over the earth, to “subdue” it.  And this purpose for man has not changed in God’s overall plan, as is stated in Search for the Bride BOOK:

Man was created in the beginning to rule and to reign (Genesis 1:26-28).  But, through Satan’s deception (through the deception of the incumbent ruler, whom man was created to replace), man fell from the position in which he had been created.  And in this fallen state man found himself in a position wherein he could not realize the purpose for his creation.

But God provided redemption for His fallen creature.  And the redemption that God provided can only have, for its ultimate goal, man being placed back in the position for which he had been created in the beginning.  Thus, the whole of the matter surrounding salvation in Scripture (salvation past, present, and future) is seen relating centrally to that future time when man will be placed back in the position for which he was created in the beginning.

The fall was with a view to removing man from this position; and, accordingly, redemption (the whole of the matter — past, present, and future) can only be with a view to placing man back in this position (something that can be clearly seen in Scripture when viewing the whole of God’s redemptive plans and purposes).  Thus, regality forms the crux of the entire matter surrounding both man’s fall and God’s subsequently provided redemption for fallen man.

The Use of Types and Antitypes in Scripture

(Excerpted from The Study of Scripture BOOK, Ch. 8, OR  Types and Antitypes, both in this site. )

Then He said to them, “O fools, and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken:

Ought not Christ to have suffered these things, and to enter into His glory?”

And beginning at Moses and all the prophets, He expounded to them in all the Scriptures the things concerning Himself. (Luke 24:25-27)

Now these things were our examples [Now these things happened as types for us], to the intent we should not lust after evil things, as they also lusted . . . .

Now all these things happened to them for examples [Now all these things happened to them for types]: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world [the ages] are come.  (1 Corinthians 10:6, 11)

Three things above all else must be adhered to in the study of Scripture:

1) A person must recognize that all Scripture is God-breathed.
2) A person must begin where God began.
3) A person must study Scripture after the fashion in which it was written.

God gave His Word to man through man in a particular manner:

. . . holy men of God spoke as they were moved [borne along] by the Holy Spirit. (2 Peter 1:21b)

The manner in which God revealed Himself, His plans, and His purposes in His Word (a God-breathed revelation, penned as the Spirit moved men to write) is what makes Scripture different from all other writings.  Scripture stands in a category solely by itself, completely alone; and all other writings stand in a completely separate category (refThe Study of Scripture BOOK, Ch. 1, OR Foundational Prerequisites, both in this site).

Then, in the process of giving to man, through man, the God-breathed Word, at the very outset God set forth a skeletal structure covering the whole panorama of revelation that was to follow, along with foundational building material.  And if a person would understand Scripture correctly, he must begin where God began and follow that which God has set forth, after the manner in which He Himself structured and established the matter.

The person must follow the skeletal structure and build upon this structure after the manner in which God Himself began and subsequently set matters forth, establishing them in a particular manner throughout.  At any point in the whole of Scripture, any teaching must have a connection with and be in complete agreement with the God-established skeletal structure and subsequent foundational material set forth at the beginning (refThe Study of Scripture BOOK, Chs. 2-4, OR also in this site:  The Septenary Arrangement of Scripture  Beginning and Continuing  and  Building on the Foundation).

Then, it must be recognized that God structured His revelation to man after a particular fashion, alluded to in Luke 24:25-27, 44 and stated in so many words in 1 Corinthians 10:6, 11.  Scripture not only deals with a completely accurate history of certain events surrounding God’s dealings with the earth, angels, and man, but biblical history has been recorded after such a fashion that it is highly typical as well.  God has established His primary means of teaching, not through history per se, but through inherent types seen in history, pointing to antitypes seen in later history and/or prophecy.

The manner in which God revealed Himself to man is as stated in 1 Corinthians 10:11a,

Now all these things happened to them for examples [Now all these things happened to them for types]. .

The reference is to events during Moses’ day, drawing from the wilderness journey of the Israelites.  But the reference would, of necessity, have to go far beyond simply the specific events listed in verses one through ten, preceding the statement in verse eleven.  In the light of other Scripture, as becomes increasingly evident when one views the whole of Scripture, the reference would have to be enlarged to encompass not only all biblical history during Moses’ day but all biblical history beginning with Genesis 1:1.

That would be to say, God has structured His revelation to man after a fashion in which not only true, correct history is presented but this history is presented in such a manner that it is highly typical in nature.  And Scripture, within this highly typical structure, is jam-packed with spiritual significance and meaning.

God, within His sovereign control of all things, brought matters to pass after such a fashion (within the history of the earth, angels, and man) that He could, at a later time, have these events to draw upon in order to teach His people the deep things surrounding Himself, His plans, and His purposes.  And this would be accomplished mainly through types and corresponding antitypes.

Thus, God draws not so much from history per se as He does from the spiritual content set forth in the historic accounts — the great spiritual lessons, taught mainly from types pointing to corresponding antitypes.  Anyone can understand facts within revealed biblical history (saved or unsaved man).  This would pertain more to the letter of the matter.  But only saved man can go beyond the letter to the spirit of the matter
(2 Corinthians 3:6-16).  Only the saved can understand the spiritual lessons drawn from history.  Only the saved can look within biblical history and see spiritual content (1 Corinthians 2:12-16).

For the unsaved, things beyond the simple historical facts are completely meaningless.  They can neither see these things nor know them.  Spiritually, they are dead; and these things are “spiritually discerned.”  They can view Scripture only from a “natural [‘soulical’]” standpoint (1 Corinthians 2:14).

Anyone can understand facts within revealed biblical history (saved or unsaved man).  This would pertain more to the letter of the matter.  But only saved man can go beyond the letter to the spirit of the matter (2 Corinthians 3:6-16).  Only the saved can understand the spiritual lessons drawn from history.  Only the saved can look within biblical history and see spiritual content (1 Corinthians 2:12-16).

For the unsaved, things beyond the simple historical facts are completely meaningless.  They can neither see these things nor know them.  Spiritually, they are dead; and these things are “spiritually discerned.”  They can view Scripture only from a “natural [‘soulical’]” standpoint (1 Corinthians 2:14).

But for the saved, the matter is entirely different.  They, by/through believing on the Lord Jesus Christ, have been made spiritually alive.  The Spirit has breathed life into the one having no life; they have “passed from death to life.”

And they have this same Spirit — the One who gave the Word to man through man — indwelling them to lead them “into all truth” (John 16:13-15; 1 Corinthians 3:16; 6:19-20; 1 John 3:24).  Accordingly, the saved possess the ability to see beyond the facts of history and view the spiritual lessons inherent therein.

This is what is meant by “comparing spiritual things with spiritual.”  It is within this facet of Scripture that man can see the things that “Eye has not seen, nor ear heard . . . .”  It is within this facet of Scripture that “God has revealed them to us by his Spirit. For the Spirit searches all things, yes, the deep things of God” (1 Corinthians 2:9-13).

And it is within this complete, overall thought, as previously stated, that one finds the whole of biblical history forming types that are fraught with spiritual significance and meaning.  This is the manner in which God has structured His Word.  It has been given to man after this fashion, and if man would properly understand that which God has revealed in His Word, he must study it after the fashion in which it was given and recorded.

The Central Person of Scripture

Viewing Scripture after the preceding fashion, a complete word picture is presented of the central Person of Scripture — the Lord Jesus Christ.  This word picture begins in the opening chapter of Genesis and continues uninterrupted until the Living Word Himself appears on the scene 4,000 years later.  In this respect, the Old Testament forms a complete introduction to and revelation of the One who would appear on the earth, intervening in the affairs of man, 4,000 and 6,000 years beyond the creation of man in Genesis 1.

This is really the underlying thought behind Christ’s rebuke of the two disciples on the road to Emmaus, following His resurrection.  They didn’t know the spiritual content of their own Old Testament Scriptures, though they undoubtedly would have been familiar with the letter of the matter, the historical facts.  Had they known the spiritual content of the historical facts, they would, in turn, not only have known the exact identity of the person standing in their midst but they would also have known exactly what had occurred, was occurring, and would yet occur.

But “their eyes were restrained [their vision was ‘held back’]” (Luke 24:16).  Insofar as these things were concerned, they were spiritually blind.  Though spiritually alive and capable of understanding spiritual truth, these two disciples hadn’t seen the true spiritual content in their own Scriptures; and, consequently, their own resurrected Messiah was a stranger in their midst, with the events surrounding Calvary and the glory to follow involving things which they didn’t understand at all.

This is the reason Christ referred to the two as not believing “all that the prophets have spoken.”  They should have known that Christ would appear a “first time” to suffer prior to a later appearance to enter into His glory.  That which they had witnessed (His sufferings), were witnessing (the results of His resurrection), and that which lay ahead (His glory), were all foretold in minute detail, time after time after time, by the Old Testament prophets (all whom God had used to pen the Old Testament Scriptures, making them known in the types [e.g., Genesis 22-25; 37-45] and through other means [e.g., Isaiah 52-54; Zechariah 12:10; 13:6; 14:1ff]).  And these disciples should have known these things, but they didn’t know them (Luke 24:25-26).

Thus, in order to instruct these disciples (revealing Himself to them, showing them what had happened, was happening, and would yet happen), Christ went to the one God-revealed account covering the whole of the matter, an account that had been in the possession of the Jewish people for hundreds of years.  He went to the Word given to man through man by the Holy Spirit over a period of about a millennium (from approx. 1445 to about 400 B.C.), beginning with Moses (i.e., the writings of Moses).

And Christ began exactly where the Spirit had begun 1,500 years before when He began giving the Word through man to man.  Christ began at revelation given through Moses.  Then He moved on to revelation given through other prophets.  And by so doing, Christ “expounded to them [the two disciples] in all the scriptures the things concerning himself” (Luke 24:27).

Then later that day, when Christ “took bread, blessed and broke” the bread before giving it to these two disciples, “their eyes were opened and they knew Him” (Luke 24:30-35).

Their eyes were opened because they, at that time, had come to know certain things that the Old Testament Scriptures taught concerning Israel’s Messiah.  And that which allowed the two disciples to put these things together in a correct framework and see them after a correct fashion was evidently triggered by Christ breaking bread, blessing it, and giving it to them, exactly as He had done in the presence of the twelve disciples immediately before His crucifixion (Matthew 26:26-29; cf. 1 Corinthians 11:23-26).

Christ is the “bread of life” (John 6:33-35), referred to by the use of “bread” at various times throughout the Old Testament (for example, the manna, or the bread on the table in the Holy Place of the Tabernacle).  Christ was the One whose body, as the Bread, had been broken; and the bread being given to the two disciples following Christ breaking it pointed to the true Bread from heaven having been broken (or, as in the case of the bread being broken and given to the twelve preceding Calvary, about to be broken) on their, and our, behalf.

(Note the Lord’s Supper, observed by Christians today — breaking bread, and drinking from the cup.  Observing the Lord’s Supper by Christians today pictures exactly the same thing seen in Christ breaking bread in the presence of these two disciples.  A drinking from the cup, of necessity, would have had to be absent at this time because of that which Christ had told His disciples a few days earlier, in Matthew 26:29:

. . . I will not drink of this fruit of the vine from now on until that day when I drink it new with you in My Father’s kingdom.

The preceding statement points forward to that day seen in the typology of Genesis 14:18-20, when Christ comes forth as the Great King-Priest after the order of Melchizedek, with “bread and wine,” to bless the descendants of Abraham through Isaac, Jacob, and Jacob’s twelve sons, the nation of Israel.

Observing the Lord’s Supper by Christians today shows “the Lord’s death till He comes” [1 Corinthians 11:26].  In this respect, Christ, before breaking bread and giving it to the two disciples on the road to Emmaus following His resurrection, had previously asked them:

Ought not the Christ to have suffered these things and to enter into His glory? [Luke 24:26]

And Christians today, breaking bread and drinking from the cup, are to see matters exactly the same way — the broken bread and the cup, pointing to Christ’s past sufferings, are to be followed by His future glory.  The past sufferings are seen in Isaiah 53, and the future glory is seen in Genesis 14, with both seen numerous other places throughout the Old and New Testament Scriptures.)

And the two disciples seeing Christ Himself do this — the One whose body had been broken for them, as the bread had been broken — and having had Christ, immediately prior to this, instruct them from the Old Testament Scriptures (relating, among other things, the sufferings of Christ, which had just occurred), they were then able to put all of it together.  It was at this point that “their eyes were opened,” and it was at this point that “they knew Him.”

They, at this point, knew the Christ of the Old Testament, the One standing in their midst.  They, at this point, knew the One spoken of “in all” of the Old Testament Scriptures, beginning with Moses.

(Note the statement concerning “the rulers of this age [referring centrally to the Jewish religious leaders]” in 1 Corinthians 2:8 who had “crucified the Lord of glory” [Acts 2:23, 36; 3:14-15].  Had they previously gone beyond the letter into the spirit of that which the Old Testament reveals concerning Christ — had they known the things from the Old Testament Scriptures that Christ revealed to the two disciples on the road to Emmaus — Scripture clearly states that “they would not have crucified the Lord of glory.”

It is clearly revealed that the religious leaders in Israel knew Christ’s identity [cf. Matthew 21:38-39, 45; John 3:2], which accounts for their actions.  But they didn’t know Him in the sense spoken of in 1 Corinthians 2:8 [note the context of the verse], else, as stated, they would not have crucified Him.)

1) How Much of the Old Testament?

How much of the Old Testament deals with the person and work of Christ?  And how much of the Old Testament is typical in nature?  The two questions do not cover the same scope.  The former is more extensive than the latter and is really all-inclusive.  However, the typical nature of Old Testament Scripture is far more extensive than many may realize or are prone to admit.

How though can one know the extent of typical teachings in the Old Testament Scriptures?  The answer to that is very simple.  Scripture itself reveals the extent.

a) Christ in the Old Testament

Christ, dealing with the two disciples on the road to Emmaus, “expounded to them in all the scriptures [the Old Testament Scriptures] the things concerning himself” (Luke 24:27).  Note that it is not “in the scriptures all” but “in all the scriptures . . . .”  The simple statement is made that “all the scriptures” — all of the Old Testament Scriptures — are about the person and work of Christ.  He can be seen on every page and in every part of Scripture on that page.

But, the way Christ is presented in the Old Testament Scriptures is in the spirit rather than in the letter of the manner in which Scripture has been structured.  Insofar as Old Testament history is concerned, that would be to say, Christ is really not seen in the strict letter of the historic account per se.

A person can read Old Testament history from one end to the other and never see the person and work of Christ within that history (cf. 2 Corinthians 3:14-15).  In this respect, the person would be reading the letter of Scripture, failing to see anything beyond.  In order to truly see the Christ of the Old Testament, a person must see beyond the letter to the spirit.

Christ is seen mainly within the inherent types set forth by the historic accounts rather than in the actual historic accounts themselves.  All Old Testament history is, after some fashion, about the person and work of Christ; but this same history must be “spiritually discerned,” “comparing spiritual things with spiritual”  (1 Corinthians 2:13-14).

And this can be illustrated after several fashions at the very beginning of Scripture.  The first verse in Scripture forms a direct statement concerning the work of the triune Godhead in creation; and, looking beyond the direct statement, this verse is also the beginning point in the overall type encompassed in Genesis 1:1-2:3. 

Accordingly, Christ is revealed at the very beginning of Scripture, in the opening verse, after this dual fashion.

In the beginning God created . . . .”  The word “God” is a translation of the Hebrew word Elohim, a plural noun which, in complete keeping with related Scripture, would include all three members of the Godhead — God the Father, God the Son, and God the Holy Spirit.

Everything that exists in the material universe came into existence “by [‘through’] Him [the Son]”; and apart from Him “was not anything made that was made [i.e., apart from the Son, not one thing that presently exists was (or could have been) brought into existence].”  It was all done through the Son, present with the Father in the beginning (John 1:1-3; cf. Colossians 1:16-17).

Then in verses two and three of the opening chapter of Scripture there is a ruin of the creation (Genesis 1:1) and a beginning restoration.  And in a type-antitype structure — going beyond the letter to the spirit, as it would pertain to the ruin and beginning restoration of man (a subsequent ruined creation [Genesis 3]) — the Spirit moving (Genesis 1:2b) and God speaking (Genesis 1:3) are based on death and shed blood, ultimately and finally on death and shed blood through the finished work of the Son on Calvary, 4,000 years beyond the historic-typical account.

In this respect, the typical reference is to the manner in which God restores ruined man — via death and shed blood — based today on the Son’s finished work at Calvary.  The Spirit moves, God speaks, and light comes into existence (reference the author’s book, in this site, From Egypt to Canaan BOOK, Chs. 7-8).

Moving on to Genesis 2, Christ and His bride can be seen in the person of Adam with his bride.  Eve was formed from a part of Adam’s body, as the bride of Christ (the bride of “the second Man,” “the last Adam” [1 Corinthians 15:45-47]) will be formed from a part of His body.  And as Eve was presented back to the first man, the first Adam, to complete Adam and to reign as consort queen with him, so will it be with the second Man, the last Adam.  The bride will be removed from His body and be presented back to Christ to not only complete Christ but to reign as consort queen with Him (Romans 8:14-23; Hebrews 2:10).

Then in Genesis 3, Adam partook of sin to effect Eve’s redemption, as Christ became sin to affect our redemption.  The first man, the first Adam, found his bride in a fallen state and followed the only avenue open to bring about her redemption.  And the second Man, the last Adam, did exactly the same thing.  He found His bride in a fallen state and procured her redemption through the only means available, through an act that had been predetermined in the eternal council chambers of God before the ages even began (Hebrews 1:2-3; Revelation 13:8; cf. Romans 5:12-14).

Then Genesis 4 provides additional details, commentary, to that which is previously revealed in chapter three.  In this chapter Cain slew Abel, pointing to Israel, 4,000 years later, slaying Christ.  One brother slew the other brother in both type and antitype.  The blood of Abel cried out “from the ground” (Genesis 4:10), but the blood of Christ speaks “better things than that of Abel” (Hebrews 12:24).

And on and on one could go with Old Testament history after this fashion.  Exactly what portions of the Old Testament Christ called to the attention of the two disciples on the road to Emmaus is unrevealed.  He may have called their attention to Joseph, who first suffered prior to being exalted over all Egypt (a type of the world); or He may have called their attention to Moses, who suffered rejection by his brethren prior to their acceptance of him; or He could have called their attention to any other account or place in the Old Testament.  It is all about Him.

Note that Stephen, in Acts 7, singled out parts of the preceding two types (singled out events in both Joseph’s and Moses’ lives) as he revealed, to Israel’s religious leaders, Christ’s identity from the Old Testament Scriptures (Acts 7:9-42).  And, Stephen using the Old Testament Scriptures in this correct manner, caused powers in both the heavens and upon earth to react.  On the one hand, the Son, through an opened heaven, is seen standing (rather than sitting [Psalm 110:1]) at His Father’s right hand; and, on the other hand, the Jewish religious leaders being addressed stoned Stephen (Acts 7:54-60).

Suffice it to say that Christ, in Luke 24, could have referenced any account in Old Testament history and, through this account, revealed things concerning Himself to these two disciples.  We can only know that He did reference different historic accounts in the Old Testament (and possibly Old Testament prophecies and/or statements in the Psalms or Proverbs [cf. Acts 7:44]), beginning with Moses; and, from these accounts, He revealed things concerning Himself to these disciples, especially as these things pertained to His past sufferings and His future glory (Acts 7:26).  And, as a result, in the subsequent breaking of bread, “their eyes were opened” (Acts 7:31).

b) Types in the Old Testament

Though all of the Old Testament is, after some fashion, about Christ, not all of the Old Testament is typical in its structure.  Types have to do with history, not with the book of Proverbs, most of that seen in the Prophets, or in many of the Psalms (the latter though, particularly the Psalms and the Prophets, at times, deal with history, in which types can be seen).

The statement, “Now all these things happened to them as examples [‘types’] . . . .” (1 Corinthians 10:11; cf. 1 Corinthians 10:6), refers to recorded events in Old Testament history.  And, as previously stated, though the contextual reference is only to a select number of events during Moses’ day, the statement concerning types in connection with Old Testament history could, by no means, be limited only to these contextual references.  It must be looked upon as far more extensive than this.

In fact, drawing from Luke 24:25-27, 44, one can arrive at only one conclusion concerning the extent of typology in connection with Old Testament history.  It must be looked upon as all-inclusive, for all of the Old Testament Scriptures are revealed to be about the central Person of Scripture, Jesus the Christ.

The story of Joseph (ref. Genesis 37-45), for example, is about the Person and work of Christ, though there is no direct statement in the New Testament specifically stating that Joseph is a type of Christ.  But, comparing Luke 24:25-27, 44 and 1 Corinthians 10:6, 11, one can be drawn to no other conclusion.

And so it is with numerous other portions of the Old Testament.  Though no direct statement may exist in the New Testament specifying that a particular person or event forms a type of Christ, dealing with some facet of His person and work, that becomes meaningless in the light of Scriptures such as Luke 24:25-27, 44 and 1 Corinthians 10:6, 11.

It also becomes meaningless when one sees and understands that God, by His very nature, would, of necessity, be completely consistent concerning how He structured all of Old Testament history.  He simply did not, He would not, He could not, structure part in one way and part in another way, particularly in the light of sections of Scripture such as Luke 24:25-27, 44 and 1 Corinthians 10:6, 11.

In the preceding respect, and in the light of these sections of Scripture from Luke and First Corinthians, it becomes clear that any Old Testament historic account, of necessity, has to do, after some fashion, with the person and work of Christ (past, present, or future); and this has been accomplished centrally through the inherent typical nature of Old Testament history, established by a Sovereign God, in perfect keeping with Scripture’s own direct statements and internal evidence.

All of this becomes self-evident when one begins to study Old Testament history after the fashion in which it was written.  The whole of Old Testament history, so to speak, begins to come to life and open up as one views the Scriptures after the fashion in which God clearly reveals, in His Word, that they were written.

(Aside from the preceding, any segment of Old Testament history has to do with one part of a complete whole — one part of the complete Word, forming the complete Old Testament canon.  And this complete Word [the complete Old Testament] was made flesh in the person of the Son.

There is the written Word, and there is the living Word; and the two cannot possibly be separated from one another, for the latter is simply a full manifestation of the former, in flesh, which would include the subsequent New Testament revelation as well.

In this respect, approaching the matter from another perspective, the question could be both asked and answered:  “What part of the Old Testament is not about Christ?”  And the answer:  “No part, simply because the Old Testament [not part, but all] was made flesh in the person of the Son.”

That which is stated about or inherent in One [the written Word (John 17:14)] can be stated about and would be inherent in the Other [the Living Word (John 1:1, 14)].  For example, if perfection is seen in One [in Christ], then perfection must exist in the Other as well [the Scriptures].  And the reasoning behind that would emanate from the fact that the living Word is simply a manifestation, in flesh, of the written Word.)

2) Structure of the New Testament

But is typology limited to Old Testament history?  What about the New Testament?  Is it also highly typical in nature?

The passage already under consideration in Luke 24:13ff would perhaps address the issue about as well as any other part of the New Testament.  There is nothing stated about this section forming a type, but it does.  And the fact that it does is so evident that a person with any spiritual perception at all can’t fail to see it.

Events in Luke 24 occur on the third day, dating from Christ’s crucifixion (Luke 24:21), and have to do with the eyes of blinded Jews being opened through Christ personally appearing in their presence and revealing Himself to them.  This section of Scripture can only refer to one facet of the person and work of Christ.  It can only refer to that future day when Christ appears in Israel’s presence — with Israel, as the two disciples in Luke 24, blinded (Romans 11:25) — and reveals Himself to the nation (Romans 11:26; 2 Corinthians 3:14-16).

And events of that future day will parallel events in Luke 24:13ff with respect to time as well.  These events will occur after two days, on the third day.  That is to say, they will occur after two thousand years, in the third one-thousand-year period (cf. Hosea 5:15-6:2; 2 Peter 3:8).

Israel will not know Christ in that future day, exactly as the two disciples on the road to Emmaus didn’t know Him; and He will reveal Himself to the nation exactly the same way that He revealed Himself to these two disciples.

Christ, in that future day, will call the nation’s attention to their own Old Testament Scriptures — Scriptures that relate the entire story, from one end to the other — and He will reveal Himself to the nation from these Scriptures, exactly the same way that He revealed Himself to the two disciples on the road to Emmaus in the historic account.

And exactly the same thing will occur in that future day that occurred in the type.  Christ will appear in the antitype of Melchizedek, with bread and wine (Genesis 14:18-20; cf. Matthew 26:26-29), to bless Abraham and his descendants.  And as there was a breaking of bread in the type, there will undoubtedly be a breaking of bread in the antitype.

Then Israel will recognize her Messiah, spoken of throughout the very Old Testament Scriptures that will have been in the possession of the Jewish people for almost two and one-half millennia, with parts of these Scriptures having been in their possession for almost three and one-half millennia.  At that time — at the full end of Daniel’s Seventy Week prophecy — Israel’s blindness will be lifted, and a nation will be brought forth in a day (Isaiah 66:8; Romans 11:26).

Another facet of the matter can be seen in Paul’s conversion in Acts 9:1ff.  And, interestingly enough, Paul stated in 1 Timothy 1:15-16 that his salvation experience was “a pattern [Greek, hupotuposis, referring to ‘an original pattern,’ ‘a prototype’] to [‘of’] those who are going to believe on Him [on Jesus Christ] for everlasting life.”  That is to say, the manner in which Paul was saved forms an original type of the manner in which others will be saved at a later time, forming the antitype.

Paul was saved through Christ personally appearing and revealing Himself to him, which is not the manner people have been saved throughout the present dispensation following Paul’s conversion.  But this is the manner in which Israel will be saved at a future time, when Christ reappears to the nation.  And it is this future event to which Paul’s salvation experience, in a God-ordained type, relates.

Paul was saved as a type of the future salvation of Israel.  He, at this time, understood the letter of the Word but not the spirit of the Word.  There was a veil over his eyes, which was “done away in Christ” (2 Corinthians 3:14).  And so will it be with Israel in the antitype yet future.

There is a reading of the letter of the Old Testament in the synagogues today, as in Paul’s day, which leaves the “veil untaken away.”  Paul, typifying Israel in this respect, was blinded for two days (the veil was over his eyes for two days), with the blindness (the veil) being removed on the third day (Acts 8:9; cf. Genesis 42:17-18; Esther 4:16-5:1; Matthew 27:63; Luke 24:7, 21, 46).

(Paul, prior to the events surrounding his conversion in Acts 9, was part of a redeemed nation, comprised of individuals spiritually alive and capable of understanding spiritual truth, to whom the kingdom of the heavens was being re-offered.  And individuals receiving this message were being saved, delivered, with respect to that which was being proclaimed — Christ’s kingdom and glory — not with respect to eternal salvation, as someone spiritually dead would have been saved then or today.  Those Jews receiving the message at the time of Paul’s conversion, which would include Paul, were already saved in this respect.

The same thing, as it relates to eternal salvation, could be said about the two disciples on the road to Emmaus.  They had received the message proclaimed by the Messianic King; Paul hadn’t.  But, as matters relate to eternal salvation, there was no difference.  Paul, prior to his conversion experience in Acts 9 was just as saved in an eternal respect as these two disciples were following their reception of the message proclaimed by the Messianic King.  Or, to state matters another way, Paul was no more saved in an eternal respect following events in Acts 9 as he was before these events.

There are two aspects to the salvation message seen in Luke 24:26.  There is an aspect having to do with Christ’s past sufferings and an aspect having to do with Christ’s coming glory.  This would be seen in Christendom today as the gospel of the grace of God [reflecting upon the first part of Luke 24:26] and the gospel of the glory of Christ [reflecting upon the latter part of this verse (cf. 2 Corinthians 4:3-4; Ephesians 2:8-9)]).

Relative to Israel’s coming conversion [foreshadowed by both types], both types would have to cover the whole panorama of the matter, for Israel today, unlike Israel at the time of Christ’s first coming, is spiritually dead.

Israel, yet future, will first be made spiritually alive, saved, delivered, through that which is seen in the first part of Luke 24:26 [Christ’s past sufferings]; then they will be saved, delivered, in relation to that which is seen in the latter part of this same verse [Christ’s future glory].

(For additional information pertaining to Israel’s spiritual condition at the time of Christ’s first coming, refer to From Acts to the Epistles BOOK, in this site.)

The Jewish people must see beyond the letter to the spirit.  They must see the One concerning whom Moses and the prophets wrote.  They must see their Messiah in their own Old Testament Scriptures, something that will occur when Christ returns and reveals Himself to them after this fashion — first as the Paschal Lamb, then as the Messianic King.

And so it is with New Testament history.  The New Testament has been structured after the same fashion as Old Testament history.  It was given through Jewish prophets by the same One who gave the Old Testament Scriptures through Jewish prophets; and it has an evident inherent typical nature, established by the same sovereign God who first structured the Old Testament after this fashion. 

The Central Focus of Scripture

As all Scripture revolves around a central Person, all Scripture also revolves around a central focus, which has to do with the central Person.  Scripture concerns itself with time, and, in the main, this time has to do with the 7,000 years portended by the seven days opening Scripture.  And, within this time, there is the thought of creation for a purpose, redemption for a purpose, and God’s work throughout the 6,000 years covering the present age (Man’s Day) for a purpose.

The purpose surrounding man’s creation has to do with the seventh day, a seventh 1,000-year period; so does the fall, and so does redemption; and so does God’s work throughout the six days, the 6,000 years of Man’s Day.  The whole of Scripture moves toward that coming seventh day, a pattern established in the skeletal outline set forth at the very beginning.

Thus, the central focus of Scripture looks to that seventh day when the central Person of Scripture will be revealed in all His glory to bring about that for which man was created in the beginning and for which he has been redeemed.  The Son is to exercise dominion over one province in His Father’s kingdom — for a revealed purpose (1 Corinthians 15:24-28) — and man is to have a part in this dominion.

In this respect, biblical history, within its established historic-typical framework, becomes largely prophetic within its scope of fulfillment.  Biblical history, in this respect, revolves around the central Person and the central focus of Scripture.  And the central Person and the central focus of Scripture are so inseparably related that at times they are spoken of either in synonymous terms or both are understood to be in view though only one is mentioned.

Examples of both facets of the matter can be seen in Daniel 2:34-35, 44-45 and Hebrews 12:1-2:

1) Daniel 2:34-35, 44-45

The Stone, “cut out of the mountain without hands,” in one respect refers to Christ and in another respect to the kingdom of Christ.

The Father will give the Son “dominion, and glory, and a kingdom” (Daniel 7:13-14).  He will be the “King of kings, and Lord of lords” in the kingdom.  He, as the King, as the Stone, will be the One who personally smites the image at its feet (Revelation 19:11-21).

But Daniel 2:44-45, interpreting verses thirty-four and thirty-five, also refers to the kingdom of Christ itself breaking in pieces and consuming all the kingdoms comprising the one world kingdom of that day (cf. Revelation 11:15).  The Stone, after smiting the image, will become “a great mountain” and fill the whole earth.

In this respect, the King of the kingdom is not to be thought of apart from His kingdom.  All the various facets of His person and work, set forth in detail throughout Old Testament Scripture, have an end in view; and that end is the day when He will rule and reign over the earth.

Christ’s finished work at Calvary and His present work as High Priest — foretold in the Old Testament — have the same end in view.  The Savior, who is presently exercising the office of High Priest, was born King (Matthew 2:2).  And the coming King and His Kingdom, in the overall scope of the matter, become inseparable; and this is the reason they can be spoken of in synonymous terms, as in Daniel chapter two.

2) Hebrews 12:1-2

Hebrews 12:1-2, in the light of other Scripture, presents the same picture.  In this section of Scripture a person is told to look “unto Jesus the author and finisher of our faith.”

The thought from the Greek text is literally to look “from [from the things in the surrounding world system, the present kingdom under Satan], to Jesus . . . .”  But yet other Scriptures exhort us to look from this present world system “to the mountain [signifying the coming kingdom of Christ (Isaiah 2:2-4; Daniel 2:35)]” (cf. Genesis 13:10-12; 19:1, 17).

Are we to look to Jesus?  Or are we to look to the Mountain?  The correct biblical answer would center on the thought that a person, within a proper biblical perspective, cannot look to One apart from looking to the Other.  That would be to say, in a proper biblical perspective, we cannot really look “from, to Jesus” apart from seeing Him in connection with His coming kingdom; and, conversely, we cannot really fix our eyes on “the mountain,” the kingdom, apart from seeing the King of the kingdom.

When Hebrews 12:2 states, “Looking from, to Jesus . . . .” the thought would have to include, as well, the same thing contained in the remainder of the verse.  Christ, . . . for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross, despising the shame [considering it a thing of little import in comparison to the joy set before Him], and has sat down at the right hand of the throne of God.

The “joy that was set before Him” had to do with that day when He would rule and reign (cf. Matthew 25:21, 23).  Christ had His eyes fixed on that day as He endured present sufferings; and we are to fix our eyes on the One who left us an example, after this same fashion, as we endure present sufferings.

Christ, at the time of His sufferings on Calvary, had His eyes fixed on the coming kingdom, the day of His exaltation and glory.  And that is exactly the place — the same place — we should have our eyes fixed as we look “from, to Jesus” during present sufferings.

He left us an example that we “should follow His steps” (1 Peter 2:21).  His eyes were fixed on that which lay ahead.

And, as has been demonstrated, in the true biblical sense of the command, there can be no such thing as a Christian fixing his eyes on Jesus apart from seeing both the King and His Kingdom.

The Central Message of the New Testament

(Taken from Mysteries of the Kingdom BOOK, Ch. 13, in this site.)

Then He said to them, “Therefore every scribe instructed concerning the kingdom of heaven is like a householder who brings out of his treasure things new and old.” (Matthew 13:52)

The Word of the Kingdom — the message surrounding the kingdom of the heavens (Matthew 13:11, 19, 24) — is the central message of the New Testament.  Whether studying the gospels, the book of Acts, the epistles, or the book of Revelation, an individual will be studying Scriptures dealing centrally with a message pertaining to the kingdom.

The person understanding this message will possess a proper foundation to build upon as he studies different parts of the New Testament.  However, if this message is not understood, the converse of the preceding will be true.  That person will possess an improper foundation to build upon; and his studies throughout any part of the New Testament will, accordingly, be adversely affected.

This is why an individual instructed in the Word of the Kingdom can be likened to the householder in the text.  Not only will he be able to go to the Scriptures and bring forth things that areold” (things he has already seen and understood) but he will also be able, from the things that are “old,” to begin seeing and bringing forth things that are “new” as well (things he has not previously seen and understood).

And, according to the text, he will be able to do this because he has been “instructed concerning the kingdom of heaven.”  He now possesses a key to the Scriptures; a key that will open numerous passages of Scripture to his understanding, passages that otherwise would have remained closed.

Such an individual, as he studies and learns new things about the Word of the Kingdom, will progressively find himself being able to, more and more, take the “old” and see and understand that which is “new.”  And the more that person comes into an understanding of the Word of the Kingdom, the more he will see Scripture opening up to him in this fashion.  The latter, in this respect, is inseparably linked to and dependent on the former. 

This is what an understanding of the Word of the Kingdom will do for an individual in his quest for knowledge of Scripture.  And, though this has been the experience and testimony of numerous Christians, this is not simply what they might have to say about the matter.  Rather, this is what the unchangeable Word of God has to say about the matter.

 The Word of God clearly reveals that a person instructed in the Word of the Kingdom can go to the Scriptures and bring forth out of this storehouse of unlimited treasures “things new and old.”  But by the same token, apart from an understanding of the Word of the Kingdom, though an individual may be able to see and understand certain truths, the same situation referred to in Matthew 13:52 simply doesn’t exist.

The preceding will explain why this whole realm of teaching lies center stage in Satan’s attack against the Word during the present dispensation.  An understanding of the Word of the Kingdom is the key to a proper understanding of Scripture as it relates to Christians, and Satan knows this.  He knows that if he can corrupt or destroy that which will open the door to a proper understanding of the numerous other Scriptures bearing on the subject, he can best accomplish the purpose for his present work among Christians.

Satan’s efforts toward this end are something easily seen in the first four parables in Matthew 13.  These four parables present a chronology of Satan’s work as he seeks to subvert the Word of the Kingdom, and this chronology covers the progressive results of his work in this respect throughout the entire dispensation.

Satan’s attack in the first parable, the parable of the sower (Matthew 13:3-8, 18-23), was seen to be against those hearing the Word of the Kingdom.  He sought to stop the matter at that point, preventing individuals from understanding this message and subsequently bringing forth fruit.  Four types of individuals are seen responding to the message, with Satan being successful in his attack against three of the four.  Those seen in the first three of the four categories fell away and bore no fruit.  But Satan’s attack against those in the fourth category proved to be unsuccessful.  They heard the Word, received and understood the Word, overcame Satan’s attack, and bore fruit.

Then the next parable, the parable of the wheat and tares (Matthew 13:24-30, 36-43), centers on Satan’s attack against the ones bearing fruit from the previous parable.  Satan placed those with a false message (false teachers) in the midst of those bearing fruit, seeking to subvert the message and stop that which was occurring.  That is to say, he sought to corrupt the true message by introducing a false message.  And this was done with a view to stopping that which had resulted from a proclamation of the true message.  This was done with a view to stopping those Christians who were bearing fruit from doing so.

Then the next parable, the parable of the mustard seed (Matthew 13:31-32), shows that which happened in Christendom over the course of time during the dispensation because of this false message.  The mustard seed germinated and took a normal growth for a while.  But then something happened, which caused it to take an abnormal growth and eventually become a tree.  And after this abnormal growth had occurred — after the mustard bush had become a tree, something that it wasn’t supposed to become at all — the birds of the air (ministers of Satan, seen in the first parable [Matthew 13:4]) found a lodging place therein.

And the fourth parable, the parable of the leaven (Matthew 13:33), completes the picture.  The false message introduced near the beginning of the dispensation is likened to leaven placed in three measures of meal (“three” is the number of divine perfection, and “meal” is that which is used to make bread.  Leaven [a corrupting substance] was placed in the meal [resulting in corruption in the bread]).  And this leaven would continue to work (this false message would continue to permeate and corrupt the true message) until the whole had been leavened (until the whole had been corrupted).

This is the revealed direction that Christendom would take relative to the true message concerning the Word of the Kingdom following the introduction of the leaven, following the introduction of a false message concerning the Word of the Kingdom.

These four parables together show a history of Christendom throughout the dispensation in relation to the Word of the Kingdom.  This message — the central message of the New Testament — was universally taught throughout the churches during the first century.  But the introduction of a false message resulted in changes.  Christendom itself took an abnormal growth; and this abnormal growth was such that the false teachers eventually found themselves welcomed within that which they, through their false message, had corrupted.

Corruption though didn’t stop at this point.  The working of the leaven continued, and it would continue until this false message had permeated all of Christendom.  This corrupting process would continue, according to the text, “till the whole” had been leavened.

And, viewing the matter solely from the standpoint of that which can be seen in the world today, what has been the end result of the working of the leaven?  As the dispensation draws to a close, where does the Church find itself today?

The answers are easy to ascertain.  All one has to do in order to see and understand that which has happened is to go into almost any church of the land (fundamental and liberal alike) and listen for any mention of things having to do with the Word of the KingdomA person will listen in vain.  Because of the working of a leavening process that is in its final stages, the true biblical message surrounding Christians and the coming kingdom is practically nonexistent throughout Christendom today.

This leavening process recognizes no bounds or barriers.  Fundamental Christendom finds itself just as permeated with the leaven, as it relates to the Word of the Kingdom, as does liberal Christendom.  From the theology schools to the pulpits of churches to the pews in these churches, the whole of Christendom finds itself in exactly the same state insofar as that which is revealed throughout the first four parables in Matthew chapter thirteen is concerned.

Many of the fundamentalists, not understanding the true nature of the leavening process, look upon themselves as having escaped this corruption.  But such is not the case at all.  Insofar as any understanding and proclamation of the Word of the Kingdom is concerned, the fundamental groups find themselves in exactly the same state as the liberal groups.  They find themselves permeated through and through with exactly the same corrupting leaven.  There is absolutely no difference between the two groups in this respect.  Neither understands nor proclaims this message.

Seminaries — fundamental and liberal alike — are training students in everything but the one message that will open the Scriptures to their understanding.  And these same seminaries are turning out graduates who are filling the pulpits of churches with a message completely void of any reference to the Word of the Kingdom.  These seminary graduates don’t know the truth of the matter, and, as a result, their entire ministries are negatively affected.  The various flocks that the Lord has entrusted to their care are not being properly fed; and, in reality, for the most part, Christians under their ministries are slowly starving to death.

Christians throughout the churches today are simply not hearing the one message, above all other messages, which they should be hearing.  And the reason is given in the first four parables of Matthew chapter thirteen.  The working of the leaven over almost two millennia of time has produced a corruption extending throughout Christendom that has all but destroyed the message surrounding the Word of the Kingdom.  And, as a result of this corruption, the Bible, for the most part, remains a closed book for the vast majority of Christians.

The preceding is why a person, untrained in the theology schools of the land, but understanding the Word of the Kingdom, often has a better grasp of the whole of Scripture than many of those who are teaching in the theology schools.  The person having an understanding of the Word of the Kingdom possesses a key to Scripture that a person without this understanding does not possess.  He can go to the Scriptures and bring forth things both “new and old”; but the same thing cannot be said for those who lack this understanding.

Why?

Why will instruction in the Word of the Kingdom open the Scriptures to a person’s understanding like nothing else?  Why is an understanding of this message so vital if a person is to possess a correct and proper grasp of Scripture?  The answer could be looked upon in a twofold respect.  

First, an understanding of the Word of the Kingdom is the only thing that will provide the true biblical picture surrounding the purpose for the Christian life.  Why did God bring the new creation “in Christ” into existence?  Why is God taking an entire dispensation to do a work among the Gentiles?  Why is the Holy Spirit presently in the world performing a work among Christians?

And second, an understanding of the Word of the Kingdom is the only thing that will provide the true biblical picture surrounding direction for the Christian life.  What is the goal toward which everything moves as it pertains to the new creationin Christ”?  What is the spiritual warfare about?  What is the race of the faith about?  What will be the end result of victory or defeat as it pertains to the warfare or the race?

An understanding of the Word of the Kingdom will answer questions surrounding the Christian life unlike anything else in the Word of God.  This is the only thing that will present the complete biblical picture in its correct fashion.  Only out of this teaching can all the issues surrounding the Christian life be properly addressed, and only out of this teaching can one find the true motivation for Godly Christian living.

But, if all the preceding is true — and it is — then why is this message so fought against in Christian circles today?  It would appear that acceptance rather than rejection would be the norm.

Such though is not the case at all.  Rather, with rare exceptions, rejection is invariably the norm.  And the reason is seen in the working of the leaven in Matthew 13:33.  The negative attitude of Christians toward the Word of the Kingdom is simply the end result of a work of Satan that has been going on for almost 2,000 years.

1)  Purpose of . . .

The overall picture of the Word of the Kingdom in the New Testament begins with the offer of the kingdom of the heavens to Israel in the gospel accounts.  Israel spurned this offer, the offer was taken from Israel, and an entirely new entity was then brought into existence to be the recipient of that which Israel had rejected (Matthew 21:33-43; 1 Peter 2:9-11).

The one new man, the new creation “in Christ” (2 Corinthians 5:17; Ephesians 2:15) was brought into existence to bring forth fruit where Israel had failed.  And, since Israel had spurned the offer, God, in relation to this one new man, turned to the Gentiles.  God set aside an entire dispensation, lasting two days, 2,000 years, during which time He would perform and complete a work with an entirely new creation.  And this would be accomplished by removing “a people for His name” from among the Gentiles, though with “a remnant according to the election of grace [believing Jews]” being included (Acts 15:14; Romans 11:5).

And, in order to carry out His purposes surrounding this new creation, God sent the Holy Spirit into the world.  Throughout the present dispensation, the Spirit of God is in the world performing a work in the antitype of that which is seen in Genesis 24.

As Abraham in this chapter sent his servant into the far country to procure a bride for his son, God has sent the Holy Spirit into the world to procure a bride for His Son.  And, as in the type, so in the antitype — the search occurs among those in the family.  The Spirit of God is conducting His search among those comprising the one new man, for this one new man forms the body of Christ, and the bride is to be taken from the body
(cf. Genesis 2:21-25; 24:2-4, 9; Matthew 22:14).

And also as in the type, once the search has been completed, the bride will be removed.  As Rebekah was removed from Mesopotamia, so will Christ’s bride be removed from the earth; as Isaac came forth to meet Rebekah, so will the Son come forth to meet His bride; and as Rebekah went with Isaac to his home, where she became his wife, so will the bride go with Christ to His home, where she will become His wife (Genesis 24:61-67; 1 Thessalonians 4:16-17; Revelation 19:7-9).

2)  Direction for . . .

The goal toward which everything pertaining to the new creationin Christ” moves is exactly the same as the goal set forth in the beginning, in the opening two chapters of Genesis.  The point out ahead toward which all things move is the earth’s coming Sabbath, foreshadowed by the Sabbath in Genesis 2:1-3, which followed six days of restorative work (Genesis 1:2-25 [2b]).

And it matters not whether one is viewing the reason for the existence of the one new man, the reason for the present dispensation, or the reason for the Spirit of God having been sent into the world, the point toward which everything moves is always the same.  It has to be the same, for this is the way matters were set forth and established at the beginning of God’s revelation to man (Genesis 1:1-2:3).

And properly understanding the spiritual warfare and the present race of the faith is contingent on properly understanding things surrounding the goal that lies out ahead.  It is contingent on properly understanding the reason God has brought the one new man into existence, the reason God has set aside an entire dispensation to deal with this new man, and the reason God has sent His Spirit into the world to perform a work during the dispensation.

Christians are engaged in a warfare against powerful spirit beings in the heavens, which is part and parcel with the race of the faith in which they find themselves engaged; and whether Christians do or do not understand all the various things about this warfare and race, Satan knows every one of these things all too well.  And he is ever lying in wait to defeat the Christian in the warfare or sidetrack him in the race.

And the end result will be either victory or defeat.  An individual will either overcome in the warfare and race or he will be overcome.

And note what is at stake in either victory or defeat — the greatest thing God could ever design for redeemed man.  The Spirit of God is presently in the world opening the Word of God to the Christians’ understanding, calling their attention to one central fact — They are being offered positions as co-regents with Christ in His kingdom, forming the bride that will reign with the Son as consort queen.

That’s what is at stake.  And knowing this, is it any wonder that Satan, very early in the dispensation, set about to accomplish the things outlined in the first four parables in Matthew chapter thirteen?  Is it any wonder that he has done and continues to do everything within his power to corrupt and destroy the true message surrounding Christians and the coming kingdom?

From Genesis to Matthew to Revelation

As previously seen in this book, several things must be kept in mind when studying the parables in Matthew chapter thirteen.  The first four were given outside the house, by the seaside; and the last three were given after Christ had re-entered the house.  This fact, often overlooked, is significant beyond degree if one is to understand these parables correctly.  Then, a chronology is seen in the parables that carry the reader from the beginning of the present dispensation to the future Messianic Kingdom.

As previously shown, the first four parables (given outside the house, by the seaside) present a history of Christendom as it relates to the Word of the Kingdom; and this history covers the entirety of the dispensation.  To understand why conditions in Christendom are as they presently exist, one has to go back in history and follow the course of events leading into the presently existing situation.

And going back in history after this fashion can only be done one way.  It can only involve going to the Scriptures to see what the Word of God reveals about the matter, not what the various Church history books written by man reveal.  All of man’s writings on Church history might as well be categorized as “secular” insofar as this aspect of Church history is concerned.  That which man has written simply doesn’t deal with Church history in this respect, though this is the main crux of the matter seen within the way Scripture deals with the subject.The earliest period of Church history is dealt with in the book of Acts, following the inception of the Church.  This period covers that time when the kingdom was being re-offered to Israel (from 33 to 62 A.D.).  And accordingly, the message seen throughout this book centers on the proffered kingdom.

The epistles (some written during the Acts period, some following) deal centrally with the same message seen in Acts — one having to do with the kingdom.  These epistles simply form different facets of instruction written to Christians surrounding the same central message.  And these epistles, as the book of Acts, provide information surrounding early Church history.

Both the book of Acts and the epistles deal with the Church during the first century only.  But there are two places in Scripture that deal with a history of the Church throughout the dispensation.  One is in the parables in Matthew chapter thirteen, before the Church was even brought into existence; and the other is in Revelation chapters two and three, at a place in the book where the Church is seen being dealt with at the judgment seat in the heavens following the dispensation (though the record itself was given during the early years of the dispensation and has to do with a history of the Church during the dispensation as well).  Thus, one complete history is seen in Scripture at a point preceding the dispensation (Matthew 13), and the other is seen in Scripture at a point following the dispensation (Revelation 2; 3).

In Matthew chapter thirteen, before the dispensation began, a history of the Church — in relation to the Word of the Kingdom — is seen in the first four parables.  And, in Revelation chapters two and three, at a point in the book that follows the dispensation, a history of the Church — in relation to the Word of the Kingdom — is seen in the seven letters (seven epistles) to the seven churches.

The first presents a history of the Church in relation to the Word of the Kingdom from the perspective of the Lord using parables; the second presents a history of the Church in relation to the Word of the Kingdom from the perspective of the Lord using epistles to seven existing churches in Asia.  But both show exactly the same thing.  The Church is revealed to have begun one way (a mustard bush, an entity laboring for Christ’s sake [Matthew 13:32; Revelation 2:2-3]), but the Church is seen ending another way (a tree, a completely leavened entity, one neither cold nor hot, one described as “wretched, miserable, poor, blind, and naked”  [Matthew 13:32-33; Revelation 3:15-17]).

Then, all of this is intimately connected with God’s original structure of His Word at the beginning.  The parables in Matthew 13 and the seven epistles in Revelation 2; 3 are structured after a fashion that is in complete keeping with the way God set matters forth at the very beginning of His revelation to man, in the opening chapters of Genesis.  And this is easy to understand, for the latter rests upon and is inseparably linked to the former.

Scripture begins with a foundational framework upon which the whole of subsequent Scripture rests — six days of restorative work (a restoration of the ruined material creation, with man created at the conclusion of this work, on the sixth day), followed by a seventh day of rest, a Sabbath day.  And the preceding relates the story of the whole of Scripture beyond this introductory framework.

Man, following his creation, fell.  And he, through this fall, became a ruined creation, bringing about not only his own ruin but the ruin of the restored material creation once again as well.  And God, following this ruin, again set about to perform six days of restorative work — which this time had to do with both man and the material creation.  And this latter restorative work will be followed by a seventh day of rest — a Sabbath rest awaiting the people of God, the coming Messianic Era (Hebrews 4:4-9) — in exact keeping with the pattern set forth at the beginning.

Each day in the former restoration was twenty-four hours in length, including the Sabbath; and each day in the latter restoration has been/will be 1,000 years in length, including the Sabbath (cf. Matthew 16:28-17:5; 2 Peter 1:16-18; 3:1-8).

All of Scripture beyond the foundational framework in the opening two chapters of Genesis rests upon and forms additional information for this framework.  And it matters not whether one is dealing with the framework set forth at the beginning or with subsequent Scripture, all restorative work can be seen moving toward the same goal — a coming Sabbath of rest.

(Note also that exactly the same septenary structure beginning the Old Testament in the opening two chapters is seen in the opening two chapters of the gospel of John as well [which, in this respect, should be the gospel beginning the New Testament, paralleling Genesis beginning the Old].

As well, with respect to everything moving toward the seventh day, the subject matter is the same throughout both books.  In Genesis, this is accomplished mainly through the use of types; and in John, this is accomplished mainly through the use of signs.

The former [Genesis] has to do with the restoration of a ruined material creation, occurring over six days of time, with a seventh day following [a day of rest following]; the latter [the gospel of John] has to do with the restoration of another ruined creation, ruined man, occurring over six days of time, with a seventh day following [a day of rest following].

Thus, if the gospel of John occupied its proper place in the Canon of Scripture — set at the beginning of the four gospels — each Testament would be introduced by this septenary structure.)

Then, with the preceding in mind, note the first four parables in Matthew chapter thirteen.  Events in these parables form one facet of a commentary on that which occurs during the two days immediately preceding the Sabbath, which covers the entire present dispensation.  And, viewing events in the remaining three parables, which move beyond the present dispensation and progress on into the Messianic Era, it’s easy to see and understand how all these parables move toward this same goal — the same goal set forth at the beginning of Scripture, the coming Sabbath.  Everything moves toward this goal.

And exactly the same thing can be seen in the seven epistles to the seven churches in Revelation chapters two and three.  This sequence of epistles simply forms another facet of a commentary on that which occurs during the two days immediately preceding the Sabbath.  And, from the overcomer’s promises, along with that which is revealed in Revelation chapters one and four, it’s easy to see and understand that all of this (exactly as the parables in Matthew chapter thirteen) has to do with the Church in relation to the Word of the Kingdom and the coming Sabbath.  Again, everything moves toward this goal.

Thus, it should be a simple matter to see that anything in the New Testament that has to do with the Church centers on things having to do with the coming kingdom.  And though man may write his history books completely separate from this message, Scripture centers its revealed history of the Church completely by this message.

During the first century, Christians would have understood a history of the Church in keeping with Scripture, for the Word of the Kingdom was universally taught throughout the churches of the land.  Today though, the situation has become completely reversed.  Because of the working of the leaven over almost two millennia of time, the message surrounding the Word of the Kingdom has become so corrupted that two things are evident:

First, a Church historian wouldn’t know enough about the Word of the Kingdom to even include it within his account in the first place, much less ascribe to this message a central place in his account.

Second, even should a Church historian write about the matter, Christians wouldn’t be able to understand that which he was writing about.  Because of the working of the leaven over almost two millennia of time, the truth about the Word of the Kingdom has become so corrupted that it would be completely alien to their way of thinking.

And that’s where we are in a supposedly enlightened twentieth century Christendom, immediately preceding Christ’s return for the Church.  We’re living during a time when there is far more material available for Bible study and research than has ever existed in the history of the Church — everything from the extensive computer study and research programs to new books being printed every day.  But we are also living during a time when the birds of the air are freely lodging in the branches of the tree, with its roots sunk deep into the earth, where the leaven has almost completed its work.

Warning

The parables in Matthew 13 thirteen deal far more extensively with the negative than they do with the positive.  More space is given in the first parable to those who fail to bring forth fruit than is given to those who do bring forth fruit (in three of the four parts).  And the emphasis in the second, third, fourth, and seventh parables is on different facets of this same work of Satan as well.  Only the fifth and sixth parables, which have to do with Christ’s redemptive work as it relates to the earth and to His bride, form an exception.

Thus, the central thrust of these parables is seen to be far more negative than positive.  These parables have to do centrally with exposing the work of Satan throughout the dispensation in relation to the Word of the Kingdom, along with revealing where this will lead, both during and following the dispensation.

As the dispensation draws to a close and Satan’s corrupting work nears its final stage, the whole matter goes almost completely unrecognized in Christendom.  And the reason for this is easy to see and understand.  The leavened state of Christendom is being viewed by those who have themselves been adversely affected by the leaven.

They are, in this respect, as were the two disciples on the Emmaus road who were walking alongside the resurrected Christ and didn’t even recognize Him.  Their inability to recognize the Christ of the Old Testament Scriptures — the Word that had become flesh, the Old Testament Scriptures that had been manifested in a Person — resulted from their inability to properly understand these same Scriptures.  It was only after these Scriptures had been opened to their understanding, followed by Christ breaking bread, that their eyes were opened.

And Christians today, viewing a leavened Christendom and not seeing or understanding its true condition, are simply not viewing matters from a correct biblical perspective.  Their inability to recognize the true condition of the Church stems from their inability to understand that which Scripture reveals about the matter.  And, if their eyes are to be opened to the truth of the existing situation, such will occur only through the truth of the Word being presented to them and being accepted by them.

But will such occur during the present dispensation?  Will the truth about the coming kingdom ever be proclaimed in such a manner that it will be accepted, allowing the eyes of Christians to be opened?

One here and one there will hear and understand the message, but not the Church at large.  Conditions can only continue to deteriorate in the latter respect.  Such was assured — the pattern was set — when the woman placed the leaven in the three measures of meal.  And conditions can only continue to deteriorate, until the whole has been leavened.

The Purpose of the Comings of Christ

(Excerpted from Mysteries of the Kingdom BOOK, Ch. 1, in this site)

John the Baptist appeared as the forerunner of the Messiah at His first coming, as Elijah will appear as the forerunner of the Messiah at His second coming.  A prophecy that had to do with Elijah was applied to John the Baptist (cf. Isaiah 40:3; Matthew 3:3); and John was said by Jesus to be Elijah, with a condition applied to the statement (Matthew 11:13-14).

The passage in Isaiah, applied to John the Baptist, is set in a context surrounding Messiah’s coming at a time when Israel repents and the nation is healed (Matthew 11:1-5).  This, of course, didn’t occur during or following John’s appearance, though the prophecy was applied to John.  This will occur only following Elijah’s appearance as the forerunner of the Messiah (Malachi 4:1-6).

Christ’s statement concerning John being Elijah carried the condition, “if you will receive.”  That is to say, if the nation would have received the message, Elijah, rather than John, would have appeared at that time as the forerunner of the Messiah.  The latter was conditioned on the former.  God though, in His foreknowledge, knew what Israel would do and sent John the Baptist as the forerunner of Christ at His first coming instead of Elijah.

John the Baptist was the Elijah of his day, as Elijah will be the John the Baptist of his day.  And the two men are so closely associated with one another that the prophecy applying to Elijah at Christ’s second coming in Isaiah 40:3 could be applied to John at Christ’s first coming in Matthew 3:3.

1.  Ministry of John, Jesus, and the Twelve

John the Baptist appeared in the wilderness of Judea with a single, simple message:  “Repent: for the kingdom of the heavens is at hand” (Matthew 3:2).  This was a message directed to the nation of Israel, calling for national repentance, with a view to the Jewish people holding the scepter, with their Messiah, within the heavenly sphere of the kingdom.

The kingdom was “at hand [had ‘drawn near’]” because Messiah was present.  The King of the kingdom — the One destined to replace Satan as the ruler over this earth — was present; and the scepter could, at that time, have passed from the hands of Satan and his angels into the hands of Man, conditioned upon Israel’s repentance.

Israel was being offered regal positions with the nation’s Messiah, in a heavenly realm; but there was a condition.  The nation had to repent.  The nation had to change its mind.

This was the totality of the message proclaimed by John.  It was a call for the nation of Israel (the entire nation) to change its mind, with a view to the Jewish people occupying regal positions with the nation’s Messiah in the heavenly sphere of the kingdom.  Satan and his angels would be put down, and Christ and the repentant nation would move in and take the kingdom.

However, things didn’t go in this direction, and John eventually found himself in prison.  Then Jesus took up the same message, which, under His ministry, was accompanied by miraculous signs — signs having to do with the kingdom, which centered on physical healings.

Jesus went throughout all Galilee doing two things:

1) “preaching the gospel of the kingdom,” and 

2) “healing all manner of sickness and all manner of disease among the people” (Matthew 4:12, 17-25).

The message concerned the proffered kingdom, and the healings were miraculous signs intimately and inseparably connected with the message being proclaimed.  Israel was sick, “from the sole of the foot even to the head,” and healing for the nation was in the offing, conditioned upon the nation’s repentance.

All of this — Israel’s condition and that which could and would occur following Israel’s repentance — was set forth in detail numerous places in Old Testament prophecy.  But one section of the numerous prophecies will suffice to illustrate the point — a section of Isaiah’s prophecy.

Note how Isaiah opened his prophecy.  He began by describing Israel’s present condition:

Ah sinful nation, a people laden with iniquity, a seed of evildoers, children that are corrupters:  they have forsaken the Lord, they have provoked the Holy One of Israel to anger, they have gone away backward.

Why should you be stricken any more?  You will revolt more and more:  the whole head is sick, and the whole heart is faint.

From the sole of the foot even unto the head there is no soundness in it; but wounds, and bruises, and putrefying sores:  they have not been closed, neither bound up, neither mollified with ointment. (Isaiah 1:4-6)

Then Isaiah continued his prophecy by describing Israel’s healing.  He went on to describe what the nation could have, if…

Wash you, make you clean; put away the evil of your doings from before My eyes; cease to do evil;

Learn to do well; seek judgment, relieve the oppressed, judge the fatherless, plead for the widow.

Come now, and let us reason together, says the Lord: though your sins be as scarlet, they shall be as white as snow; though they be red like crimson, they shall be as wool.

If you are willing and obedient, you shall eat the good of the land. (Isaiah 1:16-19)

And, beyond that, Isaiah concluded a section of his prophecy by describing conditions in Israel following the time of the nation’s repentance and healing:

And I will turn My hand against you, and thoroughly purge away your dross, and take away all your tin [paralleling “dross,” undoubtedly referring to metals in an impure sense].

And I will restore your judges as at the first, and your counselors as at the beginning: afterward you shall be called, the city of righteousness, the faithful city . . .

And it shall come to pass in the last days, that the mountain of the Lord’s house shall be established in the top of the mountains, and shall be exalted above the hills; and all nations shall flow to it.

And many people shall go up and say, “Come, let us go up to the mountain of the Lord, to the house of the God of Jacob; and He will teach us of His ways, and we will walk in His paths: for out of Zion shall go forth the law, and the Word of the Lord from Jerusalem.”

And He shall judge among the nations . . . . (Isaiah 1:25-26; 2:2-4a)

Ah sinful nation, a people laden with iniquity, a seed of evildoers, children that are corrupters:  they have forsaken the Lord, they have provoked the Holy One of Israel to anger, they have gone away backward.

Why should you be stricken any more?  You will revolt more and more:  the whole head is sick, and the whole heart is faint. (Isaiah 1:4-5)

Christ’s message to Israel, along with the message of the Twelve whom He later commissioned (Matthew 10:1-8)  — in complete keeping with Isaiah’s prophecy (among numerous other Old Testament prophecies) — was simply a call for the nation to repent, with a view to healing and the nation being established in her God-ordained position in the kingdom (Exodus 19:5-6).  The healing of an individual constituted a sign for the Jewish people to visibly behold, showing them what could happen to the entire nation, if . . .

“Repentance” on the part of Israel was the sole condition in the message proclaimed to the nation by John, Jesus, and the Twelve:  “Repent: for the kingdom of the heavens is at hand.”  Then, following national repentance, healing would occur.

The Jewish people were to change their minds about their prior attitude towards God’s commandments (Isaiah 1:19; cf. Leviticus 26:3ff; Deuteronomy 28:1ff).  They had previously disobeyed that which God had commanded.  And because of this disobedience, Israel had not only failed to fully occupy her God-ordained position in the Old Testament theocracy but the day came when this theocracy ceased to exist; and, in connection with the end of the Old Testament theocracy, Israel found herself in captivity and scattered among the Gentile nations.

(The northern ten tribes were carried into captivity by the Assyrians about 722 B.C., and the southern two tribes were carried into captivity by the Babylonians about 605 B.C., beginning the times of the Gentiles.  And a few years later the Shekinah Glory departed from the holy of holies of the temple in Jerusalem, ascending to heaven from the Mount of Olives, marking the end of the Old Testament theocracy.)

And even during the time Christ was on earth, though a remnant was back in the land, the nation remained under Gentile dominion.  The times of the Gentiles, which began during the days of Nebuchadnezzar, continued then, as it still continues today.  John opened the message to Israel concerning the proffered kingdom, Christ continued this message following John being cast into prison, and the Twelve later also carried this same message to Israel.

And, though numerous Jewish people heeded the call and repented, the nation as a whole refused.  The nation as a whole refused to change its mind relative to disobedience, something which had marked the history of the nation throughout centuries of time.

2.  Israel’s Climactic Rejection

Events surrounding the offer of the kingdom of the heavens to Israel, beginning with John and continuing with Jesus and the Twelve, reached an apex in Matthew 12.  However, the apex reached was not one of acceptance on the part of the nation.  Rather, it was one of rejection.

In this chapter, Christ healed a man on the Sabbath (Matthew 12:9-13), pointing to Israel’s coming healing on the Sabbath (the seventh millennium, the coming Lord’s Day, following the six millenniums comprising Man’s Day [cf. Numbers 19:11-12; Hosea 5:15-6:2; Matthew 17:1-5]).  And, following this miraculous sign, “the Pharisees went out, and held a council against Him, how they might destroy Him” (Matthew 12:14).

The Pharisees (along with the Scribes) — fundamental, legalistic religious leaders — were, by far, the largest of the religious parties in Israel.  And, occupying this position, they sat “in Moses’ seat” (Matthew 23:2), controlling the religious life of the nation.

These controlling religious leaders were the ones who followed Christ about the country, seeking, at every turn, to counter both His message and the miraculous signs He was performing.  And, in this chapter they reached an apex in their rejection by not only rejecting the manifested sign of a man being healed on the Sabbath (pointing to Israel’s healing on the Sabbath) but by subsequently holding a council concerning how they might be able to do away with the One having performed this sign.

Then, later in the chapter, Christ healed a man possessed with a demon, who was both blind and dumb (Matthew 12:22); and the Pharisees, in their rejection of the manifested signs, reached a terminal point.  They attributed the power behind the manifestation of this miraculous sign to Satan (Matthew 12:24).  And doing this after they had rejected the sign pertaining to Israel being healed on the Sabbath, along with subsequently seeking to do away with Christ, was the final straw.

These signs were being performed through the power of the Spirit (in completely keeping with the way God performs His works [cf. Genesis 1:2b]); and the Pharisees, attributing Christ’s works to Satan, committed what was called by Christ, “the blasphemy against the Holy Spirit” (Matthew 12:31).

The Pharisees had previously done the same thing (Matthew 9:34), but here the setting is different.  Here it follows their rejecting the sign of the Sabbath and their attempting to do away with the One having performed this sign.  Israel’s religious leaders, at this point, had gone beyond what could be allowed.  And Christ stated, relative to that which they had done:

Therefore I say to you, every sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men, but the blasphemy against the Spirit will not be forgiven men.

Anyone who speaks a word against the Son of Man, it will be forgiven him; but whoever speaks against the Holy Spirit, it will not be forgiven him, either in this age or in the age to come. (Matthew 9:31-32)

For all practical purposes the kingdom of the heavens was taken from Israel at this point in Matthew’s gospel, though the announcement was not made until later (Matthew 21:43).  And it was at this point in Christ’s ministry that a major change occurred.

The Scribes and Pharisees, immediately after Christ told them that they had committed a sin having far-reaching consequences, had the effrontery to ask Christ for an additional sign (Matthew 9:38).  They had rejected all of His previous signs, even attributing the power behind the last one to Satan, and now they asked for something that they had previously rejected time after time.

This was little more than a personal affront, further seeking, by any means possible, to discredit the One performing these signs (as they had previously attempted to do).  But Jesus, knowing full-well their thoughts, responded with the only sign that would now be given to them — the sign of the prophet Jonah, pointing to His coming death, burial, and resurrection rather than to the kingdom (Matthew 12:39-40).

Then Christ described the condition in which the nation of Israel, because of the actions of their religious leaders, now found itself.

The men of Nineveh would rise up in judgment and condemn this generation, for they had repented at the preaching of Jonah.  And One greater than Jonah was standing in Israel’s midst, calling for the nation’s repentance, but to no avail (Matthew 12:41).

The queen of the south would, likewise, rise up in judgment and condemn this generation, for she had come from the uttermost parts of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon.  And One greater than Solomon was standing in Israel’s midst, One whom the Jewish people wouldn’t hear (Matthew 12:42).

The nation was to be left in a desolate condition, wherein the Jewish people would walk through dry places, seeking rest, and find none.  And, should the people comprising this nation persist in their disobedience, particularly relative to any attempt to bring about a change in their state themselves, conditions would only become worse.  Their latter end would be “worse than the first” (Matthew 12:43-45; cf. Leviticus 26:18-31).

And this is the setting for Christ’s departure from the house, His going down by the seaside, and His beginning to speak in parables in Matthew 13.

Christ’s Actions, Continued Rejection

The seven parables in Matthew 13 present a sharp change in God’s dealings with the nation of Israel.  Heretofore, events surrounding the proffered kingdom had been strictly Jewish in nature, but now something completely new and different in relation to this kingdom is introduced.  These parables have to do with the kingdom of the heavens as it pertains to individuals separate and distinct from the nation of Israel.

Before He began to speak in parables, Christ went “out of the house, and sat by the seaside” (Matthew 13:1).  The first four parables were spoken outside the house, down by the seaside (Matthew 13:3-9, 18-33).  Then Christ went back “into the house” (Matthew 13:36) and gave three more parables (Matthew 13:44-50).

The use of “house” and “seaside” is fraught with meaning.  The “house,” from which Christ departed, and later reentered, is a reference to the house of Israel (Matthew 10:6; 23:38); and the “seaside,” to which Christ went, is a reference to the Gentiles (Jonah 1:12; 2:10; Revelation 13:1).

Thus, within the symbolism of that which is stated, the Lord left Israel (departed the house), went to the Gentiles (sat by the seaside), and gave four parables.  Then the Lord returned to Israel (went back inside the house) and gave three additional parables.

The kingdom of the heavens — about to be taken from Israel at this point in Matthew’s gospel — would have been taken from Israel prior to the time of the occurrence of events revealed in the first four parables, spoken outside the house.  And the last three parables, though spoken back inside the house, could not really pertain to Israel per se.  Because of the subject matter — the kingdom of the heavens, having previously been taken from Israel — these parables would have to still pertain to those outside the house, associated with the seaside (note that there is no mention of Christ leaving the seaside [leaving the Gentiles] when He reentered the house [returned to Israel]).

In this respect, the first four parables would concern the Lord’s dealings with a people other than Israel, associated with the Gentiles; and these dealings would have to do with these people in a particular realm — in relation to the kingdom of the heavens.

Then, the last three parables, because of the continued subject matter (the kingdom of the heavens), would have to continue the continuity of thought from the first four.  And further, though spoken back inside the house, these parables really cannot be Jewish in nature (for, again, they deal with the kingdom of the heavens — a sphere of the kingdom in which Israel could no longer have a part).

All seven parables have to do with events during time that elapses following the Nobleman’s departure “into a far country to receive for himself a kingdom,” and with events during time that terminates with His “return” after receiving the kingdom (cf. Luke 19:12ff).  There is nothing in these parables that occurs before Christ’s departure from the Mount of Olives (Acts 1:9), events depicted in these parables occur almost entirely during the time of Christ’s absence (Psalm 110:1), and events in these parables will be concluded immediately following Christ’s return (Revelation 19:11ff).

These parables — centering around a message pertaining to the kingdom of the heavens — have to do with an offer of the kingdom to a people other than Israel, following the removal of the kingdom from Israel (cf. Matthew 21:33-43; 1 Peter 2:9-10).  These parables have to do with the message pertaining to the kingdom of the heavens during and following the present dispensation, and these parables conclude with events surrounding Christ’s return (after He, the Noblemen in Luke 19:12, has received the kingdom from the Father [cf. Daniel 7:13-14; Revelation 11:15; 19:11ff]).

The course of the dispensation is depicted in the first four parables, and the last three have to do with concluding events (directly related to that previously revealed in the first four) that will not only bring the age to a close but also usher in the next age, the Messianic Era.

Thus, the Lord reentering the house is not an act that places an emphasis on His dealing with Israel once again.  Rather, the emphasis remains where it is seen in the first four parables.  Nor is there any mention of Christ leaving the seaside when He goes back inside the house.  And the significance of this is seen in the fact that His prior dealings with the Gentiles (first four parables) would continue.

Israel is reintroduced because that dealt with in the final three parables cannot be accomplished apart from God dealing with the Jewish people once again.  But the emphasis in these three parables continues from the same place in which it was seen in the first four parables.

(Briefly stated, all seven parables in Matthew 13 form a continuous discourse having to do with the kingdom of the heavens being offered to a group other than Israel.  The people of Israel had rejected the proffered kingdom, and the kingdom was about to be taken from Israel, with a view to a separate and distinct entity [the Church] being called into existence to be the recipient of that which Israel rejected [Matthew 21:33-43].

In the first four parables, Israel is not in view.  These parables have to do with God’s dealings with this new entity, separate from Israel, during a time in which Israel is set aside; but in the last three parables, Israel is brought back into view.  And God begins to deal with the nation once again, with a view to two things:

1) concluding His dealings with Israel [something not seen in these parables but seen numerous places in          related Scripture], and

2) concluding His dealings with the new entity brought into existence to be the recipient of that which Israel          rejected [the central issue seen in these parables].  Because of Israel’s connection with certain concluding      events, Christ had to go back inside the house before delivering the last three parables.

The first four parables have to do with the course of Christendom during the present dispensation [the course of the period during which God is removing from the Gentiles “a people for His name” (Acts 15:14)], with Israel set aside; and the last three parables have to do with events occurring after God resumes His national dealings with Israel, following the removal of the Church from the earth and God turning once again to Israel.  But the Church, though having been removed from the earth before events in these last three parables begin to occur, is still the central figure seen throughout these parables.

The setting for the last three parables is the coming Tribulation and events surrounding Christ’s subsequent return.  And, though the Church will not be on earth during the Tribulation, this period really has just as much to do with the Church as with Israel.

The Tribulation, along with being “the time of Jacob’s trouble” [Jeremiah 30:7], will be the time when redemption [future not past] of the inheritance awaiting Christ and His co-heirs will occur.  And this future redemption, having to do with the inheritance will also include the bride — already having been redeemed, past — who, through this future redemptive act, will become Christ’s wife.

This entire sequence of events, along with related events that usher in the Messianic Kingdom, is depicted in the last three parables.  And, in this respect, the last three parables simply form a chronological continuation and conclusion to the events depicted in the first four parables, with all seven parables forming a history of Christendom in relation to the Word of the Kingdom, extending from the time of the Church’s inception on the day of Pentecost in 33 A.D. to that future time when the Church is present, with Christ, in the Messianic Kingdom.)

The Context of Each Passage of Scripture 

It should go without saying that context must always be considered before one derives a proper interpretation of God’s Word.  And although this is true throughout God’s Word, it is most critical when coming to an understanding of which aspect of God’s redemption plan for man is being addressed in any passage of Scripture.

Probably the most notable example of Scripture misinterpretation when this rule is ignored, which is prevalent throughout Christendom from local Bible classes to many of its finest theological institutions, is the interpretation that the book of Hebrews, along with its five distinct warnings, is directed to “professing” Christians (i.e., those who have not actually placed their faith in Christ); when, in fact, this is one of the most detailed instructional manuals specifically addressed to Christians and is centered on the salvation of the soul.

For the reader to gain a truly enlightened concept of using this principle as it applies to the book of Hebrews, it suggested that he review the book, Let Us Go On BOOK, in this site.   

The following is the Let Us Go On BOOK, Foreword, from this book:

There is a logical progression in thought as one moves through the five major warnings in the book of Hebrews.  And all of the warnings are directed to Christians alone, centering around the same subject matter — Christians either realizing or failing to realize the salvation of their souls/lives, synonymous with Christians either realizing or failing to realize the rights of the firstborn; and this salvation, realizing these rights, has to do strictly with the position that Christians will occupy in the coming Messianic Era (Hebrews 6:12, 18-20; 10:36-39; cf. James 1:21; 1 Peter 1:9).

In the first warning, the salvation set before Christians is called, so great salvation, and is specifically stated later in the epistle to be “the saving of the soul.”  This is the greatest thing God has ever designed for redeemed man, for it centers around man being removed from the earth, placed in the heavens, and occupying the throne as co-heir with theheir of all things” (Hebrews 1:2-2:5; 10:39; cf. Hebrews 3:1).

Then the second warning outlines the route that one must travel during his pilgrim journey if he would one day come into a realization of so great salvation.  The route carries one from Egypt to Canaan.

Spiritual lessons are drawn from the historic account of the Israelites under Moses, forming the type.  And these spiritual lessons are seen in the antitype surrounding the experiences of Christians under Christ.  The Israelites under Moses had been called out of Egypt and were being led toward an earthly land, wherein their calling was ultimately to have been realized.  And Christians under Christ have been called out of the world and are being led toward a heavenly land, wherein their calling is ultimately to be realized.

With these things in mind, the third warning then continues with one major overriding thought:  Let Us Go On! (Hebrews 6:1).  The thought has to do with moving from immaturity to maturity;  and this maturity, contextually, centers around Christians coming into a knowledge and understanding of the things surrounding the land set before them, for a revealed purpose.

In other words, so great salvation has been set before Christians (warning one), and the route that Christians must travel to realize this salvation has been well marked (warning two); then, with these things as an established background, the writer exhorts Christians to go on to a mature knowledge and understanding of those truths that God has revealed concerning the land set before them (warning three).

Entering into that land and realizing the rights of the firstborn therein is the goal of the Christians’ calling.  And pressing toward this goal or any goal apart from knowing and understanding certain things about the goal, or things which may lie in the pathway, preventing one from reaching the goal, would be unheard of.

This is easy to see from the manner in which Christians are commanded to array themselves for the spiritual warfare in Ephesians 6:11ff, for they cannot properly array themselves apart from a knowledge and understanding of that which lies out ahead.

The “helmet of salvation,” for example, is identified as the “hope of salvation” (cf. Ephesians 6:17; 1 Thessalonians 5:8); and the “hope of salvation” has to do, not with the salvation that Christians presently possess, but with the salvation of the soul (Hebrews 6:12, 18-19; 10:36-39), which is the central message of the book of Hebrews.

The “helmet of salvation” cannot be possessed apart from a “hope” based on knowledge and understanding.  But it is only one part of the armor, and the possession of other parts of the armor require a similar knowledge and understanding surrounding the goal of the Christians’ calling.  And, apart from being properly arrayed for battle after the fashion revealed in Ephesians 6:11ff, Christians will suffer defeat time after time and ultimately fail to realize the goal of their calling.

Drawing from the previous two warnings in order to understand the third is the progressive manner in which the things in this book, Let Us Go On BOOK, have been structured; and this is also the progressive manner in which any correct exposition of Hebrews 5; 6 must be viewed.

Scripture must be understood in the light of Scripture.  There is first the near context, and there is then the far context.  The near context, in this case, takes one back to the previous two warnings; and the far context takes one to the various other related points in Scripture throughout both the Old and New Testaments.  One must compare “spiritual things with spiritual” if he would come into a correct knowledge and understanding of the things that God has revealed to man in His Word (1 Corinthians 2:9-13).

Conclusion of the Matter

Unquestionably, within Christendom today, there exists a very large and bewildering confusion over the method whereby one may obtain “eternal salvation,” and, for that matter, what “eternal salvation” actually means.  Many believe it is achieved through faith, others believe it is a product of works, and still others combine the two to achieve such an end.

Upon a thorough study of God’s Word, as has been outlined in this document, the conclusion of the matter is that salvation is achieved both by faith and works, depending upon which aspect of His redemption plan for man is addressed, i.e.,

(1) Spirit-salvation (an instantaneous passing from “death to life”) is strictly achieved by means of a decision of faith in Christ, based totally (only) upon Christ’s finished work on the cross in the place of anything that man can do; and, is completely unchangeable — can never be altered or withdrawn by man or God — insuring a person an eternity with God in the ages to come.

(2) Soul-salvation (a progressive, continued work by the Holy Spirit within man, which leads from spiritual immaturity to spiritual maturity) is strictly achieved by means of one’s faithful consumption of God’s Word, applying it to one’s temporal life (e.g., works); which, may assure one’s eventual participation in Christ’s rule during the coming Messianic Era — the coming thousand year reign of Christ over the earth.

(3) Body-salvation (the transformation of the body) will be strictly achieved by God in accordance with His schedule after one's temporal life, resulting in the body being conformed to Christ's glorious body
(Philippians 3:21).

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Bible One - Charles Strong's Salvation by Faith or Works or Both

Word Document:  Salvation by Faith or Works or Both by Charles Strong.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

To website CONTENTS Page.

One son rose up against the other Son, and slew Him.  As Cain rose up against Abel and slew him, Israel rose up against Christ and slew Him.  And as the blood of Abel cried out “from the ground,” the blood of Christ “speaks better things than that of Abel.” (cf. Genesis 4:10; Hebrews 12:24).

Cain & Able Foreshadowed Israel & Christ
By Arlen Chitwood of 
Lamp Broadcast

Excerpted from Bible One - Arlen Chitwood's Middle East Peace, Ch. 2.

Therefore, indeed, I send you prophets, wise men, and scribes: some of them you will kill and crucify, and some of them you will scourge in your synagogues and persecute from city to city,

that on you may come all the righteous blood shed on the earth, from the blood of righteous Abel to the blood of Zechariah, son of Berechiah, whom you murdered between the temple and the altar.

Verily I say unto you, all these things shall come upon this generation.

O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, the one who kills the prophets and stones those who are sent to her! How often I wanted to gather your children together, as a hen gathers her chicks under her wings, but you were not willing!

See! Your house is left to you desolate;

for I say to you, you shall see Me no more till you say, “Blessed is He who comes in the name of the LORD!” (Matthew 23:34-39)

When Christ came the first time, He appeared to Israel and offered the kingdom of the heavens to the Jewish people, based upon national repentance.  The message was very simple:

Repent [the entire nation], for the kingdom of the heavens is at hand. (Matthew 3:1-2; 4:17; 10:1-7)

The theocracy could have been restored (cf. Acts 1:3-7); and though only the heavenly aspect of the kingdom was being offered to the nation at this time, any realization of the heavenly would have necessitated a realization of the earthly as well.  One cannot exist in its fullness in this respect apart from the other.

Israel, at Christ’s first coming, was viewed as sick, “from the sole of the foot even to the head” (Isaiah 1:4-6).  Supernatural signs were being manifested — supernatural healings of individuals, supernatural provision (Matthew 4:23-25; John 2:7-10) — pointing to that which the entire nation could experience and have if the nation would repent.

(“Repentance” and the use of the word in Scripture is, more often than not, misunderstood [e.g., unsaved individuals often called upon to repent prior to believing (some attempt to make repentance and belief synonymous or inseparable); or, in a similar respect, seeing the call for Israel to repent in the gospel accounts and in Acts as a call to the unsaved].

The word “repent” is a translation of the Greek word, metanoia, or in its verb form, metanoeo.  Both are compound words [the preposition meta (meaning, “with”) prefixed to words derived from vous (meaning, “mind”)].  Thus, these compound words, in their base sense, mean “with the mind.”

The word [either noun or verb form] refers to doing something with the mind, and that which is referenced through the use of this word has to do with changing one’s mind.  And that is really all that the word means.

The Jewish people in the gospels and Acts were called upon to change their minds relative to their continued disobedience, which would lead to a change of actions, etc.

Relative to salvation today, does an unsaved person have to repent?  He does if he has to change his mind about Christ before he can believe, though most today would probably have to make up their minds rather than change their minds prior to belief.  But either way, it is believing that saves a person, not making up or changing one’s mind.  The latter would only place a person in the position where he can believe and be saved.)

The message proclaimed to Israel during Christ’s earthly ministry was God through one Son calling His other son to acknowledge that which had been done, and repent (cf. Exodus 4:22-23; Hosea 11:1; Matthew 2:15; Hebrews 1:6).  But the other son refused, and the story of Cain and Abel in Genesis 4 began to be fulfilled in the antitype.

One son rose up against the other Son, and slew Him.  As Cain rose up against Abel and slew him, Israel rose up against Christ and slew Him.  And as the blood of Abel cried out “from the ground,” the blood of Christ “speaks better things than that of Abel.” (cf. Genesis 4:10; Hebrews 12:24).

Then the story continues from Genesis 4.  Cain’s punishment for this act was something that he looked upon as greater than he could bear.  He was to be driven from the Lord’s face out upon the earth, he was to be a “fugitive and a vagabond . . .  on the earth [a fugitive moving from place to place across the face of the earth, with no permanent home]”; and, in this condition, he would find himself at the mercy of those upon the earth.

Others would seek to slay him, but would be unable to do so.  God, in spite of that which Cain had done, would not only supernaturally protect Cain, but He would judge those who did seek to slay him (Genesis 4:13-15).

And this is exactly what has happened to the Jewish people over the centuries since they slew their Brother.  Israel has been driven from the Lord’s face out upon the earth (among those “without God,” dwelling in the tents of Ham and Japheth [cf. Genesis 9:26-27; Ephesians 2:12]).

Israel has been scattered among the nations — a fugitive, one guilty of blood, with no permanent home (cf. Deuteronomy 28:64-67) — and Israel, in this condition, has been placed at the mercy of these same nations.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Bible One - Cain & Able Foreshadowed Israel & Christ

Word Document:  Cain & Able Foreshadowed Israel & Christ by Arlen Chitwood.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

To website CONTENTS Page.

Within Christendom, most local churches, including those that are evangelical, do not emphasize (teach) the solid food (meat) of God’s Word; rather, it is the milk of the Word that is presented over and over again from the pulpits.  Even in their various “Sunday school” and Bible classes, there is constant repetition of the rudimentary doctrines and almost never a presentation of the insightfulness and gravity contained in the boundless depths of God’s Word.

The Christian Experience — Its Initiation and Progression
By Charles Strong of 
Bible One

In the beginning God created man (mankind) in His own (trichotomous) image for a specific purpose, to have “dominion over the fish of the sea, over the birds of the air, and over the cattle, over all the earth and over every creeping thing that creeps on the earth” (Genesis 1:26; cf. Genesis 1:28).  But man’s act of disobedience in the Garden of Eden brought about dire consequences from the hand of God, the spiritual death (separation from God) of man and the degradation of earth’s impeccable animate and inanimate order.

And it is from this condition of spiritual death that man (on an individual bases) must emerge, i.e., regain spiritual life, in order to recover/possess the purpose for which God created him.

And the LORD God commanded the man, saying, “Of every tree of the garden you may freely eat; but of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil you shall not eat, for in the day that you eat of it you shall surely die.” (Genesis 2:16-17)

So when the woman saw that the tree was good for food, that it was pleasant to the eyes, and a tree desirable to make one wise, she took of its fruit and ate. She also gave to her husband with her, and he ate. (Genesis 3:6)

And you He made alive, who were dead in trespasses and sins . . . even when we were dead in trespasses, made us alive together with Christ (by grace you have been saved). (Ephesians 2:1, 5)

The Initiation

The requisite purpose for Jesus Christ, God’s only begotten Son, coming to earth was to be the propitiation (Gk. hilasmos – the means of covering and remitting, i.e., satisfying God) for the sins of mankind.  Christ accomplished this purpose on the cross of Calvary by taking on and becoming man’s sin so man could obtain the righteousness of God.  While on the cross Christ paid the penalty for all of sin by suffering the extreme punishment and judgment of God the Father (spiritual death, i.e., being separated from [forsaken by] God the Father) for a period (several hours) of time.  Christ’s work on the cross was total, complete, and, in His own word, “finished.”

And He [Jesus Christ] Himself is the propitiation for our sins, and not for ours only but also for the whole world. . . . In this is love, not that we loved God, but that He loved us and sent His Son to be the propitiation for our sins. (1 John 2:2; 4:10; cf. Romans 3:25; Hebrews 2:17)

For He [God the Father] made Him [God the Son] who knew no sin to be sin for us, that we might become the righteousness of God in Him. (2 Corinthians 5:21; cf. Isaiah 53:6; Romans 8:3; Galatians 3:13; 1 Peter 2:24)

Now from the sixth hour until the ninth hour there was darkness over all the land.  And about the ninth hour Jesus cried out with a loud voice, saying, “Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani?” that is, “My God, My God, why have You forsaken Me?” (Matthew 27:45- 46)

So when Jesus had received the sour wine, He said, “It is finished!” And bowing His head, He gave up His spirit. (John 19:30)

And the only way a person may apply Christ’s substitutionary work on the cross for the benefit of his personal salvation (i.e., to regain spiritual life) is by making a conscience decision to receive it by faith (plus and/or minus anything else [e.g., self-works]), i.e., placing his trust solely in Christ and His work on the cross for his personal eternal salvation.  This would be an instantaneous act (conscious decision) — not a prayer, a dedication, a promise, or any form of outward demonstration — that is taken when after hearing and understanding God’s grace-gift of salvation (the key to the restoration of eternal life), a person decides to place his faith completely and solely in Christ for his personal eternal salvation.

For God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whoever believes in Him should not perish but have everlasting life.  For God did not send His Son into the world to condemn the world, but that the world through Him might be saved.  He who believes in Him is not condemned; but he who does not believe is condemned already, because he has not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God. (John 3:16-18)

But these are written that you may believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and that believing you may have life in His name. (John 20:31)

And he brought them out and said, “Sirs, what must I do to be saved?” So they said, “Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and you will be saved . . . .”  (Acts 16:30-31a)

For by grace you have been saved through faith, and that not of yourselves; it is the gift of God, not of works, lest anyone should boast. (Ephesians 2:8-9)

The author of this document believes there are many throughout all levels of Christendom who have been informed that salvation is to be obtained by means of a series of steps, i.e., faith plus works (e.g., confession of/turning from sins, specifically worded prayers, administration of baptism, etc.), who are indeed saved, but would only be due to their faith in Jesus Christ — a decision made prior to the exercise of any other “proffered requirement.”

Please note the following from, in this site, Foreword of  Salvation by Grace through Faith BOOK:

Eternal salvation is by grace (that which God is able to do completely apart from human merit) through faith (by believing on God’s Son [Ephesians 2:8-9]), and it is based entirely upon the finished work of Another (John 19:30).  Nothing that man has done, is presently doing, or will ever do can have anything to do with his eternal destiny.  Man can do no more than receive by faith that which has already been done on his behalf.

This is why Scripture states:

“. . . Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and you will be saved . . . .” (Acts 16:31)

This statement is in response to a question in the preceding verse:

“. . . Sirs, what must I do to be saved?” (Acts 16:30)

And within another frame of reference, the response to this question could only be, “Nothing!”  This would have to be the response simply because there is not one single thing left for unsaved man to do (nor could he do anything if something were left, for, he is spiritually dead and incapable of acting in the spiritual realm [Ephesians 2:1, 5]).

It is of interest to note that the question, “Sirs, what must I do to be saved?” and the answer, “Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and you will be saved,” only appear together one place in the entire Bible.  Scripture is filled with information concerning redemption, but Acts 16:30-31 is the only place, from Genesis to Revelation, where the question concerning eternal salvation is asked and answered in so many words* [added: *so precisely].

Thus, within a completely biblical framework, if the question in Acts 16:30 is asked, there can be only one answer:  “Believe . . . .”  Man’s ideas, thoughts, comments are of no momentGod has spoken, and that’s the end of the matter.

John 3:16 is often called “the gospel in a nutshell” by individuals seeking to draw attention to the overall salvation message stated in its simplest form in Scripture.  God, because of His love for fallen man — who had been created in His image, after His likeness, for a purpose (Genesis 1:26-28) — “gave His only begotten Son [1 Corinthians 15:3], that whoever believes in Him [Acts 16:31] should not perish but have everlasting life.”

Everything, in its entirety, to procure man’s salvation was done by Another.  It had to be accomplished by Another, for, as previously stated, the one being redeemed was “dead in trespasses and sins” (Ephesians 2:1), totally incapable of acting on his own behalf.

Christ is the One who died, Christ is the One who performed the work to procure man’s salvation, and God is satisfied with His Son’s finished work.

When Christ cried out from the Cross in “a loud voice” near the ninth hour, “It is finished” (Luke 23:46; John 19:30), He used one word in the Greek text — Tetelestai — that could be better translated, “It has been finished.”  Tetelestai is a perfect tense usage of teleo, which means “to bring to an end,” “to complete.”  And the perfect tense refers to action completed in past time, with the results of that action extending into and existing during present time in a finished state.

All of the work surrounding man’s redemption that Christ had come to perform had, at that point in time, been completed.  This was the announcement that Christ made, in “a loud voice”; and, because of that which was involved in the announcement, there was then no longer any need for Him to continue His sufferings on the Cross.  Thus, immediately after He cried out, “It has been finished,” He “gave up the ghost [KJV, lit., ‘He breathed out’ (He expired, willingly relinquishing His life)]” (Luke 23:46).

The work of Christ at Calvary, from the point He cried out, “It has been finished,” has existed in exactly the same finished state in which He proclaimed it to exist at that time.  It has existed as a work completed in past time that extends into present time (in a finished state) and that will extend into all the ages comprising eternity ahead (in the same finished state).

Nothing can ever be added, and nothing can ever be taken away.  That is to say, nothing can ever change relative to Christ’s finished work at Calvary.

That’s the way God’s procurement of man’s salvation had to occur.  Once Christ’s work had been finished, that’s the way His work had to always continue to exist — in a finished state — throughout both time and eternity.

Because of Christ’s finished work, salvation is extended to man “without money and without price” (Isaiah 55:1); and apart from Christ’s finished work, there is no salvation.

He who believes in him is not condemned; but he who does not believe is condemned already [lit., ‘has already been condemned’ (a perfect tense — condemned in past time because of unbelief and presently living in that condemned state)], because he has not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God. (John 3:18)

It is utterly impossible — and foolish to even consider — that finite man, “dead in trespasses and sins,” could add one thing to or take one thing from the finished work of the infinite God through His Son.

All man can possibly do is simply receive, by believing on the Son, that which has already been done on his behalf.

The Progression

Unfortunately, many, if not most individuals who have secured eternal life, never advance from their spiritually infantile status as “babes in Christ,” a condition that the apostle Paul faced with the Corinthian believers.

And I, brethren, could not speak to you as to spiritual people but as to carnal, as to babes in Christ.  I fed you with milk and not with solid food; for until now you were not able to receive it, and even now you are still not able. (1 Corinthians 3:1-2)

The human author of the book of Hebrews faced the same dilemma with those (Christians) to whom he wrote:

For though by this time you ought to be teachers, you need someone to teach you again the first principles of the oracles of God; and you have come to need milk and not solid food.  For everyone who partakes only of milk is unskilled in the Word of righteousness, for he is a babe. But solid food belongs to those who are of full age, that is, those who by reason of use have their senses exercised to discern both good and evil. (Hebrews 5:12-14)

Within Christendom, most local churches, including those that are evangelical, do not emphasize (teach) the solid food (meat) of God’s Word; rather, it is the milk of the Word that is presented over and over again from the pulpits.  Even in their various “Sunday school” and Bible classes, there is constant repetition of the rudimentary doctrines and almost never a presentation of the insightfulness and gravity contained in the boundless depths of God’s Word.

The very role of the pastor according to his Scripture-title (seen primarily in the original language of the text)  is to be a pastor-teacher (Ephesians 4:11), one who will honor the instruction that Christ gave Peter, to feed (solid food) Christ’s sheep (followers), for this reveals a pastor’s love for Christ (John 21:15-17); and, it is only by maturing in the Word of God that a Christian will be able to discern the reality of spiritual matters within and without, will be protected from the influence of Satan, and will be able to achieve spiritual sanctification (i.e., to be set apart to God).

For the Word of God is living and powerful, and sharper than any two-edged sword, piercing even to the division of soul and spirit, and of joints and marrow, and is a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart. (Hebrews 4:12)

And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the Word of God. (Ephesians 6:17)

I [Christ] have given them [Christ’s followers] Your [God’s] Word; and the world has hated them because they are not of the world, just as I am not of the world.  I do not pray that You should take them out of the world, but that You should keep them from the evil one [Satan].  They are not of the world, just as I am not of the world.  Sanctify them by Your truth. Your Word is truth. (John 17:14-17)

While most Christians relish complacency apart from the solid food (meat) of God’s Word, reflected by their lives of shallow spirituality, they apparently are unaware that such behavior will have dreadful consequences once they pass through the veil of physical death to eventually appear before their Creator. 

No, they will not lose their “eternal salvation” (spirit-salvation); but, they will find that their temporal lives apart from the depth of God’s Word, resulting in a life of unfaithfulness and few or no good works (Colossians 2:6; 2 Corinthians 5:7; Ephesians 2:10) has resulted in their failure to obtain soul-salvation (Hebrews 10:39; 1 Peter 1:9) when they stand before Jesus Christ at His Judgment Seat.

For we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ, that each one may receive the things done in the body, according to what he has done, whether good or bad.  (2 Corinthians 5:10)

. . . For we shall all stand before the judgment seat of Christ. . . . So then each of us shall give account of himself to God. (Romans 14:10, 12 [10b])

But he who does wrong will be repaid for what he has done, and there is no partiality. (Colossians 3:25)

Now if anyone builds on this foundation [faith in Jesus Christ] with gold, silver, precious stones, wood, hay, straw,  each one’s work will become clear; for the Day will declare it, because it will be revealed by fire; and the fire will test each one’s work, of what sort it is. If anyone’s work which he has built on it endures, he will receive a reward.  If anyone’s work is burned, he will suffer loss; but he himself will be saved, yet so as through fire. (1 Corinthians 3:12-15)

It is indeed most unfortunate that most Christians labor under the misconception that once they pass from this earth they will live an eternal life of bliss somewhere within the borders of heaven.  They toil upon this earth with little to no understanding (due to their lack of interest and effort) of the coming Messianic Era, the thousand year reign of Christ over the earth, a period of time in which they could have occupied regal positions (reward) in Christ’s administration over His kingdom, but instead will be relegated (suffer lose) to an area outside of the light (outer darkness) — a thousand years of anguish and agony.  This will be the result of their loss of soul-salvation, which will affect their participation in Christ’s coming kingdom — for 1,000 years.

(To understand God’s comprehensive plan of redemption for man — both spirit-salvation and soul-salvation — the reader is strongly advised to read the following works by Arlen L. Chitwood, all in this site: Salvation of the Soul BOOK,  So Great Salvation BOOK Judgment Seat of Christ BOOK and Redeemed for a Purpose BOOK.)

Bottom line, the “Christian Experience” is to have a beginning (spirit-salvation), a righteous continuation (progression) based on the Word of God (soul-salvation), and a glorious conclusion in regality (participation as part of the “Bride of Christ” during the Messianic Era) for one thousand years — before the beginning of the eternal ages that will follow when,

God will wipe away every tear from their eyes; there shall be no more death, nor sorrow, nor crying. There shall be no more pain, for the former things have passed away. (Revelation 21:4)

And a Christian’s failure to achieve the full scope of all that is available, which has its basis in the sacrifice of Christ on the cross of Calvary, is sad beyond reason.

And behold, I am coming quickly, and My reward is with Me, to give to every one according to his work. (Revelation 22:12)

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Bible One - Charles Strong's The Christian Experience — Its Initiation and Progression

Word Document:  The Christian Experience — Its Initiation and Progression by Charles Strong.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

To website CONTENTS Page.

The adoption, the change in our body of humiliation, the redemption of the body, occurs at a time following the resurrection and rapture.  This will be the capstone of all that proceeded, placing man back in the position that Adam occupied before the fall, though with regal garments.  And, accordingly, it will precede and anticipate Christ’s millennial reign.

Adoption (Redemption of the Body)
By Arlen Chitwood of 
Lamp Broadcast

“The adoption” is spoken of in Romans 8:23 as being synonymous with “the redemption of our body”:

“. . . waiting out adoption, [namely] the ransoming of our body” (Lenski)

“. . . patiently awaiting son-placing, the redemption of our body” (Wuest)

And since “the adoption” and “the redemption of our body” are synonymous in this respect, the matter cannot possibly be a reference to that which will occur at the time of the resurrection and rapture at the end of the present dispensation, as commonly taught.  If the redemption of the body were to occur at this time, all Christians would be adopted into a firstborn status.  And this would be completely contrary to any Scriptural teaching surrounding adoption, for “sons” alone [those whom God presently recognizes in this capacity, as seen in Romans 8:14; Galatians 3:26; 4:6-7; Hebrews 12:5-8], not children, find themselves in a position to be adopted [refGod’s Firstborn Sons BOOK].

If the redemption of the body/adoption does not occur at the time of the resurrection and rapture, then when does it occur?  And exactly what is involved in this future redemption/adoption?

Romans 8:14-23 connects this future redemption/adoption with being “glorified together” with Christ and with “the manifestation of the sons of God.”

Then, in this same respect, note how these things have been put together in Philippians 3:20-21:

For our citizenship [Greek: politeuma, “commonwealth,” “political sphere of activity”] is in heaven [“heavens”]; from which we also eagerly wait for the Savior, the Lord Jesus Christ,

who will transform our lowly body [lit., “our body of humiliation”], that it may be conformed to His glorious body [lit., “His body of glory”], according to the working by which He is able even to subdue all things to Himself. (Philippians 3:20-21)

The thought from the preceding two verses has to do with the Christians’ future regal position in the heavens, following Christ’s return; and it has to do with occupying this position in a “body of glory,” like unto the body presently possessed by Christ, not in the “body of humiliation” presently possessed by Christians.

There was a time when this same humiliation presently seen in connection with the Christians’ body was also seen in connection with Christ’s body.  Note the quotation from Isaiah 53:7-8 in Acts 8:32-33:

 . . He was led as a sheep to the slaughter; and as a lamb before its shearer is silent, so He opened not His mouth.

In His humiliation His justice was taken away, and who will declare His generation? For His life is taken from the earth. (Acts 8:32-33)

(The Greek word translated “humiliation” in Acts 8:33 [tapeinosis] is the same word translated “lowly” in Philippians 3:21 [also in the Septuagint translation of Isaiah 53:8].  “Humiliation,” as in Acts 8:33, is the correct translation of the word.)

The preceding reference from Acts has to do with the events surrounding Calvary.  Christ, following His being stripped of His garments and arrayed as a mock King, was again stripped of His garments and impaled on a cross.  Reference is made in all four gospels to His garments being removed prior to the crucifixion (Matthew 27:35; Mark 15:24; Luke 23:34; John 19:23-24).  Christ was lifted up in this manner, after His garments had been removed (except for perhaps an inner tunic), exposing His uncovered flesh for all to see (Psalm 22:16-18).

The time of the humiliation spoken of in the text was the time when two things occurred:  (1) His judgment was “taken away,” and (2) His life was “taken from the earth [i.e., He was cut off from the land of the living].”  The former could only have to do with regal activity and the latter with His death.

Christ had come over three decades prior to the events surrounding Calvary as “King of the Jews,” “in the likeness of [or, ‘in the resemblance of’] sinful flesh” (Matthew 2:2; Romans 8:3).  And upon the cross, this body of flesh was exposed for all to behold.  It was a body that, in all outward appearance, was like that which man presently possesses.  It was a body that bore a likeness to that of all other men in their bodies of sinful flesh and, consequently, a body connected with humiliation.

To properly understand that which was involved in relation to Christ’s body at the time of His first coming and in relation to man’s body both prior to and following that time, one must go back to the fall and see exactly what occurred in relation to Adam’s body at the time he partook of the forbidden fruit.

When man sinned in the garden in Eden, the complete being of man — spirit, soul, and body — became in a fallen state.  God had commanded Adam concerning the fruit of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, “you shall not eat, for in the day that you eat of it you shall surely die” (Genesis 2:17).

After Satan had deceived Eve into eating of the fruit of this tree, she then “also gave to her husband with her, and he ate.”  Immediately following this, “the eyes of them both were opened, and they knew that they were naked.”  Then, in a vain effort to cover their nakedness, “they sewed fig leaves together and made themselves coverings” (Genesis 3:1-7).

At the time of the fall, Adam and Eve lost something; and it is clearly stated in Scripture that both immediately recognized this fact.  That which they lost could only have been a covering of pristine glory that had previously clothed their bodies, for they, following the fall, found themselves in a twofold condition:  (1) naked and (2) separated from God.

God is arrayed in a covering of “light,” connected with “honor and majesty.”  And man, created in the “image” and “likeness” of God, could only have been arrayed in a similar manner prior to the fall.

Bless the LORD, O my soul! O LORD my God, You are very great: You are clothed with [“you have put on”] honor and majesty.

Who cover Yourself with light as with a garment, who stretch out the heavens like a curtain. (Psalm 104:1-2)

Recognizing the loss of this covering, realizing that they were naked, explains why Adam and Eve, immediately following the fall, sought to clothe themselves.  They tried to replace the covering that had been lost with a work of their own hands, with fig leaf coverings.  And then, apparently realizing the utter inadequacy of this covering, they, in their fallen state, sought to hide from God.

God, finding Adam and Eve in this condition, completely rejected the works of their hands.  God completely rejected their feeble efforts to atone for their own sin through seeking to replace the covering of pristine glory with fig leaves.

Then, to bring His fallen creature back into a right relationship (although not in complete keeping with their previously unfallen state — something still future even today [and, as will be shown, something in connection with the redemption of the body]), God provided a covering consisting of animal skins (Genesis 3:21).  This necessitated death and the shedding of blood; and herein lays basic, unchangeable truth concerning the state of fallen man and the means necessary to effect his redemption.

Unredeemed man is a fallen creature, alienated from God; and two things are necessary to effect his redemption: (1) divine intervention, and (2) death and shed blood.  These truths have forever been set forth in the opening chapters of Genesis and can never change.

(Two different words are used for “naked” in the Hebrew text of Genesis 2:25 [before the fall] and Genesis 3:7 [after the fall].  In the latter [Genesis 3:7], the word has to do with absolute nakedness, but not so in the former [Genesis 2:25].

Remaining within the way a person dressed in the East at the time Moses wrote Genesis, and at later times as well, the word used relative to nakedness pertaining to Adam and Eve preceding the fall [Genesis 2:25] could be used to describe a person clothed in a tunic [inner garment] but lacking the mantle or cloak [outer garment].  In the preceding respect, prior to the fall, Adam and Eve were clothed in the Glory of God but had yet to possess the regal outer garments worn by kings [fulfilling the reason for man’s creation — to rule the earth (Genesis 1:26-28)].

Then, following the fall, no longer clothed in the Glory of God, Adam and Eve were no longer in a position to be further clothed in regal garments, realizing the purpose for their creation.  They, apart from the inner garment [the Glory] could not wear the outer garments [royal apparel].

Adam, prior to the fall, never wore regal garments or held the scepter.  In this respect, he never moved beyond the description given in Genesis 2:25 — a “naked” condition, “nakedin relation to the reason for his creation [lacking the outer regal garments].

Thus, if man, now separated from the Glory, is to ever fulfill the purpose for his creation, God must act.  Redemption has to occur; and this, of necessity, has to include the complete man — spirit, soul, and body — with a view to not only a restoration of the Glory but to regality beyond this restoration.)

Flesh in Scripture is spoken of in synonymous terms with sin (e.g., Romans 8:1-13; Galatians 4:23; 5:16; 6:8; 1 Peter 3:21; 1 John 2:16).  But, in actuality, there is nothing inherently wrong with flesh.  Flesh is sinful only in the sense in which Scripture uses the expression, which must relate back to and have to do with the fall.  God created man in a body of flesh; Christ appeared in a body of flesh, which He still has today and will continue to possess throughout eternity; and the whole of mankind, as well, will live in bodies of flesh throughout eternity — a type of body that God designed for man in the beginning.

Flesh is referred to as sinful and spoken of in synonymous terms with sin when it is not covered in the manner which God originally covered flesh and intended that flesh remain covered.  And the removal of this covering at the time of the fall, because of sin, provides the connection between flesh and sin, existing today.

Thus, Christ coming “in the likeness of sinful flesh” is simply a reference to His coming apart from His body being enswathed in Glory.  And, in this respect, the height of His humiliation could only have occurred following His being arrayed as a mock King when His naked body, apart from the covering of Glory originally enswathing man’s body, was exposed on the cross for all to behold.

Christ could not have worn regal garments at this time, for there was no covering of Glory.  Christ, as Adam following the fall, lacked the inner garment; He lacked the covering of Glory.

And, apart from this covering of Glory, which would have allowed regal garments to be worn, “judgment,” was not Christ’s to render.  Consequently, it was taken from Him.

Then, another — Pilate, a Gentile ruler (exercising power during the “Times of the Gentiles,” a time existing because of Israel’s past disobedience, extending over centuries of time) — was allowed to execute judgment upon Christ.  And, as a result of this judgment, Christ was “led as a sheep to the slaughter,” with His “life” then taken away.

With all these things in mind, in the light of that stated in Romans 8:15-23 and Philippians 3:20-21, it should be a simple matter for anyone to see what is involved in the adoption, the redemption of the body.

Christ, at the time of His resurrection, was not raised in a glorified body.  Christ’s body, following His resurrection, was still void of the covering of Glory.  Christ’s body was not enswathed in a covering of Glory until at least forty days following His resurrection, when He ascended and “a cloud” received Him out of the disciples’ sight (Acts 1:9), an apparent reference to His being “received up into glory” (1 Timothy 3:16).

In this respect, until His ascension, Christ still appeared exactly as He had appeared since the time of His incarnation — in a body of flesh, void of the Glory.

Note the differences in His appearance to the two disciples on the Emmaus road following His resurrection and His appearance to Paul on the Damascus road at a time following His ascension.  In the former appearance, it is evident that the two disciples noticed no visible difference between Christ’s outward appearance and that of any other Jewish man of that day.  However, following His being “received up into glory,” that changed dramatically.  When Christ appeared to Paul in a body enswathed in Glory, Paul was blinded by His outward appearance, by light that he later described as occurring at “midday” and being “above the brightness of the sun” (Acts 9:3-9; 26:12-15).

(Note the similar description of Christ in Revelation 1:16, where He is seen at a yet future time in the role of Judge — a time when “judgment” cannot be and will not be taken from Him: “. . . out of His mouth went a sharp two-edged sword, and His countenance was like the sun shining in its strength.”)

In like manner to Christ’s resurrection, Christians will not be raised in glorified bodies either.  The bodies of Christians will not be enswathed in Glory until events following the judgment seat, for it will be there that decisions and determinations will be made surrounding Christians relative to their having been shown qualified or having been shown disqualified to occupy positions with Christ in the kingdom.  And only those having been shown qualified to occupy these positions will enter into events surrounding the adoption, the redemption of the body, and the Glory.

If a person takes the redemption of the body back to the time of the fall — which is exactly where it must be taken, for something happened to the body at this time, necessitating redemption — he can come to only one conclusion.  “The redemption of the body” has to do with placing man back in the position that he occupied prior to the fall and, in this position, allowing man to realize the reason for his creation, which is regal.  This is the way matters are set forth in Romans 8:15-23 and Philippians 3:20-21.

The word “change” in Philippians 3:21 (referring to changing our body of humiliation) is a translation of the Greek word metaschematizo, which refers to an outward changeAn inward change — described by the Greek word metamorphoo (Romans 12:1-2 [translated, “transformed”]) must have previously occurred, else there can be no outward change at that future time when Christians having previously been shown qualified find themselves enswathed in Glory, with their bodies “conformed toChrist's body of Glory (Philippians 3:21).

Thus, the adoption, the change in our body of humiliation, the redemption of the body, occurs at a time following the resurrection and rapture.  This will be the capstone of all that proceeded, placing man back in the position that Adam occupied before the fall, though with regal garments.  And, accordingly, it will precede and anticipate Christ’s millennial reign.

God’s Firstborn Sons BOOK, Appendix

The following Word Document is SAFE to open and print:  Adoption (Redemption of the Body) by Arlen L. Chitwood.docx

God’s Firstborn Sons BOOK and Christ - God’s Firstborn Son in this website may also be of interest.

See the following The Church, God's Son from Arlen Chitwood’s God’s Firstborn Sons BOOK, Ch. 3 for more detail.

To website CONTENTS Page.

“Signs” in Scripture always have to do with two things: Israel, and the kingdom.

Christians are referred to as “sons” only in sections of Scripture where adoption is in view.  Both sonship and adoption place matters within a regal setting; and Christians, in all three passages where adoption is dealt with, are seen actively moving toward the goal set before them — the adoption of sons and being brought into a realization of the rights of the firstborn.

The Church, God's Son
By Arlen Chitwood of Lamp Broadcast

For I consider that the sufferings of this present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory that shall be revealed in us.

For the earnest expectation of the creation eagerly waits for the revealing of the sons of God. . . .

For we know that the whole creation groans and labors with birth pangs together until now.

Not only that, but we also who have the firstfruits of the Spirit, even we ourselves groan within ourselves, eagerly waiting for the adoption, the redemption of our body. (Romans 8:18-19, 22-23)

Therefore, if anyone is in Christ, he is a new creation; old things have passed away; behold, all things have become new. (2 Corinthians 5:17)

Christians, because of creation, are seen in Scripture as “sons” of God, with the adoption yet future.  And following the adoption of Christians, God will have a third firstborn son — a corporate or national son, as Israel.

God presently has two firstborn Sons — Christ and Israel.  And He is about to bring into existence a third firstborn son — the Church.  Only then can God’s purpose for man’s creation, six millennia prior to that time, be realized.

“Sonship” portends rulership; only “sons” can occupy regal positions in God’s kingdom.  That’s the way it has always existed in the angelic realm, prior to, at the time of, and following man’s creation.  And, once man had been brought into existence, for the regal purpose revealed at the time of his creation (Genesis 1:26-28), that’s the way it had to exist in the human realm as well.

In the human realm though, something additional was subsequently revealed.  Not only must the one holding the scepter be a son, but he must, more particularly, be a firstborn son.  Within the human realm, only firstborn sons can rule in God’s kingdom.

That’s why Scripture places such a heavy emphasis upon Christ not only occupying the position of God’s Son but that of God’s Firstborn as well.

Note how the author of Hebrews brings both to the forefront in the first of seven Messianic quotations in chapter one of the book:

You are My Son, today I have begotten You. (Hebrews 1:5a; cf. Psalm 2:7)

Then, following a Messianic quotation dealing with the Father-Son relationship (Hebrews 1:5b), reference is again made to Christ as God’s Firstborn preceding the remaining five Messianic quotations:

But when He again brings [lit., “And when He shall again bring”] the Firstborn into the world . . . (Hebrews 1:6a; cf. 2 Samuel 7:14).

And even in a passage such as John 3:16, attention is called to God’s “only begotten Son,” a direct reference to not only Christ’s Sonship but to His Firstborn status.

(The statements to this effect in both the opening verses of Hebrews and John 3 should be expected.

The opening verses of Hebrews form the manner in which The Spirit of God arranged seven Messianic quotations, introducing the subject matter in the book.  The Holy Spirit, when He moved the author of this book to pen the recorded words, arranged these seven Messianic quotations from the Old Testament in such a manner that Christ’s Sonship and His Firstborn status as God’s Son would be brought to the forefront at the beginning, forming the foundational basis for all that follows.

Then, John 3:16 forms a part of Christ’s discourse to Nicodemus, where the subject matter begins through referencing the coming kingdom, responding to Nicodemus’ question about the signs being manifested (John 3:2-5).  “Signs” in Scripture always have to do with two things: Israel, and the kingdom.  And it would be in complete keeping with the subject at hand to continue the thought portended by Nicodemus’ question surrounding “signs” into the latter part of the discourse, which is exactly what is seen.)

Within the family relationship, Christians are referred to as both children and sons.  And the two are closely related but are not really the same.

All Christians are referred to as “children” (Greek: teknon), but Scripture does not use “sons” (Greek: huios) in the same all-encompassing manner.  Though all Christians are “sons” because of creation,  the New Testament use of the Greek word huios, referring to Christians through this means, appears only within contexts which are both regal and where Christians are seen actively progressing toward the goal set before them.  In this respect, the word is used relative to Christians in complete keeping with that which “sonship” portends — with rulership.

Children, Sons, Adoption

In the New Testament epistles (both the Pauline and the general epistles), Christians are referred to as “children [teknon] of God” and “sons [huios] of God” about an equal number of times.  They are referred to as “children of God” in Romans 8:16, 17, 21; Philippians 2:15; 1 John 3:1, 2, 10; 5:2.  And they are referred to as “sons of God” in Romans 8:14; Galatians 3:26; 4:6, 7; Hebrews 12:5-8 (the word “sons” alone, rather than “sons of God,” is used in the latter reference; but a Father-son relationship is in view throughout, showing God dealing with Christians as His sons).

In all three sections of Scripture where Christians are presently referred to as “sons,” adoption is also in view.  In both Romans and Galatians, in the Greek text, the word huiothesia (the word for “adoption [son-placing]”) appears in the context of the verses where Christians are referred to as “sons” (Romans 8:15, 23; Galatians 4:5).

And in Hebrews, adoption is seen in the context as well, though from a different perspective.  It is seen following the verses referring to Christians as “sons” (in Hebrews 12:16-17— verses forming the heart of the fifth and final major warning in the book, dealing with Esau [the firstborn] forfeiting his birthright).

In the antitype of the account pertaining to Esau forfeiting his birthright, the thought of adoption would have to be brought into the picture, for Christians must not only be sons but they must be firstborn sons to realize the rights of the firstborn that Esau in the type forfeited.  And the only way Christians can be brought into this position is through adoption.

(Aside from Romans 8:15, 23; Galatians 4:5, the only other place in the New Testament where the Greek word huiothesia is used relative to Christians is in Ephesians 1:5.  And the use of this word early in the book of Ephesians is in complete keeping with how the subject matter of the book is introduced in this first chapter — a future “redemption” and “inheritance,” in connection with the “mystery” revealed to Paul [Ephesians 1:7, 9, 11, 14, cf. Ephesians 3:1-6; 4:30], to be realized “in the dispensation of the fullness of times” [Ephesians 3:10].  These interrelated things are presently being made known, “by [‘through’] the Church,” to “the principalities and powers in heavenly places” [Satan and his angels], which accounts for the warning and instructions concerning the spiritual warfare at the close of the book [Ephesians 3:9-11; 6:10ff].

As in any New Testament epistle, the central subject seen in Ephesians is not salvation by grace, though that subject is dealt with in the book.  Rather, the central subject has to do with the things seen in the opening chapter, which introduce the things about to be developed in the book — things pertaining to Christians in relation to the coming kingdom of Christ.  And if this epistle, or any New Testament epistle, is not studied after the manner in which the epistle is introduced, the central message of the epistle will be lost to the reader.)

Thus, Christians are referred to as “sons” only in sections of Scripture where adoption is in view.  Both sonship and adoption place matters within a regal setting; and Christians, in all three passages where adoption is dealt with, are seen actively moving toward the goal set before them — the adoption of sons and being brought into a realization of the rights of the firstborn.

On the other hand, Scripture refers to Christians as “children” within a regal setting as well, but not with respect to adoption.  This is the main difference concerning how the two words are used in the New Testament epistles.  It is sons who are adopted, not children.

(In Romans 8:16-17, 21, the Greek word for “children” [teknon] is used in a context with the Greek word for “sons” [huios].  And an inheritance, an adoption, and a manifestation of sons are seen in the passage [with huios alone used relative to the latter two (Romans 8:16-17, 21, teknon appears in connection with present Christian activity, with a view to the coming day of Christ [Romans 8:16].  And in 1 John 3:1-2, 10; 5:2 the context shows the same thing as seen in Philippians 2:15-16.

Teknon is used in these verses to depict present Christian activity, with a view to the hope set before Christians, Christ’s future appearance, and being shown as an overcomer in that coming day.)

Thus, there is the central distinction between the way in which “children” and “sons” are used in the New Testament.  Both are used in regal settings, with the latter used more specifically in connection with the rights of the firstborn.  Both can be used of Christians today; but, only “sons” is used when adoption is in view.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

God’s Firstborn Sons BOOK, Ch. 3

Word Document:  The Church, God's Son by Arlen Chitwood.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

The following commentary by Gary Whipple may be of interest and is SAFE to open and print:  Adopted Children of God by Gary Whipple.docx

To website CONTENTS Page.

The five major warnings in the Book of Hebrews and the seven overcomer’s promises in the Book of Revelation, in this respect, have to do with the same thing.  They are both Messianic in their outlook and are directed to the saved, not the unsaved.

They both have to do, not with the salvation which we presently possess, but with the salvation of the soul.  It is the overcomer (Revelation 2; 3) who will realize so great salvation (Hebrews 2:3) and be allowed to ascend the throne as a companion with God’s Son during the coming age (cf. Hebrews 1:8-9, 14; 3:14; Revelation 3:21).

Seven Messianic Quotations
A Key to Understanding the Book of Hebrews
By Arlen Chitwood of
Lamp Broadcast

“The words of the Lord are pure words: as silver tried in a furnace of earth, purified seven times (Ephesians 3:9-11).

Introducing the subject matter in the Book of Hebrews through different quotations from the Old Testament is strictly by Divine design.   There are “seven quotations” having to do with Christ in His coming glory.  “Seven” is a number which refers to the completion of that which is in view; and these seven quotations present a complete, composite Messianic portrait of Christ, setting the stage for that which follows.

If a person would properly understand the message in the Book of Hebrews, he must understand the opening verses of the book in their correct perspective, for these verses can only be looked upon as forming an introductory key to the remainder of this book.  With this in mind, note these seven Messianic quotations:

Sonship, Heirship, Rulership

The first two quotations in Hebrews 1 center around Christ’s Sonship, with the preceding mention of heirship (Hebrews 1:2-4) forming the basis for these two introductory statements:

“For unto which of the angels said he at any time, ‘Thou art my Son, this day have I begotten thee’?  And again, ‘I will be to him a Father, and he shall be to me a Son’?” (Hebrews 1:5; cf. Psalm 2:7; II Samuel 7:14).

Christ is the “appointed heir,” the Son Who, by inheritance, has “obtained a more excellent name” than angels (Hebrews 1:2, 4).  “Sonship” implies rulership, and, as God’s Son, Christ is the One destined to exercise the rights of primogeniture and rule the earth with “a rod of iron” (cf. Psalm 2:7, 9).

Though angels are “sons of God” (because of their individual creation), God has not spoken after the fashion revealed in Psalm 2:7 and II Samuel 7:14 relative to angels.  He has spoken after this fashion relative to His Son, Jesus, alone (Hebrews 1:5ff).

The Messianic nature of these two quotations cannot be questioned, for both appear in Messianic settings in the Old Testament.

Verses on either side of Psalm 2:7 have to do with Christ during the Messianic Era.  Psalm 2:6 states:

“Yet have I set my King upon my holy hill of Zion.”

And Psalm 2:8-9 state:

“Ask of me, and I will give thee the heathen [Gentiles] for thine inheritance, and the uttermost parts of the earth for thy possession.

Thou shalt break them with a rod of iron; thou shalt dash them in pieces like a potter’s vessel” (cf. Revelation 2:26-27).

The quotation from II Samuel 7:14 was spoken in a dual sense.  It was spoken in a near sense concerning David’s immediate successor, his son, Solomon; and it was spoken in a far sense concerning David’s greater successor, his greater Son, Christ.

And the Father-Son relationship relative to the kingdom and the throne are in view in both instances (II Samuel 7:12-14a, 16).  The greater Son is the One to Whom God will give “the sure mercies of David [lit., ‘the holy things of David’]” (Acts 13:34b; cf. Acts 13:33).

The seven quotations from the Old Testament in the first chapter of Hebrews are thus:

1) Introduced with Messianic statements (Hebrews 1:2-4).

2) Begin with Messianic verses (Hebrews 1:5).

3) Continue with Messianic verses (Hebrews 1:6-13).

4) Lead into that which can only be Messianic in its fulfillment (Hebrews 1:14ff).

Return of God’s Firstborn Son

The third quotation refers to that future time when “the firstbegotten [‘the firstborn’]” will again be brought into the inhabited world (Hebrews 1:6a), continuing the thought of Sonship and the rights of primogeniture from the previous verse:

“And again, when he bringeth in the firstbegotten into the world [lit., ‘And when He shall again bring the firstborn into the inhabited world’] he saith, ‘And let all the angels of God worship him’” (Hebrews 1:6; cf. Deuteronomy 32:43 [LXX]; Psalm 97:7).

A distinction is made here between Jesus and angels insofar as Both being “Sons” but only One possessing the “rights of primogeniture” is concerned.  The rights of the firstborn (Gk., prototokia) are reserved for firstborn (Gk., prototokos) sons.  The two Greek words are closely related, referring to two inseparable things — position, and rights within that position.  And no angel can come within the scope of either one.  That is, no angel is a firstborn son, in line to inherit the rights of the firstborn.

Rather, at this time, the angels of God will worship the Son (Hebrews 1:6b).  Sons of God will worship God’s firstborn Son after He comes into possession of the rights of the firstborn; and since only God is to be worshipped (cf. Matthew 4:10; Revelation 19:10; 22:8-9), the One Whom angels will worship at this time must Himself be God.  And this is a fact specifically stated in a later Old Testament quotation in Hebrews, chapter one where the Father says to the Son, “Thy throne, O God…” (Hebrews 1:8).

“And of the Angels”

The fourth quotation continues the thought of angelic ministry, and contextually this angelic ministry must be looked upon as a ministry surrounding the Son during the Messianic Era:

“And of the angels he saith, ‘Who maketh his angels spirits, and his ministers a flame of fire’” (Hebrews 1:7; cf. Psalm 104:4).

The one hundred fourth Psalm, from which this quotation is taken, reveals a number of things about the Creator and His creation (the earth, angels, and man).  Thoughts in this Psalm move all the way from the creation of the earth in the beginning (Psalm 104:5) to the coming Messianic Era (Psalm 104:31, 35).  Angelic ministry, thus, within this Psalm, could refer to a ministry occurring in the past, the present, or the future.

In passages such as Luke 2:9, 13 (referring to angelic ministry surrounding Christ’s birth), such a ministry is past; in Hebrews 1:14 (referring to angelic ministry surrounding Christians in the world today), such a ministry is present; but in Hebrews 1:7 (referring to angelic ministry surrounding Christ in His kingdom), such a ministry is future.
 
“But unto the Son”

The fifth quotation refers to the Lord with His co-heirs seated upon His throne, holding the sceptre, during the coming day of His power:

“But unto the Son he saith, ‘Thy throne, O God, is forever and ever: a sceptre of righteousness is the sceptre of thy kingdom.

Thou hast loved righteousness, and hated iniquity; therefore God, even thy God, hath anointed thee with the oil of gladness above thy fellows [‘companions’]’” (Hebrews 1:8-9; cf. Psalm 45:6-7).

The duration of time in which the Son rules (the time during which He sits on the throne and holds the sceptre) is said to be “forever and ever [throughout the endless ages, eternal in duration].”

Christ will sit on His Own throne in the new Jerusalem above the earth during the Millennium and, with His “companions [co-heirs],” rule the earth for 1,000 years.  But during the eternal ages beyond the Millennium, Christ will sit alongside His Father on “the throne of God and of the Lamb” (Revelation 22:1, 3), which will be in the new Jerusalem on the new earth.  Universal rule will emanate from this throne, Christ’s “companions” will continue to rule with Him, and in this sense Christ’s rule with His saints can be said to last “forever and ever” (cf. Revelation 11:15; 22:5).

The Same, Yesterday, Today, and Forever

The sixth quotation refers to the eternity of Christ within both a historic and prophetic setting:

“And, ‘Thou, Lord, in the beginning hast laid the foundation of the earth; and the heavens are the works of thine hands:

They shall perish; but thou remainest; and they shall all wax old as doth a garment;

And as a vesture shalt thou fold them up, and they shall be changed: but thou art the same, and thy years shall not fail’” (Hebrews 1:10-12; cf. Psalm 102:25-27).

These three verses appear near the end of the one hundred second Psalm and, in this Psalm, are addressed to God (as were the words in the previous quotation from Psalm 45:6-7).  However, the writer of Hebrews, being “moved by the Holy Spirit [the One Who originally moved the Psalmist to pen these words],” applies these verses also to the Son.

There is no stronger language in the New Testament concerning the Deity of Christ than the first chapter of Hebrews.  It was the blood of God which was shed on Calvary (Acts 20:28), and God (“Thy throne, O God…”), in the person of His Son (or, as in Hebrews 1:2, “in Son [literal rendering]”), is the One Who will rule the earth during the coming age.  He was present and co-equal with the Father in the beginning.  “All things” were brought into existence through Him (John 1:1-3).  “All things were created by [‘through’] him, and for him.  And he is before all things, and by him all things consist [i.e., He upholds ‘all things by the word of his power’ (Hebrews 1:3)]” (Colossians 1:16-17).

Hebrews 1:10-12, quoting Psalms 102:25-27 (which appears in a Messianic setting in the Psalm [cf. Psalms 102:16, 21-22] and is quoted in a Messianic setting in Hebrews), presents Christ as both The Creator at the time the heavens and earth were brought into existence and The Destroyer at the time the same heavens and earth will pass out of existence (cf. Genesis 1:1; Isaiah 65:17; John 1:3; II Peter 3:10-12).  And though change occurs in the creation, the Creator remains unchanged, for He is “the same yesterday, and today, and forever” (Hebrews 13:8).

“Sit on My Right Hand, Until…”

The seventh quotation, as the first quotation, is preceded by a reference to angels once again:

“But to which of the angels said he at any time, ‘Sit on my right hand, until I make thine enemies thy footstool’?” (Hebrews 1:13; cf. Psalm 110:1).

The writer of Hebrews terminates his seven quotations from the Old Testament at the same point that the Apostle John terminates his seven overcomer’s promises in Revelation 2; 3.  Both the Father’s and the Son’s thrones are in view in both instances.

In Hebrews, the Son has been invited to sit alongside His Father, on His Father’s throne, until His enemies are made His footstool.  Then He will sit on His Own throne.  In the Book of Revelation, in the last of the overcomer’s promises, reference is also made to the Son being seated on the throne with His Father; and the promise is given to overcoming Christians that they will one day be allowed to sit with Him on His Own throne (Revelation 3:21).

Thus, the introductory verses in Hebrews, presenting a complete, composite Messianic portrait of Christ, terminate with a view to Christ ascending the throne and holding the sceptre, fulfilling these verses.  And this logically leads into the same subject matter that the Apostle John in Revelation chapters two and three deals with — others (companions, overcomers) ascending the throne and occupying positions as co-heirs with Christ in that coming day.

The five major warnings in the Book of Hebrews and the seven overcomer’s promises in the Book of Revelation, in this respect, have to do with the same thing.  They are both Messianic in their outlook and are directed to the saved, not the unsaved.

They both have to do, not with the salvation which we presently possess, but with the salvation of the soul.  It is the overcomer (Revelation 2; 3) who will realize so great salvation (Hebrews 2:3) and be allowed to ascend the throne as a companion with God’s Son during the coming age (cf. Hebrews 1:8-9, 14; 3:14; Revelation 3:21).

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Seven Messianic Quotations in this site.

Word Document:  Seven Messianic Quotations by Arlen L. Chitwood.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

To website CONTENTS Page.

Man was created in the beginning to rule and to reign. And though only a part of saved mankind will have been brought back into a position to occupy the throne at the beginning of the Millennium (with the tree of life [*the fruit gives one the wisdom and knowledge necessary to rule] made available to them at this time), at the end of the Millennium the whole of saved mankind will be brought back into this position (with the tree of life made available to them at this time). ~ Arlen Chitwood

*Added by Pat

Christians throughout the churches today are simply not hearing the one message, above all other messages, which they should be hearing.  And the reason is given in the first four parables of Matthew 13.  The working of the leaven over almost two millennia of time has produced a corruption extending throughout Christendom that has all but destroyed the message surrounding the Word of the Kingdom.  And, as a result of this corruption, the Bible, for the most part, remains a closed book for the vast majority of Christians.

The Central Message of the New Testament
By Charles Strong of Bible One

Excerpted from Mysteries of the Kingdom BOOK, Ch. 13, in this site.

Then He said to them, “Therefore every scribe instructed concerning the kingdom of heaven is like a householder who brings out of his treasure things new and old.” (Matthew 13:52)

The Word of the Kingdom — the message surrounding the kingdom of the heavens (Matthew 13:11, 19, 24) — is the central message of the New Testament.  Whether studying the gospels, the book of Acts, the epistles, or the book of Revelation, an individual will be studying Scriptures dealing centrally with a message pertaining to the kingdom.

The person understanding this message will possess a proper foundation to build upon as he studies different parts of the New Testament.  However, if this message is not understood, the converse of the preceding will be true.  That person will possess an improper foundation to build upon; and his studies throughout any part of the New Testament will, accordingly, be adversely affected.

This is why an individual instructed in the Word of the Kingdom can be likened to the householder in the text.  Not only will he be able to go to the Scriptures and bring forth things that areold” (things he has already seen and understood) but he will also be able, from the things that are “old,” to begin seeing and bringing forth things that arenew” as well (things he has not previously seen and understood).

And, according to the text, he will be able to do this because he has beeninstructed concerning the kingdom of heaven.”  He now possesses a key to the Scriptures; a key that will open numerous passages of Scripture to his understanding, passages that otherwise would have remained closed.

Such an individual, as he studies and learns new things about the Word of the Kingdom, will progressively find himself being able to, more and more, take the “old” and see and understand that which is “new.”  And the more that person comes into an understanding of the Word of the Kingdom, the more he will see Scripture opening up to him in this fashion.  The latter, in this respect, is inseparably linked to and dependent on the former.

This is what an understanding of the Word of the Kingdom will do for an individual in his quest for knowledge of Scripture.  And, though this has been the experience and testimony of numerous Christians, this is not simply what they might have to say about the matter.  Rather, this is what the unchangeable Word of God has to say about the matter.

The Word of God clearly reveals that a person instructed in the Word of the Kingdom can go to the Scriptures and bring forth out of this storehouse of unlimited treasures “things new and old.”  But by the same token, apart from an understanding of the Word of the Kingdom, though an individual may be able to see and understand certain truths, the same situation referred to in Matthew 13:52 simply doesn’t exist.

The preceding will explain why this whole realm of teaching lies center stage in Satan’s attack against the Word during the present dispensation.  An understanding of the Word of the Kingdom is the key to a proper understanding of Scripture as it relates to Christians, and Satan knows this.  He knows that if he can corrupt or destroy that which will open the door to a proper understanding of the numerous other Scriptures bearing on the subject, he can best accomplish the purpose for his present work among Christians.

Satan’s efforts toward this end are something easily seen in the first four parables in Matthew 13.  These four parables present a chronology of Satan’s work as he seeks to subvert the Word of the Kingdom, and this chronology covers the progressive results of his work in this respect throughout the entire dispensation.

Satan’s attack in the first parable, the parable of the sower (Matthew 13:3-8, 18-23), was seen to be against those hearing the Word of the Kingdom.  He sought to stop the matter at that point, preventing individuals from understanding this message and subsequently bringing forth fruit.  Four types of individuals are seen responding to the message, with Satan being successful in his attack against three of the four.  Those seen in the first three of the four categories fell away and bore no fruit.  But Satan’s attack against those in the fourth category proved to be unsuccessful.  They heard the Word, received and understood the Word, overcame Satan’s attack, and bore fruit.

Then the next parable, the parable of the wheat and tares (Matthew 13:24-30, 36-43), centers on Satan’s attack against the ones bearing fruit from the previous parable.  Satan placed those with a false message (false teachers) in the midst of those bearing fruit, seeking to subvert the message and stop that which was occurring.  That is to say, he sought to corrupt the true message by introducing a false message.  And this was done with a view to stopping that which had resulted from a proclamation of the true message.  This was done with a view to stopping those Christians who were bearing fruit from doing so.

Then the next parable, the parable of the mustard seed (Matthew 13:31-32), shows that which happened in Christendom over the course of time during the dispensation because of this false message.  The mustard seed germinated and took a normal growth for a while.  But then something happened, which caused it to take an abnormal growth and eventually become a tree.  And after this abnormal growth had occurred — after the mustard bush had become a tree, something that it wasn’t supposed to become at all — the birds of the air (ministers of Satan, seen in the first parable [Matthew 13:4]) found a lodging place therein.

And the fourth parable, the parable of the leaven (Matthew 13:33), completes the picture.  The false message introduced near the beginning of the dispensation is likened to leaven placed in three measures of meal (“three” is the number of divine perfection, and “meal” is that which is used to make bread.  Leaven [a corrupting substance] was placed in the meal [resulting in corruption in the bread]).  And this leaven would continue to work (this false message would continue to permeate and corrupt the true message) until the whole had been leavened (until the whole had been corrupted).

This is the revealed direction that Christendom would take relative to the true message concerning the Word of the Kingdom following the introduction of the leaven, following the introduction of a false message concerning the Word of the Kingdom.

These four parables together show a history of Christendom throughout the dispensation in relation to the Word of the Kingdom.  This message — the central message of the New Testament — was universally taught throughout the churches during the first century.  But the introduction of a false message resulted in changes.  Christendom itself took an abnormal growth; and this abnormal growth was such that the false teachers eventually found themselves welcomed within that which they, through their false message, had corrupted.

Corruption though didn’t stop at this point.  The working of the leaven continued, and it would continue until this false message had permeated all of Christendom.  This corrupting process would continue, according to the text, “till the whole” had been leavened.

And, viewing the matter solely from the standpoint of that which can be seen in the world today, what has been the end result of the working of the leaven?  As the dispensation draws to a close, where does the Church find itself today?

The answers are easy to ascertain.  All one has to do in order to see and understand that which has happened is to go into almost any church of the land (fundamental and liberal alike) and listen for any mention of things having to do with the Word of the KingdomA person will listen in vain.  Because of the working of a leavening process that is in its final stages, the true biblical message surrounding Christians and the coming kingdom is practically nonexistent throughout Christendom today.

This leavening process recognizes no bounds or barriers.  Fundamental Christendom finds itself just as permeated with the leaven, as it relates to the Word of the Kingdom, as does liberal Christendom.  From the theology schools to the pulpits of churches to the pews in these churches, the whole of Christendom finds itself in exactly the same state insofar as that which is revealed throughout the first four parables in Matthew 13 is concerned.

Many of the fundamentalists, not understanding the true nature of the leavening process, look upon themselves as having escaped this corruption.  But such is not the case at all.  Insofar as any understanding and proclamation of the Word of the Kingdom is concerned, the fundamental groups find themselves in exactly the same state as the liberal groups.  They find themselves permeated through and through with exactly the same corrupting leaven.  There is absolutely no difference between the two groups in this respect.  Neither understands nor proclaims this message.

Seminaries — fundamental and liberal alike — are training students in everything but the one message that will open the Scriptures to their understanding.  And these same seminaries are turning out graduates who are filling the pulpits of churches with a message completely void of any reference to the Word of the Kingdom.  These seminary graduates don’t know the truth of the matter, and, as a result, their entire ministries are negatively affected.  The various flocks that the Lord has entrusted to their care are not being properly fed; and, in reality, for the most part, Christians under their ministries are slowly starving to death.

Christians throughout the churches today are simply not hearing the one message, above all other messages, which they should be hearing.  And the reason is given in the first four parables of Matthew 13.  The working of the leaven over almost two millennia of time has produced a corruption extending throughout Christendom that has all but destroyed the message surrounding the Word of the Kingdom.  And, as a result of this corruption, the Bible, for the most part, remains a closed book for the vast majority of Christians.

The preceding is why a person, untrained in the theology schools of the land, but understanding the Word of the Kingdom, often has a better grasp of the whole of Scripture than many of those who are teaching in the theology schools.  The person having an understanding of the Word of the Kingdom possesses a key to Scripture that a person without this understanding does not possess.  He can go to the Scriptures and bring forth things bothnew and old”; but the same thing cannot be said for those who lack this understanding.

Why?

Why will instruction in the Word of the Kingdom open the Scriptures to a person’s understanding like nothing else?  Why is an understanding of this message so vital if a person is to possess a correct and proper grasp of Scripture?  The answer could be looked upon in a twofold respect.

First, an understanding of the Word of the Kingdom is the only thing that will provide the true biblical picture surrounding the purpose for the Christian life.  Why did God bring the new creationin Christ” into existence?  Why is God taking an entire dispensation to do a work among the Gentiles?  Why is the Holy Spirit presently in the world performing a work among Christians?

And second, an understanding of the Word of the Kingdom is the only thing that will provide the true biblical picture surrounding direction for the Christian life.  What is the goal toward which everything moves as it pertains to the new creationin Christ”?  What is the spiritual warfare about?  What is the race of the faith about?  What will be the end result of victory or defeat as it pertains to the warfare or the race?

An understanding of the Word of the Kingdom will answer questions surrounding the Christian life unlike anything else in the Word of God.  This is the only thing that will present the complete biblical picture in its correct fashion.  Only out of this teaching can all the issues surrounding the Christian life be properly addressed, and only out of this teaching can one find the true motivation for Godly Christian living.

But, if all the preceding is true — and it is — then why is this message so fought against in Christian circles today?  It would appear that acceptance rather than rejection would be the norm.

Such though is not the case at all.  Rather, with rare exceptions, rejection is invariably the norm.  And the reason is seen in the working of the leaven in Matthew 13:33.  The negative attitude of Christians toward the Word of the Kingdom is simply the end result of a work of Satan that has been going on for almost 2,000 years.

Warning

The parables in Matthew 13 deal far more extensively with the negative than they do with the positive.  More space is given in the first parable to those who fail to bring forth fruit than is given to those who do bring forth fruit (in three of the four parts).  And the emphasis in the second, third, fourth, and seventh parables is on different facets of this same work of Satan as well.  Only the fifth and sixth parables, which have to do with Christ’s redemptive work as it relates to the earth and to His bride, form an exception.

Thus, the central thrust of these parables is seen to be far more negative than positive.  These parables have to do centrally with exposing the work of Satan throughout the dispensation in relation to the Word of the Kingdom, along with revealing where this will lead, both during and following the dispensation.

As the dispensation draws to a close and Satan’s corrupting work nears its final stage, the whole matter goes almost completely unrecognized in Christendom.  And the reason for this is easy to see and understand.  The leavened state of Christendom is being viewed by those who have themselves been adversely affected by the leaven.

They are, in this respect, as were the two disciples on the Emmaus road who were walking alongside the resurrected Christ and didn’t even recognize Him.  Their inability to recognize the Christ of the Old Testament Scriptures — the Word that had become flesh, the Old Testament Scriptures that had been manifested in a Person — resulted from their inability to properly understand these same Scriptures.  It was only after these Scriptures had been opened to their understanding, followed by Christ breaking bread, that their eyes were opened.

And Christians today, viewing a leavened Christendom and not seeing or understanding its true condition, are simply not viewing matters from a correct biblical perspective.  Their inability to recognize the true condition of the Church stems from their inability to understand that which Scripture reveals about the matter.  And, if their eyes are to be opened to the truth of the existing situation, such will occur only through the truth of the Word being presented to them and being accepted by them.

But will such occur during the present dispensation?  Will the truth about the coming kingdom ever be proclaimed in such a manner that it will be accepted, allowing the eyes of Christians to be opened?

One here and one there will hear and understand the message, but not the Church at large.  Conditions can only continue to deteriorate in the latter respect.  Such was assured — the pattern was set — when the woman placed the leaven in the three measures of meal.  And conditions can only continue to deteriorate, until the whole has been leavened.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Mysteries of the Kingdom BOOK, Ch. 13, in this site

Word Document:  The Central Message of the New Testament by Charles Strong.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

Also see Salvation by Faith or Works or Both and Five Parables regarding the Kingdom in this site for additional commentary on this subject.

Following is Matthew 13Dragnet / Separation / Furnace of Fire / Kingdom.

To website CONTENTS Page.

Whether Gehenna or outer darkness in Matthew, a burning with fire in John and Hebrews, being cast into a furnace or lake of fire in Matthew and Revelation, or suffering death or being hurt by the second death in Romans and Revelation, different facets of exactly the same thing are in view. All of these are used in contexts showing that they have to do with saved people in relation to fruit bearing and the kingdom.

But relative to the unsaved and the lake of fire, this is simply not expressed in other ways in Scripture as it is with the savedleaving no room for any thought other than understanding the matter as literal, not metaphorical.

The Seven Parables of Matthew

Excerpts from The Central Message of the New Testament by Charles Strong of Bible One and Dragnet / Separation / Furnace of Fire / Kingdom by Arlen Chitwood of Lamp Broadcast.

An understanding of the Word of the Kingdom is the key to a proper understanding of Scripture as it relates to Christians, and Satan knows this.  He knows that if he can corrupt or destroy that which will open the door to a proper understanding of the numerous other Scriptures bearing on the subject, he can best accomplish the purpose for his present work among Christians.

Satan’s efforts toward this end are something easily seen in the first four parables in Matthew 13.  These four parables present a chronology of Satan’s work as he seeks to subvert the Word of the Kingdom, and this chronology covers the progressive results of his work in this respect throughout the entire dispensation.

Satan’s attack in the first parable, the parable of the sower (Matthew 13:3-8, 18-23), was seen to be against those hearing the Word of the Kingdom.  He sought to stop the matter at that point, preventing individuals from understanding this message and subsequently bringing forth fruit.  Four types of individuals are seen responding to the message, with Satan being successful in his attack against three of the four.  Those seen in the first three of the four categories fell away and bore no fruit.  But Satan’s attack against those in the fourth category proved to be unsuccessful.  They heard the Word, received and understood the Word, overcame Satan’s attack, and bore fruit.

Then the next parable, the parable of the wheat and tares (Matthew 13:24-30, 36-43), centers on Satan’s attack against the ones bearing fruit from the previous parable.  Satan placed those with a false message (false teachers) in the midst of those bearing fruit, seeking to subvert the message and stop that which was occurring.  That is to say, he sought to corrupt the true message by introducing a false message.  And this was done with a view to stopping that which had resulted from a proclamation of the true message.  This was done with a view to stopping those Christians who were bearing fruit from doing so.

Then the next parable, the parable of the mustard seed (Matthew 13:31-32), shows that which happened in Christendom over the course of time during the dispensation because of this false message.  The mustard seed germinated and took a normal growth for a while.  But then something happened, which caused it to take an abnormal growth and eventually become a tree.  And after this abnormal growth had occurred — after the mustard bush had become a tree, something that it wasn’t supposed to become at all — the birds of the air (ministers of Satan, seen in the first parable [Matthew 13:4]) found a lodging place therein.

And the fourth parable, the parable of the leaven (Matthew 13:33), completes the picture.  The false message introduced near the beginning of the dispensation is likened to leaven placed in three measures of meal (“three” is the number of divine perfection, and “meal” is that which is used to make bread.  Leaven [a corrupting substance] was placed in the meal [resulting in corruption in the bread]).  And this leaven would continue to work (this false message would continue to permeate and corrupt the true message) until the whole had been leavened (until the whole had been corrupted).

This is the revealed direction that Christendom would take relative to the true message concerning the Word of the Kingdom following the introduction of the leaven, following the introduction of a false message concerning the Word of the Kingdom.

These four parables together show a history of Christendom throughout the dispensation in relation to the Word of the Kingdom.  This message — the central message of the New Testament — was universally taught throughout the churches during the first century.  But the introduction of a false message resulted in changes.  Christendom itself took an abnormal growth; and this abnormal growth was such that the false teachers eventually found themselves welcomed within that which they, through their false message, had corrupted.

Corruption though didn’t stop at this point.  The working of the leaven continued, and it would continue until this false message had permeated all of Christendom.  This corrupting process would continue, according to the text, “till the whole” had been leavened.

And, viewing the matter solely from the standpoint of that which can be seen in the world today, what has been the end result of the working of the leaven?  As the dispensation draws to a close, where does the Church find itself today?

The answers are easy to ascertain.  All one has to do in order to see and understand that which has happened is to go into almost any church of the land (fundamental and liberal alike) and listen for any mention of things having to do with the Word of the KingdomA person will listen in vain.  Because of the working of a leavening process that is in its final stages, the true biblical message surrounding Christians and the coming kingdom is practically nonexistent throughout Christendom today.

This leavening process recognizes no bounds or barriers.  Fundamental Christendom finds itself just as permeated with the leaven, as it relates to the Word of the Kingdom, as does liberal Christendom.  From the theology schools to the pulpits of churches to the pews in these churches, the whole of Christendom finds itself in exactly the same state insofar as that which is revealed throughout the first four parables in Matthew 13 is concerned.

Many of the fundamentalists, not understanding the true nature of the leavening process, look upon themselves as having escaped this corruption.  But such is not the case at all.  Insofar as any understanding and proclamation of the Word of the Kingdom is concerned, the fundamental groups find themselves in exactly the same state as the liberal groups.  They find themselves permeated through and through with exactly the same corrupting leaven.  There is absolutely no difference between the two groups in this respect.  Neither understands nor proclaims this message.

Seminaries — fundamental and liberal alike — are training students in everything but the one message that will open the Scriptures to their understanding.  And these same seminaries are turning out graduates who are filling the pulpits of churches with a message completely void of any reference to the Word of the Kingdom.  These seminary graduates don’t know the truth of the matter, and, as a result, their entire ministries are negatively affected.  The various flocks that the Lord has entrusted to their care are not being properly fed; and, in reality, for the most part, Christians under their ministries are slowly starving to death.

Christians throughout the churches today are simply not hearing the one message, above all other messages, which they should be hearing.  And the reason is given in the first four parables of Matthew 13.  The working of the leaven over almost two millennia of time has produced a corruption extending throughout Christendom that has all but destroyed the message surrounding the Word of the Kingdom.  And, as a result of this corruption, the Bible, for the most part, remains a closed book for the vast majority of Christians.

The preceding is why a person, untrained in the theology schools of the land, but understanding the Word of the Kingdom, often has a better grasp of the whole of Scripture than many of those who are teaching in the theology schools.  The person having an understanding of the Word of the Kingdom possesses a key to Scripture that a person without this understanding does not possess.  He can go to the Scriptures and bring forth things bothnew and old”; but the same thing cannot be said for those who lack this understanding.

The preceding are excerpts from The Central Message of the New Testament by Charles Strong.
The following are excerpts from Dragnet / Separation / Furnace of Fire / Kingdom by Arlen Chitwood.
Both are in this site.

The last of the seven parables in Matthew 13, the parable of the net, begins by briefly mentioning events occurring throughout the present dispensation (Matthew 13:47); then the parable in the three succeeding verses (Matthew 13:48-50) immediately moves to and centers on events occurring at the end of the age, after the dispensation has run its course (seen in the first four parables: Sower [Matthew 13:1-9], Tares Matthew 13:24-30], Mustard Seed [Matthew 13:31-32], Leaven [Matthew 13:33]) and after the inheritance has been redeemed and the bride has become Christ’s wife (seen in the fifth and sixth parables: Hidden Treasure [Matthew 13:44], Pearl of Great Price [Matthew 13:45-46]).

The “dragnet that was cast into the sea” (Matthew 13:47) is a reference to God’s work among the Gentiles throughout the present dispensation. The “sea” refers to the Gentiles, and the “dragnet” cast into the sea, drawing from the sea (cast out among the Gentiles, drawing from the Gentiles) refers to God working among and removing from the Gentilesa people for His name”  (Acts 15:14).

After Israel had rejected the proffered kingdom of the heavens, another nation, separate from Israel, was called into existence to be the recipient of that which Israel had rejected (Matthew 21:33-43; 1 Peter 2:9-11). A nation, which was neither Jewish nor Gentile, was called into existence to be accorded the opportunity to bring forth fruit where Israel had failed. And this new nation, comprising a new creation “in Christ” (2 Corinthians 5:17), was to be taken from both of the prior two creations — from both the Jews and the Gentiles — though mainly from the Gentiles.

God set aside an entire dispensation, lasting two days, 2,000 years, during which time He would remove from the Gentiles “a people for His name,” though “a remnant according to the election of grace [believing Jews]” was to be included as well (Romans 11:5). And, according to the parable of the dragnet, the removal of these people had to do with the kingdom of the heavens.

This removal is likened to a dragnet which was cast out among the Gentile nations, and those removed from the Gentiles via the dragnet (becoming part of the new creation “in Christ”) are seen being removed for a purpose. Their removal has to do with the kingdom of the heavens. Their removal is with a view to their occupying positions in the proffered kingdom, the kingdom previously rejected by and taken from Israel.

Thus, the removal from the sea itself is not the central subject of the parable. Rather, this information was given in order to introduce the central subject — the purpose for their removal from the sea.

All three of the parables that Christ gave after He had reentered the house draw from previous events — events occurring either before or during the present dispensation — but these parables center on events occurring after the dispensation has run its course. These parables have to do centrally with events occurring at the very end of the age, during and immediately following the time when God completes His dealings with Israel.

Events in these parables occur during the Tribulation and during the time immediately following Christ’s return. In this respect, they occur during the last seven years of Man’s Day and at the very first of the Lord’s Day, which immediately follows (during Daniel’s unfulfilled Seventieth Week [Daniel 9:24-27] and during the seventy-five days immediately following, seen at the end of Daniel’s prophecy [Daniel 12:11-13]).

Events in the last of the three parables given back inside the house (parable of the dragnet) chronologically follow events in the preceding two parables (parables of the treasure and pearl). As previously stated, events in all three of these closing parables are seen in a chronology of this nature. Each of these parables begins by referring to events in past time. But the central subject of each parable is not about these past events. Rather, the central subject of each parable rests on these past events and has to do with future events, events occurring after the dispensation has run its course.

All three of these parables have to do with the kingdom of the heavens, and all three have to do with events that move toward the same revealed goal — the end of the age and the beginning of the next age, the end of Man’s Day and the beginning of the Lord’s Day.

The Separation

Those removed from the sea during the present dispensation (Matthew 13:47) are seen being dealt with at the end of the age after a revealed fashion. They are seen being separated into two main categories and then dealt with according to the category in which they had previously been placed (Matthew 13:48ff).

Once those removed from the sea via the dragnet have been brought to “shore,” the picture in the parable relates a separation of “the good” from “the bad.” And once separated, the good are gathered into vessels, but the bad are cast away (Matthew 13:48). Then the next verse reveals how this will be accomplished — carried out by angels (Matthew 13:49).

Exactly the same picture was presented earlier in this sequence of parables, at the end of the second parable, the parable of the wheat and tares. There was a harvest, followed by a separation of the wheat and the tares. The tares were bound in bundles to be burned, but the wheat was gathered into the Master’s barn (Matthew 13:30).

And after the Lord had gone back inside the house, prior to giving the last three parables, He gave the explanation to that which had occurred at the close of the parable of the wheat and tares, which would be the same as that occurring at the close of the three parables that He was about to give:

Therefore as the tares are gathered and burned in the fire, so it will be at the end of this age.

The Son of Man will send out His angels, and they will gather out of His kingdom all things that offend, and those who practice lawlessness. (Matthew 13:40-41)

The preceding two verses parallel the two verses under discussion in the parable of the dragnet (Matthew 13:48-49). These verses reveal a separation of “the wheat” from “the tares,” a separation of “the good” from “the bad.” And this separation will occur at “the end of the age.”

(Events occurring at the end of the age, depicted in both the parable of the wheat and tares and the parable of the dragnet, are the same. These two parables simply present two different pictures of the same thing.

Note that the things depicted in these two parables do not have to do with events at Christ’s judgment seat. The things depicted in these parables have to do with subsequent events, occurring at least seven years later, which are based on previous decisions and determinations rendered at the judgment seat.)

1) Subject of the Parables

Bear in mind that the parables in Matthew 13 — all seven of them — have to do with the kingdom of the heavens. They have nothing to do with salvation by grace through faith (though salvation, with respect to eternal verities, would be alluded to several places in these parables [e.g., in the last parable through a removal from the sea]).

Salvation by grace through faith is simply not the central subject seen throughout these parables. And when these parables deal with a separation (as seen in the second and seventh parables), along with the results of this separation, everything stated must be taken at face value and related to the subject at hand.

And whether or not this lines up with man’s ideologies or his doctrinal statements in the realm of eschatology (it usually doesn’t) is of no moment whatsoever. An omniscient God, who sees and knows the end as well as He sees and knows the beginning, has spoken. He has established these parables, structured them a certain way, and placed them in a particular order and place in His Word. And that which God has established, along with the manner in which He has established it, is the end of the matter.

In the closing parable, God Himself has revealed to man the end of all that which had been dealt with in the preceding six parables. There will first be a separation of those taken from the sea. This separation will occur at the end of the age (which will follow events surrounding the judgment seat and the subsequent marriage festivities of the Lamb), it will be carried out by angels, and it will occur in relation to entrance into or exclusion from the kingdom.

Thus, the subject of all seven parables centers on the proffered kingdom of the heavens. This subject is given at the beginning of each parable, something that cannot possibly be missed. And this subject must be kept in view throughout these parables; else the parables cannot be properly understood.

2) Those Being Dealt with in the Parables

Those being dealt with throughout the parables in Matthew chapter thirteen, as seen in previous studies, are the saved alone. Scripture doesn’t deal with the unsaved in relation to the message that pervades these parables — a message pertaining to the kingdom of the heavens. The unsaved are always dealt with only in relation to the message of salvation by grace through faith, never in relation to the message of the kingdom. The message of the kingdom is for the saved alone, something that can be aptly illustrated from any of the seven parables.

But note the closing parable in this respect. Those dealt with in this parable are seen being removed from the sea via a dragnet that had been cast out into the sea. That is, within the symbolism used, the parable pictures individuals being removed from the Gentiles; and their removal is for a revealed purpose — a purpose that, for part of them, would not be realized.

They were removed from the sea strictly on the basis of their having been in the dragnet. And, once removed, they were no longer associated with the sea. That would be to say, once removed; they were no longer associated with the Gentiles.

Thus, their removal from the sea is a metaphorical way of saying that they had been removed from the Gentiles. And, if removed from the Gentiles, within the time-frame seen in the previous six parables, there’s only one group with which they could possibly have then been associated — the “one new man” (Ephesians 2:15). They had become part of the new creation “in Christ” (2 Corinthians 5:17).

A person is a Jew, a Gentile, or a Christian. And any terminology that fails to clearly distinguish between these three creations — e.g., “Jewish Christian,” “Gentile Christian,” “professor” (as opposed to “possessor”) — emanates from man, not from the Scriptures. Scripture sees the matter as completely black or white, never as a gray area lying between any two of the three. A person is either a new creation “in Christ,” or he is not. And, if he is not, then he has to be either a Jew or a Gentile.

The matter is that simple. And if this were understood, along with understanding that all of the parables in Matthew chapter thirteen are about the kingdom of the heavens, there would be far less confusion when interpreting these parables.

(Though Scripture makes a clear distinction between Jew, Gentile, and Christian, Scripture sometimes refers to believing individuals removed from the Jews or the Gentiles through reference to their national origin — “Jew” and “Gentile” [e.g., Acts 28:28; Romans 1:13, 16; 2:9-10; Galatians 1:16; 2:2; Ephesians 3:6, 8]. This was something seen during the re-offer of the kingdom to Israel [33-62 A.D.], allowing an identifying distinction to exist between believing Jews and believing Gentiles.

But Scripture never refers to such individuals as “Jewish Christians” or “Gentile Christians,” for Scripture never brings two of the three creations together in this manner. And when “Jew” or “Gentile” is used after this fashion, the context is always very clear that those being referenced are individuals removed from the Jews or the Gentiles, not Jews or Gentiles per se.

For additional information on the preceding, refer to the author’s book, The Study of Scripture BOOK, Ch. 6, OR “Jew, Gentile, Christian”, in this site.)

And, in keeping with the preceding, Scripture never pictures a mixture of saved and unsaved individuals through the use of a metaphor such as that seen in the parable of the dragnet — individuals removed from the sea, removed from the Gentiles. The picture explains itself, if allowed to so do.

(A similar picture is presented by the seven churches in Revelation 2; 3. Christians alone are being referenced and dealt with throughout the messages to all seven churches. Referring to the Church as comprised of the unsaved, or both saved and unsaved individuals, would be an oxymoron.

The word “church” is the translation of a Greek word that means called out [Greek, ekklesia, a compound word from ek, “out” and kelsis, “to call”]. Only the saved have been called out; only the saved can comprise the Church.)

All in the dragnet had been removed from the sea, and all those who had been removed from the sea were no longer associated with that which the sea represented. They were no longer associated with the Gentiles. Rather, following their removal, they were associated with an entirely separate and distinct creation — the new creation, “in Christ.”

And their removal, along with everything that followed, was with a view to the kingdom of the heavens. Eternal verities are not seen in the matter at all. They can’t be seen. Such would be an impossibility. The matter surrounding their eternal destiny was settled at the time they were removed from the sea. And, had it not been settled, there could have been no removal. They could only have remained in the sea.

The Furnace of Fire

Only one group of individuals — though separated into two classes — could possibly be in view through the use of the expressions, “good” and “bad,” or “just” and “wicked” (Matthew 13:48-49). All had been removed from the sea; all had been removed from the Gentiles. Thus, no room could possibly exist for an inclusion of unsaved individuals in this parable. By the very nature of the subject matter (the kingdom of the heavens) and those being dealt with in this parable (those removed from the sea), only the saved could possibly be in view.

And, viewing that to which this parable refers, these saved individuals are seen being dealt with on the basis of prior decisions and determinations — decisions and determinations having previously been made at the judgment seat. And these decisions and determinations, emanating from the judgment seat, will have been based on prior faithfulness to one’s calling (judgment will be on the basis of “works,” but the works being judged will have resulted from faithfulness, or unfaithfulness [1 Corinthians 3:12-15; cf. Hebrews 11:17-19, 31; James 2:21-25]).

But seeing the saved alone being dealt with in this parable presents major problems for numerous Christians, for some of those in the parable are cast into “the furnace of fire.” And these same Christians, who would never consider thinking along the lines of Christians being cast into such a place, are invariably forced into an erroneous position, resulting in an erroneous interpretation. They are forced into the position of seeing saved and unsaved individuals (“good” and “bad”) being dealt with in the parable, along with seeing these individuals being dealt with in relation to eternal life or eternal damnation.

The preceding though is simply not what Scripture has to say about the matter. Scripture is clear that the parable deals with the saved alone, and these saved individuals are dealt with in relation to the coming kingdom. And the fact that those described as “bad” and “wicked” are cast into “the furnace of fire” must be understood within this framework. It must be understood within the framework of both those who are being dealt with and that which is being dealt with — Christians, and the kingdom.

Thus, to deal with this parable on the basis of eternal verities, with the unsaved being cast into the lake of fire, is completely outside the scope of the subject matter seen in any of these seven parables. Such a teaching, derived from these parables, is both textually and contextually wrong. Any thought of dealing with any of these parables after this fashion, from a Scriptural standpoint, could not even be open for discussion.

If the text is dealt with in a literal sense, apart from metaphors, only one possible conclusion can be reached. At the end of the age a segment of the saved, a segment of Christians, are going to be cast into what is called in this parable, “the furnace of fire.” And that is exactly what Christ had previously stated within His explanation of the parable of the wheat and tares:

The Son of Man will send out His angels, and they will gather out of His kingdom all things that offend, and those who practice lawlessness,

And will cast them [i.e., the offensive and lawless ones, the tares in this parable, those doing the works of Satan] into the furnace of fire: there will be wailing and gnashing of teeth”. (Matthew 13:41-42)

Or, note the same thing in the parable of the dragnet:

So it will be at the end of the age. The angels will come forth, separate the wicked from among the just,

and cast them into the furnace of fire. There will be wailing and gnashing of teeth. (Matthew 13:49-50).

So, exactly what is being dealt with through these two references to “the furnace of fire”?

Should the expression be looked upon in a literal sense, referring to an actual furnace of fire? Or, is this a continuation of the metaphorical language seen earlier in the parables, describing something related to but apart from a literal understanding of the reference?

When a person begins studying related Scripture having to do with “Gehenna,” “outer darkness [lit., ‘the outer darkness’]” and “the lake of fire” he will find exactly the same teaching as seen in these two parables. That which is seen in Matthew 13:42, 50 is not something peculiar to the parable of the wheat and tares and the parable of the dragnet. Rather, it is merely part of the same teaching seen so many places elsewhere in the New Testament (cf. John 15:1-6; 2 Thessalonians 1:5-10; Hebrews 6:7-9; 10:26-31; Jude 1:20-23).

In this respect, note how teachings concerning Gehenna, the outer darkness, and the lake of fire appear in Scripture.

1) Gehenna, the Outer Darkness

Gehenna is an Anglicized Greek word (Geenna in the Greek text) used twelve times in the New Testament. The word appears eleven times in the three synoptic gospels (Matthew 5:22, 29-30; 10:28; 18:9; 23:15, 33; Mark 9:43, 45, 47; Luke 12:5) and once in the epistle of James (James 3:6).

Christ alone used the word in the gospel accounts. And He always used the word in contexts having to do with entrance into or exclusion from the kingdom of the heavens.

Then, in James, the word appears in a text having to do with the tongue — “. . .it [the tongue] is set on fire of hell [‘Gehenna’].” And, though the word is used in a somewhat different sense in James, it appears within a context having to do with the saving of the soul and the coming kingdom (James 1:12, 21; 2:5, 14-26; 5:7-8, 19-20).

Gehenna (Geenna) is the Greek word for Hinnom from the Hebrew text of the Old Testament. Hinnom was the name given to a valley south of Jerusalem during Joshua’s day, named for the son of a person whose name was “Hinnom” (Joshua 15:8; 18:16).

And, though this valley was used at times as a place where human sacrifices were offered during Old Testament days (2 Kings 23:10; Jeremiah 7:31), the valley was no more than the place where the refuse from Jerusalem was discarded at the time Christ was on earth.

(The word, Hinnom, has simply been transliterated in the English text of the Old Testament; but the same thing has not been done with Gehenna [Geenna, for Hinnom] in most English texts of the New Testament. Rather, in most versions, Gehenna [Geenna] has been translated “hell” each of the twelve times that it appears in the New Testament, resulting in confusion.)

Thus, Gehenna, at the time Christ and James used the word, was simply the name of the place where those in Jerusalem discarded their refuse. Even dead bodies (criminals, etc.) were, at times, cast into this place; and the fires burned continuously.

In this respect, Christ was doing no more than referencing a place where the refuse from the city of Jerusalem was discarded. And James was associating the misuse of the tongue with this same place.

Remaining within the gospel accounts, being cast into Gehenna always carries an identical association and meaning. Textually, in the gospels, being cast into Gehenna is always associated with separation from regality within Christ’s kingdom. It matters not which of the eleven references a person checks, he will find exactly the same thing each time. Gehenna is never used in the gospel accounts in a context dealing with the unsaved and eternal verities. Rather, the word always appears in texts set within contexts having to do solely with the saved in relation to the coming kingdom.

And “outer darkness” is used exactly the same way in the three instances in which the expression appears, all in the gospel of Matthew (Matthew 8:12; 22:13; 25:30). The use of outer darkness is simply another way in which the Lord dealt with the same issue among the same group of people (the Jewish people, in relation to the proffered kingdom).

Viewing the matter from one perspective, those denied positions with Christ in His kingdom will find themselves in the place where the refuse from the city was discarded, outside the city. Viewing the matter from the other perspective, those denied positions with Christ in His kingdom will find themselves in a place separated from the One who said, “I am the light of the world” (John 8:12). With respect to occupying a position with Christ in His kingdom, they will find themselves in a place outside, a place associated with darkness instead of light — the darkness outside.

The use of Gehenna and outer darkness (the outer darkness) are simply two metaphorical ways that Christ used to call attention to the same thing.

(These expressions — Gehenna, the outer darkness — were used in the gospel accounts during and immediately following that time when the kingdom of the heavens was offered to Israel at Christ’s first coming. With Israel’s rejection of the proffered kingdom, the kingdom was taken from Israel and an entirely new entity [the one new man “in Christ”] was called into existence to be the recipient of that which Israel had rejected [Matthew 21:33-46; 1 Peter 2:9-11]. And with these events brought to pass, Gehenna and the outer darkness, as previously used relative to the Jewish people, would now be used relative to Christians.

These expressions are used in Scripture relative to the recipients of the proffered kingdom [the kingdom of the heavens], whether Israel in past time or Christians during the present time.)

2) The Lake of Fire

The description of “the lake which burns with fire and brimstone” in Revelation 21:8 is another way in which Scripture deals with the same thing again. The “lake of fire” in this passage is described as not only the place where unsaved man from the previous chapter (Revelation 20:11-15) will spend eternity but also the place where Christians who do not overcome (the world, the flesh, and the devil) during the present dispensation will find themselves during the coming dispensation. And this, of course, would be the same as Christians being cast into the furnace of fire” in Matthew 13:42, 50.

The same thing is seen in the second of the seven overcomer’s promises in Revelation chapters two and three. These two chapters record seven short epistles to seven churches, and there is an overcomer’s promise at the end of each epistle. “To him that overcomes . . . .” “He that overcomes . . . .” (Revelation  2:7, 11, 17, 26-28; 3:5, 12, 21).

These epistles are addressed to saved individuals (those in a position to overcome); and the Lord has set rewards, compensations, prizes before these individuals as an incentive, encouragement for them to run the present race of the faith in a manner that will allow them to overcome rather than being overcome.

And each of the overcomer’s promises is millennial in its scope of fulfillment. That in view through overcoming, or not overcoming — as the case may be — will be realized during the 1,000-year Messianic Era alone.

The fact that these are millennial in their scope of fulfillment can be illustrated quite easily. Note the promises to two of the seven churches in Revelation 2:26-27; 3:21. No such scene as presented in these verses will exist beyond the Millennium.

Christ and His co-heirs, beyond the Millennium, will no longer rule over the nations, as this rule is pictured in Revelation 2:26-27. Rather, the Gentiles comprising these nations will be brought into positions of rulership themselves with Christ and His co-heirs, as this rule extends beyond the earth, out into the universe (Revelation 22:2, 5). And the Son, beyond the Millennium, will no longer sit on His own throne, as seen in Revelation 3:21. Rather, He will sit on “the throne of God and of the Lamb,” from whence universal rule will emanate (Revelation 22:1, 3, 5).

It is the overcomer’s promise to the church in Smyrna that has to do with the lake of fire, something that can only be millennial within its scope of fulfillment. That is, the conditions alluded to for the non-overcomer in this promise will exist for the duration of the Messianic Era, not throughout the eternal ages beyond.

Scripture deals with millennial rewards and/or loss, never with eternal rewards and/or loss. This should be easy enough for anyone to understand, for if rewards are eternal, so is loss of rewards. And loss of rewards involves an association with death (Romans 8:13), something that Scripture clearly reveals will be done away with at the beginning of the eternal ages beyond the Millennium (1 Corinthians 15:26; Revelation 21:4).

The overcomer’s promise to those Christians comprising the church in Smyrna reads,

He who has an ear, let him hear what the Spirit says to the churches. He who overcomes shall not be hurt by the second death. (Revelation 2:11;  cf. Revelation 20:6)

There is a clear implication in this promise that those who do not overcome will be hurt by the second death. And any attempt to take this promise and make it mean something other than what it clearly states serves only to destroy the promise, something that the Lord sounded a solemn warning against (Revelation 22:18-19). The promise that those who do overcome will not “be hurt by the second death” would be meaningless unless this promise is taken at face value and allowed to mean exactly what it says, clearly implying that those who do not overcome will “be hurt by the second death.”

The “second death” in the book of Revelation is associated with the lake of fire (Revelation 21:8). And those who do not overcome are going to have their part in this lake of fire (Revelation 2:11). That is, they will be hurt by the second death by having a part in the lake of fire.

Revelation 21 moves beyond the Millennium into the eternal ages, and the first six verses provide the complete story concerning conditions as these ages begin. Note the words, “It is done,” in the first part of verse six (Revelation 21:6). This is the translation of a verb in the perfect tense in the Greek text, indicating that the matter has been brought to completion and presently exists in that finished state.

Then, beginning with the latter part of verse six and continuing through verse eight (Revelation 21:6-8), overcoming and/or being overcome are again, for the last time, dealt with in this book. And this takes a person back to the same place seen in chapters two and three (Revelation 2; 3).

Then, the remainder of the book is simply a commentary for the eight verses that open and begin this section. First, a commentary is provided for the first part of this opening section. Revelation 21:9-22:5 forms a commentary for this part of the section (Revelation 21:1-6a), which has to do with conditions beyond the Millennium. Note how this commentary in chapter twenty-two closes: “. . . and they shall reign forever and ever [throughout the endless ages]” (Revelation 22:5).

Then, the remainder of chapter twenty-two (Revelation 22:6ff) forms a commentary for the second part of this opening section, which has to do with conditions before and during the Millennium (Revelation 21:6-8 [6b]).

And this will explain why, outside the gates of Jerusalem during the Messianic Era, one will be able to find “dogs and sorcerers and sexually immoral and murderers and idolaters, and whoever loves and practices a lie” (Revelation 22:15). This information is given to shed light on and provide additional detail for verses in the preceding chapter (Revelation 21:7-8), and the information in these verses in the preceding chapter was given to shed light on the previous overcomer’s promises, particularly the one to the church in Smyrna dealing with “the second death” (Revelation 2:11).

To distinguish between millennial and eternal conditions in this respect, note that those outside the gates during the eternal ages will be the Gentile nations, as the New Jerusalem rests on the new earth (Revelation 21:24-27); but those outside the gates during the preceding Messianic Era, with the New Jerusalem in the heavens above the earth, will be the non-overcomers (Revelation 22:14-15). And the place that they will occupy is described at least four other ways in Scripture — through the use of Gehenna, the outer darkness, the furnace of fire, and the lake of fire.

The picture surrounding an association between Gehenna and the lake of fire appears unmistakable. As Gehenna was the place of refuse for the earthly city of Jerusalem, the lake of fire is seen as the place of refuse for the heavenly city of Jerusalem. And as Gehenna was on the opposite side of the city from that side where God dwelled (south, as opposed to north [cf. Leviticus 1:11; Isaiah 14:13]), thus will it be with the counterpart to Gehenna in the heavenly Jerusalem. The lake of fire is used with respect to a place completely apart from Christ and His rule. And those “hurt by the second death” are seen occupying this place during the 1,000-year Messianic Era.

(Why does Scripture associate non-overcoming Christians with the lake of fire in relation to Christ’s millennial reign, in this manner? The answer would be the same as the reason why Scripture associates the unsaved with the lake of fire throughout the endless ages of eternity, following the Millennium.

The lake of fire was not prepared for man. Rather, it was prepared “for the devil and his angels” [Matthew 25:41]. It was prepared for those who had rejected God’s supreme power and authority, as Satan sought to exalt his throne [Isaiah 14:13-14]. Thus, in this respect, the lake of fire is connected with regality.

And man, created to replace Satan and his angels, finds his connection with the lake of fire on exactly the same basis. Saved man, ignoring the very reason for his salvation [which is regal], will find himself associated with the lake of fire during the Millennium [an association connected with all that the lake of fire implies]. And unsaved man, ignoring salvation and the reason for man’s creation [which, again, is regal], will find himself associated with the lake of fire throughout the endless ages following the Millennium [an association connected with all that the lake of fire implies].)

But, relative to Christians and the coming kingdom of Christ, is Scripture dealing with something literal? Or is Scripture dealing with metaphors?

Note how Scripture uses metaphors to deal with this same thing elsewhere. In John 15:6 and Hebrews 6:8, saved individuals are spoken of in a metaphorical sense, where a burning with fire is referenced. And the context both places has to do with either bearing fruit or not bearing fruit, which is exactly the same thing seen in the Matthew thirteen parables. Or, as the matter is expressed in Revelation chapters two and three, either overcoming or being overcome.

And the negative side of the matter is expressed at least two other ways in Scripture — being cast into Gehenna (a reference to the place of refuse outside the city walls of Jerusalem at this time; Matthew 5:22, 29-30; 23:15, 33) or being cast into outer darkness (Matthew 8:12; 22:13; 25:30).

Overcoming or not overcoming and being unhurt or being hurt by the second death in Revelation 2:11 is expressed a slightly different way in Romans 8:13:

For if you [a reference to ‘brethren’ in Romans 8:12] live according to the flesh, you will die; but if by the Spirit you put to death the deeds of the body, you will live.

Whether Gehenna or outer darkness in Matthew, a burning with fire in John and Hebrews, being cast into a furnace or lake of fire in Matthew and Revelation, or suffering death or being hurt by the second death in Romans and Revelation, different facets of exactly the same thing are in view. All of these are used in contexts showing that they have to do with saved people in relation to fruit bearing and the kingdom.

By comparing Scripture with Scripture, it is plain that these are simply different ways of expressing the same thing. And since a literal casting into outer darkness, Gehenna, or a furnace or lake of fire could not possibly be in view (for these different places could not possibly be looked upon as referring to the same place in a literal sense), it is evident that metaphors are being used throughout.

But relative to the unsaved and the lake of fire, this is simply not expressed in other ways in Scripture as it is with the saved, leaving no room for any thought other than understanding the matter as literal, not metaphorical.

Aside from the preceding, it is clear that all Christians, faithful and unfaithful alike, will be in the kingdom. This is seen in type in Genesis chapters eighteen and nineteen (Genesis 18; 19). Both Abraham and Lot, in the final analysis, are seen on the mount (a “mountain” in Scripture signifies a kingdom). But note the stark difference in the place that each occupied. Abraham stood before the Lord, where he had always stood (Genesis 18:22; 19:27). Lot though found himself in a place separated from the Lord, in a place where he also had always stood (Genesis 19:1, 30).

The Kingdom

For the overcomers though — something not really dealt with in the parable of the dragnet, though dealt with in the previous explanation to the parable of the wheat and tares (Matthew 13:43) — conditions during the Millennium will be entirely different. The promise to the overcomers is that they will not be hurt by the second death, they will be allowed to ascend the throne with Christ, and they will rule as co-heirs with Christ over the nations (Revelation 2:11, 26-28; 3:21).

Christ and His co-heirs (who will form His wife, His consort queen) will rule over the redeemed inheritance, and this rule will last for 1,000 years. It will last until Christ and His co-heirs have put down “all rule and all authority and power.” It will last until all enemies (which includes death) have been put “under His feet” (1 Corinthians 15:24-28).

It is at this time that Matthew 13:43 will be fulfilled:

Then the righteous will shine forth as the sun in the kingdom of their Father. He who has ears to hear let him hear!

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Dragnet / Separation / Furnace of Fire / Kingdom by Arlen Chitwood.

The following Word Document is SAFE to open and print:  The Seven Parables of Matthew.docx

Also the following Word Document is informative on parables, and is SAFE to open and print:  MYSTERIES OF THE KINGDOM by Gary Whipple.docx

To website CONTENTS Page.

Peter is not the rock referenced in Matthew 16:18.
The Greek words for Peter and for rock are similar, but the meanings are different. The first, petros, means a stone or loose rock; the second, petra, means rock, such as a rocky ledge. So what Jesus really said was “you are Peter (stone), and on this rock I will build My church.” He did not say He would build His church on a stone, but on a rock.

Rock: Deut 32:4.  See also 1 Sa 2:2;  2 Sa 22:2; Ps 62:2; Ps 78:35, 1 Cor 10:4.

Prior to the beginning of the eternal ages there will be a thousand years involving Christians who will either (1) be alongside Christ as His bride ruling over the earth; or (2) be apart from Him in a darkness outside of the light during the Messianic Era.  And although one’s eternal life will be secured by the “finished” work of Christ, a Christian’s participation or non-participation in the Millennial Reign of Christ will have been based on the results of a Christian’s record at the Judgment Seat of Christ (2 Corinthians 5:10; Romans 14:10, 12).

“It is Finished” at the Cross
By Charles Strong of Bible One

On the cross at Calvary, Christ said,

. . . “It is finished!” And bowing His head, He gave up His spirit. (John 19:30b)

The obvious question is: “What is finished?”

To a great many throughout Christendom the answer is that Jesus was referring to the suffering and sacrifice of His physical life prior to and upon the cross, which He endured for all mankind.  Indeed, He did experience great physical suffering prior to and upon the cross for and by others, but that was not what He referenced when He declared “It is finished.”

If Christ was only speaking of the physical aspect of His dilemma, He would then be no different than multitudes throughout history that have suffered and died at the hands of others, for others.  Indeed, it could be argued that down through the corridors of time many have experienced more pain, torture, and cruelty in their path to an involuntary death.

So the physical aspect surrounding Christ’s crucifixion, although significant, was not the critical feature of it; and, was definitely not that which was declared “finished” by Him near its end.  In fact, that part of it (i.e., that which was connected to temporal/physical life) came to an end subsequent to His remarks.

This being the case, it is sad that many — in fact the majority — within Christendom, when speaking of the crucifixion, are only aware of the physical aspect of it.  Sadly, they believe Christ’s physical suffering surrounding the cross is what the crucifixion is all about; that His physical suffering was in fact the purpose for Christ’s coming in human form to earth.  When they say it is Christ who died for man in order to procure salvation for all, they most always refer to His physical death.  Yet, they are so completely wrong!

It is clear that Christ did in fact die for mankind:

But God demonstrates His own love toward us, in that while we were still sinners, Christ died for us. (Romans 5:8; cf. 2 Corinthians 5:15; 1 Thessalonians 5:9-10)

It is true that there are many passages of Scripture referencing the “blood of Christ” as that which has provided man the avenue back to God, e.g., Acts 20:28; Romans 3:25; 5:9; Ephesians 1:7; 2:13; Colossians 1:14, 20; Hebrews 9:12-14; 10:19; 1 Peter 1:2, 18-19; 1 John 1:7; Revelation 1:5, etc.), but what the student of the Word needs to understand is that such expressions are God’s way of referring to death — the passage of life.

For the life of the flesh is in the blood, and I have given it to you upon the altar to make atonement for your souls; for it is the blood that makes atonement for the soul. (Leviticus 17:11)

And according to the law almost all things are purified with blood, and without shedding of blood there is no remission. (Hebrews 9:22)

To focus on Christ’s physical death is to miss the purpose of His coming in the form of human flesh entirely.  His physical death, as was the case with the various substitutionary animal deaths in the Old Testament, foreshadowed (type to antitype) a more substantial truth, which was the purpose for His coming.

The Purpose of Christ’s Coming

Jesus Christ came in the flesh because of the condition of man.  To be exact, He came to make certain that anyone “by choice” could be able to escape this “condition.”

The question then is: “What was and continues today, the condition of man?”

In the “beginning” God created man to have dominion over (rule) the earth.

Then God said, “Let Us make man in Our image, according to Our likeness; let them have dominion over the fish of the sea, over the birds of the air, and over the cattle, over all the earth and over every creeping thing that creeps on the earth.”
So God created man in His own image; in the image of God He created him; male and female He created them.
Then God blessed them, and God said to them, “Be fruitful and multiply; fill the earth and subdue it; have dominion over the fish of the sea, over the birds of the air, and over every living thing that moves on the earth.” (Genesis 1:26-28)

God created man (Adam) in a specific fashion, with a spirit, soul, and body (1 Thessalonians 5:23), after the triune image of Himself. Upon his creation, Adam was given a specific mission, to have dominion over (rule) the earth and its creatures.

Regarding this mission, God took a rib from Adam and made a “helper comparable to him,” whom he called “woman” and later named “Eve.”  She was taken out of man, and speaking of her he declared she was “bone of my bones and flesh of my flesh.” So that when she was presented to man, he was then complete (Genesis 1:26-28; 2:21-24; 3:20).

Both man and woman were to rule together, forming an unchangeable principle established by God.  Man could not rule alone; rather, he could only rule as a complete being.  This principle of union and rulership was a type that would later be born out in the antitype of Christ and His bride (a discussion for a later time).

But circumstances, initiated by Satan, led Eve and Adam down the path of sin, which then placed man — this complete being — into a “fallen state,” one in which he was spiritually separated from his Creator.

(Scripture declares that the “wages of sin is death,” a state of being indicating “separation from life.”  When man sinned in the Garden of Eden, he surely died, but his death (separation) was not physical; it was spiritual—he was separated from God, a condition that has been passed on to his ancestry throughout all of history [Genesis 2:17; Romans 5:12, 17, 21; James 1:15].)

Because of this the Creator then took measures to keep man from eating the “tree of life,” which would have placed man in a perpetual fallen state of sin, spiritually separated from God.

Man’s condition at this time, which continued down through history, passed on through the blood of every progenitor, was one in which he was “dead in trespasses and sins,” destined to be eternally separated from God (Romans 5:12, 17; 1 Corinthians 15:21-22; Ephesians 2:1, 5; Colossians 2:13).

In his fallen state, man was (is) incapable of overcoming this condition — incapable of doing anything to satisfy God so that he may be forgiven and brought back into spiritual unity with his Creator.  Because of this, and this alone, Jesus Christ came to execute a substitutionary sacrifice for man that would satisfy God (appease His wrath regarding sin) and bring man back into a spiritual relationship (unity) with His Creator.

That which was “Finished” on the Cross

That which was “finished” on the cross of Calvary was that substitutionary sacrifice for man that would satisfied God and made it possible for anyone to reestablish a personal, spiritual relationship with God the Father, the Creator.  It was a sacrifice, which only the Son of God could perform.  But it was not His physical death that accomplished this objective; although, such (His physical death) pictured it.

All we like sheep have gone astray; we have turned, every one, to his own way; and the LORD has laid on Him [Christ] the iniquity of us all. (Isaiah 53:6)

Who [Christ] Himself bore our sins in His own body on the tree [the cross], that we, having died to sins, might live for righteousness — by whose stripes you were healed. (1 Peter 2:24)

. . . He [Christ] has appeared to put away sin by the sacrifice of Himself. (Hebrews 9:26b)

Christ has redeemed us from the curse of the law, having become a curse for us . . . . (Galatians 3:13a)

For He [God the Father] made Him [God the Son] who knew no sin to be sin for us, that we might become the righteousness of God in Him. (2 Corinthians 5:21)

On the cross, in line with His purpose for coming, Christ in the flesh took upon Himself the sin (all the sins) of man and, in some mysterious way (God only knows) became that sin in order that God’s judgment (punishment) could be administered for and to it.  This Christ did for and in the place of man, so that anyone who might accept His sacrifice “by faith” could become the “righteousness of God” in Christ.

This most merciful and gracious gift (sacrifice) by Jesus Christ for man took place over a period of time in which God the Father forsook (deserted, separated Himself from) His Son, indicated by the darkening of the earth, and which placed Christ in such agony over the separation that He cried out to His father in obvious pain.

Now from the sixth hour until the ninth hour there was darkness over all the land.

And about the ninth hour Jesus cried out with a loud voice, saying, “Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani?” that is, “My God, My God, why have You forsaken Me?” (Matthew 27:45-46; cf. Mark 15:33-34)

But the good news for man is that in that limited period of time in which God the Son was separated from God the Father, a period that would take man an eternity to match, came to an end, which was exactly what Christ referred to when He declared, “It is finished.”

And because God the Father is now satisfied with and over the sacrifice of His Son for all of man’s sin, man may now by faith — and faith alone in Christ alone — be spiritually united back to his Creator.

A Past, Completed Action

The eternal salvation of man, a total grace-gift by God to man, is solely based on a past, completed action by Jesus Christ on the cross of Calvary.  It cannot be added to by God or man; it cannot be altered in any way.  It can only be accepted by faith (believed, trusted, relied upon), a voluntary act (decision of the will) by man.  And once the decision of faith is made, it can never be reversed by man or taken back by God.

Possibly, it cannot be expressed more clearly than what Arlen L. Chitwood stated in his book, Foreword, Salvation by Grace through Faith BOOK, which follows:

The message surrounding the gospel of the grace of God is given in very simple terms in Scripture.  In fact, it is so simple that man often misses it.  And any person, missing the one true message given by the infinite God and drawing from his own finite wisdom and knowledge, invariably — he can’t help but so do — ends up with a corrupted salvation message.

The salvation message, that which makes salvation possible for fallen man, is clearly stated in 1 Corinthians 15:3: 

. . . Christ died for our sins according to the Scriptures.

The one key thought in the salvation message is death and shed blood (e.g., Genesis 3:21; 22:8, 13), which is what God requires (Exodus 12:13; Hebrews 9:22).  And the one key word in the salvation message is believe (e.g., John 1:12; 3:15, 16), which is also what God requires (John 3:18).

The Lamb has died, His blood has been shed, and all that is left — all that can possibly be left — for man to do is simply believe that which has already been done on his behalf.

Eternal salvation is by grace (that which God is able to do completely apart from human merit) through faith (through believing on God’s Son [Ephesians 2:8-9]), and it is based entirely upon the finished work of Christ (John 19:30).  Nothing that man has done, is presently doing, or will ever do can have anything to do with his eternal destiny.  Man can do no more than receive by faith that which has already been done on his behalf. 

This is why Scripture states:

Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and you will be saved . . . . (Acts 16:31)

This statement is in response to a question in the preceding verse,

Sirs, what must I do to be saved? (Acts 16:30)

And, within another frame of reference, the response to this question could only be, “Nothing!”  This would have to be the response simply because there is not one single thing left for unsaved man to do (nor could he do anything if something were left, for, he is spiritually dead and incapable of acting in the spiritual realm [Ephesians 2:1, 5]).

It is of interest to note that the question, “Sirs, what must I do to be saved?”, and the answer, “Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and you will be saved,” only appear together in one place in the entire Bible.  Scripture is filled with information concerning redemption, but Acts 16:30-31 is the only place, from Genesis to Revelation, where the question concerning eternal salvation is asked and answered in so many words.

Thus, within a completely biblical framework, if the question in Acts 16:30 is asked, there can be only one answer

Believe . . . .”  Man’s ideas, thoughts, comments are of no moment.  God has spoken, and that’s the end of the matter

John 3:16 is often called “the gospel in a nutshell” by individuals seeking to draw attention to the overall salvation message stated in its simplest form in Scripture.  God, because of His love for fallen man — created in His image, after His likeness, for a purpose (Genesis 1:26-28) — “gave His only begotten Son [1 Corinthians 15:3], that whosoever believes in Him [Acts 16:31] will not perish, but have everlasting life.”

Everything, in its entirety, to procure man’s salvation was done by Christ.  It had to be accomplished by Christ, for the one being redeemed was “dead in trespasses and sins” (Ephesians 2:1), totally incapable of acting on his own behalf.

Christ is the one who died, Christ is the one who performed the work to procure man’s salvation, and God is satisfied with His Son’s finished work.

When Christ cried out from the cross in “a loud voice” near the ninth hour, “It is finished” (Luke 23:46; John 19:30), He used one word in the Greek text — tetelestai — that could be better translated, “It has been finished.”  Tetelestai is a perfect tense usage of teleo, which means “to bring to an end,” “to complete.”  And the perfect tense refers to action completed in past time, with the results of that action extending into and existing during present time in a finished state.

All of the work surrounding man’s redemption that Christ had come to perform had, at that point in time, been completed.  This was the announcement that Christ made, in “a loud voice”; and, because of that which was involved in the announcement, there was then no longer any need for Him to continue His sufferings on the cross.  Thus, immediately after He cried out, “It has been finished,” He “gave up His spirit [lit., ‘He breathed out’ (He expired, willingly relinquishing His life)]” (Matthew 27:50; Mark 15:37; Luke 23:46; John 19:30).

The work of Christ at Calvary, from the point He cried out, “It has been finished,” has existed in exactly the same finished state in which He proclaimed it to exist at that time.  It has existed as a work completed in past time that extends into present time (in a finished state) and which will extend into all the ages comprising eternity ahead (in the same finished state).

Nothing can ever be added, and nothing can ever be taken away.  That is to say, nothing can ever change relative to Christ’s finished work at Calvary.

That’s the way God’s procurement of man’s salvation had to occur.  Once Christ’s work had been finished, that’s the way His work had to always continue to exist — in a finished state — throughout both time and eternity.

Because of Christ’s finished work, salvation is extended to man “without money and without price” (Isaiah 55:1); and apart from Christ’s finished work, there is no salvation.

He that believes on Him is not condemned: but he that believes not is condemned already [lit., ‘has already been condemned’ (a perfect tense)], because he has not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God. (John 3:18)

It is utterly impossible — and foolish to even consider — that finite man, “dead in trespasses and sins,” could add one thing to or take one thing from the finished work of the infinite God through His Son.  All man can possibly do is simply receive, through believing on the Son, that which has already been done on his behalf.

Concluding Remarks

Although the bases of salvation for man rests exclusively in that which Christ “finished” on the cross, the reader should understand that application of God’s comprehensive redemption program for man is multi-faceted.  This is not to say that once a person makes a faith-decision in Christ for his eternal future he must do something additional in order to secure it, because he doesn’t.  A faith decision in Christ will assuredly secure one’s eternal destiny.  So how is God’s redemptive program multi-faceted?

Prior to the beginning of the eternal ages there will be a thousand years involving Christians who will either (1) be alongside Christ as His bride ruling over the earth; or (2) be apart from Him in a darkness outside of the light during the Messianic Era.  And although one’s eternal life will be secured by the “finished” work of Christ, a Christian’s participation or non-participation in the Millennial Reign of Christ will have been based on the results of a Christian’s record at the Judgment Seat of Christ (2 Corinthians 5:10; Romans 14:10, 12).

To adequately understand God’s comprehensive, multi-faceted redemptive plan for man, the reader is advised to read Salvation of the Soul by Arlen L. Chitwood, which may be accessed in its entirety in this site at Salvation of the Soul.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Word Document:  “It is Finished” at the Cross by Charles Strong.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

To website CONTENTS Page.

Ezekiel deals extensively with the restoration of Israel (Ezekiel 36; 37), the destruction of Gentile world power (Ezekiel 38; 39), and Israel in the land during the Messianic Era (Ezekiel 40-48).  That events in Ezekiel 38; 39 can occur only after Israel has been restored to the land, following the Tribulation, is evident from things stated in these chapters.

Gog and Magog Wars occur after the Tribulation
By Arlen Chitwood of 
Lamp Broadcast

Excerpted from The Time of the End BOOK, in this site.

These conditions don’t exist today; nor can they exist anytime before or during the Tribulation.

The use of “Gog” [referencing a prince] and “Magog” [referencing a land], used together in Ezekiel 38:2, cannot possibly refer to Russia, with Russia leading armies of subsequently named nations against Israel during the Tribulation, as is usually taught.  Contextually, it is evident that the reference must be viewed in line with the same type of reference seen in Revelation 20:8, where “Gog and Magog” refer to “the nations which are in the four corners of the earth.”

Note that there is nothing in the New Testament that is not found after some fashion in the Old Testament, with the New Testament drawing from the Old Testament in this respect.  And Revelation 20:8 can only draw from Ezekiel 38:2, though the time element and battle are different.

Ezekiel 38; 39 have to do with the princes [kings, captains, mighty men] leading armies from the nations of the earth against the re-gathered Jewish people, with the “King of kings, and Lord of lords” in their [Jewish people] midst.  The fact that only a few Middle East nations are mentioned is immaterial [Ezekiel 38:5-6, 13].  That is also true relative to a mention of “the kings of the east” in Revelation 16:12, which, if one keeps reading, he finds that “the kings of the earth and of the whole world” [Revelation 16:14] are in view in a larger respect.

Ezekiel deals extensively with the restoration of Israel (Ezekiel 36; 37), the destruction of Gentile world power (Ezekiel 38; 39), and Israel in the land during the Messianic Era (Ezekiel 40-48).

The latter part of chapter thirty-six (Ezekiel 36:17-38) deals with the reason for the dispersion of the Jewish people, their national conversion, and their restoration to the land.  All of Ezekiel 37 then provides more information concerning their national conversion and restoration to the land.  Then Ezekiel 38; 39 have to do with the destruction of Gentile world power once they have been restored to the land, with these two chapters ending at the same place as the previous two chapters — Israel in the Messianic Era, as seen more in detail in Ezekiel 40-48.

That events in chapters thirty-eight and thirty-nine can occur only after Israel has been restored to the land, following the Tribulation, is evident from things stated in these chapters.  For example, conditions seen in Ezekiel 38:8, 11-12; 39:12 (cf. Ezekiel 38:23; 39:21-23) cannot possibly exist before that time.  These conditions don’t exist today; nor can they exist anytime before or during the Tribulation.

And, in the parallel account in Revelation 9:15-18 (cf. Ezekiel 39:4-20), the slaying of the “third of mankind” at the hands of the two myriads of myriads would undoubtedly have to do with the armies themselves rather with mankind in general (ref. Ezekiel 38:21; cf. Judges 7:22; 1 Samuel 14:20).

Then chapters forty through forty-eight present Israel in the land during the Messianic Era, following their restoration to the land and the destruction of Gentile world power.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

The Great Supper of God in this site.

The following Word Document is SAFE to open and print:  Gog and Magog Wars occur AFTER the Tribulation by Arlen Chitwood.docx

See The Two Destructions of the Nations Coming Against Christ and Israel  in this site.


To website 
CONTENTS Page.

So, since the Bible, history, psychology, and nature all argue for marriage being between a man and a woman—why is there such a controversy today? Why are those who are opposed to gay marriage/same-sex marriage labeled as hateful, intolerant bigots, no matter how respectfully the opposition is presented?

What does the Bible say about gay marriage / same sex marriage?
By
Got Questions

While the Bible does address homosexuality, it does not explicitly mention gay marriage/same-sex marriage. It is clear, however, that the Bible condemns homosexuality as an immoral and unnatural sin. Leviticus 18:22 identifies homosexual sex as an abomination, a detestable sin. Romans 1:26-27 declares homosexual desires and actions to be shameful, unnatural, lustful, and indecent. 1 Corinthians 6:9 states that homosexuals are unrighteous and will not inherit the kingdom of God. Since both homosexual desires and actions are condemned in the Bible, it is clear that homosexuals “marrying” is not God’s will, and would be, in fact, sinful.

Whenever the Bible mentions marriage, it is between a male and a female. The first mention of marriage, Genesis 2:24, describes it as a man leaving his parents and being united to his wife. In passages that contain instructions regarding marriage, such as 1 Corinthians 7:2-16 and Ephesians 5:23-33, the Bible clearly identifies marriage as being between a man and a woman. Biblically speaking, marriage is the lifetime union of a man and a woman, primarily for the purpose of building a family and providing a stable environment for that family.

The Bible alone, however, does not have to be used to demonstrate this understanding of marriage. The biblical viewpoint of marriage has been the universal understanding of marriage in every human civilization in world history. History argues against gay marriage. Modern secular psychology recognizes that men and women are psychologically and emotionally designed to complement one another. In regard to the family, psychologists contend that a union between a man and woman in which both spouses serve as good gender role models is the best environment in which to raise well-adjusted children. Psychology argues against gay marriage. In nature/physicality, clearly, men and women were designed to “fit” together sexually. With the “natural” purpose of sexual intercourse being procreation, clearly only a sexual relationship between a man and a woman can fulfill this purpose. Nature argues against gay marriage.

So, if the Bible, history, psychology, and nature all argue for marriage being between a man and a woman—why is there such a controversy today? Why are those who are opposed to gay marriage/same-sex marriage labeled as hateful, intolerant bigots, no matter how respectfully the opposition is presented? Why is the gay rights movement so aggressively pushing for gay marriage/same-sex marriage when most people, religious and non-religious, are supportive of—or at least far less opposed to—gay couples having all the same legal rights as married couples with some form of civil union?

The answer, according to the Bible, is that everyone inherently knows that homosexuality is immoral and unnatural, and the only way to suppress this inherent knowledge is by normalizing homosexuality and attacking any and all opposition to it. The best way to normalize homosexuality is by placing gay marriage/same-sex marriage on an equal plane with traditional opposite-gender marriage. Romans 1:18-32 illustrates this. The truth is known because God has made it plain. The truth is rejected and replaced with a lie. The lie is then promoted and the truth suppressed and attacked. The vehemence and anger expressed by many in the gay rights movement to any who oppose them is, in fact, an indication that they know their position is indefensible. Trying to overcome a weak position by raising your voice is the oldest trick in the debating book. There is perhaps no more accurate description of the modern gay rights agenda than Romans 1:31, “they are senseless, faithless, heartless, ruthless.”

To give sanction to gay marriage/same-sex marriage would be to give approval to the homosexual lifestyle, which the Bible clearly and consistently condemns as sinful. Christians should stand firmly against the idea of gay marriage/same-sex marriage. Further, there are strong and logical arguments against gay marriage/same-sex marriage from contexts completely separated from the Bible. One does not have to be an evangelical Christian to recognize that marriage is between a man and a woman.

According to the Bible, marriage is ordained by God to be between a man and a woman (Genesis 2:21-24; Matthew 19:4-6). Gay marriage/same-sex marriage is a perversion of the institution of marriage and an offense to the God who created marriage. As Christians, we are not to condone or ignore sin. Rather, we are to share the love of God and the forgiveness of sins that is available to all, including homosexuals, through Jesus Christ. We are to speak the truth in love (Ephesians 4:15) and contend for truth with “gentleness and respect” (1 Peter 3:15). As Christians, when we make a stand for truth and the result is personal attacks, insults, and persecution, we should remember the words of Jesus: “If the world hates you, keep in mind that it hated me first. If you belonged to the world, it would love you as its own. As it is, you do not belong to the world, but I have chosen you out of the world. That is why the world hates you” (John 15:18-19).

Got Questions - What does the Bible say about Gay Marriage? 

To website CONTENTS Page.

An Outline Of The Story Of Jesus Using Maps

The Land of Palestine at the time of Jesus of Nazareth, when, in J B Phillips words - Earth became a visited planet

Map 1 - The Travels of Jesus as a Child and Young Man c 6BC-AD27

[1] c 6BC - The Birth of Jesus at Bethlehem (Luke 2:4-7)
[2] Jesus is taken as a baby to Jerusalem for presentation at the Temple (Luke 2:22)
[3] c 4BC - Joseph and Mary take Jesus from Bethlehem to Egypt to escape the "massacre of the infants" by Herod the Great (Matthew 2:13-18
)
[4] c 3BC - Joseph returns to Palestine from Egypt, but discovers Archelaus (a brutal man, later deposed) is now ruler of Samaria and Judea. The family settles in Nazareth in Galilee (Matthew 2:19-23)

Anno Domini or Christian Era

[5] c AD6 - The 12 year old Jesus travels from Nazareth to Jerusalem with his family, and stays behind in the Temple (Luke 2:41-46)
[6] c AD6-27 - On his return to Nazareth (Luke 2:51) according to tradition, Jesus stays for the next 20 or so years, and follows in his father's footsteps as a carpenter
[7] c AD27 - Jesus travels from Nazareth to the River Jordan to be baptised by John the Baptist (Matthew 3:13
)

Map 2 - The Travels and Acts of Jesus in Year One of His Ministry c AD27-28

OPENING EVENTS

[1] Jesus, now about 30 years old (Luke 3:23) travels from his home-town of Nazareth in Galilee
[2] At the River Jordan, possibly near Bethany-across-the-Jordan, he is baptised by John the Baptist (Matthew 3:13; Mark 1:9)
[3] He goes in to the Judean Desert or wilderness to face the devil's temptation (Matthew 4:1; Mark 1:12; Luke 4:1)
[4] At the River Jordan, near Bethany-across-the-Jordan, or Bethabara (John 1:28), and according to John's Gospel, Jesus calls his first five disciples (John 1:35). These include Philip, Andrew, and Simon Peter all from Bethsaida in Galilee (John 1:44)
[5] Jesus returns north to Galilee with his disciples (John 1:43), and at a wedding in Cana, changes the water into wine - his first recorded miracle (John 2:1)
[6] He continues on to Capernaum, on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee with his mother, brothers and disciples, and stays there a short time (John 2:12)

EARLY MINISTRY IN JUDEA, SAMARIA and GALILEE

[7] He travels south to Jerusalem for the Passover - the first one mentioned in the Gospels (John  2:13). There he drives the money-changers from the Temple for the first time (John 2:14). He also meets the Pharisee, Nicodemus (John 3:1)
[8] Jesus leaves for the countryside of Judea where his disciples baptise believers (John 3:22)
[9] Jesus and his disciples continue northwards from Judea (John 4:3), passing through the territory of Samaria (John 4:4). Near Sychar, Jesus meets the Samaritan woman at the well (John 4:5). Many Samaritans believe in him (John 4:39), after which he continues on to Galilee (John 4:43)
[10] He reaches Galilee (Matthew 4:12; Mark 1:14; Luke 4:14; John 4:45), and back in Cana heals the official's son who lays sick in Capernaum (John 4:46)
[11] Jesus returns to his home-town of Nazareth, and preaches in the synagogue (Luke 4:16). He is rejected for the first time (Luke 4:28
)

Map 3 - The Travels and Acts of Jesus in Year Two of His Ministry c AD28-29

[1] Jesus moves to Capernaum (Matthew 4:13; Mark 1:21; Luke 4:31). According to the Synoptic Gospels, Jesus calls his first disciples - perhaps only now to full-time service (Matthew 4:18; Mark 1:16; Luke 5:1). In Capernaum he heals the madman in the synagogue (Mark 1:23; Luke 4:33) and Peter's mother-in-law of her fever (Matthew 8:14; Mark 1:29; Luke 4:38)

FIRST PREACHING TOUR OF GALILEE

[2] Jesus travels throughout Galilee, preaching and healing (Matthew 4:23; Mark 1:39), including the leper (Matthew 8:2; Mark 1:40; Luke 5:12).
[3] Returning to Capernaum (Mark 2:1) a paralysed man is healed (Matthew 9:2; Mark 2:3; Luke 5:18) and Jesus calls Matthew (or Levi) the tax-collector to be a disciple (Matthew 9:9; Mark 2:14; Luke 5:27)
[4] Jesus travels from Galilee south to Jerusalem for a Jewish festival - possibly the Second Passover identified in the Gospels (John 5:1). At the Pool of Bethesda he heals the crippled man (John 5:2)
[5] Returning north to Galilee, Jesus heals the man with the shrivelled hand (Matthew 12:9; Mark 3:1; Luke 6:6) and many others (Matthew 12:15; Mark 3:7)
[6] On a hillside in Galilee, probably near Capernaum, he selects his twelve apostles (Matthew 10:1; Mark 3:13; Luke 6:12) and delivers the Sermon on the Mount (Matthew 5:1). In Luke's report Jesus comes down from a hillside to give the Sermon (Luke 6:20)
[7] Back in Capernaum, (Matthew 8:5; Luke 7:1) Jesus heals the Roman centurion's servant (Matthew 8:5; Luke 7:2)

SECOND PREACHING TOUR OF GALILEE

[8] Jesus continues preaching and healing in Galilee, and in Nain brings the widow's son back to life (Luke 7:11)
[9] Accompanied by the twelve apostles and some of his women helpers, Jesus continues his second Galilee tour (Luke 8:1)
[10] He sails across the Sea of Galilee (Matthew 8:18; Mark 4:35; Luke 8:22) and calms a storm (Matthew 8:24; Mark 4:37; Luke 8:23). Landing in the region of the Gerasenes (Mark 5:1; Luke 8:26) or Gadarenes (Matthew 8:28) in Gentile Decapolis - the Ten Towns or Cities, Jesus heals the madman in the story of the Gadarene Swine (Matthew 8:28; Mark 5:2; Luke 8:27)
[11] Sailing back across the Sea of Galilee (Mark 5:21) Jesus lands at "his own town" of Capernaum (Matthew 9:1). Here he raises Jairus' daughter from the dead and heals the woman with the haemorrhage (Matthew 9:18; Mark 5:22; Luke 8:41
)

Map 4 - The Travels and Acts of Jesus in Year Three of His Ministry c AD29-30

THIRD PREACHING TOUR OF GALILEE

[1] Jesus travels from Capernaum to "his own native town" of Nazareth ( Mark 6:1)
[2] In Nazareth, he is rejected for a second time (Matthew 13:54; Mark 6:1)
[3] He continues through Galilee (Matthew 13:58; Mark 6:6) and sends out the twelve apostles to preach the Gospel (Matthew 10:5; Mark 6:7; Luke 9:1)
[4] The Twelve return to Capernaum from their mission (Mark 6:30, Luke 9:10)
[5] From Capernaum, they go off by boat with Jesus to a quiet place (Mark 6:32) near Bethsaida (Luke 9:10). Here he feeds the 5,000 (Matthew 14:14; Mark 6:33; Luke 9:11; John 6:5)
[6] The disciples return across the Sea of Galilee (Matthew 14:22; Mark 6:45), Jesus walking on the water to join them (Matthew 14:25; Mark 6:48; John 6:19). They land near the Plain of Gennesaret and Jesus heals many people there (Matthew 14:34; Mark 6:53)
[7] From Gennesaret they make their way back to Capernaum (John 6:24) and Jesus teaches about the Bread of Life (John 6:26)

JESUS PREACHES AND HEALS IN SYRIAN-PHOENICIA, ITUREA and TRACHONITIS, THE DECAPOLIS

[8] Jesus retires from Galilee to the region of Tyre and Sidon in Syrian-Phoenicia (Matthew 15:21; Mark 7:24) where he heals the daughter of the Gentile Syrophoenician woman (Matthew 15:22; Mark 7:25).
[9] He leaves Syrian-Phoenicia via Sidon for Galilee (Matthew 15:29) but travels through the Decapolis (Mark 7:31).
[10] In the Decapolis he heals the deaf and mute man (Mark 7:32) and feeds the 4,000 (Matthew 15:32; Mark 8:1)
[11] Reaching the Sea of Galilee, he crosses by boat to the Magadan/Dalmanutha region (Matthew 15:39; Mk 8:10). There the Pharisees and Sadducees ask for a sign from heaven (Matthew 16:1; Mark 8:11)
[12] Continuing on to Bethsaida, a blind man is healed (Mark 8:22)
[13] Jesus now travels from Galilee, north to Caesarea Philippi in Iturea and Trachonitis, where Peter confesses that Jesus is the Christ (Matthew 16:13; Mark 8:27)
[14] Continuing on from Caesarea Philippi possibly further north towards Mount Hermon, three of the disciples see Jesus Transfigured in the presence of Elijah and Moses (Matthew 17:1; Mark 9:2; Luke 9:28). On his return, Jesus heals the boy with epilepsy (Matthew 17:14; Mark 9:14; Luke 9:37). Other traditions place the Transfiguration to the south, on Mount Tabor. The epileptic boy would then have been healed in the Galilee area.
[15] In Galilee (Matthew 17:22; Mark 9:30) in Capernaum (Mark 9:33), Jesus pays the Temple Tax with a fish! (Matthew 17:24). Then to avoid the dangers in Judea, he remains in Galilee (John 7:1)

LATER MINISTRY IN JUDEA

[16] Jesus leaves Capernaum and Galilee for the last earthly time (Matthew 19:1; Mark 10:1) and heads for Jerusalem (Luke 9:51; John 7:10). Travelling by Samaria, he heals the ten lepers (Luke 17:11) but is rejected in a Samaritan village (Luke 9:52)
[17] Arriving in Jerusalem for the Feast of the Tabernacles in the Autumn of c AD29 (John 7:10), Jesus forgives the woman caught in adultery (John 8:2) and heals the blind man who is taken before the Sanhedrin (John 9:1)
[18] During his travels in Judea, Jesus visits Martha and Mary in Bethany (Luke 10:38), returning to Jerusalem for "Hanukkah", the Feast of Dedication in December c AD29 (John 10:22)

THE LAST FEW MONTHS - c AD30

[19] Jesus withdraws to Bethany-across-the-Jordan (or Bethabara "where John had first baptised"), and into the province of Perea, and stays for a while (John 10:40)
[20] Following the death of Lazarus, Jesus returns to Bethany near Jerusalem, and raises him (Lazarus) from the dead (John 11:1).
[21] Because of threats to his life, Jesus withdraws to Ephraim to the north of Jerusalem (John 11:54)

HIS MINISTRY IN PEREA (MODERN JORDAN)

[22] He then crosses the River Jordan and works in Perea (Matthew 19:1; Mark 10:1). There he blesses the little children (Matthew 19:13, Mark 10:13; Luke 18:15) and speaks to the rich young man (Matthew 19:16; Mark 10:17; Luke 18:18)

THE FINAL JOURNEY TO JERUSALEM

[23] Jesus now travels towards Jerusalem for the last time (Matthew 20:17; Mark 10:32; Luke 18:31). Passing through Jericho he heals one (or two) blind men (Matthew 20:29; Mark 10:46; Luke 18:35) and converts Zacchaeus the tax collector (Luke 19:1).
[24] Reaching Bethany (John 12:1) the home of Lazarus, Mary and Martha, Jesus is anointed by Mary either now (John 12:2), or later (Matthew 26:6; Mark 14:3) after his triumphal entry into Jerusalem (Matthew 21:1; Mark 11:1; Luke 19:29; John 12:12)
[25] During the Easter week, Jesus returns to Jerusalem each day after staying overnight in Bethany on the Mount of Olives (Matthew 21:17-18; Mark 11:11-12;19; Luke 21:37
).

Map 5 - The Galilee Area where Jesus Preached and Healed During Much of His Three Year Ministry

HIS TRAVELS and ACTS

Map 6 - The Miracles of Nature of Jesus

Year One - c AD27-28
[1] Cana - Water into wine
Year Two - c AD28-29
[2] Sea of Galilee - The first miraculous catch of fish
[3] Sea of Galilee - Calming the storm
Year Three - c AD29-30
[4] Near Bethsaida - Feeding the five thousand
[5] Sea of Galilee - Walking on water
[6] Region of the Gerasenes - Feeding the four thousand
[7] Capernaum - A fish pays the Temple tax!
The Last Week in Jerusalem - Spring c AD30
[8] Bethany to Jerusalem - The cursed fig-tree that withers way
After the Resurrection
[9] Sea of Galilee - The second miraculous catch of fish

Map 7 - The Healing Miracles of Jesus

Year One - cAD27-28
[1] Cana - The officials' dying son
Year Two - c AD28-29
[2] Capernaum - The madman in the synagogue
[3] Capernaum - Peter's mother-in-law's fever: Jesus also heals many others that evening
[4] Galilee - Jesus continues preaching and healing
[5] Galilee - The leper
[6] Capernaum - The paralysed man
[7] Jerusalem - The invalid at the Pool of Bethesda
[8] Galilee - The man with the shrivelled hand
[9] Galilee - Jesus continues healing many
[10] Capernaum - The Roman centurion's servant
[11] Nain - Raising the widow of Nain's dead son
[12] Galilee - The dumb (and blind) man
[13] Region of the Gadarenes - The madman (or men) and the Gadarene swine (or pigs)
[14] Capernaum -The woman with the haemorrhage, and the raising of Jairus' daughter
[15] Galilee - Two blind men and the dumb man
Year Three - c AD29-30
[16] Gennesaret - Jesus heals the sick
[17] Tyre-Sidon Region - The sick daughter of the Syrophoenician woman
[18] The Decapolis - The deaf and dumb man
[19] Bethsaida - The blind man
[20] Caesarea Philippi - The epileptic boy
[21] Samaria - The ten lepers
[22] Jerusalem - The man born blind who goes before the Pharisees
The Last Months - c AD29-30
[23] Perea? - The crippled woman
[24] Perea? - The man with dropsy
[25] Bethany - Lazarus raised from the dead
[26] Jericho - The blind men near Jericho
The Last Week in Jerusalem - Spring c AD30
[27] Jerusalem - Healing the severed ear of the High Priest’s servant

Map 8 - The City of Jerusalem and its Eastern Approaches

Map 9 - The Movements of Jesus During His Last Week in the Jerusalem Area Spring c AD30

THE SUNDAY BEFORE EASTER

[1] From the area of the two villages of Bethphage and Bethany, Jesus makes his triumphal entry into Jerusalem (Matthew 21:1; Mk 11:1; Lk 19:29; Jn 12:12).
Each night he returns to Bethany (Matthew 21:17-18; Mk 11:11-12, 19; Lk 21:37)

MONDAY TO THURSDAY

[2] Jesus concludes his confrontations with the religious establishment, often in Jerusalem and the Temple area. The plots to arrest and have him killed progress (Part 21). He describes the end-times and his return (Part 22); is possibly anointed at this time at Bethany (Part 23); and Judas Iscariot decides to betray him (Part 24)

THURSDAY EVENING AND NIGHT

[3] In the "Upper Room" (Matthew 26:17; Mark 14:12; Luke 22:7) Jesus holds the Last Supper (Matthew 26:20; Mark 14:17; Luke 22:14) and the apostles receive the bread and wine as his body and blood (Matthew 26:26; Mark 14:22; Luke 22:19)
[4] After the Last Supper, Jesus and his disciples cross the Kidron (or Cedron) Valley just outside Jerusalem, to the western edge of the Mount of Olives (Matthew 26:30; Mark 14:26; Luke 22:39; John 18:1). There in the Garden of Gethsemane as he prays, the disciples fall asleep (Matthew 26:36; Mark 14:32; Luke 22:40)

GOOD FRIDAY

[5] Jesus is arrested in the Garden of Gethsemane (Matthew 26:47; Mark 14:43; Luke 22:47; John 18:3) and taken to the High Priest's Palace (not the Temple) for questioning (Matthew 26:57; Mark 14:53; Luke 22:54; John 18:13). He then appears before members of the Council or Sanhedrin (Matthew 26:59; Mark 14:55; Luke 22:66)
[6] The members of the Sanhedrin escort Jesus to the Judgement Hall or Praetorium (the Roman governor's residence, probably in the Antonia Fortress) for interrogation and sentence by Pontius Pilate (Matthew 27:2,11; Mark 15:1; Luke 23:1; John 18:28)
[7] Pontius Pilate sends Jesus to Herod's Palace, the Jerusalem residence of the Jewish tetrarch of Galilee and Perea, Herod Antipas, for further questioning (Luke 23:6)
[8] On being taken back to Pontius Pilate (Luke 22:11) in the Antonia Fortress, Jesus is sentenced to death (Matthew 27:26; Mark 15:15; Luke 23:24; John 19:16). He is also flogged and tortured
[9] - Jesus is taken from the Judgement Hall to Golgotha or Calvary - the Place of the Skull (Matthew 27:31; Mark 15:20; Luke 23:26; John 19:16) where he is crucified (Matthew 27:35; Mark 15:24; Luke 23:33; John 19:18
)
Place of the Skull - "Golgotha" in Aramaic and Hebrew. "Calvary" = Calvaria, or "skull" in Latin

Map 10 - The Appearances of Jesus to His Followers, including Stephen and Paul, after His Resurrection

There is no complete agreement by the various commentators on precisely how many different appearances Jesus made to his disciples

GOOD FRIDAY

[1] Golgotha or Calvary - Jesus is taken from the cross and placed in the garden tomb (Matthew 27:57; Mark 15:42; Luke 23:50; John 19:31)

EASTER SUNDAY IN AND AROUND JERUSALEM

[2] The Garden Tomb - Jesus appears to Mary Magdalene outside the tomb (Mark 16:9; John 20:11)
[3] The Garden Tomb - To Mary Magdalene and the other Mary (the mother of James the Younger and Joses (Mark 16:1) as they hurry from the tomb (Matthew 28:8)
[4] The Garden Tomb - To Peter (Luke 24:34; "Cephas" in 1 Corinthians 15:5)
[5] The Road to Emmaus - To two disciples on the Emmaus road later in the day (Mark 16:12; Luke 24:13)
[6] The Upper Room - To the apostles in a house in Jerusalem (Luke 24:36; John 20:19). Possibly the Upper Room where the Last Supper was held; Thomas was absent according to John 20:24.

A WEEK LATER

[7] The Upper Room - To the eleven apostles, including Thomas in a house; probably the same house as [6] (John 20:26; possibly Mark 16:14)

OVER THE NEXT WEEKS IN GALILEE

[8] The apostles go to Galilee (Matthew 28:16a); there Jesus appears to seven of them fishing on the Sea of Galilee (John 21:1)
[9] Jesus appears to the apostles on a mountain and gives his great commission to preach the Gospel to the world (Matthew 28:16b)
[10] More than 500 disciples in Galilee (1 Corinthians 15:6)
[11] To James, his brother (1 Corinthians 15:7)

ASCENSION DAY NEAR JERUSALEM

[12] To the apostles on the Mount of Olives (Olivet), near Bethany, as he ascends to Heaven (Mark 24:50, Acts 1:12)

AFTER HIS ASCENSION

[13] To Stephen as he is stoned to death in Jerusalem (Acts 7:55)
[14] To Paul on the road to Damascus (Acts 9:3; 26:13; 1 Corinthians 15:8)
[15] To John in a vision on the island of Patmos (Revelation 1:10
)

Map 11 - Locations where the Original Apostles Preached the Gospel of Jesus Christ According to Various Ancient traditions

OUTLINE OF THE STORY OF JESUS USING MAPS
From J B Phillips’ Translation of the New Testament

The following Word Document is SAFE to open and print:  An Outline of The Story of Jesus Using Maps by L. B. Phillips.docx

To website CONTENTS Page.

Although this prayer is repeated from memory and in unison by participants in various religious meetings, or by individuals within one’s prayer regiment, the elements should not be considered “vain repetitions” as mentioned in Matthew 6:7; that is, as long as the one praying consciously understands the meaning of each element and purposely recites it.

(Pat's aside:  Matthew 6:12 reminds me of one of my vexing sins making 1 John 1:9 necessary at the end.)

The Lord’s Prayer
Matthew 6:9-13
By Charles Strong of 
Bible One

Although there is a commentary-document entitled “Biblical Prayer” on my website,  what is most often referred to within Christendom as “The Lord’s Prayer” (Matthew 6:9-13 [Luke 11:2-4]) is not covered in the document, a model prayer that incorporates essentials that our Lord would have Christians address in their prayer life.

This prayer is given by Christ while He was seated on a mountain teaching His disciples, a discourse often referred to as “The Sermon on the Mount,” which is a lengthy dissertation that deals with entrance into or exclusion from the “kingdom of the heavens” (Matthew 5; 6; 7).

The “kingdom of the heavens” is the heavenly portion of Christ’s 1,000 year reign over the earth, i.e., His Millennial Kingdom, which will be established after the seven-year tribulation period upon the earth — a relatively brief period of time that is preceded by “The Rapture” (Christ’s return in earth’s atmosphere to retrieve the living and the dead who have believed in Him, an event that takes place at the end of the present dispensation of grace [1 Thessalonians 4:13-17]).

Additionally, during the time between “The Rapture” and the establishment of Christ’s kingdom, each raptured Christian will face a record of his life as a Christian before Jesus Christ at His Judgement Seat.  At this time a judgment and determination will be made either authorizing or disqualifying the Christian for participation within Christ’s kingdom of one thousand years.  Those qualified will rule and reign with Christ, but those not qualified will live in “outer darkness” (lit. “outside of the light”) while experiencing great reflection and sorrow over a life lived in violation of God’s Word, for the one thousand years.  (Disclosure:  The editor of this site [KKK] made some changes in the wording of this paragraph.)

For we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ, that each one may receive the things done in the body, according to what he has done, whether good or bad. (11) Knowing, therefore, the terror of the Lord, we persuade men . . . . (2 Corinthians 5:10-11a)

But why do you judge your brother? Or why do you show contempt for your brother? For we shall all stand before the judgment seat of Christ. (Romans 14:10; cf. Colossians 3:25; Hebrews 10:30)

It is during this period of instruction on the mountain that Jesus warns his disciples against allowing hypocrisy to characterize their spiritual lives as to their charitable deeds (Matthew 6:1-4), their prayers (Matthew 6:5-15), and their fasting (Matthew 6:16-18) — all activities of a Christian’s life before God performed either publicly or privately.

As to prayer, Jesus first stated the following in Matthew 6:5-8:

And when you pray, you shall not be like the hypocrites. For they love to pray standing in the synagogues and on the corners of the streets, that they may be seen by men.  Assuredly, I say to you, they have their reward.

But you, when you pray, go into your room, and when you have shut your door, pray to your Father who is in the secret place; and your Father who sees in secret will reward you openly.

And when you pray, do not use vain repetitions as the heathen do. For they think that they will be heard for their many words.

Therefore do not be like them. For your Father knows the things you have need of before you ask Him.  (Matthew 6:5-8)

Here Christ confirms that prayer should be a private communication, an expression of one’s praise and needs before God, which should never be expressed (flaunted) before others in order to acquire their attention and admiration.  And this malady of prayer-hypocrisy is as evident today, as it was then.  One need only attend almost any local Christian church to witness members who routinely make it a practice to pray loud and long at various times during the service.

And should this not be sufficient, then there is always a “prayer meeting,” where one may suitably exercise his/her flair and stamina in conversing with God.  Unfortunately, such presentations may only be for the recognition and approval of other members within the congregation; and, therefore, may be quite worthless to the originator of the supplication.

As to this manner of “public prayer,” Jesus assures His disciples that the only “reward” one who prays in this manner will receive is recognition from man, not God.  On the other hand, should a Christian ensure his prayer is conducted secretly before his Father (God), then his Father (God) will reward him openly (lit. publicly).

Christ also confirms that the use of “vain repetitions” during prayer, which only serve to extend the length of prayer for the endorsement of others is erroneous and unnecessary, since God “knows the things you have need of before you ask Him.”

It is then in Matthew 6:9-13 that Christ instructs His disciples to pray in the following manner:

In this manner, therefore, pray: Our Father in heaven, Hallowed be Your name.
Your kingdom come. Your will be done on earth as it is in heaven.
Give us this day our daily bread.
And forgive us our debts, as we forgive our debtors.
And do not lead us into temptation, but deliver us from the evil one. 
For Yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen. (Matthew 6:9-13)

And although this prayer is repeated from memory and in unison by participants in various religious meetings, or by individuals within one’s prayer regiment, the elements should not be considered “vain repetitions” as mentioned in Matthew 6:7; that is, as long as the one praying consciously understands the meaning of each element and purposely recites it. 

This is a companion passage to Luke 11:2-4, in which is Christ’s answer to the disciple’s request, “Lord, teach us to pray . . . .”  It is the only time where Jesus personally outlines specific elements of prayer.  Each element is quite specific and indicates a facet of one’s spiritual life that every Christian should recognize and address when talking with God.

Each will be considered, as follows:
________________________________________________________________________

Matthew 6:9

In this manner, therefore, pray: Our Father in heaven, Hallowed [Gk. hagiazo, to venerate, to make holy; i.e., to recognize and admit to God’s holiness] be Your name.
________________________________________________________________________

Prayer is to be addressed primarily to God the Father.  Although there may be no harm in addressing a prayer to Jesus Christ or the Holy Spirit, this would be outside the pattern set by Christ in His “model prayer.”  The use of the word “Father” denotes a relationship, which is the permanent bond between God and man that exists once a person is “born again” (i.e., spiritually, “from above”) by faith alone in Christ alone.

From the “birth from above” experience onward, an eternal, personal and loving relationship exists between the believer and God.  From that point on he may and should call God his Father, recognizing that God is indeed his spiritual Relation, the Almighty and Holy One who is sovereign over the universe.

The believer’s prayer should begin with worship, ascribing praise and honor to his Heavenly Father.
_______________________________________________________________________

Matthew 6:10

Your kingdom come. Your will be done on earth as it is in heaven.
________________________________________________________________________

The believer should specifically pray for the return of Jesus Christ to earth to establish His Millennial (1,000 years) Kingdom, just as the apostle John prayed, “Amen. Even so, come, Lord Jesus!” in Revelation 22:20.  The fulfillment of this prophetic promise is what all believers should daily look forward to in eager anticipation (1 Corinthians 1:7; Philippians 3:20).  In fact, the thought of Christ’s return should be a modifier of every Christian’s actions throughout his life.
________________________________________________________________________

Matthew 6:11

Give us this day our daily bread.
________________________________________________________________________

After putting God first in prayer, the believer is to acknowledge his dependence upon God for his daily needs, both physical and spiritual.  Just as the “children of Israel” in the wilderness looked to God for daily manna from heaven, the child of God during his sojourn on earth is to look to his Father for all temporal and eternal needs.  Just as a person by faith placed his trust in Christ for his eternal salvation, he is subsequently to place his faith in Him for his needs in his temporal life, trusting Him for sustenance in both his physical and spiritual growth (Matthew 4:4; John 6:33, 35, 48).

As [by faith] you have therefore received Christ Jesus the Lord, so [in like manner] walk [by faith] in Him, (7) rooted and built up in Him and established in the faith, as you have been taught, abounding in it with thanksgiving. (Colossians 2:6-7; cf. Hebrews 12:2)

The undergirding reality of the Christian life is the fact that Jesus Christ is personally the “Bread” that alone will supply spiritual strength and well-being for the Christian during his temporal tenure, if he will only avail himself of this marvelous Manna from heaven.

For the bread of God is He who comes down from heaven and gives life to the world. . . . (35) And Jesus said to them, “I am the bread of life. He who comes to Me shall never hunger, and he who believes in Me shall never thirst. (John 6:33, 35)

This truth is underscored by Christ Himself in His prayer to God the Father in the 17th chapter of the book of John.

Sanctify [set apart spiritually] them [Christians] by Your truth. Your Word [Jesus Christ, John 1:1, 14, the Living Word, who is revealed in the written Word] is truth. (John 17:17)

_____________________________________________________________________

Matthew 6:12

And forgive us our debts [Gk. opheilema, morally a fault, i.e., trespass, sin], as we forgive our debtors [those who trespass, sin against us].

_____________________________________________________________________

This does not refer to “judicial forgiveness” from the penalty of sin, which was permanently obtained by faith in Jesus Christ and based solely upon Christ’s substitutional sacrifice on the cross of Calvary.  It refers to “parental forgiveness,” which is necessary for continued fellowship with God the Father.

The person who makes the decision to accept Christ by faith alone is born again [from above]; and, at that moment is baptized into the body of Christ (Romans 6:3; 1 Corinthians 12:13, 27), is indwelt by the Holy Spirit
(1 Corinthians 3:16; 6:19) and is eternally sealed by/with the Holy Spirit (Ephesians 1:13, 14; 4:30).  At the point of one’s decision of faith in Christ, his eternal salvation is secured and is non-retractable by man or God.

But the believer, who still has the “sin nature” within, can make wrong decisions by giving in to the old nature rather than submitting to the voice of the Spirit, thereby “quenching” the Holy Spirit and hindering his fellowship with God (1 Thessalonians 5:19).

To restore this fellowship and the ability for control by the Spirit, the believer is to confess (acknowledge, own up to) known sin in his life.  Upon doing this, the promise of God is that instantly the sin is forgiven (1 John 1:9) — resulting in the reestablishment of control by the Spirit in the believer and the restoration of his fellowship with God.

But there is also a principle expressed in this element of “The Lord’s Prayer” that is further explained by Christ in Matthew 6:14-15, which is that Christians should forgive others their trespasses.  Indeed, Christ makes this quite clear in a parable to the apostle Peter in Matthew 18:21-35, which is that God expects His children to forgive others who seek their forgiveness as He has forgiven them.  If the believer is unwilling to forgive others of their trespasses, then the Heavenly Father will be unable to forgive the believer his trespasses.

____________________________________________________________

Matthew 6:13a

And do not lead us into temptation, but deliver us from the evil one. . . .

____________________________________________________________

A believer is not wrong to ask of his Heavenly Father for “smooth sailing.”  This is only natural and is to be expected.  Even Christ was troubled when the time came for Him to face the cross.  Although God will not personally tempt anyone (James 1:13), He will allow Satan to test His children, to undergo trials, adversity and affliction from time-to-time in order to refine them, to encourage them and to strengthen their faith in Him.  God has promised that He will not allow His children to be tested beyond what they can bear (1 Corinthians 10:13).

The believer should always understand that Satan — the “serpent” (Genesis 3:4), the “devil” (Matthew 4:1; 1 Peter 5:8)), the “tempter” (Matthew 4:3), the “wicked one” (Matthew 13:19), the “ruler of darkness” (Ephesians 6:12), the “prince of the power of the air” (Ephesians 2:2), the “prince of this world” (John 14:30), the “god of this age” (2 Corinthians 4:4), the Christian’s “adversary” — “walks about like a roaring lion, seeking whom he may devour” (1 Peter 5:8).

Without God’s permission, Satan cannot touch a believer.  But for various reasons — out of fellowship, spiritual testing, etc. — God may allow Satan to have access to a believer.  It is proper for a believer to ask God to deliver him from Satan on a daily basis.  This should be the prayer of any Christian who desires to be kept from sin by the power of God.

________________________________________________________________________________

Matthew 6:13b

. . . . For Yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen

________________________________________________________________________________

This last phrase of The Model Prayer is omitted in the Roman Catholic and many Protestant Bibles since it is not in many manuscripts; however, it is in the majority of ancient manuscripts and it is totally consistent with all other Bible doctrine.  This doxology is a perfect ending to the prayer, and the believer should always express his recognition and worship of God Almighty as the Originator of all that is holy and eternal.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Bible One - Charles Strong's The Lord's Prayer

Word Document:  The Lord’s Prayer by Charles Strong of Bible One.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

To website CONTENTS Page.

When Christ returns, He will be accompanied by both Moses and Elijah (Matthew 16:28-17:5.  Both men will evidently be very instrumental in events with Christ, having to do with Israel and the nations at the time Christ returns (as both will have had to do with events pertaining to Israel during the previous first half of the Tribulation [Revelation 11:3-12; cf. Zechariah 4:1-14]).

Exodus and Revelation
By Arlen Chitwood Lamp Broadcast

As events in Genesis and the gospel of John parallel one another (ref. the author’s pamphlet, “Genesis and John!” in this site), events in Exodus and John’s book of Revelation parallel one another as well.  In this respect, “Exodus” could be called the Apocalypse of the Old Testament.

The complete book of Exodus (minus Exodus 2 [an aside in the book], relating Moses’ birth and the first eighty years of his life) parallels events that begin in Revelation 6 and continue into the first part of Revelation 20.  However, as will be shown, each book provides an abundance of detailed information not seen in the other book.

The Assyrian, Past and Future

Exodus begins, from a typical standpoint, where Revelation 6 begins — with Israel in the Tribulation, subjected to an Assyrian ruler.

In the historical setting in Exodus, the Assyrians had previously conquered Egypt and were ruling the nation at this time (cf. Exodus 1:8; Isaiah 52:4; Acts 7:17-18).  Thus, the Assyrians, not the Egyptians, were the ones ultimately persecuting and seeking to destroy the Jewish people (Exodus 1:10ff).

Then, the coming world ruler in the book of Revelation is referred to a number of times in the Old Testament as “an Assyrian,” in complete keeping with the type in Exodus (Isaiah 10:5; 14:25; 23:13; 30:31; 31:8; Hosea 11:5; Micah 5:5-6).

And there is a reason why this man is referred to as “an Assyrian” in this manner.  According to Daniel’s prophecy, he will arise out of the territory covered by the northern part of Alexander the Great’s kingdom, which was Assyria (as the kingdom was divided among his four generals following Alexander the Great’s death).

Territory covered during modern times by this division of the kingdom would include parts of northern Iraq, Syria, Iran, and Turkey).  This man will arise out of this part of the world, conquer three kings (the rulers over the other three parts of Alexander the Great’s kingdom following his death), and then rule the world through a ten-kingdom Middle East confederacy of nations.

(Reference to the preceding is seen in Daniel 7:23-25; 8:8-14, 21-25; 11:3-4, 21-45 [cf. Psalm 83:1ff; Revelation 13:1ff; 17:8ff].  The future Assyrian, coming out of the northern division of this kingdom, must control the complete kingdom — not just the northern division — in order to become the world ruler seen in the fourth part of Daniel’s image [Daniel 2] or the fourth great beast [Daniel 7].

Thus, of necessity, he must conquer the other three parts of the kingdom, taking control of the complete empire that had existed under Alexander the Great.  This is the only way that he can become world ruler.  He must control the complete Babylonian kingdom depicted by the third part of the great image and the third great beast.

[In that coming day, when this is fulfilled, these three kings will be seen as still present, for the entire first three parts of the image will be seen as still existing (these three parts of the image have to do with a Babylonian kingdom that has never been destroyed, only conquered).  The whole of that depicted by the image (all four parts) is seen living, in a composite respect, at the time of its destruction (cf. Daniel 2:34-35, 44-45; 7:11-12).

Thus this man can conquer the remaining three parts of Alexander the Great’s kingdom, for, as part of the complete image, they can only be seen as still present when he appears on the scene.]

The preceding is one of numerous reasons why Rome can’t be seen having any part in the matter in either history or prophecy.  In relation to that which is revealed by the great image and great beasts, the future kingdom of Antichrist [the future Assyrian’s kingdom] emanates from, not a prior Roman kingdom, but Alexander the Great’s Babylonian kingdom.

This future Assyrian’s kingdom begins at and continues from this point in the sequence covered by the great image and the great beasts, becoming the fourth and final part of the great image [the “legs of iron” and the “feet part of iron and part of clay”], the fourth and final great beast [the “dreadful and terrible” beast].

For additional information on the preceding, refer to the author’s book, The Time of the End BOOK, Ch. 24,[“The Beast — In the Book of Daniel” in this site]; or refer to the author’s two pamphlets, “The Great Image, Great Beasts by Arlen Chitwood, Part 1, Part 2.”)

Structure of the Two Books

Though each book covers the complete panorama of events occurring during the same time that is seen in the other book, each book covers these events in a different manner, with numerous events seen in one book being either more complete or less complete than in the other book.  And, in this same respect, some events seen in one book are not seen at all in the other book.

Thus, additions to a developing word picture from one book can be derived from the other book, forming a more complete picture.

(None of the sixty-six books in Scripture can be overlooked with respect to providing information of a similar nature to the preceding, with everything moving toward that coming seventh day, the Messianic Era.  Each book will provide some data not seen in any of the other books.  And only when all of the revelation in the different books is seen together and understood after the manner in which God structured the material can the complete picture be seen, exactly as God has revealed it and desires man to see it.)

That which is seen in both Exodus 1 and Revelation 6 begins at the same place — the Israelites subjected to an Assyrian ruler.  In the type, this subjugation has to do with the Israelites in “Egypt”; in the antitype, this subjugation has to do with the Israelites in that which “Egypt” typifies, the world.

The latter-day Assyrian in the book of Revelation will rule a worldwide kingdom.  He is seen aspiring to this position when the first seal of the seven-sealed scroll is broken in the opening two verses of Revelation six (Revelation 6:1-2), and he is seen coming into this position when the second seal is broken in the next two verses (Revelation 6:3-4).  And at this time he will turn upon and seek to destroy the Jewish people from off the face of the earth.

(For additional information on the preceding, refer to the author’s book, The Time of the End BOOK, Chs. 10- 11, or Taking the Scroll, Breaking the Seals and Seals, Trumpets, Bowls all in this site.)

This section in the book of Revelation (Revelation 6:1ff), after beginning at the same point as the book of Exodus (Exodus 1:8ff), provides detailed information about Israel and the nations during the Tribulation (something that is dealt with in both books with respect to Israel being brought to the place of repentance by and through persecution at the hands of the nations).

In Exodus though, as is previously seen, this is dealt with very sparingly compared to Revelation.  Rather, Exodus, in its type-antitype structure, in the latter part of chapter three (Exodus 3), moves all the way to events that will occur in connection with Israel and the nations at the end of the Tribulation, after Israel has been brought to the place of repentance.

These events will occur in connection with and following Christ’s return, as they occurred in connection with and following Moses’ return in Exodus.  As well, in the type, they occurred preceding the establishment of the theocracy (the kingdom) in the camp of Israel; and in the antitype they will occur, they must occur, preceding the restoration of the kingdom to Israel.

It must also be understood that the book of Revelation, rather than being written in chronological order, is structured like much of the rest of Scripture.  A complete panorama of events is often given, followed by commentary.  Scripture begins this way in Genesis, and it ends this way in Revelation.

In the preceding respect, Christ’s return at the end of the Tribulation is seen three different places in that section covering the Tribulation and the time immediately following (Revelation 6:14-17; 14:14-20; 19:11-21).

(For more information on the preceding structure of Revelation, refer to the author’s pamphlet, Part 4 of The Son of Man Coming in His Kingdom in this site.)

Moses’ Return, Christ’s Return

When Moses returned, Aaron met and accompanied him when he appeared with signs before Israel’s religious leaders.  And this time, unlike before, he was accepted (cf. Exodus 2:11-14; 4:29-31).

Then Aaron accompanied Moses when he appeared in the Assyrian Pharaoh’s presence with the message that God had commanded he deliver (Exodus 5:1ff):

. . . Thus says the LORD: “Israel is My son, My firstborn.   So I say to you, let My son go that he may serve Me. But if you refuse to let him go, indeed I will kill your son, your firstborn.” (Exodus 4:22-23).

When Christ returns, He will be accompanied by both Moses and Elijah (Matthew 16:28-17:5; reference the author’s pamphlets, “The Son of Man Coming in His Kingdom by Arlen Chitwood, Part 1, Part 2, Part 3, and Part 4”, or The Son of Man Coming in His Kingdom in this site).  Both men will evidently be very instrumental in events with Christ, having to do with Israel and the nations at the time Christ returns (as both will have had to do with events pertaining to Israel during the previous first half of the Tribulation [Revelation 11:3-12; cf. Zechariah 4:1-14]).

Elijah’s prophesied ministry to Israel (Malachi 3:1-3; 4:5-6) — having to do with that which is seen over 2,800 years ago on Mt. Carmel (1 Kings 18:39), bringing about belief on the part of the entire nation in that which was previously recorded by the prophets — can occur only at a time following Christ’s return (for belief of a nature that Elijah will once again effect in the whole camp of Israel is not seen occurring in Scripture until this time).

Then Moses, very likely, will accompany Christ into the Assyrian ruler’s presence to announce exactly the same thing that he and Aaron announced to the Assyrian Pharaoh in their day.  And when the future Assyrian refuses to heed this statement and warning, God will possibly use Moses to execute judgments upon the Assyrian’s kingdom, exactly as He did in history (Exodus 5:1ff).

The end result of the matter can only be belief on Israel’s part through Elijah’s ministry and a further decimation of and an ultimate end to the Assyrian’s kingdom, occurring possibly through Moses’ ministry.

Once Israel and the nations are respectively brought to these two places, that which is foreshadowed in the first of the seven Jewish festivals in Leviticus 23:1ff (the Passover) can occur, with that which is foreshadowed in the remaining six festivals subsequently occurring (Exodus 12:1ff; reference the author’s pamphlet, “The Seven Jewish Festivals by Arlen Chitwood or The Seven Jewish Festivals in this site”).

The fulfillment of that which is foreshadowed in this first festival will bring about two things:

The salvation of the entire Jewish nation when they appropriate (through belief) the blood of the Paschal Lamb that they slew 2,000 years ago.

An ultimate end to the Assyrian’s kingdom, seen in the national death of the firstborn in relation to Satan’s governmental rule through the nations.

In one respect, this is where the transfer of power actually occurs — Satan’s firstborn slain on the one hand, with the rebirth of a nation relative to God’s firstborn on the other hand. 

Then that which awaits God’s firstborn is a removal from a worldwide dispersion, as occurred in a removal from Egypt in the type. 

And that which awaits Satan’s firstborn is complete destruction, as seen in the destruction of the Assyrian Pharaoh’s armed forces in the Red Sea in the type (cf. Exodus 14:13-31; Revelation 19:17-21).

Beyond that, in the type, there was the giving of the Law (the old covenant), which was the instructions pertaining to the tabernacle and its worship and the establishment of the theocracy (upon completion of the tabernacle, with the Glory indwelling the Holy of Holies), all occurring at Sinai (Exodus 20-40).

And beyond that, in the antitype, there will be a  new covenant made with Israel, along with a restoration of the theocracy — a restoration of the Glory in a temple that Messiah Himself will build (Jeremiah 31:31-33; Ezekiel 37:26; 40:1ff; Zechariah 6:11-13).

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 Moses and John BOOKCh. 2, in this site.

Word Document:  Exodus and Revelation by Arlen Chitwood.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

For additional commentary on the subject, in this site:  Anti-Semitism

To website CONTENTS Page.

The 24 Elders Casting Their Crowns are ANGELS

Revelation 4:10-11

the twenty-four elders fall down before Him who sits on the throne and worship Him who lives forever and ever, and cast their crowns before the throne, saying:

"You are worthy, O Lord, To receive glory and honor and power; For You created all things, And by Your will they exist and were created."

It would make absolutely NO sense whatsoever to understand these twenty-four elders AS referring to a segment of redeemed man.  Man couldn’t possibly be crowned at the time of events in Revelation 4; 5, else he would BE crowned before Christ is crowned [note that Christ is TO wear the crown that Satan presently wears, which Satan will STILL be wearing at this time].  Also, man is to wear the crown he receives, NOT relinquish it before God’s throne as seen being done BY the twenty-four elders.

Also, the Greek word translated “elders” in Revelation chapter four is presbuteroi, the same word used for “elders” in the Church in the New Testament epistles. The word refers to older ones [relative to that being dealt with]. In the Church, the reference is TO older ones in the faith; in Revelation chapter four, the reference is TO older ones in the governmental structure of the earth [evident since they are crowned, seated on thrones, with the government OF the earth being the only government which could possibly be IN view].

The preceding alone would prevent the twenty-four elders from being viewed AS men, necessitating that they BE viewed as angels. Man, at this point in the book, has yet TO even come into such a position; angels, on the other hand, have held positions of this nature since time immemorial.

Crowns Cast Before God’s Throne

The following Word Document is SAFE to open and print:  24 Elders Casting Their Crowns are ANGELS.docx 

Also see Because of the Angels in this site.

To website CONTENTS Page.

God exercises sovereign control over all things.  Nothing takes God by surprise, for nothing occurs apart from His sovereign control.  God will have raised Satan’s Christ up to accomplish His plans and purposes, and this man will be little more than a pawn in His hands.

God’s Sovereign Control
By Arlen Chitwood of Lamp Broadcast

God exercises sovereign control over all things.  Nothing takes God by surprise, for nothing occurs apart from His sovereign control.  And God’s ways are quite different than man’s ways (Isaiah 55:8-9).  God sees the future the same way that He sees the past — as being present (Ecclesiastes 3:14-15).  God views matters from the perspective of an eternal present.  And, to effect His plans and purposes, with His omnipotent power and sovereign control of all things, God can move men and nations as one might move pawns on a chessboard.

God’s plans and purposes, made known in the Old Testament, invariably take a course that man might find unimaginable and would find unattainable.  And one such course of action that God will use, made known in the Old Testament and brought to pass in the book of Revelation, has to do with the counterpart to God’s Christ — Satan’s Christ.

God will have raised this man up to accomplish His plans and purposes, and this man will be little more than a pawn in His hands.  God will use this man as a chastening rod in order to bring His plans and purposes regarding Israel to pass.  This man, who will seek to destroy Israel, will be the person whose actions God will use to bring about Israel’s deliverance — something that is seen in different places in the Old Testament and is fully opened up and revealed in the book of Revelation.

God will use this man to that end, though once matters have been brought to a conclusion, God will express extreme displeasure with this man’s actions and then judge this man for his actions — a judgment completely commensurate with his actions.

From The Beast — In Revelation in this site.

To website CONTENTS Page.

As long as an unbelieving and unrepentant Jewish nation is in the land, turmoil can only exist among the Gentile nations, particularly those nations surrounding Israel in the Middle East.  And this turmoil, as the raging sea during Jonah’s day, can ultimately be no ordinary turmoil. It can ultimately only be the same type turmoil seen in the tumultuous sea during Jonah’s day, described in Matthew 24:22.

Seventy Years, Four Hundred Ninety Years
AFTER 70 Years, AFTER 490 Years, NOT BEFORE
By Arlen Chitwood of
Lamp Broadcast

And this whole land shall be a desolation, and an astonishment; and these nations [the southern kingdom, Judah, and the surrounding nations] shall serve the king of Babylon seventy years.

And it shall come to pass when seventy years are accomplished, that I will punish the king of Babylon, and that nation, saith the Lord, for their iniquity, and the land of the Chaldeans, and make it perpetual desolations

For thus saith the Lord, That after seventy years be accomplished at Babylon I will visit you, and perform my good word toward you, in causing you to return to this place.

For I know the thoughts that I think toward you, saith the Lord, thoughts of peace, and not of evil, to give you an expected end.

Then shall ye call upon me, and ye shall go and pray unto me, and I will harken unto you.

And ye shall seek me and find me, when ye shall search for me with all your heart.

And I will be found of you, saith the Lord: and I will turn away your captivity, and I will gather you from all the nations, and from all places whither I have driven you, saith the Lord; and I will bring you again into the place whence I caused you to be carried away captive (Jeremiah 25:11-12; 29:10-14).

Because of the continual disobedience — “continuous” in many instances — of the Jewish people over centuries of time, God, true to His Word (Leviticus 26:14ff; Deuteronomy 28:15ff), eventually uprooted His people from their land and drove them out among the nations.

And God acted after this fashion for one central purposeto effect repentance on the part of His people. Through persecution at the hands of the Gentile nations, repentance, resulting in restoration, would ultimately be effected.

The northern ten tribes were uprooted from their land first and carried away captive into Assyria, beginning about 722 B.C.; and the southern two tribes were subsequently uprooted from their land and carried away captive into Babylon, beginning about 605 B.C. And with the Babylonians having previously conquered the Assyrian Empire (with both kingdoms bordering one another, lying east and northeast of Israel), the carrying away of the southern two tribes into Babylon essentially left all twelve tribes together, as captives estranged from their land, residing in the same part of the Gentile world.

The Seventy Years

Dating from the beginning of the Babylonian captivity, God promised that after seventy years had passed, He would do two things:

1) “Punish the king of Babylon” (brought to pass through the conquest of the kingdom by the Medes and               Persians at the end of the seventy years [Jeremiah 25:11-12; Daniel 5:1-31]).

2) “Visit you (the Jewish people in Babylon), and perform my good word toward you, in causing you to return         to this place” (God, in accordance with His Word, restoring the Jewish people to their land                                 [Jeremiah 29:10-14]).

That is to say, after seventy years had elapsed — but ONLY AFTER, NOT BEFORE — the kingdom of Babylon would be dealt with, and God would remember His numerous promises to His people pertaining to restoration (a healed people restored to a healed land).

This is what Daniel had read about and understood at this time in Daniel 9:1-2. Daniel had read about and understood these things through the writings of Jeremiah the prophet (translate “books” [Daniel 9:2 NIV] as “writings”). And, as seen through his actions at this time, Daniel evidently had also read about and understood from other writings (Moses and other Prophets) that repentance on the part of the Jewish people must precede God visiting his people and restoring them to their land (e.g., Leviticus 26:40-422 Chronicles 6:24-27; 7:12-14).

Daniel, knowing that the seventy years had run their course (along with the Babylonian kingdom having fallen to the Medes and the Persians), set about to seek the Lord’s face “by prayer and supplications, with fasting, and sackcloth, and ashes” (Daniel 9:3).

Daniel then began to confess his own sins and those of the people, detailed throughout the next sixteen verses (Daniel 9:4-19).

Thus, one thing which was necessary for the Jewish people to be restored to their land had occurred (the end of the seventy years); and Daniel, as an individual, was bringing to pass the only remaining thing necessary (repentance, confessing his own sins and those of the Jewish people).

How far repentance of this nature extended beyond Daniel is unrevealed. Nonetheless, God opened the door at this time for a return of the Jewish people from Babylon back to the land covenanted to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. And though only remnants returned, mainly at two different times — the first under Zerubbabel, the second under Ezra — God, true to His Word, effected a restoration of His people after the seventy years had run their course.

Most of the Jewish people, over time, had seemingly settled down in the world and chosen to remain where they resided — in the Babylonian kingdom, now ruled by the Medes and the Persians.

The Four Hundred and Ninety Years

Toward the end of Daniel’s prayer and supplication, while he was still praying, the angel Gabriel interrupted him. Gabriel had been sent at the beginning of his prayer and supplication in order to reveal to Daniel a period of time subsequent to the seventy years — a longer period of time involving the Jewish people, having to do with the same thing as the seventy years (Daniel 9:20-23).

This latter period was seven times as long as the period which had just elapsed — four hundred and ninety years rather than seventy years (Daniel 9:24-27); and it would only be at the end of this subsequent, longer period that all of the Jewish people scattered throughout the Gentile nations would be brought to the place of repentance and restored to their land.

And, according to the Prophets, as these four hundred and ninety years were brought to a close — exactly as at the close of the seventy years — there would be a latter worldwide kingdom of Babylon, with the Jewish people scattered throughout this kingdom.

(Four hundred and eighty-three of the full four hundred and ninety years are now past, leading to the events surrounding Calvary at Christ’s first coming. And at this time, God, so to speak, stopped the clock marking off time in the prophecy and set Israel aside for a dispensation, during which time the Spirit was sent into the world [already in the world, but now given a new commission] to call out a bride for God’s Son.

And the Spirit’s work in this respect, in the antitype of that seen in Genesis 24 [between the time of the death of Abraham’s wife (Genesis 23) and Abraham again taking a wife (Genesis 25)], would be performed among those forming a new creation brought into existence at this time, the one new man “in Christ.”

Then, at the end of the Spirit’s work in the preceding respect, God would remove this new man and resume His dealings with Israel, with time covering the remaining seven years being fulfilled.

And it will be during and at the end of these last seven years that the Jewish people will once again reside in and be restored back to their land from a Babylonian kingdom [in complete keeping with the types].

For additional information on the preceding, see “Daniel’s Seventy Weeks” in this site.  Also see Search for the Bride BOOK.)

And exactly the same promises and the same thing seen at the end of the seventy years in Jeremiah and Daniel will occur at the end of the four hundred and ninety years in Daniel.

1) The king of Babylon in that day — the final king of Babylon, Antichrist — will be “punished” (Isaiah 63:1ff;        Joel 3:9ff; Revelation 19:11ff).

2) God, through His Son, will “visit” His people, perform His “good Word” toward them (fulfill His promises),          causing a healed people to return to a healed land.

That is to say, after a full four hundred and ninety years have elapsed — but ONLY AFTER, NOT BEFORE — the kingdom of Babylon will be dealt with, destroyed; and God will, at that time, remember His numerous promises to His people pertaining to restoration, both the people and the land.

In That Day, Not the Present Day

As there was a return of a remnant of Jews from the Babylonian captivity in history, there has been a return of a remnant of Jews from a worldwide dispersion during modern times — occurring since May 14, 1948, when Israel declared statehood. And though both were/have been allowed by God and numerous parallels exist, they really are not the same type restoration at all.

Israel, in history, had completed God’s required seventy years in Gentile captivity (Jeremiah 25:11-12; 29:10-14). Israel, today, has not completed God’s required four hundred and ninety years in Gentile captivity. Seven years yet remain (Daniel 9:24-27).

Israel could not return in history until God’s required time in Gentile captivity had run its course; nor can Israel do so today.

The restoration of a remnant in history was under God’s direction, at His command; the restoration of a remnant today has been the result of a Zionistic movement, under man’s direction and command. God simply will not allow the Jewish people to return from their present dispersion among the Gentiles, under His direction and command, until the full time covered by the four hundred and ninety years has run its course. To state otherwise would have God acting contrary to His revealed Word, an impossibility.

A rather strange situation though exists in the world today. Most of the Bible students and Bible teachers studying about or giving any thought to Israel’s place in God’s economy, both present and future, attempt to see and teach that God is dealing with Israel relative to a restoration to the land and that the land is being healed during a time before the end of the four hundred and ninety years, before the Jewish people are brought to the place of repentance. But God’s dealings with the Jewish people after this fashion didn’t occur during the seventy years in Jeremiah, and God’s dealings with the Jewish people after this fashion are not going to occur during the four hundred and ninety years in Daniel either.

God’s requirements in both places can only be seen to be the same. Both could/can occur only following the full time in view (seventy years, four hundred and ninety years), and both could/can occur only following repentance.

Then, aside from the preceding, attempting to see and understand that which has been occurring in the Middle East and the world at large since May 14, 1948 as God restoring the Jewish people and their land in accordance with His numerous promises presents a dispensational problem. God is not, He cannot be, dealing with Israel in this respect today. Israel has been set aside while God, through His Spirit, calls out a bride to reign as consort queen with His Son in the coming kingdom. God will turn back to and deal with Israel ONLY AFTER the Spirit has completed His work in this respect, ONLY AFTER the present dispensation has run its course. And of course numerous other things as well are out of line with popular thought today, both among Christians in the world and among Jews both in Israel and those still scattered among the nations.

1) The house of Israel — a reference to the people, their capital city, the Temple, and the land (all inseparably related) — has been left desolate. And the one who will complete this desolation, bringing it to an apex, has yet to appear (Daniel 9:26-27).

2) He (Antichrist) will appear only when time covering the last seven years of Daniel’s prophecy resumes, and he will bring the desolation in view to an apex toward the end of this time, during the closing days of Daniel’s prophecy (reference Chapters 1 and 2, “Your House Left Desolate” [Parts I, II], in the Author’s book, Bible One - Arlen Chitwood's Middle East Peace, How? When?, Ch. 1 and Ch. 2).

Healing for the Jewish people and their land will occur only AFTER two days, on the third day. It will be only AFTER two days, on the third day (AFTER 2,000 years, in the third 1,000-year period), that all three of God’s firstborn Sons — Christ, Israel, and the Church (following the adoption) — will be raised up to live in His sight.  That occurring in the Middle East today is occurring near the end of the second day, not on the third day where it MUST occur (refer to Appendix III, “Three Days and Three Nights,” in the author’s book, Israel — What Does the Future Hold? by Arlen Chitwood or Bible One - Arlen Chitwood's Middle East Peace, How? When?,Appendix I.

1) Israel, the slayer typified in Numbers 35, can avail herself of the ransom only AFTER a certain time (avail herself of the cleansing [atonement] seen in Numbers 19, cleansing from contact with a dead body, the body of the nation’s Messiah.

2) The time for this cleansing is seen in a two-fold manner in Numbers 19. This cleansing can occur ONLY on the third or seventh day (three days dating back to the crucifixion, or seven days dating back to Adam), and it can occur ONLY following the death of the high priest (which can only be a reference to Christ’s completion of His present priestly ministry in the sanctuary, preceding that time when He comes forth as the great King-Priest after the order of Melchizedek [refer to Chapters 7 and 8, “Time of Israel’s Restoration” (Parts I, II), in the author’s book, Bible One - Arlen Chitwood's Middle East Peace, How? When?, Ch. 7 and Ch. 8]).

(Along with the erroneous teaching that God is restoring an unbelieving and unrepentant Jewish people and their land today, there is a related erroneous teaching that God will first restore His people to their land in unbelief prior to their national conversion.

Such a teaching is derived from Scriptures such as Numbers 35 or Ezekiel 36:24-32, attempting to align these sections of Scripture with Israel’s national conversion rather than with cleansing following their conversion [e.g., during Moses’ day, a cleansing of the people for sin occurred through Aaron’s work in the sanctuary, following the death of the firstborn in Egypt; or, note in Christendom today, a cleansing of the people for sin occurs through Christ’s present work in the heavenly sanctuary, following His finished work at Calvary].

According to any Scriptures dealing with the subject, Israel’s national conversion occurs FOLLOWING Christ’s return BEFORE the Jewish people have been restored to their land. This, for example, is seen in the type during Moses’ day, or in the order of the fulfillment of the seven festivals in Leviticus 23.

Thus, Israel’s national conversion [fulfilling the first Jewish festival, the Passover] will occur while the Jewish people are still scattered among the nations; the cleansing, which many are confusing with the former, occurs subsequent to Israel’s national conversion, after the Jewish people have been restored to their land [having to do with activities occurring on the second and sixth of the Jewish festivals — the festivals of Unleavened Bread and Atonement; ref. The Seven Jewish Festivals in this site.)

1) The Jewish people cannot be restored UNTIL they have acquired the ALL wealth possessed by the Gentiles.

2) Jacob, in the type (Genesis 28:15-31:3), as the Jewish people today, tried to return to the land before he had acquired all of Laban’s wealth (Genesis 30:25ff). But he couldn’t. The heavens remained closed, and God did not speak to Jacob during the entire time of his exile, not until he had acquired all of Laban’s wealth and not until it was time for him to return.

THEN… And ONLY THEN… (Genesis 31:1-3).

The Jewish people today have returned to the land through MAN’S EFFORTS in a Zionistic movement, DURING their time of exile, BEFORE acquiring all of the Gentile’s wealth, BEFORE the time God speaks to them in this respect.

When God restores His people to the land, it will occur during His time, not during their time. And they will be restored through Divine power, not man’s power, never to be uprooted again (Amos 9:11-15).

The remnant presently in the land has been restored BEFORE the time through other than Divine power; and they, having been restored in this means, will, of necessity, be uprooted from their land once again (Matt. 24:15ff; Luke 21:20ff; Revelation 12:6, 14ff [refer to Chapter 7, “Time of Israel’s Restoration,” in the author’s book, Bible One - Arlen Chitwood's Middle East Peace, How? When?, Ch. 7]).

Israel’s restoration can occur only following Christ’s return at the end of the Tribulation, which will be AFTER the full four hundred and ninety years have run their course (refer to Chapters 3, 4, “Moses and Elijah in That Day” [Parts I, II], in the author’s book, Bible One - Arlen Chitwood's Coming in His Kingdom, Ch. 3, Moses and Elijah in That Day (1) and Ch. 4, Moses and Elijah in That Day (2) or see The Son of Man Coming in His Kingdom, Part III, Part IV in this site).

The seven Jewish festivals in Leviticus 23 form what could be called, “The Prophetic Calendar of Israel,” and none of these festivals has been fulfilled insofar as Israel is concerned. And they must be fulfilled in a sequential order, following Christ’s return (e.g., the first festival is the Passover; Israel has slain the Lamb, but they have yet to apply the blood). Thus, the very first of the seven festivals remains unfulfilled (refer to Appendix 2, “The Seven Jewish Festivals,” in the author’s book, Bible One - Arlen Chitwood's We are Almost There, Appendix 2 or The Seven Jewish Festivals in this site.)

As previously stated, prevalent thought in Christian circles today relative to the restoration of the Jewish people to the land in the Abrahamic covenant has to do with a false teaching concerning that which has been occurring in the land of Israel and the world at large since May 14, 1948.

To date, some 6,000,000 Jews have returned, and large parts of the land have been reclaimed for agricultural purposes.

Most Christians involving themselves in the matter today — many referring to themselves as “Christian Zionists” — erroneously look upon that which has been occurring since the spring of 1948 as God progressively restoring the Jewish people and their land in accordance with His numerous promises in the Old Testament to do so.

In this respect, the whole of the matter is rather amazing — though not relative to the Jewish people returning to the land in the Abrahamic covenant, for a remnant (which, as we know today, will have resulted from Zionism) must be in the land when Antichrist appears on the scene. Rather, the amazing part has to do with the vast numbers of Christians, who should know better, completely misunderstanding what is happening and, resultantly, making a mistake of this magnitude, one with far-reaching, negative ramifications.

It is amazing that ANY Christian with an open Bible would make this mistake, though understandable because of the working of the leaven in Christendom over two millenniums of time, resulting in few Christians today studying Scripture after the manner in which it has been written and structured (Matthew 13:33). But what can perhaps be seen as even more amazing than the preceding is the fact that MOST of the Christians involving themselves in this facet of Biblical studies are making this mistake, though again somewhat understandable for the reason previously given. And this is not something minor in Biblical studies. Rather, this is something major, very major. This is something which can only have a dire, negative impact upon a Christian’s outlook and understanding of the present and future place which the Jewish people occupy in God’s economy.

Then, part and parcel with the preceding, are the numerous pastors and Bible teachers caught up in this false ideology who are misleading the masses. It’s not a pretty picture when one begins looking at what’s presently happening in this respect in Christendom, but that’s how matters exist nonetheless.

Until That Day…

To provide a current, up-to-date example of what is really happening in the Middle East relative to Israel and the nations, showing how Scripture handles and reflects on the matter rather than how all too many of those who should know better are trying to handle the matter, note that which has been and continues to occur in that part of the world today.

The Middle East, for sometime, has been unraveling, so to speak; and that can be seen even more so with events of each passing day, with this unraveling, this coming apart, now beginning to spill over into and affect Europe in a negative manner. And from there, of course, it can only eventually affect the world at large in a similar or related manner.

As this is being written (September 2015), ISIS, with its continuing reign of terror, now has existing cells scattered over a good part of the war-torn Middle East (e.g., a four-year-old civil war in Syria), fostering persecution (often ending in death) and economic hardship. And masses of people — mainly Moslems — are fleeing the Middle East by whatever means they can find.

They are traveling by boats on the Mediterranean, walking across land routes in different nations, and are heading toward parts of Europe, overwhelming sections of Europe by their very numbers. Then there is the Iranian nuclear problem, with different opposing and often warring segments of the Moslem religion (mainly Sunnis and Shiites) thrown into the mix.

Then, of course, there is Israel — the only nation with a God — situated in the midst of all this turmoil.

All is seemingly quite uncertain in one respect. Though, in another respect, there is ONE THING that can be know for certain.

One can know for certain that THE WHOLE OF THE MATTER is only going to get worse, far worse.

Why?

It is very simple and can be answered in two very concise, short, to-the-point statements:

1) Israel, the nation through which God views and deals with the entire matter (ref. the article in this site, “The Pupil of God’s Eye”)!

2) The Prophets, those through whom God spoke in time past!

Israel’s very presence in the Middle East is the catalyst for, essentially, the whole of what’s occurring.

And, the Prophets have spoken, with their words being FINAL!

The present existence of a Jewish nation in the Middle East (which is made up largely of humanists, atheists, and agnostics), BEFORE the full end of the four hundred and ninety years, is nothing more or nothing less than the Jewish people rising up and seeking to emancipate themselves from exile, apart from their Messiah, establishing a Jewish nation themselves, entirely through natural means, in the land covenanted to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.

The Jewish people have sought to do this BEFORE the time by re-entering a desolated house, seeking to effect a healing of the Jewish people and their land themselves, through natural means. Then, not only is the preceding true, but, by doing this, the Jewish people have not only opened the door for but guaranteed that God’s judgment upon the nation, to ultimately bring about repentance, would be intensified seven-fold (Matthew 12:43-45; cf. Leviticus 26:18ff [ref. two articles, “Zionism by Arlen Chitwood” and “Last State Worse Than the First by Arlen Chitwood”).

And God uses the Gentile nations to bring about judgment of this nature upon His people. In this respect, the turmoil existing among the nations in the Middle East can be addressed in a very simple manner, made known millenniums ago by the Prophets. It all has to do with God’s plans and purposes for Israel and the nations. It has to do with bringing to pass that which it will ultimately take to bring Israel to the place of repentance, in order that through the Jewish people, all of the Gentile nations — even the very nations fostering anti-Semitism today, some to the extent of seeking Israel’s very destruction — can not only be evangelized by but be blessed through Israel.

And God is going to allow matters to increasingly go to the extremes that it will ultimately take in order to bring this to pass.

The Biblical Picture

The Biblical picture of that currently occurring in the Middle East can be seen in the opening verses of the Book of Jonah.

An unrepentant Jonah, out of the Lord’s will and seeking to distance himself from the presence of the Lord, booked passage on board a ship headed in the opposite direction from where the Lord had told him to go. And Jonah, in this condition, was asleep down in the hold of the ship when God caused the sea to become so tumultuous that the very ship itself, with all those on board the ship, was about to be destroyed (Jonah 1:1-5).

This storm arose for one multifaceted reason and purpose alone.

It arose because of Jonah. God’s prophet was out of place, and the storm arose in order to rectify the situation (Jonah 1:6-12).

Jonah must be dealt with and brought to the place of repentance, bringing Jonah to the place where he would then do as God had commanded. And bringing about repentance was something which could happen only one place, not on the ship, but in the sea. Jonah MUST be cast from the ship into the sea.

(“The sea” in Scripture is used as a metaphor for the nations (also, the place of death); and “the ship” could only be seen as a reference to the land of Israel, for that is the only place on earth where one could reside and be seen as other than out among the nations, other than in the sea.)

The preceding is the type. Now note the antitype — Israel in the land today and that which, according to the type, MUST occur. A disobedient and unrepentant nation, following in Jonah’s footsteps, resides in the land — on the ship — today. And exactly the same thing is occurring among the nations, particularly those nations surrounding Israel, as occurred in the sea during Jonah’s day. The sea raged in the type, because of Jonah; and the sea is raging today in the antitype, because of Israel. In the type, the sea raged to the extent that the ship was about to be destroyed; and the beginning of exactly the same thing, to be climaxed during the coming Tribulation, can be seen in the Middle East today.

And whether type or antitype, the reason for the tumultuous condition was/is the same — a disobedient and unrepentant Jonah running from the presence of the Lord, and a disobedient and unrepentant Jewish nation following suit in the land today.

The Biblical Solution

Do you want to know what’s about to happen? The type will relate the complete story. And if you think it’s bad now, just wait!

It can only become worse with time, with no one being able to do a thing about the matter (Hosea 5:14). The type relates this, and the antitype must follow the type in exact detail.

Again, the whole of what is presently occurring and will yet occur in the Middle East has one catalyst, and God is bringing all of this to pass in order to rectify an existing situation.

As long as a disobedient and unrepentant Jonah was on board the ship, out of the Lord’s will, the sea raged. And the sea raged to the extent that the ship was about to be destroyed.

And matters can be NO DIFFERENT in the antitype.

As long as an unbelieving and unrepentant Jewish nation is in the land, turmoil can only exist among the Gentile nations, particularly those nations surrounding Israel in the Middle East.

And this turmoil, as the raging sea during Jonah’s day, can ultimately be no ordinary turmoil. It can ultimately only be the same type turmoil seen in the tumultuous sea during Jonah’s day, described in Matthew 24:22:

And except those days should be shortened [days during the coming Tribulation just out ahead, the last seven years of the full four hundred and ninety years], there should no flesh be saved: but for the elect’s sake [for Israel’s sake] those days shall be shortened.”

(For additional information on these days, refer to the author’s book, Distant Hoofbeats by Arlen Chitwood.)

God, exactly as in the type, is about to pull out all stops in order to bring His plans and purposes for mankind to pass, plans and purposes to be effected through Israel.

In the type, bringing about His plans and purposes had to do with a Jewish prophet, ultimately bringing to pass salvation and blessings for the Gentile city of Nineveh.

And in the antitype, bringing about His plans and purposes has to do with the nation of Israel, which will ultimately bring to pass salvation and blessings for the Gentile nations of the earth.

(For additional information on the preceding, refer to these two articles, “The Turbulent Middle East by Arlen Chitwood, Pt. 1 and Pt. 2”].

Also, note something which some individuals would see as a problem with respect to all of this.

As Jonah in the type had to be removed from the ship and cast into the sea, Israel in the antitype has to be removed from the land and driven back out among the nations. God dealt with Jonah only in the sea, as He will deal with Israel only out among the nations [this is the place where He had previously driven Israel, to deal with the nation in this manner — the “place” which He will also have “prepared” for Israel yet future, during the Tribulation (Revelation 12:6, 14)].

The seeming problem would emanate from God having dealt with Israel in the land after this fashion numerous times in the Book of Judges, along with similar dealings at Christ’s first coming. But note a major difference between the nation both times in history and the nation today. The nation in the land both times in history found itself under Gentile dominion and control; the nation in the land today is not under Gentile dominion and control.

Thus, the nation presently in the land is left without recourse. This nation either has to be brought under Gentile dominion and control or be uprooted and driven back out among the nations; and Scripture states that the latter will occur [Matthew 24:15ff; Luke 21:20ff; Revelation 12:6, 14ff]. Then, out among the nations, God will deal with Israel [the whole house of Israel, not with just those in the land today] exactly as He dealt with Jonah in the sea, with the ultimate results in the antitype occurring exactly as seen in the type [Jonah 2:1ff; Jonah 3:1ff].)

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~


The following Word Document is SAFE to open and print:  Seventy Years, Four Hundred Ninety Years by Arlen L. Chitwood.docx

(Reference The Pupil of God’s Eye and Distant Hoofbeats in this site for additional commentary.)

To website CONTENTS Page.

The Reign of the Servant Kings
By Joseph C. Dillow
A Review-Summary-Outline

Foreword

The Arminians, in their exegetical approach to certain problem passages, viewed the loss of a believer’s salvation as a real possibility for those who fail in a consistent walk with Jesus Christ.  On the other hand, the Calvinist with a consistent biblical theology maintained that believers in Jesus Christ could never lose their eternal salvation.  It may very well be that in both systems, Calvinism and Arminianism, there has been a reductionistic error committed in understanding the meaning of salvation—by emphasizing one aspect of salvation at the expense of another.

The concept and meaning of salvation in the Scriptures is multi-dimensional.  There is a past aspect—justification, deliverance from the penalty of sin, and a present aspect—sanctification, deliverance from the power of sin, and a future aspect—glorification, deliverance from the presence of sin.  Although a believer can never lose his justification salvation, there are dimensions of glorification salvation that may be lost or gained if we take seriously passages such as Romans 14:10, 1 Corinthians 3:15, 2 Corinthians 5:10, and 2 John 1:7-8.  The opportunity of reward, on the other hand, with its glories of ruling and reigning with Jesus Christ in His coming Kingdom, are presented in the Scriptures as a great motivation for holy living in the present.

Earl D. Radmacher, Th.D.
Western Seminary Phoenix
Scottsdale, Arizona
January 1992

Preface

What do we make of a man who claims to have placed his trust in Jesus Christ but whose present life-style is a complete contradiction of the faith he once acknowledged?  The Westminster divines had the ready answer that he was never a Christian to begin with, because the ultimate test of the reality of faith is perseverance in the faith.  The Remonstrants, on the other hand, speaking from the Arminian tradition, viewed the matter differently.  To them . . . it was also possible that he was genuinely born again but, due to his falling into sin or unbelief, lost his justification.

Is there a view of these warnings and other in the New Testament which maintains, with the Calvinist tradition that justification can never be forfeited and at the same time, allows, with the Wesleyans, that justification and sanctification are not inextricably united and that there is indeed something conditional in the believer’s ultimate destiny?

The answer to that question is yes.  The danger is not loss of heaven but loss of our reward there and severe divine discipline in time.  The issue of whether or not the saints will necessarily persevere and whether or not true faith is indestructible is a complex interpretive issue involving numerous passages in the New Testament, indeed one’s whole system of theology as well.  An entire view of the Christian life is under consideration in the following chapters.

Throughout this book I refer to the merit which the believer can obtain by means of his good works.  That God chooses to reward us according to our works, but not because of them (it is not because of a strict legal relation whereby the believer by his works places God in his debt), is an act of pure grace, not of debt.  (Editor's Note: "Good [righteous] works" are works of the Holy Spirit working through us, not works of "self".)

Joseph C. Dillow
Vienna, Austria
15 January 1992

Prologue

A universal tragedy had occurred.  The Morning Star, known as Lucifer (Isaiah 14:12-17), God’s perfect one, full of wisdom and beauty (Ezekiel 28:12), the angelic being whom God had appointed as ruler over the ancient cosmos (Ezekiel 28:14), . . . had fallen.  The prophet Ezekiel paints a picture of divine grief in his woeful description of this betrayal (Ezekiel 28:11-19).  Lucifer had been given everything.  Yet he became proud (Ezekiel 28:17; 1 Timothy 3:6).  He concluded that God’s gifts were more important than the giver, that dependence upon God and obedience to His revealed will were not necessary.  He became the Satan, God’s adversary.  He was cast to the earth, and the earth was judged (Ezekiel 28:17).  At that time the earth, from which he ruled and upon which he lived (Ezekiel 28:13), became without form and void (Genesis 1:1-2).

But God had a plan on how to reestablish rule over the earth, which was completely foreign to His angelic hosts and Satan himself.

What is the significance of man?  Man was to rule!  He was the lesser creature who would be crowned with glory and honor.  The glory, honor, and sovereignty which the Satan had stolen by exercising his independence and unbelief would be regained by the inferior creature living in servanthood and faith!  “. . . he who is least among you all — he is the greatest”  (Luke 9:48).

God intends to humble the proud and independent in a unique way.  He intends that the lower creature, man (created lower than the angels and hence lower than Satan), achieve the highest position (“. . . all things in subjection under his feet,” Hebrews 2:8).  “For He has not put the world to come, of which we speak, in subjection to angels” (Hebrews 2:5).  Out of the least, God will bring the greatest.  It was as “man” that the Savior defeated the enemy.  It was as “man” that He silenced the principalities and powers.  It will be as “man” that He will reign over the future kingdom of God upon this earth.

It is a glorious reign of servant kings which extends to “all the works of His hands” (Hebrews 2:7) -- this may suggest that one day mankind will rule the galaxies!  The lion will lie down with the lamb, universal righteousness will reign, and there will be no war.  Disease will be abolished, and the world of Satan will be placed under the rule of the Servant King and His companions (Hebrews 1:9).

Consistent with His divine purpose, God chose to establish His kingdom through the elevation of an obscure and insignificant Semitic tribe, Israel.  That future glory falls to those followers of Christ both within Israel and within His Church, who, like their Master lived on earth, live in dependence and obedience.

The controlling principle of the biblical philosophy of history rests in the precept of “the second before the first.”  God often chooses the “nothings” of the world to confound the “somethings” (1 Corinthians 1:26-27).  Only in this way is the self praise of man destroyed.  It is a pervading characteristic of the whole course of redemption that God chooses the younger before the elder, sets the smaller in priority to the greater, and chooses the second before the first (not Cain but Able and his substitute Seth; not Japheth but Shem; not Ishmael but Isaac; not Esau but Jacob; not Manasseh but Ephraim (Genesis 48:14); not Aaron but Moses (Exodus 7:1); not Eliab but David (1 Samuel 16:6-13); not the Old Covenant but the New (Hebrews 8:13); not the first Adam but the last Adam (1 Corinthians 15:45).  The first becomes last and the last becomes first (Matthew 19:30).  The great nations are set aside (Dan 2:7ff; Romans 1:24, 26, 28), and God elects to establish His purpose through two insignificant mediums, the Israel of God (the believing remnant of the last days) and the body of Christ (the invisible Church).

It is here that the beauty and symmetry of the divine plan became evident.  Not only did God purpose to elevate the role of a servant and the disposition of trust, but He gave His Son, the Second Man and the Last Adam, as a savior.  He who is of the essence of God became a servant (Philippians 2:7-8).  And in this way, living by exactly the opposite set of principles from the Satan, He achieved higher glory (Philippians 2:9-11).

Those who would rule with Him must find their lives in the same way:  “Your attitude should be the same as that of Christ Jesus” (Philippians 2:5).  The future rulers of God’s creation must, like their King, be servants now.  Unlike the Satan and his modern day followers, they will have no desire to be lord over their subjects.  Instead, like their Lord, they will desire only to serve those over whom they rule (Matthew 20:25-28).

Instead of disobedience there will be servanthood, to God and to others.  The second Adam put it this way, “Blessed are the poor in spirit, for theirs is the kingdom of heaven. . . . Blessed are the meek, for they will inherit the earth” (Matthew 5:3-5).

We are to become the servant kings.  That is our destiny — the glorious privilege of reigning with Messiah is the final destiny of man.  In the eternal plan, only those who strive to be servants can now qualify for this great future privilege then.  In order to be “great” in the kingdom of heaven, to rule there, we must first become humble like a little child (Matthew 18:4).  “The greatest among you will be your servant.  For whoever exalts himself will be humbled, and whoever humbles himself will be exalted” (Matthew 23:11-12).

If God’s eternal plan revolves around demonstrating the moral superiority of humility and servanthood, it is of the utmost importance that we learn this lesson now.  All Christians are not servants, and only those who are will be great in the kingdom.

Many who have begun lives of discipleship have not persevered.  They risk forfeiture of this great future.  But we are “partakers (Gk. metochoi) of Christ, [only] if we hold our confidence firmly to the end” (Hebrews 3:14).  All Christians will be in the kingdom, but tragically not all will be co-heirs there.  [Editor's note: All Christians, both overcomes and non-overcomers, will be in the kingdom, but in starkly different places (Revelation 2; 3).]

It is by losing our lives that we find our ultimate significance.  Each act of service is not only an expression of God’s eternal purpose but it is preparation and training for our final destiny.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Reign of the Servant Kings by Joseph Dillow

The following Word Document is SAFE to open and printThe Reign of the Servant Kings (Review) by Joseph C. Dillow.docx

For additional commentary on non-overcomers and the second death see Hurt By the Second Death and Sheep and Goats in this site.

To website CONTENTS Page.

None of the covenants have anything to do with eternal salvation. All are made with a people already saved. And, in reality, all could be classed as “The Magna Charta for the Kingdom,” with the Mosaic having to do with the rules and regulations governing the people of God in the theocracy.

God’s Seven Covenants

The Bible speaks of seven different covenants, four of which (Palestinian, Mosaic, Davidic, New),  God made with the nation of Israel.

The Adamic Covenant can be thought of in two parts:

The Edenic Covenant (innocence) and the Adamic Covenant (grace) (Genesis 3:16-19).

The Edenic Covenant is found in Genesis 1:26-30; 2:16-17. The Edenic Covenant outlined man’s responsibility toward creation and God’s directive regarding the tree of the knowledge of good and evil.

The Adamic Covenant included the curses pronounced against mankind for the sin of Adam and Eve, as well as God’s provision for that sin (Genesis 3:15).

The Noahic Covenant was an unconditional covenant between God and Noah (specifically) and humanity (generally). After the Flood, God promised humanity that He would never again destroy all life on earth with a Flood (see Genesis 9). God gave the rainbow as the sign of the covenant, a promise that the entire earth would never again flood and a reminder that God can and will judge sin (2 Peter 2:5).

Abrahamic Covenant (Genesis 12:1-3, 6-7; 13:14-17; 15; 17:1-14; 22:15-18). In this covenant, God promised many things to Abraham. He personally promised that He would make Abraham’s name great (Genesis 12:2), that Abraham would have numerous physical descendants (Genesis 13:16), and that he would be the father of a multitude of nations (Genesis 17:4-5). God also made promises regarding a nation called Israel. In fact, the geographical boundaries of the Abrahamic Covenant are laid out on more than one occasion in the book of Genesis (Genesis 12:7; 13:14-15; 15:18-21). Another provision in the Abrahamic Covenant is that the families of the world will be blessed through the physical line of Abraham (Genesis 12:3; 22:18). This is a reference to the Messiah, who would come from the line of Abraham.

Palestinian Covenant (Deuteronomy 30:1-10). The Palestinian Covenant, or Land Covenant, amplifies the land aspect that was detailed in the Abrahamic Covenant. According to the terms of this covenant, if the people disobeyed, God would cause them to be scattered around the world (Deuteronomy 30:3-4), but He would eventually restore the nation (Deuteronomy 30:5). When the nation is restored, then they will obey Him perfectly (Deuteronomy 30:8), and God will cause them to prosper (Deuteronomy 30:9).

Mosaic Covenant (Deuteronomy 11). The Mosaic Covenant was a conditional covenant that either brought God's direct blessing for obedience or God's direct cursing for disobedience upon the nation of Israel. Part of the Mosaic Covenant was the Ten Commandments (Exodus 20) and the rest of the Law, which contained over 600 commands—roughly 300 positive and 300 negative. The history books of the Old Testament (Joshua–Esther) detail how Israel succeeded at obeying the Law or how Israel failed miserably at obeying the Law. Deuteronomy 11:26-28 details the blessing/cursing motif.

Davidic Covenant (2 Samuel 7:8-16). The Davidic Covenant amplifies the “seed” aspect of the Abrahamic Covenant. The promises to David in this passage are significant. God promised that David's lineage would last forever and that his kingdom would never pass away permanently (2 Samuel 7:16). Obviously, the Davidic throne has not been in place at all times. There will be a time, however, when someone from the line of David will again sit on the throne and rule as king. This future king is Jesus (Luke 1:32-33).

New Covenant (Jeremiah 31:31-34). The New Covenant is with the nation of Israel. God promises to forgive sin, and there will be a universal knowledge of the Lord. Jesus Christ came to fulfill the Law of Moses (Matthew 5:17) and create a new covenant between God and His people.

Beyond Genesis 12 (Abrahamic Covenant), covenants are made with Israel (Romans 9:4). No covenant has been made or ever will be made with the Church.

The Old Covenant (Mosaic, inseparably associated with the Abrahamic) was made with Israel; and the New Covenant, replacing the Old, will be made with Israel. Both have to do with the theocracy, as do all covenants made or to be made with Israel (Davidic, Palestinian, New).

None of the covenants have anything to do with eternal salvation. All are made with a people already saved. And, in reality, all could be classed as “The Magna Charta for the Kingdom,” with the Mosaic having to do with the rules and regulations governing the people of God in the theocracy.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

The following Word Document is SAFE to open and print:  God’s Seven Covenants.docx

To website CONTENTS Page.

The only way a person may apply Christ’s substitutionary work on the cross for the benefit of his personal salvation (i.e., to procure eternal life) is by making a conscious decision to receive (accept) Christ and His work on the cross apart from anything else for the purpose of procuring (securing) it, period! 

The Salvation Moment
In What Precise Instant is a Person Saved?
By Charles Strong of Bible One

The words “salvation” and “saved,” as used in Scripture mean “deliverance,” any type of deliverance — physical, bodily healing, spiritual, etc.  But this composition will only address it as used in the procurement (attainment, acquisition) of eternal life.  You may have never considered the issue of precisely when it occurs as a person pursues it.  In fact, you may conclude that a pursuit of this nature can only be an exercise in futility; that such an exercise cannot possibly benefit anyone’s knowledge and appreciation of biblical doctrine.

But, you would be wrong.  Why?  Because if one understands this reality — the precise instant a person is saved — it will elucidate exactly what one must do to obtain eternal life, which will significantly clarify various passages of Scripture and assist in determining the invalidity of various proffered formulae pertaining to the matter.  For instance, a review of the myriad programs and websites fostered by evangelical Christian ministries throughout the world, which reflect a host of sequential steps that a person should take in order to procure eternal life, may often only confuse a person seeking to know God’s will concerning the matter.

Many of these ministries stipulate that one should “repent” of (i.e., turn from) one’s sins as part of the “acquisition formula.” They endeavor to prove this point with a few passages of Scripture taken from the gospels and the book of Acts.  Unfortunately, most of these ministries publicize an interpretation of “repentance” that is quite contrary to the true meaning of the word in the original languages (Hebrew or Greek) from which the concept is derived.  Furthermore, their interpretation of “repentance” is contrary to its application within Scripture — primarily a word directed toward the Jewish people requiring that they turn from their disobedience toward God.

“Repentance” and the use of the word in Scripture is, more often than not, misunderstood [e.g., unsaved individuals often called upon to repent prior to believing (some attempt to make repentance and belief synonymous or inseparable); or, in a similar respect, seeing the call for Israel to repent in the gospel accounts and in Acts as a call to the unsaved].

The word “repent” is a translation of the Greek word, metanoia, or in its verb form, metanoeo.  Both are compound words [the preposition meta (meaning, “with”) prefixed to words derived from vous (meaning, “mind”)].  Thus, these compound words, in their base sense, mean “with the mind.”

The word [either noun or verb form] refers to doing something with the mind, and that which is referenced through the use of this word has to do with changing one’s mind.  And that is really all that the word means.

The Jewish people in the gospels and Acts were called upon to change their minds relative to their continued disobedience, which would lead to a change of actions, etc.

Relative to salvation today, does an unsaved person have to repent?  He does if he has to change his mind about Christ before he can believe, though most today would probably have to make up their minds rather than change their minds prior to belief.  But either way, it is believing that saves a person, not making up or changing one’s mind.  The latter would only place a person in the position where he can believe and be saved.  (Bible One - Arlen Chitwood's Middle East Peace, How? When?, Ch. 2)

Then again, if “repentance” is understood as the turning or forsaking of one’s sins as a foundational step to believing in Christ, a step always noted as prior to one’s belief in Christ, the concept would be a complete deviation from Scripture.  Why?  Because it precedes the complete “formula” advocated by these ministries for the procurement of eternal life and is therefore a step taken by the person when he is still “lost.”  Nowhere does Scripture teach that a person who is “dead in trespasses and sins” (Ephesians 2:1) can turn from (forsake) sin, a possibility that exists only for those who are empowered by the Holy Spirit, i.e., those who are already “saved.”

True. Many attempt to circumvent this logic by declaring that “repentance” and “faith” are “two sides of one coin,” that one cannot exist without the other; but, frankly, this explanation does not logically, or scripturally, hold up.  And it certainly doesn’t comply with the true meaning of the word (repent, repentance) in the original languages.

In like manner, many inappropriately utilize a passage in the tenth chapter of Romans (Romans 10) to specify that one must “publicly confess Jesus as Lord of their life” before one can be certain of eternal life.  The argument is also advanced by many of Calvinistic persuasion that one who has become a child of God (procured eternal life) will without fail evidence a righteous life.  But this argument is invalid in light of the various times Peter, most certainly a child of God, failed to evidence a proper (righteous) attitude or manner of living (Matthew 26:33-34, 40, 43, 69-75; Galatians 2:11).  Then again, if a Christian must without fail evidence righteous living, then there would be little use or reason for 1 John 1:9, a verse specifically addressed to Christians for when they sin.

There is also the step often advanced by many of these ministries that one should pray to God (or Christ) in a certain way in order to procure eternal life.  And again, not only can this be interpreted as a “work of man,” but nowhere in Holy Writ can such be understood as key to the procurement of eternal life.  True, many endeavor to use the twentieth verse of the third chapter in the book of Revelation (Revelation 3:20) to prove one must “invite” (“open the door”) Christ into their life for salvation; but, again, this would be a serious misinterpretation of the passage, a passage addressed specifically to individuals already saved (Christians) who need to achieve the status of “overcomers.”

And if a prayer to God is the key to procuring eternal life, then at what point in the duration of the prayer is the “deal sealed,” i.e., transformed into a child of God — at the beginning of the prayer, in the middle of the prayer, or at its end?

When one considers the various formulary positions advanced by different evangelical ministries regarding the procurement of eternal life, it is no wonder that one becomes hesitant regarding how one is to actually achieve it.

But there is clarity in God’s Word, as delineated below.

The requisite purpose for Jesus Christ, God’s only begotten Son, to come to earth was to be the propitiation (Gk. hilasmos – the means of covering and remitting, i.e., satisfying God) for the sins of mankind.  Christ accomplished this purpose on the cross of Calvary by taking on and becoming man’s sin so that man could obtain the righteousness of God.  While on the cross Christ paid the penalty for all of sin by suffering the extreme punishment and judgment of God the Father (spiritual death, i.e., being separated from [forsaken by] God the Father) for a period (several hours) of time.  Christ’s work on the cross was total, complete, and, in His own word, “finished.”

And He [Jesus Christ] Himself is the propitiation for our sins, and not for ours only but also for the whole world. . . . In this is love, not that we loved God, but that He loved us and sent His Son to be the propitiation for our sins. (1 John 2:2; 4:10; cf. Romans 3:25; Hebrews 2:17)

For He [God the Father] made Him [God the Son] who knew no sin to be sin for us, that we might become the righteousness of God in Him. (2 Corinthians 5:21; cf. Isaiah 53:6; Romans 8:3; Galatians 3:13; 1 Peter 2:24)

Now from the sixth hour until the ninth hour there was darkness over all the land.  And about the ninth hour Jesus cried out with a loud voice, saying, “Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani?” that is, “My God, My God, why have You forsaken Me?” (Matthew 27:45-46)

So when Jesus had received the sour wine, He said, “It is finished!” And bowing His head, He gave up His spirit. (John 19:30)

And the only way a person may apply Christ’s substitutionary work on the cross for the benefit of his personal salvation (i.e., to procure eternal life) is by making a conscious decision to receive (accept) Christ and His work on the cross apart from anything else for the purpose of procuring (securing) it, period!  Such a decision can only be made by (through) faith (plus absolutely nothing else [self-works]).  This would be an instantaneous internal conscious decision — not a prayer, a dedication, a promise, or any form of outward demonstration that may be taken after one hears and understands God’s grace-gift of salvation (a work that can only be performed by the Holy Spirit [John 16:7-11]).  It can only be an internal, conscious decision to place one’s faith completely and solely in Christ for one’s eternal life — prior to any outward, following demonstration of this fact.

For God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whoever believes in Him should not perish but have everlasting life.  For God did not send His Son into the world to condemn the world, but that the world through Him might be saved.  He who believes in Him is not condemned; but he who does not believe is condemned already, because he has not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God. (John 3:16-18)

But these are written that you may believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and that believing you may have life in His name. (John 20:31)

And he brought them out and said, “Sirs, what must I do to be saved?” So they said, “Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and you will be saved . . . .”  (Acts 16:30-31a)

For by grace you have been saved through faith, and that not of yourselves; it is the gift of God, not of works, lest anyone should boast. (Ephesians 2:8-9)

Yet, even without this clarity on the issue, many are saved throughout the world.  There are many throughout all levels of Christendom who have been informed that salvation is to be obtained by means of a series of steps, i.e., faith plus works (e.g., confession of/turning from sins, specifically worded prayers, administration of baptism, etc.), who are indeed saved, but that would only be due to their faith in Jesus Christ — a decision made prior to the exercise of any other “proffered requirement.”

Please note the following from Arlen Chitwood's Salvation by Grace through Faith BOOK, Foreword:

Eternal salvation is by grace (that which God is able to do completely apart from human merit) through faith (by believing on God’s Son [Ephesians 2:8-9]), and it is based entirely upon the finished work of Another (John 19:30).  Nothing that man has done, is presently doing, or will ever do can have anything to do with his eternal destiny.  Man can do no more than receive by faith that which has already been done on his behalf.

This is why Scripture states:

“. . . Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and you will be saved . . . .” (Acts 16:31)

This statement is in response to a question in the preceding verse:

“. . . Sirs, what must I do to be saved?” (Acts 16:30)

And within another frame of reference, the response to this question could only be, “Nothing!”  This would have to be the response simply because there is not one single thing left for unsaved man to do (nor could he do anything if something were left, for, he is spiritually dead and incapable of acting in the spiritual realm [Ephesians 2:1, 5]).

It is of interest to note that the question, “Sirs, what must I do to be saved?” and the answer, “Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and you will be saved,” only appear together one place in the entire Bible.  Scripture is filled with information concerning redemption, but Acts 16:30-31 is the only place, from Genesis to Revelation, where the question concerning eternal salvation is asked and answered in so many words.

Thus, within a completely biblical framework, if the question in Acts 16:30 is asked, there can be only one answer:  “Believe . . . .”  Man’s ideas, thoughts, comments are of no moment.  God has spoken, and that’s the end of the matter.

John 3:16 is often called “the gospel in a nutshell” by individuals seeking to draw attention to the overall salvation message stated in its simplest form in Scripture.  God, because of His love for fallen man — who had been created in His image, after His likeness, for a purpose (Genesis 1:26-28) — “gave His only begotten Son [1 Corinthians 15:3], that whoever believes in Him [Acts 16:31] should not perish but have everlasting life.”

Everything, in its entirety, to procure man’s salvation was done by Another.  It had to be accomplished by Another, for, as previously stated, the one being redeemed was “dead in trespasses and sins” (Ephesians 2:1), totally incapable of acting on his own behalf.

Christ is the One who died, Christ is the One who performed the work to procure man’s salvation, and God is satisfied with His Son’s finished work.

When Christ cried out from the Cross in “a loud voice” near the ninth hour, “It is finished” (Luke 23:46; John 19:30), He used one word in the Greek text — Tetelestai — that could be better translated, “It has been finished.”  Tetelestai is a perfect tense usage of teleo, which means “to bring to an end,” “to complete.”  And the perfect tense refers to action completed in past time, with the results of that action extending into and existing during present time in a finished state.

All of the work surrounding man’s redemption that Christ had come to perform had, at that point in time, been completed.  This was the announcement that Christ made, in “a loud voice”; and, because of that which was involved in the announcement, there was then no longer any need for Him to continue His sufferings on the Cross.  Thus, immediately after He cried out, “It has been finished,” He “gave up the ghost [KJV, lit., ‘He breathed out’ (He expired, willingly relinquishing His life)]” (Luke 23:46).

The work of Christ at Calvary, from the point He cried out, “It has been finished,” has existed in exactly the same finished state in which He proclaimed it to exist at that time.  It has existed as a work completed in past time that extends into present time (in a finished state) and that will extend into all the ages comprising eternity ahead (in the same finished state).

Nothing can ever be added, and nothing can ever be taken away.  That is to say, nothing can ever change relative to Christ’s finished work at Calvary.

That’s the way God’s procurement of man’s salvation had to occur.  Once Christ’s work had been finished, that’s the way His work had to always continue to exist — in a finished state — throughout both time and eternity.

Because of Christ’s finished work, salvation is extended to man “without money and without price” (Isaiah 55:1); and apart from Christ’s finished work, there is no salvation.

He who believes in him is not condemned; but he who does not believe is condemned already [lit., ‘has already been condemned’ (a perfect tense — condemned in past time because of unbelief and presently living in that condemned state)], because he has not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God. (John 3:18)

It is utterly impossible — and foolish to even consider — that finite man, “dead in trespasses and sins,” could add one thing to or take one thing from the finished work of the infinite God through His Son.

All man can possibly do is simply receive, by believing on the Son, that which has already been done on his behalf.

When a person makes that internal, conscious decision to believe on (trust in) Christ for his personal eternal salvation, it is in that “precise instant” that he procures eternal life, becomes a child of God.  And you may be assured that God is completely aware of that decision when it occurs; and, instantaneously acts upon it.

Personal Experience

This writer recalls the “precise instant” he was saved (procured eternal salvation) back on December the 25th of 1959 at approximately 2:00 o’clock in the morning.  The night before, he tried to link up with a friend who he thought was attending a local evangelical church.  Seated in the auditorium but failing to see his friend, he was hesitant to leave because the service had started.

The minister put forth how one could be saved, but the writer just couldn’t understand the concept of faith without works as the means for salvation.  Even when a number of Christians attempted to reiterate the means to salvation to the writer, he simply could not comprehend that it was a matter of faith without subsequent works.

It was only after the writer finally located his friend that night (a friend who most certainly didn’t “act like a Christian” during much of his life of frivolity and misdeeds) and inquired of him regarding the issue of salvation that he finally understood it.

When he was seated in his friend’s car, he asked his friend how a person could be saved “only by faith.”  Upon this, he noticed an immediate change take over his friend who then proceeded to explain the issue.  Although his friend presented the issue no differently than those who previously explained it that night at the church, the issue “all of a sudden” became very clear to the writer.  Here was someone who certainly did not reflect an admirable Christian life, but who indeed knew he was saved.  The crystalline thought emerged — one can only be saved through faith in Christ and His work on the cross, not by any other means.

Later, during the early morning hours on that Christmas morning while the writer lay on his bed in his home in that south-Texas town, he made the decision to trust only in Christ for his personal salvation, even though he didn’t know all the theological details on how Christ took his sins and paid the price for them.  He simply looked up to the ceiling (in his mind, heaven) and told God that he was now placing his total trust in Christ for salvation.

Was the writer saved when he versed that prayer?  No!  He was instantly saved prior to it when he made the conscious decision to trust in Christ.  He turned over and then went to sleep feeling no emotion or relief.  But from that day forward he was never the same.  God was now part of his life and his spiritual transformation continued on from that point in time.

Postscript

Without question there appears to be a vast amount of confusion regarding the means whereby a person may be “saved.”  But then this should be clearly understood by Christians who realize that there is an “adversary the devil [who] walks about like a roaring lion, seeking whom he may devour” (1 Peter 5:8).

One primary way Satan accomplishes this confusion among those who read God’s Word is to blind them to the doctrinal distinctions between the initial offering of the proffered kingdom to the nation of Israel, an offering promulgated by John the Baptist and Jesus Christ based on “repentance” (Matthew 3:2, 17), and the offer of eternal salvation to all occupants of earth (John 3:16-17; 20:31) based only on a conscious decision of “faith in Christ alone.”

The confusion that exists when a student of the Word endeavors to combine the various passages of Scripture regarding these two doctrinal issues only increases when he further fails to understand the tripartite composition of man (spirit, soul, and body [1 Thessalonians 5:23; Hebrews 4:12]) and how the complete issue of eternal salvation affects each part.  When a person attempts to apply the distinctly different passages of Scripture applicable to the separate components of man to the same salvation issue, it is no wonder that various and opposing ministries and denominations emerge.

Further confusion arises over the “security of the believer” when one fails to understand the distinctions mentioned above.  But when one accurately compares Scripture with Scripture under the tutelage of the Holy Spirit (John 14:26; 16:13; 1 Corinthians 2:13), “rightly dividing the Word of truth” (2 Timothy 2:15), the confusion will disintegrate and clarity and confidence will most assuredly flourish.

For lucidity on these doctrinal issues, it is recommended that the reader access and investigate the following websites:  Bible One by Charles Strong and Arlen Chitwood's Lamp Broadcast

Finally, should you, the reader, upon reading this composition have any uncertainty regarding your personal eternal salvation, you need only consider and reply to the following question:

Do you solely trust (have faith in) Jesus Christ and His sacrifice on the cross for your personal salvation?

If you can honestly say “yes” to this, you may be assured of your eternal salvation.  It makes no difference if you can recall the exact time you first made such a decision (many individuals experience this at a very early age); it only matters that you confidently know it is real….now.

And if this would be the very first time that you decide to completely and solely place your trust only in Christ and His work on the cross for your personal salvation, then you may be assured that you have now experienced the “precise instant” of your personal eternal salvation.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Bible One - Charles Strong's The Salvation Moment

Word Document:  The Salvation Moment by Charles Strong.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

To website CONTENTS Page.

Epignosis / Mature Knowledge / Super Knowledge

Christians cannot have a clear, exact and mature understanding of God unless Jesus Christ reveals it to them.  The Greek word translated “reveal” in our text is “apokalupto” and it means “to remove a veil or take off the cover."   The noun is “apokalupsis,” which means a “disclosure or revelation.”  We say “apocalypse or apocalyptic”.  Jesus clearly states that He grants revelation to certain Christians according to His will.  He accomplishes this through the Word and the Holy Spirit.

What is this mature knowledge that reveals the hidden things of God? Luke states that he wrote his account of our Lord’s ministry “so that you might know (epiginosko) the exact truth about the things you have been taught” (Luke 1:4).  The mature knowledge of God and His Son comes from His Word.  Paul prays for the faithful at Ephesus . . . “that the God of our Lord Jesus Christ, the Father of glory, may give to you the spirit of wisdom and of revelation (apokalupsis) in the knowledge (epignosis) of Him” (Ephesians1:17).  Wisdom and disclosure comes with this mature knowledge.

Again, Paul prays for the Christians at Philippi . . . “And this I pray, that your love may abound still more and more in real knowledge (epignosis) and all discernment, so that you may approve the things that are excellent, in order to be sincere and blameless for the day of Christ” (Philippians 1:9-10).  This mature knowledge nurtures and grows love (agape).  This mature knowledge recognizes the precious things of God.  It prepares a Christian for the judgment of His Church and the selection of His bride.

Again, Paul prays for the faithful at Colosse . . . “For this reason also, since the day we heard, we have not ceased to pray for you and to ask that you may be filled with the knowledge (epignosis) of His Will in all spiritual wisdom and understanding, so that you may walk in a manner worthy of the Lord, to please in all respects, bearing fruit in every good work and increasing in the knowledge (epignosis) of God; strengthened with all power, according to His glorious might, for the attaining of all steadfastness and patience; joyously giving thanks to the Father, who has qualified us to share in the inheritance of the saints in light” (Colossians 1:9-12).  This mature knowledge gives wisdom and understanding. Without this mature knowledge a Christian cannot enter the narrow way (gate) nor produce good fruit.

This mature knowledge must be active and ever growing.  It gives strong roots to the faith and the hope of our honored position in His coming Kingdom. Please note that in all three prayers Paul uses the word “may.”  Christ reveals this knowledge only to those who keep seeking, keep asking, and keep knocking.  It is for the obedient and faithful disciple.  “Grace and peace be multiplied to you in the knowledge (epignosis) of God and of Jesus our Lord; seeing that His divine power has granted to us everything pertaining to life and godliness, through the true knowledge (epignosis) of Him who called us to His own glory and excellence” (2 Peter 1:2-3).  This knowledge given to His faithful provides the means to achieve glorious life in His Kingdom.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Excerpts from Three Types of Bible Knowledge in this site.

(Aside:  One of my mentors, Gary Whipple, no longer with us, defined epignosis as "super knowledge.")

The following Word Document is SAFE to open and print:  Epignosis - Mature Knowledge - Super Knowledge.docx

To website CONTENTS Page.

“Outer darkness” is simply one realm immediately outside of another realm, called “outer darkness” by way of contrast to the “inner light.” Those cast out are removed from a sphere associated with light and placed outside in a sphere associated with darkness.

A Darkness on the Outside
By Arlen Chitwood of
Lamp Broadcast

A particular place of darkness outside, but contiguous to, a particular place of light.

The expression “outer darkness” only appears three times in Scripture, and all three are found in the gospel of Matthew (Matthew 8:12; 22:13; 25:30). Luke, in his gospel, alludes to outer darkness in a parallel reference to Matthew 8:11-12 (Luke 13:28-29 ASV) but does not use the words. He simply reduces the expression to “without” (ASV).

In the Greek text, both Matthew and Luke use the compound word ekballo, which means to “cast out” (ek, “out”; ballo, “to cast”). Following the use of this word, the place into which individuals in these passages are cast is given in both gospels.

In the gospel of Matthew, the place where individuals are cast is described as “into outer darkness [lit., from the Greek text, ‘into the darkness, the outer,’ or as we would normally say in an English translation, ‘into the outer darkness’].”

(In the Greek text there are definite articles before both the noun and adjective, with the adjective following the noun — “the darkness, the outer.” In a construction of this nature, by a repetition of the article, there is an emphasis placed on the adjective, “outer.” It is not just any darkness, but a particular darkness. It is a particular place of darkness outside and contiguous to a particular place of light.)

Then, in the gospel of Luke, the place where individuals are cast is described as “without,” or “on the outside.” That is, by comparing Matthew’s account, they are cast “without,” or “on the outside” of a place of light; and this place, in the gospel of Matthew, is described as a place of darkness.

Accordingly, many Christians in that day will find themselves in the darkness outside the lighted banqueting hall (Matthew 22:9-13); and these same Christians will, as well, subsequently find themselves outside the scope of the rule and reign of the One who said, “I am the light of the world” (Matthew 8:11-12; 25:19-30; John 9:5). And the expressed thoughts by both Matthew and Luke locate this place immediately outside and contiguous to the region from which those in view are cast. Both passages refer to the same place — a particular region of darkness outside a particular region of light.

The place from which these individuals are cast is one of light. This is possibly illustrated best in Matthew chapter twenty-two (Matthew 22). In this chapter, “outer darkness” is used to describe conditions in an area immediately outside the festivities attendant a royal wedding. Such festivities in the East would normally be held at night, inside a lighted banqueting hall. On the outside there would be a darkened courtyard; and the proximity of this darkened courtyard to the lighted banqueting hall would correspond perfectly to the expression, “the outer darkness,” or “the darkness on the outside.”

A person in the banqueting hall, cast into the courtyard, would be cast out of the light into the darkness. This is the picture, and this is exactly what will occur in relation to that which is being dealt with in Matthew 8:11-12; 22:1-14; 25:14-30 — i.e., cast out of the marriage festivities and out of the kingdom which follows.

“Outer darkness” is simply one realm immediately outside of another realm, called “outer darkness” by way of contrast to the “inner light.” Those cast out are removed from a sphere associated with light and placed outside in a sphere associated with darkness.

Following events of the judgment seat of Christ, servants having been shown faithful and servants having been show unfaithful will find themselves in two entirely different realms.

Servants having been shown faithful will find themselves among those forming the bride of Christ and in a position to attend the marriage festivities. And these individuals will subsequently be positioned on the throne as co-heirs with Christ, forming the consort queen who will reign with the “King of kings, and Lord of lords.”

Servants having been shown unfaithful though will not form part of the bride; nor will they be allowed to attend the marriage festivities; nor will they be allowed to ascend the throne with Christ. Rather, they will find themselves in a place outside the realm where these activities occur.

They will be removed from the inner light (be removed from a place associated with events surrounding the marriage supper of the Lamb and the reign of Christ that follows) and be cast into the darkness outside (be cast into a place separated from events surrounding the marriage supper of the Lamb and the reign of Christ which follows).

This is the way “outer darkness” is used in Scripture; and this is the only way the expression is used. Any teaching concerning “outer darkness,” remaining true to the text, must approach the subject only from a textual and contextual fashion of this nature, recognizing the subject matter at hand.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

(Excerpted  from Cast Outside into Outer Darkness  in this site.)

Word Document:  A Darkness on the Outside by Arlen Chitwood.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

To website CONTENTS Page.

The picture is that of a kingdom in utter collapse and men who are already in unimaginable anguish being tormented by demonic spirits unleashed throughout the kingdom (cf. Luke 8:26-33; 9:38-39), with these individuals seen gnawing their tongues for pain (an expression found only here in Scripture [Revelation 16:10]).

Seeing the Trumpet and Bowl Judgments Together
From
Silence in Heaven (2) by Arlen Chitwood of Lamp Broadcast

(The trumpet and bowl judgments set forth a divinely designed orderly progression in the ruin, utter collapse, and destruction of the end-time world system under Antichrist, who will occupy a position of worldwide power and authority, ruling from Satan’s throne.  These judgments provide detail and commentary, particularly on that which is seen when the sixth seal of the scroll was broken.  And the breaking of this sixth seal, in turn, answers a question asked when the previous seal was broken, along with providing detail and commentary for that which is seen when the first four seals of the scroll were broken.

This is the orderly arrangement, with all of the necessary information, in which matters surrounding the redemption of the inheritance are revealed by and through the breaking of the seals on the seven-sealed scroll.)

The trumpet and bowl judgments are to be understood in complete keeping with the manner in which the book is structured (“signified” [Revelation 1:1]), along with the extensive use of metaphors.  And this would simply be a continuation of and would be in complete keeping with that which is previously seen when the first six seals were broken (ref. Arlen Chitwood's The Time of the End BOOK, chapters 1 [The Revelation of Jesus Christ (1)], and 13-15 [The Four Horsemen, Souls Under the Altar, The Great Seismos] in this site).

Using metaphors or similes, a symbolic-type of language, can often convey a more forceful or vivid picture than a lengthy statement.  And this is perhaps the main reason we find the extensive use of this type of language throughout Scripture, particularly in this closing book.

1)  First Trumpet, First Bowl (Revelation 8:7; 16:2)

Both have to do with the earth.

The sounding of the first trumpet and the pouring out of the first bowl, describing the first judgment two different ways, provides beginning detail and commentary for that which is previously dealt with in an overall scope.  This first judgment provides beginning detail and commentary for that which is dealt with when the sixth seal was broken (showing the complete collapse and utter disarray of world government, along with its interrelated trade and commerce).  And this, in turn, provides detail and forms commentary for that which is dealt with when the first four seals were broken, particularly in relation to where the whole of the matter leads.

The first trumpet judgment presents “hail and fire mingled with blood,” which were “thrown to the earth.”  The “third” of the earth and trees was burned up, and “all” green grass was burned up.

Then, paralleling the preceding, by way of further explanation and comment when the first bowl was poured out, it is stated, “a foul and loathsome sore came upon the men who had the mark of the beast and those who worshiped his image.”

The “hail and fire” from above, “thrown to the earth,” points to sudden judgment from God befalling the earth-dwellers.  “Hail” is used in this manner in Isaiah 28:2, 17, and “fire” is used in this manner more than any other symbol in Scripture (e.g., Genesis 3:24; Exodus 3:2; Revelation 1:14-15).  “Hail” and “fire” used together, as in the seventh plague in Egypt during Moses’ day, could only show intensity relative to this judgment.

Then, the “hail and fire” are seen “mingled with blood.”  “Blood” could point to either life or death.  But, in the manner seen here, it is death.  Thus, the end result of this judgment, as is characteristic of the judgments seen throughout the breaking of the seals on the scroll, is death (which would be mainly in relation to that which is in view — the government, trade and commerce [affecting man indirectly]).

The “third” of the earth and trees was burned up, and “all” green grass was burned up (the KJV and NKJV do not include “the earth,” but the better Greek manuscripts available today do include it).

The “earth” is simply the sphere of Satan’s domain as he rules the earth and the sphere of man’s domain as he rules under Satan and his angels.  And “trees” upon this sphere of Satan’s domain would apparently be used in a dual sense.

“Trees” are used in Scripture two ways.  They are used of man’s loftiness (Ezekiel 31:1ff) and of national powers in the kingdom of men (Judges 9:8-15; Luke 21:29-30).  Both symbolic usages appear to be combined in Nebuchadnezzar’s experiences seen in Daniel 4:4-37.

Then, “grass” is used in Scripture to reference those in the human race (Isaiah 40:6-7; 1 Peter 1:24).  And “green grass,” as seen in the text, could only point to a prosperous condition, or a lofty condition (in keeping with the symbolism of a “tree”), of those in the kingdom.

Thus, the picture is in complete keeping with that which is previously seen by and through the breaking of the first six seals, with detail added.  It is a picture of worldwide judgment in the kingdom of men, which here affects one-third of mankind within the kingdom of Antichrist but is enlarged to include the whole of mankind when the seven bowls are poured out.

Kingdoms are brought down, the loftiness of man is reduced to naught, and the final picture is one of utter chaos and desolation in the kingdom of Antichrist.

Now, that which is seen by and through the pouring out of the first bowl must be understood within this same framework, adding further information.  Seemingly, the parallel doesn’t appear to exist.  But bear in mind that symbolic language is being used.

The first bowl judgment refers to “a foul and loathsome sore [‘a painfully bad wound’]” befalling those “who had the mark of the beast and those who worshiped his image.”

To see that which occurs when the first bowl is poured out as a physical wound wouldn’t really fit within the parallel that must exist between the first trumpet and bowl judgments.  But, on the other hand, seeing this wound as mental rather than physical would be perfectly in line with that which is brought to pass when the first trumpet is sounded.

Something often overlooked is the fact that sickness and disease, which can result in death, can have to do with either the physical or the mental part of man.  And the two are so inseparably related that sickness or disease in one can often end up affecting the other as well.

In keeping with the first trumpet judgment, the painfully bad wound which is seen when the first bowl was poured out undoubtedly refers to a mental rather than to a physical condition.  Mental suffering is something that can, at times, far exceed the physical, which would account for the state in which individuals will find themselves because of that which is occurring when the first trumpet sounds.  The picture apparently shows the mental state of those in the kingdom of Antichrist when the whole of that which exists in the kingdom is collapsing all around them.

And unlike Nebuchadnezzar, the first king in Babylon during the Times of the Gentiles in Daniel 4:30-37 (cf. Daniel 5:18-21), whose understanding and kingdom were restored, neither will be restored to those in the kingdom of Antichrist in that coming day, those in the final form of the kingdom of Babylon during the Times of the Gentiles.  Only utter, complete destruction will await them.

2)  Second Trumpet, Second Bowl (Revelation 8:8-9; 16:3)

Both have to do with the sea.

When the second angel sounded his trumpet, “a great mountain burning with fire was thrown into the sea.”  A third of the sea became blood, a third of the living creatures in the sea died, and a third of the ships were destroyed.

A “mountain” in Scripture signifies a kingdom (Isaiah 2:1-5; Daniel 2:35, 44-45; Matthew 16:28-17:5).  “Fire,” as previously seen, has to do with judgment.  And “the sea” is used several ways in Scripture — having to do with death (Exodus 14:21-28; cf. 1 Corinthians 10:2; Colossians 2:12), with the Gentiles (Daniel 7:2-3; Revelation 13:1), and with restlessness (Isaiah 57:20).

The “great mountain” would have to do with the kingdom of Antichrist, “burning with fire” would have to do with God’s judgment befalling the kingdom, and being cast into the sea could only include all three symbolic usages of the sea.  It will be a Gentile kingdom in its death throes, and only a state of restlessness could possibly exist in the kingdom at this time.

Isaiah 57:20-21 would be an apt description of the kingdom in that coming day:

But the wicked are like the troubled sea, when it cannot rest, whose waters cast up mire and dirt.

“There is no peace,” says my God, “for the wicked.”

Then, the result of this great mountain burning with fire, cast into the sea, is seen to be death and the destruction of ships in the sea.  “Death” could have to do with individuals in the kingdom, but it is apparent, particularly as seen in the related bowl judgment, that this refers more specifically to that being dealt with — the government, along with its interrelated trade and commerce.  And the latter (trade and commerce) is specifically singled out by attention being called to the destruction of ships in the sea, for ships are used primarily to transport goods from one place to another (cf. Revelation 18:17-19).

And exactly the same thing is seen when the second bowl is poured out.  An angel poured out the second bowl on the sea.  And the sea “became blood as of a dead man; and every living creature in the sea died.”  The second trumpet judgment dealt with one-third of that which was affected, but the second bowl judgment dealt with the whole, carrying the matter to completion.  And it is evident from information given when this bowl is poured out that “death,” which is seen as all-inclusive, cannot be a reference to individuals in the kingdom but rather to the government, along with its interrelated trade and commerce.

Both the sounding of the second trumpet and pouring out of the second bowl show exactly the same thing as seen when the sixth seal was broken, with detail added.  Both together form a further description of the utter and complete collapse and destruction of the whole of Antichrist’s kingdom.

Each of the trumpet and bowl judgments shows a different facet of the matter.

3)  Third Trumpet, Third Bowl (Revelation 8:10-11; 16:4-7)

Both have to do with the rivers and fountains of waters.

When the third angel sounded his trumpet, “a great star” fell from heaven.  And the star fell upon the third of the rivers and on the springs of water, resulting in the waters becoming bitter and causing the deaths of numerous individuals.

When an angel poured out the third bowl upon the rivers and fountains of waters, “they became blood.”  Then attention is called to the righteous judgments of the Lord.  Those on the earth “have shed the blood of saints and prophets,” and these same individuals have been given “blood to drink. For it is their just due.” (cf. Genesis 9:6)

“Stars” are used in the book of Revelation to denote individuals (both angels and men) in positions of authority, spiritual and/or political (Revelation 1:16, 20; 6:13; 12:1, 4). “Waters” are used to denote “peoples, multitudes, nations, and tongues” (Isaiah 17:12-13; Revelation 17:1, 15).  “Waters” form the source of life (Exodus 17:3-6; Isaiah 55:1; John 4:6-14; 7:37-38), but in the text the waters not only become blood, but they become bitter.  Thus, the waters here are associated, not with life, but with death.  And they are actually associated with something beyond simply death itself.  They are associated with a bitterness in connection with death, which takes one beyond the normal thought of death.  And the whole of the matter is associated with both the kingdom of Antichrist and those in the kingdom.

The sources of all national life become associated with a death beyond the normal thought of death — the continuing collapse of the kingdom, trade and commerce, and the continuing deterioration of the mental state of those in the kingdom.

And the punishment — a drinking, a partaking of the whole of the matter — is as terrible on the one hand as it is righteous on the other.  It is here that the cry of the saints seen under the altar begins to be addressed:

When He opened the fifth seal, I saw under the altar the souls of those who had been slain for the Word of God and for the testimony which they held.

And they cried with a loud voice, saying, “How long, O Lord, holy and true, until You judge and avenge our blood on those who dwell on the earth?” (Revelation 6:9-10).

And I heard the angel of the waters saying: “You are righteous, O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be, because You have judged these things.

For they have shed the blood of saints and prophets, and You have given them blood to drink. For it is their just due.”  (Revelation 16:5-6).

The reference, of course, is not to a physical drinking, but to something far worse.  Those in the kingdom in that coming day will find themselves having to pass through something far worse than physical death, and they will fully know and experience its bitterness.

4)  Fourth Trumpet, Fourth Bowl (Revelation 8:12-13; 16:8-9)

Both have to do with heavenly bodies.

When the fourth angel sounded his trumpet, a third of the sun, moon, and stars were struck; and this resulted in darkness for “a third” of both the day and the night.

When an angel poured out the fourth bowl on the sun, power was given to the sun “to scorch men with fire.”

The sun, moon, and stars are used in a collective sense to reference the whole of the governing powers in Antichrist’s kingdom.  There is a universal crash in the government;  and where life and light once existed death and darkness begin to pervade the kingdom, and this continues until the whole is affected (cf. Matthew 13:33).

This is the same thing previously seen when the sixth seal was broken.  Also, the fourth trumpet and bowl judgments are similar to the succeeding fifth trumpet and bowl judgments and belong together in the sense of the former being continued and carried to completion in the latter.  Only one-third is affected in the fourth trumpet judgment, with nothing being stated along these lines in the fourth bowl judgment.  But the matter is carried to completion in both the fifth trumpet and bowl judgments, with the whole being affected.

The fourth bowl judgment has to do with one central thing — individuals being “scorched” by “great heat” from the stricten sun, as it is seen when the fourth trumpet sounds.  This, of course, is not a reference to the intensity of the sun itself being increased, for the “sun” is being used in a metaphorical sense, referring to the main governing authority in the kingdom.  And being scorched with great heat must be understood in line with the way that the “sun” is being used in the passage.

The reference is to the utter collapse of the government, seen at its center (the sun), being the cause of not just anguish but of intense anguish among those in the kingdom (note the painfully bad wound when the first bowl was poured out).  And this results, not in a change of mind (repentance), but in their blaspheming the name of the One in control of the entire matter (ref. to a corresponding and continuing scene in the fifth trumpet and bowl judgments).

5)  Fifth Trumpet, Fifth Bowl (Revelation 9:1-12; 16:10-11)

Both have to do with darkness throughout the kingdom of the beast.

When the fifth angel sounded his trumpet, a star fell “from heaven to the earth.”  This star, an angel, held the key to “the bottomless pit [lit., ‘the shaft of the underworld,’ i.e. a shaft going down into the underworld].”  He opened the shaft, and smoke so thick that it blotted out the sun came up from the shaft, producing darkness; and locusts came out of the smoke.

The locusts had tails like scorpions, and they were given power over those having received the mark of the beast to torment men “five months.”

When an angel poured out the fifth bowl “upon the throne of the beast . . . his kingdom was full of darkness.”  Those in the kingdom are then seen gnawing their tongues for pain and blaspheming “the God of heaven because of their pains and their sores.”

The fifth trumpet and bowl judgments simply form a continuation from the fourth trumpet and bowl judgments, bringing the kingdom of Antichrist into its final form immediately before it is destroyed.

As previously seen, an angel came down and opened a shaft going down into the underworld.  And smoke came up out of the shaft, with locusts coming out of the smoke.  The smoke was so thick that it blotted out the sun, producing darkness throughout the kingdom; and the locusts coming out of the smoke had tails like scorpions, and they were given power over men to torment them for “five months” (the normal life-span of locusts, which may or may not be a reference to literal time [note the five months of judgment in a type of the Tribulation during the Flood in Noah’s day, with torrential rain falling and subterranean water rising for one hundred fifty days — Genesis 7; 11; 12; 24 and Genesis 8:1-2]).

Again, the “sun” is a reference to the central governing authority in the kingdom, and the sun being darkened by smoke can only be a reference to the utter collapse and ruin of the central governing authority in the kingdom, wrought by and through judgment from God (smoke associated with fire).

The locusts have a “king over them,” the angel of the bottomless pit (underworld), whose name in the Hebrew is “Abaddon” and in the Greek “Apollyon” (Revelation 9:11).  Both words mean Destroyer.  “The underworld” in view (Greek: abussos, “abyss”) is seen in Scripture as an abode of demons and the place where Satan will be bound during the Millennium (Luke 8:31; Revelation 20:3; cf. Revelation 17:8).  In this respect, it appears evident that the locusts coming up in the smoke from the shaft going down into the underworld can only refer to a demonic plague (possibly a loosing of the angels in 2 Peter 2:4 and Jude 1:6).

Thus, the picture is that of a kingdom in utter collapse and men who are already in unimaginable anguish being tormented by demonic spirits unleashed throughout the kingdom (cf. Luke 8:26-33; 9:38-39), with these individuals seen gnawing their tongues for pain (an expression found only here in Scripture [Revelation 16:10]).

Is it any wonder that Scripture reads:

In those days men will seek death and will not find it; they will desire to die, and death will flee from them. (Revelation 9:6)   

This is what Gentile world power under Antichrist will be reduced to immediately before it is destroyed.

(The last two trumpet and bowl judgments are different than the first five.  The first five describe different facets of how the kingdom of Antichrist will be brought into utter and complete disarray and ruin.  The last two then describe not only how the Lord will destroy that which previously had been brought into utter and complete disarray  and ruin [sixth trumpet and bowl judgments] but also how everything will be brought to a full and complete end [seventh trumpet and bowl judgments]. 

These last two trumpet and bowl judgments are dealt with in Silence in Heaven (3) in this site, with the last trumpet and vial judgment further dealt with in The Opened Scroll also in this site.)

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Word Document:  Seeing the Trumpet and Bowl Judgments Together by Arlen Chitwood.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

To website CONTENTS Page.

Today, Christ does the washing, but Christians, as Ruth, must act.  It is only as we “confess our sins,” judging ourselves (1 Corinthians 11:31-32), 1 John 1:9), that Christ effects cleansing on our behalf.

“WASH YOURSELF”
From The Marriage Supper of the Lamb by Arlen Chitwood of Lamp Broadcast in this site.

“Washing” has to do with a cleansing from present defilement.  Within the scope of the ministry of priests in the Old Testament, a complete washing of the body occurred at the time one entered into the priesthood, never to be repeated (Exodus 29:4; 40:12-15).  Subsequent washings of parts of the body then occurred at the brazen (bronze) laver (basin) in the courtyard of the tabernacle as the priests ministered between the brazen (bronze) altar and the Holy Place (Exodus 30:19-21).  Their hands and feet became soiled as they carried out their ministry, and the brazen (bronze) laver (basin) had upper and lower basins for washing these soiled parts of the body.

Washings in the Old Testament were thus looked upon in two senses — a washing of the complete body (a one-time initial cleansing), followed by washings of parts of the body (numerous subsequent cleansings).  It was these two types of cleansings that Jesus referred to when speaking to Peter in John 13:8, 10:

If I do not wash [Greek: nipto, referring to a part of the body (the Septuagint uses this same word in Exodus 30:19, 21)] you, you have no part with Me [note: “with me,” not “in me”] . . .

He who is bathed [Greek: louo, referring to the entire body (the Septuagint uses this word in Exodus 29:4; 40:12)] needs only to wash [nipto] his feet . . . . (Exodus 29:8, 10a [8b])

Peter had been washed once (described by the word louo [his complete body]); now he needed continued washings (described by the word nipto [parts of the body]).  And, apart from these continued washings, he could have no part “withChrist (contextually, the kingdom and positions with Christ therein were in view).

Bringing the typological teachings of the Old Testament and Christ’s statement to Peter over into the lives of Christians today, the matter would be the same.

Christians, part of a New Testament priesthood (1 Peter 2:5), received a complete washing (louo, the entire body) at the time they entered into the priesthood, at the time they were saved.  Now, as priests ministering for their Lord, because of defilement through contact with the world, they need continued partial washings (nipto, parts of the body).  And, apart from these continued washings, Christians can have no part with Christ in His future kingdom.

All cleansing is accomplished on the basis of Christ’s past and present work in relation to His shed blood.

Christ died at Calvary, shedding His blood, to effect our redemption.  Those appropriating the blood have been washed (louo) and have entered into the priesthood (corresponding in the parallel type to the death of the paschal lambs and the application of the blood in Exodus 12:1ff).

And Christ’s blood is today on the mercy seat of the heavenly tabernacle, with Christ ministering, on the basis of His shed blood, on our behalf, in the Holy of Holies, to effect a continued cleansing (nipto) for the “kings and priests” (Revelation 1:6; 5:10) that He is about to bring forth.

Thus, the Lord has set apart a cleansed (louo) people through whom He is accomplishing His plans and purposes.  And He has provided a means whereby He can keep those whom He has set apart clean (nipto).

Cleansing through the work of Christ as High Priest though is not something that occurs automatically.  Ruth had to act herself.  She had to prepare herself for the impending meeting with Boaz, on his threshing floor.  And Christians must likewise prepare themselves for an impending meeting with Christ, on His threshing floor.

In Ruth’s case, she washed herself:

Therefore wash yourself and anoint yourself, put on your best garment and go down to the threshing floor . . .” (Ruth 3:3a)

Today, Christ does the washing, but Christians, as Ruth, must act.  It is only as we “confess our sins,” judging ourselves (1 Corinthians 11:31-32), that Christ effects cleansing on our behalf.

If we confess our sins, He is faithful and just to forgive us our sins and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness. (1 John 1:9) 

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Word Document:  “WASH YOURSELF” by Arlen Chitwood.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

To website 
CONTENTS Page.

The Book of Revelation is where many expositors and Bible students commit mayhem in Biblical interpretation, and that is especially true beginning with Revelation 17 and continuing through the first six verses of Revelation 19 (Revelation 17; 18; 19:1-6).

These are chapters where interpretation, for the most part, has remained unchanged over the years, with expositors seemingly being unable to break away from an erroneous view which has been held by individuals in one form or another for at least the last five hundred years, since the time of the Reformation.

Mystery of The Woman BOOK
By Arlen L. Chitwood of Lamp Broadcast

Content:

FOREWORD

This book has to do with the Harlot Woman seen in the midst of the kingdom of the Beast (Revelation 17:1-19:6) during that future time covered by Daniel’s unfulfilled Seventieth Week, “the time of Jacob’s trouble” (Jeremiah 30:7; Daniel 9:24-27).

The key to properly understanding all the various things revealed about the woman in Revelation 17:1-19:6 could be succinctly stated in a very simple, two-part manner; and, as well, this is the necessary two-fold key to properly understanding any passage of Scripture:

1) Find out, pay attention to, exactly what the passage states.

2) Then, let Scripture interpret the passage for you, referencing both the immediate context and related                Scripture elsewhere.

On the first part of the preceding, the text singles out one thing about the woman which MUST be understood.  If this one thing is understood, the remainder of that stated about the woman will more naturally fall into place.  However, if this one thing is not understood, an individual will likely find himself/herself lost in a sea of misinterpretation in which so many seem to find themselves today when it comes to this section of Scripture.

And this one thing which MUST be understood at the outset is the word “mystery.”  The woman is referred to twice through the use of this word, both times in the introductory part of Revelation 17:

“And upon her forehead was a name written, MYSTERY, BABYLON THE GREAT, THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS AND ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH…

And the angel said unto me, Wherefore didst thou marvel?  I will tell thee the mystery of the woman, and of the beast that carried her, which hath the seven heads and ten horns” (Revelation 17:5, 7).

The word “mystery” is used in connection with the woman, not as a part of her name or title, but to associate the woman with that dealt with through the meaning of and the way this word is used in the New Testament.

The word “mystery” is used twenty-seven times in the New Testament.

It is used one time in each of the three synoptic gospels, for the same event — the mysteries of the kingdom (Matthew 13:11; Mark 4:11; Luke 8:10).

It is used twenty times in the Pauline epistles.

Paul used the word numerous times to reference the gospel which he had been called to proclaim throughout the Gentile world (Romans 16:25; Ephesians 3:3-4, 9; 6:19; Colossians 1:26-27).

He used the word to reference Israel’s blindness, awaiting the fulness of the Gentiles, to be followed by Israel’s salvation (Romans 11:25-26).

And, among several other usages, Paul used the word to reference the coming resurrection of Christians and the corresponding removal of the living at the end of the present dispensation (1 Corinthians 15:51ff).

The word is not used in Hebrews or the general epistles, but it is used four times in the Book of Revelation.  It is used of the seven stars (Revelation 1:20), of God (Revelation 10:7), and of the Woman and the Beast (Revelation 17:5, 7).

The word “mystery” is an Anglicized form of the Greek word musterion.  The word has to do with something hidden, a secret.  It has to do with something beyond human comprehension, something which cannot be explained by human endeavors, human ingenuity.

In the light of the exact meaning of this word, note R.C.H. Lenski’s comments in his New Testament Greek word studies on the use of musterion in Matthew 13:11:

“These are ‘mysteries’ [the mysteries of the kingdom] because men by nature and by their own abilities are unable to discover and to know them.  It must ‘be given’ to a man ‘to know’ them.  This divine giving is done by means of revelation…”

In this respect, remaining within the first part of the two-fold key to proper Scriptural interpretation — first, finding out exactly what the text states — understand that the word “mystery” is used of the woman.  Then, understanding the meaning of this word and how it is used in the New Testament, one can proceed from that point and know that matters concerning things dealt with through the use of this word cannot be explained through human comprehension.  Divine intervention must be involved.

God must make things pertaining to a mystery known to an individual; and God makes things known today through one means alone — through His Word.

Thus, understanding what is involved in the use of the word “mystery” and that this word is used to reference the woman, one can know that the only possible way to identify the woman is through Divine revelation, i.e., through the Word of God, through comparing Scripture with Scripture.

And, this is where the second part of the two-fold key to proper Scriptural interpretation comes into the picture.  After an individual has found out exactly what the text has to say, then the only proper way to proceed is to compare Scripture with Scripture, both in the light of that stated in the immediate context and related Scripture elsewhere.

Allow Scripture to interpret the passage for you.  Allow Scripture to deal with that designated as “a mystery” for you.

And, doing it this way, you won’t go wrong, for you will have a base upon which to work; doing it any other way, you probably will go wrong, for you will have no base upon which to work.

“A mystery” in the New Testament relies wholly upon other Scripture to explain the mystery.

And the “other Scripture” necessary to help explain the mystery could be other New Testament Scripture, though, of necessity, it would have to extend into Old Testament Scripture as well.

There is nothing in the New Testament that is not seen after some fashion in the Old Testament, necessitating that anything dealt with through the use of the word “mystery” in the New Testament have an Old Testament connection.

To illustrate the preceding, note the mystery of Israel’s blindness and ensuing events in Romans 11:25-26.  Different facets of this are dealt with throughout Moses, the Psalms, and the Prophets (e.g., Genesis 11-19; 22-25; 37-45; the entire panorama of events extending from Exodus through Joshua; or the panorama of events seen throughout Judges or Esther, among numerous other places which could be referenced, concluding with the closing verses of Malachi.

And Old Testament revelation pertaining to the mystery of the woman in Revelation 17:1-19:6, as well, is seen throughout Moses, the Psalms, and the Prophets.

Then, different Old Testament passages could be referenced relative to the manner in which the word “mystery” is used other places in the New Testament.

And that is what this book is about.  It is about interpreting and understanding the mystery of the woman through the only means possible to understand “a mystery,” or anything else in Scripture — through Divine revelation, through comparing Scripture with Scripture.

Chapter 1

Mystery, Babylon the Great
The Mother of Harlots and Abominations of the Earth

And there came one of the seven angels which had the seven vials, and talked with me, saying unto me, Come hither; I will shew unto thee the judgment of the great whore that sitteth upon many waters:

With whom the kings of the earth have committed fornication, and the inhabitants of the earth have been made drunk with the wine of her fornication.

So he carried me away in the spirit into the wilderness:  and I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet colored beast, full of names of blasphemy, having seven heads and ten horns.

And the woman was arrayed in purple and scarlet color, and decked with gold and precious stones and pearls, having a golden cup in her hand full of abominations and filthiness of her fornication:

And upon her forehead was a name written, MYSTERY, BABYLON THE GREAT, THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS AND ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH (Revelation 17:1-5).

The Book of Revelation is where many expositors and Bible students commit mayhem in Biblical interpretation, and that is especially true beginning with Revelation 17 and continuing through the first six verses of Revelation 19 (Revelation 17; 18; 19:1-6).

These are chapters where interpretation, for the most part, has remained unchanged over the years, with expositors seemingly being unable to break away from an erroneous view which has been held by individuals in one form or another for at least the last five hundred years, since the time of the Reformation.

Among those expositors viewing the book in some semblance of the correct manner — referred to as “futurist,” understanding events in the book, particularly in Revelation 6-19, as future and having to do with events during Daniel’s unfulfilled seventieth week — almost all, when coming to Revelation 17, seem to forget what the book is about and begin dealing with material completely foreign to the subject matter of the book.

And this foreign subject matter, more often than not, is the Church of Rome (or this Church as the center into which numerous false religions will be drawn in that future day).  Individuals seek to understand and present “the harlot” in these chapters in this manner.

Then, if the preceding manner of mishandling Revelation 17:1ff wasn’t enough in and of itself — i.e., attempting to see God dealing with the Roman Catholic Church during “the time of Jacob’s trouble” (Jeremiah 30:7), the seven-year Tribulation — there is still more.

The “harlot” in Revelation 17:1-19:6 is clearly identified in these chapters in several unmistakable ways (as other than the Roman Catholic Church), in complete keeping with the subject matter being dealt with in this section of the book (Revelation 6-19).

Christians will be removed from the earth and dealt with at the end of the present dispensation, prior to “the time of Jacob’s trouble” (Revelation 1-3).  And it is completely outside the scope of anything taught in Scripture to attempt to see God dealing with anyone or any group of individuals associated with Christianity (either true Christianity or a so-called false Church) during the Tribulation.

Misguided interpretation of the book of the preceding nature (which is not really interpretation at all) results in two things:

1) People are misled, causing them to believe that which is “not according to this Word” (Isaiah 8:20).

2) Proclaimed error at any point in Scripture invariably closes the door to a correct understanding of the              passage being dealt with, which, many times will close the door to correctly understanding related                    passages of Scripture as well.

Thus, mishandling Scripture after this fashion is a serious matter.  The end result can and often does have far-reaching ramifications, moving far beyond one passage dealt with in an erroneous manner.

Again, beginning with Revelation 6:1, this book is dealing with “the time of Jacob’s trouble,” not the time of the Church’s trouble (either the true Church or a so-called false Church).

God, at this time, will have completed His dealings with the Church during Man’s Day.  And beginning with Revelation 6, God is seen turning back to Israel and completing His dealings with the Jewish people during the last seven years of Man’s Day, fulfilling events which will occur during the final week of Daniel’s Seventy-Week prophecy (along with the nations to be dealt with through Israel at this time, with the Messianic Era to follow).

Subject and Structure of the Book

Note the subject matter of the Book of Revelation and how the book has been structured, given in the opening verse of the book.

The Revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave unto him, to shew unto his servants things which must shortly come to pass; and he sent and signified it by his angel unto his servant John.”

Then, with these things in view, the time element — “the time of Jacob’s trouble,” beginning in Revelation 6 — can be dealt with and understood within its proper context and the manner in which the material has been put together in this book.

The first five chapters of the book deal with events which will occur immediately preceding “the time of Jacob’s trouble” —  the Church removed and dealt with at Christ’s judgment seat (Revelation 1-3), the twenty-four elders cast their crowns before God’s throne (Revelation 4), and the search for One worthy to break the seals of the seven-sealed scroll (Revelation 5).

And, beginning with chapter six and continuing through the first six verses of chapter nineteen (Revelation 6-19 [Revelation 19:1-6]), events are dealt with which will occur during or immediately beyond “the time of Jacob’s trouble,” a time when the seven seals of the scroll are broken — a period dealt with time after time throughout Moses, the Psalms, and the Prophets.

1) Subject

The word “Revelation” in the opening verse of this book is a translation of the Greek word apokalupsis, which means to “disclose,” “reveal,” “uncover.”  And this word, along with its verb form (apokalupto), are together used forty-five times in the New Testament in passages such as Romans 16:25; 1 Corinthians 2:10; Galatians 1:12; Ephesians 3:3, 5; I Peter 1:7, 13; 4:13.

The Book of Revelation, the Apokalupsis, the “Apocalypse,” is about a disclosure, an uncovering, an unveiling of that which the Father had previously given to and would accomplish through His Son (cf. John 3:34-35; 5:20-22; 7:16; 8:28).  And that which the Father had previously given to and would accomplish through His Son is seen in both Old and New Testament Scripture as “all things” (cf. Genesis 24:36; 25:5; John 16:15; Colossians 1:16-18; Hebrews 1:2-13).

Then, more directly, in the words of the book itself, that being made known pertains to a revelation of the Son Himself.  This book is an opening up of that which relates all that the Father has given to and would accomplish through His Son, revealed through a revelation of the Son Himself.

And the revelation of the Son, according to this opening verse, is going to be accomplished through a specific, revealed means — through revealing “things which must shortly [Gk., tachos, ‘quickly,’ ‘speedily’] come to pass.”  That is to say, once this revelation of the Son begins through an unfolding of future events, the revelation will occur in a quick or speedy fashion — actually over time covering little more than seven years.

(On the translation of tachos in the opening verse as “quickly” or “speedily,” refer to a cognate word, tachu,     used seven times in this book, translated “quickly” each time [Revelation 2:5, 16; 3:11; 11:14; 22:7, 12, 20].)

According to John 1:1, 14, the incarnation was simply the Word (the Old Testament Scriptures) becoming flesh.  There is the written Word (which is living [Hebrews 4:12]), and there is the living Word (which is the written Word, inseparably connected with the Father, made flesh).

The Book of Revelation is thus an opening up of the Old Testament Scriptures through a Person, through the Word which became flesh.  And any thought of an opening up of the Old Testament Scriptures extending to and including an opening up of the New Testament Scriptures as well could only be completely out of place, for there is nothing in the New that cannot be found, after some fashion, in the Old.  If there were, there could not be the necessary corresponding completeness between the written Word and the living Word at a time before the New Testament even began to be penned.

The New Testament, at any point, of necessity, can only have to do with revelation which can be seen as having an Old Testament base.  Revelation in the New Testament must bear the same inseparable connection with the Word made flesh as revelation in the Old Testament bears.

Thus, the existence of the Word made flesh preceding the existence of the New Testament clearly relates the truth of the matter concerning the content of the New Testament.  The New can only be an opening up and revealing of that previously seen in the Old.  To state or think otherwise is to connect the Word made flesh with one Testament and disconnect Him from the other — an impossibility.

In short, the Old Testament is complete in and of itself; the Word made flesh incorporates this same completeness, and the New Testament adds nothing per se to this completeness.  Any supposed subsequent addition would be impossible, for this would be adding to that which God had already deemed complete through the incarnation, the Word made flesh.

The preceding is why Christ, shortly after His resurrection, began at “Moses and all the prophets” (an expression covering the whole of the O.T.) when He appeared to and began making Himself known to two disciples traveling from Jerusalem to Emmaus (Luke 24:13-31).

The living Word, using the written Word, began putting together different facets of a word picture pertaining to Himself.  And He could have gone to any part of the Old Testament to accomplish the matter, for the whole of the Old Testament was/is about Him.

Through this means, those being addressed would be able to see one (the word picture) alongside the other (the Word made flesh).  And, comparing the two, they would be able to come into an understanding of not only the identity of the One in their midst but an understanding of that which had occurred in Jerusalem during the past several days as well.

This is the manner in which God has put matters together in His Word, making Himself, His plans, and His purposes known to man.  And this is why the Son — God manifest in the flesh, the Word made flesh — undertook matters after exactly the same fashion when making Himself, His plans, and His purposes known to two disciples walking from Jerusalem to Emmaus on the day of His resurrection.

Then, the same thing is seen when He appeared to ten of the eleven remaining disciples (with Thomas absent) in Jerusalem a short time later (Luke 24:36-45; John 20:19-29).

And this is the manner in which the Book of Revelation must be studied.  Since it is an unveiling of the living Word, it is equally an unveiling of the inseparable Old Testament Scriptures, which, throughout, have to do with both of God’s firstborn Sons — Christ and Israel (Ex. 4:22-23; Heb. 1:6), with one Son seen inseparable from the other Son (cf. Exodus 12:1ff [John 4:22; Acts 4:12]; Jonah 1:17 [Matthew 12:39-40]; Hosea 11:1 [Matthew 2:15]).

Then, another person is seen throughout the Old Testament as well — the Beast, introduced in Genesis 3:15 and dealt with throughout Moses, the Psalms, and the Prophets.  And he, accordingly, is seen and dealt with extensively in Revelation chapters six through twenty.

Thus, understanding the Book of Revelation after the preceding fashion is the only way a person can come into a proper and correct understanding of the various things opened up and revealed in this book, which, of course, would be equally true of any other portion of Scripture.

2)  Structure

The word “signified” in the opening verse of this book is a translation of the Greek word semaino, which is the verb form of the word for “sign” (semeion).  The Apostle John introduced, opened up, and developed matters in his gospel account through signs.  And in the Book of Revelation, matters are introduced, opened up, and developed in a similar manner.

God, throughout His revelation to man, shows an affinity for the use of types, numbers, signs, and metaphors to make Himself, His plans, and His purposes known.  And this must be recognized, else man will find himself failing to go beyond the simple letter of Scripture (cf. 2 Corinthians 3:6-4:6).

Man, for example, will find himself understanding Biblical history but failing to understand the God-designed typical significance of that history.  Or if numbers, signs, or metaphors are used — which they often are — he will fail to understand the God-designed significance of these as well.

At the very outset, God makes it clear that the Book of Revelation has been structured in a particular manner, closely related to the manner in which John was led by the Spirit to structure his gospel.

The Gospel of John was built around eight signs (The Eight Signs in John's Gospel) which Jesus had previously performed during His earthly ministry, and these signs were recorded and directed to the Jewish people during the time of the reoffer of the kingdom to Israel (which occurred between 33 A.D. and about 62 A.D.).

And the Book of Revelation — dealing largely with the Jewish people once again (exclusively, along with God’s dealings with the nations through Israel, in Revelation 6-19, covering time and events during and immediately following Daniel’s Seventieth Week) — uses the verb form of the word for “sign” at the very outset in order to reveal the manner in which this book has been structured.

To understand how the word semaino, translated “signified,” is used introducing the Book of Revelation, note how John uses this same word three times in his gospel, in John 12:33; 18:32; 21:19.  The context leading into each verse provides an illustrative statement which allows that stated in the verse to be understood.

Note the first of these three usages, within context:

“And I, if I be lifted up from the earth, will draw all men unto me.

This he said, signifying [from semaino] what death he should die” (John 12:32-33).

Aside from Revelation 1:1 and the three verses in John’s gospel, the only other usages of the word semaino in the New Testament are in Acts 11:28 KJV and Acts 25:27 KJV.  And the same thought is set forth through the use of the word in these two passages, though the illustrative statement is inferred in the first usage.

Thus, “signified,” a translation of semaino, has to do with making something known through a manner which carries the reader from a somewhat indirect means to a direct means, using an illustrative statement as a means of explaining a matter.  And this is seen accomplished in the Book of Revelation centrally through the use of numerous numbers and metaphors, though other illustrative means are used as well.

In the preceding respect, all illustrative means of this nature in the book are, they would have to be, in line with the meaning of the word semaino and the manner in which this word is used elsewhere in the New Testament.

“Mystery, Babylon the Great, the Mother of Harlots…”

Note that the identification of the “harlot” in Revelation 17:1ff with “Babylon” is associated with the word mystery (ref. the FOREWORD of this book).  And, as well, the identification of “the beast,” the last king of Babylon, is also associated with this word — “the mystery of the woman, and of the beast” (Revelation 17:7b).

1)  A Mystery

The word, “mystery,” is not part of the harlot’s name — such as mystical, etc.  Rather, the word, “mystery,” states something about the harlot, aiding in the identification of the harlot.

“A mystery” in the New Testament does not have to do with something completely new, something not dealt with at all or unknown in the Old Testament (a common misconception which is often taught concerning the meaning of the word).  This, of course, couldn’t be true, for, as previously seen, there is nothing in the New that cannot be found after some form in the Old.

Rather, “a mystery” in the New Testament has to do with an opening up and an unveiling of something previously introduced and dealt with in the Old Testament.  “A mystery” has to do with additional revelation, commentary, on that already seen in the Old Testament, allowing the Old Testament revelation to be fully opened up and revealed (e.g., note that a full revelation of the Son in the Book of Revelation allows the “mystery of God” [Revelation 10:7] to be correspondingly fully opened up as well, for Christ is God manifested in the flesh).

And the preceding is exactly what is in view through referring to “the woman” and “the beast” by the use of the word mystery.  There is an opening up, an unveiling of that previously revealed concerning the woman and the Beast, which, of course, would necessitate prior revelation on the subject.

This alone would tell a person that foundational material for both can, and must, be found in the Old Testament, for, again, there is nothing in the New that does not have its roots someplace in the Old.

And, as previously seen, a relationship of this nature between the two Testaments can be seen in the opening verse of the last book of Scripture, the Book of Revelation, stating at the outset the nature of the book’s contents.

The entirety of the Old Testament is about the person and work of Jesus Christ (Luke 24:25-27; John 5:39-47).  And the New Testament, continuing from the Old — with “the Word” (the Old Testament Scriptures) becoming “flesh” (John 1:1-2, 14) — must be viewed in exactly the same light.

The New is an opening up and unveiling of the Old; and the Book of Revelation, forming the capstone to all previous revelation (both the Old and New Testaments), completes the unveiling.  The Book of Revelation, by its own introductory statement — an introductory statement peculiar to this book alone — forms the one book in Scripture which brings all previous revelation to its proper climax.

2)  Babylon the Great, Mother of Harlots

Thus, “the harlot” being inseparably identified with Babylon is not something which suddenly appears in chapter seventeen, apart from prior revelation — revelation which would allow one to know who is being referenced and why an identification of this nature is being used.

The word “mystery” alone would tell a person that prior revelation exists, allowing the referenced identification to be easily understood.

Most of the prior revelation is in the Old Testament, but some can be found in the immediately preceding chapters of the Book of Revelation.  And, even without these immediately preceding chapters — knowing that these are central entities dealt with during “the time of Jacob’s trouble” — plain common sense would seemingly tell any individual with a good grasp of the Old Testament Scriptures what and who is being dealt with, for that seen throughout Revelation 17:1-19:6 is a major subject of Old Testament Scripture.

Metaphors and other forms of figurative language are used extensively in these chapters, not only relative to “the harlot” and “the beast,” but numerous other places as well (e.g., the descriptive destruction of the harlot, “with fire,” the harlot referred to as “that great city, Babylon,” or the “great riches” enjoyed by the nations at the harlot’s expense).  And the use of metaphors or other forms of figurative language is seen throughout the book, in line with “signified [semaino]” in the opening verse of the book.

And, with the preceding in mind, relative to the inseparable association of the harlot with Babylon along with the harlot’s identification, note three previous verses — Revelation 11:8; 14:8; 16:19.

In the first verse (Revelation 11:8), where the first of nine references in the book to “the [or, ‘that’] great city” is found, this city is associated with both Sodom and Egypt and is identified as “Jerusalem”:

“And their dead bodies [the two witnesses] shall lie in the street of the great city, which spiritually is called Sodom and Egypt, where also our Lord was crucified.”

In the second verse (Revelation 14:8), where the second reference to “that great city” is found in the book, the destruction of the harlot is seen (detailed more fully in Revelation 17-19 [19a]); and the harlot, previously associated with Sodom, Egypt, and Jerusalem (through an identification with “the great city”), is here associated with Babylon:

“And there followed another angel, saying, Babylon is fallen, is fallen, that great city, because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.”

(The inclusion of “that great city” in this verse is often questioned on the basis of manuscript evidence.  But        the question, in reality, is mute.  Note Revelation 16:19; 18:10, 21, where no manuscript variance exists,          with “Babylon” referred to as that great city in all three verses.)

In the third verse (Revelation 16:19), where the third reference to “the great city” is found in the book, the end of the harlot is seen again.  But in this verse, additional explanatory material is given.  “The great city…Babylon” (cf. Revelation 18:10) is seen separate from “the cities of the nations.”  And, with “the great city” having previously been identified as Jerusalem (metaphorically, also with Sodom, Egypt, and Babylon), a separation from the nations, as seen in this verse, could only be expected (cf. Numbers 23:9; Deuteronomy 14:2):

“And the great city was divided into three parts, and the cities of the nations fell:  and great Babylon came in remembrance before God, to give unto her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of his wrath.”

(The identification of “the great city” [or, ‘that great city’ (same structure in the Greek text throughout)] with Jerusalem is dealt with more fully and after a different fashion in Ch. 2, That Great City.

Note also that “Jerusalem” is used a number of times in Scripture as simply another way of referring to the Jewish people.  Even “the land of Israel” is used this same way at times in Scripture [cf. Isaiah 1:21, 26; Lamentations 1:7-8; Ezekiel 14:11-13; 16:2; Matthew 23:37; Luke 13:33; 19:41].) 

Thus, to see “Babylon” used as a metaphor for Jerusalemi.e., referring to the Jewish people — in the Book of Revelation, one could only expect to find a prior Jerusalem-Babylon association in the Old Testament, for, again, there is nothing in the New Testament that does not have its roots somewhere in the Old Testament.

In this respect, not only should a Jerusalem-Babylon association be found in the Old Testament, one which would allow “Babylon” to be used as a metaphor for Jerusalem, but an association of this nature should also exist as it pertains to the numerous other things dealt with throughout Revelation 17 through the first part of Revelation 19 as well.  And this is exactly what one finds when going back to the Old Testament, comparing Scripture with Scripture.

Note again that “Babylon” in Revelation 17 is referred to as not just “Babylon,” but as “a mystery, [which is] Babylon…” (Revelation 17:5, NASB), and, as also previously seen, the word “mystery” is used of “the beast” as well (Revelation 17:7).

(Note how the preceding would negatively reflect on the false teaching that “the harlot” in Revelation 17-19 [19a] is a reference to the Roman Catholic Church.

“The harlot” is a mystery, necessitating that the harlot be found in the Old Testament.  And to carry such a teaching pertaining to the harlot and the Roman Catholic Church through to its logical conclusion, this Church, of necessity, would have to be found in the Old Testament, which, of course, it isn’t.)

Dealing with Babylon, Jerusalem, and the Beast in the Book of Revelation, one would naturally turn to the Book of Daniel.  Though Babylon, Jerusalem, and the Beast are first mentioned early in Genesis 3:15; 10:10; 14:18, Daniel is the book which deals with the whole of the matter in relation to the beginning, progression, and end of the Times of the Gentiles.

The kingdom of Babylon is brought into full view in this book, Daniel deals with Israel and the nations in relation to this Babylonian kingdom, and Daniel places a particular emphasis on details pertaining to the latter days — details having to do with Babylon’s end-time ruler, the Beast, exactly as seen in the Book of Revelation (though this man had previously been introduced in different ways and places in the Old Testament, beginning in Genesis, then quite extensively in Exodus).

The complete period of the Times of the Gentiles is depicted through two main means in the Book of Daniel — through a four-part great image in Daniel 2 (revealed through a dream) and through four great beasts in Daniel 7 (revealed through a vision).  That depicted by the great image in Daniel 2 is Babylonian in its entirety (from the head of gold to the feet part of iron and part of clay), as is that depicted by the four great beasts in Daniel 7 (from the lion to the dreadful, terrible, and exceedingly strong beast).  The great image and great beasts present exactly the same picture, though from two different perspectives.

That seen through the great image and the great beasts centers around and sets forth Gentile world rule during the Times of the Gentiles, from its beginning to its end, as this period relates to Babylon.  The Times of the Gentiles began in Babylon, and this period of time will end in Babylon.

God used the first king of Babylon (Nebuchadnezzar [the first king during time covered by the great image, or the great beasts]) to complete the removal of the Jewish people from their land — because of their prior, continued disobedience, extending over centuries of time — resulting in an end to the Old Testament theocracy.

And God will use the last king of Babylon (Antichrist) to complete the reason for the removal of His people under the first king of Babylon — to effect repentance, resulting in a reestablishment of the theocracy at a future time.

The former theocracy was established under the old covenant, and the latter theocracy will be established under a new covenant (cf. Exodus 19:5-6; Jeremiah 31:31-33).

(See Daniel Chapters Two, Seven, and Nine in this site for more commentary on the great image and the great beasts.) 

The Visions of Zechariah

With these things in mind, note the eight visions in the first six chapters of Zechariah (Zechariah 1-6), for these visions deal with exactly the same thing seen in both the Books of Daniel and Revelation, though from a different perspective yet.  These are visions revealed to and recorded by Zechariah following the return of a remnant from the Babylonian captivity.  And it is within these visions that possibly the best Old Testament basis for an association of “Jerusalem” with Babylon, as seen in the Book of Revelation, can be found.

1)  Understanding the Visions

These eight visions are introduced by the Lord’s statement surrounding Israel’s past disobedience, the result of this disobedience, the call for repentance, and that which will result following Israel’s repentance (Zechariah 1:1-6).

Disobedience resulted in the Times of the Gentiles, and repentance would ultimately be effected through Gentile persecution during this period.

Then, following the six introductory verses, the eight visions begin with verse seven and continue uninterrupted until part way through chapter six of the book (Zechariah 1:7-6:8).

These visions have to be understood in the light of the manner in which they are introduced.  They have to be understood in the light of Israel’s past disobedience, which has resulted in the Times of the Gentiles;  and they have to be understood in the light of the reason for the Times of the Gentiles — Israel not only reaping the consequences of her actions, but ultimately bringing the nation to the place of repentance — and that which will occur once God’s purpose for this period is realized.

The visions, understood contextually, must be looked upon as having to do with Israel and the nations during and at the end of the Times of the Gentiles.

(Note that one of the laws of the harvest has to do with the fact that a person not only reaps what he sows but he always reaps more than he sows.  Israel has “sown the wind” [violating God’s covenant through centuries of disobedience, including harlotry], and they will, resultingly, “reap the whirlwind” [Hosea 8:7; cf. Hosea 8:1, 8-14].

Thus, with Israel occupying center-stage, this law of the harvest would reflect upon the reason for the intensity of the judgments and related activity seen during the Tribulation [cf. Matthew 24:14].)

Though God drove His people out among the nations, to effect repentance, the principles set forth in Genesis 12:3 remain.  God will not only use Gentile persecution to bring about repentance but He will also subsequently judge the Gentiles because of this persecution.

Summarily, these visions bridge the centuries of time between the first and last kings of Babylon.  They have to do with different facets of Israeli persecution at the hands of the Gentiles, with the principles set forth in Genesis 12:3 ultimately being worked out and realized.  They have to do with Israel ultimately being brought to the place of repentance, the Times of the Gentiles being brought to an end, and Gentile persecution of Israel being fully dealt with.

Only then will Israel occupy her proper place at the head of the nations in a restored theocracy, with the nations being blessed through Israel.

That, in short, is how the eight visions in Zechariah must be understood.  Each presents a different facet of the matter, and all of the visions together form a composite picture of that which God revealed concerning Israel and the nations through Zechariah.

Then, immediately after the last vision (Zechariah 6:1-8, dealing with the destruction of Gentile world power), Zechariah calls attention to the crowning of Joshua, the high priest, with reference then made to “the man whose name is The BRANCH,” which is followed by a reference to the building of the Temple (Zechariah 6:11-13).

The name “Joshua” (Hebrew, Jehoshua) is an Anglicized form of the Hebrew name for “Jesus” (Gk., Iesous).  The Septuagint (Greek translation of the O.T.) uses Iesous in Zechariah 6:11, and this is the reason that the KJV translators erroneously translated Iesous as “Jesus” instead of “Joshua” in Acts 7:45 and Hebrews 4:8.  They are the same name, whether Jehoshua in Hebrew or Iesous in Greek.  And the name, “The BRANCH,” in Zechariah 6:12 is a Messianic title applied to Christ elsewhere in the Old Testament (Isaiah 4:2; 11:1; Jeremiah 23:5; 33:15; Zechariah 3:8).

Thus, note that which is in view immediately following the visions in Zechariah, immediately following the Times of the Gentiles, when Israel occupies her proper place at the head of the nations, in a restored theocracy.

Events surrounding the crowning of Joshua (at the termination of the visions), the high priest during Zechariah’s day, foreshadow future events surrounding the crowning of Jesus (at the termination of that set forth in the visions), Who will then be the great King-Priest.

And the building of the Temple following the restoration of a remnant during Zechariah’s day foreshadows the building of the millennial Temple by Messiah Himself, in that future day following Israel’s restoration.

2)  The Woman in the Ephah

Now, with all that in mind, note the seventh of the eight visions — a woman seated in the midst of an ephah (Zechariah 5:5-11) — immediately before the vision having to do with the destruction of Gentile world power (Zechariah 6:1-8).  This vision of the woman seated in the ephah has a direct bearing upon a proper understanding and interpretation of Revelation chapter seventeen through the opening six verses of chapter nineteen, paralleling, in a number of instances, that seen in these three chapters.

The destruction of Gentile world power then follows in both Zechariah’s visions and that revealed to John in the Book of Revelation.  And the crowning of Joshua and the reference to “The BRANCH” building the Temple foreshadow and have to do with that which follows in the Book of Revelation — Christ appearing as “King of kings, and Lord of lords” (Revelation 19 [b], Revelation 19:16), with certain events then occurring both preparatory to and during His millennial reign (Revelation 20 [a]).

Thus, there is a parallel between the seventh and eighth visions and that which immediately follows in Zechariah with that seen in Revelation chapter seventeen through the opening six verses of chapter nineteen.  Both sections of Scripture deal with exactly the same thing, from two different perspectives.  They deal with Israel and the nations during the Times of the Gentiles, Israel brought to the place of repentance through Gentile persecution, Gentile world power destroyed, and the Messianic Kingdom ushered in.

And similar parallels can be seen between a number of other things in Zechariah’s first six visions and other parts of the book of Revelation as well.

“Then the angel that talked with me went forth, and said unto me, Lift up now thine eyes, and see what is this that goeth forth.

And I said, What is it?  And he said, This is an ephah that goeth forth.  He said moreover, This is their resemblance through all the earth.

And, behold, there was lifted up a talent of lead:  and this is a woman that sitteth in the midst of the ephah.

And he said, This is wickedness.  And he cast it into the midst of the ephah; and he cast the weight of lead upon the mouth thereof.

Then lifted I up mine eyes, and looked, and, behold, there came out two women, and the wind was in their wings;  for they had wings like the wings of a stork:  and they lifted up the ephah between the earth and the heaven.

Then said I to the angel that talked with me, Whither do these bear the ephah?

And he said unto me, To build it an house in the land of Shinar:  and it shall be established, and set there upon her own base” (Zechariah 5:5-11).

There are numerous metaphors throughout Zechariah’s visions, and the vision of the woman in the ephah is no different.  Metaphors are used for practically everything in this vision, including “an house in the land of Shinar.”

However, metaphors, as used in these visions, or elsewhere in Scripture, do not lend themselves to fanciful interpretation.  Scripture uses metaphors after a consistent fashion (e.g., “a mountain” always has to do with a kingdom, “the sea” always has to do with the Gentiles or the place of death, “a fig tree” always has to do with Israel or showing a connection with Israel, etc.).

Metaphors found anyplace in Scripture are to be understood and explained contextually and/or through comparing Scripture with Scripture, in accordance with how Scripture deals with the metaphors being used.

For example, three women are in view in this vision — one in the ephah, and two who transport the ephah (with a woman inside).  Since the manner in which the visions are introduced at the beginning of Zechariah has to do with Israel and the nations, ascertaining who these three women represent is quite simple, for “a woman” is sometimes used in Scripture, in a metaphorical way, to represent a nation (Isaiah 47:1-7; 62:1-5; Revelation 12:1; 17:3ff).

Remaining with the subject matter of the visions and the metaphorical use of women elsewhere in Scripture, the “woman” in the ephah can only represent Israel, with the “two women” who transport the ephah representing Gentile nations.  The woman in the ephah is removed from one land and transported to another.

And though the matter has its roots in history, where exactly the same thing occurred, the vision must be understood relative to the end times, for the destruction of Gentile world power follows in the next and last vision.

That is to say, the same thing occurred through the Assyrian and Babylonian captivities, bringing about the Times of the Gentiles following the Babylonian captivity;  and the same thing will occur yet future, bringing a close to the Times of the Gentiles.

During the end times, the Babylonian kingdom of the man of sin will encompass all the Gentile nations;  and “the land of Shinar,” used in a metaphorical sense (in keeping with all the other metaphors used in the vision), would refer, not to one tract of land in the Mesopotamian Valley but to the origin (the land of Shinar) of a Babylonian kingdom which will then exist worldwide.

Thus, since the woman is moved to “the land of Shinar,” the only place from which the woman could possibly be moved would be the land of Israel, for any other part of the earth would be within the scope of the metaphorical use of “the land of Shinar” at this future time.

As previously stated, this occurred in history when the Jews were transported to the actual land of Shinar by the first king of Babylon (the first king as seen in Daniel’s image), and this will occur yet future, once again, when the Jewish people are uprooted from their land and scattered throughout a Babylonian kingdom which will then exist worldwide (though evidently with a Middle Eastern capital).  This disbursement of the Jewish people throughout the Gentile world, both past and future, is exactly what is seen in Revelation 17:1, 15 — the woman, referred to as “the great whore” both here and in numerous Old Testament passages, seated in the midst of the nations, scattered throughout Antichrist’s kingdom (cf. Isaiah 1:21-24; Jeremiah 3:1-14; Ezekiel 16:26-39; Hosea 2:1ff).

The woman in the ephah is described by the word “wickedness [or, ‘unrighteousness’]” (Revelation 17:8), which would be in perfect keeping with her harlotry as she courts other lovers among the nations, particularly as she continues to court the Gentile nations in the final form of the kingdom of Babylon.

The “ephah” was the largest measure for dry goods used by the Jews, though of Egyptian origin.  And the “ephah,” when used in a symbolic sense, would invariably be thought of as referring to trade or commerce.  This was simply the manner in which the “ephah” was used, allowing it to be a natural emblem for merchandising.

The woman seated in the midst of the ephah, in this respect, would point to one characteristic of the Jewish people after being removed from their land — transformed from a nation primarily involved in agriculture to a nation primarily involved in merchandising.  Note that merchandising is a main realm in which the woman is seen involved throughout a large section of Revelation chapter eighteen (Revelation 18:9-23).

The vision of the woman seated in the midst of the ephah though could refer to something else as well.  As previously pointed out, the “ephah” was the largest of the measures used by the Jews for dry goods, though of Egyptian origin.  “Egypt” is used in Scripture to typify or symbolize the world outside the land of Israel, the Gentile nations.  And, in this respect, the woman seated in the midst of the ephah could very well also call attention to the full measure of Israel’s sin of harlotry, as she finds herself seated in the midst of the Gentile nations (seated in the largest of measures, one of Gentile origin) in the kingdom of Antichrist.

The woman in the vision sought to escape from the ephah (ref. Revelation 18:8 NASB, NIV), probably realizing the fate about to befall her should she remain in the ephah.  But she was prevented from escaping, and she was cast back into the ephah and kept inside by a lead covering placed over the top, weighing a talent.  The woman was to realize her own inevitable fate, in the midst of the ephah in the land of Shinar, i.e., in the midst of commercialism, among the nations, in the kingdom of Antichrist.

This is where the harlot would be destroyed, as seen in Revelation chapters seventeen through the first part of nineteen.

A talent of lead placed over the opening of the ephah kept the woman inside.  A “talent” was the largest weight used among the Jewish people, and “lead” was one of the heaviest of metals.  Such a covering showed that there was no escape from that which must occur, for her sins had “reached unto heaven,” and God had “remembered her iniquities” (Revelation 18:5).

The heaviest of weights (a talent of lead) was placed over the opening of the largest of measures (the ephah) to keep the woman (Israel) inside the ephah, for a purpose — to be transported from her land to a place among the nations.

Two women (which could only represent other nations, Gentile nations), with stork-like wings (the stork, an unclean bird [Leviticus 11:13, 19; Deuteronomy 14:12, 18]), lifted the ephah up from the land of Israel and transported it out among the nations (to that foreshadowed by the land of Shinar in that coming day).

And there, among her Gentile lovers, the woman, Israel, was to be established and dealt with by God in relation to the magnitude of her sin, with a view to repentance.

(The vision of the ephah could only span the centuries of time covering the entire Times of the Gentiles [some twenty-six centuries] as seen in Daniel’s great image or the four great beasts, though with a particular emphasis upon the latter days.

With Israel and the magnitude of her sin over centuries of time in view, note again the laws of the harvest relative to sowing and reaping.

Note, according to Zechariah’s vision of the woman in the ephah, that which must ultimately occur relative to the remnant of Jews presently in the land of Israel — approximately 6,000,000 today.  It is exactly the same thing seen in the Book of Jonah and elsewhere in Scripture.  The Jews presently in the land must be cast from the ship into the sea [a place typifying “death” and “the Gentiles”].

They must be removed from their land and driven back out among the Gentile nations once again.  And among the nations [in the sea] the Jewish people will be viewed as dead [as Lazarus in the seventh sign in John’s gospel, John 11], awaiting God’s breath to bring about life [Ezekiel 37:1-14].  Then, and only then [after life has been restored], can they be removed from the sea, from the nations.

God drove His people out among the nations to deal with them there relative to repentance, and that is exactly where He will deal with them at the end of Man’s Day.  If for no other reason than this, the Jewish people presently in the land must be uprooted and driven back out among the nations.

That is not only the place where God has decreed that He will deal with them but that is also the place from whence God will regather them when He brings them back into the land, following repentance, belief, and the restoration of life.)

The Jewish people were carried away into Babylon by the first king of Babylon, which marked the beginning of the Times of the Gentiles.  This was also the beginning of the Jewish association with Babylon.  And most of the Jews carried away never left Babylon at the end of the seventy years to return to their land (Jeremiah 25:11-12; cf. 2 Chronicles 36:20-21; Daniel 9:1-2).  They had found a home in Babylon.  In this respect, as long as Babylon remained in existence, the association of the Jewish people with Babylon could only have continued.

In the latter days, when the final form of Daniel’s image appears — the final form of the kingdom of Babylon — Israel will be left without a choice other than to see the nation’s harlotry brought into full bloom within the kingdom of Antichrist.  The things seen in the vision of the ephah will be brought to pass during the days of the last king of Babylon, with “Israel” enmeshed in the final form of this Babylonian kingdom to the extent that the nation is spoken of in synonymous terms with “Babylon” in Revelation chapter seventeen through the opening verses of chapter nineteen.

These are the things forming the Old Testament connection which allow “Babylon” to be used as a metaphor for Jerusalem in the Book of Revelation — as previously seen, a reference used more directly for the people of the city, the Jewish people (cf. Psalm 122:6; Jeremiah 44:13; Lamentations 1:7-8, 17; Matthew 23:37; Revelation 21:9-10).

Chapter 2

That Great City
Possessing Regal Authority Over the Kings of the Earth

And there came one of the seven angels which had the seven vials, and talked with me, saying unto me, Come hither; I will shew unto thee the judgment of the great whore that sitteth upon many waters:

With whom the kings of the earth have committed fornication, and the inhabitants of the earth have been made drunk with the wine of her fornication.

So he carried me away in the spirit into the wilderness:  and I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet colored beast, full of names of blasphemy, having seven heads and ten horns…

And the ten horns which thou sawest upon the beast, these shall hate the whore, and shall make her desolate and naked, and shall eat her flesh, and burn her with fire.

For God hath put in their hearts to fulfill his will, and to agree, and give their kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God shall be fulfilled.

And the woman which thou sawest is that great city, which reigneth over [lit., ‘which possesses kingly authority over’] the kings of the earth (Revelation 17:1-3, 16-18).

Revelation chapters seventeen through the first part of chapter twenty (Revelation 17-20 [20a]) provides a climactic sequence of events which bring about the only possible proper end to Daniel’s Seventy-Week prophecy — the conclusion seen in the prophecy itself, as laid out in a six-fold manner in the introductory verse of the prophecy, in Daniel 9:24:

Seventy Weeks [lit., ‘Seventy sevens (contextually, sevens of years — 490 years)] are determined upon thy people [the Jewish people] and upon thy holy city [the City of Jerusalem]”:
1) “To finish the transgression.”
2) “To make an end of sins.”
3) “To make reconciliation for iniquity.”
4) “To bring in everlasting righteousness.”
5) “To seal up the vision and prophecy.”
6) “To anoint the most Holy.”

Four hundred and eighty-three years of Daniel’s prophecy have been fulfilled.  They were fulfilled during the years preceding and leading into the time of Christ’s crucifixion (beginning with the decree referenced in the prophecy [issued in 444 B.C.] and ending with the crucifixion [in 33 A.D.], also referenced in the prophecy).

Time being fulfilled in the prophecy though stopped in 33 A.D.  On the day that God’s Son was crucified (fulfilling that set forth in the type in Genesis 22 [Abraham offering his son at a particular place which God had revealed to him]), God, so to speak, stopped the clock marking off time in the prophecy.

God then set Israel aside (fulfilling that set forth in the type in Genesis 23 [the death of Sarah, Abraham’s wife]).

And, anticipating that set forth in the type in Genesis 24 (Abraham’s eldest servant sent to another land to acquire a bride for Isaac), fifty-three days later, on the day of Pentecost, God brought into existence the one new man “in Christ.”

At this point in time, God began an entirely new dispensation, with the Spirit of God given the specific task of calling out a bride for God’s Son from among those comprising this new man (fulfilling that set forth in the type in Genesis 24).

But, seven years yet remain to be fulfilled in the prophecy, which MUST come to pass.  Once the Spirit has acquired the bride, God will remove the one new man “in Christ” (all Christians, as seen in the latter part of Genesis 24), turn back to Israel, begin the clock marking off time once again in Daniel’s Seventy-Week prophecy, and complete the last seven years of the previous dispensation.

And once this time has been completed (the full seventy weeks, 490 years), the six things listed in the opening verse of the prophecy, pertaining to Israel, will be brought to pass (fulfilling that set forth in the type in Genesis 25 [Abraham again taking a wife, Keturah, who was far more fruitful than Sarah]).

In short, Israel will be brought to the place of repentance, a nation will be born in a day, Israel’s sins — all types of disobedience, including harlotry, resulting in and climaxed by the crucifixion of the nation’s Messiah when He came the first time — will be done away with, everlasting righteousness will be brought in, the mystery of God will be finished through a full revelation of the Son (sealing up [nothing more to be added, a bringing to completion] of the vision and prophecy), and the Glory will be restored to Israel within a Temple which Messiah Himself will build (anointing the most Holy).

This is what Revelation chapters six through the first part of chapter twenty (Revelation 6-20 [20a]) are about.  They are about God completing His dealings with Israel during and immediately following the seven unfulfilled years of Daniel’s Seventy-Week prophecy, bringing the six things seen in Daniel 9:24 to pass, with all that will accompany the realization of these six things being brought to pass as well.

(For additional information on Daniel’s Seventy-Week prophecy, see “Daniel’s Seventy Weeks,” and Seventy Years, Four Hundred Ninety Years, both in this site.

For additional information on the typology of Genesis 22-25, refer to Chapter 2, “Isaac and Rebekah,” Bible One - Arlen Chitwood's The Bride in Genesis, Ch. 2, or Search for the Bride BOOK, in this site.)

And, as well, all the various facets of this same end (that seen occurring at the completion of the time in Daniel’s Seventy-Week prophecy) are seen time after time in the Old Testament.  A corresponding parallel, as illustrated in the preceding paragraphs (a sequence of events foreshadowed in Genesis 22-25), can only be expected, for the structure of later revelation must always be in complete keeping with the structure of earlier revelation.

Later revelation must always be completely in line with and rest on the foundation set forth in earlier revelation.

This climax, seen in both Testaments — stated in a broad but succinct manner — has to do with:

1) The realization of God’s purpose for driving the Jewish people out among the nations over 2,600 years            ago (bringing all six things seen in Daniel 9:24 to pass).
2) The corresponding destruction of Gentile world power.
3) The corresponding ushering in of the long-awaited Messianic Era.

Through the judgments and different events brought to pass during the Tribulation, seen in Revelation chapters six through sixteen, everything is set in place for these climactic events to be revealed and occur.

Then, beginning in chapter seventeen and continuing into the first part of chapter twenty, numerous details are given concerning these climactic events, with three individuals occupying center-stage:

1) Israel’s true Messiah — the Lord Jesus Christ — Whom the nation rejected and crucified, though will one        day receive (Revelation 19:11ff; cf. Zechariah 12:10-14; Acts 2:23, 36; 3:15; 4:10; 5:30).
2) Israel’s false messiah — the Beast — whom the nation, as a result of their rejection of the true Messiah, is      prophesied to receive during the interim (Revelation 17:1ff; cf. John 5:43).
3) Israel, the nation itself, around which everything revolves — seen as the harlot woman — brought to                repentance, cleansed, never to be defiled again (Revelation 17:1ff).

Most of this closing section of the Book of Revelation, leading into Christ’s return (Revelation 19:11ff), the destruction of Gentile world power (Revelation 19:17-21), and the Messianic Era which follows (Revelation 20:1-6), is taken up with detailed information pertaining to the Beast, his kingdom, and a harlot woman occupying a central place in this kingdom (Revelation 17-19 [19a]).

This is the subject matter seen in this climactic part of the book immediately preceding Christ’s return, climactic dealings with Israel and the nations, the restoration of Israel, the destruction of Gentile world power, and the ushering in of the Messianic Era.

“The Beast” and “the woman” are both referenced in metaphorical respects.  And that being referenced through the use of both metaphors is made clear in the numerous Old Testament passages dealing with the subject, in earlier parts of the Book of Revelation, and in chapter seventeen through the first part of chapter nineteen as well (Revelation 17-19 [19a]).

Then, through the use of the word “mystery,” any teaching surrounding that being dealt with can only be seen as inseparably connected with the Old Testament Scriptures, drawing from these Scriptures.  And both the Beast and the woman are referred to by this word (Revelation 17:5, 7).

(As previously seen in Chapter I, The Revelation of Jesus Christ (1), in this commentary, “a mystery” in the New Testament refers to something made known in the Old Testament which has yet to be fully opened up and revealed.  And the opening up and complete unveiling of that referred to as “a mystery” in the New Testament, referring back to something in the Old Testament, awaited the additional revelation seen in the New Testament.

Dealing with events foreshadowed in Genesis 22-25 in connection with Israel and Daniel’s Seventy-Week prophecy, previously seen in this chapter, would present a case in point.  Along with things related to the mystery of Israel’s blindness in these chapters in Genesis [Genesis 22; 23; 25 (cf. Rom. 11:25, 26)], there are also things related to the mystery revealed to Paul [Genesis 24 (cf. Ephesians 3:1-6)].

And, as seen in Romans chapter eleven [Romans 11:1-26], one mystery is inseparably linked to the other mystery.  Israel’s blindness [one mystery] allows for and makes room for those things revealed to Paul [another mystery].

And placing both mysteries within the scope of Daniel’s Seventy-Week prophecy, one mystery [Israel’s blindness] fits within the scope of the prophecy itself [while time in the prophecy is being fulfilled]; and the other mystery [that revealed to Paul] lies outside the scope of the prophecy [between the sixty-ninth and seventieth weeks, while time in the prophecy is not being fulfilled].

There are numerous other places in the Old Testament which deal with things having to do with the mystery of Israel’s blindness and the mystery revealed to Paul, with the Old Testament Scriptures in this respect complete in and of themselves.  But, a full opening up and revealing, explaining, these things awaited New Testament revelation.

In the preceding respect, note the folly of individuals having one Testament without the other, particularly the New without the Old [which would be somewhat akin to viewing a house without its foundation].  One Testament is to be understood in the light of the other — the Old in the light of the New, and the New in the light of the Old.)

Thus, not only must material in these chapters in the Book of Revelation (Revelation 17-19) be in complete keeping with the manner in which matters are set forth in the Old Testament but this material must also be seen as a climactic opening up and unveiling of that previously presented in the Old Testament

These chapters in the closing part of the Book of Revelation, leading into the Messianic Era, remove any remaining wrappings and present the Beast and the Harlot in full exposure for all to behold.

In Both Testaments

Again, the two central individuals seen throughout Revelation chapter seventeen and continuing through the first six verses of chapter nineteen are the Beast and the Harlot.  And both of these individuals are dealt with extensively in these chapters immediately prior to a third individual appearing, coming through an opened heaven on a white charger to take care of matters as they will exist on the earth at this time.

And conditions on the earth when this third individual appears — Israel’s Messiah, the Deliverer, the One Whom the nation rejected and crucified 2,000 years ago — are quite vividly described in Scripture.

Resulting from famine, various plagues and diseases, and the sword, one-fourth of the earth’s population will have died, or will shortly die (over one and one-half billion, by today’s count), which will include two-thirds of the earth’s Jewish population (some nine million, by today’s count).  And conditions in general at this time will be of such a nature that “except those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved” (Matthew 24:22).

This is where things are headed for our so-called enlightened society of today, with all of its changing mores, political correctness, etc.  And that fast-approaching Day cannot be far removed from the present day.

(For more information in this realm, refer to the author’s books, We Are Almost There BOOK,  Distant Hoofbeats by Arlen Chitwood, and Israel from Death to Life BOOK.)

1)  The Beast, Seen in Both Testaments

The Beast — the name used in the Book of Revelation for the man of sin, the Antichrist (Revelation 13:1ff; 17:8-14) — is presented a number of different ways throughout a large section of Scripture in both the Old and New Testaments.  Revelation concerning this man (first mentioned in Genesis 3:15) begins with Nimrod, the first king of Babylon, in Genesis 10; and it concludes with the last king of Babylon in the chapters under discussion in the Book of Revelation, chapters seventeen through twenty.

However, throughout Scripture, revelation concerning the Beast is NEVER solely about this man alone.  Revelation concerning “the Beast” is ALWAYS seen in conjunction with revelation concerning Abraham and his lineage through Isaac, Jacob, and Jacob’s twelve sons, — the nation of Israel and Israel’s Messiah.

This is the manner in which revelation about the Beast begins in Genesis, continues throughout the Old Testament, continues into the New Testament, and concludes in the Book of Revelation.  When the Beast appears in Scripture, Israel and Israel’s Messiah appear someplace in the text or context as well (e.g., Genesis 9-11 [Shem in Genesis 9, Nimrod in Genesis 10, and Abraham and his lineage in Genesis 11 ff]; the Books of Exodus, Esther, and Daniel).

The preceding is an axiom in Biblical studies surrounding the Beast — unchangeably set in Genesis 3:15 — which cannot be ignored.

Thus, when an individual arrives at Revelation chapter seventeen and sees the Beast and a harlot woman (both spoken of in the same metaphorical fashion) extensively dealt with together at the close of Man’s Day, at the close of that part of the Book of Revelation having to do with Daniel’s Seventy-Week prophecy — knowing that both are referred to as a “mystery,” and knowing that the Beast never appears in Old Testament Scripture apart from Israel and Israel’s Messiah — only one thing concerning the identity of the woman could possibly be uppermost in one’s mind.

2)  The Harlot, Seen in Both Testaments

In Old Testament history, because of the Jewish people’s continued disobedience over centuries of time, God uprooted His people from their land and drove them out among the nations.  And the major part of this disobedience was harlotry, which caused God to divorce Israel (Isaiah 50:1; Jeremiah 3:8; Hosea 2:2).

Israel, the wife of Jehovah, was having illicit relations — forbidden national relationships — with the surrounding Gentile nations.  And when Israel’s cup of iniquity became full (cf. Genesis 15:16), God divorced Israel, uprooted His people from their land, and drove them out among the nations in order to effect repentance through persecution at the hands of the harlot’s lovers.

Revelation chapter seventeen through the first part of chapter nineteen presents, in detail, the end of the matter.  Israel, in these chapters, is seen at the height of her degeneracy — enmeshed in and having illicit relations with the most corrupt form of Gentile world power that has ever been or will ever be known by man throughout his 6,000-year history.  And it is within this setting, as Gentile persecution of Israel reaches heights heretofore unknown, that Israel is brought to the place of repentance and is cleansed of her harlotry (cf. Judges 19:23-30).

The preceding though, as will be shown, is far from the only means of identifying the harlot woman.  Attention has been called to this means of identification first in order to show the unity of all Scripture surrounding revelation concerning the Beast and Israel, from an introduction in Genesis to a conclusion in the Book of Revelation.

In this respect, note a number of Old Testament references having to do with Israel’s harlotry:

“How is the faithful city become an harlot!” (Isaiah 1:21a).

“Thou hast played the harlot with many lovers…

Thou hadst a whore’s forehead, thou refused to be ashamed” (Jeremiah 3:1b, 3b; cf. Jeremiah 3:6-14).

“Son of man, cause Jerusalem to know her abominations.

Thou hast played the whore also with the Assyrians…

Thou hast moreover multiplied thy fornication in the land of Canaan…” (Ezekiel 16:2, 28a, 29a).

And the Babylonians came to her into the bed of love, and they defiled her with their whoredom

So she discovered her whoredoms, and discovered her nakedness…” (Ezekiel 23:17a, 18a; cf. Ezekiel 23:35-37).

“And now will I discover her lewdness in the sight of her lovers, and none shall deliver her out of mine hand” (Hosea 2:10; cf. Hosea 2:2ff).

Then, viewing the end of the matter in the Book of Revelation, chapter seventeen through the first part of chapter nineteen has to do with Israel’s harlotry seen at its apex and then brought to an end.  And this is the ONLY PLACE in the book where this is dealt with.

If “the great whore” in these chapters is other than Israel, then a major subject of Old Testament prophecy relating to Israel is not even dealt with in the Book of Revelation.

Apart from understanding that the “woman” represents Israel, the final seven years of the Jewish dispensation is brought to a close in the Book of Revelation without this book even dealing with the main purpose for these seven years.

Apart from seeing Israel with the Beast in these chapters, that which could only be uppermost in God’s mind concerning Israel during the Tribulation — bringing His people, who have played the harlot over centuries of time, to the place of repentance — is not even mentioned in the book.

But, as previously stated, the preceding is just one way in which the woman can be identified.  As will be shown, this chapter goes on to state, in so many words, that “the woman” is Israel.  Then, other internal proofs are provided in the chapter concerning the same thing (along with the Ch.1,  Mystery, Babylon the Great, and Ch. 4,  Burned in Fire, Ground to Powder).

The Woman Which Thou Sawest Is…

In that part of the Book of Revelation covering events on the earth occurring during and immediately following the last seven years in Daniel’s Seventy-Week prophecy (Revelation 6-19), a woman is used in  a metaphorical respect in two different places — in chapter twelve, and in chapters seventeen and eighteen, continuing into the first six verses of chapter nineteen.  And, in either instance, as previously seen in the latter section, one is not left to his own imagination to identify the woman.  In both instances the woman is clearly identified.

The woman in Revelation 12 is easily identified through that stated in the first verse — “clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and upon her head a crown of twelve stars,” along with events dealt with in subsequent verses.

Metaphors are used extensively in this “great wonder [‘sign’],” with the entire matter seen as regal.  The “sun,” “moon,” and “stars” have to do with governmental powers, from the greater (the sun) to the lesser (the stars), with the woman seen as crowned.

In short, the woman is seen in possession of all power, though not yet exercising this power (the latter — yet to exercise this power — is seen in the type crown which the woman has on her head (something discussed later in this chapter).

“The woman” in the chapter is clearly seen to be Israel, with Satan throughout later verses in the chapter seeking to destroy the woman, to destroy Israel.  And the statement about the sun, moon, and stars, with regality in view, is an allusion back to the second of Joseph’s two dreams in Genesis 37 (Revelation 12:9).

In the type in Genesis, the reference to the sun, moon, and stars making “obeisance” to Joseph had to do with Joseph and his immediate family (Revelation 12:10).  And that being foreshadowed by this type has to do with Christ and His immediate family — Israel.

But in Revelation chapter twelve, material drawn from this type has to do with Israel and the nations (in like fashion to how the statement in Hosea 11:1 is used of both “Christ” and “Israel”).

“Christ” is presently King, for He was born King (Matthew 2:2); but He has yet to exercise His kingly office.  That awaits the Messianic Era, when Christ exercises the rights of the firstborn.

“Israel” is presently the rightful possessor of the regality seen in Revelation 12:1.  Israel is presently God’s firstborn son (Exodus 4:22-23); but the exercise of the rights of the firstborn awaits the Messianic Era.

And Israel cannot exercise these rights until one thing has been brought to pass — that seen in subsequent chapters in both the Book of Genesis (Genesis 37 ff) and the Book of Revelation (Revelation 12ff).  Israel MUST first be cleansed of her harlotry.

In the Genesis account, the complete story extending from Israel’s rejection of her Messiah to the nation’s acceptance of her Messiah is told in nine chapters (Genesis 37-45).  And at the very first, following Joseph’s rejection by his brethren (foreshadowing Christ’s rejection by His brethren, the Jewish people [Genesis 37]), an entire chapter dealing with harlotry immediately follows (having to do centrally with Judah in the account [Genesis 38]).

Then Genesis 39 picks up at the exact place where Genesis 37 left off, leaving the chapter on harlotry to seemingly be out of place.  But not so!  This chapter is exactly where it should be, the subject is correct, and the right brother among the eleven, Judah, is the one seen involved in the harlotry.

The reason why Judah is singled out in Genesis 38 in this respect is seen in Genesis 44, immediately before Joseph reveals himself to his brethren in Genesis 45.

In Genesis 44, Joseph’s brothers, though not knowing Joseph’s identity, were brought to the place where they had no choice but to acknowledge to Joseph, in his presence, that which they had done years before — their rejection of him, followed by their selling him to the Ishmaelites.

And Judah is seen as the spokesman for his brothers at this time, exactly as he was the one seen in connection with harlotry back in Genesis 38.  “Judah,” in both chapters, is seen acting in the place of or on behalf of all his brothers, typifying Israel:

1) The one involved in harlotry between the two times in the type (between the time of the nation’s rejection        [Genesis 37] and the time of the nation’s acceptance [Genesis 45]).

2) And the one driven to the place where there was no choice left other than to confess that which had been        done years before to the very one to whom it was done (rejection, crucifixion).

And the preceding is exactly what is seen beginning in Revelation chapter twelve and continuing through the first six verses of chapter nineteen.  The woman in Revelation 12 is the same woman seen in chapters seventeen through the first part of nineteen.

Regality is seen in connection with the woman in both sections.  This has already been shown in connection with the woman in chapter twelve, and it will be shown later in this chapter in connection with the woman in chapters seventeen through the first part of nineteen.

As well, these chapters in the Book of Revelation are in exact accord with teachings pertaining to Israel’s harlotry as seen in Genesis chapters thirty-seven through forty-five, along with numerous other places in the Old Testament.

With all of this information staring a Bible student in the face, one often wonders how so many people can go astray when it comes to a correct interpretation of the harlot woman beginning in Revelation chapter seventeen.  Possibly thoughts from what Andrew Jukes had to say over one hundred years ago about the neglect of the study of types by Bible students in his day might apply:

“The real secret of the neglect of the types, I cannot but think may, in part, be traced to this — that they require more spiritual intelligence than many Christians can bring to them.”

1)  The Woman Is That Great City

As the Beast is identified in Revelation 17:8-14, the woman is identified in this chapter as well.  The woman is identified in a direct and clear statement after a manner which, contextually, no one could possibly question.  The last verse in chapter seventeen provides, beyond any question whatsoever, in so many words, the identity of the woman:

And ‘the woman’ which thou sawest is that great city, which reigneth over [lit., ‘which possesses kingly authority over’] the kings of the earth” (Revelation 17:18).

The expression “the [or ‘that’] great city” is used nine times in chapters eleven through eighteen, with six of these usages seen in chapters seventeen and eighteen.  The first usage in Revelation 11:8 identifies the city as Jerusalem, and the identification of “the great city” in this first usage must be understood the same way throughout the subsequent chapters where this expression appears.

Note how Revelation 11:8 reads:

“And their dead bodies [the two witnesses] shall lie in the street of the great city, which spiritually is called Sodom and Egypt, where also our Lord was crucified.”

Jerusalem, in this verse, is associated with Sodom (sexual perversion) and Egypt (the world); and the next two appearances of the expression, “the great city” (Revelation 14:8; 16:19), associates “Jerusalem” with Babylon.

Babylon was the place where the southern two tribes were taken captive, beginning about 605 B.C., beginning the Times of the Gentiles.  Over one hundred years earlier (about 722 B.C.), the northern ten tribes had been taken captive by the Assyrians (the world power of that previous day).  But between these two times, the Babylonians had conquered the Assyrian kingdom, shifting the center of world power from Assyria to Babylon and, after about 605 B.C., placed all twelve tribes within a Babylonian kingdom.

Babylon is out in the world, typified by Egypt;  and God allowed the Jewish people to be uprooted from their land and taken captive to Babylon because of their numerous transgressions occurring over centuries of time, with sexual perversion, associated with Sodom, among sins heading the list (cf. Jeremiah 22:8-9, 25).

And this is exactly where “the woman” finds herself in Revelation chapters seventeen through the opening verses of nineteen — enmeshed in the kingdom of the last king of Babylon, out in the world (scattered among the nations), and viewed as a harlotexactly as portrayed in previous verses (Revelation 11:8; 14:8; 16:19).

Thus, according to Revelation 17:18, the harlot, seen throughout these chapters, is identified as “Jerusalem.”  And there is no getting around this clearly stated fact.

(“Jerusalem” is used a number of times in Scripture as simply another way of referring to the Jewish people.  Even “the land of Israel” is used this same way in Scripture [cf. Isaiah 1:21, 26; Lamentations 1:7-8; Ezekiel 14:11-13; 16:2; Matthew 23:37; Luke 13:33; 19:41].

The Jewish people, their land, and their capital city are looked upon and referred to in an inseparable sense in Scripture.  Thus, in an interpretative respect, Revelation 17:18 would have to read, “And ‘the woman’ which thou sawest is Israel…”)

2)  The Woman Possessing Regal Authority

Then, Revelation 17:18 also presents another means of identification.  This verse doesn’t stop with the identification of the woman as “that great city.”  Rather, the verse goes on to provide a second means of identification, which is in complete keeping with the first part of the verse.

The verse continues by adding the words, “which reigneth over the kings of the earth.”  A better translation of these words from the Greek text would be, “which possesses kingly authority over the kings of the earth” (ref. Wuest’s Expanded Translation — “which possesses [imperial] power over…”), limiting matters in the light of Exodus 4:22-23 to Israel and/or Jerusalem alone.

Thus, the woman is identified as possessing regal authority over the Gentile nations (Revelation 17:18b).

This identifying statement reflects back upon and draws from a similar statement about the woman earlier in the book:

“…and upon her head [the woman’s head, Israel’s head] a crown of twelve stars” (Revelation 12:1b).

“Twelve” is the number of governmental perfection;  and this verse from chapter twelve forms part of the contextual foundational material in the book upon which the identity of the woman in Revelation 17:18 rests.

The word used for “crown” in the Greek text of Revelation 12:1 is stephanos, not diadema, indicating that the woman, though possessing regal power and authority, was not exercising that power and authority at the time seen in the text (which is a time yet future, near the middle of the Tribulation, with the woman wearing a diadem and exercising regal power and authority following the Tribulation).

An individual presently exercising regal power and authority would wear a crown depicted by the word diadema, not a crown depicted by the word stephanos.  This is seen two verses later (Revelation 12:3), where the Greek word diadema is used — showing an exercise of regal power and authority in the kingdom of Antichrist by the one to whom Satan will one day give “his power, and his seat [‘his throne’], and great authority” (Revelation 13:2).

(Regarding Israel in possession of regal power and authority over the Gentile nations, note that which Moses was instructed to make known to the Egyptian Pharaoh when God sent him to deliver the Israelites [an Assyrian ruler in Egypt, typifying the coming Assyrian who will rule the world (cf. Isaiah 52:4; Micah 5:5)].  Moses was instructed to say unto Pharaoh, “Thus saith the Lord, Israel is my son, even my firstborn…” [Exodus 4:22-23].

“Sonship” implies rulership.  Only sons can rule in God’s kingdom [past, present, or future], and in the human realm, only firstborn sons can rule [only firstborn sons find themselves in a position to exercise the rights of primogeniture within a family, with regality being one of these rights].  In short, Moses, announcing to Pharaoh that Israel was God’s son, even His firstborn, was God’s way of making it known to the ruler over Egypt that He recognized Israel in the regal capacity implied by sonship, not Egypt.

And this recognition was made known while Israel was still in Egypt.  Israel, following the observance of the Passover and the festival of Unleavened Bread in Exodus 12; 13, was to be led out of Egypt under Moses.

Then, following certain events occurring while enroute to Kadesh-Barnea — the old covenant given through Moses at Mt. Sinai, the Magna Charta for the kingdom, containing all of the rules and regulations governing the people of God within the kingdom, along with the construction of the Tabernacle, the dwelling place of God among His people within the theocracy — Israel was to enter into and occupy the land previously covenanted to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob;  and once the Jewish people had become established in this land, they were to rule the nations as God’s firstborn son, within a theocracy.

Again, note the latter part of Revelation 17:18.  There is only one nation on the face of the earth that this can be referencing — the nation which is not to be “reckoned among the nations” [Numbers 23:9].

Only one nation on the face of the earth possesses a position of regal authority over the kings of the earth [over all the Gentile nations].  This nation was identified in Exodus 4:22-23, immediately prior to Moses leading the Israelites out of Egypt;  and this nation is identified in Revelation 17:18, after exactly the same fashion [previously introduced after this fashion in Revelation 12:1], immediately prior to Jesus leading the Israelites out from a worldwide dispersion yet future.

Dating from Moses’ day, Israel has never lost the nation’s standing as God’s firstborn son.  Israel has been God’s firstborn son since the announcement was made in Exodus 4:22-23, remains God’s firstborn son today [though a disobedient son, scattered among the nations], and will one day exercise the rights of the firstborn [following repentance].

This is why, for the past 3,500 years, since the time this announcement was made, that the one who has held the sceptre since prior to the creation of Adam [Satan] has done everything within his power to destroy Israel.

Also, note that Israel is spoken of in both masculine and feminine respects in Scripture — as a son, and as a woman [cf. Hosea 2:2; 11:1], with both having regal implications.  Only sons can rule, and man cannot rule alone.  A man must rule in conjunction with a woman, or a woman in conjunction with a manthe man as king and the woman as consort queen.  This is a principle established in the opening chapter of Genesis, which can never change [Genesis 1:26-28].

And exactly the same thing, for exactly the same reasons, is seen relative to the bride of Christ.  The one who will rule as consort queen with the Son is spoken of in Scripture in both masculine and feminine respects, with both having regal implications [cf. Romans 8:14-15, 19; Galatians 4:5; Ephesians 5:23-32; Hebrews 12:23; Revelation 19:7-10].)

3)  The Woman Guilty of Blood

Further, if Scripture is compared with Scripture, Jerusalem alone — referring to the Jewish people — is guilty of the blood of the prophets and of all slain upon the earth (Matthew 23:34-37), which is said of the harlot in Revelation 17:6; 18:24; 19:2.  The Jewish people alone carry this guilt.  It is not possible for any other city, nation, or segment of society to be looked upon in this manner.  This fact is clearly stated in Luke 13:33:

“…it cannot be [lit., ‘…it is not possible’] that a prophet perish out of Jerusalem.”

And it is clear from the subsequent verse (Luke 13:34) that “Jerusalem” is used in verse thirty-three referring to the entire nation — the Jewish people — exactly as it is used in Revelation 17:18.

O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, which killest the prophets, and stonest them that are sent unto thee…”

Thus, according to Scripture, Israel alone can be considered guilty of blood in this respect.  And in keeping with this thought, Christ died in the capital of Jewry at the hands of the Jews (Matthew 16:21; Acts 2:23, 36; Revelation 11:8);  and the Apostle Paul, as well, was prepared to die in Jerusalem at the hands of the Jews, “for the name of the Lord Jesus” (Acts 21:11-13).

Thus, Scripture is quite clear on the identity of the harlot in Revelation 17:1-19:6, and Ch. 4,  Burned in Fire, Ground to Powderwill deal with the future cleansing of the nation.

Chapter 3

That Mighty City, Burning


Thrown Down, Found No More at All

And after these things I saw another angel come down from heaven having great power, and the earth was lightened with his glory.

And he cried mightily with a strong voice, saying, Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen…

For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication, and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies.

For her sins have reached unto heaven, and God hath remembered her iniquities…

How much she hath glorified herself, and lived deliciously, so much torment and sorrow give her:  for she saith in her heart, I sit a queen, and am no widow, and shall see no sorrow.

Therefore shall her plagues come in one day, death, and mourning, and famine;  and she shall be utterly burned with fire:  for strong is the Lord God who judgeth her.

And the kings of the earth, who have committed fornication and lived deliciously with her, shall bewail her, and lament for her, when they shall see the smoke of her burning.

Standing afar off for the fear of her torment, saying, Alas, alas, that great city Babylon, that mighty city!  for in one hour is thy judgment come…

And a mighty angel took up a stone like a great millstone, and cast it into the sea, saying, Thus with violence shall that great city Babylon be thrown down and shall be found no more at all (Revelation 18:1, 2a, 3, 5, 7-10, 21).

The main thrust of Scripture seen throughout Revelation 17 into the first part of Revelation 20 has to do with God’s plans and purposes regarding the Jewish people, the Gentile nations, and the Church of God being brought to fruition, leading into the Messianic Era (cf. 1 Corinthians 10:32).

In a larger sense, the working out of God’s plans and purposes for all three creations — Jew, Gentile, and Christian — has to do with ruined man and involves 6,000 years of restorative work, followed by the 1,000-year Messianic Era, a Sabbath rest awaiting the people of God.  And this is patterned after God’s previous restorative work surrounding the ruined material creation — occurring over six days time, with God resting on the seventh day (a Sabbath rest) — in Genesis 1; 2 (Hebrews 4:4, 9; cf. Exodus 31:13-17; II Peter 1:15-18; 3:3-8).

In a narrower sense, regarding Israel and the nations, the working out of God’s plans and purposes in this respect dates back 4,000 years (to the days of Abraham, about 2,000 B.C.) and 2,600 years (to the beginning of the Times of the Gentiles, about 605 B.C.).

And in a narrower sense yet, regarding Christians, the working out of God’s plans and purposes in this respect dates back 2,000 years to the inception of the Church on the day of Pentecost in 33 A.D.

The complete scope of God’s plans and purposes is dealt with numerous places throughout Moses, the Psalms, and the Prophets — “line upon line, line upon line; here a little, and there a little” (Isaiah 28:9-10), with different facets of the matter being dealt with different ways in different places.  Each facet provides a different part of one complete overall word picture, with the complete picture presenting the matter exactly as God would have man view the whole of His plans and purposes regarding Israel, the nations, and the Church.

And, regardless of how or where these things are dealt with in the Old Testament, there is always a particular emphasis on concluding events — events which bring the whole of the matter to fruition, as seen beginning in Revelation chapter seventeen and continuing through the first part of chapter twenty.

Thus, when one arrives at this closing part of the Book of Revelation and begins reading extensively about a Beast and a harlot woman, he is not left to his own imagination and interpretation concerning that which is in view.  Scripture will reveal and interpret the matter for him.

All one has to do is go back to the Old Testament and see how God has previously laid the whole of the matter out, beginning in Genesis.

In this respect, through comparing that which is spiritual with that which is spiritual (I Corinthians 2:9-13) — in this case, comparing numerous sections of the Old Testament with that seen beginning in Revelation 17 — the Old Testament will interpret the matter for the reader.

(Two Anglicized Greek words are sometimes used to call attention to correct and incorrect methods of Biblical study and interpretation — exegesis and eisegesis.  The Greek prepositions ek [meaning, “out of”] and eis [meaning, “into”] are prefixed to the same word, which, without the prepositions, means “to guide” or “to lead.”

Exegesis has to do with deriving out of a passage that which is within the passage.  In Revelation 17-19[19a], exegesis allows Scripture to comment upon and identify the harlot woman.  And, at every turn, Scripture [O.T. or N.T.], reveals that “the great whore” is a metaphor for Israel at the end of the Times of the Gentiles [ref. Chapters I, Mystery, Babylon the Great, and 2, That Great City].

Eisegesis, on the other hand, has to do with reading into a passage that which is not in the passage.  Eisegesis, rather than allowing Scripture to identify the harlot woman in Revelation 17-19 [19a], reads a foreign meaning into the passage, usually attempting to see “the great whore” used as a metaphor for a false religious system, often seen as the Roman Catholic Church.

And this type mishandling of the passage is no small thing.   Not only does such a teaching do away with the correct understanding of the passage but such a teaching has the Times of the Gentiles ending in the Book of Revelation after a fashion which is completely out of line with the way in which the Times of the Gentiles is seen being brought to a close throughout Moses, the Psalms, and the Prophets.)

The Old Testament has already dealt extensively, in minute detail, with the whole of that seen beginning with Revelation chapter seventeen and continuing into the first part of chapter twenty.  A complete word picture has already been presented, for all to see.  And this part of the Book of Revelation, dealing with the same thing as previously seen in the Old Testament, places the emphasis exactly where Moses, the Psalms, and the Prophets had previously placed the emphasis, which could only be expected.

The Emphasis and Divisions in Revelation 17:1-20:6

The emphasis beginning in chapter seventeen and continuing through chapter nineteen, preceding the Messianic Era in chapter twenty, is placed on Israel and the nations (Revelation 17:1-19:6, 11-21).  And, within this section, the Church of God, as well, is brought back into the picture from the opening chapters of the book, though only taking up four verses throughout chapters seventeen through nineteen (Revelation 19:7-10).

Beginning with chapter seventeen and continuing through the opening six verses of chapter twenty, this section of Scripture could be divided into four parts:

1)  In Revelation 17:1-19:6, though both the Beast and the harlot occupy center-stage, the harlot alone, residing in the kingdom of the Beast, is the one centrally being dealt with throughout.

The subject matter of this section of Scripture is stated, in so many words, in the opening verse:

“And there came one of the seven angels which had the seven vials, and talked with me, saying unto me, Come hither;  and I will shew unto thee the judgment of the great whore that sitteth upon many waters.”

The harlot is dealt with at length pertaining to her identity and where she resides (leaving no possible room for anyone to question that being pictured [if Scripture is compared with Scripture]).

And then the harlot, within the scope of this section of Scripture, is seen being completely destroyed (again, leaving no possible room for anyone to question that being pictured [again, if Scripture is compared with Scripture]).

The Beast and his kingdom, on the other hand, are dealt with in this section of Scripture only with respect to identity and an impending destruction.  The harlot is the one dealt with in detail throughout, not the Beast.

2)  In Revelation 19:7-10, after dealing with various things concerning the harlot and her relationship to the nations, followed by the harlot’s destruction, attention is called to the bride and the marriage supper of the Lamb, occurring in heaven, prior to Christ’s return to the earth.

This is the first mention of anything having to do with the bride since chapters one through three of the book, anticipating the relinquishment of crowns (Revelation 4) and the redemption of the inheritance (Revelation 19 [b]), allowing the bride to then become the Lamb’s wife (cf. Ruth 4:1ff).

3)  In Revelation 19:11-21, the heavens are opened, and Christ is seen returning back to the earth “with his mighty angels” — i.e., the armies of heaven — accompanying and following Him at this time (cf. 2 Thessalonians 1:7; Revelation 19:14).

Accompanying Christ, as well, will be Moses and Elijah (cf. Matthew 16:28-17:5; Luke 9:27-32), who will evidently be instrumental in His dealings with both Israel on the one hand and the Beast and his kingdom on the other.

(For details on Moses and Elijah accompanying Christ at this time, refer to the author’s book, Moses and John BOOK, in this site, particularly Chapters III, IV.)

The bride, from verses seven through ten (Revelation 19:7-10), is not seen among those accompanying Christ back to the earth at this time.  In fact, Scripture is quite clear that the bride will not accompany Christ back to the earth when He returns.

Christ will be returning to complete His dealings with Israel and the nations, and the bride will have no more to do with this than she will have previously had with Christ’s dealings with Israel and the nations during the Tribulation.  The Bride simply will not participate in judgments occurring on earth when the seals of the seven-sealed scroll are being broken, and these judgments will not be concluded until after Christ returns to the earth to complete His dealings with Israel and the nations preceding the Messianic Era.

Note that Joseph’s wife, Asenath, was in another part of the palace when he dealt with his brethren at the time he revealed himself to them.

And note that Moses’ wife, Zipporah, only went part way with him when he returned to Egypt to deal with his brethren in this same respect.

Moses and Zipporah were reunited only after he had dealt with the Jewish people in Egypt, after he had dealt with the Pharaoh of Egypt, after the death of the firstborn, after he had led the Israelites out of Egypt, and after Pharaoh and his armed forces had been destroyed in the Sea.

And the same sequence will, of necessity, be followed in the antitype.  The bride, as Zipporah, may very well accompany Christ part way and remain in the New Jerusalem above the earth while He deals with Israel and the nations on earth.  Then, once these dealings have been concluded — which will be after Israel’s national conversion and restoration to her land, and after the destruction of Gentile world power (which, according to Scripture, will occur in this order) — Christ will be reunited with the one who will then have become His wife.

(At the time of the destruction of Gentile world power, all the judgments seen within the breaking of the seals of the seven-sealed scroll in Revelation chapter five will have come to pass.  This will complete God’s terms for the redemption of the inheritance — with the marriage of Christ to His bride and the re-marriage of God to Israel seen as part and parcel with the redemption of the inheritance [cf. Ruth 4:1ff]).

The preceding succinctly covers, in a somewhat general respect, the sequence of events which will occur when Christ returns to the earth, as seen in Revelation 19:11-21.  Very few of these events are seen and dealt with in this brief section in the Book of Revelation, but all are seen and dealt with in prior Scripture, beginning in Genesis.

Scripture must be compared with Scripture in order to put the complete word picture together, exactly as God has outlined and provided this information in His Word (1 Corinthians 2:9-13).

4)  In Revelation 20:1-6, all is brought to completion and fruition.  Satan is bound, cast into the abyss, individuals are assigned positions of power and authority in Christ’s kingdom, and the millennial reign — that toward which everything in Scripture moves — will then occur.

I Sit a Queen, and Am No Widow, and Shall See No Sorrow

There is only one possible way that a person could expect the Tribulation to draw to a close and end in the Book of Revelation.  And that would be exactly the same way it is seen drawing to a close and ending time after time in Moses, the Psalms, and the Prophets.

Whether in the Old Testament or in the New Testament, Israel in the end time is seen enmeshed within and committing harlotry with the most corrupt form of Gentile world power man has ever known or ever will know.

This will then be followed by Israel’s repentance, the nation being cleansed of her harlotry (as presented in Revelation 17; 18; 19a, synonymous with the harlot being burned, destroyed by fire), the destruction of Gentile world power, and the ushering in of the Messianic Kingdom.

Though the nation will have paid a heavy price, one beyond human comprehension, Israel’s harlotry will be a thing of the past.  Israel’s sins will have been “as scarlet,” “red like crimson”;  but, with these sins having been completely removed — “as far as the east is from the west” — where scarlet and crimson once existed, conditions will then be “as white as snow,” “as wool” (Isaiah 1:18; cf. Isaiah 1:21-26; Psalm 103:12-22).

And a cleansed nation in that day will realize the rights of the firstborn, fulfilling the purpose for the nation’s existence (cf. Revelation 17:16-17; 18:8-21; 19:2-3).

1)  Material Wealth, Spiritual Wealth

The heavy price paid by Israel over centuries of time has been both to her detriment and the detriment of the nations.  Israel has been removed from her land, scattered among the nations, and has suffered immeasurably at the hands of the Gentiles.  And, at the same time, the nations have suffered as well, having been cut off from the spiritual blessings which could have been theirs through Israel.

But, though the nations throughout this time have found themselves separated from spiritual blessings, they have, at the same time, found themselves in a position of power and involved with materialism, becoming wealthy (Revelation 18:3, 9-19).  And Israel, having left her spiritual heritage and found herself scattered among the nations, has become inseparably involved with the world’s materialism and wealth as well (Revelation 17:4; 18:16).

During the Times of the Gentiles (over 2,600 years), the nations have held the sceptre and have become wealthy at the expense of Israel (Revelation 17:2; 18:19b).  And, as long as the Times of the Gentiles continues, the nations will continue to hold power and accumulate this wealth at Israel’s expense.

Or, viewing the matter from another perspective, as long as Israel remains in the nation’s present condition — a harlot, co-mingling with and having illicit, forbidden relationships with the nations — the nations will continue to accumulate their wealth at Israel’s expense, with Israel involved in and sharing in this wealth.

But once Israel is brought to the place of repentance, followed by Israel’s harlotry being done away with (burned with fire [Revelation 17:16-17; 18:8ff]), it will all be over for the nations.

The Times of the Gentiles will end, the sceptre will change hands, and the wealth of the Gentiles will be given to Israel (Isaiah 60:5, 11 [the word “forces,” KJV, should be translated “wealth”; ref. NASB, NIV]; cf. Exodus 12:35-36).

The preceding is what a large part of Revelation 18 is about (through the use of the type language specified in the opening verse of the book, in Revelation 1:1 [ref. Ch. 1, Mystery, Babylon the Great, where this is explained]).

(When seeking to understand the book of Revelation, a major problem results from not understanding and interpreting material in the book after the manner in which God has structured this material — again, something stated in the opening verse of the book, though largely ignored.

Thus, when individuals attempt to understand things in this book from a western mindset, or through any other means different than the way that it was set forth in this opening verse, is it any wonder that they have trouble?)

Note particularly verses nine through nineteen in this eighteenth chapter (Revelation 18:9-19).  The nations will have become rich, and these nations will be quite distraught when all of this is suddenly taken from them.  And it will all be taken from them through the loss of the harlot in their midst (again, note the symbolism and type language being used).

The nations can continue in their present fashion only as long as the harlot remains in their midst, for, the fact that Israel is playing the harlot is what allows them to live in this manner — accumulating material wealth, etc.  But once the harlot is no longer present, once Israel is no longer playing the harlot, things will change completely.

(God will use the Beast to do exactly the opposite of that which the Beast will set out to accomplish.

The Beast will set out to accomplish something wherein utter failure has always marked the path of any and all who have tried — the destruction of and doing away with the nation of Israel.

And, in line with that which has happened to all of his predecessors as well, the Beast himself will suffer that which he will set about to inflict upon the Jewish people — his own utter destruction instead.  Because of God’s unchanging promises to and regarding Israel, matters of the preceding nature must always work out in this manner [cf. Genesis 12:1-3; Exodus 3:1-7; Esther 5:14; 6:6-13; 7:8-10; 9:10-14].

God, turning matters around, will use the Beast to destroy the harlot [exactly as he used the Pharaoh of Egypt during Moses’ day to bring about His plans and purposes regarding Israel], with the nation of Israel subsequently existing apart from her harlotry and God’s complete purpose for calling this nation into existence then being realized [cf. Exodus 9:15-16; Revelation 17:16-17].)

In that day, Gentile headship will be over, their wealth will be gone, but they will find that they will possess something far greater.  Spiritual blessings/spiritual wealth, which will be theirs through restored Israel, will far exceed anything which they will have possessed throughout the Times of the Gentiles (cf. Isaiah 65:19; Zechariah 8:20-23).

2)  The Harlot Destroyed, The Nation Cleansed

“The great whore” in Revelation chapter seventeen through the first part of chapter nineteen is seen being burned with fire (Revelation 17:16; 18:8-9, 17-21; 19:2-3).  This is the picture which Scripture provides of Israel’s harlotry being done away with.  God is seen using the Beast and his kingdom to do away with Israel’s harlotry through a persecution of such an intense nature that “except those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved” (cf. Matthew 24:22).  And this will occur after 2,600 years of Gentile dominance and control.

Israel will be brought to the place where the nation will have nowhere to turn other than to the God of their fathers. (Revelation 17:16-17; cf. Matthew 3:23ff).  Repentance and cleansing will then occur (Isaiah 1:16-21), Israel’s harlotry will be a thing of the past (Revelation 18:8-10), and it will never again be an issue (Revelation 19:3).

Note how Revelation 19:1-3 is worded:

“After these things I heard a great voice of much people in heaven, saying, Alleluia, Salvation, and glory, and honour, and power, unto the Lord our God:

For true and righteous are his judgments:  for he hath judged the great whore, which did corrupt the earth with her fornication, and hath avenged the blood of his servants at her hand.

And again they said, Alleluia.  And her smoke rose up forever and ever.”

(The words, “forever and ever,” in Revelation 19:3 are a translation of the Greek words, eis tous aionas ton aionon, and should literally be rendered, “unto [or, ‘with respect to’] the ages of the ages.”

The Greek language, as the Hebrew language, does not have a word for “eternal” per se.  And this is one of two different ways that the Greek text can express “eternal,” apart from textual and contextual considerations.

The other way is through using a plural form of the word aion, meaning “age,” as the word is used in Hebrews 13:8, where Christ is said to be “the same yesterday, and today, and forever [Gk., eis tous aionas (a plural, articular use of aion preceded by the preposition eis, meaning ‘into,’ ‘unto,’ or ‘with respect to’); lit., ‘unto (or, ‘with respect to’) the ages’,’ i.e., throughout the endless ages, forever].”

The thought set forth in Revelation 19:3 by the smoke of the burned harlot continuing to rise up throughout the endless ages has to do with Israel’s harlotry never again being an issue.  The nation’s harlotry will be completely consumed by the fire, never to rise again [again, note the type pictorial language being used].)

This picture of the harlot being burned with fire was introduced in chapter seventeen (Revelation 17:16) and is dealt with extensively throughout Revelation 18.  In fact, this entire chapter, one way or another, is taken up with the harlot’s destruction, with attention called to this destruction occurring through a burning with fire several places (Revelation 18:8-9, 18).

“Fire” is seen in Scripture as a purifying agent (Zechariah 13:8-9; Mark 9:49-50).  “Fire” is seen as a separating agent, separating that which is of value from that which is worthless — by burning the latter, with the former enduring the fire (Matthew 3:11-12; 1 Corinthians 3:11-15; I Peter 1:7).

Thus, the picture of the harlot being burned throughout these chapters has to do with the harlot — Israel playing the harlot — passing through a burning fire which purifies in one respect and destroys in another through separating that which is worthless from that which is of value.

Once this separation occurs, Israel’s harlotry will be completely destroyed by the fire;  but, on the other hand, the nation itself will remain untouched by the fire.

Nebuchadnezzar tried to use fire in the latter respect in Daniel 3 — in relation to three Israelites, foreshadowing the entire nation — and failed completely.

With an oven heated seven times hotter than normal and three Israelites thrown into the midst of this fire (“seven,” a complete number, showing the completion of that in view, probably indicating that the furnace was heated as hot as possible without destroying the furnace), not a single hair on the head of any one of the three was even singed.

Nor could Darius in the succeeding Medo-Persian kingdom get the lions to eat Daniel (Daniel 6).
Israel has a God-given promise that the fire (or anything else) can’t hurt them (Isaiah 43:1-3).  They can remain in the fire (or anywhere else) forever and remain unconsumed (Exodus 3:1-7).  And, as seen in the previously referenced passage, the reason is evident.  God resides in the midst of the nation, and to destroy the nation, God would have to be destroyed.

But still, Israel is going to have to pass through one more fire, for there is the matter of Israel’s harlotry, which has to be removed by the fire.  And the nation’s harlotry has no chance against the fire.  The harlot is going to be made desolate, naked, her flesh will be eaten, and she will be utterly burned with fire (Revelation 17:16).

That is the picture which Scripture provides of God’s dealings with Israel’s harlotry.  The harlot will be utterly destroyed — consumed by fire on the one hand, and a nation purified by the fire will live on the other.

Then, and only then, can God complete His dealing with Israel, deal with the nations, deal with Satan and his angels, and usher in the Messianic Kingdom.

Israel and the nations — Past, Present, and Future

The definition of and thoughts surrounding the use of the word “mystery” in the New Testament have been dealt with at length in the two previous chapters (Chs. 1, Mystery, Babylon the Great, and 2, That Great City).  And that which follows in this section — in both of the two main parts to the section — will deal once again with matters set forth by the use of this word, from different perspectives than previously seen.

The first will show the same statements used of Israel in Jeremiah’s prophecy that are used in the chapter under discussion of the harlot in the Book of Revelation, presenting matters from two different vantage points in these two books.

Then, the other will show sharp distinctions between Israel at two different times, before and after the nation passes through the fire, as seen in an Old Testament passage from Judges, foreshadowing and shedding light upon that under discussion in Revelation 17:1-19:6.

When these sections from these three books are looked upon and studied in the light of one another, the word picture — seen exactly as God has set it forth in His Word — begins to take shape in a far clearer manner than if only two of these sections were used.  And a grave problem can only arise if only one of the three sections is used and the person tries to figure matters out himself instead of letting Scripture do it for him.

Scripture must be compared with Scripture, allowing Scripture to interpret itself.

1)  Jeremiah and John

Note that which is stated about Israel and the land of Israel in Jeremiah 25:10-11:

“Moreover I will take from them the voice of mirth, and the voice of gladness, the voice of the bridegroom, and the voice of the bride, the sound of the millstones, and the light of the candle.

And this whole land shall be a desolation, and an astonishment;  and these nations [Israel, along with other surrounding nations, judged with Israel (Jeremiah 25:9)] shall serve the king of Babylon seventy years.”

Then note that which is stated about the harlot in Revelation 18:22-23:

“And the voice of harpers, and musicians, and of pipers, and trumpeters, shall be heard no more at all in thee;  and no craftsman, of whatsoever craft he be, shall be found anymore in thee;  and the sound of a millstone shall be heard no more at all in thee;

And the light of a candle shall shine no more at all in thee;  and the voice of the bridegroom and of the bride shall be heard no more at all in thee:  for thy merchants were the great men of the earth;  for by thy sorceries were all nations deceived.”

Exactly the same thing is stated about Israel in Jeremiah 25:10 as is stated about the harlot in Revelation 18:22-23.

In the Book of Jeremiah, the statement had to do with the Jewish people in relation to the land of Israel at the beginning of the Times of the Gentiles.

Israel had been removed from her own land and transported into the land of Shinar, from a theocracy into the world kingdom of Babylon.  And in the land of Babylon the Jewish people could no longer experience the things enumerated in Jeremiah 25:10 in their own land.

Then, in the Book of Revelation, the whole of that seen in Jeremiah is turned around and used in a completely opposite respect at the end of the Times of the Gentiles, over 2,600 years later.

In this book the same statement has to do with Israel playing the harlot among the nations in the Gentile lands where the nation had been dispersed throughout the Times of the Gentiles.  And the picture in the Book of Revelation, reversing the matter, has to do with Israel about to be cleansed of her harlotry, at which time the nation will be removed from these Gentile lands and transported back to her own land, with the theocracy restored to Israel.

Once restored to the land, Israel would no longer experience the things stated in both Jeremiah 25:10 and Revelation 18:22-23 in Gentile lands, for God will have cleansed and removed the nation from these lands.

Then, at that time, God will restore these things to her, in her own land, in connection with the restoration of the theocracy.  That taken from the nation in Jeremiah 25:10-11 will be restored to the Jewish people.

2)  Judges and John

The five books of Moses, the Pentateuch, end with the account of Moses’ death and Joshua assuming the mantle (Deuteronomy 34:1-12).

The Book of Joshua then begins with a reference to Moses’ death and continues with a history of the Israelites entering and beginning to take possession of the land, slaying and/or driving out the inhabitants, under Joshua’s leadership.  And the book ends about twenty-five years later with a reference to Joshua’s death and the Israelites burying the bones of Joseph, who had died about two centuries prior to that time in Egypt (Joshua 24:29ff; cf. Genesis 50:25-26; Exodus 13:19).

The next book, the Book of Judges, continuing from Joshua, begins with a reference to Joshua’s death, beginning a period of time lasting over three centuries (some 320 or so years) when the Israelites resided in the land apart from leadership of a nature previously experienced — extending from the death of Joshua to Saul being anointed the nation’s first king.

a)  A Brief Summation of Judges

Two things marked the period of the Judges:

1) Disobedience on the part of the Jewish people.

2) God’s reaction to their disobedience (which had to do with anger, followed by a chastisement of the Jewish       people to bring about repentance;  and their repentance was followed each time by God raising up one or       more individuals [one or more judges] to deliver His people).

During Moses and Joshua’s day, God had commanded His people to drive out all of the Gentile nations inhabiting the land.  But, following Joshua’s death, the Israelites gradually began to cease driving these nations out (cf. Deuteronomy 7:1-2, 16, 22-24; Joshua 23:1-5; Judges 1:1, 19, 21, 27-33).

Then, disobedience at this point resulted in other forms of disobedience — something which the Lord had previously called to the people’s attention and had warned them about (cf. Exodus 23:33; Deuteronomy 7:4, 16; 12:30).

God, through Moses, had laid down the rules and regulations (the Law, the Magna Charta for the kingdom) which His people were to follow within the theocracy.  But, after failing to drive the Gentile nations out of the land, that which God had warned His people about began to occur.

The Jewish people, over time, found themselves gradually being influenced by and conforming more and more to the ways and practices of the pagan Gentile nations dwelling in the land with them.  And, as a result, rather than the Jewish people following that which God had stated in His Word, this period is marked by a departure from the Word.

With the absence of the type leadership previously provided by Moses, and then Joshua, Scripture reveals one central manner of living on the part of God’s people during the time of the Judges, lasting for over three centuries:

“In those days there was no king in Israel, but every man did that which was right in his own eyes” (Judges 17:6; 21:25; cf. Judges 18:1; 19:1).

And God reacted accordingly.  God reacted in exact accordance with that which He had previously revealed in His Word through Moses.

There is a repeated sequence in the Book of Judges relative to the Jewish people’s disobedience and God’s reaction to their disobedience.  In Judges 2, this sequence is introduced (resulting from the people’s previous actions, seen in Judges 1), setting the stage for that seen throughout the remainder of the book:

1)  Israel’s action:

“And the children of Israel did evil in the sight of the Lord, and served Baalim

And they forsook the God of their fathers…and followed other gods…” (Judges 2:11, 12a).

2)  The Lord’s reaction:

“And the anger of the Lord was hot against Israel, and he delivered them into the hands of spoilers…and he sold them into the hands of their enemies…

Whithersoever they went out, the hand of the Lord was against them for evil, as the Lord had said, and as the Lord had sworn unto them…” (Judges 2:14a, 15a)

3)  Israel’s reaction:

“…and they were greatly distressed [which would lead to repentance]” (Judges 2:15b).

4) That which the Lord then did:

“Nevertheless the Lord raised up judges, which delivered them out of the hands of those that spoiled them” (Judges 2:16).

When the Israelites fell into sin, God reacted through using that which had resulted from His people’s previous failure — Gentile nations remaining in the land, contrary to His command — as a means to bring about their repentance.  He delivered the disobedient Israelites into the hands of the same pagan nations which they had previously failed to drive out (Judges 2:21-23).

And, following His people being brought to the place of repentance through a judgment of this nature, God then raised up one or more individuals to deliver them out of the hands of the Gentiles.

Beginning in Judges 3, when God raised up the first judge to deliver His people, repentance on Israel’s part is seen first.  That is, God delivered His people into the hands of the Gentiles, persecution at the hands of the nations followed, the people repented, and God then raised up an individual to deliver them out of the hands of the Gentiles.  And this same order is continued through eleven of the fourteen judges whom God raised up (Judges 3:7-9, 12-15; 4:1-4; 6:1-14; 10:6-18; 11:1ff).

Then, following the death of the eleventh judge (Judges 12:15), though the same sequence is seen beginning again (with Israel’s disobedience), certain changes occurred in the complete cycle of events this time:

“And the children of Israel did evil again… and the Lord delivered them into the hands of the Philistines forty years” (Judges 13:1).

For the first time there was a forty-year period in which the Israelites found themselves in subjection to the Gentiles.  “Forty” is one of several numbers used in Scripture to show completeness, and the number appears numerous times in Scripture in this respect (e.g., Moses’ life is divided into three separate and distinct forty-year periods, Moses was on Mount Sinai forty days and nights, the disobedient Israelites under Moses wandered in the wilderness for forty years, each of Israel’s first three kings reigned for forty years, Christ was tempted by Satan for forty days and nights, and Christ had a forty-day post-resurrection ministry prior to His ascension).

In this respect, because of Israel’s disobedience, God gave His people into the hands of the Gentiles (the Philistines) for a complete period of time.  And this complete period could only have followed a completion of Israel’s disobedience over the years.  That is to say, Israel’s cup of iniquity had apparently become full (cf. Genesis 15:16), with God acting accordingly.

However, there is no record of the Israelites repenting and crying out for deliverance during these forty years.  Nevertheless, God raised up Samson during this time as the twelfth judge, stating that he would “begin to deliver Israel out of the hand of the Philistines” (Judges 13:5b).  Full deliverance though could not occur until after the Israelites had repented, something not seen until the days of Samuel the prophet, the fourteenth and last judge (following Eli [1 Samuel 7:3-15]).

The Book of Judges, in the preceding respect, sets forth the complete history of Israel — from the time of the inception of the nation during Moses’ day to modern times.

And the nation is nearing the end of the final period of their disobedience, with the Jewish people about to find themselves in the hands of Gentile nations which will render such intense persecution that repentance, after millenniums of time, will be forthcoming.

And God, true to His Word, will then send the Deliverer.

b)  The Epilogue to Judges (Judges 17-21)

Judges chapters seventeen through twenty-one form somewhat of an epilogue to the book, taking the reader back several centuries to near the beginning of the period of the judges (note the mention of Moses’ and Aaron’s grandsons in this section [Judges 18:30; 20:28], which would place events back during the early years of this period of time).

And this would account for the summary statement concerning the absence of a king in Israel, with every man doing that which was right in his own eyes, not being seen until the opening part of this epilogue (Judges 17:6).  Then, part or all of this statement is seen several other subsequent times in this closing section (Judges 18:1; 19:1; 21:25).

As previously stated, this period covering the time of the judges follows the death of Joshua and ends with the inauguration of Israel’s first king (Saul).  And the period between these two times, in one respect, is exactly where world Jewry finds itself today.

The names translated “Joshua” and “Jesus” in the Hebrew and Greek texts of the Old and New Testaments are the same word in their respective languages, both meaning “Salvation.”  This is why the KJV translators misused “Jesus” instead of “Joshua” in both Acts 7:45 and Hebrews 4:8.  Rather than a mistranslation, there is a misuse of names, for, again, both are the same word in their respective languages.

(Note how the eight visions in Zechariah 1:7-6:8 terminate in the verses immediately following the last vision — with the crowning of “Joshua” in connection with “the man whose name is the BRANCH,” Who will “build the temple of the Lord” [Zechariah 6:11-13].

“The BRANCH” is a Messianic title, used of Israel’s Messiah, Whose name is Joshua/Jesus [cf. Zechariah 2:8-10; 6:11-13].  Note the Messianic nature of both of the referenced passages, along with the name “Joshua” used with the title “the BRANCH” in both passages.)

The Jewish people are living today between these same two times — between the death of Jesus (rather than Joshua) and the Jewish people possessing their King (their great King-Priest after the order of Melchizedek rather than Saul).

That is to say, the Jewish people are living today between the time when they crucified their Messiah and the time when their Messiah will return as the great King-Priest after the order of Melchizedek.

As well, in the preceding respect, the Jewish people today are also living during a time when they are not only without a King, but a time when everyone is doing that which is right in his own eyes.

1)  Judges Chapter Nineteen

But, as has been shown earlier in this chapter from Revelation 17:1ff, things are about to changeThe harlot is about to be destroyed.

And exactly the same thing is seen toward the end of the Book of Judges, during the period of time between the death of Joshua/Jesus and the appearance of Israel’s King.

There is an account part way through the epilogue section of Judges which foreshadows exactly the same thing as seen by the harlot woman being burned with fire in Revelation 17:1-19:6.

In Judges 19 there is an account of a Levite and his concubine, his wife.  The Levite had taken her as his wife and moved her from Bethlehem to a place some distance north, to his home on Mt. Ephraim.  But, “his concubine played the whore against him” and returned to Bethlehem, to her father’s house (Judges 19:1-3).

This was followed four months later by the man taking a hired servant and traveling to Bethlehem to get his adulterous wife.  And, after certain events in Bethlehem, a rather lengthy account follows of a journey which the man made with his concubine and the hired servant, traveling from Bethlehem back to Mt. Ephraim (Judges 19:5ff).

Enroute from Bethlehem to Mt. Ephraim, they entered the village of Gibeah, with a view to spending the night, which is where a main part of that seen in the account occurred.

After sitting in the streets of the city for awhile, waiting for someone in the city to befriend them and offer lodging for the night, an old man came in from his work in the fields, saw them, and offered them a place where both their animals (donkeys) and the three of them could spend the night (Judges 19:10-21).

Then, after all had been properly taken care of (the animals and the three travelers), “the men of the city, certain sons of Belial” (a reference to worthless men of the city), came to the house, and began to beat on the door, demanding that “the man” inside the house (evidently the husband of the adulterous concubine) be brought out so that they could have homosexual relations with him.

It is the same picture seen back in Genesis 19 after Lot had invited the two angels to spend the night in the safety of his home (Genesis 19:2ff).  And that which then occurred in Judges is also very similar to the account in Genesis.

In keeping with Eastern hospitality, protecting guests inside one’s home at all costs, in Genesis 19, Lot had offered his two virgin daughters instead (Genesis 19:8);  and the man in Judges 19, did the same thing, offering his own virgin daughter, along with the man’s concubine.

The men of the city took only the man’s concubine, and they “abused her all the night until morning.”  And, when they had finished with her and the night was almost over, they let her go.

She made her way back to the house where her husband resided, and, at the dawning of the day, fell at the door of the house and evidently died (Judges 19:22-26).

At this point in the story, there are two women.  One was a harlot who had been sexually abused throughout the night by the men of the city;  and the other was a virgin whom the men of the city had left at the house, untouched.

When the concubine’s husband came out and found his wife unresponsive, he loaded her upon one of the animals and continued the journey to his home on Mt. Ephraim.

Once there, he took a knife, cut the harlot into twelve pieces, and sent one piece to each of the twelve tribes of Israel (Judges 19:27-29).

And the account closes with this statement:

“And it was so that all that saw it [a piece of the dead harlot] said, There was no such deed done nor seen from that day that the children of Israel came up out of the land of Egypt unto this day…” (Judges 19:30a).

2)  Parallel Accounts, Judges and Revelation

Scripture presents exactly the same picture, from two different perspectives, in both Judges 19:1-30 and Revelation 12:1-20:6.  In both passages you have:

1)  Israel existing in the condition seen in Judges — without a King and every man doing that which is right in       his own eyes.

2)  An account of both a harlot and a virtuous woman.

In Judges, the men of the city, seen as base men, took and abused the Levite’s wife, a harlot, throughout the night, bringing about her death as a new day dawned.

But the host’s virgin daughter remained untouched by the men of the city.

Then, the husband of the dead harlot cut her body into twelve parts, “together with her bones,” and sent one piece of the dead harlot’s body to each of the twelve tribes of Israel.

The harlot was gone, the virtuous woman lived, and the complete matter had to do with the entire nation.

Now, note how this is presented in Revelation 12:1-20:6.  Two women are seen.  In chapter twelve, a woman in possession of regality is seen.  Then, beginning in chapter seventeen and continuing through the first six verses of chapter nineteen, a harlot is seen (the same woman from chapter twelve, though now presented as a harlot).

And, as in the account in Judges, the harlot is seen being abused throughout the night — throughout the time of “the darkness of this world,” prior to the time that “the Sun of righteousness” arises “with healing in his wings” (cf. Malachi 4:2; Ephesians 6:12).

The harlot has been, is being, and will be abused at the hands of those to whom she was given — the Gentile nations.

God gave a nation already in the throws of harlotry over to the Gentile nations;  He drove His people out among the nations, among her lovers, to effect repentance through persecution at the hands of her lovers.

Then, note how the nations have abused the harlot throughout the night in Revelation 18:3:

“For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication, and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies.”

As Israel has continued to play the harlot, having illicit and forbidden relationships with the nations, the nations have become rich at Israel’s expense.

But all of this is about to change.

The men of the city killed the harlot in Judges.  And the complete picture has to do with a slain harlot subsequently cut into twelve pieces, with one piece sent to each of the twelve tribes of Israel.

In Revelation, the corresponding picture has to do with God using the Gentile power of that coming day to slay the harlot.  In this future instance, foreshadowed by events in Judges chapter nineteen, the harlot will be burned with fire, the smoke of her burning will ascend up throughout the endless ages (i.e., the harlot will never live again;  Israel’s harlotry will forever be a thing of the past), and this will have to do with the whole house of Israel, all twelve tribes (seen by pieces of the harlot sent to all twelve tribes in Judges, implicating the entire nation).

And, exactly as in the account in Judges, the Gentile nations, into whose hands the harlot has been delivered, cannot touch the virtuous woman (Israel’s status once the harlot has been destroyed and cleansing has occurred).

And in that coming day, because of that which will then ensue, Judges 19:30 can only, once again, be seen applying to all throughout the twelve tribes who witness that to which these two sections of Scripture apply.  That stated in this verse, projected out into that coming day, would read something like this:

“And all that see it in that day [the dissected harlot/the burned harlot — the destroyed harlot, with only the virtuous, untouched woman then existing] will only be able to say, There has been no such deed done nor seen from the day that the children of Israel came up out of the land of Egypt unto this day [throughout 3,500 years of Jewish history, with nothing like this ever seen during all that time;  nor will it ever be seen again, for Israel’s harlotry will never exist again].”

Chapter 4

Burned in Fire, Ground to Powder
Scattered in the Waters, the People Made to Drink

And when the people saw that Moses delayed to come down out of the mount, the people gathered themselves together unto Aaron, and said unto him,  Up, make us gods, which shall go before us;  for as for this Moses, the man that brought us up out of the land of Egypt, we wot not what is become of him.

And Aaron said unto them, Break off the golden earrings, which are in the ears of your wives, of your sons, and of your daughters, and bring them unto me.

And all the people brake off the golden earrings which were in their ears and brought them unto Aaron.

And he received them at their hand, and fashioned it with a graving tool, after he had made it a molten calf:  and they said, These be thy gods, O Israel, which brought thee up out of the land of Egypt.

And when Aaron saw it, he built an altar before it;  and Aaron made proclamation, and said, Tomorrow is a feast to the Lord.

And they rose up early on the morrow, and offered burnt-offerings, and brought peace-offerings:  and the people sat down to eat and to drink, and rose up to play (Exodus 32:1-6).

An equally graphic picture of Israel’s harlotry, as seen in Revelation 17:1-19:6, can also be seen in the Pentateuch — in the writings of Moses, in the Book of Exodus — 1,500 years before John penned the Book of Revelation.

Moses had previously dealt with the subject matter at some length in Genesis 38, somewhat introducing that subsequently seen in a more graphic and fuller respect in Exodus (refer to Ch. 2, That Great City).  And, because of the overall subject matter in Exodus — dealing with Israel during the end times in a fuller and more detailed respect than previously seen in Genesis, completely in line with the Book of Revelation — this book, not Genesis, is where a graphic and fuller exposition of the subject belongs.

The foundation was laid in Genesis, and additional detail was then given in Exodus.  This was then followed by information on the subject in numerous parts of the Old Testament (e.g., Judges 19:1ff; Isaiah 1:21ff; Jeremiah 3:1ff; Ezekiel 16:1ff; Hosea 1:2ff), culminating in three chapters in the closing book of Scripture, the Book of Revelation (Revelation 17; 18; 19a).

The subject matter in Moses’ writings and the subject matter in John’s writings parallel one another.  Both form a Pentateuch, though John’s writings are not set together in the New Testament as Moses’ are in the Old Testament.

Genesis and the Gospel of John parallel one another.
Exodus and Revelation parallel one another.
Leviticus and I John parallel one another.
Numbers and II John parallel one another.
Deuteronomy and III John parallel one another.

(For information on the preceding, refer to Moses and John BOOK, in this site.)

And not only should it be quite natural to see Israel’s harlotry dealt with in a full and graphic respect in Exodus, as it is in Revelation, but something additional is seen as well.  Israel’s harlotry is seen being dealt with in both books within the same time-frame and place in the books — yet future, during and immediately beyond Daniel’s Seventieth Week (Dan. 9:24-27).

In Exodus, attention is called to Israel’s harlotry while Moses is still in the Mount, immediately preceding his return.  And Israel’s harlotry is seen being fully dealt with following Moses’ descent from the Mount, immediately before the existence of the theocracy in the camp of Israel.

In Revelation, attention is called to Israel’s harlotry while Christ is still in the Mount (in heaven), immediately preceding His return.  And Israel’s harlotry is seen being fully dealt with following Christ’s descent from heaven, immediately before the restoration of the theocracy to Israel.

(Thus, comparing Scripture with Scripture, in both Exodus and Revelation, Israel’s harlotry is seen existing at an apex during the coming Tribulation — immediately preceding Moses’ return in the type, immediately preceding Christ’s return in the antitype.  Then Israel’s harlotry is seen being fully dealt with the same way in both type and antitype — fully, completely, resulting in an end to the matter.

Note that “a mountain” is used in Scripture, in a metaphorical respect, to depict a kingdom [cf. Isaiah 2:1-4; Daniel 2:35, 44-45].  Christ is today in the Mount, in heaven, seated with His Father on a throne from whence a universal kingdom is governed [Psalm 110:1; Revelation 3:21].)

As well, though the matter in Exodus has to do first and foremost with Israel, a secondary application pertaining to the Church is quite evident.  The whole of the matter has a parallel which can be easily seen not only in the condition of Israel as the nation exists today and will continue to exist on into the Tribulation (which will constitute a fulfillment of the last seven years of the previous dispensation, the Jewish dispensation) but also in the condition of the Church as Christendom exists at the end of the present dispensation.  And the end result for both Israel and the Church, as set forth in the type, is also the same.

Thus, after dealing with Israel, as seen in both Moses and John, a section of this chapter will then be given over to how the Church can be seen in all of this as well — prostituting her heavenly calling just like Israel is prostituting her earthly calling.  And the Church is presently doing it exactly like Israel is presently doing it.

Overall Scope of Exodus, Revelation

As previously seen, events in the Book of Exodus and events in John’s Book of Revelation parallel one another.  And, in this respect, “Exodus” could be called the Apocalypse of the Old Testament.

The complete Book of Exodus (Exodus 1, minus the opening seven verses [connecting events in the book with those in the latter part of Genesis] and most of Exodus 2 [an aside in the book, relating Moses’ birth and the first eighty years of his life]) parallels events which begin in Revelation chapter six and continue into the first part of chapter twenty (Revelation 6-20a).  However, as will be shown, each book provides an abundance of detailed information not seen in the other book.

1)  The Assyrian, Past and Future

Following the introductory seven verses of the book, Exodus begins, from a typical standpoint, where Revelation 6 begins — with Israel in the Tribulation, subjected to an Assyrian ruler.

In the historical setting in Exodus, the Assyrians had previously conquered Egypt and were ruling the nation at this time (cf. Exodus 1:8; Isaiah 52:4; Acts 7:17-18).  Thus, the Assyrians, not the Egyptians, were the ones ultimately persecuting and seeking to destroy the Jewish people (Exodus 1:10ff).

Then, the coming world ruler in the Book of Revelation is referred to a number of times in the Old Testament as “an Assyrian,” in complete keeping with the type in Exodus (Isaiah 10:5; 14:25; 23:13; 30:31; 31:8; Hosea 11:5; Micah 5:5-6).

And there is a reason why this man is referred to as “an Assyrian” in this manner.  According to Daniel’s prophecy, he will arise out of the territory covered by the northern part of Alexander the Great’s kingdom, which was Assyria (as the kingdom was divided among his four generals following Alexander the Great’s death).

Territory covered during modern times by this division of the kingdom would include parts of northern Iraq, Syria, Iran, and Turkey).  This man will arise out of this part of the world, conquer three kings (the rulers over the other three parts of Alexander the Great’s kingdom following his death), and then rule the world through a ten-kingdom Middle East confederacy of nations.

(Reference to the preceding is seen in Daniel 7:23-25; 8:8-14, 21-25; 11:3-4, 21-45 [cf. Psalm 83:1ff; Revelation 13:1ff; 17:8ff].  The future Assyrian, coming out of the northern division of this kingdom, must control the complete kingdom — not just the northern division — in order to become the world ruler seen in the fourth part of Daniel’s image [Daniel 2] or the fourth great beast [Daniel 7].

Thus, of necessity, he must conquer the other three parts of the kingdom, taking control of the complete empire that had existed under Alexander the Great.  This is the only way that he can become world ruler.  He must control the complete Babylonian kingdom depicted by the third part of the great image and the third great beast.

[In that coming day, when this is fulfilled, these three kings will be seen as still present, for the entire first three parts of the image will be seen as still existing (these three parts of the image have to do with a Babylonian kingdom which has never been destroyed, only conquered).  The whole of that depicted by the image (all four parts) is seen living, in a composite respect, at the time of its destruction (cf. Daniel 2:34-35, 44-45; 7:11-12).

Thus this man can conquer the remaining three parts of Alexander the Great’s kingdom, for, as part of the complete image, they can only be seen as still present when he appears on the scene.]

The preceding is one of numerous reasons why Rome can’t be seen having any part in the matter in either history or prophecy.  In relation to that revealed through the great image and great beasts, the future kingdom of Antichrist [the future Assyrian’s kingdom] emanates from, not a prior Roman kingdom, but Alexander the Great’s Babylonian kingdom.

This future Assyrian’s kingdom begins at and continues from this point in the sequence covered by the great image and the great beasts, becoming the fourth and final part of the great image [the “legs of iron” and the “feet part of iron and part of clay”], the fourth and final great beast [the “dreadful and terrible” beast].

For additional information on the preceding, refer to The Beast — In the Book of Daniel in this site and the author’s book, Middle East Peace How? When? by Arlen L. Chitwood, Chs. IX, X [“The Great Image, Great Beasts, I, II”].)

2)  Structure of Exodus and Revelation

Though each book covers the complete panorama of events occurring during the same time seen in the other book, each book covers these events in a different manner, with numerous events seen in one book either more complete or less complete than in the other book.  And, in this same respect, some events seen in one book are not seen at all in the other book.

Thus, additions to a developing word picture from one book can be derived from the other book, forming a more complete picture.

(None of the sixty-six books in Scripture can be overlooked with respect to providing information of a similar nature to the preceding, with everything moving toward that coming seventh day, the Messianic Era.  Each book will provide some data not seen in any of the other books.  And only when all of the revelation in the different books is seen together and understood after the manner in which God structured the material can the complete picture be seen, exactly as God has revealed it and desires man to see it.)

As previously seen, both Exodus (Exodus 1 ff [following the first seven verses]) and Revelation (Revelation 6 ff) begin at the same place — the Israelites subjected to an Assyrian ruler.  In the type, this subjugation has to do with the Israelites in “Egypt”;  in the antitype, this subjugation has to do with the Israelites in that which “Egypt” typifies, the world.

The latter-day Assyrian in the Book of Revelation will rule a worldwide kingdom.  He is seen aspiring to this position when the first seal of the seven-sealed scroll is broken in the opening two verses of chapter six (Revelation 6:1-2), and he is seen coming into this position when the second seal is broken in the next two verses (Revelation 6:3-4).  And at this time he will turn upon and seek to destroy the Jewish people from off the face of the earth.

(For additional information on the preceding, refer to Taking the Scroll, Breaking the Seals and Seals, Trumpets, Bowls in this site.)

This section in the Book of Revelation (Revelation 6:1ff), after beginning at the same point as the Book of Exodus (Exodus 1:8ff), provides detailed information about Israel and the nations during the Tribulation (something dealt with in both books with respect to Israel being brought to the place of repentance through persecution at the hands of the nations).

In Exodus though, this is dealt with very sparingly compared to Revelation.  Rather, Exodus, in its type-antitype structure, in the latter part of chapter three, moves all the way to events which will occur in connection with Israel and the nations at the end of the Tribulation, after Israel has been brought to the place of repentance.

These events will occur in connection with and following Christ’s return, as they occurred in connection with and following Moses’ return in Exodus.  As well, in the type, they occurred preceding the establishment of the theocracy (the kingdom) in the camp of Israel;  and in the antitype they will occur, they must occur, preceding the restoration of the kingdom to Israel.

It must also be understood that the Book of Revelation, rather than being written in chronological order, is structured like much of the rest of Scripture.  A complete panorama of events is often given, followed by commentary.  Scripture begins this way in Genesis, and it ends this way in Revelation.

In the preceding respect, Christ’s return at the end of the Tribulation is seen three different places in that section covering the Tribulation and the time immediately following (Revelation 6:14-17; 14:14-20; 19:11-21).

(For more information on the preceding structure of Revelation, refer to The Son of Man Coming in His Kingdom, Part IV, or Coming in His Kingdom BOOK, Ch. 4, both in this site.)

3)  Moses’ Return, Christ’s Return

When Moses returned at the end of his time spent in Midian, Aaron met and accompanied him when he appeared with signs before Israel’s religious leaders.  And this time, unlike before, he was accepted (cf. Exodus 2:11-14; 4:29-31).

Then Aaron accompanied Moses when he appeared in the Assyrian Pharaoh’s presence with the message which God had commanded that he deliver (Exodus 5:1ff):

“Thus saith the Lord, Israel is my son, even my firstborn:

And I say unto thee, Let my son go, that he may serve me;  and if thou refuse to let him go, behold, I will slay thy son, even thy firstborn” (Exodus 4:22-23).

When Christ returns at the end of His time in heaven, He will be accompanied by both Moses and Elijah (Matthew 16:28-17:5;  again, refer to the author’s book, Coming in His Kingdom BOOK).  Both men will evidently be very instrumental in events with Christ, having to do with Israel and the nations at the time Christ returns (as both will have had to do with events pertaining to Israel during the previous first half of the Tribulation [Revelation 11:3-12; cf. Zechariah 4:1-14]).

Elijah’s prophesied ministry to Israel (Malachi 3:1-3; 4:5-6) — having to do with that seen over 2,800 years ago on Mt. Carmel (I Kings 18:39), bringing about belief on the part of the entire nation in that previously recorded by the prophets — can occur only at a time following Christ’s return (for belief of a nature which Elijah will once again effect in the whole camp of Israel is not seen occurring in Scripture until this time).

Then Moses, very likely, will accompany Christ into the Assyrian ruler’s presence to announce exactly the same thing which he and Aaron announced to the Assyrian Pharaoh in their day.  And when the future Assyrian refuses to heed this statement and warning, God will possibly use Moses to execute judgments upon the Assyrian’s kingdom, exactly as He did in history (Exodus 5:1ff).

The end result of the matter can only be belief on Israel’s part through Elijah’s ministry and a further decimation of and an ultimate end to the Assyrian’s kingdom, occurring possibly through Moses’ ministry.

Once Israel and the nations are respectively brought to these two places;  that foreshadowed in the first of the seven Jewish festivals in Leviticus 23:1ff (the Passover) can occur, with that foreshadowed in the remaining six festivals subsequently occurring (Exodus 12:1ff).

(For information on the fulfillment of that foreshadowed by these seven festivals, refer to The Seven Jewish Festivals.)

The fulfillment of that foreshadowed in this first festival will bring about two things:

1) The salvation of the entire Jewish nation when they appropriate (through belief) the blood of the Paschal           Lamb which they slew 2,000 years ago.

2) An ultimate end to the Assyrian’s kingdom, seen in the national death of the firstborn in relation to Satan’s        governmental rule through the nations.

In one respect, this is where the transfer of power actually occurs — Satan’s firstborn slain on the one hand, with the rebirth of a nation relative to God’s firstborn on the other hand.

Then that which awaits God’s firstborn is a removal from a worldwide dispersion, as occurred in a removal from Egypt in the type.

And that which awaits Satan’s firstborn is complete destruction, as seen in the destruction of the Assyrian Pharaoh’s armed forces in the Red Sea in the type (cf. Exodus 14:13-31; Revelation 19:17-21).

Beyond that, in the type, there was the giving of the Law (the Old Covenant), the instructions pertaining to the tabernacle and its worship, and the establishment of the theocracy (upon completion of the tabernacle, with the Glory indwelling the Holy of Holies), all occurring at Sinai (Exodus 20-40).

And beyond that, in the antitype, there will be a  New Covenant made with Israel, along with a restoration of the theocracy — a restoration of the Glory in a temple which Messiah Himself will build (Jeremiah 31:31-33; Ezekiel 37:26; 40:1ff; Zechariah 6:11-13).

In the Mount, Then… (Moses and Israel)

The Book of Exodus, in its fuller scope, beginning with the opening seven verses, covers a period of time in Jewish history lasting slightly over two centuries — from the time that the Israelites came down into Egypt to one year following the Exodus.

The Israelites were in Egypt for 210 years, and the Book of Exodus ends one year following the Exodus under Moses with an existing tabernacle, the Glory indwelling the tabernacle, and, consequently, an existing theocracy in the camp of Israel.

(For information on these 210 years in relation to the 400-year sojourn of Abraham’s seed [Genesis 15:13] and the 430 years in connection with the departure of the Israelites from Egypt in Exodus 12:40-41 [cf. Galatians 3:17], refer to in this site We Are Almost There BOOK, Ch. 6, “The Selfsame Day.”)

As also previously seen, the Book of Exodus, in its overall type picking up in Exodus 1:8 — a new king arising over Egypt, an Assyrian — deals with Israel, yet future, during and immediately following the Tribulation.  In this respect, the complete book, save the opening seven verses and part of the second chapter, has to do with Israel yet future.

The Book forms one overall type dealing with Israel in the preceding respect.  And within this overall type there are numerous individual types, which is where material will be derived for the remainder of this chapter.

1)  Arrival at Mt. Sinai, Moses’ Different Ascents and Descents

From Exodus 19:1, when the Israelites under Moses arrived at Mt. Sinai “in the third month,” following the departure from Egypt in the middle of the first month, Moses, over time, is seen making at least seven ascents and descents of Mt. Sinai (Exodus 19:3-7; 19:8-9; 19:20-25; 20:1-24:3; 24:12-32:15; 32:31-33:4; 34:1-29).

(The exact number of ascents and descents is somewhat open to question, depending on how certain statements relative to the matter are understood.  Some interpreter’s see as many as nine ascents and descents.

In one respect, the exact number of ascents and descents Moses made at Mt. Sinai would be immaterial.  But for purposes seen in this chapter, to place events somewhat in perspective, “seven” will be used.)

Whether all seven of these ascents of Mt. Sinai were all the way to the top of the mountain, into God’s presence, could be open to question.  But sufficient information is given on at least three (fourth, fifth, and seventh) which would show that Moses, on at least part of these different ascents and descents, evidently climbed up into the Lord’s very presence on the top of the Mount.

As well, there are forty-day periods in connection with the last three ascents and descents, with time involved in the first four unrevealed.

With the arrival of the Israelites at Sinai sometime during the third month following the Exodus from Egypt, followed by four unrevealed periods of time when Moses ascended and descended Mt. Sinai, followed by three forty-day periods (120 days, four months, showing three complete periods of time), the subsequent time involved in building the tabernacle (in existence one year following the Exodus) could have been no more than several months (a time less than five months).

The single type within the overall larger type, from which material in the remainder of this chapter will be taken — for both Israel (primary interpretation) and the Church (secondary application) — is Moses’ fifth ascent and descent of the Mount (Exodus 24:15-32:15).  This is the ascent when instructions were given for the building of the tabernacle and the carrying out of the priestly ministry.  Then these instructions were followed after the seventh ascent and descent, with the results seen at the end of the book, in Exodus 40.

2)  Moses in the Mount, Then…

At the time of Moses’ fifth ascent up Mt. Sinai, when he entered into the very presence of the Lord and spent the first recorded forty-day period on the Mount, the Lord provided two stone tablets.  And, through angelic ministry, the Lord inscribed in stone the previously revealed Decalogue (cf. Exodus 20:1-17; 34:28-29 [given orally during the fourth ascent]), which formed the heart of the Law, the Old Covenant, the Magna Charta for the theocracy about to be brought into existence (cf. Deuteronomy 8:1ff; 33:2; Psalm 68:17; Galatians 3:19; Hebrews 2:2).

If the Israelites kept this covenant, they would dwell in a land flowing with milk and honey, be elevated above all the nations, and the nations would not only be reached by Israel with the message of the one true and living God but be blessed through Israel as well (Leviticus 26:1-13; Numbers 14:8; Deuteronomy 14:1-2; 28:1-14; Isaiah 43:9-10; Jonah 1:1-2; 3:1-2).

However, if the Israelites failed to keep this covenant, they would be removed from a land left desolate, be placed at the tail of the nations, and the nations would be left estranged from both the message of the one true and living God and the blessings which God had reserved for them through Israel (Leviticus 26:18-39; Deuteronomy 28:15-67).

Nations rather than individuals were being dealt with in the preceding respect — the nation of Israel on the one hand and all of the Gentile nations on the other.  And Israel, the only nation with a God, God’s firstborn son, was to remain separate and distinct from all the Gentile nations (Genesis 9:26; 28:13; Exodus 3:6; 4:22-23; Numbers 23:9; Deuteronomy 5:24-32; 14:2; Psalm 33:12; 72:18; 96:5).

And Israel being dealt with in this respect sets the stage for a proper understanding of that seen occurring in the camp of Israel while Moses was in the Mount receiving instructions for the tabernacle, the priestly worship, and the heart of the Law on tables of stone.

The tabernacle formed the dwelling place of God within the theocracy;  the priests ministered on behalf of the people, representing them to God;  and the Law, the Magna Charta for the theocracy, formed the rules and regulations governing the nation of Israel within the theocracy.

Thus, Moses was in God’s presence, in the Mount, making the necessary preparations for God’s firstborn son down at the foot of the Mount to realize the rights of primogeniture within the theocracy about to be established.

a)  The Nation of Israel, in the Interim

But the people of Israel at the foot of the Mount, growing tired of waiting for Moses to return from the Mount, began to conduct their affairs in a completely opposite manner to their high calling.  They began to look back to Egypt and sought to associate themselves with gods which they could only have known about through their prior association with Egypt.

And their association with these gods was to subsequently be realized through Aaron fashioning a golden calf for them to worship — an image, associated with gods, which, again, they could only have known about through their prior association with Egypt as well.

Thus, the eventual scene is that of a nation, having grown tired of awaiting the return of their deliverer from the Mount, forsaking the God of their fathers, turning back to a Gentile nation from which they had been delivered, and involving themselves in the worship of other gods through a pagan image which their religious leader (Aaron) fashioned and formed for them.

Through this means the people of Israel, the wife of Jehovah, not only found themselves associated with a Gentile nation after a forbidden fashion but associated with this nation in a completely inverse fashion to their high calling.

In a respect, they could not have sunk lower.  And their spiritual leader, during the time of Moses’ absence, not only acquiesced to their desires but took them down this path himself by building the golden calf for them to worship (Exodus 32:2-6, 23-25).

(The calf which Aaron built was evidently formed through first carving a calf from wood.  Then the wooden calf, once finished, was overlaid with gold plating.

That the calf was evidently designed and built in this manner can be seen from the way Moses, upon his return, destroyed the calf [to be dealt with later].)

Aaron used gold collected from the people to build the calf.  And once the work had been completed, the people openly acknowledged this calf to be “thy gods, O Israel, which brought thee up out of the land of Egypt.”  Aaron then built an altar before the calf, where the people “offered burnt-offerings” and “brought peace-offerings.”  And the people then “sat down to eat and to drink, and rose up to play” (Exodus 32:4-6; Deuteronomy 9:16).

The people of Israel, led by their religious leader, involved themselves in a type harlotry seemingly without equal.  They had forsaken the one true and living God who had brought them up out of the land of Egypt, began to worship pagan gods through an idol which their spiritual leader had built, ascribed their deliverance from Egypt to these other gods, “offered burnt-offerings” on an altar before these gods, “brought peace-offerings” to these gods, and celebrated before these gods in a manner which they had evidently witnessed among the pagans back in Egypt.

They celebrated “a feast to the Lord” through pagan rituals and pagan gods, seen in the words, “the people sat down to eat and to drink, and rose up to play” (Exodus 32:4-6).

Thus, it is little wonder that the Lord, in His anger over the matter, singled Aaron out, sought to slay him along with the entire nation, and begin anew with a nation which would emanate from the loins of Moses (Exodus 32:7-10; Deuteronomy 9:20)!

And, the only thing which saved Aaron and the remainder of the people was Moses’ intercession on their behalf (Exodus 32:11-14; Deuteronomy 9:18-29).  In a respect, God placed the fate of the entire nation in Moses’ hands, which demonstrates how favorably God looked upon Moses at this time.

(During the forty-day period that Moses spent in the Mount following his fifth ascent of Sinai, evidently toward the end of this time, the Lord revealed to Moses what was occurring in the camp of Israel at the foot of the Mount.  And Moses, before he returned to his people with the Decalogue on the tables of stone, interceded for them relative to the matter at hand [Exodus 32:7-14].

Then, following his return and taking care of matters, he ascended the Mount a sixth time and interceded with the Lord on the people’s behalf for a period of forty more days and nights [the reason for the sixth ascent of the Mount].

Thus, there are at least two periods when Moses interceded for the people in this respect — an unrevealed period of time before he left the Mount with the Decalogue and a forty-day period after he ascended the Mount a sixth time [cf. Exodus 32:11-14; Deuteronomy 9:18-29].

And Moses’ seventh and last ascent of the Mount was to receive once again the Decalogue on tables of stone which he had broken at the foot of the Mount following his return to the camp at the end of the forty-day period spent on the Mount during his fifth ascent.)

But, to see the complete account unfold exactly as Scripture lays it out, one needs to begin with Moses’ descent from the Mount at the time harlotry in the camp was seen running rampant, at an apex.

b)  Moses’ Return, an End to Israel’s Harlotry, Then…

When Moses came down from the Mount following his fifth ascent of Sinai, he carried the two tables of stone, engraved with the Ten Commandments, the centerpiece for the Magna Charta governing the people within the theocracy.  And when Moses neared the camp with Aaron who had gone out to meet him, he heard the revelry among the people and then saw that which the Lord had told him about, concerning which he had previously prayed about, on behalf of the people, prior to descending the Mount:

“And it came to pass, as soon as he came nigh to the camp, that he saw the calf, and the dancing:  and Moses’ anger waxed hot, and he cast the tables out of his hands, and brake them beneath the mount.

And he took the calf which they had made, and burnt it in the fire, and ground it to powder, and strawed it upon the water, and made the children of Israel drink of it” (Exodus 32:19-20).

Note what Israel’s harlotry had caused, along with when and how the people were dealt with for their harlotry.

Their harlotry had brought about nakedness (Exodus 32:25), which is explained in the verse.  Nakedness in this verse has to do with what their actions had caused to occur throughout the camp, with no one excluded.

Looking back to Egypt and aligning themselves with that which was occurring in Egypt was a forsaking of the one true and living God, along with His plans and purposes for the nation;  and, doing this, the people found themselves going in a completely opposite direction to their high calling.

This resulted in exposing them to “shame among their enemies” (which would be particularly the nations dwelling in the land of their inheritance), leaving them “naked” in this respect (the word used in a somewhat symbolic sense).

Seeing this, Moses in his anger, cast the two tables of stone to the ground, breaking them and showing in the account that which Israel had done.  They had broken God’s Law, particularly the parts about idolatry and adultery.

Then note the manner in which Moses destroyed the calf.  He “burnt it with fire, and stamped it, and ground it very small, even until it was small as dust” (cf. Exodus 32:20; Deuteronomy 9:18).

As previously seen, the inner core of the calf was evidently wood, which was burned in the fire, leaving nothing but ash.  Then the outer gold plating was stomped upon and ground to fine powder, fine as dust.

After the calf had been completely destroyed in this manner, the remains of the calf — now gold dust, mixed with ash dust — was cast “into the brook that descended out of the mount” (Exodus 32:20; Deuteronomy 9:21).  And the people were then made to drink of their harlotry in connection with two things:

1) In connection with “peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues” (drinking the gold dust in the water      of the brook [cf. Revelation 17:1, 15 in association with the harlot as seen in the Book of Revelation]).

2) In connection with “the theocracy” (the brook descended out of the Mount).

That is to say, the nation of Israel had been called out of Egypt to dwell in another land, within a theocracy.  And, within that theocracy, the nations of the earth — “peoples, multitudes, nations, and tongues” — were to hear the message of the one true and living God from Israel, with unlimited spiritual blessings flowing out to the nations through Israel.

This is what Israel had stepped away from, going in a completely opposite direction.  And, bringing an end to the matter, bringing an end to Israel’s harlotry, Moses brought matters to pass in the described and associated manner.

Israel’s harlotry was dealt with and destroyed in the same manner subsequently seen in Revelation 17:1-19:6, or anyplace else that the matter is dealt with in Scripture (though different facets of the matter are seen different places).

The harlot, Israel’s harlotry, is seen burned with fire in the accounts in both books;  and Israel not only still lives following this burning, but the nation lives free from harlotry.

In the type in Exodus, following the destruction of Israel’s harlotry and things being set right in this respect, matters in the book move toward the nation of Israel realizing why God had removed His people, His firstborn son, from Egypt.

Moses once again, and for the last time, went back up into the Mount.  He went up to receive once again the Decalogue on two tablets of stone.

After forty days and nights, he came down from the Mount and construction of the tabernacle with its priestly worship began in earnest.  And, in the last chapter of the book, Exodus 40, the work had been completed, the Glory indwelt the tabernacle, and a theocratic kingdom then existed in the camp.

Then, with Israel’s harlotry a thing of the past, with the people in possession of an existing theocracy and the Magna Charta for the kingdom, the nation was ready to travel to the land to which the people of Israel had been called — the land covenanted to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob — and realize in that land all that the theocracy and their position therein portended.

3)  Christ in the Mount, Then…

That foreshadowed by the type in the Book of Exodus, seen in all its fulness once again in the antitype in the Book of Revelation, deals, not with just Moses’ day but with the days of the coming of the Son of Man as well.  That seen in the type under Moses will find its ultimate and complete fulfillment under the One greater than Moses, under Jesus the Christ.

The settings in both accounts, as previously seen, are identical.    The scene has both Men (Moses and Christ) in the Mount at a time immediately prior to their descent from the Mount and return to the camp of Israel.  In both accounts, Israel’s harlotry exists while both Men are in the Mount and continues into the time of their return.  And in both accounts, Israel’s harlotry is dealt with in a full and complete manner after their return, with a complete destruction and a burning by fire seen in both accounts.

In short, when Christ returns and deals with Israel relative to her harlotry, you can read about it in Exodus 32; Deuteronomy 9; Revelation 17-19a, among a number of other places.  There is no difference;  all are different facets of the complete word picture.  And it takes all of the accounts together to present the complete picture in all its fullness.

Thus, the future account of that which will occur relative to Israel and the nation’s harlotry has already been told in the historical account, seen in Moses’ actions at the time he came down from the Mount with the two tablets of stone in his hands the first time.

Moses came down with the Old Covenant;  Christ is coming down with the New Covenant.  But the harlot who has broken the Old Covenant will have to be destroyed, with the nation, which can’t be destroyed, rising like a phoenix from the ashes.

And, exactly as in the type, a theocracy in the land covenanted to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob awaits the nation following the destruction of the harlot.

In the preceding respect, if one wants to study about Christ and Israel, all he has to do is turn back to the opening five books of Scripture and study about Moses and Israel.

It’s all there, like a virgin forest, waiting to be explored.  It has been there for 3,500 years, and many over the years have passed this way, exploring and mining its treasures.  But no one has ever taken anything away;  nor can anyone take anything away.  Everything is still there, exactly as it has always been for countless centuries, awaiting any and all who desire to mine its treasures.

In the Mount, Then… (Christ and the Church)

The preceding forms the primary interpretation seen in Exodus 32, along with the recap seen in Deuteronomy 9, providing additional information.  But there is a secondary application which can be easily seen in that which Scripture reveals about the Church.

The type in Exodus deals primarily with Israel at the end of the Jewish dispensation and immediately beyond (at the end of Daniel’s Seventy-Week prophecy [fulfilling the last seven years of the previous dispensation, the Jewish dispensation] and immediately beyond), and a secondary application would be seen in the type dealing with the Church at the end of the present dispensation and immediately beyond.

Scripture presents the same bleak picture pertaining to both Israel and the Church at the end of their respective dispensations — a condition in which Israel presently finds itself, which will continue on into and through the Tribulation (Daniel’s Seventieth Week, ending the Jewish dispensation);  and a condition in which the Church as well presently finds itself, which will also continue to the end of the dispensation.

1)  Two Places in the New Testament

To depict the picture pertaining to the Church as it currently exists, since Exodus 32 is being dealt with, we’ll begin doing it from that chapter first.  Then we’ll go to Matthew 13 and Revelation 3 to provide some complementary, additional information to help complete the picture.

Christ, following events seen at His first coming, resulting in the necessity of the Church being brought into existence (a new entity called into existence to be the recipient of that which Israel had rejected, which had been taken from Israel — the proffered kingdom of the heavens), has gone back into the Mount, back to heaven (cf. Matthew 21:33-45; 25:14ff; Luke 19:12ff).  And He is going to remain in the Mount, for a complete period of time, exactly as Moses remained in the Mount for a complete period of time in the type (Exodus 24:18; Deuteronomy 9:9).

Prior to the end of that complete period of time (forty days in the type, 2,000 years in the antitype), when Christ returns for the Church, exactly as in the type, the Church will be seen in the same state as Israel before Moses came down from the Mount.    And though this would not normally be seen and recognized in today’s Christendom, the Church presently existing as Israel existed at the foot of the Mount during Moses’ day can be easily and clearly shown.

There are two places in the New Testament where a succinct, overall history of the Church throughout the dispensation is seen.  And this history is seen from God’s perspective, not from man’s.

One account was given during Christ’s earthly ministry in Matthew 13, and the other account was given by John, in the second and third chapters of the Book of Revelation (Revelation 2; 3) following Christ’s ascension.  And the two accounts present matters from the same perspective, centering on that which would occur in Christendom throughout the 2,000-year dispensation relative to the proclamation of the Word of the Kingdom, along with why this would occur.

2)  The Matthew Thirteen Parables

The first four parables in Matthew 13, recording the first of the two accounts of the history of the Church in the New Testament, have their setting in the previous chapter.  In Matthew 12, Christ had performed a number of supernatural signs, which had been rejected by the religious leaders and consequently the people at large.  And this rejection had gone to the point of ascribing the supernatural power through which these signs had been performed to Satan (Matthew 12:9-30).

Then after Christ stated a number of things pertaining to the consequences of this rejection and blasphemy (Matthew 12:31-45), a rejection which had reached an apex in Christ’s ministry, matters move into that seen in chapter thirteen, which begins:

“The same day went Jesus out of the house and sat by the seaside.

And great multitudes were gathered together unto him…” (Matthew 13:1-2a).

The picture is that of Jesus, because of the type rejection which He had previously experienced, leaving the house (the house of Israel) and going down by the seaside (going to the Gentiles).  This not only sets the stage for the parables about to follow but anticipates the mention of the Church in Matthew 16 and the announcement concerning the kingdom (the proffered kingdom, the kingdom of the heavens, the heavenly sphere of the kingdom) being taken from Israel and being offered to an entirely new entity in Matthew 21 (previously introduced in Matthew 13 and then identified in Matthew 16).

Then in Matthew 13, the first four parables present the complete history of this new entity throughout the dispensation relative to the proclamation of that which had been rejected by Israel, taken from Israel, and offered to this new entity.

And the parables carry the reader from the point of fruit-bearing at the beginning of the dispensation to a completely leavened Church at the end of the dispensation.

Both the fruit-bearing and the leavening process have to be understood in relation to the subject matter at hand, the Word of the Kingdom — which is not only the announced subject matter in the chapter but the subject matter seen contextually as well.  The work of Satan and his angels, by sowing tares among the wheat (second parable) and eventually taking Christendom into the very realm which Satan and his angels occupied (world government among the nations [third parable]), not only stopped fruit-bearing but ultimately brought matters into the state seen in the fourth parable — a completely leavened Church.

And note once again the subject matter in these first four parables, along with who is being dealt with (the subject matter and identity of the one being dealt with are seen both textually and contextually).  The subject matter has to do with the work of Satan and his angels in relation to the Word of the Kingdom, and this work is seen being done among Christians throughout the dispensation.

Thus, these four parables present a history of Christendom throughout the dispensation, from God’s perspective, not man’s.  And this history has to do with that which Satan and his angels would be allowed to accomplish throughout 2,000 years of Church history in relation to the proclamation of the Word of the Kingdom among Christians — complete, total corruption.

(For additional information on the preceding, refer to the author’s book, Mysteries of the Kingdom BOOK, in this site.)

3)  Revelation Chapters Two and Three

These two chapters in the Book of Revelation present a dual word picture.

The central word picture presented is that of the removal of the Church and the appearance of Christians before Christ’s judgment seat at the end of the dispensation, seen in chapter one (Revelation 1:10-18).  Then the subsequent two chapters (Revelation 2; 3) simply continue with the same subject matter from chapter one and present different facets of this judgment, both negative and positive.

But, continuing on into Revelation 4, beginning at the same place seen in Revelation 1 (the removal of the Church at the end of the dispensation, the rapture), it appears evident that there is a secondary word picture seen in chapters two and three as well.  These two chapters not only present the Church before Christ’s judgment seat but present a history of the Church throughout the dispensation, beginning with the Church in Ephesus, which left its “first love” (Revelation 2:4), and ending with the Church in Laodicea, which is seen as “wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked” (Revelation 3:17).

And all of this is relative to the same thing previously seen in the Matthew 13 parables — relative to the proclamation of the Word of the Kingdom among Christians throughout the dispensation.  It can be no other way, for the latter account of Church history throughout the dispensation must be in complete agreement with the former account.

And this can easily be seen throughout the account.  There is an overcomer’s promise to each of the seven Churches in the seven short epistles making up these two chapters (Revelation 2; 3), and it is evident that these overcomer’s promises are millennial in their scope of fulfillment.

That is to say, though presented from a different perspective, everything is exactly the same as previously seen in the first four parables of Matthew 13, which move toward the same goal.

The work of Satan and his angels attacking the proclamation of the Word of the Kingdom is the subject matter throughout, whether in Matthew 13 or in Revelation 2; 3.  And that which Satan and his angels are allowed to accomplish is the same in both — taking matters in Christendom from fruit-bearing, to leaving one’s first love, to seeing total and complete corruption existing in the Churches of the land.

(For additional information on the preceding, refer to the author’s book, Judgment Seat of Christ BOOK.)

4)  Satan and His Angels

The introduction of Satan in Scripture, In Genesis 3:1ff, in association with the first man, the first Adam, presents an individual well-versed in the ways of God and that which God had said.  And exactly the same thing is seen in his interaction with the second Man, the last Adam in Matthew 4:1ff, or anyplace else in Scripture where Satan’s activities are seen.

Satan uses the Word;  and he knows full-well how to use the Word in a deceptive manner, evident at the beginning in Genesis 3:1ff, establishing a first-mention principle at this early point in Scripture on how Satan will always appear.  He will always appear in a deceptive manner, and he will always, after some fashion, use the Word of God in his deception.

In this respect, God has His deep things, and Satan has his deep things (1 Corinthians 2:10; Revelation 2:24).  Satan uses the Word in this manner to counter that which the Word actually has to say, centering his attack upon that previously dealt with in the Books of I, II Samuel (cf. 2 Corinthians 4:3-6).  And, to accomplish his purpose through the preceding means, Satan appears, as “an angel of light,” and his ministers “as the ministers of righteousness” (2 Corinthians 11:13-15).

Thus, if you want to find Satan and his ministers, don’t go to the entertainment centers of the world.  Go where the Word is being proclaimed.  And don’t look for Satan and his ministers the way that they are often depicted.  Rather, look for those advocating what may appear to be messages associated with light and righteousness, not with messages associated with darkness and unrighteousness.

Look for Satan and his ministers occupying the chair of Bible in colleges and seminaries;  look for them occupying the pulpits of the Churches of the land on Sunday morning, Sunday night.

They occupy these places to make certain that the one message Satan doesn’t want proclaimed is not proclaimed.  And how well Satan and his ministers have succeeded over time can easily be seen from the almost universal absence of this message from the Bible colleges, the seminaries, and the pulpits of the Churches of the land today.

And because, over time, the deep things of God have become so watered down with the deep things of Satan, the Churches have been left so emasculated that they have had to invite the world into the Church to maintain some semblance of attendance — their music, their message, their inclusion of entertainment, etc.  Conditions have become so bad that one often doesn’t know what is Christian and what is the world.

Thus, if an individual wants to see “the world” in which Satan and his angels dwell, the best place to look today would not be in the world’s entertainment centers but in the Churches.  That seen out in the world in which we live is not really the world in its true form, i.e., a form with respect to that associated with the central work of Satan and his angels.

And with that in mind, go back to the account of the golden calf in Exodus and the Church in Laodicea in Revelation, noting the words “naked” and “nakedness” in both accounts (Exodus 32:25; Revelation 3:17-18).  Aaron, through his actions, “had made them naked.”  And it is no different in the Churches of the land today. 

In the type, the naked condition of the Israeli people was caused by the actions of the people’s spiritual leader.  And the same thing can only be seen among Christians in the Churches of the land.  Their spiritual leaders, through their actions, have “made them naked.”

The same picture of harlotry — a forbidden association with the world — is seen in both instances.
And the end of the matter is then seen in Exodus 32.  There will be a future accounting in which everything associated with the world will be burned.  And the accounting for Christians in that coming day will be completely in line with the accounting which the Israelites experienced under Moses.

And the entire matter will be with a view to exactly the same thing seen in the type — the kingdom which will follow.

Concluding Remarks

As seen, Scripture does not present a pretty picture of harlotry, particularly as it exists among the people of God, whether existing in Israel’s affiliation with the world or with the Church’s affiliation with the world.

The One Who will not tarry, when the time arrives for Him to appear can only be at the door, for the time when He will appear is almost upon us.

That representing the people’s gods is about to be burned, ground to fine dust, cast into the waters flowing from the Mount, and the people made to drink.

Saul is about to be put down, with his crown taken and given to David.  And David, with his faithful followers, is about to ascend the throne.

In short, a complete change in the government is about to occur, not just in Washington, nor in London, nor in Rome, nor in any other single city, but worldwide.  And this change will occur within a kingdom of righteousness which will be established on and over the earth, with its center in the present war-torn Middle East, in Jerusalem.

“Pray for the peace of Jerusalem:  they shall prosper that love thee” (Psalm 122:6). 

Chapter 5

An Angel Standing in the Sun
Announcing the Great Supper of God

And I saw heaven opened, and behold a white horse; and he that sat upon him was called Faithful and True, and in righteousness he doth judge and make war…

And he hath on his vesture and on his thigh a name written, KING OF KINGS, AND LORD OF LORDS.

And I saw an angel standing in the sun;  and he cried with a loud voice, saying to all the fowls that fly in the midst of heaven, Come and gather yourselves unto the supper of the great God;

That ye may eat the flesh of kings, and the flesh of captains, and the flesh of mighty men, and the flesh of horses, and of them that sit on them, and the flesh of all men, both free and bond, both small and great.

And I saw the beast, and the kings of the earth, and their armies, gathered together to make war against him that sat on the horse, and against his army.

And the beast was taken, and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him, with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast, and them that worshipped his image.  These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone.

And the remnant were slain with the sword of him that sat upon the horse, which sword proceeded out of his mouth:  and all the fowls were filled with their flesh (Revelation 19:11, 16-21).

The first three chapters in this book have dealt principally with the harlot in Revelation 17:1-19:6 residing in the kingdom of the Beast, followed by the harlot’s destruction.  The first part of this closing chapter in the book will continue with a number of related thoughts on the same subject as the previous three chapters, then move on to Christ’s return and the destruction of the kingdom of the Beast.

God’s Two Firstborn Sons in the Old Testament

The introduction of the nation of Israel in Scripture, along with the supply of a continuing wealth of information pertaining to this nation, is seen at a time much earlier than man might think or imagine.
For example, in Exodus 12:40-41, Israel is seen sojourning in a land throughout the four hundred thirty years leading up to the beginning of the nation’s existence — a sojourn which began at the time Abraham left Ur of the Chaldees, thirty years prior to the birth of Isaac.

Or, in Hebrews 7:9-10, Levi is seen as having paid tithes in the loins of Abraham (his great, great grandfather), at the time Abraham met Melchizedek in Genesis 14 (Hebrews 7:9-10), again, prior to the birth of Isaac.

Thus, a nation which would not exist until four hundred thirty years had passed is seen in the loins of Abraham at the time he left Ur at the age of seventy.  And matters regarding Israel in this respect can be taken back even farther than the preceding, much farther (e.g., Shem, nine generations preceding Abraham).

(For additional information in the preceding realm, refer to in this site We Are Almost There BOOK, Ch. 6, “The Selfsame Day.")

Information regarding the nation of Israel begins in Genesis much earlier than Abraham’s birth in Genesis 11, or actually even the account of that stated about Shem in Genesis 9.

Information regarding Israel in Scripture actually begins at that time when the Spirit of God moved upon the ruined creation in Genesis 1:2b and continues from that point throughout the first 2,000 years of human history, preceding the birth of Abraham, the father of the nation of Israel (Genesis 1:2-11:26 [2b]).

References to or events pertaining to the nation, centuries and millenniums prior to the existence of the nation, can easily be seen in passages such as Genesis 3:15 (the Seed of the woman [Israel]), or the typology of Cain and Abel (Genesis 4:1ff), or that of Noah and his family passing through the Flood (Genesis 6:1-8:22), or that stated about Shem in relation to Ham and Japheth. (Genesis 9:25-27).

But how can things pertaining to Israel be seen beginning with the earth’s restoration and continuing into man’s creation in the opening verses of chapter one?

Note five verses of Scripture in four New Testament books:

“Ye worship ye know not what:  we know what we worship:  for salvation is of the Jews” (John 4:22).

“For by him were all things created, that are in heaven, and that are in earth, visible and invisible, whether they be thrones, or dominions, or principalities, or powers:  all things were created by him, and for him:

And he is before all things, and by him all things consist [‘all things have been established,’ ‘all things hold together’]” (Colossians 1:16-17).

“Hath in these last days spoken unto us by [‘in the person of’] his Son, whom he hath appointed heir of all things, by whom also he made the worlds [‘brought into existence (arranged) the ages’]” (Hebrews 1:2).

“And all that dwell upon the earth shall worship him [the Beast], whose names are not written in the book of life of the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world” (Revelation 13:8).

In the first of the preceding references, “salvation” is clearly stated to be “of the Jews.”  This is the nation which brought forth the Saviour, Who, in the fourth and last of the references, was “slain from the foundation of the world” (which takes one back to the time of Genesis 1:2b ff [cf. I Peter 1:19-20]).

(How can one son [Israel] be present at a time prior to that son’s existence?  That has already been addressed after one fashion, but it can also be addressed by asking, How could Christ have been slain at a time prior to His incarnation and the events of Calvary?

Then, who slew Christ at the time seen in Revelation 13:8 — “from the foundation of the world” [i.e., from the time of events in Genesis 1:2b ff]?  Only one person could possibly be seen as the slayer;  only the other son could have committed this act, as seen in the typology of Cain slaying Abel in Genesis 4.

Christ was the Paschal Lamb, the paschal lamb was given to Israel [Exodus 12:1ff], and only Israel could slay the paschal lamb.  It matters not whether the event occurred at the time of the restoration of the ruined material creation or 4,000 years later at Calvary.  The same two individuals — the same two Sons — have to be involved.

There is simply no other way for the event to occur at any time in history.

Suffice it to say  that “with God all things are possible” [Matthew 19:26].)

Then note the other two previously quoted references, the second and third references, which have to do with God’s actions in relation to the whole of the matter, with nothing occurring apart from His Son.

Any time God’s work is seen in Scripture (e.g., His restorative work occurring over six days time in Gen. 1:2b ff), His Son, “slain from the foundation of the world,” has to be seen as well, for nothing has ever occurred or ever will occur apart from the Son.  And this is the One Whom the nation of Israel would bring forth and slay, though the Son both existed and was slain prior to this time.

“Salvation” is not only “of the Jews,” but “Neither is there salvation in any other [a reference to the One Whom Israel brought forth]” (John 4:22; Acts 4:12) — inseparable references to both of God’s two firstborn Sons. 

To separate God’s two firstborn Sons in Biblical studies (Exodus 4:22-23; Hebrews 1:6) — dealing with one apart from the other — is simply not possible.  This is one reason that the same Scriptures are, at times, used of both (e.g., Hosea 11:1; Jonah 1:17 [cf. Matthew 2:15; 12:38-40]);  and to see one Son (Christ) apart from the other son (Israel) in the restoration account, beginning in Genesis 1:2b, can only be a completely improper way to view the matter.

Beginning revelation pertaining to Israel has to be seen in Scripture in Genesis 1:2b ff, for the work was done completely in connection with and through the One in Whom salvation (restoration) lies;  and this Son (Christ) cannot be separated from the other son (Israel), in whom salvation (restoration) lies as well.

Then, note Genesis 2 where details pertaining to man’s creation in Genesis 1 are given.  And these details have to do with the bride being removed from the body.

In the historical account, in the type, Adam was put to sleep, his side opened, and God took from his opened side a part of his body (a rib), from which he formed the woman, Eve.  Then God presented the woman back to the man as a helpmate;  and, through this act, the woman, formed from a part of the man, completed the man.

And the antitype is easy to see.  The second Man, the last Adam, was put to sleep on the Cross, His side was opened, and out of His opened side flowed the two elements which God is presently using to form the bride — blood and water — pointing to the present high priestly work of the Son (a cleansing, on the basis of His shed blood on the mercy seat in the heavenly sanctuary).

Then, once the bride has been removed from the body (the Spirit’s work during the present dispensation), and the bride subsequently revealed (through decisions and determinations resulting from the judgment seat), the bride, formed from a part of the Son’s body, will be presented back to the Son as a co-heir, a helpmate, helping the Son in His millennial rule;  and, through this act, in line with both the type and Hebrews 2:10, the bride will complete the Son.

Now, note something about the preceding.  None of this can exist apart from Israel.  According to Romans 11, Gentiles, who do not have a God (Ephesians 2:11-13), have been grafted into the only nation with a God (through being “in Christ,” a Jewish Saviour [Romans 11:24]), the nation which brought forth the Saviour, the only nation which could do so, for “salvation is of the Jews.”

Thus, Israel is not only seen in Genesis 1, but in Genesis 2 as well.

Then the nation is seen throughout chapter three in the account of man’s fall, necessitating salvation, with the account of Israel slaying Christ in the typology of Cain slaying Abel in Genesis 4.  And material in chapter four, both before and after the account of Cain slaying Abel, provides a complete history of the nation of Israel, 2,500 years before the nation even existed.

Then, none of the events in chapters five through eight (Genesis 5-8) could have occurred apart from Israel being seen throughout — Enoch being removed from the earth alive, with Noah and his family then passing through the Flood, foreshadowing the Church being removed prior to Israel passing through the Tribulation.

As previously seen, nothing occurs apart from the Son, which, in reality, as also previously seen, would have to include both Sons — both Christ and Israel.  And aside from the preceding, the typology surrounding Enoch couldn’t exist apart from Israel, for, apart from Israel, there could be no Church to be removed in the antitype.

And this could be continued through subsequent chapters leading to Abraham’s birth (Genesis 9-11a), but the preceding material should be sufficient to get the point across.  God’s work through One of His firstborn Sons simply cannot occur apart from the Other firstborn Son being seen as well.

(Note how this takes care of a quite-popular, erroneous teaching in Christendom today — the teaching that the Church has supplanted Israel in God’s plans and purposes, with God being through with Israel.

If something such as the preceding has occurred, after any fashion, then Christians can forget about everything, including their very salvation.

God’s work through One Son is not seen, it cannot exist, apart from the Other Son.  Apart from a connection with both Sons — a Jewish Saviour, brought forth by the nation of Israel, with Christians seen grafted into a Jewish trunk — there can be no salvation, or anything else, aside from eternal ruin and damnation [Romans 11:1-26].

And the truth of the preceding can be seen throughout the first eleven chapters of Genesis, then  continuing with the birth of Abraham in Genesis 11:27 and progressively moving throughout the Old Testament.

Note just one example — that of Shem, in relation to Ham and Japheth in Genesis 9:25-27.  Shem was the only one of Noah’s three sons possessing a God.  The other two sons, without a God, could only possess a connection with God one way — by going to the son in possession of a God, by going to Shem and dwellingin the tents of Shem” [the words used in Scripture to denote the only way of partaking of that possessed by Shem].

Shem’s lineage in this respect can be traced through Abraham nine generations later, then through Isaac, Jacob, his twelve sons, and the nation of Israel.  All of the other nations on earth can trace their lineage through either Ham, Japheth, or Shem’s lineage through individuals other than Abraham Isaac, Jacob, and his twelve sons.

And, exactly the same conditions exist today in relation to the descendants of Shem, Ham, and Japheth — conditions which can never change.  “Israel” is the only nation on the face of the earth with a God, all of the other nations are as described in Ephesians 2:11-13 [without a God (cf. Psalm 96:5)], and the nations are left with only one choice if they would have any connection with or access to God.  They must go to the one nation with a God, to a Jewish Saviour Who is God.  There is no alternative.Now, note what would happen if Shem were removed from the picture in Genesis 9, or if the nation of Israel were removed from the picture today [which are two ways of saying the same thing].

That needs to be thought through — thought about long and hard — before giving credence to what so many Christians are stating today about God being through with Israel, seeing the Church replacing Israel in God’s plans and purposes.)

Now, keep the preceding thoughts pertaining to Israel in mind when moving through that part of the Book of Revelation dealing with the Tribulation and beyond, extending into the Millennium (Revelation 6:1-20:6).

Scripture specifically refers to the Tribulation as “the time of Jacob’s trouble” (Jeremiah 30:7).  And the purpose for the Tribulation, in relation to this time of trouble, is to bring Jacob (Israel) to the place of repentance, in order that the six things listed in Daniel 9:24 can be brought to pass.

Israel occupies center-stage during this time.  And not only does Israel occupy a position of this nature at this time, but also during the time immediately following when Christ returns, along with the ensuing Millennium, and even during all of the ensuing ages beyond.

In the Old Testament, Israel is seen as the wife of Jehovah, who involved herself in harlotry (among other forms of disobedience), whom God divorced, and drove out among the nations to effect repentance.

And, as well, Israel is also seen in the Old Testament as the one who will one day be brought to repentance, with God’s plans and purposes ultimately being worked out through this nation.

This is the complete story of Israel as presented in the Old Testament Scriptures, stated in a very succinct manner.

With that in mind, and with Scripture spending quite a bit of time in the Book of Revelation dealing with a harlot woman during “the time of Jacob’s trouble” (Revelation 12:1-17; 17:1-19:6) — completely in line with God dealing with a harlot woman during the same time in the Old Testament (Leviticus 26:39-42; Isaiah 1:21-2:5; Jeremiah 3:1-4:31; 30:1-31:40; Ezekiel 16:1-63) — the proper identity of the harlot woman in the latter part of the Book of Revelation becomes a simple matter to ascertain.

In fact, as evident from the preceding, through comparing Scripture with Scripture, the Scriptures will clearly identify the harlot, leaving no room for anyone to question the harlot’s identity (refer to the four previous chapters in this book).

Revelation 17:1-19:6 provides exactly the same picture seen so many times in the Old Testament.  And apart from seeing this section of Scripture in the Book of Revelation dealing with this subject — i.e., seeing this section dealing with Israel relative to the nation’s harlotry [which is inseparably connected with God’s central purpose for having Israel pass through this time — to effect Israel’s repentance] — then Israel’s harlotry is not even seen being dealt with in this book.

This would put “the time of Jacob’s trouble” in the Book of Revelation completely out of line with the reason for the existence of this time.  In short, as previously seen, this would put the Book of Revelation out of line with Old Testament revelation.

In this respect, a correct, proper understanding of Revelation 17:1-19:6 cannot be overemphasized, which is why so much time has been spent in this book dealing with this section of Scripture.

Error, particularly at this point in the book, can lead to error elsewhere.  And the whole thing can end up causing a person to possess erroneous thoughts on other related passages of Scripture, sometimes numerous related passages, literally closing the Scriptures in this whole overall realm to one’s understanding.

Or, on the other hand, a correct handling of this section of Scripture can lead to correctly understanding numerous related passages of Scripture elsewhere, opening the Scriptures in this whole overall realm to one’s understanding.

The Scene in Heaven, The Heavens Opened, Then…

The scene in heaven over the harlot’s destruction — burned with fire — is one of rejoicing.  Only after this has occurred can matters continue to the point seen at the end of the chapter — the destruction of Gentile world power, with God’s purpose for bringing Israel into existence then being realized in all its fulness.

Note that events in Revelation 17:1-19:6 present a complete picture of the harlot in and of itself, which, time-wise in the text, begins about the middle of the Tribulation [Israel residing in the kingdom of the Beast after all seven heads have been crowned] and extends to that time when Israel is cleansed of the nation’s harlotry.

And Israel being cleansed of her harlotry [the harlot woman destroyed by fire, with the virtuous woman arising as a phoenix out of the ashes] will not occur until after Christ returns and the nation is dealt with in a final sense in this respect [probably by Elijah, who, along with Moses, will accompany Christ back to the earth].

For additional information about Moses and Elijah accompanying Christ when He returns, refer to the author’s book, The Son of Man Coming in His Kingdom, particularly Part III and Part IV.

The order of events relative to Israel will be:

1) Israel brought to the place of repentance near the end of the Tribulation [calling upon the God of their fathers for deliverance, though not knowing the identity of their Deliverer at this time].

2) Christ’s return [accompanied by Moses, Elijah, and the armies of heaven (angels)].

3) Subsequent dealings with Israel then brought to pass [which will include Israel’s salvation when they look upon the One Whom they pierced (Zechariah 12:10-14), Israel’s harlotry becoming a thing of the past, never to exist again (Jeremiah 30:14-17; Revelation 19:3), the restoration of the Jewish people to their land, and the theocracy restored to the house of Israel under a new covenant (Jeremiah 30:18-22; 31:8-9, 31-33)].

Thus, don’t attempt to read Revelation 19:1-21 in a completely chronological fashion, for the material has not been structured this way.  Nor has the whole of that seen in Revelation 6:1-19:21 been structured in a chronological fashion, which is where so many go astray in this book — trying to see a chronological sequence of events in places where they don’t and can’t exist.

A proper chronological sequence of the events seen occurring different places in the book is not necessarily seen in and ascertained from the passages themselves.  Rather, this chronology of events can be seen by comparing Scripture with Scripture — seeing a chronology of events as revealed elsewhere, allowing one to then know the proper sequence of the different events in Revelation 6:1ff.)

Revelation 19 presents two suppers which will occur following the close of the Tribulation (deipnon, the Greek word translated “supper” in both instances, refers to the principle meal of the day, usually observed toward evening).

In the first part of the chapter, immediately following the shouts of hallelujah and praise in heaven at the end of the Tribulation (Revelation 19:1-6) — a jubilation, mainly because of Israel’s repentance, the destruction of the harlot, and the Son’s impending reign — the marriage supper of the Lamb is seen (Revelation 19:7-9).

Then, immediately afterwards the heavens are opened, and Christ, as “King of kings, and Lord of lords,” comes forth with His armies to tread “the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God.”  And this treading of the winepress on earth allows “the supper of the great God [lit., ‘the great supper of God’]” to occur (Revelation 19:11-21).

Thus, two successive suppers are seen in Revelation 19 — one in heaven preceding Christ’s return, and the other on earth following His return.  And the two suppers are completely different in nature, though both are inseparably connected with the Son’s impending reign over the earth.

(The adjective, “great” [Gk., megas] in Revelation 19:17, describing a supper [describing God in the KJV] is used eighty-two times in the Book of Revelation, describing numerous things [e.g., Revelation 1:10; 2:22; 5:2, 12; 6:4, 10, 12-13, 17].  The word megas though is never used to describe God in this book, unless this verse in Revelation 19 is the exception.

A couple of Greek manuscripts do have the word megas describing “God” rather than “supper” in this verse [including the Textus Receptus, the main Greek text used for the KJV, accounting for the KJV translation].  However, the vast majority of manuscripts have the word megas describing “supper,” accounting for the translation, “the great supper of God,” in almost any English translation since the 1901 ASV.

The word megas appears one-hundred fourteen times throughout the rest of the N.T. [Matthew through Jude], and the word is used only seven times throughout this part of the N.T. to describe Deity — three times to describe Christ in Messianic passages [Matthew 5:35; Luke 1:33; Titus 2:13], twice to describe Christ as High Priest [Hebrews 4:14; 10:21], once to describe Christ as the great Shepherd of the sheep [Hebrews 13:20], and once by the Jewish people to describe Christ as a great Prophet [Luke 7:16].

The Septuagint [Greek translation of the O.T.] uses megas mainly for a translation of the Hebrew word gadol.  This word is used some five hundred times in the O.T., but, as in the N.T., the word is used only sparingly to describe Deity [e.g., Exodus 18:11; Deuteronomy 7:21; 10:17; Psalm 47:2; 99:2; 138:5].)

In connection with Christ returning through an opened heaven as “King of kings, and Lord of lords” to tread the winepress, an angel is seen standing in the sun (Revelation 19:17).  And this angel cries out with a loud voice to all the birds of the air (land animals as well in the same scene from Ezekiel 39:17) to come, gather together, and partake of “the great supper of God” — a supper which will consist of “the flesh of captains…mighty men…horses…all men, both free and bond, both small and great…the kings of the earth, and their armies” (Revelation 19:18-19a).

(In both Ezekiel 39:17 and Revelation 19:17, the cry is to “all the fowls that fly in the midst of heaven,” not just the carrion birds.  And the same is true of the land animals in Ezekiel 39:17 — “every beast of the field.”

According to the scene presented when the third and fourth seals have been broken in Revelation 6:5-8, depicting conditions during the latter part of the Tribulation, extending into the time of Christ’s return, hunger existing among animal life at that time may be such that even non-carnivorous animals will be found partaking of this “great supper.”)

The angel standing in the sun, uttering this cry, stands within that used in a metaphorical sense in the Book of Revelation to symbolize the center of governmental power (cf. Revelation 6:12; 8:12; 12:1; 16:8).  And the symbolism used in Revelation 19:17 is introduced by and reflects back on the previous six verses, depicting Christ returning through an opened heaven as “King of kings, and Lord of lords.”

The right to take the sceptre and rule the earth at this time will have previously been given to the Son by the Father (Daniel 7:13-14; Revelation 11:15; cf. Daniel 4:17, 25; 5:18-21; Matthew 20:23).  And the angel standing in the sun — standing in that symbolizing the central governing authority — is seen announcing this fact.

(A similar scene occurring at the time of Christ’s return was depicted earlier in the book, in Revelation 10:1-2 — the angel with the seventh trumpet, whose “face was as it were the sun, and his feet as pillars of fire,” coming down from heaven and placing “his right foot upon the sea, and his left foot on the earth.”)

Then, from this point, the call goes out to all the birds of the air to come and feast upon that which is about to remain of Gentile world power when it comes against the King in Jerusalem, seeking to prevent Him from taking the sceptre and assuming the throne, seeking to prevent Him from assuming that which will then be rightfully His.

Following this call, both the Beast and the False Prophet are taken and cast alive into the lake of fire.  Then the Gentile armies of the earth — which will have dared to follow the Beast, as he led them against the King in Jerusalem, along with restored Israel in the land — will be trodden under foot as Christ treads the winepress (Revelation 19:19-21; cf. Revelation 14:14-20; 16:13-16).

These armies will consist of such vast numbers in that day — myriads of myriads, referring to large indefinite numbers (Revelation 9:16) — that blood will flow in places to a depth coming up to a horse’s bridle.  And this slaughter will extend over a distance of about one hundred and eighty miles (Revelation 14:20).

This is how the Times of the Gentiles will be brought to a close when Christ returns — centrally because of the outworking of the principles set forth in Genesis 12:1-3 and Israel’s God-appointed position among the nations in Genesis 9:26-27; Exodus 4:22-23.  And the manner in which this will occur results in that which Scripture refers to as “the great supper of God,” with trampled Gentile world powers left on the mountains and plains of Israel for the birds of the air and the beasts of the field to devour.

A Succinct Account, A Previously Detailed Account

It may appear strange to some reading Revelation 19:17-21 that no more space or detail has been given at this point in the book to that which will occur relative to Gentile world power when Christ returns.  After all, this is the grand climax of some 2,600 years of Gentile rule, with Israel about to take the sceptre and realize her God-appointed position among the nations, which was made known through Moses almost 3,500 years ago (Genesis 9:26-27; Exodus 4:22-23).  But the whole of the matter at this climactic place in the Book of Revelation is stated in a very succinct manner — five verses, or a total of eleven verses if one begins with Christ returning through the opened heavens in verse eleven.

Previously in this book, the same subject was dealt with several times after somewhat the same succinct manner (ref. Revelation 9:13-21; 14:14-20; 16:12-16).  Just the bare facts are given any place in the book, with very little added detail.  Again, the lack of space and detail given to this climactic end of the Times of the Gentiles in a book which brings Scripture to a close, completing God’s revelation to man, may appear strange to some.  But that should not be the case at all.

The space and detail concerning the matter has already been given throughout numerous passages in the Old Testament, passages covering whole chapters at times.  In fact, this is the direction toward which everything moves throughout all ten chapters of the Book of Esther, or all twelve chapters of the Book of Daniel, with Israel emerging in the end as the nation holding the sceptre once again.

The whole of the matter is a major subject of Old Testament prophecy, and everything about how the Times of the Gentiles will end has already been covered by prophet after prophet in minute detail.  If all the Scriptures written about this subject in the Old Testament were brought together, one would have a word picture so complete and detailed that it would defy description.

Thus, when arriving at this closing place in the Book of Revelation — the book closing the complete canon of Scripture — nothing needs to be given beyond a simple announcement and description, connecting that stated with the Old Testament Scriptures.

The same thing could be said about the 1,000-year reign of Christ in the following chapter.  The whole of the matter — from events which will occur following the binding of Satan at the beginning of the Millennium to events which will occur preceding the loosing of Satan at the end of the Millennium (Revelation 20:1-3, 7ff) — is stated in three verses (Revelation 20:4-6).

Why only three verses to cover events during 1,000 years of time which the whole of creation has been moving toward since the restoration of the earth and man’s creation and fall 6,000 years ago?

The answer is the same as that previously seen concerning the lack of detail in this book surrounding the end of the Times of the Gentiles.  All of the events surrounding the coming 1,000-year reign of Christ have already been covered by prophet after prophet in minute detail throughout the Old Testament, beginning in the opening two chapters of Genesis (Genesis 1; 2).  And all that needs to be stated in this closing book of Scripture is simply an announcement that the time which the prophets had previously spoken about has now come.

And exactly the same thing could be said concerning a word picture drawn from the Old Testament Scriptures pertaining to Christ’s millennial reign that was previously said about a word picture drawn from the Old Testament Scriptures pertaining to the end of the Times of the Gentiles.  If all the Scriptures in the Old Testament bearing on Christ’s millennial reign were brought together, one would have a word picture so complete and detailed that it would defy description.

Thus, if details are needed about the end of the Times of the Gentiles, as well as Christ’s millennial reign, the Old Testament is the place to go, not the Book of Revelation.  By the time John wrote the Book of Revelation, the prophets had already spoken and provided all of the details which God wanted man to know.  And, accordingly, the Spirit of God simply moved John to provide, in a very brief manner, comments on that which had already been provided in great detail.

These comments would be comparable to placing a brief epitaph on a tombstone on the one hand (the end of the Times of the Gentiles) and placing a brief caption on a picture of a sunrise on the other hand (the beginning of the Son’s millennial reign).

The Old Testament closes in Malachi 4 after a manner covering the same subject in essentially the same succinct way that it is covered in the Book of Revelation.  And this would be for the same reason seen in the Book of Revelation.  When one arrives at this chapter in Malachi, the prophets have already spoken, and nothing further needs to be added.

The first verse of this final chapter in Malachi (Malachi 4:1) reflects on the end of Gentile world power, and the second verse (Malachi 4:2) reflects on Christ’s subsequent reign, with the remaining four verses (Malachi 4:3-6) dealing with both, but ending with the latter.

And that is exactly what is seen in Revelation 19; 20, preceding the eternal ages beginning in Revelation 21.

Israel and the Nations — Old Testament, New Testament

The picture concerning Israel presented by Moses, the Psalms, and the Prophets throughout the Old Testament is that of a nation separated and set apart from all the other nations for purposes having to do with these nations.  And these purposes had to do with the salvation and blessings of those comprising all the other nations, as Israel became God’s witness to these nations and exercised the rights of the firstborn, within a theocracy, in the land covenanted to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob (cf. Genesis 12:1-3; 13:14-18; 15:5-21; Exodus 4:22-23; 19:5-6; Isaiah 43:1-10).

All of this was in the offing under Moses and Joshua as Israel was led out of Egypt and established in the land within a theocracy.  This is how Israel was to “serveGod as His firstborn son (Exodus 4:23).

And that which occurred over centuries of time (about eight hundred years) — a refusal to be God’s witness (e.g., Jonah in the type, refusing to go to Nineveh), further disobedience, harlotry — resulted in God eventually uprooting His people from their land, driving them out among the nations to effect repentance, and removing the sceptre from Israel’s hand and giving it to the Gentiles.

This is one major subject seen throughout the Old Testament.  But there is another major subject seen throughout the Old Testament as well, having to do with Israel’s repentance and restoration, followed by a realization of the nation’s calling as set forth in the beginning.  And this, of course, necessitates the end and destruction of Gentile world power, with the theocracy being restored to Israel and the sceptre being returned to Israel.

All of the different facets of this whole overall story — past, present, and future — can be seen different places throughout Moses, the Psalms, and the Prophets.  Each writer presents different things about different parts of a word picture which can be seen in its completeness, exactly as God desires man to see it, only by comparing Scripture with Scripture.

No one book presents the complete picture.  This is seen only by bringing together that which the Spirit of God moved all of the Old Testament writers to record (cf. II Peter 1:20-21).

This is what the Old Testament is about, and there is an emphasis throughout the Old Testament on the latter part of the story — Israel’s restoration, the nation realizing her calling, and the Gentile nations of the earth subsequently being reached by and blessed through Israel.  And this emphasis, of necessity, involves a previous end to the Times of the Gentiles and the destruction of Gentile world power.

This is seen in typology beginning as early as the Flood during Noah’s day in Genesis 6-9, or the destruction of Nimrod’s Babylonian kingdom in Genesis 11, or the battle of the kings during Abraham and Melchizedek’s day in Genesis 14.  That seen in later Scripture in Psalms 2; 83 would be two other accounts, presented in a different manner;  and that seen in Isaiah 14 would be another.  Then there’s the Book of Daniel, which presents different facets of the matter throughout, continuing through the minor Prophets.

An almost endless list of other similar references could be cited, and many are dealt with in earlier parts of this book.

The Old Testament, in this respect, is a treasure trove of information revealing the mind of One with infinite wisdom and knowledge — the One Who created and exercises sovereign control over all things — as He makes known His plans and purposes regarding man, the earth, and ultimately the universe.

It has all lain in the bosom of the Old Testament for millenniums, and all who have mined its treasures throughout this time have taken nothing away.

All is still exactly where Moses and the Prophets left it after penning this Word, and all is still exactly where any and all who have mined its treasures have left this Word as well.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Word Document:  Mystery of The Woman BOOK by Arlen Chitwood.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

Additional commentary on the subject:  The Beast and the Woman and Judgment of the Great Harlot in this site.

To website CONTENTS Page.

At the height of the Babylonian Empire, the Chaldeans were an influential and highly educated group of people. Some historians believe that, after Persia conquered Babylon, the term Chaldean was used more often to refer to a social class of highly educated people than to a race of men. 

Chaldeans, Who were they?
By Got Questions

The Chaldeans were people who lived in southern Babylonia which would be the southern part of Iraq today. Sometimes the term Chaldeans is used to refer to Babylonians in general, but normally it refers to a specific semi-nomadic tribe that lived in the southern part of Babylon. The land of the Chaldeans was the southern portion of Babylon or Mesopotamia. It was generally thought to be an area about 400 miles long and 100 miles wide alongside of the Tigris and Euphrates Rivers.

The Chaldeans are mentioned multiple times in the Bible in both contexts. For example, Genesis 11:28 speaks of Abraham’s father Terah, who was from “Ur of the Chaldeans,” the specific tribe or people known as the Chaldeans. We know from verses such as Genesis 11:31 and Genesis 15:7 that God called Abraham, a Chaldean, out of Ur of the Chaldeans so that Abraham would follow God to the land that God had promised to him and his descendants.

The Chaldeans were an intelligent and sometimes aggressive, warlike people. In 731 BC Ukinzer, a Chaldean, became king of Babylon; however, his reign was short-lived. A few years later Merodach-Baladan, also a Chaldean, became king over Babylon. Then in 626 BC Nabopolassar, another Chaldean, began what would be an extended period of time during which Babylon was ruled by a Chaldean king. During this time the word Chaldean became synonymous for Babylon, and we see many verses in Scripture where the word Chaldean was used to refer to Babylonians in general (Isaiah 13:19; 47:1, 5; 48:14, 20). Successors to Nabopolassar were Nebuchadnezzar, Amel-Marduk, Nabonidus and then Belshazzar, “king of the Chaldeans” (Daniel 5:30).

At the height of the Babylonian Empire, the Chaldeans were an influential and highly educated group of people. Some historians believe that, after Persia conquered Babylon, the term Chaldean was used more often to refer to a social class of highly educated people than to a race of men. The Chaldeans influenced Nebuchadnezzar’s decision to throw Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego into the fiery furnace (Daniel 3:8) and were well known as wise men and astrologers during the time of Jewish captivity in Babylon. (Daniel 1:4; 2:10; 4:7; 5:7, 11). At the time of Daniel, Babylon was the intellectual center of western Asia, and the Chaldeans were renowned for their study and knowledge of astrology and astronomy. They kept detailed astronomical records for over 360 years, which can help us understand how the wise men from the East would have been able to recognize and follow the star that would lead them to the King of the Jews (Matthew 2:2).

To website CONTENTS Page.

God’s Son today is not in a position to assume the scepter and reign.  He must have a wife to ascend the throne with Him, a wife that, in the antitype of Eve in Genesis 2, is not only part of His body but will complete Him [cf. Ephesians 1:22-23; 5:23, 30; Hebrews 2:10].  And the Son will not possess a wife in the manner seen in the type until the end of the coming Tribulation [cf. Ruth 3; 4].

Christ must have a Wife before He can Rule!
By Arlen Chitwood of Lamp Broadcast

Ref. 
The Time of the End BOOK or In the Lord’s Day (1) in this site.

According to the manner in which God established matters in the beginning relative to man holding the scepter in the stead of Satan and his angels, a sovereign cannot reign apart from possessing a consort queen [Genesis 1:26-28; 2:18-24].  The man and woman must reign together, seated on the throne as one complete being.

Thus, God’s Son today is not in a position to assume the scepter and reign.  He must have a wife to ascend the throne with Him, a wife that, in the antitype of Eve in Genesis 2, is not only part of His body but will complete Him [cf. Ephesians 1:22-23; 5:23, 30; Hebrews 2:10].  And the Son will not possess a wife in the manner seen in the type until the end of the coming Tribulation [cf. Ruth 3; 4].

Knowledge of this fact will address, resolve, and put to rest widely-held false teachings concerning a present existence of some type of mystery form of the kingdom in which the Son is presently reigning; or, others become more specific and see the Son already seated on David’s throne within this purported mystery form of the kingdom.

The preceding may sound strange to those properly instructed in things pertaining to the kingdom [cf. Matthew 13:52].  And so it should.  Strange though or not, all of the preceding is widely held in Christian circles today, even taught in numerous Bible schools and seminaries.  But the one biblical fact concerning the necessity of the man and the woman ascending the throne together will, alone, show the fallacy of such teachings, for Christ does not presently have a wife to ascend the throne with Him.

Aside from the preceding, though there are two anointed Kings in relation to the earth today [Christ and Satan], as there were two anointed kings in Israel during the days of David and Saul, only One can hold the scepter at any given time.

In the type, Saul held the scepter until he was put down and his crown taken and given to David.  Only then did David and his faithful men take the scepter and reign in Israel [cf. 1 Samuel 31:1-6; 2 Samuel 1:4-10; 5:3]. 

And matters can only be exactly the same in the antitype.  Satan will hold the scepter until he is put down and his crown taken and given to Christ.  Only then will Christ and His faithful co-heirs take the scepter and reign over the earth.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

The following Word Document is SAFE to open and print:  Christ must have a Wife before He can Rule by Arlen L. Chitwood.docx

The following in this site may be of interest: Why did God Create Man? and Man Created for What Reason?.

Also, in this site, Search for the Bride BOOK.

To website CONTENTS Page.

Christ will deal with Israel first, relative to conversion, repentance, and restoration to the land, as well as calling the nation before Him in Judgment; and everything will be with a view to the kingdom.

Christ’s Return with The Kingdom in View
Excerpts from Prophecy on Mt. Olivet by Arlen Chitwood of Lamp Broadcast

Everything surrounding Christ’s return is seen having to do with the kingdom that He had gone away to receive (Matthew 25:14, Luke 19:12).  When Christ returns, between the time His feet touch the Mount of Olives and the time He and His co-heirs ascend the throne and reign (Zechariah 14:4, 9), numerous things, of necessity, will have to occur.

At the time Christ returns, Satan will still be in power, with Antichrist seated on His throne; an unconverted Israel, which Satan will still be seeking to destroy, will still be scattered among the nations; and the Gentiles, saved mainly as a result of the ministry of the 144,000 Jewish evangels, who survived the Tribulation, will still be scattered throughout the nations of the earth as well.

Christ will deal with Israel first, relative to conversion, repentance, and restoration to the land, as well as calling the nation before Him in Judgment; and everything will be with a view to the kingdom.

Then the incumbent powers must be removed from their positions, which is what is seen in Revelation 19:17-20:3 (allowing Christ and His co-heirs to take the scepter and reign).  The beast and false prophet will be dealt with first (Revelation 19:20), the armies of the beast (led by the kings of the earth [Revelation 19:21]) will then be dealt with, and then Satan himself (which can only include his angels as well) will be dealt with (Revelation 20:1-3).

Christ will then deal with the saved Gentiles, both those surviving the Tribulation in Matthew 25:31-46 and those having been slain during the Tribulation (Revelation 7:9-17; 20:4-6); and His dealings with these Gentiles, as His dealings with the Jews, will be with a view to the kingdom.

In short, everything surrounding Christ’s return will have one thing at the forefront: the kingdom that He had gone away to receive.

Gentile nations, comprised of unsaved Gentiles surviving the judgments of the Tribulation, will enter into the Millennium and populate the millennial earth.  And not only will they enter into this time in natural bodies, capable of procreation, but atmospheric conditions will once again be of a nature that man can, as in the antediluvian world of Noah’s day, live for hundreds of years, even for the entire duration of the Millennium, in a natural body (ref. Bible One - Arlen Chitwood's Prophecy on Mount Olivet, Ch. 9).  Thus, the population of the earth, over time, can only increase, evidently dramatically.

(The common thought and teaching that only saved Gentiles will enter into the Millennium is based on a misunderstanding of Matthew 25:31-46, attempting to make this section of Scripture teach a judgment of all the Gentiles at the time of Christ’s return, both the saved and the unsaved.

This though is not what Matthew 25:31-46 or any other section of Scripture teaches.  The millennial earth, at the very beginning, will evidently be populated by unsaved Gentiles, forming nations, occupying different geographical locations throughout the earth.  [See Hurt By the Second Death and Sheep and Goats in this site.])

Israel will be placed at the head of the nations here on earth, with the Jewish people realizing their calling.  A converted Jewish nation will not only rule over the Gentile nations but will send the evangels out, worldwide, to reach the Gentiles with God’s message; and God will bless the nations through Israel (Genesis 12:1-3; Isaiah 43:7-11; Jonah 1:2ff).

(As the 144,000 of Revelation 7; 12; 14 began carrying God’s message to Gentiles worldwide during the last half of the Tribulation [forming a first-fruit of the nation], the entire nation will continue this task during the Millennium [forming the main harvest].)

Then, in the heavens, Christ and His co-heirs will rule the nations as well, which will evidently be through representatives here on earth.  And this could possibly be accomplished through saved Gentiles, those seen on Christ’s right hand in Matthew 25:34-40, who realize an inheritance in the kingdom.

(The present kingdom under Satan is structured after the preceding fashion.  Powerful angels in Satan’s kingdom rule from a heavenly sphere through men in corresponding positions of power here on earth [Daniel 10:12-20].  In this passage from Daniel, there is both a “prince of the kingdom of Persia” and “kings of Persia” [evidently lesser rulers under the prince] in the heavens, which would correspond to both the main ruler and lesser rulers under him who ruled over the Persian kingdom here on earth.  [See Organizational Set-up of Satan’s Rule over the Earth in this site.]

Governmental power and authority originates in the heavens — “Heaven rules [KJV: “the heavens do rule]” [Daniel 4:26b] — and progresses from rulers in the heavens through rulers on the earth.  Governmental powers throughout the Gentile nations possess corresponding governmental powers in Satan’s kingdom in the heavens in this fashion.  Powers in the heavens rule through these corresponding powers on the earth.  Or, to turn that around, the powers on earth govern under these corresponding powers in the heavens.

This is the manner in which the government of the earth is presently structured, which is also the same manner in which the government of the earth — all of the Gentile nations — will be structured yet future, though under Christ and His co-heirs rather than Satan and his angels.

There is one exception to the preceding — the government of the nation of Israel, for Israel isnot reckoning itself among the nations” [Numbers 23:9].  Israel, though possessing a government of the same type, with powers in the heavens ruling through powers on earth [it must, for “the heavens do rule”], rules separate from powers in Satan’s kingdom.  Israel’s ruling angel in this respect is Michael, separate from Satan’s kingdom [Daniel 10:21].

And, as previously noted, the coming kingdom of Christ can only be established after the same fashion, with Christ and His co-heirs ruling from heavenly places through corresponding powers among the nations here on earth.  This though would be over the Gentile nations alone [note that overcoming Christians have been promised power over the nations, not over Israel (Revelation 2:26-27)].

The twelve apostles would seem to be the lone exception, having been promised power over the twelve tribes of Israel [Matthew 19:27-29].  And, since other rulers over Israel will be needed in the heavenly sphere of the kingdom, these positions may very well be filled by Old Testament saints who qualified to rule from the heavens prior to this part of the kingdom being taken from Israel [cf. Matthew 8:11-12; Luke 13:28-29; Hebrews 11:8-16].)

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Bible One - Arlen Chitwood's Prophecy on Mount Olivet, Ch. 24

The following Word Document is SAFE to open and print:  Christ’s Return with The Kingdom in View by Arlen Chitwood.docx

To website CONTENTS Page.

If one will get the framework of that which is taught in Genesis 21-25 straight in his mind and interpret Scripture in the light of this framework, he will have very little trouble in biblical interpretation throughout Scripture.

Birth of Christ to His Millennial Reign in Overall Type
Excerpt from Middle East Peace — How, When? in this site by Arlen Chitwood of Lamp Broadcast.

A Chronology of Events

There are five consecutive chapters in Genesis — Genesis 21-25 — which, if understood in the light of that which has previously been discussed, will provide the necessary, additional information to not only understand that which is under discussion concerning peace between Israel and her Arab neighbors (et al.), but also will provide an outline covering all of subsequent Scripture.  Thus, the importance of correctly understanding these five chapters cannot be overemphasized.

The birth of Isaac is found in Genesis 21.  This is the first of five chapters forming an overall type extending from the birth of Christ to His millennial reign.  And, the place that Ishmael occupies in these chapters along with what has been previously revealed about Ishmael in Genesis 16-17 will provide the basic framework for correctly understanding the place that the Arab nations MUST OCCUPY from the time of their inception until the Messianic Era.  The Prophets also give additional information concerning the status of the Arab nations — particularly Egypt — both before and during this future time.

In the overall type covered in the following five chapters in Genesis one finds:

1) The birth of Isaac (Genesis 21).

2) The offering of Isaac (Genesis 22).

3) The death of Sarah (Genesis 23).

4) The bride for Isaac (Genesis 24).

5) The remarriage of Abraham and the subsequent death of Ishmael (Genesis 25).

The birth of Isaac typifies the birth of Christ.  Divine intervention surrounds the birth of both.

The offering of Isaac typifies the offering of Christ.  In Genesis 22 there is a vicarious sacrifice.  The ram caught in the thicket died in the stead of Isaac.  In the antitype there is also a vicarious sacrifice.  The Lamb of God, Christ, died in your place and in my place.

The death of Sarah typifies the setting aside of Israel following Calvary.  Israel was/is the wife of Jehovah (though divorced because of harlotry).  And just as Sarah, the wife of Abraham, died following the offering of Abraham’s son, Israel, the wife of Jehovah, was set aside following the offering of God’s Son (with Israel seen as in the place of death [e.g., the seventh sign in John’s gospel, the death and resurrection of Lazarus in John 11:1-44]).  See in this site The Eight Signs in John's Gospel.

The bride for Isaac typifies the bride presently being called out for Christ following the setting aside of Israel.  Abraham sent his eldest servant into a far country to obtain a bride for Isaac; and God, in that which is foreshadowed by events in this chapter, has sent the Holy Spirit into a far country to obtain a bride for Jesus.  The journey of Abraham’s servant in the type was successful, as will be the present journey of the Holy Spirit in the antitype.

The remarriage of Abraham typifies that time when God will restore Israel to her rightful place on the earth.  AFTER the bride has been called out, AFTER “the fullness of the Gentiles has come in,” THEN “all Israel will be saved” (Romans 11:25-26).The nation will be restored to her former position.  Israel’s harlotry will be done away with (Revelation 17:16-17; 19:3), cleansing for the nation will occur (Ezekiel 36:24ff), and God will once again take Israel as His wife (John 2:1ff).

If one will get the framework of that which is taught in Genesis 21-25 straight in his mind and interpret Scripture in the light of this framework, he will have very little trouble in biblical interpretation throughout Scripture.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

The following Word Document is SAFE to open and print:  Birth of Christ to His Millennial Reign in Overall Type by Arlen Chitwood.docx

To website CONTENTS Page.

God has structured His revelation to man after a fashion in which not only true, correct history is presented but this history is presented in such a manner that it is highly typical in nature.  And Scripture, within this highly typical structure, is jam-packed with spiritual significance and meaning.

Types and Antitypes in Scripture

Taken from Types and Antitypes by Arlen Chitwood of Lamp Broadcast

Then He said to them, “O fools, and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken:

Ought not Christ to have suffered these things, and to enter into His glory?”

And beginning at Moses and all the prophets, He expounded to them in all the Scriptures the things concerning Himself. (Luke 24:25-27)

Now these things were our examples [Now these things happened as types for us], to the intent we should not lust after evil things, as they also lusted . . . .

Now all these things happened to them for examples [Now all these things happened to them for types]: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world [the ages] are come.   (1 Corinthians 10:6, 11)

Three things above all else must be adhered to in the study of Scripture:

1) A person must recognize that all Scripture is God-breathed.

2) A person must begin where God began.

3) A person must study Scripture after the fashion in which it was written.

God gave His Word to man through man in a particular manner:

. . . holy men of God spoke as they were moved [borne along] by the Holy Spirit. (2 Peter 1:21b)

The manner in which God revealed Himself, His plans, and His purposes in His Word (a God-breathed revelation, penned as the Spirit moved men to write) is what makes Scripture different from all other writings.  Scripture stands in a category solely by itself, completely alone; and all other writings stand in a completely separate category (ref., in this site, Foundational Prerequisites by Arlen Chitwood).

Then, in the process of giving to man, through man, the God-breathed Word, at the very outset God set forth a skeletal structure covering the whole panorama of revelation that was to follow, along with foundational building material.  And if a person would understand Scripture correctly, he must begin where God began and follow that which God has set forth, after the manner in which He Himself structured and established the matter.

The person must follow the skeletal structure and build upon this structure after the manner in which God Himself began and subsequently set matters forth, establishing them in a particular manner throughout.  At any point in the whole of Scripture, any teaching must have a connection with and be in complete agreement with the God-established skeletal structure and subsequent foundational material set forth at the beginning (ref., in this site,  The Septenary Arrangement of Scripture,  Beginning and Continuing and Building on the Foundation by Arlen Chitwood or Bible One - Arlen Chitwood's The Study of Scripture, Ch. 2Ch. 3Ch. 4).Then, it must be recognized that God structured His revelation to man after a particular fashion, alluded to in Luke 24:25-27, 44 and stated in so many words in 1 Corinthians 10:6, 11.  Scripture not only deals with a completely accurate history of certain events surrounding God’s dealings with the earth, angels, and man, but biblical history has been recorded after such a fashion that it is highly typical as well.  God has established His primary means of teaching, not through history per se, but through inherent types seen in history, pointing to antitypes seen in later history and/or prophecy.

The manner in which God revealed Himself to man is as stated in 1 Corinthians 10:11a,

Now all these things happened to them as examples [Greek, tupos, types; “Now all these things happened to them for types”] . . . .

The reference is to events during Moses’ day, drawing from the wilderness journey of the Israelites.  But the reference would, of necessity, have to go far beyond simply the specific events listed in verses one through ten (1 Corinthians 10:1-10), preceding the statement in verse eleven.  In the light of other Scripture, as becomes increasingly evident when one views the whole of Scripture, the reference would have to be enlarged to encompass not only all biblical history during Moses’ day but all biblical history beginning with Genesis 1:1.

That would be to say, God has structured His revelation to man after a fashion in which not only true, correct history is presented but this history is presented in such a manner that it is highly typical in nature.  And Scripture, within this highly typical structure, is jam-packed with spiritual significance and meaning.

God, within His sovereign control of all things, brought matters to pass after such a fashion (within the history of the earth, angels, and man) that He could, at a later time, have these events to draw upon in order to teach His people the deep things surrounding Himself, His plans, and His purposes.  And this would be accomplished mainly through types and corresponding antitypes.

Thus, God draws not so much from history per se as He does from the spiritual content set forth in the historic accounts — the great spiritual lessons, taught mainly from types pointing to corresponding antitypes.

Anyone can understand facts within revealed biblical history (saved or unsaved man).  This would pertain more to the letter of the matter.  But only saved man can go beyond the letter to the spirit of the matter (2 Corinthians 3:6-16).  Only the saved can understand the spiritual lessons drawn from history.  Only the saved can look within biblical history and see spiritual content (1 Corinthians 2:12-16).

For the unsaved, things beyond the simple historical facts are completely meaningless.  They can neither see these things nor know them.  Spiritually, they are dead; and these things are “spiritually discerned.”  They can view Scripture only from a “natural [‘soulical’]” standpoint (1 Corinthians 2:14).

But for the saved, the matter is entirely different.  They, by/through believing on the Lord Jesus Christ, have been made spiritually alive.  The Spirit has breathed life into the one having no life; they have “passed from death to life.”

And they have this same Spirit — the One who gave the Word to man through man — indwelling them to lead them “into all truth” (John 16:13-15; 1 Corinthians 3:16; 6:19-20; 1 John 3:24).  Accordingly, the saved possess the ability to see beyond the facts of history and view the spiritual lessons inherent therein.

This is what is meant by “comparing spiritual things with spiritual.”  It is within this facet of Scripture that man can see the things that “Eye has not seen, nor ear heard . . . .”  It is within this facet of Scripture that “God has revealed them to us by his Spirit. For the Spirit searches all things, yes, the deep things of God” (1 Corinthians 2:9-13).

And it is within this complete, overall thought, as previously stated, that one finds the whole of biblical history forming types that are fraught with spiritual significance and meaning.  This is the manner in which God has structured His Word.  It has been given to man after this fashion, and if man would properly understand that which God has revealed in His Word, he must study it after the fashion in which it was given and recorded.

1) How Much of the Old Testament?

How much of the Old Testament deals with the person and work of Christ?  And how much of the Old Testament is typical in nature?  The two questions do not cover the same scope.  The former is more extensive than the latter and is really all-inclusive.  However, the typical nature of Old Testament Scripture is far more extensive than many may realize or are prone to admit.

How though can one know the extent of typical teachings in the Old Testament Scriptures?  The answer to that is very simple.  Scripture itself reveals the extent.

a) Christ in the Old Testament

Christ, dealing with the two disciples on the road to Emmaus, “expounded to them in all the scriptures [the Old Testament Scriptures] the things concerning himself” (Luke 24:27).  Note that it is not “in the scriptures all” but “in all the scriptures . . . .”  The simple statement is made that “all the scriptures” — all of the Old Testament Scriptures — are about the person and work of Christ.  He can be seen on every page and in every part of Scripture on that page.

But, the way Christ is presented in the Old Testament Scriptures is in the spirit rather than in the letter of the manner in which Scripture has been structured.  Insofar as Old Testament history is concerned, that would be to say, Christ is really not seen in the strict letter of the historic account per se.

A person can read Old Testament history from one end to the other and never see the person and work of Christ within that history (cf. 2 Corinthians 3:14-15).  In this respect, the person would be reading the letter of Scripture, failing to see anything beyond.  In order to truly see the Christ of the Old Testament, a person must see beyond the letter to the spirit.

Christ is seen mainly within the inherent types set forth by the historic accounts rather than in the actual historic accounts themselves.  All Old Testament history is, after some fashion, about the person and work of Christ; but this same history must be “spiritually discerned,” “comparing spiritual things with spiritual”  (1 Corinthians 2:13-14).

And this can be illustrated after several fashions at the very beginning of Scripture.  The first verse in Scripture forms a direct statement concerning the work of the triune Godhead in creation; and, looking beyond the direct statement, this verse is also the beginning point in the overall type encompassed in Genesis 1:1-2:3. 

Accordingly, Christ is revealed at the very beginning of Scripture, in the opening verse, after this dual fashion.

In the beginning God created . . . .”  The word “God” is a translation of the Hebrew word Elohim, a plural noun which, in complete keeping with related Scripture, would include all three members of the Godhead — God the Father, God the Son, and God the Holy Spirit.

Everything that exists in the material universe came into existence “by [‘through’] Him [the Son]”; and apart from Him “was not anything made that was made [i.e., apart from the Son, not one thing that presently exists was (or could have been) brought into existence].”  It was all done through the Son, present with the Father in the beginning (John 1:1-3; cf. Colossians 1:16-17).

Then in verses two and three of the opening chapter of Scripture there is a ruin of the creation (Genesis 1:1) and a beginning restoration.  And in a type-antitype structure — going beyond the letter to the spirit, as it would pertain to the ruin and beginning restoration of man (a subsequent ruined creation [Genesis 3]) — the Spirit moving (Genesis 1:2b) and God speaking (Genesis 1:3) are based on death and shed blood, ultimately and finally on death and shed blood through the finished work of the Son on Calvary, 4,000 years beyond the historic-typical account.

In this respect, the typical reference is to the manner in which God restores ruined man — via death and shed blood — based today on the Son’s finished work at Calvary.  The Spirit moves, God speaks, and light comes into existence (reference the author’s book, From Egypt to Canaan BOOK, Chs. 7, 8, in this site).

Moving on to Genesis 2, Christ and His bride can be seen in the person of Adam with his bride.  Eve was formed from a part of Adam's body as the bride of Christ (the bride of "the second man," "the last Adam" [1 Corinthians 15:45-47]) will be formed from a part of His body.  And as Eve was presented back to the first man, the first Adam, to complete Adam and to reign as consort queen with him, so will it be with the second Man, the last Adam.  The bride will be removed from His body and be presented back to Christ to not only complete Christ but to reign as consort queen with Him (Romans 8:14-23; Hebrews 2:10).

Then in Genesis 3, Adam partook of sin to effect Eve’s redemption, as Christ became sin to affect our redemption.  The first man, the first Adam, found his bride in a fallen state and followed the only avenue open to bring about her redemption.  And the second Man, the last Adam, did exactly the same thing.  He found His bride in a fallen state and procured her redemption through the only means available, through an act that had been predetermined in the eternal council chambers of God before the ages even began (Hebrews 1:2-3; Revelation 13:8; cf. Romans 5:12-14).

Then Genesis 4 provides additional details, commentary, to that which is previously revealed in chapter three.  In this chapter Cain slew Abel, pointing to Israel, 4,000 years later, slaying Christ.  One brother slew the other brother in both type and antitype.  The blood of Abel cried out “from the ground” (Genesis 4:10), but the blood of Christ speaks “better things than that of Abel” (Hebrews 12:24).

And on and on one could go with Old Testament history after this fashion.  Exactly what portions of the Old Testament Christ called to the attention of the two disciples on the road to Emmaus is unrevealed.  He may have called their attention to Joseph, who first suffered prior to being exalted over all Egypt (a type of the world); or He may have called their attention to Moses, who suffered rejection by his brethren prior to their acceptance of him; or He could have called their attention to any other account or place in the Old Testament.  It is all about Him.

Note that Stephen, in Acts 7, singled out parts of the preceding two types (singled out events in both Joseph’s and Moses’ lives) as he revealed, to Israel’s religious leaders, Christ’s identity from the Old Testament Scriptures (Acts 7:9-42).  And, Stephen using the Old Testament Scriptures in this correct manner, caused powers in both the heavens and upon earth to react.  On the one hand, the Son, through an opened heaven, is seen standing (rather than sitting [Psalm 110:1]) at His Father’s right hand; and, on the other hand, the Jewish religious leaders being addressed stoned Stephen (Acts 7:54-60).

Suffice it to say that Christ, in Luke 24, could have referenced any account in Old Testament history and, through this account, revealed things concerning Himself to these two disciples.  We can only know that He did reference different historic accounts in the Old Testament (and possibly Old Testament prophecies and/or statements in the Psalms or Proverbs [cf. Acts 7:44]), beginning with Moses; and, from these accounts, He revealed things concerning Himself to these disciples, especially as these things pertained to His past sufferings and His future glory (Acts 7:26).  And, as a result, in the subsequent breaking of bread, “their eyes were opened” (Acts 7:31).

b) Types in the Old Testament

Though all of the Old Testament is, after some fashion, about Christ, not all of the Old Testament is typical in its structure.  Types have to do with history, not with the book of Proverbs, most of that seen in the Prophets, or in many of the Psalms (the latter though, particularly the Psalms and the Prophets, at times, deal with history, in which types can be seen).

The statement, “Now all these things happened to them as examples [‘types’] . . . .” (1 Corinthians 10:11; cf. 1 Corinthians 10:6), refers to recorded events in Old Testament history.  And, as previously stated, though the contextual reference is only to a select number of events during Moses’ day, the statement concerning types in connection with Old Testament history could, by no means, be limited only to these contextual references.  It must be looked upon as far more extensive than this.

In fact, drawing from Luke 24:25-27, 44, one can arrive at only one conclusion concerning the extent of typology in connection with Old Testament history.  It must be looked upon as all-inclusive, for all of the Old Testament Scriptures are revealed to be about the central Person of Scripture, Jesus the Christ.

The story of Joseph (ref. Genesis 37-45), for example, is about the Person and work of Christ, though there is no direct statement in the New Testament specifically stating that Joseph is a type of Christ.  But, comparing Luke 24:25-27, 44 and 1 Corinthians 10:6, 11, one can be drawn to no other conclusion.

And so it is with numerous other portions of the Old Testament.  Though no direct statement may exist in the New Testament specifying that a particular person or event forms a type of Christ, dealing with some facet of His person and work, that becomes meaningless in the light of Scriptures such as Luke 24:25-27, 44 and 1 Corinthians 10:6, 11.

It also becomes meaningless when one sees and understands that God, by His very nature, would, of necessity, be completely consistent concerning how He structured all of Old Testament history.  He simply did not, He would not, He could not, structure part in one way and part in another way, particularly in the light of sections of Scripture such as Luke 24:25-27, 44 and 1 Corinthians 10:6, 11.

In the preceding respect, and in the light of these sections of Scripture from Luke and First Corinthians, it becomes clear that any Old Testament historic account, of necessity, has to do, after some fashion, with the person and work of Christ (past, present, or future); and this has been accomplished centrally through the inherent typical nature of Old Testament history, established by a Sovereign God, in perfect keeping with Scripture’s own direct statements and internal evidence.

All of this becomes self-evident when one begins to study Old Testament history after the fashion in which it was written.  The whole of Old Testament history, so to speak, begins to come to life and open up as one views the Scriptures after the fashion in which God clearly reveals, in His Word, that they were written.

(Aside from the preceding, any segment of Old Testament history has to do with one part of a complete whole — one part of the complete Word, forming the complete Old Testament canon.  And this complete Word [the complete Old Testament] was made flesh in the person of the Son.

There is the written Word, and there is the living Word; and the two cannot possibly be separated from one another, for the latter is simply a full manifestation of the former, in flesh, which would include the subsequent New Testament revelation as well.

In this respect, approaching the matter from another perspective, the question could be both asked and answered:  “What part of the Old Testament is not about Christ?”  And the answer:  “No part, simply because the Old Testament [not part, but all] was made flesh in the person of the Son.”

That which is stated about or inherent in One [the written Word (John 17:14)] can be stated about and would be inherent in the Other [the Living Word (John 1:1, 14)].  For example, if perfection is seen in One [in Christ], then perfection must exist in the Other as well [the Scriptures].  And the reasoning behind that would emanate from the fact that the living Word is simply a manifestation, in flesh, of the written Word.)

2) Structure of the New Testament

But is typology limited to Old Testament history?  What about the New Testament?  Is it also highly typical in nature?

The passage already under consideration in Luke 24:13ff would perhaps address the issue about as well as any other part of the New Testament.  There is nothing stated about this section forming a type, but it does.  And the fact that it does is so evident that a person with any spiritual perception at all can’t fail to see it.

Events in Luke 24 occur on the third day, dating from Christ’s crucifixion (Luke 24:21), and have to do with the eyes of blinded Jews being opened through Christ personally appearing in their presence and revealing Himself to them.  This section of Scripture can only refer to one facet of the person and work of Christ.  It can only refer to that future day when Christ appears in Israel’s presence — with Israel, as the two disciples in Luke 24, blinded (Romans 11:25) — and reveals Himself to the nation (Romans 11:26; 2 Corinthians 3:14-16).

And events of that future day will parallel events in Luke 24:13ff with respect to time as well.  These events will occur after two days, on the third day.  That is to say, they will occur after two thousand years, in the third one-thousand-year period (cf. Hosea 5:15-6:2; 2 Peter 3:8).

Israel will not know Christ in that future day, exactly as the two disciples on the road to Emmaus didn’t know Him; and He will reveal Himself to the nation exactly the same way that He revealed Himself to these two disciples.

Christ, in that future day, will call the nation’s attention to their own Old Testament Scriptures — Scriptures that relate the entire story, from one end to the other — and He will reveal Himself to the nation from these Scriptures, exactly the same way that He revealed Himself to the two disciples on the road to Emmaus in the historic account.

And exactly the same thing will occur in that future day that occurred in the type.  Christ will appear in the antitype of Melchizedek, with bread and wine (Genesis 14:18-20; cf. Matthew 26:26-29), to bless Abraham and his descendants.  And as there was a breaking of bread in the type, there will undoubtedly be a breaking of bread in the antitype.

Then Israel will recognize her Messiah, spoken of throughout the very Old Testament Scriptures that will have been in the possession of the Jewish people for almost two and one-half millennia, with parts of these Scriptures having been in their possession for almost three and one-half millennia.  At that time — at the full end of Daniel’s Seventy Week prophecy — Israel’s blindness will be lifted, and a nation will be brought forth in a day (Isaiah 66:8; Romans 11:26).

Another facet of the matter can be seen in Paul’s conversion in Acts 9:1ff.  And, interestingly enough, Paul stated in 1 Timothy 1:15-16 that his salvation experience was “a pattern [Greek, hupotuposis, referring to ‘an original pattern,’ ‘a prototype’] to [‘of’] those who are going to believe on Him [on Jesus Christ] for everlasting life.”  That is to say, the manner in which Paul was saved forms an original type of the manner in which others will be saved at a later time, forming the antitype.

Paul was saved through Christ personally appearing and revealing Himself to him, which is not the manner people have been saved throughout the present dispensation following Paul’s conversion.  But this is the manner in which Israel will be saved at a future time, when Christ reappears to the nation.  And it is this future event to which Paul’s salvation experience, in a God-ordained type, relates.

Paul was saved as a type of the future salvation of Israel.  He, at this time, understood the letter of the Word but not the spirit of the Word.  There was a veil over his eyes, which was “done away in Christ” (2 Corinthians 3:14).  And so will it be with Israel in the antitype yet future.

There is a reading of the letter of the Old Testament in the synagogues today, as in Paul’s day, which leaves the “veil untaken away.”  Paul, typifying Israel in this respect, was blinded for two days (the veil was over his eyes for two days), with the blindness (the veil) being removed on the third day (Acts 8:9; cf. Genesis 42:17-18; Esther 4:16-5:1; Matthew 27:63; Luke 24:7, 21, 46).

(Paul, prior to the events surrounding his conversion in Acts 9, was part of a redeemed nation, comprised of individuals spiritually alive and capable of understanding spiritual truth, to whom the kingdom of the heavens was being re-offered.  And individuals receiving this message were being saved, delivered, with respect to that which was being proclaimed — Christ’s kingdom and glory — not with respect to eternal salvation, as someone spiritually dead would have been saved then or today.  Those Jews receiving the message at the time of Paul’s conversion, which would include Paul, were already saved in this respect.

The same thing, as it relates to eternal salvation, could be said about the two disciples on the road to Emmaus.  They had received the message proclaimed by the Messianic King;  Paul hadn’t.  But, as matters relate to eternal salvation, there was no difference.  Paul, prior to his conversion experience in Acts 9 was just as saved in an eternal respect as these two disciples were following their reception of the message proclaimed by the Messianic King.  Or, to state matters another way, Paul was no more saved in an eternal respect following events in Acts 9 as he was before these events.

There are two aspects to the salvation message seen in Luke 24:26.  There is an aspect having to do with Christ’s past sufferings and an aspect having to do with Christ’s coming glory.  This would be seen in Christendom today as the gospel of the grace of God [reflecting upon the first part of Luke 24:26] and the gospel of the glory of Christ [reflecting upon the latter part of this verse (cf. 2 Corinthians 4:3-4; Ephesians 2:8-9)].

Relative to Israel’s coming conversion [foreshadowed by both types], both types would have to cover the whole panorama of the matter, for Israel today, unlike Israel at the time of Christ’s first coming, is spiritually dead.

Israel, yet future, will first be made spiritually alive, saved, delivered, through that which is seen in the first part of Luke 24:26 [Christ’s past sufferings]; then they will be saved, delivered, in relation to that which is seen in the latter part of this same verse [Christ’s future glory].

For additional information pertaining to Israel’s spiritual condition at the time of Christ’s first coming, refer to the author’s book, From Acts to the Epistles BOOK, in this site.)

The Jewish people must see beyond the letter to the spirit.  They must see the One concerning whom Moses and the prophets wrote.  They must see their Messiah in their own Old Testament Scriptures, something that will occur when Christ returns and reveals Himself to them after this fashion — first as the Paschal Lamb, then as the Messianic King.

And so it is with New Testament history.  The New Testament has been structured after the same fashion as Old Testament history.  It was given through Jewish prophets by the same One who gave the Old Testament Scriptures through Jewish prophets; and it has an evident inherent typical nature, established by the same sovereign God who first structured the Old Testament after this fashion.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Word Document:  Types and Antitypes in Scripture by Arlen Chitwood.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

See Salvation by Faith or Works or Both in this site for additional commentary.

Also aside:  The following Word Document, which is SAFE to open and print, contains over 50 pages of types/antitypes:  Types and Antitypes as of March 20, 2021.docx

To website CONTENTS Page.

New Testament Content as a Whole

The central theme of the four Gospels (introduced in the Old Testament) has to do with the offer of the kingdom of the heavens to Israel, ending with Israel’s rejection of the King and the Kingdom, resulting in the King being crucified.

The central theme of the book of Acts (introduced in the Gospels) has to do with a re-offer of the kingdom of the heavens to Israel, ending with Israel’s continued rejection, resulting in the nation being set aside.

The central theme of the epistles (introduced in Acts) has to do with the offer of the kingdom of the heavens to Christians, resulting in ready acceptance at first, but later in an ever-increasing apostasy.

And the book of Revelation forms a climax to the entire matter, outlining events that will occur at the conclusion of this present dispensation.  The book closes with the return of Christ in all His glory, the overthrow of Gentile world power, the ushering in of the Messianic Kingdom (with both its heavenly and earthly spheres), and the beginning of the eternal ages that follow.

 ~Charles Strong

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 

Bible One - Arlen Chitwood’s Acts to the Epistles Front Cover

The following Word Document is SAFE to open and print:  New Testament Content as a Whole by Charles Strong.docx

To website CONTENTS Page.

The book of Acts details a re-offer of the kingdom of the heavens to Israel — beginning on the day of Pentecost (Acts 2:1ff) and terminating some thirty-two years later with Paul in Rome (Acts 28:28).  Israel though again refused, and during this period God began His work of calling out the one new man “in Christ” to one day occupy the heavenly positions in the kingdom that Israel had spurned.

Acts, Between the Gospels and the Epistles
By Arlen Chitwood of 
Lamp Broadcast

INTRODUCTION

The book of Acts forms the God-provided bridge between the gospels and the epistles, apart from which the epistles cannot be properly understood.  The gospels center on an offer of the kingdom of the heavens to Israel (rejected by Israel, followed by the nation’s crucifixion of her King); the book of Acts centers on a re-offer of the kingdom of the heavens to Israel (rejected once again, with the offer eventually being taken from Israel and the nation being set aside); and the epistles center on the offer of the kingdom of the heavens to an entirely new entity, the one new manin Christ,” called into existence to be the recipient of that which Israel rejected.

The expression, “the kingdom of the heavens” (literal rendering from the Greek text, found thirty-two times in the gospel of Matthew), is simply a reference to the rule of the heavens over the earth.  As in Daniel 4:26, “the heavens do rule” — beginning with God, the supreme Ruler over all, and progressing through an orderly structure of ruling angels (subordinate provincial rulers, with other angels possessing lesser positions of power and authority ruling under them), placed over provinces throughout the universe.

There are two spheres of rulership in God’s kingdom — heavenly and earthly.  And this pertains to both God’s universal kingdom as a whole and to the various provinces in His kingdom.

This is simply the way in which God established the whole of His government in the beginning.  He Himself rules from a place in the heavens over an ordered universe; and it is evident from the present form of the earth’s government (existing in the same form that it will take yet future) that a rule of this nature — a rule from the heavens over the governed realm — is the form that God, in the beginning, used when He established the government throughout the different provinces of His kingdom as well.

As this governmental rule pertains to the province upon which we live, Satan and his angels rule from a place in the heavens over the earth; and this rule is revealed to take the form of powers in the heavens ruling through powers on the earth (Daniel 10:13-21; Luke 4:6; Ephesians 2:2; 3:10; 6:12).

Again, “the heavens do rule.”  That’s the way matters in God’s ordered government throughout the universe that He created have always existed, continue to exist, and will always exist.

The Existing Kingdom
Past, Present, and Future

Satan, in his unfallen state, at a time in eternity past, was placed over the province upon which man presently resides — over the earth.  And a great host of ruling angels were placed in subordinate positions of power and authority with him.

The day came though when Satan became dissatisfied with his appointed position and rebelled against God’s supreme power and authority.  He sought to “exalt” his throne above all the other God-appointed provincial rulers (angels ruling over other provinces [worlds similar to the earth] elsewhere in the universe) and “be like the most High” (Isaiah 14:13-14).

Because of this act, rather than exalting his throne, Satan became disqualified to rule even the province over which he had been placed.  And this necessitated his subsequent removal, with another being appointed to take his place.

But God didn’t immediately act in this respect.  Rather, God allowed Satan to continue holding his position, for a time.

(A principle of biblical government necessitates that an incumbent ruler continue to hold his appointed position until his replacement is not only on the scene but ready to ascend the throne and hold the scepter [something seen in the account of Saul and David in the Books 1 and 2 Samuel].)

Saul and David / Satan and Christ Typology  in this site references the above principle.

Satan’s reign though, following his rebellion against God’s supreme power and authority was quite different than it had been before that time.  Two-thirds of the angels originally holding positions of power and authority over the earth with him refused to have a part in his actions.  Only one-third followed Satan (Revelation 12:4), and this left him with a disrupted power structure in the government of his kingdom, completely out of line with that which God had originally established.  And not only did a ruin of this nature exist in the governmental structure of his kingdom, but the physical state of his kingdom was reduced to a ruined condition as well (Genesis 1:2a).

But the day came when God restored the physical kingdom and created man to replace the incumbent ruler.  The physical creation was restored over a six-day period, and man was created on the sixth day to “have dominion” — the dominion that Satan and his angels possessed (Genesis 1:2-28 [2b]).

Satan, knowing why man had been created, immediately sought a way to bring about man’s disqualification.  And this is what he accomplished through man’s fall, an act that, for the time, prevented man from ascending the throne and which allowed Satan to continue holding the scepter.

Following man’s fall, Satan and his angels ruled over a restored province, though under a curse because of man’s sin (Genesis 3:17-18; cf. Romans 8:19-22).  But God, far from being finished with man at this point, had only begun to work out His plans and purposes as they pertained to man and one ruined province in His kingdom.

Redemption was to be provided in order that man, at a future point in time, could realize the purpose for his creation in the beginning.  Man, a creation quite different than angels, created in the image and likeness of God, was to be redeemed; and, as God originally intended, man was to one day hold the scepter in Satan’s stead (cf. Hebrews 2:5).

The Bible is a book of redemption, and this redemption encompasses far more than just man’s eternal salvation through faith in God’s provided Redeemer.  It encompasses bringing redeemed man back into the position for which he was created.  The purpose surrounding man’s redemption is the same as the purpose surrounding man’s creation in the beginning — “let them have dominion” (Genesis 1:26-28).

And from the point of the fall in Genesis 3 to the point of this dominion being realized by man in Revelation 20, all of God’s redemptive purposes in Scripture are seen to move toward this end.  They are all seen to move toward man one day possessing dominion over the earth, in the stead of Satan and his angels.

The “gifts and calling of God are without repentance [‘without a change of mind’]” (Romans 11:29).  God is not going to change His mind concerning the reason He called man into existence.  Man will, man must, one day hold the scepter, but in God’s time.

In the meantime, Satan and his angels continue to occupy the throne, continuing to rule from a place in the heavens over the earth.  But the day is coming when there will be “war in heaven.”  Michael and his angels will fight against Satan and his angels, and Satan and his angels will be “cast out,” anticipating Man — namely Christ and His co-heirs — taking the kingdom and occupying these positions, exercising power and authority over the earth (Revelation 12:4, 7-10; cf. Revelation 2:26-27; 11:15; 19:11-20:6).

The Proffered Kingdom
In the Gospels, Acts, and the Epistles

When John the Baptist, Jesus, and His disciples appeared to Israel with the message, “Repent:  for the kingdom of the heavens is at hand” (cf. Matthew 3:2; 4:17; 10:7), there could be no mistake concerning exactly what was meant.  There was no kingdom connected with the heavens and the earth outside of the one that God had established in the beginning, the one over which a disqualified provincial angel ruled.

The expression, “the kingdom of the heavens,” could only be a reference to the kingdom ruled by Satan and his angels from a heavenly sphere, a kingdom that one day would be ruled by Christ and His co-heirs from the same heavenly sphere.  And the various things about this kingdom are things that the Jewish people should have been fully aware of, for the structure of the kingdom as it exists throughout Man’s Day and will exist at a future time is a clearly revealed subject of Old Testament revelation.

This subject was introduced by Moses in Genesis.  Moses spoke of that day when the seed of Abraham would exercise power and authority over the earth from two spheres — heavenly and earthly (Genesis 22:17-18); and this power and authority, according to Moses, would be realized in that future day when God’s Son exercises the Melchizedek priesthood (Genesis 14:18-22; cf. Psalm 110:1-4; Hebrews 5-7).  And, as previously shown, the form in which this kingdom exists throughout Man’s Day (and will exist in that coming day when Christ and His co-heirs take the kingdom) is revealed in Daniel 10:13-21).

At Christ’s first coming through Himself, the ministry of John, and the twelve apostles, “the kingdom of the heavens” was proffered to Israel.  Through the ministry of Jesus, John, and the twelve, the nation of Israel was offered the scepter held by Satan and his angels.

Had Israel accepted the offer, Christ would have taken the kingdom; and Israel, with the nation’s Messiah, would have held the scepter.  But Israel refused the offer, and the nation climaxed this refusal by crucifying the central person making the offer — Messiah Himself.

Then, the book of Acts details a re-offer of the kingdom of the heavens to Israel — beginning on the day of Pentecost (Acts 2:1ff) and terminating some thirty-two years later with Paul in Rome (Acts 28:28).  Israel though again refused, and during this period God began His work of calling out the one new manin Christ” to one day occupy the heavenly positions in the kingdom that Israel had spurned.  And once Israel’s refusal in the re-offer of the kingdom reached a terminal point in God’s eyes, he set the nation aside and, with respect to the kingdom of the heavens, turned His attention toward the new entity, the new creationin Christ.”

This is how the gospels lead into Acts and how Acts leads into the epistles, with Acts forming a bridge between the gospels and the epistles.  As stated at the beginning, the gospels record the original offer of this kingdom to Israel, the book of Acts records the re-offer of this kingdom to Israel (as well as recording the bringing into existence of the Church), and the epistles record the subsequent (the present) offer being extended to Christians.

All these things are dealt with at length throughout the thirteen chapters of From Acts to the Epistles BOOK, in this site.

Importance of the Kingdom
Understanding the Gospels, Acts, and the Epistles

There can be no such thing as properly understanding the gospels, Acts, or the epistles apart from “the kingdom” being seen as central.  Christ’s death on Calvary, effecting man’s redemption, has to do with the kingdom.  Christ Himself, while enduring the sufferings surrounding Calvary, looked beyond these sufferings to the glory that lay out ahead (Hebrews 12:1-2; cf. Luke 24:26).  The coming kingdom, the Messianic Era, the time during which Christ and His co-heirs will exercise power and authority over the earth for 1,000 years, was that upon which Christ focused His attention while paying the price for man’s redemption.  And it is this same kingdom upon which He has instructed redeemed man — in the midst of trials, testing, and sufferings — to focus his attention as well (1 Peter 2:21; cf. Genesis 19:17).

Man’s redemption is inseparably connected with the coming kingdom of Christ.  And though man’s redemption is eternal in duration and connected with a continuing regality in the eternal ages beyond the Messianic era, this is not where Scripture places the emphasis.  The central focus in Scripture pertaining to man’s present redemption and future rule centers on the 1,000-year Messianic Era.

(Regality exercised by Man beyond the Messianic Era will extend out into the heavens beyond the new earth [Revelation 22:1-5].  This is a realm extending far beyond the present kingdom of the heavens ruled by Satan and his angels, out where Satan sought to extend his rule at a time in eternity past.

Scripture though centers on man, the present earth, and the present kingdom.  Scripture centers on man occupying the present kingdom of the heavens ruled by Satan and his angels, with Christ and His co-heirs taking 1,000 years to bring order out of disorder [1 Corinthians 15:22-28].

The eternal ages lying beyond are mentioned in Scripture only to an extent which will allow man to understand where God is going to carry matters once order has been restored in the government of one ruined province in His universe.)

Thus, the central purpose presented in Scripture surrounding man’s redemption is that man might ultimately occupy the position for which he was created — to rule and to reign over this earth.  This is something which cannot be overemphasized.  And to speak of man’s redemption apart from the purpose surrounding man’s creation, which resulted in his fall that necessitates his redemption, is to not see the complete biblical scope of redemption at all.

This is the perspective from which this book, From Acts to the Epistles BOOK, has been written.  The focus is kept exactly where it is presented throughout the whole of Scripture — out ahead on that coming Sabbath rest awaiting the people of God, the coming Messianic Era.  And viewing matters in Acts and on into the epistles from a Scriptural framework of this nature is the only possible way that they can be properly understood.

Interpretation must be both textual and contextual, “comparing spiritual things with spiritual.”  This is the only way that a person can go beyond “man’s wisdom,” see that “which the Holy Spirit teaches,” and, resultantly, come into an understanding of “the deep things of God” (1 Corinthians 2:9-13).

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

From Acts to the Epistles BOOK

Word Document:  Acts, Between the Gospels and the Epistles by Arlen Chitwood.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

Aside:  Why did God Create Man? in this site may be of interest.

To website CONTENTS Page.

The word mystery has to do with something revealed in the Old Testament, which is later more fully opened up and developed in the New Testament.

Mysteries in the New Testament
By Arlen Chitwood of Lamp Broadcast

Excerpts from The Revelation of Jesus Christ (1).

Numerous things in the New Testament are referred to through the use of the word “mystery.”

Examples:

The “mystery” of the kingdom [Mark 4:11;

"mysteries" in Matthew 13:11; Luke 8:10],

the “mystery” of Israel’s blindness [Romans 11:25],

the “mystery” of the rapture of the Church [1 Corinthians 15:51],

the “mystery” revealed to Paul [Ephesians 3:3],

the “mystery” of Christ [Ephesians 3:4],

the “mystery” of Christ and the Church [Ephesians 5:32],

the “mystery” of God [Colossians 2:2],

the “mystery” of iniquity [2 Thessalonians 2:7],

the “mystery” of the faith [1 Timothy 3:9],

the “mystery” of godliness [1 Timothy 3:16],

and the “mystery” of the woman and the beast [Revelation 17:7].

The “mystery of God” is brought to a completed state in the book of Revelation (Revelation 10:7).

The word “mystery” is a translation [more of an Anglicized form] of the Greek word musterion. The word, as it is used in Scripture, has to do with that which cannot be explained by man, requiring an opening up by divine means. The word has to do with something revealed in the Old Testament, which is later more fully opened up and developed in the New Testament. Apart from divine revelation in the Old Testament, man couldn’t know about the mystery in the first place; then, apart from divine revelation in the New Testament, the mystery would not be opened up and further revealed.

In the preceding respect, a mystery, contrary to common teaching and thought in certain circles, cannot be something completely new, separate from and unknown in the Old Testament. The fallacy behind that type of reasoning has previously been discussed in this chapter, The Revelation of Jesus Christ (1). There is nothing in the New that is not in the Old; else, as previously stated, the Word made flesh before the New was penned would have to be separated from the New — an impossibility.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Word Document:  Mysteries in the New Testament by Arlen Chitwood.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

The following in this site may be of interest: Mystery of The Woman BOOK

To website CONTENTS Page.

An understanding of the Word of the Kingdom will answer questions surrounding the Christian life unlike anything else in the Word of God.  This is the ONLY thing that will present the complete biblical picture in its correct fashion.  ONLY out of this teaching can all the issues surrounding the Christian life be properly addressed, and ONLY out of this teaching can one find the true motivation for Godly Christian living.
Mysteries of the Kingdom BOOK
By Arlen Chitwood of Lamp Broadcast
Charles Strong COMMENTARY

There are two places in the New Testament that set forth a history of Christendom relative to the proclamation of the Word of the Kingdom — the central message of the New Testament.

Both accounts were given by Christ, on different occasions.  He made the first known to His disciples during His earthly ministry; and this account was given in parabolic form and has been recorded in Matthew 13.  Then, He made the second known to John about sixty years later, following John being removed into His presence in the future Day of the Lord; and this account was given via seven short epistles to seven churches in Asia and has been recorded in Revelation 2; 3.

These two account parallel one another and present two different pictures of the same thing.  And they are each followed by parallel accounts of events that also present two different pictures of the same thing as well.

The first four parables in Matthew chapter thirteen and the seven epistles to the seven churches in Revelation chapters two and three present a history of the Church that extends throughout the dispensation, though from two different perspectives.  And this history, in each account, centers on the proclamation of the word of the Kingdom.

Then, the subsequent fifth and sixth parables in Matthew chapter thirteen and the subsequent fifth through nineteenth chapters in the book of Revelation record parallel events that deal with the same thing, presenting different facets of events that follow the present dispensation.  That which is depicted by these two parables in the gospel of Matthew and the events recorded in these chapters in the book of Revelation has to do with two things:  (1) Christ’s redemption of the forfeited inheritance, and (2) Christ’s bride becoming His wife.

Then, the seventh parable in Matthew chapter thirteen centers on a future judgment of Christians, with the Kingdom in view.  And this would find its parallel in a number of things in Revelation 1-4.

In the book of Matthew, this future judgment is seen following the revealed history of the Church; but in John’s account in the book of Revelation, this future judgment is seen within the revealed history of the Church.

Charles of Bible One

FOREWORD

In relation to the central message of the New Testament — the Word of the Kingdom — first century Christendom and twentieth century Christendom would have very little in common.  Things have changed in Christendom to that degree, and they have not changed for the better.  Rather, there has been a steady deterioration, and this deterioration has been going on for almost two millenniums.

The central message of the New Testament was universally understood and taught throughout the first century Church.  But this same message, except in isolated instances, is not understood or taught at all throughout the twentieth century Church.

The false message concerning the kingdom, introduced by Satan very early in the dispensation through false teachers (apostates) in the Church, produced a deterioration that has left Christendom in its present condition.  And it matters not whether one is viewing Christendom from the standpoint of those in fundamental circles or those in liberal circles.  In relation to a knowledge of and attitude toward the Word of the Kingdom, exactly the same thing can be seen among those in both groups.

Those in fundamental circles don't understand any more about the Word of the Kingdom than those in liberal circles do.  And anyone daring to proclaim this message today will be fought against by those in both groups — usually more so by the fundamentalists than by the liberals.  In relation to this message, both groups exist in an almost completely leavened state; and both are seen described in Revelation 3:17 as "wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked."

The seven parables in Matthew 13 have to do with Christendom in relation to the Word of the Kingdom, from the time of the Church's inception to the beginning of the Messianic Era.  The first four parables cover a history of Christendom extending throughout the dispensation; and the last three parables continue with events which will occur after the dispensation has run its course, events leading into the Messianic Era.

Never in the history of the Church has it been more important for Christians to understand that which is revealed in these parables than it is today, for never in the history of the Church has the Word of the Kingdom been more misunderstood and spoken against than it is today.

Christians are in a race — the race of "the faith" — with its corresponding spiritual warfare.  And the highest of all possible prizes is being held out for the victors — that of being accorded the privilege of ascending the throne with God's Son and ruling over the earth as co-heirs with Him for 1,000 years.  A Christian can overcome in the race, in the warfare, and occupy one of these positions with God's Son; or he can be overcome in the race, in the warfare, and fail to occupy one of these positions.  This is the message that Satan has fought so hard to destroy.

And, is it any wonder that Satan has expended so much time and effort to do away with this message?  Christ and His co-heirs are to take the kingdom and rule over the very domain that Satan and his angels rule over today.  Satan and his angels are to be put down, and Christ and His co-heirs are to ascend the throne in their stead.  And this is something that Satan, at all costs, has sought to avoid.

This is the realm where Satan centers his attack against Christians and against the Word of God.  This is the heart of all things surrounding the spiritual warfare.  Satan attacks Christians, seeking at all costs to bring about their defeat in the race of the faith, causing them to be disqualified for the prize set before them.  And he attacks the message that relates these things — the Word of the Kingdom — seeking at all costs to corrupt and destroy this message.

And how well Satan has succeeded can be seen on every hand today.  This message is all but absent in the churches throughout the land, and the vast majority of Christians throughout these same churches lack any real spiritual direction and purpose in their lives.  This is what the leaven that the woman placed in the three measures of meal in Matthew 13:33 has done during a period encompassing almost two millenniums.

This is the state in which Christendom finds itself near the end of the dispensation.  And this existing state of Christendom should surprise no one, for Scripture clearly reveals that this is the way the dispensation will end.
Chapter One
Israel’s Rejection

The same day went Jesus out of the house, and sat by the seaside.

And great multitudes were gathered together unto Him, so that He went into a ship, and sat; and the whole multitude stood on the shore.

And He spoke many things to them in parables… (Matthew 13:1-3a).

Matthew chapter thirteen records seven connected parables that Christ gave at a particular time during His earthly ministry, calling them, “mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens” (Matthew 13:11).  These parables comprise the first of the numerous mysteries seen in the New Testament and have to do with the same thing that any other mystery in the New Testament has to do with — an opening up and unveiling of that which has laid in the Old Testament from the beginning.

There is nothing in the New Testament that does not have its roots one or more places in the Old.  The mystery revealed to Paul (Ephesians 3:1ff), for example, not only had its basis in the Old Testament Scriptures but drew from Paul’s personal knowledge of these Scriptures (Acts 9:20-22) — moving beyond “the letter” to “the spirit” of the matter (2 Corinthians 3:6-18) — opening Scriptures that he already knew to his understanding.

And so it is with the mysteries of the kingdom in Matthew chapter thirteen.  These mysteries have their basis in the Old Testament Scriptures and draw from a presumed knowledge of these Scriptures by those to whom the mysteries are directed.

These are mysteries opened up and revealed by Christ through the use of parables, a form of teaching that He began to extensively use at this point in His ministry.  Christ had used parables sparingly prior to this time (e.g., Luke 5:36-39), but from this point forward, for a particularly revealed reason, parables began to occupy a major part of His ministry.

The English word “parable” is simply an Anglicized form of the Greek word parabole, a compound word that means “to cast alongside.”  A parable, by its own definition, is a truth placed alongside of something previously existing, which could only be a previously revealed truth.  And the additional truth would be given to help explain the previously revealed truth.

This is why these parables could be understood by the disciples but would be meaningless to numerous others in the nation (Matthew 13:10-17).  The matter hinged on whether or not the previously revealed truths had been received.

The disciples had received the previously revealed truths.  Therefore, they would understand the parables, for the parables dealt with that which they had previously received.

But those rejecting Christ and His message had not received the previously revealed truths.  Therefore, they would not be able to understand the parables, for the parables dealt with that which they had previously rejected.

Though these parables form truths placed alongside things revealed in the Old Testament, they, as well, form truths placed alongside things that had been revealed during Christ’s earthly ministry (things completely in accord with Old Testament Scripture).  And, in this respect, though they have their basis in the Old Testament Scriptures, they emanate out of things having previously been revealed during Christ’s earthly ministry, particularly things immediately preceding Christ’s departure from the house and His beginning to give these parables by the seaside.

Thus, Matthew chapter thirteen has to do with an opening up and unveiling of mysteries surrounding the kingdom of the heavens through the use of parables.  And the kingdom of the heavens in this chapter is a kingdom seen in exactly the same form in which it was previously seen in Matthew’s gospel.  This chapter continues, from previous Scripture, dealing with a literal, existing kingdom.

There is absolutely no difference in the way in which the kingdom of the heavens is seen at any point in Scripture throughout Man’s Day and the future Lord’s Day, throughout 7,000 years of time — past, present, and future.  The reference is to the heavenly realm of the kingdom associated with this earth.  The reference is to the rule of the heavens over the earth.

During past and present time, throughout Man’s Day, Satan and his angels (though disqualified) have ruled over the earth from this heavenly realm.  But in the future, during the coming Lord’s Day, angels will no longer rule from this realm.  Rather, Man — namely, Christ and His co-heirs — will take the scepter and will rule from this realm (Hebrews 2:5-10; 4:4-9; 5:6, 10; cf. Psalm 110:1-4).

And the message surrounding the kingdom of the heavens — whether to Israel (past) or to Christians (present) — has to do with Man moving into this heavenly realm, occupying this realm, and holding the scepter.  All seven parables in Matthew chapter thirteen have to do with this subject.  This is something clearly stated in these parables, and they must be so interpreted and understood.

(There is widespread erroneous thought in Christendom today that attempts to associate that which is stated in the seven parables in Matthew chapter thirteen with some type mystery form of the kingdom existing during the present dispensation.  However, such a form of the kingdom does not presently exist; nor has it ever existed; nor will it ever exist.

And along with this erroneous thought of an existing mystery form of the kingdom, a related error exists — that of seeing a presently existing form of the Son’s kingdom [somehow existing in the hearts of men] that will be brought into full reality at a future time.  This type understanding of the kingdom is little more than another way of dealing with a so-called present mystery form of the kingdom.

The Son — rather than presently ruling in the kingdom in view, in which Satan and his angels hold the scepter — is seated at the right hand of His Father, awaiting that day when His enemies will be made His footstool, when He will take the kingdom (Psalm 110:1).  Further, the Son is presently occupying the office of High Priest, not that of King.  He is presently ministering on behalf of Christians in the heavenly sanctuary, with a view to “bringing many sons unto glory” [Hebrews 2:5-10; 10:19-22].  His Kingship, the time when He and His co-heirs will ascend the throne together, lies in the future [Hebrews 1:9; 3:14; 4:4-9].

A misunderstanding of verses, such as Colossians 1:13, has led numerous Christians to erroneously view a present aspect to Christ’s future kingdom.  However, neither this verse nor any other verse teaches such a thing.  Colossians 1:13 deals with Christians being moved from one place to another with respect to two manifestations of the kingdom — present under Satan, and future under Christ.  Christians, according to this verse, have been delivered from the power of darkness [having to do with the kingdom under Satan] and have been translated [have been moved from one place to another, have been caused to change sides] with respect to the kingdom of Christ.

There can be no such thing as being translated into the kingdom of Christ during the present dispensation, for such a kingdom doesn’t presently exist.  But there is such a thing as being caused to change sides with respect to two forms of the same kingdom — both present and future.  This is what the epistles are about, and this is what is in view in Colossians 1:13.)

Attempts to understand the seven parables in Matthew chapter thirteen after any fashion that ignores the context and/or subject matter at hand will leave one hopelessly lost in a sea of misinterpretation.  These parables are quite simple to understand if one allows Scripture to be its own interpreter.  But, if this is not done, matters become difficult to hopeless when it comes to understanding that which the Lord revealed in these parables.

Events Leading into Matthew 13

John the Baptist appeared as the forerunner of the Messiah at His first coming, as Elijah will appear as the forerunner of the Messiah at His second coming.  A prophecy that had to do with Elijah was applied to John the Baptist (cf. Isaiah 40:3; Matthew 3:3); and John was said by Jesus to be Elijah, with a condition applied to the statement (Matthew 11:13-14).

The passage in Isaiah, applied to John the Baptist, is set in a context surrounding Messiah’s coming at a time when Israel repents and the nation is healed (Isaiah 40:1-5).  This, of course, didn’t occur during or following John’s appearance, though the prophecy was applied to John.  This will occur only following Elijah’s appearance as the forerunner of the Messiah (Malachi 4:1-6).

Christ’s statement concerning John being Elijah carried the condition, “if you will receive.”  That is to say, if the nation would have received the message, Elijah, rather than John, would have appeared at that time as the forerunner of the Messiah.  The latter was conditioned on the former.  God though, in His foreknowledge, knew what Israel would do and sent John the Baptist as the forerunner of Christ at His first coming instead of Elijah.

John the Baptist was the Elijah of his day, as Elijah will be the John the Baptist of his day.  And the two men are so closely associated with one another that the prophecy applying to Elijah at Christ’s second coming in Isaiah 40:3 could be applied to John at Christ’s first coming in Matthew 3:3.

1.  Ministry of John, Jesus, and the Twelve

John the Baptist appeared in the wilderness of Judea with a single, simple message:  “Repent: for the kingdom of the heavens is at hand” (Matthew 3:2).  This was a message directed to the nation of Israel, calling for national repentance, with a view to the Jewish people holding the scepter, with their Messiah, within the heavenly sphere of the kingdom.

The kingdom was “at hand [had ‘drawn near’]” because Messiah was present.  The King of the kingdom — the One destined to replace Satan as the ruler over this earth — was present; and the scepter could, at that time, have passed from the hands of Satan and his angels into the hands of Man, conditioned upon Israel’s repentance.

Israel was being offered regal positions with the nation’s Messiah, in a heavenly realm; but there was a condition.  The nation had to repent.  The nation had to change its mind.

This was the totality of the message proclaimed by John.  It was a call for the nation of Israel (the entire nation) to change its mind, with a view to the Jewish people occupying regal positions with the nation’s Messiah in the heavenly sphere of the kingdom.  Satan and his angels would be put down, and Christ and the repentant nation would move in and take the kingdom.

However, things didn’t go in this direction, and John eventually found himself in prison.  Then Jesus took up the same message, which, under His ministry, was accompanied by miraculous signs — signs having to do with the kingdom, which centered on physical healings.

Jesus went throughout all Galilee doing two things:  1) “preaching the gospel of the kingdom,” and 2) “healing all manner of sickness and all manner of disease among the people” (Matthew 4:12, 17-25).

The message concerned the proffered kingdom, and the healings were miraculous signs intimately and inseparably connected with the message being proclaimed.  Israel was sick, “from the sole of the foot even unto the head,” and healing for the nation was in the offing, conditioned upon the nation’s repentance.

All of this — Israel’s condition and that which could and would occur following Israel’s repentance — was set forth in detail numerous places in Old Testament prophecy.  But one section of the numerous prophecies will suffice to illustrate the point — a section of Isaiah’s prophecy.

Note how Isaiah opened his prophecy.  He began by describing Israel’s present condition:

“Ah sinful nation, a people laden with iniquity, a seed of evildoers, children that are corrupters:  they have forsaken the Lord, they have provoked the Holy One of Israel to anger, they have gone away backward.

Why should you be stricken any more?  You will revolt more and more:  the whole head is sick, and the whole heart is faint.

From the sole of the foot even unto the head there is no soundness in it;  but wounds, and bruises, and putrefying sores:  they have not been closed, neither bound up, neither mollified with ointment” (Isaiah 1:4-6).

Then Isaiah continued his prophecy by describing Israel’s healing.  He went on to describe what the nation could have, if

“Wash you, make you clean; put away the evil of your doings from before My eyes; cease to do evil;

Learn to do well; seek judgment, relieve the oppressed, judge the fatherless, plead for the widow.

Come now, and let us reason together, says the Lord:  though your sins be as scarlet, they shall be as white as snow; though they be red like crimson, they shall be as wool.

If you are willing and obedient, you shall eat the good of the land” (Isaiah 1:16-19).

And, beyond that, Isaiah concluded a section of his prophecy by describing conditions in Israel following the time of the nation’s repentance and healing:

“And I will turn My hand against you, and thoroughly purge away your dross, and take away all your tin [paralleling ‘dross,’ undoubtedly referring to metals in an impure sense].

And I will restore your judges as at the first, and your counselors as at the beginning:  afterward you shall be called, the city of righteousness, the faithful city…

And it shall come to pass in the last days, that the mountain of the Lord’s house shall be established in the top of the mountains, and shall be exalted above the hills; and all nations shall flow to it.

And many people shall go up and say, Come, let us go up to the mountain of the Lord, to the house of the God of Jacob;  and He will teach us of His ways, and we will walk in His paths:  for out of Zion shall go forth the law, and the Word of the Lord from Jerusalem.

And He shall judge among the nations…” (Isaiah 1:25-26; 2:2-4a).

Christ’s message to Israel, along with the message of the Twelve whom He later commissioned (Matthew 10:1-8) — in complete keeping with Isaiah’s prophecy (among numerous other Old Testament prophecies) — was simply a call for the nation to repent, with a view to healing and the nation being established in her God-ordained position in the kingdom (Exodus 19:5-6).  The healing of an individual constituted a sign for the Jewish people to visibly behold, showing them what could happen to the entire nation, if

“Repentance” on the part of Israel was the sole condition in the message proclaimed to the nation by John, Jesus, and the Twelve:  “Repent:  for the kingdom of the heavens is at hand.”  Then, following national repentance, healing would occur.

The Jewish people were to change their minds about their prior attitude towards God’s commandments (Isaiah 1:19; cf. Leviticus 26:3ff; Deuteronomy 28:1ff).  They had previously disobeyed that which God had commanded.  And because of this disobedience, Israel had not only failed to fully occupy her God-ordained position in the Old Testament theocracy but the day came when this theocracy ceased to exist; and, in connection with the end of the Old Testament theocracy, Israel found herself in captivity and scattered among the Gentile nations.

(The northern ten tribes were carried into captivity by the Assyrians about 722 B.C., and the southern two tribes were carried into captivity by the Babylonians about 605 B.C., beginning the times of the Gentiles.  And a few years later the Shekinah Glory departed from the holy of holies of the temple in Jerusalem, ascending to heaven from the Mount of Olives, marking the end of the Old Testament theocracy.)

And even during the time Christ was on earth, though a remnant was back in the land, the nation remained under Gentile dominion.  The times of the Gentiles, which began during the days of Nebuchadnezzar, continued then, as it still continues today.  John opened the message to Israel concerning the proffered kingdom, Christ continued this message following John being cast into prison, and the Twelve later also carried this same message to Israel.  And, though numerous Jewish people heeded the call and repented, the nation as a whole refused.  The nation as a whole refused to change its mind relative to disobedience, something which had marked the history of the nation throughout centuries of time.

2.  Israel’s Climactic Rejection

Events surrounding the offer of the kingdom of the heavens to Israel, beginning with John and continuing with Jesus and the Twelve, reached an apex in Matthew 12.  However, the apex reached was not one of acceptance on the part of the nation.  Rather, it was one of rejection.

In this chapter, Christ healed a man on the Sabbath (Matthew 12:9-13), pointing to Israel’s coming healing on the Sabbath (the seventh millennium, the coming Lord’s Day, following the six millenniums comprising Man’s Day [cf. Numbers 19:11-12; Hosea 5:15-6:2; Matthew 17:1-5]).  And, following this miraculous sign, “the Pharisees went out, and held a council against Him, how they might destroy Him” (Matthew 12:14).

The Pharisees (along with the Scribes) — fundamental, legalistic religious leaders — were, by far, the largest of the religious parties in Israel.  And, occupying this position, they sat “in Moses’ seat” (Matthew 23:2), controlling the religious life of the nation.

These controlling religious leaders were the ones who followed Christ about the country, seeking, at every turn, to counter both His message and the miraculous signs He was performing.  And, in this chapter they reached an apex in their rejection by not only rejecting the manifested sign of a man being healed on the Sabbath (pointing to Israel’s healing on the Sabbath) but by subsequently holding a council concerning how they might be able to do away with the One having performed this sign.

Then, later in the chapter, Christ healed a man possessed with a demon, who was both blind and dumb (Matthew 23:22); and the Pharisees, in their rejection of the manifested signs, reached a terminal point.  They attributed the power behind the manifestation of this miraculous sign to Satan (Matthew 23:24).  And doing this after they had rejected the sign pertaining to Israel being healed on the Sabbath, along with subsequently seeking to do away with Christ, was the final straw.

These signs were being performed through the power of the Spirit (in completely keeping with the way God performs His works [cf. Genesis 1:2b]); and the Pharisees, attributing Christ’s works to Satan, committed what was called by Christ, “the blasphemy against the Holy Spirit” (Matthew 23:31).

The Pharisees had previously done the same thing (Matthew 9:34), but here the setting is different.  Here it follows their rejecting the sign of the Sabbath and their attempting to do away with the One having performed this sign.  Israel’s religious leaders, at this point, had gone beyond what could be allowed.  And Christ stated, relative to that which they had done:

“Therefore I say to you, every sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men, but the blasphemy against the Spirit will not be forgiven men.

Anyone who speaks a word against the Son of Man, it will be forgiven him; but whoever speaks against the Holy Spirit, it will not be forgiven him, either in this age or in the age to come.” (Matthew 9:31-32).

For all practical purposes the kingdom of the heavens was taken from Israel at this point in Matthew’s gospel, though the announcement was not made until later (Matthew 21:43).  And it was at this point in Christ’s ministry that a major change occurred.

The Scribes and Pharisees, immediately after Christ told them that they had committed a sin having far-reaching consequences, had the effrontery to ask Christ for an additional sign (Matthew 9:38).  They had rejected all of His previous signs, even attributing the power behind the last one to Satan, and now they asked for something that they had previously rejected time after time.

This was little more than a personal affront, further seeking, by any means possible, to discredit the One performing these signs (as they had previously attempted to do).  But Jesus, knowing full-well their thoughts, responded with the only sign that would now be given to them — the sign of the prophet Jonah, pointing to His coming death, burial, and resurrection rather than to the kingdom (Matthew 12:39-40).

Then Christ described the condition in which the nation of Israel, because of the actions of their religious leaders, now found itself.

The men of Nineveh would rise up in judgment and condemn this generation, for they had repented at the preaching of Jonah.  And One greater than Jonah was standing in Israel’s midst, calling for the nation’s repentance, but to no avail (Matthew 12:41).

The queen of the south would, likewise, rise up in judgment and condemn this generation, for she had come from the uttermost parts of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon.  And One greater than Solomon was standing in Israel’s midst, One Whom the Jewish people wouldn’t hear (Matthew 12:42).

The nation was to be left in a desolate condition, wherein the Jewish people would walk through dry places, seeking rest, and find none.  And, should the people comprising this nation persist in their disobedience, particularly relative to any attempt to bring about a change in their state themselves, conditions would only become worse.  Their latter end would be “worse than the first” (Matthew 12:43-45; cf. Leviticus 26:18-31).

And this is the setting for Christ’s departure from the house, His going down by the seaside, and His beginning to speak in parables in Matthew chapter thirteen.

Christ’s Actions, Continued Rejection

The seven parables in Matthew chapter thirteen present a sharp change in God’s dealings with the nation of Israel.  Heretofore, events surrounding the proffered kingdom had been strictly Jewish in nature, but now something completely new and different in relation to this kingdom is introduced.  These parables have to do with the kingdom of the heavens as it pertains to individuals separate and distinct from the nation of Israel.

Before He began to speak in parables, Christ went “out of the house, and sat by the seaside” (Matthew 13:1).  The first four parables were spoken outside the house, down by the seaside (Matthew 13:3-9, 18-33).  Then Christ went back “into the house” (Matthew 13:36) and gave three more parables (Matthew 13:44-50).

The use of “house” and “seaside” is fraught with meaning.  “The house,” from which Christ departed, and later reentered, is a reference to the house of Israel (Matthew 10:6; 23:38); and “the seaside,” to which Christ went, is a reference to the Gentiles (Jonah 1:12; 2:10; Revelation 13:1).

Thus, within the symbolism of that which is stated, the Lord left Israel (departed the house), went to the Gentiles (sat by the seaside), and gave four parables.  Then the Lord returned to Israel (went back inside the house) and gave three additional parables.

The kingdom of the heavens — about to be taken from Israel at this point in Matthew’s gospel — would have been taken from Israel prior to the time of the occurrence of events revealed in the first four parables, spoken outside the house.  And the last three parables, though spoken back inside the house, could, not really pertain to Israel per se.  Because of the subject matter — the kingdom of the heavens, having previously been taken from Israel — these parables would have to still pertain to those outside the house, associated with the seaside (note that there is no mention of Christ leaving the seaside [leaving the Gentiles] when He reentered the house [returned to Israel]).

In this respect, the first four parables would concern the Lord’s dealings with a people other than Israel, associated with the Gentiles;  and these dealings would have to do with these people in a particular realm — in relation to the kingdom of the heavens.

Then, the last three parables, because of the continued subject matter (the kingdom of the heavens), would have to continue the continuity of thought from the first four.  And further, though spoken back inside the house, these parables really cannot be Jewish in nature (for, again, they deal with the kingdom of the heavens — a sphere of the kingdom in which Israel could no longer have a part).

All seven parables have to do with events during time that elapses following the Nobleman’s departure “into a far country to receive for himself a kingdom,” and with events during time that terminates with His “return” after receiving the kingdom (cf. Luke 19:12ff).  There is nothing in these parables that occurs before Christ’s departure from the Mount of Olives (Acts 1:9), events depicted in these parables occur almost entirely during the time of Christ’s absence (Psalm 110:1), and events in these parables will be concluded immediately following Christ’s return (Revelation 19:11ff).

These parables — centering around a message pertaining to the kingdom of the heavens — have to do with an offer of the kingdom to a people other than Israel, following the removal of the kingdom from Israel (cf. Matthew 21:33-43; 1 Peter 2:9-10).  These parables have to do with the message pertaining to the kingdom of the heavens during and following the present dispensation, and these parables conclude with events surrounding Christ’s return (after He, the Noblemen in Luke 19:12, has received the kingdom from the Father [cf. Daniel 7:13-14; Revelation 11:15; 19:11ff]).

The course of the dispensation is depicted in the first four parables, and the last three have to do with concluding events (directly related to that previously revealed in the first four) that will not only bring the age to a close but also usher in the next age, the Messianic Era.

Thus, the Lord reentering the house is not an act that places an emphasis on His dealing with Israel once again.  Rather, the emphasis remains where it is seen in the first four parables.  Nor is there any mention of Christ leaving the seaside when He goes back inside the house.  And the significance of this is seen in the fact that His prior dealings with the Gentiles (first four parables) would continue.

Israel is reintroduced because that dealt with in the final three parables cannot be accomplished apart from God dealing with the Jewish people once again.  But the emphasis in these three parables continues from the same place in which it was seen in the first four parables.

Briefly stated, all seven parables in Matthew chapter thirteen form a continuous discourse having to do with the kingdom of the heavens being offered to a group other than Israel.  The people of Israel had rejected the proffered kingdom, and the kingdom was about to be taken from Israel, with a view to a separate and distinct entity (the Church) being called into existence to be the recipient of that which Israel rejected (Matthew 21:33-43).

In the first four parables, Israel is not in view.  These parables have to do with God’s dealings with this new entity, separate from Israel, during a time in which Israel is set aside; but in the last three parables, Israel is brought back into view.  And God begins to deal with the nation once again, with a view to two things:  1) concluding His dealings with Israel (something not seen in these parables but seen numerous places in related Scripture), and 2) concluding His dealings with the new entity brought into existence to be the recipient of that which Israel rejected (the central issue seen in these parables).  Because of Israel’s connection with certain concluding events, Christ had to go back inside the house before delivering the last three parables.

The first four parables have to do with the course of Christendom during the present dispensation (the course of the period during which God is removing from the Gentilesa people for his name” [Acts 15:14]), with Israel set aside; and the last three parables have to do with events occurring after God resumes His national dealings with Israel, following the removal of the Church from the earth and God turning once again to Israel.  But the Church, though having been removed from the earth before events in these last three parables begin to occur, is still the central figure seen throughout these parables.

The setting for the last three parables is the coming Tribulation and events surrounding Christ’s subsequent return.  And, though the Church will not be on earth during the Tribulation, this period really has just as much to do with the Church as with Israel.

The Tribulation, along with being “the time of Jacob’s trouble” (Jeremiah 30:7), will be the time when redemption (future, not past) of the inheritance awaiting Christ and His co-heirs will occur.  And this future redemption, having to do with the inheritance, will also include the bride — already having been redeemed, past — who, through this future redemptive act, will become Christ’s wife.

This entire sequence of events, along with related events that usher in the Messianic Kingdom, is depicted in the last three parables.  And, in this respect, the last three parables simply form a chronological continuation and conclusion to the events depicted in the first four parables.
Chapter Two
I Will Return

When an unclean spirit goes out of a man, he goes through dry places, seeking rest, and finds none.

Then he says, “I will return to my house from which I came.” And when he comes, he finds it empty, swept, and put in order.

Then he goes and takes with him seven other spirits more wicked than himself, and they enter and dwell there; and the last state of that man is worse than the first. So shall it also be with this wicked generation. (Matthew 12:43-45)

These are Christ’s closing recorded words to religious leaders after they had committed the “blasphemy against the Holy Spirit” (Matthew 12:24-32), before He “went . . . out of the house,” “sat by the sea,” and began to speak “in parables” (Matthew 13:1-3).  The house of Israel, during time covered by events seen in these parables, was to be left “empty, swept, and put in order” (Matthew 12:44; cf. Matthew 23:38).  The house was to stand vacant (“empty”), and it was to be “swept” and “put in order” relative to its vacated state.  Nothing was to remain.

And, once the house of Israel found itself in this condition (which would include the people, the temple, the city of Jerusalem, and the land), the nation was left with only one recourse:  Repentance.  But, should repentance not be forthcoming — with the Jewish people persisting in their disobedience, ignoring the reason for their condition — matters would only become worse.

God had revealed through Moses at the beginning that Israel would not be allowed to continue indefinitely in disobedience.  The nation would ultimately be brought to the place of repentance.  And, to bring this to pass, if necessary, Israel’s punishment would be intensified seven times (Leviticus 26:18-31).  Israel, through this means, would be brought to a place where the nation would have no recourse other than to turn to the God of their fathers (cf. Exodus 2:23-25; 3:7ff; Jonah 2:2-10).

Then, fifteen hundred years later, Christ called attention to this same fundamental truth immediately before He left the house, went down by the sea, and began to speak in parables (Matthew 12:43-45; 13:1ff).

Matthew 12:43-45 reveals an “unclean spirit” dwelling in the house prior to the house being left “empty, swept, and put in order.”  Then, following this, because of Israel’s refusal to repent, “seven other spirits,” more wicked than the first, would take up residence in the house, with the latter state of the nation being far worse than the former state (Matthew 12:45).

The picture is that of Israel persisting in disobedience, with God intensifying, seven-fold, the trouble that Israel was already experiencing because of her disobedience.  Further, Israel is seen ignoring the reason for her divinely decreed condition and attempting to bring about a change herself — something that could only make matters worse.

(“Seven” is a complete number, showing the completeness of that which is in view.  “Seven times,” or “seven other spirits,” may refer to completeness rather than to a literal seven-fold intensity.

However, either way, matters would be quite similar.  With completeness in view, intensity would be involved; and this intensity could, at times, possibly be even greater than seven-fold.)

Israel was sick (resulting from sin, disobedience [Isaiah 1:4-6]); and “the house,” the house of Israel, was about to be left desolate.  And the nation’s condition would continue after this fashion until a certain decreed time.  This condition would continue until matters became so bad that Israel would be forced to cry out to the God of their Fathers for help (Exodus 2:23-25).

And, correspondingly, the nation would, in that day, through divine power, be brought into such dire straits that the Jewish people would willingly, gladly, and eagerly say, “Blessed is He that comes in the name of the Lord” (Matthew 23:37-39; cf. Isaiah 53:1ff).

Israel’s condition was/is of divine origin, and the nation’s cure must also be of divine origin.  A divine purpose lies behind the nation’s present divinely decreed condition — a purpose having to do with bringing a nation to the end of itself, leaving the nation with no place to turn but to the God of its Fathers.

(A similar divine work can be seen in Zechariah 1:14-15 KJV, where the Lord set about to chasten His son, Israel, because of disobedience; but, in this case, the Gentile nations stepped in and “helped forward the affliction.”  

That is, God, in His infinite wisdom, set about to chasten His son in order to bring about correction.  And the Gentiles, seeing Israel being chastened, stepped in and sought to intensify the nation‘s sufferings.

And God will not countenance such action.  God said that He was “a little displeased” with Israel, resulting in the chastening; but, when the Gentiles stepped in and “helped forward the affliction,” God said that He was “very sore displeased” with the Gentiles.

In this respect, the Gentile nations should take note of that which has been happening and continues to happen to Israel today.  It is, again, the same chastening hand of God, for the same purpose.  And God will no more countenance interference in His plans and purposes for Israel today than He would in Old Testament days.  

Should any Gentile nation attempt such [as some already have], God will, again, be “very sore displeased”; and the principle set forth in Genesis 12:3 will still apply:  “I will . . . curse him that curses you.”)

A Modern-Day Saturation

An interesting situation pertaining to God’s chastening His son, Israel, because of continued disobedience has developed during modern times.  And this is something that affects not only Israel but the surrounding Gentile nations as well.

Israel has sought to return to her land, while, at the same time, remaining in disobedience.  And, attempting to return after this fashion is not only attempting to return before the time but also attempting to reverse that which God has decreed concerning Israel’s sickness and desolation.  It is attempting, through humanistic means, to bring about a change in an “empty, swept, and put in order” house, the house of Israel.  And an attempt of this nature can only result in seven other spirits, more wicked than the first, entering into the house.

The principle has been established — given by God through Moses, and reiterated by Christ — and it cannot be broken.

With an existing Jewish nation in the Middle East, in the eyes of man, Israel has seemingly succeeded in that which the nation attempted (return to the land, and change that which God had previously decreed).  But, in the eyes of God, though an Israeli nation presently exists in the Middle East, matters are viewed from a quite different perspective.  According to Scripture, all of the efforts put forth by Israel — seeking to bring about a change in an “empty, swept, and put in order” house — can only have one end.  Conditions for the nation can only become worse.

One need only look at a decaying Middle East situation to see what is really happening.  Intensifying trouble exists throughout the Middle East.  The whole area is like a powder keg, with a lit fuse, waiting to explode.  And the nations (Israel and the Gentile nations, including the United States) are desperately, though vainly, seeking to defuse the situation.

But neither Israel nor the Gentile nations have any understanding at all of that which is happening.  They have no understanding of the nature of the problem, why it exists, or how to deal with it.  And, even if they did understand all the ramifications of the existing problem, they couldn’t even begin to deal with it. God alone is the only One who can possibly deal with it.  The whole of the existing problem is a matter between God and Israel, and the whole of the solution is also a matter between God and Israel.

But a solution will not be forthcoming until a full-end to the decreed “seven times” or “seven other spirits,” in relation to Israel’s chastisement, has come to pass.  And the nations, awaiting the full-end to a problem and situation that they can’t even begin to understand or with which to deal, don’t have a clue concerning which way to turn.

Various plans are being studied and considered, and concessions are being made that were unheard of only a short time back.  But all of man’s best efforts will fail.  This is simply something that man has no control over and cannot deal with.

And where is it all headed?  From a Scriptural standpoint, there is only one possible answer.  It is all headed toward a climactic, desolate end — an end seven times worse than it would have been had the Jewish people not persisted in their disobedience and sought, themselves, to bring about a change in a “empty, swept, and put in order” house.

(For additional information on the preceding, refer to the author’s book, The Time of the End BOOKAppendix 1 - The Intractable Middle East Problem and Appendix 2 - The Death of the High Priest in this site.)

A Man Seemingly Possessing the Answer

In the immediate future, a man is going to appear in the Middle East with the seeming solution to the insoluble problem.  And he will undoubtedly be received with open arms by the world at large, for he will appear to have the answer to the intractable problem.

But though his solution for Middle East peace will appear to work for awhile, the end result will be exactly as stated by Christ in Matthew 12:43-45.  Instead of one wicked spirit in the house, in the end, seven spirits more wicked than the first will be found therein.

Israel will seek to be cured of her sickness through an association with this man — the man of sin, the Antichrist.  But he will be unable to effect a cure.  The Lord wrought Israel’s sickness, and only the Lord can effect the nation’s cure (Hosea 5:13-14).

The matter of a Jewish nation, a remnant in the land today, is as Jonah out of the Lord’s will, on board the ship, out of the sea.  This remnant in the land today, out of the Lord’s will, is no longer scattered among the nations.  They are in their own land, seemingly completely removed from the sea.

(The “sea” is used in Scripture referring to the Gentile nations and to death.  And though the remnant in the land is no longer scattered among the nations, they are spiritually dead.  Though removed from the sea in one sense, they have not been removed from the sea in another.)

In Jonah’s case, the sea raged so long as this condition persisted — Jonah on board the ship, out of the sea.  But once Jonah was cast into the sea, the sea became calm (Jonah 1:3-15).  And Jonah had to remain in the sea, in the place of death (typifying, as well, being scattered among the nations), for two days, until the third day.  Only then could Jonah be removed from the sea and be placed back in the land (Jonah 1:17-2:10).

Israel’s place, out of the Lord’s will, can only be in exactly the same place that Jonah occupied out of the Lord’s will — in the sea, i.e., in the place of death and scattered among the Gentile nations.  This is the place where God dealt with Jonah in the type, and this is the place where God has decreed that He will deal with Israel in the antitype.

And Israel, as Jonah, has to remain in this place and condition (in the sea, in the place of death, scattered among the nations) until the third day.  Any attempt by either Israel or others to bring about a change in the nation’s condition and situation is not only doomed to failure but is also destined to make matters worse than they previously existed.

And this, in itself, will reveal the only possible future for the present existing nation of Israel in the Middle East.  An attempt has been made to remove Israel from the sea, through humanistic means, before the time.  An attempt has been made, through Zionistic endeavors, to reenter an “empty, swept, and put in order” house.

What is going to happen according to Jonah?  The sea is going to rage; the Gentile nations are going to be in turmoil.  And this scene from the book of Jonah will address the whole of what is happening in the world today in relation to Israel and the Gentile nations.

What is going to happen according to Matthew?  Exactly the same thing!  Conditions will only become worse for Israel; and the Gentile nations, inseparably connected to Israel’s destiny in this respect, will fare no better.

And that’s where the world presently finds itself.  Everything is unalterably tied to Israel and that which Scripture reveals about the nation’s destiny.  Israel finds herself in dire straits, the Gentile nations surrounding Israel are in turmoil, and an eluding Middle East peace is desperately being sought at practically any price.

Peace though will not be forthcoming, and conditions will only become worse as time goes on.  The man of sin, who will shortly appear and seemingly have the solution to the problem, will fail; and matters will become even worse.  In fact, the whole of man’s efforts will end with the darkest time in Jewish history, immediately before “the Son of Righteousness” arises “with healing in His wings” (Malachi 4:1-2).

The remnant presently in the land, comprising the present nation of Israel, is not only going to be uprooted and “led captive into all nations” (Luke 21:20-24), but at least twice as many Jews will be killed worldwide in less than half the time as were killed in Europe during World War II, from 1939 to1945 (Zechariah 13:8).  All of this is according to the clear revelation of Scripture; and, try as man might; he is completely powerless to change the course of that which has been set in motion.

Scripture clearly reveals Israel’s destiny, not only during her approaching darkest hour, but also during and following that time when the Jewish people cry out to the God of their fathers.  Until the latter occurs, there can be nothing but intensifying trouble; but following the occurrence of the latter, the whole of the matter will be reversed.  Then, and only then, will peace exist in the Middle East and the world at large.

And all of this foretold calamity is the setting for Christ’s departure from the house, His going down by the sea, and His beginning to speak in parables in Matthew chapter thirteen.  Israel’s climactic rejection (Matthew 12) and Christ’s subsequent action (Matthew 13) anticipate the removal of the kingdom from Israel (Matthew 21:33-43), Christ’s condemnation of the Scribes and Pharisees, and Christ’s announcement concerning the house being left desolate (Matthew 23:1-39).

And all of this anticipates the Church being called into existence (to be the recipient of that which Israel rejected), the entire present dispensation (in which the house lies desolate, while God calls out a bride for His Son), and the coming Tribulation (when Israel’s desolation will reach an apex, as the nation enters her darkest hour).

And, as well, all of this anticipates Israel ultimately returning to the One who has torn and smitten, the only One who can bind her wound.  It will be in that day alone that healing will occur, with Israel being raised up to live in God’s sight (Hosea 6:1-2; cf. Isaiah 1:4-2:5).

Similarities Seen in Jewish History

There are a number of parallels that can be seen through viewing Israel during both the days of Moses and the days when Christ was on earth the first time.  A theocracy was in the offing in both instances, a Magna Charta for the kingdom was seen in both instances, there was a climactic rejection in both instances, and the same consequences followed in both instances.

1.  Moses’ Day

During Moses’ day, the people were delivered from Egypt following the death of the firstborn, with a view to realizing the rights of the firstborn in an earthly land, separate from Egypt.  After their deliverance from Egypt, prior to entering the land, the Magna Charta for the theocracy — the constitution, the law, the rules and regulations governing the people — was given through Moses.  Then the march was to Kadesh-Barnea, where the people of Israel were to enter the land, conquer the inhabitants, and rule the nations within this theocracy.

At Kadesh-Barnea, prior to the nation entering the land, twelve men — leaders from each of the twelve tribes of Israel, one from each tribe — were chosen to enter the land first in order to derive information concerning the land and its inhabitants (Numbers 13:1ff).  These men traversed the land from one end to the other for forty days and nights, deriving this information; and they returned at the end of this time, not only with this information, but also with fruits from the land for the people to see (Numbers 13:21ff).

Then, after all twelve of the Jewish leaders had delivered their report “to Moses, and to Aaron, and to all the congregation of the children of Israel,” exhibiting the fruits of the land, they concluded with two diametrically opposed statements.  Two of the men concluded with a positive statement, but the remaining ten concluded with a negative statement.  Two of the men delivered a good report, but the remaining ten delivered an evil report (Numbers 13:26ff).

The two, Caleb and Joshua (with Caleb speaking for both), said, 

“Let us go up at once and take possession, for we are well able to overcome it” (Numbers 13:30; cf. Numbers 14:6).  

But the remaining ten said, 

“We are not able to go up against the people, for they are stronger than we” (Numbers 13:31).  

And the people listened to and gave heed to the ten with the evil report rather than the two with the good report.

Unbelief on the part of Israel in this respect was unbelief in God’s ability to see the matter through to its completion.  God had supernaturally delivered His people from Egypt and had supernaturally provided for them thus far (Exodus 14:13-31; 16:1ff; 17:1ff).  And now He was to allow them to possess the land through supernaturally delivering those inhabiting the land (a land previously covenanted to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob) into their hands (Deuteronomy 1:30; 4:38; 7:1-2, 16, 22-24; 28:7).  But the people, through their unbelief, stayed God’s hand.

And, because of this unbelief, Israel, at Kadesh-Barnea, fell away after such a fashion that a return to their former state was no longer possible.  They had crossed over the line; and because of this, the entire unbelieving generation, twenty years old and above, save Caleb and Joshua, was to be overthrown in the wilderness (Numbers 14:29-30).  They were to be overthrown on the right side of the blood (the death of the firstborn back in Egypt) but on the wrong side of the goal of their calling (entrance into the land to realize the rights of the firstborn).

After God had dealt with the ten leaders who delivered an evil report to the people (Numbers 14:37), the entire unbelieving generation was progressively overthrown during the next thirty-eight and one-half years.  Those comprising this generation were led away from the Promised Land, into the wilderness land of Esau and Lot, down by the sea; and this entire unbelieving generation died in this wilderness land (Deuteronomy 2:1-14).

And there was nothing any one of them could do about it.  They were completely, totally powerless to bring about a change.  They had fallen away at Kadesh-Barnea after a fashion that made a return to their former state impossible.

2.  Christ’s Day

During Christ’s day, exactly the same thing can be seen, though from a different perspective.  The death of the firstborn was past (the people of Israel were still sacrificing the paschal lamb year after year [though they were about to sacrifice the Paschal Lamb, presenting the beginning of a different series of events that would be culminated at the time of Christ’s return]).

But, rather than deliverance from one earthly land to another, as during Moses’ day, deliverance from the earth to a heavenly land was in view.  Then, with a view to the Jewish people entering this heavenly land, the Magna Charta for the theocracy (again, the constitution, the rules and regulations governing the people) was given through Christ.  This is what the message was about that Christ delivered on the Mount in Matthew 5; 6; 7.

And, though the message surrounding the kingdom had previously been proclaimed to Israel (Matthew 3; 4), only after the Magna Charta for the kingdom had been delivered (Matthew 5-7) could the full force of the offer come into view (Matthew 8ff).

But the religious leaders in Israel led an unbelieving generation to do exactly the same thing that the leadership in Israel had led the people to do during Moses’ day.  These religious leaders had no interest in entering the kingdom, and they did everything within their power to see that those comprising the remainder of the nation didn’t enter either (Matthew 23:13).

They had heard the report (from John, Jesus, and the Twelve), and they had seen the fruits of the land (the various signs being manifested, showing that which Israel could have if the nation would repent).  But they wanted nothing to do with the matter.  And Israel’s religious leaders, exactly as had been done during Moses’ day, presented an evil report, leading the nation into a rejection from which there could be no return.

Events of Numbers 13; 14 and Matthew 12 (ref. Chapter 1 of this book) parallel one another in this respect.  Both have to do with climactic points of rejection, with a theocracy in view; and both present the nation, because of its leadership, being brought to a point of no return.

After they had been brought to this place, only one thing lay in store for both generations:  an overthrow, on the right side of the blood, but on the wrong side of the goal of their calling.

A Similarity Seen in Christendom

In Christendom, things are little different concerning the message surrounding the coming kingdom of Christ.  Not only is the message being rejected, but Christians, as the Israelites during both Moses’ day and Christ’s day, can reach a terminal point in their rejection.  That’s what the third of the five major warnings in the book of Hebrews is about.

For it is impossible for those who were once enlightened, and have tasted the heavenly gift, and have become partakers of the Holy Spirit,

and have tasted the good word of God and the powers of the age to come,

if they fall away, to renew them again to repentance, since they crucify again for themselves the Son of God, and put Him to an open shame” (Hebrews 6:4-6).

This section in Hebrews warns against a falling away after such a fashion that, once the individual has fallen away, he will be unable to find a place of repentance.  And, contextually, the warning is drawn from the type seen in the previous warning — the Israelites under Moses (Hebrews 3; 4).

Under Moses, the Israelites fell away at Kadesh-Barnea after they had heard the report of the Twelve and had seen the fruits of the land.  Their falling away had to do with a rejection of that which lay before them; and once they had fallen away, no place of repentance could then be found.

“Repentance” simply means a change of mind.  And the thought has nothing to do with the Israelites changing their minds.  This is something that they did the very next day, but to no avail (Numbers 14:39-45).  They changed their minds and sought to go into the land set before them and conquer the inhabitants in accordance with God’s previous command.  But God, because of their previous unbelief upon hearing the report of the Twelve and seeing the fruits of the land, had already told them that they would not be allowed to do that which they were now attempting to do.  Instead, the entire unbelieving generation was destined to be overthrown in the wilderness.

The repentance in view in the type was on the part of God, not on the part of the Israelites.  God, because of that which had occurred, was not going to change His mind.  And there was nothing that the Israelites could do to alter the existing situation.

The matter would be similar to Esau’s forfeiture of his birthright and that which occurred following Isaac bestowing the blessing of the firstborn on Jacob.  Esau, realizing for the first time the value of the birthright and realizing the gravity of that which had occurred, sought to get his father, Isaac, to bless him as well.  But Isaac couldn’t now bless Esau after this manner.  He had already bestowed the blessing of the firstborn on Jacob, and the matter could not be reversed.

Esau’s forfeiture of his birthright constitutes the fifth and last of the five major warnings in Hebrews.  And this warning concludes by stating that Esau “found no place for repentance, though he sought it diligently with tears” (Hebrews 12:16-17).

Esau repented; he changed his mind.  But Esau couldn’t get his father to repent; he couldn’t get his father to change his mind.  Isaac couldn’t change his mind.  It was too late.  He had already bestowed the blessing of the firstborn on Jacob.  And, realizing not only the gravity of the situation but the finality of the matter, it is recorded that “Esau lifted up his voice and wept” (Genesis 27:34-38).

Though the forfeiture of one’s birthright would be in view in the third warning in Hebrews, as well as the fifth warning, the third warning is drawn from the experiences of the Israelites at Kadesh-Barnea under Moses.  And this is the point in Scripture where one must center his attention if he is to properly understand this warning.

A falling away in the antitype would require that an individual not only first hear the message but that he also have some understanding of the subject.  It would require Christians to be placed in exactly the same position as the Israelites under Moses, who both heard the report and saw the fruits of the land.

Note how Hebrews 6:4-5 is worded, keeping in mind that the matter has to do with “the powers of the age to come [the Messianic Era]” (Hebrews 6:5b):

The individuals in this passage had been “enlightened,” they had “tasted the heavenly gift,” they had been made “partakers [‘companions’] of the Holy Spirit [note that the primary function of the Holy Spirit’s ministry in the world today is the search for the bride (Genesis 24)],” and they had “tasted the good Word of God.

All of these things have to do with that which is in view in the type.  All of these things have to do with entrance into the land and realizing the rights of the firstborn therein.

And a person finding himself in this position, then falling away in the antitype of the Israelites falling away at Kadesh-Barnea (turning from, rejecting that which is set before him), will find himself in exactly the same position as the unbelieving generation under Moses found itself.  He will find himself in a position where it will be impossible to be renewed again to repentance.

God didn’t change His mind relative to an unbelieving generation during Moses’ day, He didn’t change His mind relative to an unbelieving generation when Christ was on earth the first time, and He is not going to change His mind relative to unbelieving Christians.  God’s people didn’t then, nor will they today or yet future, find a place of repentance.

But God Honors Faithfulness

During Moses’ day, Caleb and Joshua were set apart from the unbelieving generation.  They had believed the Lord, and God honored their belief.  They were subsequently allowed to enter the land, conquer the inhabitants, and realize the goal of their calling.

Caleb and Joshua form a type of faithful Christians (in the same fashion that the unbelieving generation of that day forms a type of unfaithful Christians).  And God will honor faithfulness among Christians today, exactly as He honored faithfulness during Moses’ day.  Faithful Christians will be dealt with in a parallel fashion to the way God dealt with Caleb and Joshua.

Following the crossing of Jordan, the conquest of Jericho, and numerous subsequent battles, Caleb realized his inheritance.  And upon realizing his inheritance, Caleb said:

I was forty years old when Moses the servant of the LORD sent me from Kadesh Barnea to spy out the land, and I brought back word to him as it was in my heart.

Nevertheless my brethren who went up with me made the heart of the people melt, but I wholly followed the LORD my God.

So Moses swore on that day, saying, “Surely the land where your foot has trodden shall be your inheritance and your children's forever, because you have wholly followed the LORD my God.”

And now, behold, the LORD has kept me alive, as He said . . .

Now therefore, give me this mountain of which the LORD spoke in that day . . . . (Joshua 14:7-10, 12a [10a]).

Joshua then blessed Caleb and gave him “Hebron . . . as an inheritance” (Joshua 14:13-14).

Then Joshua’s inheritance in the land is spoken of at a later time, after the land had been divided and things had been put in order:

When they had made an end of dividing the land as an inheritance according to their borders, the children of Israel gave an inheritance among them to Joshua the son of Nun.

According to the word of the LORD they gave him the city which he asked for, Timnath Serah in the mountains of Ephraim; and he built the city and dwelt in it. (Joshua 19:49-50; cf. Luke 19:15-18).

And therein lies the difference between faithfulness and unfaithfulness to that which God had commanded during Moses’ day, which would be exactly the same for Christians in the antitype.

It was/is being allowed to realize an inheritance in a land flowing with milk and honey on the one hand, or it was/is being overthrown in the land of Esau and Lot on the other.

One thing alone is seen as the deciding factor.

This one thing was stated by Caleb before he realized his inheritance, something upon which he based the whole of his claim to the inheritance:

I wholly followed the LORD my God (Joshua 14:8b; cf. Joshua 14:9).

And this one thing was stated again following Caleb realizing his inheritance, showing the whole of that upon which the reward of the inheritance was based:

Hebron therefore became the inheritance of Caleb . . . because he wholly followed the LORD God of Israel (Joshua 14:14).
Chapter Three
Parable of the Sower

Then He spoke many things to them in parables, saying: “Behold, a sower went out to sow.

And as he sowed, some seed fell by the wayside; and the birds came and devoured them.

Some fell on stony places, where they did not have much earth; and they immediately sprang up because they had no depth of earth.

But when the sun was up they were scorched, and because they had no root they withered away.

And some fell among thorns, and the thorns sprang up and choked them.

But others fell on good ground and yielded a crop: some a hundredfold, some sixty, some thirty.

He who has ears to hear, let him hear!”(Matthew 13:3-9)

The parable of the Sower, the first of four parables that Christ gave outside the house, by the sea, is comprised of four parts.  Each part has to do with exactly the same thing:  fruit-bearing, with the kingdom of the heavens in view — a kingdom about to be offered (during the future time covered by this parable) to a people other than Israel (to the new creation “in Christ,” about to be brought into existence).

Israel — the nation to whom the kingdom of the heavens was being offered at the time Christ gave the parable of the Sower, outside the house, by the sea — is represented in Matthew’s gospel by a barren fig tree (Matthew 21:18-19; cf. Joel 1:7).  The tree had leaves, but no fruit.  And, because of the fruitless condition of the tree (representing the fruitless condition of Israel), Christ pronounced a curse on the tree.  He said, “Let no fruit grow on you ever again [lit. ‘for an age’].”  And the fig tree, by the next day, had “withered away,” showing that which was about to happen to the nation of Israel (Matthew 21:19-20; cf. Mark 11:13-14, 20-21)).

The parable of the Sower looks out ahead to God’s activity during an entirely separate dispensation, following the removal of the kingdom from Israel and a new nation being brought forth to bear fruit (Matthew 21:33-43).  Israel, because of the nation’s barren condition, was to be set aside for a dispensation; and, throughout the dispensation, God would deal with a different nation with respect to fruit-bearing and the kingdom of the heavens.

This is that “holy nation,” a “peculiar people” to which Peter referred, who “once were not a people but are now the people of God, who had not obtained mercy but now have obtained mercy” (1 Peter 2:9-10).  This is the new creation “in Christ,” taken from both of the former two creations (both Jew and Gentile), though neither of the former two creations (neither Jew nor Gentile) exists within this new creation (Ephesians 2:12-15).

In Christ,” all distinctions of the human race seen in both of the former two creations (in both Jew and Gentile) simply do not exist (Galatians 3:26-29).  The new creation “in Christ” is exactly what the name implies — an entirely new creation in the human race (2 Corinthians 5:17).  This is why Scripture, following this time, divides the human race into three separate and distinct segments:

Give no offense, either to the Jews or to the Greeks [lit. Gentiles] or to the Church of God. (1 Corinthians 10:32)

The parable of the Sower was given with a view to this new creation not only being brought into existence but also being extended the opportunity to bring forth fruit for the kingdom.  The parable of the Sower looks out ahead to that time when the kingdom would be taken from Israel (because of the nation’s failure to produce fruit) and given to a nation that would produce “the fruits of it” (Matthew 21:43).

In the first three parts of the parable though, individuals comprising the one new man fail to bring forth fruit, as those in Israel had done relative to the proffered kingdom.  Rather than overcoming and bearing fruit, they are instead overcome (through various means) and bear no fruit.

But in the last part of the parable, that which is expected of the one new man during the present dispensation is shown.  Unlike barren Israel, overcoming and fruit-bearing are seen.

Thus, it is revealed at the beginning, before God even brought this new creation into existence, that not all those comprising the one new man — not all Christians — would bring forth fruit.  Fruit-bearing is seen in only one part of the parable, in the last part.  In the first three parts, individuals are shown to have been overcome through various means, resulting in barrenness.

All of these things are set forth in the parable itself.  But, after responding to the disciples’ question concerning why He was speaking to the multitudes in parables (Matthew 13:10-17; ref. chapter 1 in this book), Christ provided them with interpretative help to further explain the parable of the Sower (Matthew 13:18-23).  Christ went back over the four parts, briefly explaining each part.

(The reason Christ provided additional interpretative help for the parable of the Sower is obvious.  This parable is foundational to the other six that Christ then gave.  Correctly understanding the six parables that followed would be contingent on correctly understanding the introductory parable.

A properly laid foundation will allow one to properly build on the foundation.  But, lay the foundation improperly, and the inverse of that will be equally true.)

Then, after giving both the parable of the Sower and interpretative help, Christ gave the second, third, and fourth parables, apart from any explanation (Matthew 13:24-33).  But, after going back inside the house, Christ, responding to another question asked by the disciples, concerning the second parable, provided additional interpretative help for this parable as well (Matthew 13:36-43).  And, once back inside the house, Christ then gave the fifth, sixth, and seventh parables (Matthew 13:44-48), providing a very brief explanation concerning several things in the seventh and closing parable (Matthew 13:49-50).

All seven parables have to do with a people other than Israel (Matthew 13:1; ref. chapter 1 in this book), with the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens (Matthew 13:11), with the Word of the Kingdom (Matthew 13:19-23), and with fruit-bearing (Matthew 13:8, 23).  All seven parables, accordingly, have to do with the gospel of the glory of Christ, not the gospel of the grace of God.  And they have to do with those to whom the kingdom is being offered during the present dispensation, following Israel’s rejection of the kingdom and the kingdom being taken from the nation.

Thus, all seven parables have to do with a time following the rejection of the kingdom by Israel and the removal of the kingdom from Israel.  And they have to do with the new entity, the new creation, called into existence to be the recipient of that which Israel rejected.

And further, though Christ reentered the house prior to giving the last three parables, there is no change in the identity of those in view, those being dealt with.  The Church continues center-stage.

The last three parables depict God’s summary dealings with respect to two things:  (1) His previous dealings with Christians (throughout the dispensation, with fruit-bearing in view), and (2) His future redemptive action and separation of Christians (immediately preceding and leading into the Messianic Era, based on fruit-bearing during the dispensation preceding the Messianic Era).

Whether dealing with the parable of the Sower, the parable of the wheat and tares, or any of the other parables, the message of salvation by grace through faith is simply not in view.  Rather, fruit-bearing, with respect to the kingdom, is in view.  These parables have to do with God’s complete dealings with an entirely new creation, about to be called into existence to bear fruit where Israel had failed.

Since this is the case, there is really nothing in the parables that has to do with the unsaved, their eternal destiny, etc.  Everything has to do solely with the saved and the Messianic Era out ahead, when Christ will sit on His throne in the heavenly Jerusalem and co-heirs will exercise power with Him.  Everything — the four divisions in the first parable, the two divisions in the second parable, an unnatural growth in the third parable, the whole becoming leavened in the fourth parable, redemption in the fifth and sixth parables, or the separation of the good and bad in the seventh parable — has to do with the saved alone.

Manner of Sowing

The designation “the Sower” in the parable (the Greek text has a definite article before “Sower” — a particular Sower) is identified in the explanation to the second parable as the Son of Man, a Messianic title (Matthew 13:37; cf. Psalm 8:4-6; Daniel 7:13-14; Matthew 16:13-16).  And also, in this explanation, the place where the sowing occurs is revealed to be in the field, in the world (Matthew 13:38).  In the parable itself, this sowing occurs in different places in the field, in different places in the world.

And that which the Sower — the Son of Man, Christ — sows out in the world is revealed to be individuals, not “seeds” per se (note that the word “seed” in the text is in italics [Matthew 13:4], indicating that it is not in the Greek text, but supplied by the translators).

In the second parable though, there is a sowing of “seed.”  The “good seed” (Matthew 13:24, 27) is sown by Christ in the field (which is really the same sowing seen in the first parable), but this “good seed” represent individuals.  It is identified as “the children [‘sons’] of the kingdom” in the explanation (Matthew 13:38).

Thus, there is no problem retaining the word “seed” in the English text of the parable of the Sower as long as it is understood that “seed” represents individuals.  This is not only in line with the second parable but also in line with the correct rendering of four different verses in the explanation to the four parts of the first parable as well.

The latter part of Matthew 13:19, explaining the sowing in the first of the four parts of the parable (Matthew 13:4), should read, “This is he which was sown by the wayside.”  The beginning of Matthew 13:20, explaining the sowing in the second of the four parts of the parable (Matthew 13:5-6), should read, “But he that was sown into stony places . .”  The beginning of Matthew 13:22, explaining the sowing in the third of the four parts of the parable (Matthew 13:7), should read, “He also that was sown among the thorns . . . .”  And the beginning of Matthew 13:23, explaining the last of the four parts of the parable (Matthew 13:8), should read, “But he that was sown into the good ground . . . .”

The Sower (the Lord Jesus Christ) has sown individuals (Christians) in different places in the world, with a view to one thing — fruit-bearing.  And this fruit-bearing has to do with one thing as well — the kingdom of the heavens.

(In Mark’s and Luke’s accounts of the parable of the Sower [Mark 4:13-20; Luke 8:4-15], both the Word [the Word of the Kingdom, as seen in Matthew’s account] and individuals [as also seen in Matthew’s account] are sown in different places out in the world, with a view to fruit-bearing [as seen in Matthew’s account as well].  There is, of course, no conflict in the Word being sown along with individuals, for the Word cannot be sown apart from a saved individual [in Luke’s account, “seed” is sown [Luke 8:5], but this “seed” is identified as the Word [Luke 8:11].  The Word is actually sown within the individual who has been sown.  He hears, receives the Word  [Matthew 13:19-23; Mark 4:14-20; Luke 8:11-15].

The whole of the matter is described in different ways in the three different accounts, presenting one complete, composite picture of that occurring within Christendom during the present dispensation.)

Understanding this is foundational if one would properly understand that which should be the central focus of all activity in the lives of Christians in the world today.  And, understanding this is foundational as well if one would properly understand that which is the central focus of all activity surrounding the ministry of the Holy Spirit in the world today — the search for the bride (Genesis 24; cf. Genesis 23; 24; 25).  Activity in the lives of Christians and activity in the ministry of the Spirit go hand-in-hand in this respect.  They, of necessity, must.

The gospel of the grace of God though, as it has to do with both those sown in the field and the present work of the Spirit, is another matter entirely.  An individual must pass “from death to life” before he can be extended the opportunity, find himself in a position, to bring forth fruit for the kingdom.  He must become a child of the Owner before he can possess any association with the inheritance awaiting Christ and His co-heirs (John 5:24; Romans 8:17; Ephesians 2:1-5).

Thus, unsaved man must first hear the gospel of the grace of God (from those sown in the field).  And the work of the Spirit must, correspondingly, begin at this point (as seen in the foundational pattern in Genesis 1:2-5 [2b]).  Unsaved man must pass “from death to life” before he can be dealt with relative to the inheritance out ahead.

And the Spirit of God is in the world today, first of all, to do a work in unsaved man in this respect.  He is present in the world to breath life into the one who is without life, effecting spiritual life in that individual (cf. Genesis 2:7; Ezekiel 37:1-10; John 5:24; Ephesians 2:1, 5, 8).

Only then can the Spirit deal with man in relation to that which is seen in the parable of the Sower, or any of the other six parables in this chapter.  And only then can the Spirit, as well, bring to completion the central purpose for His presence in the world today — to search for, find, and remove the bride for God’s Son (Genesis 24:33, 36, 58-67).

Places Where Sown

The explanation to the parable of the Sower begins with the statement, “When anyone hears the word of the kingdom . . . .” (Matthew 13:19a).  Then, in each of the four parts to the explanation, the expression is shortened to simply, “the word” — referring to the previously mentioned Word, “the word of the kingdom” (Matthew 13:20-23).

This is a reference to a message surrounding the same kingdom that was being offered to Israel (Matthew 3-12).  And the reference is set within a context having to do with a message surrounding this kingdom being offered to a people other than Israel.  It is simply called “the word of the kingdom” in the explanation to the parable of the Sower, for it would be completely obvious from both the text and context exactly what message was being referenced.

The message in view is exactly what the text states, and it could hardly be stated any plainer.  The message has to do with the kingdom, not with salvation by grace through faith.  And the response of different individuals throughout the parable has to do with the kingdom as well, not with eternal verities seen in the gospel of the grace of God. 

Everything in the parable of the Sower revolves around two things:

1)  The Word of the kingdom.

2)  Fruit-bearing, or barrenness, on the part of those hearing this message.

To read salvation by grace through faith into this passage, as so many individuals do, both corrupts and destroys.  It corrupts one facet of the good news, the gospel of the grace of God, by bringing things over into this gospel that do not belong there; and it destroys the other facet of the good news, the gospel of the glory of Christ, by removing things having to do with this gospel through misapplying them elsewhere.

1)  Ones Sown by the Wayside

Comparing the parable and the explanation (Matthew 13:4, 19), the ones sown by the wayside represent individuals (Christians) who hear the Word of the Kingdom but fail to understand the message.  And their failure to understand the message allows the “birds,” representing “the wicked one [Satan],” to simply come along and do away with the message, thus devouring the person (cf. Matthew 13:4, 19; 1 Peter 5:6-9).

Those sown by the wayside, having this type of experience in relation to the Word of the Kingdom, would probably represent the majority of Christians hearing this message today.  Though they have a capacity to understand the message (they possess spiritual life), they show little to no interest, allowing Satan to perform his destroying and devouring work.

In Israel, when Christ was on earth the first time, the religious leaders had misled the people (Matthew 12:9-32; 15:1ff; 16:1ff; 23:13, 15).  And, as a result, the prophecy of Isaiah was fulfilled in the actions of the Israelites of that day:

For the hearts of this people have grown dull. Their ears are hard of hearing, And their eyes they have closed . . . (Matthew 13:15a; cf. Isaiah 6:9-10)

The Jewish people were not only in possession of the written Word of God but were also capable of spiritual perception.  They were perfectly capable of understanding this Word.  But the religious leaders in Israel (centrally, fundamental religious leaders — the Pharisees) had misled the people.  Resultantly, when the Jewish people heard the message, their reaction was no different than the reaction of those described in the first part of the parable of the Sower.

Thus, the whole of the matter, seen almost two millennia ago in Israel, is exactly the same as that which can be seen in Christendom today.  The religious leaders misled the people then, and the religious leaders are misleading the people today.  And this is something that can be seen mainly in so-called fundamental circles (the liberals are so far removed from reality insofar as sound biblical doctrine is concerned that they seldom even fit into the matter).

The final state of Christendom during the dispensation — seen in both the chronology of the first four parables in Matthew 13 and the seven churches in Revelation 2; 3 — is complete corruption and rejection in relation to the Word of the Kingdom.  That is, insofar as this message is concerned (the message seen throughout the parable of the Sower), the whole of Christendom (fundamental and liberal segments alike) will be as the church in Laodicea at the end of the dispensation, completely leavened (cf. Matthew 13:33; Revelation 3:14-20).

Those in the Laodicean church, as those in Israel at Christ’s first coming, are seen in possession of the Word of God and capable of spiritual perception.  But those in this church are also seen in exactly the same condition as those in Israel, described in Isaiah’s prophecy:

Because you say, “I am rich, have become wealthy, and have need of nothing”--and do not know that you are wretched, miserable, poor, blind, and naked. (Revelation 3:17)

Israel, in the nation’s blinded condition, didn’t heed the message; and the Church in its blinded condition is not going to heed the message either.  But a number of individuals in Israel did heed the message, and their eyes were opened (cf. Matthew 13:15-16 [15b]; Luke 24:16, 31).  And a number of individuals in Christendom too have heeded and continue to heed the message, and their eyes too have been/are being opened (cf. 2 Corinthians 3:14-18; Revelation 3:18).

2)  Ones Sown into Stony Places

Comparing the parable and the explanation (Matthew 13:5-6, 20-21), the ones sown in stony places represent individuals who hear the Word, understand the Word, and receive it joyfully.  These are individuals who get excited about that which they have heard and learned.  There is new-found joy and excitement in their lives, because of “the word of the kingdom” (Matthew 13:20).

But, before they can become sufficiently grounded in this Word (they have no “depth of earth,” they have no “root”), “tribulation or persecution” takes its toll.  They endure “for awhile”; but, in the symbolism of the parable, when “the sun [‘tribulation or persecution’]” begins to beat down in all its strength, because of their lack of root (maturity in the faith), they wither away (Matthew 13:5-6, 21).

In the text, “tribulation or persecution” occurs “because of the word,” because of individuals hearing and receiving the Word of the Kingdom.  There is no message in existence which Satan will marshal his forces against as he will against the message surrounding the coming kingdom of Christ.

This message has to do, centrally, with a change in the government of the earth.  Satan and his angels presently rule over the earth, within the existing kingdom of the heavens; but a new order of Rulers is about to be brought forth — Christ and His co-heirs.  Satan and his angels are to be put down, with Christ and His co-heirs then taking the kingdom.

The Word of the Kingdom is a message that has this end in view.  It is a message having to do with Christ ruling the earth in that coming day, ruling in the stead of Satan; and it is a message having to do with Christians occupying positions as co-heirs with Christ in that day, ruling in the stead of angels presently ruling with Satan.

And this is something that Satan will do all within his power to prevent.  Thus, one could only expect a message dealing centrally with this subject to come under attack as no other message, which is exactly the way Scripture presents the matter.

In Ephesians 3:1-11 this message is seen as something presently being made known “by [lit., ‘through’] the Church” to “the principalities and powers in heavenly places [Satan and his angels]” (Ephesians 3:10).  The message being made known has to do with the fact that Satan and his angels are about to be replaced, and it has to do with individuals presently responding in a positive manner to the invitation (being extended by the Holy Spirit in the world) to have a part with Christ, in His administration, in that coming day (cf. Genesis 24:36, 58).

And in Ephesians 6:10ff a spiritual warfare is seen raging because of that which is presently being made known through the Church to Satan and his angels.  Satan will, first of all, do everything within his power to prevent Christians from hearing this message; and, should Christians hear this message, he will then do everything within his power to do away with, destroy this message, devouring Christians.

At this point, Satan brings about “tribulation or persecution” in the life of the one hearing and understanding the message.  And note again the wording of the text.  Tribulation or persecution arises in the life of such an individual “because of the word,” because of the Word of the Kingdom.  He has heard and joyfully received this Word.

And this tribulation or persecution invariably comes from other Christians.  Unsaved man out in the world can have nothing to do with all of this.  He is “dead in trespasses and sins,” completely incapable of operating in the spiritual realm.  And not only does this tribulation or persecution come from other Christians, but many times it comes more specifically from those in positions of leadership, exactly as in Israel when this offer was open to the nation almost two millennia ago (e.g., John 9:22).

The person, through this tribulation or persecution, “stumbles [Greek: skandalizo, ‘is scandalized’]” (Ephesians 6:21).  That which he has heard, understood, and accepted is associated with error, cultism, etc.  And, because of his lack of maturity in the faith, he is overcome.  He simply gives up; he quits; he falls away.  And Satan wins the victory in his life.

3)  Ones Sown Among Thorns

Comparing the parable and the explanation (Matthew 13:7, 22), the ones sown among thorns represent individuals who hear the Word, but, because of worldly involvement, they bear no fruit.  They “go forth” (Luke 8:14), apparently enduring for awhile, but are then overcome by the enemy.

That which is used to bring about their fall is revealed to be “the cares of this world [‘age’], and the deceitfulness of riches.”  Then Luke, in his account of this parable, adds a third — the “pleasures of this life” (Luke 8:14).

These individuals — whether through immaturity, neglect, letting their guard down, or any number of other things (we’re simply not told) — allow various things within the present world system, under Satan, to bring about their fall (cf. 1 John 2:15-17).  Satan uses these things against them in the spiritual warfare.

They fail to heed the Lord’s admonition and warning concerning where Christians are to fix their attention and keep it fixed.  Christians, in the race of the faith, are to look “to Jesus [lit., ‘from, to Jesus’]” (Hebrews 12:1-2).  They are to look “from” the things of this present world system “to” Jesus.  They are not to look back; they are not to look around; but they are to keep their eyes fixed straight out ahead, on Christ, on the Author and Finisher of their faith.

And Christians are not only to fix their attention on Jesus, but also on exactly the same thing Christ fixed His attention as He endured the sufferings and shame surrounding Calvary.  Christ fixed His attention on “the joy that was set before Him” as He “endured the cross, despising the shame [considering the sufferings and shame of little consequence compared to His coming glory and exaltation]” (Hebrews 12:2; cf. Matthew 25:21, 23; 1 Peter 2:21).

Christians are to “escape to the mountain [“the mountain,” signifying the kingdom],” apart from looking back, apart from remaining in the plain (“the plain,” signifying the present world system).  And if they don’t, they will be consumed along with the things in the plain (Genesis 19:17; cf. Genesis 19:26; Luke 9:62; 17:32-33).

Christians are to fix their attention on the King and His Kingdom — not looking back, not looking around — considering present sufferings (tribulation or persecution), or the things of this world (care of this age, riches, pleasures of life), of little consequence compared to the proffered glory and exaltation lying ahead.  And if they don’t, Satan will use one or all of these things in his unceasing efforts to bring about their fall.

4)  Ones Sown into Good Ground

The fourth part of the parable presents matters after an entirely different fashion.  Those sown “in good ground” (Matthew 13:8, 23) represent individuals who hear the Word (first part of the parable); they understand the Word and refuse to allow “tribulation or persecution” to deter them as they progress toward maturity in the Word (second part of the parable);  and they keep their eyes fixed on the goal out ahead, rather than on the things of this present world system (third part of the parable).

They hear, understand, and grow in the Word (cf. Acts 20:32; James 1:21; 1 Peter 2:2).  Tribulation or persecution doesn’t stop them; and they do not allow themselves to become sidetracked by the “cares of this age,” the “deceitfulness of riches,” or the “pleasures of life.”  These are individuals who refuse to become entangled “with the affairs of this life,” knowing that a crown lies out ahead for those who “strive lawfully” (2 Timothy 2:4-5).

Thus, these are individuals who overcome and bring forth fruit.  These are individuals who overcome the world (1 John 5:4), the flesh (Romans 8:13; Colossians 3:5), and the devil (James 4:7; 1 Peter 5:9), rather than being overcome by one or all three.  And, as a result, they bring forth fruit.  They are the only ones who do bring forth fruit among the four groups mentioned, and they bring forth fruit in varying amounts — “some an hundredfold, some sixty, some thirty.”

These individuals are the only ones who fulfill the purpose for their very existence — bringing forth fruit where Israel had failed, qualifying them to occupy positions with Christ in the coming kingdom of the heavens.  These are the ones who will be allowed to ascend the throne with Christ in that coming day, occupying positions exactly commensurate with their fruit-bearing.

Outcome of Sowing

Positions in the coming kingdom of Christ are to be earned, not passed out in any type of indiscriminate manner (Matthew 20:21-23).  Individuals appearing before Christ in that day will receive exactly what each, through fruit-bearing, has earned.  Each will receive “his own reward according to his own labor” (1 Corinthians 3:8).

(The word translated “reward” in the New Testament is from the Greek word misthos [misthapodosia, a cognate word, in Hebrews], which has to do with “payment,“ or “wages” for services rendered.  And it will be exact.  The payment will be exactly commensurate with services rendered.)

Individuals bringing forth no fruit will receive no payment.  There will have been no fruitful labor, and, consequently, wages will not be forthcoming.  Instead, they will “suffer loss” (1 Corinthians 3:15).

On the other hand, individuals bringing forth fruit will receive payment.  There will have been fruitful labor, and, consequently, wages will be forthcoming.  Each will “receive a reward” (1 Corinthians 3:14).  There will be “a just recompense of reward [‘a just payment, justly earned wages’]” (Hebrews 2:2; 11:26).

Mention is made in the parable of the Sower of individuals bringing forth fruit in varying amounts — “some an hundredfold, some sixty, some thirty” (Matthew 13:8, 23).  And payment for the varying amounts, seen in another parable, the parable of the pounds in Luke 19:11-27, would be exactly commensurate with their individual fruitfulness.

In the parable of the pounds, ten servants were each given one pound.  Each was given a portion of his Lord’s business to use during the time of his Lord’s absence, in order that he might be accorded the opportunity to bring forth an increase.

One servant brought forth a tenfold increase; and the Lord, upon His return, gave him authority over ten cities.  Another servant brought forth a fivefold increase; and the Lord, at this time, gave him authority over five cities.  But a third servant failed to use that entrusted to him, and he was not only denied governmental authority but he was also severely rebuked by his Lord.

This is not only the way Scripture plainly presents the matter, but this is also what God’s perfect justice and righteousness demands.  If matters occurred any other way, God would not be perfectly just and righteous in His judgmental dealings with His servants to whom He entrusted His business during His time of absence.

(God’s future judgmental dealings with His servants, providing exact payment for services rendered, will be in complete keeping with the unchangeable laws of the harvest, which He Himself established:

1. A person always reaps what he sows.  The one sowing “to his flesh shall of the flesh reap corruption,” and the one sowing “to his Spirit shall of the Spirit reap life everlasting [Greek: aionios life, referring, in the text, to ‘life in the coming age’ (Galatians 6:7-8; cf. Genesis 1:11)].”

2. A person always reaps more than he sows.  Sow “the wind” and one can only expect to reap “the whirlwind” [Hosea 8:7], but remain faithful over “a few things,” and one will be made “ruler over many things” [Matthew 25:21, 23].

3. And there is a period of time between the sowing and the reaping.  One sows during the present dispensation; but the reaping, whether good or bad, dependent wholly on the sowing, awaits the coming dispensation.)
Chapter Four
Parable of the Wheat, Tares

Another parable He put forth to them, saying: “The kingdom of heaven is likened to a man who sowed good seed in his field;

but while men slept, his enemy came and sowed tares among the wheat and went his way.

But when the grain had sprouted and produced a crop, then the tares also appeared.

So the servants of the owner came and said to him, ‘Sir, did you not sow good seed in your field? How then does it have tares?”'

He said to them, ‘An enemy has done this.’ The servants said to him, ‘Do you want us then to go and gather them up?’

But he said, ‘No, lest while you gather up the tares you also uproot the wheat with them.

Let both grow together until the harvest, and at the time of harvest I will say to the reapers, “First gather together the tares and bind them in bundles to burn them, but gather the wheat into my barn." (Matthew 13:24-30)

The parable of the wheat and tares continues with the same subject matter introduced in the previous parable, the parable of the Sower.  The central focus in the parable of the Sower was fruit-bearing; and different things were presented which, on the one hand, prevented fruit-bearing (Matthew 13:4-7, 19-22), or, on the other hand, resulted in fruit-bearing (Matthew 13:8, 23).

And the central focus in the parable of the wheat and tares, as well, centers around fruit-bearing (Matthew 13:26).  But this parable does not cover fruit-bearing from the same broad spectrum seen in the previous parable.  Rather, continuing the thought from the previous parable, the parable of the wheat and tares limits itself to one realm.  It limits itself to that part of the parable of the Sower that deals with the ones sown into the good ground, who brought forth fruit (cf. Matthew 13:8, 23-24, 26).  Those failing to bring forth fruit in the first three parts of the previous parable cannot be viewed as “good seed” in this parable.

That is to say, all of the “good seed” — “wheat,” “sons of the kingdom” — in the parable of the wheat and tares are seen bringing forth fruit (cf. Matthew 13:24, 26, 37-38, 40-43).  This is simply a continuation and elaboration of the fourth and last part of the previous parable.  Then something new is introduced.  The parable of the wheat and tares centers around those bearing fruit from the previous parable in order to reveal something additional, something not revealed in the parable of the Sower.

Thus, the parable of the wheat and tares moves a step beyond that which is revealed at the end of the previous parable, the parable of the Sower.  This second parable continues with the same thought but then reveals a concentrated attack against those individuals bearing fruit.  It reveals the exact method that Satan uses as he goes about seeking to stop that which is occurring.

Satan seeks to prevent fruit-bearing through a number of means (revealed in the first three parts of the parable of the Sower).  And, throughout the dispensation he has been successful in his confrontation with the vast majority of Christians.  He has succeeded in preventing most from bearing fruit.

But the preceding has not been true of all Christians.  Many have been victorious over Satan’s methods and schemes.  They have overcome the world, the flesh, and the devil.  And, as a result, they have brought forth and continue to bring forth fruit.  And it is these Christians, the ones bearing fruit, that Satan is seen directing his attack against in the parable of the wheat and tares, seeking to stop that which is occurring.

The Kingdom of the Heavens Is likened to . . . 

The parable of the wheat and tares and the subsequent five parables begin after a similar fashion:  “The kingdom of the heavens is likened [or, ‘is like’] to . . . .” (cf. Matthew 13:24, 31, 33, 44-45, 47).  This though is in the English translation (KJV).  The Greek text, in its wording, reveals Christ sharply distinguishing between the way in which He began the parable of the wheat and tares and the way in which He began each of the remaining five parables.

1)  Has Become Like, Is Like

The expression in question, in the English text, reads, “is likened” (KJV) in the second parable and “is like” in the remaining five.  Thus, the English text does not show a distinction between the way in which any of the six parables are introduced.

The word translated “likened” or “like” in the Greek text is the same in each instance (homoioo [a verb] or homoios [a noun]).  Introducing the parable of the wheat and tares, the verb form of this word is used (homoioo); and introducing the remaining five parables, the noun form of this word is used (homoios), with a verb following.  And the structure of the noun and verb in each of these five remaining parables is identical.

Homoioo and homoios are used in the Greek New Testament to show a likeness between different things, or to compare one thing with another.  For example, “This is like…”  Our English word, “homo” (like), prefixed to numerous English words, comes from the Greek prefix forming these two words.  Thus, the words “likened” or “like” in the English translation accurately convey the meaning of homoioo or homoios.

But, moving from the second parable to the remaining five parables, the English text does not properly convey the manner in which these five parables are introduced.  The problem lies, not in the meaning of the words (homoioo or homoios), but in the translator’s failure to show the distinction that Christ made when He used these words after entirely different fashions.  That is, Christ used the verb form of this word to convey one thing in the parable of the wheat and tares.  But continuing with the subsequent parables he used the noun form to convey something quite different.

The verb, homoioo, is used introducing the parable of the wheat and tares after a manner that should be translated, “it has become like.”  Accordingly, this parable should begin with the statement, “The kingdom of the heavens has become like . . . .”

But this same translation — “has become like” — should not be repeated in the remaining five parables.  Rather, using the noun homoios, with a verb following, the translation, “the kingdom of the heavens is like . . . .” (introducing each of the remaining parables) is probably as accurate as it can be rendered.

But this translation, introducing the last five parables, must be understood in the light of the way in which the whole matter is introduced in the parable of the wheat and tares.  That is, this parable opens by revealing, “The kingdom of the heavens has become like . .  . .”  Moving from the parable of the Sower to the parable of the wheat and tares, the kingdom of the heavens became like; then, the kingdom of the heavens continues like . . . in the remaining five parables.

Thus, in this respect, the opening statement in each of these succeeding parables — “the kingdom of the heavens is like . . . .” — must, contextually, be understood in the sense, the kingdom of the heavens continues like . . . .  There is a chronological continuity of thought after this fashion as one moves through these parables, something that must be recognized if the parables are to be properly understood.

2)  The Kingdom of the Heavens

“The kingdom of the heavens” is a realm.  And, in relation to this earth, the expression would refer simply to “the rule of the heavens over the earth.”

Satan and his angels presently rule from a heavenly sphere over the earth.  And this heavenly sphere is that realm in which Christ and His co-heirs will reside during the coming age when they rule from the heavens over the earth, following Satan and his angels being cast out (Revelation 12:4, 7-9; ref. the author’s The Most High Ruleth BOOK in this site).

Thus, the kingdom of the heavens becoming as described in the parable of the wheat and tares, or continuing as described in the subsequent five parables, cannot be a reference to the realm of the kingdom per se.  The realm itself doesn’t change.  Only certain things about the kingdom can change (e.g., the message about the kingdom).

The complete parabolic section in Matthew chapter thirteen is introduced and concluded after a similar fashion.  And seeing how this is done, the thought inherent in the use of the expression, “the kingdom of the heavens,” in the second through seventh parables can be easily ascertained.

In the parable of the Sower, setting the stage for the remaining parables, “the word of the kingdom” is in view (Matthew 13:19-23).  This is a message pertaining to Christian faithfulness during the present dispensation, with a view to occupying positions as co-heirs with Christ in the kingdom of the heavens during the coming age.  That is to say, the Word of the Kingdom is a message about the realm presently occupied by Satan and his angels, which Christ and His co-heirs will one day occupy.

Then, concluding all seven parables, Christ stated relative to these parables, “Therefore every scribe instructed concerning the kingdom of heaven is like . . . ” (Matthew 13:52).  Again, the Word of the Kingdom is in view.  The instruction to which Christ referred is instruction in exactly the same thing seen in the introductory parable, the parable of the Sower — i.e., instruction in the Word of the Kingdom.

And exactly the same thing is in view through the use of the expression, “the kingdom of the heavens,” introducing the second through seventh parables.  It’s not the realm of the kingdom of the heavens that has become like and continues like that described in these parables.  Such would be impossible.  Rather, it is the proclamation, offer, and reception or rejection of the kingdom of the heavens (referred to both before and after these six parables) that has become like and continues like that described in the parables.

(The same thing can be seen in the offer of the kingdom to Israel by John, Jesus, and the Twelve.  The kingdom of the heavens was “at hand [‘had drawn near’]” [Matthew 3:2; 4:17; 10:7].  The realm itself hadn’t drawn near.  The realm remained unchanged.  But the prospect of Israel moving into and occupying that realm, based on national repentance, had drawn near [cf. Matthew 6:33; 11:12; 21:43].)

Sons of the Kingdom, Sons of the Devil

Only two types of individuals are seen in the parable of the wheat and tares.  They are referred to by the expressions “wheat [or, ‘good seed’]” and “tares” (Matthew 13:24-25).  The wheat, the good seed, are identified as “the sons of the kingdom,” and the tares are identified as “the sons of the wicked one” (Matthew 13:38).

The One sowing the good seed is identified as “the Son of Man,” a Messianic title (Matthew 13:37; cf. Psalm 8:4; Daniel 7:13-14; Matthew 16:13-16); and the one sowing the tares is identified as “the enemy,” “the devil,” the incumbent ruler in the kingdom (Matthew 13:39).

Everything about this parable has to do with a particular work of God (relative to the kingdom) and with a particular countering work of Satan (also relative to the kingdom).  God has placed individuals out in the world, with a view to their bringing forth fruit; and this fruit would, in turn, be in relation to the proffered kingdom.  And Satan has placed contrary minded individuals (Matthew 13:41) in the midst of those who are bearing fruit, seeking to counter that which is occurring.  It is only through this means that Satan would envision any hope at all of retaining his present ruling position.

(The word “tares” is a translation of the Greek word zizanion, which refers to a troublesome sprout appearing in grainfields, resembling wheat, though it is not wheat.)

Now, put all of this together for the complete picture of something that has been occurring throughout the dispensation, which has gone almost completely unrecognized.  This parable has to do, not with how Satan seeks to prevent fruit-bearing (that was seen in the first three parts of the previous parable, the parable of the Sower), but with how Satan seeks to stop fruit-bearing — something not seen in the previous parable, or really not seen in the same fashion in any of the subsequent parables.

This parable reveals Satan’s attack against a select group of Christians.  It reveals his attack against fruit-bearing Christians.  And it is among these Christians that Satan goes about seeking to counter God’s plans and purposes through sowing that which resembles wheat, though it is not wheat.

Satan knows that fruit-bearing is that which God requires of those who are to ascend the throne with His Son in that coming day (cf. Matthew 21:18-19, 43; Hebrews 6:7-9).  And he will, first of all, do everything within his power to prevent Christians from bearing fruit (seen in the first three parts of the parable of the Sower).  But, when Christians begin bearing fruit (seen in the fourth part of the parable of the Sower), then he will do everything within his power to stop them from bearing fruit.  And it is among the latter group of Christians — those bearing fruit — that Satan is seen sowing counterfeits (in relation to fruit-bearing, individuals producing counterfeit fruit [Matthew 7:15-20]).

1)  The Wheat — Sons of the Kingdom

The “good seed” sown by the Lord out in the world are specifically referred to by the expression, “the sons of the kingdom.”  And, beyond that, the title used to identify the Sower is “the Son of Man,” a Messianic title.

The significance of their identification as “sons” lies in the fact that Christians are presently “sons of God” awaiting the adoption in one respect, but “children of God” with a view to sonship in another respect.

Note how Paul dealt with this matter in Romans 8:14-23:

For as many as are led [lit., ‘are being led’] by the Spirit of God, these are sons of God.

For you did not receive the spirit of bondage again to fear, but you received the Spirit of adoption by whom we cry out, “Abba, Father.”

The Spirit Himself bears witness with our spirit that we are children of God,

and if children, then heirs — heirs of God and joint heirs with Christ, if indeed we suffer with Him, that we may also be glorified together. . . .

. . . even we ourselves groan within ourselves, eagerly waiting for the adoption, the redemption of our body. (Romans 8:14-17, 23b)

In this chapter in Romans, as also in Galatians chapters three and four and in Hebrews chapter twelve, reference is made to Christians being “sons” in a present sense, preceding the adoption (Romans 8:14-15; Galatians 3:26; 4:5-7; Hebrews 12:5-8, 16-17, 23).  And these instances would correspond to the way in which the matter is handled in Matthew chapter thirteen.

“Sonship” implies rulership.  Only sons can rule in God’s kingdom.  But, as will be shown, only firstborn sons can rule within the human realm in God’s kingdom.

All “angels” are sons of God because of their special, individual creation.  And angels occupy various positions of delegated power and authority in God’s kingdom (cf. Job 1:6; 2:1; 38:7).

“Adam” was a son of God because of a special creative act of God.  But Adam’s descendants were not sons of God.  Rather, they were sons of the one from whom they descended.  They were sons of Adam (Genesis 5:3ff; Luke 3:38).

Thus, Adam, before the fall, being a son of God, was in a position to rule the earth.  But the fall resulted in his disqualification.  Though he was still a son of God, he, following the fall, was no longer in a position to take the scepter.

And Adam’s descendants were in no position to take the scepter, for two reasons.  Not only were they fallen creatures (a position inherited from Adam), but they were not sons of God.  Rather, they were sons of Adam, sons of a fallen creature.

Two thousand years later God called Abraham out of Ur of the Chaldees for purposes that had been lost in Adam.  Through Abraham’s lineage, God set about to bring forth a separate creation, one that He could adopt as His firstborn son.  Redemption would then be provided, allowing a segment of mankind, for the first time since Adam’s fall, to be in a position to rule the earth.

This special creation was performed in the person of Abraham’s grandson, Jacob (Isaiah 43:1); and this special creation was of a nature that would allow it to be passed on through the genes, through Jacob’s twelve sons, resulting in a nation recognized as separate and distinct from all the other nations (thus, the distinction between Jew and Gentile [Numbers 23:8-11]).

Then, once God had a separate nation of this nature — which would be viewed as a son because of the special creation in Jacob — he adopted this nation into a firstborn status (Exodus 4:22-23), redeemed those comprising this nation (Exodus 12:1ff), and called this nation out of Egypt under Moses to rule at the head of the nations in a land previously covenanted to their forefathers (cf. Exodus 2:23-25; 3:7-12; 15:17-18; 19:5-6).  That is, a redeemed people, recognized as God’s firstborn son, was being called forth to rule in that part of God’s kingdom that Adam had previously been created to rule.

But coming on down into modern times, Israel is not presently ruling the earth (because of past disobedience); nor is Israel even in a position to rule today.  Israel, though still retaining the nation’s position as God’s firstborn son, is presently scattered among the nations, in unbelief.  Even the remnant presently in the land is there in unbelief.  Thus, Israel, in this state of unbelief (whether in or out of the land), though still God’s firstborn son, is in no position to rule.  The nation must first exercise belief.  The nation, as seen in Exodus 12, must first be redeemed.  They must first apply the blood of the Paschal Lamb (through belief) whom they slew 2,000 years ago.

Then the Church, a separate creation from either Jew or Gentile, is likewise in no position to rule.  Though those comprising the Church are new creations (“in Christ” [2 Corinthians 5:17]), can be viewed as sons, and are saved (unlike those comprising the nation of Israel today), they have not been adopted (as the nation of Israel was adopted in past time).

Prior to ascending the throne with Christ, Christians must first be adopted.  And this is what Romans chapter eight, Galatians chapters three and four, and Hebrews chapter twelve are about.

Christians are presently Sons, (because of their standing as new creations), awaiting the adoption (their present status); and consequently, although Christians are presently “sons,” they are in no position to rule.  Only adopted sons (the Christians’ future standing) can rule.  Thus, sonship, portending rulership, is seen in Romans, Galatians, and Hebrews in relation to adoption and inheritance (both future).

The matter can be illustrated quite easily from Romans.  The verses leading into Romans 8:14 (the verse presenting Christians as “sons”) deal with Christians either living after the flesh or putting to death the deeds of the flesh.  Then verse fourteen deals with individuals being led by the Spirit of God (contextually, individuals under the leadership of the Spirit putting to death the previously mentioned deeds of the flesh), and these individuals are said to be “the sons of God,” with adoption mentioned in connection with sonship in the next verse (Romans 8:15; cf. Romans 8:23).  But then the following verse (Romans 8:16) specifically states that Christians are also presently “children of God.”

However, though Christians are presently seen as both ”children” and “sons,” no Christian is presently seen as a firstborn son.  That standing awaits a future time, a time following the adoption.

Contextually, Romans 8:14-16 should be understood in the light of Hebrews 12:5-8, where Christians are seen undergoing child-training as sons (seen as children of God who are being child-trained as sons of God), with a view to adoption into a firstborn status (Hebrews 12:16-17, 23).  Thus, Romans 8:14-16 would have to be understood in the sense of Christians presently being led by the Spirit of God (undergoing child-training as sons), who will be manifested as firstborn sons in that coming day following the adoption, occupying positions as joint-heirs with Christ in His kingdom (Romans 8:17, 19).

That is the subject of the whole passage.  And exactly the same thing can be seen through the use of the expression, “sons of the kingdom,” in Matthew 13:38, for that is the subject of the whole passage there as well.

(For additional information on the preceding, refer to the author’s book, God’s Firstborn Sons BOOK, chapter 3, The Church in this site.)

The “sons of the kingdom” in Matthew 13:38 are the good seeds, the ones bringing forth fruit.  They, as the ones in Romans 8:14 (actually, the “sons” both places are the same), are the ones who will be manifested as “the sons of God,” in the kingdom, in that coming day (Romans 8:19).

Though all Christians can presently be viewed as sons because of creation, not all Christians are being referred to in Matthew 13:38 by the expression, “sons of the kingdom.”  Nor are all Christians being referred to in Romans 8:14 by the expression “sons of God.”  The specific reference in Matthew is to those Christians bringing forth fruit, and the specific reference in Romans is to those Christians following the leadership of the Spirit.

And, again, the two are the same.  Fruit-bearing cannot be realized apart from following the leadership of the Spirit; and following the leadership of the Spirit will invariably result in fruit-bearing.

It is the Son of Man who sows Christians out in the world, with a view to fruit-bearing, which is with a view to the kingdom.  Everything points ahead to the kingdom — the Son of Man (the Sower, described through the use of a Messianic title), the sons of the kingdom (those sown, described through the use of an expression portending rulership), and fruit-bearing (a bringing forth, with a view to the kingdom).

2)  The Tares — Sons of the Wicked One

The “tares” though present the other side of the picture.  As previously shown, the tares present Satan’s efforts to stop fruit-bearing, to put a stop to that presently occurring, in the various places where it is occurring.

And, as also previously shown, Satan is seen carrying on his activities on two fronts:  (1) He is seen seeking to prevent Christians from bringing forth fruit (described in the first three parts of the parable of the Sower), and (2) he is seen seeking to stop Christians from bringing forth fruit (described in the parable of the tares, forming a commentary on the fourth part of the parable of the Sower).

If Satan can prevent Christians from bringing forth fruit, the matter will be settled at that point, and a continued work will be unnecessary.  But, if he can’t prevent Christians from bringing forth fruit, then he has to stop them.

It is here that he is revealed sowing tares.  He sows them right in the midst of Christians bearing fruit, and this is done with one goal in mind.  It is done in an effort to stop, through any means possible, Christians who are bearing fruit from continuing to bear fruit.

a)  Identity of the Tares

Exactly who are those whom Satan sows among fruit-bearing Christians in an effort to stop them from bearing fruit?  The answer is easy to ascertain.

These parables were given by Christ at His first coming, at a time when the kingdom of the heavens was being offered to the nation of Israel; but these parables had to do with events beyond that time, occurring during a time when the kingdom of the heavens would be offered to a separate and distinct entity, the one new man “in Christ.”  And, whether during that time when the kingdom was offered to Israel, or during that time when the kingdom would be offered to the one new man “in Christ,” any realization of the offer was contingent on one thing — fruit-bearing (Matthew 21:18-19, 43).

Israel failed to bring forth fruit.  And note who was responsible for the nation’s failure in this realm.  It was the religious leaders of that day, mainly the Scribes and Pharisees, seated “in Moses’ seat,” who controlled the religious life of the nation (Matthew 23:2).

They were the ones who followed Christ about the country seeking, at every turn, to speak out against the Messenger and His message.  They were the ones directly responsible for the nation’s rejection of the King and kingdom.  They had “shut up the kingdom of the heavens against men [‘in the presence of men’]” (Matthew 23:13).  And for this reason they experienced a rebuke and condemnation at Christ’s hands unlike that experienced by any other religious group in Israel (Matthew 23:14ff).

Bringing this over into Christendom, whom would Satan use during the present dispensation to either prevent or stop fruit-bearing relative to the kingdom?  In the light of the past offer to Israel, there is only one possible answer.  It would have to be the same as that seen in Israel when the same offer was open to the nation almost 2,000 years ago.

It was Jewish religious leaders then, and the counterpart would have to be Christian religious leaders today.  Those outside the nation — the unregenerate world — had nothing to do with the matter then; nor can those outside the Church — the unregenerate world — have anything to do with the matter today.  It was those within that Satan used in Israel in the past, and it is those within that he uses in the Church today (cf. Matthew 15:1ff; 16:1ff; Acts 20:29-30).

But how could Christians be identified by the expression, “sons of the wicked one” (Matthew 13:38)?  Note several references in Scripture relative to Israelites acting in similar capacities and the answer will become apparent.

In John chapter eight, Jews who had believed on Christ (John 8:31), who were acknowledged by Christ to be “Abraham’s seed” (John 8:37), were also said, because of their works, to be of their “father the devil” (John 8:39-44).

In Matthew chapter sixteen, Peter, because he stated relative to Christ’s sufferings, death, and resurrection on the third day, “Lord; this shall not happen to You!,” was associated directly with Satan.  Jesus said to Peter — not to Satan, but to Peter — “Get behind me, Satan” (Matthew 16:21-23; cf. John 6:70).

Then in Matthew 23:15, the Scribes and Pharisees — those having “shut up the kingdom of the heavens” (Matthew 23:13) — were said to have made a proselyte “twofold more the child of hell [lit., ‘twofold more a son of Gehenna’]” than themselves.  Their sonship, because of that which they had done, was associated with Gehenna (the place of refuse) rather than with the kingdom.

With all these things in mind — seeing a counterpart in Israel to that which is existing in Christendom — viewing the expression, “sons of the wicked one” in Matthew 13:38 as a reference to the saved, not the unsaved, would, contextually, be the only natural way in which the matter could be viewed.  And, that this is the correct way to view this part of the parable can be shown through other means as well.

Seeing the tares, the sons of the wicked one, as those within the Church, not without, is in complete accord with all facets of the matter.  It is in complete accord with the history of the offer to Israel, it is in complete accord with (and the only thing that can possibly adequately explain) that which can easily be seen occurring throughout Christendom today, and it is in complete accord with that which can be seen when one moves on into the third and fourth parables in Matthew chapter thirteen.

Then there is one other thing that will preclude viewing the matter after any other fashion.  That which the text reveals about God’s future dealings with the wheat and tares should resolve all doubts that anyone might have concerning their identity.

b)  Judgment of the Wheat and Tares

Both the wheat and tares are seen being judged and subsequently dealt with at the same time and place.  And the Lord’s dealings with both after this fashion is with a view to entrance into or exclusion from the kingdom.

All those represented by the wheat are gathered into the barn.  But the matter is quite different for those represented by the tares.  They are seen being gathered and burned (Matthew 13:30, 40-43).

But note something, and note it well.  Eternal verities are not being dealt with in this parable.  Rather, the subject is fruit-bearing, with a view to the kingdom.

Everything stated about the Lord’s dealings with those represented by the wheat and tares is in perfect accord with Scripture elsewhere relating to both the judgment seat of Christ and that which will emanate out of issues and determinations at this judgment (cf. Matthew 24:45-51; 25:19ff; John 15:1-6; 1 Corinthians 3:12-15; Hebrews 6:7-9).

And dealings by the Lord of this nature would be completely out of line with any thought that the tares represent unregenerate individuals.  Scripture never presents a judgment of the saved and unsaved at the same time and place; nor does Scripture ever present the unsaved being dealt with after the fashion seen here — relative to fruit-bearing, with a view to the kingdom.

c)  Leave Them Alone

Then there is one other thing that needs to be considered about those whom Satan has sown in the midst of fruitful Christians, seeking to stop them from bearing fruit.  And the importance of following Christ’s instructions in this respect cannot be overemphasized.

What is to be the fruitful Christian’s attitude toward those whom Satan has placed in their midst, to stop them from bearing fruit?  What are fruitful Christians to do about antagonism toward their fruitfulness and the reason why fruit is being borne?  The question is asked and answered in verses twenty-eight through thirty of the parable.

Do you want us then to go and gather them [the tares] up?

But he [Christ] said, “No, lest while you gather up the tares you also uproot the wheat with them.

Let both grow together until the harvest, and at the time of harvest I will say to the reapers [angels (Matthew 13:41)], ‘First gather together the tares and bind them in bundles to burn them, but gather the wheat into my barn.’” (Matthew 13:28-30)

Those standing in the way of one’s interest in having a part with Christ in His kingdom are to be dealt with after only one fashion.

They are to be left ALONE!  “Leave them ALONE!” (Matthew 15:14).  Simply IGNORE them, CONTINUE doing that which the Lord has called you to do, and let the Lord take care of the matter in His own way and time.
Chapter Five
Parable of the Mustard Seed

Another parable He put forth to them, saying: “The kingdom of heaven is like a mustard seed, which a man took and sowed in his field,

which indeed is the least of all the seeds; but when it is grown it is greater than the herbs and becomes a tree, so that the birds of the air come and nest in its branches.” (Matthew 13:31-32)

The parable of the mustard seed continues with the same central thoughts set forth in the previous parable, the parable of the wheat and tares.  Fruit-bearing remains at the forefront (Matthew 13:31), as well as Satan’s continuing activity as he seeks to stop Christians from bearing fruit.  And the method that Satan uses as he seeks to stop Christians from bearing fruit, revealed in the previous parable, is through sowing tares among the wheat.

Then the parable of the mustard seed reveals that which would happen because of this activity of Satan.  In this respect, the parable of the mustard seed is simply a commentary on the previous parable, providing additional explanatory help.

In the true sense of the definition of a parable and why the Lord used parables — to provide additional information pertaining to previously revealed truths (ref. chapter 1 of this book) — the parable of the mustard seed was given to help explain the parable that had previously been given, the parable of the wheat and tares.

And the same thing could be said concerning why the Lord gave the parable of the wheat and tares.  It was given to help explain a part of the parable given prior to this one, the parable of the Sower.

Then, looking ahead to the parable following the parable of the mustard seed — the parable of the leaven — the same thing can be seen.  This parable was given to provide additional explanatory help for the parable of the mustard seed.

That’s the evident, divinely designed, interrelationship that exists between the first four parables in Matthew chapter thirteen.  The parable of the Sower, the first parable spoken outside the house, by the seaside, introduces the matter; and the succeeding three parables spoken outside the house, by the seaside, simply build, after a successive fashion, on that which is introduced in the first parable.

Natural, Unnatural Growth

In the second parable — the parable of the wheat and tares — Satan is seen sowing contrary-minded individuals in the midst of Christians bringing forth fruit (seen in the latter part of the first parable, the parable of the Sower), seeking to stop fruit-bearing.  This is how matters had become in Christendom relative to fruit-bearing, with the kingdom of the heavens in view.  Then the third parable, the parable of the mustard seed, presents how matters would continue in this respect.

This parable first depicts the mustard seed germinating, with a natural growth occurring for a time.  The natural growth of this particular seed, “the least of all the seeds,” would result in an herb, referred to as “greater than the herbs” when grown.  And, beyond that, a natural growth of this herb would result in fruit-bearing (Matthew 13:32), as seen in the previous two parables.

Thus, Satan’s success in stopping fruit-bearing would be contingent on his success in preventing the continuance of a natural growth of the mustard seed.  One would go hand-in-hand with the other.

The mustard seed in the parable represents, not individuals per se, but an entity made up of individuals — the good seed, the sons of the kingdom from the previous parable.  And a natural or unnatural growth of the mustard seed would represent a natural or unnatural development of those comprising the good seed.

Should Satan be unsuccessful in his efforts to prevent a natural development of those comprising the mustard seed, growth would eventually result in that which God had intended; and fruit-bearing would go hand-in-hand with their growth and development.

However, should Satan be successful in his efforts to prevent the continuance of a natural development of those comprising the mustard seed, growth would eventually result in something other than that which God had intended; and barrenness would ensue.

And the latter is exactly what is seen in this parable.  The mustard seed, following a period of normal growth (which, if not interfered with, would result in “greater than the herbs”), is seen experiencing an abnormal growth and becoming “a tree.”  And not only did this abnormal growth ensue, but the mustard seed is seen developing so abnormally that it not only grew into a tree, but the nature of this tree allowed “the birds of the air,” individuals doing the work of Satan, to find a lodging place in its branches (Matthew 13:32; cf. Matthew 13:4, 19).

Thus, the third parable, continuing the thought from the second parable, presents the tares being quite effective.  They are seen deceiving fruit-bearing Christians to the degree that they bring about an unnatural spiritual growth among these Christians, resulting in unfruitfulness, barrenness; and the matter is carried to the point that, in the end, the tares are able to simply settle down in that which they had produced, finding acceptance among those whom they had deceived.

False Teachers

This work of Satan — producing an unnatural growth, resulting in barrenness — could only have been accomplished through one means.  It could only have been accomplished through the promulgation of false doctrine.  It could only have been accomplished through Satan placing false teachers in the midst of fruit-bearing Christians, leading them away from the truth of the Scriptures, leading them away from an adherence to the faith.  And this is exactly the way Scripture elsewhere reveals that the matter occurred.

There are multiplied warnings in numerous places in Scripture concerning false teachers who would arise and teach “perverse things,” particularly relative to the faith, the Word of the Kingdom.  And these false teachers would arise, not from the world, but from within Christendom itself.  These false teachers would arise from the ranks of Christians, from within the churches (Acts 20:29-32; cf. 1 Timothy 4:1-3; 2 Timothy 2:8, 18; 3:7-8; 4:1-4; 2 Peter 2:1ff; Jude 1:3ff).

As it was surrounding Christ’s first coming and the offer of the kingdom of the heavens to Israel, so would it be surrounding Christ’s second coming and the offer of the kingdom of the heavens to Christians.  Jewish religious leaders were responsible for that which happened in the past dispensation surrounding the proffered kingdom at Christ’s first coming, and Christian religious leaders are responsible for that which is happening during the present dispensation surrounding the proffered kingdom and Christ’s second coming.

The religious leaders in Israel followed Christ about the country and sought, at every turn, to speak against that which was being seen and heard.  Christ’s ministry centered around supernatural signs, which pointed to that which Israel could have — supernatural healing, supernatural provision — if the nation would repent.  But the religious leaders would have no part in the matter; and they misled the people, resulting in the nation’s rejection of the proffered kingdom and the subsequent crucifixion of the nation’s King.

And the situation relative to the proclamation of the Word of the Kingdom throughout the present dispensation has been no different.  Christians down through the years have been misled, not by those in the world, but by their own religious leaders.  Scripture is very clear on this matter.

1)  At the Beginning of the Dispensation

The message of the hour at the beginning of the dispensation — one proclaimed throughout Christendom — centered around the faith, the saving of the soul, the Word of the Kingdom.  This was the message that Paul referred to as “my gospel” (Romans 16:25), “our gospel” (2 Corinthians 4:3), and “the gospel of the glory of Christ” (2 Corinthians 4:4); this was the message that Paul had been called to proclaim to Christians throughout the Gentile world (Acts 9:15; Galatians 1:11-12, 16; 2:7); and this was the message that Paul and others, during the first few decades of the existence of the Church, “preached to every creature under heaven” (Colossians 1:5-6, 23).

(The reference to “every creature under heaven” in Colossians 1:23 would, contextually, refer to the saved alone, not to the unsaved.  This would be a reference to all of the saved having heard the message that saved individuals are to hear following their salvation — the Word of the Kingdom.

The unsaved cannot be in view in this passage, for the only message that they are to hear is the good news that Christ has died for their sins.  Only after they have heard this message and believed on the Lord Jesus Christ are they in a position to hear the message referenced in this verse in Colossians, which has to do with the purpose for their salvation, the reason why they have been saved.)

Thus, during the first century of the Church’s existence, the message surrounding the proffered kingdom was something universally proclaimed throughout Christendom.  And this message could only have been well-known and understood by Christians everywhere, resulting in at least a segment of Christendom developing in a natural fashion and these Christians, correspondingly, bearing fruit.

It was within a setting of this nature that Satan sowed tares among the wheat, seeking to stop the natural growth and development of the seed that had been sown; and success in stopping this natural growth and development would, in turn, over time, ultimately result in a barren condition of the plant.

Now, note the problem that Satan faced at the beginning of the dispensation.  He faced the problem of countering a message that was being proclaimed and received throughout Christendom.  Christians who had received the true message were developing after a proper fashion (growing from immaturity to maturity), with a corresponding fruitfulness.

To counter the true message, Satan simply placed individuals proclaiming a false message in the midst of those Christians who had received the true message.  Then, over time, the false message progressively took root and did its damaging work, accomplishing its purpose.

This false message, once received, resulted in an improper development in Christendom (an improper growth from immaturity to maturity).  And, developing after an improper fashion, a corresponding barrenness ensued.

And Satan’s work in this manner is how Scripture reveals that he stops fruit-bearing.  He places individuals with a false message relative to the kingdom among those bearing fruit for the kingdom.  The false message takes root, growth becomes progressively unnatural, and fruit-bearing is stymied.  Then, the false message continues to take hold until the point is reached where growth becomes so unnatural that fruit-bearing can no longer exist.

a)  The Messengers

Both Peter in his second epistle and Jude begin their epistles by exhorting Christians to strain every muscle of their being in the present race of the faith (2 Peter 1:2-11; Jude 1:3);  and that which necessitates this exhortation, in both epistles, is the presence of false teachers in their midst (2 Peter 2:1ff; Jude 1:4ff).

These are the same false teachers to which Christ had referred in the parables in Matthew chapter thirteen, who would produce an unnatural growth among fruit-bearing Christians; and these are the same false teachers to which Paul subsequently referred, who would arise among Christians, take truths concerning the Word of the Kingdom, and distort and twist these truths (Acts 20:30-31).

These are the apostates, dealt with extensively in Scripture — a type of individual identified by the meaning of the word itself.  Our English word, “apostasy,” is simply an Anglicized form of the Greek word apostasia.  This is a compound word comprised of apo (from) and stasis (to stand).  The word means “to stand away from”; and the word refers to a person standing away from a place which he had previously occupied.

The apostasy in view has to do with “the faith” (cf. 2 Timothy 2:18; 3:8; Jude 1:3).  Thus, true apostates relative to the faith can only be individuals who had, at one time, received the message concerning the faith; but then, at a later time, they had departed from an adherence to this message.  These are individuals who had initially heard, understood, and received the truth; but then they had apostatized.  They “stood away from” the truth.  They turned from the truth, began to speak out against the truth, and, in the process, taught that which was untrue.

These are the type individuals referred to in Paul’s warnings in both Acts and his epistles, as well as Peter’s and Jude’s warnings in their epistles.  These are the type of individuals — those quite familiar with the matter that they were speaking against — whom Satan knew that he could use the most effectively, whom Satan knew that he could use to do the most damage.

Thus, Satan simply began to place individuals of this nature in the midst of those Christians bringing forth fruit.  And they began to “draw away the disciplesafter themselves (Acts 20:30).  They began to reproduce after their kind (cf. Genesis 1:11), resulting in fruit also after their kind, an “evil fruit” (Matthew 7:15-20; cf. Matthew 7:13-14, 21-23 KJV).

Aside from Paul’s identification of these individuals in Acts 20:30 — “Also from among yourselves men will rise up, speaking perverse things . . . .” — note Peter’s identification of them in 2 Peter 2:18-20:

For when they speak great swelling words of emptiness, they allure through the lusts of the flesh, through lewdness, the ones who have actually escaped from those who live in error.

While they promise them liberty, they themselves are slaves of corruption; for by whom a person is overcome, by him also he is brought into bondage.

For if, after they have escaped the pollutions of the world through the knowledge of the Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, they are again entangled in them and overcome, the latter end is worse for them than the beginning.

Note particularly the word “knowledge” in verse twenty.  These individuals had escaped the “pollutions of the world” through the “knowledge [Greek: epignosis, ‘mature knowledge’] of the Lord and Savior Jesus Christ.”  They had come into a mature knowledge of the things in view — things surrounding the Word of the Kingdom.  And having come into a mature knowledge of these things, they turned from these things and began to teach perverse, contrary things.

That these were saved individuals is evident, for an unsaved person cannot even come into a rudimentary knowledge of these things (1 Corinthians 2:14 [gnosis, the regular Greek word for “knowledge,” appears in this passage]), much less the mature knowledge seen in 2 Peter 2:20.  Thus, the text can only have to do with saved individuals turning from the central message of that day, distorting and twisting the truth as they taught false doctrine relative to the Word of the Kingdom.

Satan used this type of individual — after this manner, during the opening decades of the Church’s existence — to do his bidding, to stop Christians from bearing fruit.  And though the ones whom Satan used were also Christians, they were doing the works of Satan; and doing works of this nature, they were identified with Satan, referred to as “tares,” “sons of the wicked one” (ref. chapter 4 of this book).

b)  Their Message

The teaching of the apostates is spoken of as “destructive heresies [‘heresies that lead to destruction’]” (2 Peter 2:1).  And the destruction in view has nothing to do with salvation by grace through faith, with the Christians’ presently possessed free gift of eternal life.

Eternal life is not even in view.  The destruction has to do solely with the Word of the Kingdom, the subject matter at hand.  The apostates taught heresy of a nature that led Christians to a destructive end relative to the proffered kingdom.

Numerous statements are given concerning the teaching and action of the apostates (cf. 2 Peter 2:1-3, 10ff; Jude 1:4, 8ff).  But one thing in Peter’s second epistle stands out above everything else.  There is a septenary structure to Peter’s second epistle, with a particular reference to and emphasis upon Christ’s return within this structure (2 Peter 1:16-18; 3:4-8).

The apostates are seen “walking according to their own lusts [‘desires’ — desires which would be soulical (‘their own desires’), not spiritual (that which the Lord would desire)]” (2 Peter 3:3; cf. 2 Peter 2:18).  And, within this type of walk, they are seen proclaiming a message that would strike at the heart of all sound biblical teaching surrounding Christ’s return and the Messianic Kingdom:

Where is the promise of His coming? For since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning of creation. (2 Peter 3:4)

Then the verses that follow (2 Peter 3:5-9) — answering the apostates false message by referring to events beginning with the opening verses of Genesis — make matters very clear that the heart of the apostates’ message had to do with denying Christ’s return at the end of six thousand years, with attendant destruction on the one hand and attendant blessings on the other.  They had willingly allowed the things surrounding this entire panorama of teaching to escape their attention, and they are seen infiltrating the ranks of fruit-bearing Christians everywhere, seeking to promulgate their false doctrine.

The misleading, destructive doctrine proclaimed by the apostates is seen taking numerous forms.  But the foundation upon which all their false teaching rested is seen taking only one form.  All their false teaching is seen resting on a totally perverted form of the true foundation set forth in Genesis 1:1-2:3 — the God-established foundation upon which all subsequent Scripture rests.

In all the various forms that their false teaching took, they sought to do away with two things:

1) The septenary structure of Scripture as set forth in the beginning, in Genesis 1:1-2:3.

2) Teachings surrounding Christ’s return within the framework of this septenary structure (at the end of six days, at the end of 6,000 years).

Then, building on a totally perverted foundation of this nature, the apostates sought to spread all types of destructive heresies relative to the various facets of the Word of the Kingdom among fruit-bearing Christians.  And, over time, as seen in the parable of the mustard seed, they were quite successful.

The mustard seed germinated and grew, normally for a time, but then in an abnormal manner; and, over time, it became something that it was not supposed to become at all.  It became a tree.  And not only did it become a tree, but the false teachers took up residence in the branches of the tree, continuing their destructive work from within.

Proper growth can come only from that which has not been corrupted (1 Peter 2:1-2).  And the converse of that is equally true.  Only improper growth can result when corruption has occurred.  Thus, to bring about improper growth, the false teachers simply proclaimed a corrupted form of the only thing that God had provided for the nourishment and well-being of the spiritual man.  And through so doing, they went back to and began with the very heart of the matter — the foundation itself, in the opening two chapters of Genesis.

It was the work of the apostates that brought about the conditions seen in the parable of the mustard seed.  A corrupted and improper diet of spiritual food resulted in a corrupted and improper growth; and a growth of this nature, over time, ultimately resulted in barrenness.  Then  the false teachers simply took up residence within that which they had produced, assuring that conditions would remain in a corrupted and barren state.

2)  At the End of the Dispensation

Near the end of the dispensation (today), relative to the Word of the Kingdom, conditions throughout Christendom are seen to have become completely turned around from the way that they existed at the beginning of the dispensation.  After almost two millennia, the Word of the Kingdom — taught and understood throughout the churches at the beginning of the dispensation — is seldom even heard in Christian circles.  And, with the message not being proclaimed, Christians throughout the churches of the land, correspondingly, have little to no understanding of truths surrounding the coming kingdom.

Thus, during the present day and time, Satan has little need for apostates to infiltrate and settle down within the ranks of Christians.  Christendom is too far gone for any type overall change or recovery to occur.  And, beyond that, though little infiltration of apostates need exist on Satan’s part today, he would undoubtedly be hard-pressed to find very many true apostates during the present time.

For a person to be a true apostate, he would, first of all have to come into an understanding of the Word of the Kingdom before he could apostatize.  And those having a conversant knowledge of this message today — the only ones in a position to apostatize — are far and few between.

That which exists in Christendom today is the aftermath, the end result, of Satan sowing tares among the wheat, of Satan bringing about an abnormal growth of the mustard seed.  In general, in relation to the Word of the Kingdom, because of that which has occurred in the past, a corrupted Christendom presently exists.

Those occupying the pulpit are silent on the subject, and those occupying the pew, accordingly, know little to nothing about the matter.  And, should the subject ever emerge — as it sometimes does — those occupying the pulpit are usually quick in their attempts to squelch the message.  This message encompasses things that are out of line with the training that they received in the theology schools of the land; and they, accordingly, view the message after an erroneous fashion.

In this respect, the effectiveness of the false teachers at the beginning of the dispensation is evidenced by two things near the end of the dispensation.  It is evidenced by the condition of Christian leadership in particular and the condition of the Church in general.

Thus, a completely different situation exists in Christendom during the present day and time than existed during the first several centuries of the dispensation.  There would be some need for true apostates, for there are individuals — one here, and one there — who believe the Word of the Kingdom and are bringing forth fruit.  But such a need would be minimal.

In this respect, with conditions as such, Satan could concentrate his efforts on bringing to completion that which he began almost two millennia ago.  He could concentrate on maintaining the status quo as he continues his efforts to produce total corruption.  And, as will become evident in the completion of the parables given outside the house, by the sea (the parable of the leaven), total corruption is exactly the picture that these parables (and Scriptures elsewhere) present of conditions in Christendom at the end of the dispensation.

A Tree

The particular type of abnormal spiritual growth seen resulting from the false message of the apostates is something that can be seen in both Church history throughout the course of the dispensation and in the Church of today near the end of the dispensation  The abnormal growth of the mustard seed in history resulted in a tree, in which those who had brought about its abnormal growth are, in the end, seen resting in its branches; and the tree remains to this day, with its roots sinking ever deeper into the earth, with Satan’s emissaries resting in its branches.

1)  Symbolism of a Tree

To fully comprehend and understand that which is in view, note the symbolism of a tree in Scripture.  A “tree” is used in Scripture to symbolize a national power.

In Judges 9:8-15, which relates the oldest known parable in the world, “trees” are seen symbolizing nations that had sought to elect a king to reign over them.

Daniel, in his prophecy, refers to the vision of “a tree in the midst of the earth,” which “reached to the heavens.”  And this “tree” is said to symbolize the kingdom of Babylon (Daniel 4:10-12, 20-22).

Israel is referred to in Joel’s prophecy by a “fig tree” (Joel 1:7).  And Christ not only referred to Israel through the symbolism of a “fig tree” during his earthly ministry but He also referred to the surrounding Gentile nations through the symbolism of “all the trees” (Matthew 21:18-19; 24:32; Luke 21:29).

There can be no question concerning Scripture using “trees” in a symbolic sense to signify national powers.  And, remaining within the confines of the symbolism that Scripture itself provides, there can, as well, be no question concerning that which is in view through the mustard seed germinating and eventually becoming a tree.

The teaching, through the symbolism given, is clear.  That which is represented by the mustard seed germinated and eventually became a national power — something that it was not supposed to become at all during the present dispensation, something reserved for the coming dispensation.  It became a national power during the time Satan ruled within the kingdom of the heavens; it became a national power within the present kingdom of Satan.

And any biblical thought of Christians exercising power in the world was to be reserved for a future day, a time after Satan had been put down and Christ had taken the scepter;  power of this nature was to be exercised solely within the future kingdom of Christ.

(In short, Satan, through his action as seen in the parable of the mustard seed, caused Christendom, forming the Church, to grow into a national power that would be under his control and sway.

Satan, throughout Man’s Day, following man’s fall, has ruled the earth through the nations [once national powers had been brought into existence].  This though would exclude Israel [once the nation had been brought into existence], for Israel was not to be “reckoned among the nations” [Numbers 23:9 KJV].

This type of rule by Satan is revealed in Daniel 10:12-21, with Satan and his angels ruling through the nations, but with Israel occupying a position separate from the nations and Satan’s rule in this respect [ref. the author’s books, The Most High Ruleth BOOK and The Spiritual Warfare BOOK, both in this site, for additional information on this subject].

Through Satan’s efforts — producing an abnormal growth in Christendom, resulting in that which is symbolized by a tree — he sought to make Christendom a national power during the time when he rules through national powers, with his emissaries finding ready acceptance in this national power [the birds of the air lodging in the branches of the tree].  Satan sought to make Christendom a national power, as the nations, through which he and his angels could exert rulership and control.)

2)  In History, During the Present Day

During the early part of the first century, when the apostates first infiltrated the ranks of fruit-bearing Christians, Christianity was looked upon in the Roman world as an illegal religion.  And, in some quarters, Christians were looked upon by the Romans as being guilty of treason.

Rome practiced emperor worship, and, within this practice, “religion” and “state” became one entity.  Christians, on the other hand, were monotheistic and spoke of a King other than Caesar and of a Kingdom other than Rome.  Thus, it is little wonder that the Romans looked upon Christianity and Christians in an illegal and a treasonous sense.

It was these basic differences that resulted in all of the Roman persecution, lasting several centuries.  But something else also happened during this time.  The apostates progressively broke down the barriers separating the Roman Empire and Christianity, until the day came, near the end of the fourth century, when these barriers no longer existed.  And this was followed by a merger of Church and State.

Constantine, during the opening years of the fourth century put a stop to the persecution of Christians, and he himself later embraced Christianity (for reasons upon which historians differ).  And all of this set the stage for that which was to follow.

In the year 380 A.D., Theodosius I issued an edict that made Christianity the exclusive state religion; and, in the year 395 A.D., Christianity was finally recognized as the official and only religion of the Roman Empire.

At this point, Christianity found itself completely enmeshed within a world power in the sphere of governmental authority over which Satan exercised control, completely out of line with God’s plans and purposes for the new creation “in Christ.”

This condition of Christendom though did not result from the previous Roman persecution.  The previous persecution had only resulted in Christian growth.  As Tertullian, a Christian living during the period of Roman persecution, said, “The blood of the martyrs is the seed of the Church.”

That which ultimately occurred in Christendom was caused by the apostates.  Their attack was not centered upon the entity itself (as was Rome’s attack) but upon that which brought the entity to a fruit-bearing stage.  They went back to that upon which the entity was fed and nourished, introducing corruption and destruction at this point.

And the end result was exactly as Christ had foretold.  The mustard seed germinated, grew normally for awhile, then took an abnormal growth, and eventually became a tree.  The abnormal growth, over time, ultimately resulted in barrenness; and Christians found themselves occupying a position that they were not supposed to occupy during the present dispensation at all.  They found themselves associated with Gentile world power within the present kingdom of Satan.

And this is a position from which Christianity has never recovered.  Down to the present day, though Rome has long since passed off the scene, Christians can still be found involving themselves in activities  associated with the tree of Matthew 13:32.  They can be seen on every hand involving themselves in the present government after all types of fashions, attempting to exert some type of power in the present kingdom under Satan.

But this is simply not the day when Christians are to rule and reign.  That day lies in the future, after Christ has taken the kingdom and Christians have been placed in positions of power and authority.

The entire present system is in its death-throes and is to be destroyed by Christ when He returns.  Christians having works associated with the present system will one day see their works suffer the same fate that the system is about to suffer.  Such works will be destroyed, burned “in fire” at the judgment seat; and even though these Christians will be “saved, yet so as through fire” (1 Corinthians 3:11-15), they will be left with nothing of value in relation to the coming kingdom of Christ.  And they will consequently be rejected for regal positions with Christ.

But for those Christians who will not have allowed the pseudo form of Christendom enmeshed within the present world system to govern their lives, things will be different.  Their works will not suffer the same fate as those having works associated with the present world system.  They will possess works that will endure the fire, and they will be left with something of value in relation to the coming kingdom of Christ.  These are the ones who will have waited to exercise regal power and authority, and these are the ones who will rule as co-heirs with Christ in His kingdom.
Chapter Six
Parable of the Leaven

Another parable He spoke to them: “The kingdom of heaven is like leaven, which a woman took and hid in three measures of meal till it was all leavened.” (Matthew 13:33)

The parable of the leaven is the last of the four parables that Christ gave outside the house, down by the sea.  This parable reveals the conclusion of matters surrounding events covered by the first three parables; and this conclusion is revealed prior to Christ going back inside the house, where He gave three additional parables (with all seven together revealing an entire sequence of events extending from the inception of the Church to the beginning of the Messianic Kingdom).

This parable contains the first mention of “leaven” in the New Testament, and Christ used the word in a symbolic sense, in an unexplained manner, knowing that it could be understood only one way.  The Old Testament symbolism surrounding “leaven” and the flow of thought seen in the three parables preceding the first use of this word in the New Testament left no room for those hearing these parables to question how the word was to be understood.

Leaven was a foreign substance added to dough, causing the dough to rise.  And the Old Testament, using leaven in a symbolic sense, always used the word only one way.  The Old Testament always used the word to symbolize that which caused corruption and deterioration.

The Mosaic Law forbade the priests in Israel from using leaven in their rituals (Leviticus 2:11).  In this respect, the absence of leaven (the absence of a foreign substance) pointed to purity, as seen in the first usage of this word in Scripture (Genesis 19:3).

Though the priests were forbidden from using leaven in their rituals, in two instances, instructions in the Mosaic economy stated that leaven was to be included in offerings (Leviticus 7:13; 23:17); and Amos, centuries later, mentioned an offering which was to include leaven as well (Amos 4:5).

But in all three of these instances where leaven was to be included, other offerings are also mentioned; and, in two of these instances, the other offerings are specifically stated to include blood sacrifices, to atone for man’s sins.  And, in the one offering where blood is not specifically mentioned (Amos 4:5), blood could only be inferred from the other offerings where blood is mentioned (Leviticus 7:1-14; 23:5, 27 [cf. Exodus 12:1ff; Leviticus 16:1ff]; Amos 4:4).

In the light of both the context and corresponding Scripture elsewhere, leaven could only have been included in these offerings to show man’s sin.  Leaven was included to show corruption within, as an offering without leaven was used to show purity within.

This can be illustrated by referring to God’s command surrounding the second of the festivals in Leviticus 23 — the festival of unleavened bread.  Beginning with the day immediately following the death of the firstborn and the application of the blood (the first festival), the Israelites were commanded to refrain from eating anything containing leaven for “seven days,” for a complete period of time (Leviticus 23:5-6).

This pointed to God’s truth surrounding the fact that those who had appropriated the blood were then to keep themselves pure for a complete period of time, for the entire duration of their lives that followed.  This was true for the Israelites at the time these festivals were instituted, it was true for the Israelites down through the centuries, and it remains true for Christians today.  It has been and it remains true for God’s people throughout all time (1 Corinthians 5:6-8).

And within the continuing symbolism shown by these feast days, God instituted a day of atonement.  This was the sixth of the seven festivals, and it had to do with shed blood to atone for man’s sins — the sins of those who had previously applied the blood of the paschal lambs (which was immediately followed by God’s command to not partake of that which contained leaven).  The day of atonement had to do with a covering provided for failure — a failure to remain separated from sin — for those having previously applied the blood of the paschal lambs.  This festival had to do with their failure to continuously keep themselves separated from that which is symbolized by leaven.

And exactly the same thing can be seen today through viewing the Christians’ present state in the world and Christ’s present high priestly ministry in the heavenly sanctuary.  Christians have applied the blood of the Paschal Lamb and have been commanded to keep themselves pure.

But Christians, possessing a body of death, as the Israelites in the past dispensation, experience failure; and, as in the camp of Israel, provision is made for failure.  Christ is presently ministering in the heavenly sanctuary, on the basis of His own blood on the mercy seat; and His ministry in this respect is on behalf of Christians who sin, providing cleansing.

Cleansing though is not automatic.  Rather, it is conditional.  Cleansing is dependent on the Christian acknowledging his sins.

If we confess our sins, He is faithful and just to forgive us our sins and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness. (1 John 1:9; cf. Hebrews 4:13-16; 9:23ff; 10:19ff; 1 John 2:1-2)

In the light of the way in which leaven is always used in the Old Testament, Christ could use the word in a symbolic sense — as He did in Matthew 13:33, and in Matthew 16:6, 11 — and His disciples would know exactly what was meant (Matthew 16:12).  Or, also in this respect, Paul could use the word in this same symbolic sense in his epistles — as he did in 1 Corinthians 5:6-8, and in Galatians 5:9 — and the recipients of these epistles would also know exactly what was meant.

But an added feature about the way leaven is used in Matthew 13:33 is seen in the context leading into the use of this word.  The context of the passage itself reveals how this word is to be understood, which is the same way leaven is used and understood elsewhere in the New Testament.  Every place leaven appears in the New Testament, the context always clearly shows the word being used only one way — showing corruption and deterioration — in complete keeping with its Old Testament usage.

In Matthew 13:33, the context leading into the use of leaven has to do with fruit-bearing and with the method Satan uses to stop Christians from bearing fruit.  The preceding two parables reveal Satan introducing false doctrine, with a progressive corruption and deterioration following.  And the parable of the leaven simply reveals the conclusion of the matter.

According to the parable of the leaven, the message surrounding the proffered kingdom during the present dispensation would, near the end of the dispensation, become completely leavened.  Corruption introduced at the beginning of the dispensation would progressively permeate the whole of Christendom until that which has to do with the proffered kingdom would be completely corrupted.  This is how, according to this parable, the dispensation would end.

Three Measures of Meal

“Three” is the number of divine perfection.  This number shows divine perfection within that which is in view.  Three measures of meal — three measures of ground grain, used to make bread — are in view.  The reference is to the Word of God (Matthew 4:4; cf. Isaiah 55:1-2), though not the Word in a general sense.  Rather, the reference, contextually, is to the Word in a specific sense, a specific part of the Word, a specific teaching in the Word.

The subject at hand has to do with the Word of the Kingdom.  It has to do with how the message surrounding the coming kingdom of Christ would begin to be proclaimed in Christendom and how this message would progressively change because of something (a foreign substance) that is placed within the message (Matthew 13:19-24, 31, 33).

The reference to leaven placed in the three measures of meal, as previously shown, is simply a reference to that which is introduced in the preceding two parables.  It is a reference to taking that which is false and placing it within that which is divinely perfect.  It is a reference to a corrupting agent being placed within the divinely perfect God-breathed Word.

And, again, it is that part of this divinely perfect revelation having to do with the Word of the Kingdom that is in view.  Satan simply began placing those proclaiming a false message about the kingdom among those bearing fruit for the kingdom.  The false message took root and began to spread, resulting in corruption and deterioration.

Then, continuing the explanation in the third parable, because of this false doctrine, a completely unnatural spiritual growth in Christendom followed.  The mustard seed in this parable is seen germinating, growing normally for a time, then experiencing abnormal growth and becoming a tree — something that it wasn’t supposed to become at all.

And not only did it grow after this fashion, but the end result of this growth was so unnatural that those responsible were able to find a home within that which they, through corruption, had wrought.

And that, contextually is what continues in view — the only thing that can continue in view — by Christ using the symbolism of a woman taking leaven and hiding it in three measures of meal.  In keeping with the definition of a parable, Christ simply provided additional truth placed alongside of previous truth to help explain the previous truth.  This parable provides additional truth placed alongside the preceding two parables to help explain these parables.

Understanding the parable of the leaven is that simple.  This parable has to do with the progressive, continuing deterioration seen in the preceding parable, the parable of the mustard seed; and this preceding parable, in turn, has to do with how Satan went about stopping fruit-bearing in the parable that preceded it, the parable of the wheat and tares.  It has to do with a corrupting agent placed within that part of God’s divinely perfect revelation referred to as the “word of the kingdom.”  And it has to do with this corrupting agent working “till it was all [the message surrounding the coming kingdom of Christ]” corrupted.

Till It Was All . . . .

The reason for the state in which Christendom presently finds itself is shown by the first four parables in Matthew chapter thirteen, with the fourth parable, the parable of the leaven, depicting the end of the matter.  This parable shows a progressive deterioration until the point of total corruption has been reached.

Near the end of the dispensation, when the Word of the Kingdom has been completely corrupted, that which Jesus foretold in this parable would be fulfilled.  In those days, at that time, the true message surrounding the coming kingdom of Christ will not be — it cannot be — heard throughout the churches of the land.

The move in Christendom from conditions depicted by the church in Ephesus to conditions depicted by the church in Laodicea, seen in Revelation two and three, will then be complete.  The Church will not only have left its “first love” (Revelation 2:4), but the Church will ultimately be brought into a state described as “wretched, miserable, poor, blind, and naked” (Revelation 3:17b).

And one need only look around today to see this exact state of affairs existing in Christendom — in fundamental and liberal circles alike.  In relation to the Word of the Kingdom, one segment is just as leavened as the other.  In relation to the Word of the Kingdom, exactly the same conditions exist in both.  Neither proclaims this message, and neither will have anything to do with it.

This is the one thing that both the fundamentalists and the liberals (as they are known and referred to) have in common today.  Neither will proclaim or have anything to do with the central message that Christians are to hear.

When Christ was on earth the first time, there were two main religious parties in Israel — the Pharisees and the sadducees (the fundamentalists and the liberals of that day).  These two religious parties were worlds apart in their theology, but they were one in their attitude toward the message surrounding the proffered kingdom.  Neither would have anything to do with it.

And exactly the same situation exists in Christendom today, immediately preceding Christ’s return.  There are two main divisions among Christians — the fundamentalists and the liberals.  These two religious groups are worlds apart in their theology, but they are one in their attitude toward the proffered kingdom.  Neither will have anything to do with it.

1)  From Ephesus . . .

Revelation chapters two and three record seven short epistles to seven churches in Asia.  These epistles were given in a certain order, beginning with the church in Ephesus and ending with the church in Laodicea.  And a longer epistle to one of the seven exists elsewhere in the New Testament — to the first church mentioned, the church in Ephesus.

Reference is made in Colossians 4:16 to an epistle in connection with the church in Laodicea.  But this is not stated to be an epistle written to that Church (though if it were, it would have to be viewed as a non-canonical epistle that was not preserved and passed down).  Rather, it is simply an unidentified epistle (possibly one that Paul had written from this location); and this epistle, in possession of the Christians in Laodicea, was to be obtained by the Christians in Colossae from those in Laodicea.

Paul had spent three years ministering to the Christians in Ephesus (Acts 20:31).  When he came to Ephesus the first time, he was accompanied by Aquila and Priscilla (whom, it is apparent, he had instructed in the faith).  He remained in Ephesus an unrevealed period of time, reasoning with the Jews in the synagogue.  Then he left Aquila and Priscilla in Ephesus in order to return to Jerusalem (Acts 18:18-21).

It was during Paul’s second visit to Ephesus that he spent most of the three-year period that he mentions in Acts 20:31 (cf. Acts 19:10ff).  On this second visit, Paul found disciples who were not familiar with the fact that God had called an entirely new entity — the one new man “in Christ” — into existence.  These disciples knew only “the baptism of John,” something that they had apparently learned from Apollos before he received further instruction in the matter from Aquila and Priscilla (Acts 19:1-7; cf. Acts 18:24-26).

And Paul began his ministry in Ephesus at this time by providing further instruction for these individuals, as Aquila and Priscilla had provided for Apollos.  Then Paul continued his ministry in Ephesus by going “from house to house,” teaching the people, keeping nothing back that was not profitable for them (Acts 20:20).  In this respect, Paul’s ministry in Ephesus would seemingly form a pattern concerning the manner in which his entire ministry in the Gentile world was to be conducted.

Paul had earlier been converted and subsequently taken aside (apparently to a desert area in Arabia) where the Lord appeared to him and personally revealed to him what is called in Scripture, “the mystery” (Galatians 1:11-12, 16-17; Ephesians 3:1-11).  The “mystery” had to do with the new entity, the new creation “in Christ,” the Church; it had to do with both Jews and Gentiles being joint-heirs together, in one body; and it had to do with those comprising this new entity being the recipients of the kingdom that Israel had rejected — the kingdom of the heavens (cf. Matthew 21:33-43; 1 Peter 2:9-10).

This is the message that Paul had been taught by the Lord, and this is the message that he was to carry throughout the Gentile world.  This though was a message for Christians, not a message for the unsaved; and there were very few Christians in the Gentile world when Paul went out with this message.  Thus, Paul, in the process of carrying out his ministry, had to proclaim a dual message.

Paul, among the unsaved, had to proclaim the good news surrounding the grace of God.  Then, once individuals had been saved, Paul could proclaim the good news surrounding the coming glory of Christ.  And the latter, rather than the former, is that which is seen in Scripture forming the heart of Paul’s ministry.

This is why Scripture presents Paul’s ministry — outlined in the latter half of the book of Acts, and in his epistles — as dealing far more extensively with things surrounding “the mystery” than with things surrounding the simple gospel of the grace of God.

It is plain from Paul’s last meeting with the elders in the church in Ephesus that “in every city” that he entered (which included Ephesus) he proclaimed “the gospel of the grace of God”; but it is also clear that Paul, in these same cities, then went on to proclaim “the kingdom of God” to those who had been saved under the simple preaching of the gospel of the grace of God (Acts 20:24-25).

And the three years Paul spent in Ephesus are specifically said to be time that he spent instructing Christians in the faith and warning them about false teachers who would arise in their midst (Acts 20:28-32).

Note the preceding sequence in Paul’s ministry, seen in these verses in Acts 20:24-32:

But none of these things move me; nor do I count my life dear to myself, so that I may finish my race with joy, and the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus, to testify to the gospel of the grace of God.

And indeed, now I know that you all, among whom I have gone preaching the kingdom of God, will see my face no more.

Therefore I testify to you this day that I am innocent of the blood of all men.

For I have not shunned to declare to you the whole counsel of God..

Therefore take heed to yourselves and to all the flock, among which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers, to shepherd the Church of God which He purchased with His own blood.

For I know this, that after my departure savage wolves will come in among you, not sparing the flock.

Also from among yourselves men will rise up, speaking perverse things, to draw away the disciples after themselves.

Therefore watch, and remember that for three years I did not cease to warn everyone night and day with tears.

So now, brethren, I commend you to God and to the Word of His grace, which is able to build you up and give you an inheritance among all those who are sanctified.

Then, the epistle that he later wrote to those in Ephesus, shows the depth to which he had previously instructed the Christians in that city.  This epistle begins (apart from foundational teachings, and really, apart from any introductory teachings) with a discussion of the things that would be realized “in the dispensation of the fulness of the times” — adoption, redemption, and an inheritance (Ephesians 1:3-14).  Thus, this epistle begins and continues with the assumption that the Christians in Ephesus were well-grounded in the faith.

Paul could begin and continue this way because of the apparent spiritual maturity of these Christians, resulting from his previous lengthy ministry in their midst.  And Paul’s unceasing prayer for these Christians at the time he wrote this epistle was that God would give them wisdom and full knowledge (Greek: epignosis) concerning the things he was writing about (things that he had previously taught them), referred to as “the hope of His calling,” and “the riches of the glory of His inheritance in the saints” (Ephesians 1:16-18).

Then Paul continues in chapter two of Ephesians, showing the reason for their salvation, the reason these Christians in Ephesus had passed “from death to life” (Ephesians 2:1-10).  And the thought of saved Jews and Gentiles, seen together in one body in this chapter (Ephesians 2:15-16), merges into a discussion of “the mystery” in chapter three (Ephesians 3:1-11).

And Paul, calling attention to “the mystery,” continues with the thought of an inheritance set before Christians, for a future inheritance is what the mystery has to do with.  It has to do with Gentiles being “fellow heirs” with Jews, “of the same body, and partakers of His promise in Christ through the gospel” (Ephesians 3:6).  And Paul refers to the whole of the message surrounding the mystery as “the unsearchable riches of Christ,” and “the manifold wisdom of God” (Ephesians 3:8, 10) — something that the writer of Hebrews presented as is realized in that which he called “so great salvation” (Hebrews 2:3), or which Peter referred to as “the greatest of precious promises,” connected with Christ’s “greatest regal magnificence [literal translation]” (2 Peter 1:4, 16).

In the first part of chapter four of Ephesians, Paul dealt with the reason for gifted leaders and teachers in the church.  Simply stated, God had placed gifted leaders and teachers in the church in Ephesus, and elsewhere, to guide Christians as they moved from immaturity to maturity; and this was with a view to the future adoption, redemption, and inheritance awaiting Christians (cf. Ephesians 4:11-14, 30).

Then the Christians’ walk comes into view as individuals move from immaturity to maturity.  And this takes up the remainder of the epistle, with a warning at the end to clothe oneself with “the whole armour of God” because of the ongoing spiritual warfare against Satan and his angels (Ephesians 6:10ff).

The church in Ephesus was filled with Christians who were well-versed in the Word of the Kingdom.  And well they should have been, for Paul had spent a great deal of time with them, going ”from house to house,” teaching them — something that had allowed him to be able to later write a letter to these Christians and simply begin discussing “the deep things of God” (1 Corinthians 2:10), completely apart from introductory, foundational teachings.

And it was this church that the Lord chose to use in His revelation to John in order to show the state of Christendom at the beginning of the dispensation.  This was a time when the true message surrounding the coming kingdom of Christ was proclaimed throughout Christendom, when this message was received and understood by Christians throughout the churches (Colossians 1:5-6, 23).

During these early years, this was the message of the hour when Christians met.  This was the central message proclaimed by Paul and other ministers of that day, this was the central message of all the letters (epistles) written to the different churches and individuals during that time.  And Christians during these days gathered to talk about the things having to do with the coming kingdom of Christ, encouraging and exhorting one another relative to the hope set before them (Hebrews 10:23-25).

But something happened!  A foreign substance was placed in the three measures of meal.  And it wasn’t long before things began to go awry, even in the church in Ephesus.

Note that which Scripture states in this respect, as recorded in Revelation 2:2-4:

I know your works, your labor, your patience, and that you cannot bear those who are evil. And you have tested those who say they are apostles and are not, and have found them liars;

and you have persevered and have patience, and have labored for My name’s sake and have not become weary.

Nevertheless I have this against you, that you have left your first love.

The corruption that Satan introduced began and continued to cause deterioration in Christendom.  It began in the manner depicted in the first of the seven churches in Revelation 2; 3, the church in Ephesus; and it would continue until it had brought about conditions in Christendom as depicted in the last of the seven churches in these two chapter in the book of Revelation, the church in Laodicea.

2)  To Laodicea

From a biblical standpoint, one thing about Christendom is certain!  And this one thing cannot be denied!

Christendom, near the end of the dispensation, is going to appear in the world in a completely leavened state.  This is something that Christ revealed to His disciples before the Church was ever brought into existence, and this is something that He revealed again to John at a time after the Church had been brought into existence.

The record of Church history was given before the dispensation began, and the record of Church history was given once again during the early years of the dispensation.  And man today — living during the closing years of the dispensation, viewing both the history and current state of Christendom — can know exactly why the whole of Christendom exists in its present condition.

According to the clear teaching of the Word of God, relative to any proclamation of the Word of the Kingdom near the end of the dispensation, all Christendom will have become completely saturated with leaven, with that which is false.  Relative to any proclamation of this message near the end of the dispensation, all Christendom will have become completely corrupted.

It is not a pretty picture.  Corruption never is.  This though is what the unchangeable Word of God has to say about the final state of Christendom during Man’s Day.

And, for those believing what the Word of God has to say on the subject, this has to be the end of the matter.  This is not something open to discussion or debate.  This is a settled matter, clearly revealed by Christ at two different places in Scripture where a history of Christendom is given.  And this revealed history of Christendom is recorded these two times, in two different ways, for all to see.

In the second of these two times — in Revelation chapters two and three — the Lord revealed this final state of Christendom by referring to conditions in the church in Laodicean, a church that had become completely corrupted even before the end of the first century.  And, if one desires to study about the Church of today (whether fundamental or liberal), he need only turn to Revelation 3:14-21.  This is a description given by Christ Himself; and this description, in complete keeping with that which is seen in the parable of the leaven in Matthew 13:33, vividly depicts the true nature of the Church at the end of the dispensation — “wretched, miserable, poor, blind, and naked” (Revelation 3:17b).

But, again, bear one thing in mind.  This does not picture Christendom at the end of the dispensation in a general sense.  Rather, something specific is in view.  This  presents Christendom at the end of the dispensation in relation to an outlook on a particular facet of biblical doctrine — the attitude of Christians throughout the churches toward that which very few of them seem to know anything whatsoever about, the Word of the Kingdom, that upon which the leaven is seen to have centered its attack.

And this whole overall thought of the leaven centering its attack at this point is something easily seen throughout the seven epistles to the seven churches in Revelation 2; 3.  Note that each epistle is structured exactly the same.  Each centers around works, with a view to overcoming.  The statement to each church is twofold in each epistle:

1) “I know your works . . . .” (Revelation 2:2, 9, 13, 19; 3:1, 8, 15).

2) “To him who overcomes . . . .” (Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26-28; 3:5, 12, 21).

These are the two inseparable and interrelated things around which the Word of the Kingdom centers — works, with a view to overcoming.  And all of the overcomer’s promises project matters out into the Messianic Era.

And when the Lord called attention to the Laodicean church as being “wretched, miserable, poor, blind, and naked,” He was presenting a picture of the Church at the end of the dispensation in relation to that which was in view — works, with a view to overcoming.  And the counsel that the Lord gave the Church in this condition was quite clear:

I counsel you to buy from Me gold refined in the fire, that you may be rich; and white garments, that you may be clothed, that the shame of your nakedness may not be revealed; and anoint your eyes with eye salve, that you may see.” (Revelation 3:18)

Thus, the Church near the end of the dispensation, in relation to teachings surrounding the Word of the Kingdom, will be in the condition depicted by the Laodicean church.  It will be completely corrupted.  And all one needs to do to see the truth of the matter is go into practically any church throughout the country today — fundamental or liberal, it makes no difference — and listen for any reference to teachings surrounding the Word of the Kingdom.

One will listen in vain, for the message is simply not being taught.  The leaven has done its damaging work too well.

If Anyone . . .

So, what is the Christian who understands the Word of the Kingdom to do in surroundings of this nature today?  He finds himself in the midst of Christians who know little to nothing about the subject; he finds himself in the midst of Christians who reject, or make light of the Word of the Kingdom.  And he can’t really leave and go elsewhere, for the leaven, working for almost two millennia, has brought the whole of Christendom into this same state.

The answer concerning that which he is to do is given at the end of the short epistle to the church in Laodicea.  The Lord knew exactly how conditions would exist at the end of the leavening process.  And, with this in view, those in the Laodicean church were exhorted to follow a particular course of action within this Church.

Note Christ’s closing words to these Christians:

As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten. Therefore be zealous and repent.

Behold, I stand at the door and knock. If anyone hears My voice and opens the door, I will come in to him and dine with him, and he with Me.

To him who overcomes . . . .” (Revelation 3:19-21a).

In relation to the central message that Christians are to hear throughout the dispensation, Christ, at the end of the dispensation, is pictured outside the Church, knocking, seeking admission to those inside.  And the invitation that Christ extends at this time is to individual Christians rather than to the church as a whole, for the church will have been permeated through and through with a leavening substance that can only continue its deteriorating work.

The invitation, seen in this passage, extends to any individual in the Church:  “If anyone hears my voice and opens the door . . . .”  The person is not told to leave the Church, for, again, there is no place for him to go; the whole will have been leavened.  Rather, the person is to remain where he is and heed the Lord’s message.  Then, the Lord will come inside the church, to that individual, with fellowship in the Word following.

There will be fellowship between Christ and that individual (“. . . and dine with him”), and there will be fellowship between that individual and Christ (“. . . and he with me” [Revelation 3:20b; cf. 1 John 1:3).

But for the other Christians in the church, Christ will remain outside the door, though the invitation will remain open.

And that is the way it is in Christendom as the Church nears the end of the dispensation, near the end of the 2,000 years that God has allotted for the Spirit to procure a bride for His Son (Genesis 24).  The Church finds itself in a completely leavened state, with Christ outside the door, exhorting individual Christians to heed the truth of that which Satan has fought so hard to destroy.
Chapter Seven
Some Will Depart

Now the Spirit expressly says that in latter times some will depart from the faith, giving heed to deceiving spirits and doctrines of demons,

speaking lies in hypocrisy, having their own conscience seared with a hot iron,

forbidding to marry, and commanding to abstain from meats that God created to be received with thanksgiving by those who believe and know the truth.  (1 Timothy 4:1-3)

God’s creation of the material universe and the establishment of His universal government preceded the creation of man by at least one age, possibly by a number of ages.  The length of this period of time is completely unrevealed in Scripture, and the only events occurring throughout this period that God has seen fit to reveal to man in His Word are events having a direct bearing upon the reason for man’s existence on the earth.

Scripture reveals God’s original establishment of the government of the earth (Ezekiel 28:14), the fall and disqualification of the earth’s first ruler (Isaiah 14:12-14; Ezekiel 28:15), and both the immediate and far-reaching results of the fall and disqualification of this ruler (cf. Genesis 1:2a; Isaiah 14:15-17; Jeremiah 4:23-28; Ezekiel 28:16-19).

The immediate result was a ruined kingdom — a kingdom becomingwithout form, and void,” with darkness covering “the face of the deep [‘raging waters’ covering the darkened, ruined kingdom]” (Genesis 1:2a).  And the far-reaching results — still future today — will be a removal of the incumbent ruler from his appointed position of power and authority and his eventual consignment to a prepared “lake of fire” (Matthew 25:41; Revelation 20:10).

God revealed these things about Satan and the earth in order that man would be able to clearly see and understand the reason for his existence.  God’s creation of the material universe, His establishment of a universal government, the subsequent rebellion of one provincial ruler within this established government (the rebellion of Satan, with a segment of his angels), and the resulting ruin of Satan’s kingdom (the earth), all preceded and anticipated man’s creation.

And not only has God revealed these things, but He has also revealed the end of the matter.  He has also revealed that which will occur relative to Satan and his kingdom after man takes the scepter.

But, viewing the matter from the beginning, man was not to rule over a kingdom lying in ruins.  The earth, which had become “without form, and void” when God’s original appointed ruler sought to exalt his throne (Genesis 1:2a), was restored immediately prior to man’s creation (Genesis 1:2-25 [2b].

God restored the ruined material creation with a view to a new provincial ruler — man — taking the scepter.  And this is something that He revealed immediately following the earth’s restoration:

Let Us make man in Our image, according to Our likeness; let them have dominion . . . . (Genesis 1:26; cf. Genesis 1:27ff)

Thus, God not only clearly revealed His reason for the restoration of the ruined material creation but also His reason for the creation of man.  The material creation had been restored for man, and man was about to be brought into existence to replace the incumbent ruler and those ruling with him (Satan and his angels).

And, with God’s statement to this effect, note two established, unchangeable facts concerning man, revealed immediately preceding his creation:  (1) Man was to be brought into existence to rule the earth; and (2) this rule would be realized in conjunction with the woman, who would be taken out of man following His creation (cf. Genesis 1:27-28).

God said, prior to man’s creation, “. . . let them have dominion [the man and the woman together] . . .”  (Genesis 1:26-28).  Then, Genesis chapter two provides a number of details concerning man’s creation (Genesis 2:7), the removal of the woman from the man (Genesis 2:21-22), and the relationship of the woman to the man (Genesis 2:23-24).

This is the way God established matters in the beginning, and that which God established in the beginning does not change, it cannot change, as one moves through Scripture.  At any point in Scripture, following that which God established and revealed in the opening two chapter of Genesis, the man and the woman are seen occupying this same inseparable relationship together — a regal relationship, having to do with the government of the earth.

It matters not whether it’s a man and wife in their fallen state, God and Israel, or Christ and the Church, this established relationship holds.  It must hold, for God Himself established this relationship.

The man and wife are to presently be “heirs together of the grace of life” and foreshadow, within this God-established relationship existing during Man’s Day, the future relationship that will exist between Christ and His wife in the Lord’s Day (Ephesians 5:21-33; 1 Peter 3:7).

God took Israel as His wife in the Old Testament theocracy.  God had to possess a wife to reign in the theocracy, for that is the manner in which He Himself established matters in the beginning.  God later divorced Israel because of harlotry.  But, in the future restored theocracy, God will again take Israel as His wife (cf. Isaiah 1:21-2:5; Jeremiah 3:1ff; Hosea 2:2-3; 14:1ff; Revelation 19:1-6).

After the same manner, Christ will one day take a wife.  The Spirit of God is in the world today searching for a bride for God’s Son, for the Son can’t reign apart from possessing a wife.  Again, this is a matter established by God in the beginning, and it cannot change (Genesis 24:1ff; Ephesians 5:21-33; Revelation 19:7-9).

Understanding this established relationship will explain both Satan’s initial action and Adam’s resulting subsequent action in Genesis chapter three.

Satan knew full-well the reason man had been created, with the woman removed from the man; and he also knew full-well the relationship existing between the man and the woman.  He knew that Adam couldn’t rule apart from Eve.  And, knowing this, he directed his efforts toward the woman, seeking to bring her into a state in which she couldn’t rule.

Satan deceived Eve into eating fruit from the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, contrary to God’s command.  And once Eve had disobeyed God, she was no longer in a position to rule with Adam, which meant that Adam couldn’t rule.  A part of Adam’s very being — bone of his bones, and flesh of his flesh (Genesis 2:23) — was no longer in a position to rule, preventing him from ruling.

Thus, Adam, in this condition — an incomplete being — was left with only one choice.  Eve had to be redeemed.  And there was only one way in which this could be done.

Adam, taking the only course available, partook of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil as well (Adam could only drop to Eve’s level, not she rise to his).  And Adam did this with a view to redemption and his one day being able to occupy, as a complete being (the man and woman together), the position for which God had created man.

Comparing type and antitype, all of this can be clearly seen.  The second Man, the last Adam, found His bride in the same fallen state; and He took the only course available.  He who knew no sin was made sin for us “that we might become the righteousness of God in Him” (2 Corinthians 5:21).

As the first man, the first Adam, couldn’t reign apart from the one in a fallen state — his wife — neither can the second Man, the last Adam.  And since man is to ultimately realize the purpose for his creation in the beginning, it must be recognized that both the first Adam and the last Adam took the only course available as it pertains to the reason for man’s existence and the sin question.  To properly understand the actions of either Adam in Eden or Christ at Calvary, one account must be studied in the light of the other.  That is to say, type and antitype must be studied together.

Man’s redemption — wrought through Christ’s finished work at Calvary — has its direct connection with that which is revealed in Genesis surrounding the reason for man’s creation, Eve’s subsequent fall because of Satan’s deception, and Adam’s resulting subsequent act.  “Salvation” in Scripture is connected with regality, not as man often presents the matter, with a rescue or deliverance from the lake of fire.

Though the lake of fire does await individuals rejecting Christ’s finished work at Calvary, viewing salvation with respect to a deliverance from the lake of fire is really not the correct biblical approach. The lake of fire was prepared for “the devil and his angels,” not for man (Matthew 25:41).  It was prepared for the ones originally ruling the earth who rebelled against God’s supreme regal power and authority.

In this respect, the lake of fire has its connective origin with regality as it pertains to the earth — the same as the purpose for man’s salvation.  And this connective origin of regality and the earth with the lake of fire is why man, rejecting God’s remedy for sin, will end up in this place.

Fallen man will have rejected that which has to do first and foremost with regality and the earth.  He will have rejected a salvation that finds its revealed purpose in the reason for man’s creation and subsequent fall.  And man, rejecting a salvation of this nature, is doing little more than rebelling against God’s supreme regal power and authority — the same as Satan and his angels had done, though after a different fashion.

Thus, though the lake of fire was originally prepared for angelic beings who had rebelled against God’s supreme regal power and authority, man, also rebelling in a manner that has to do with regality and the earth, will be cast therein as well.

Doctrines of Demons

The “doctrines of demons” in the text from 1 Timothy 4:1-3 would involve a counterfeit parallel to the truth presented in the Word of God.  God has His deep things, and Satan has his deep things (1 Corinthians 2:10; Revelation 2:24).  And the latter, as it is presented in Scripture, is simply a corruption of the former.  It is taking the former, remaining within the same framework as the former, and producing a counterfeit, a corrupted parallel.

For example, Scripture begins with a foundational framework (Genesis 1:1-2:3), providing an unchangeable pattern for the whole of that which God was about to lay out in His Word (Genesis 2:4ff).  And Satan begins at the same point, providing a corrupted parallel to that which God has laid out in His Word (cf. 2 Peter 3:3-8).

Satan not only has his corrupted parallel relative to salvation by grace through faith (Genesis 1:2-5 [2b]), but he has his corrupted parallel relative to present and future aspects of salvation as well — the salvation of the soul (Genesis 1:6ff).  And, as God in His Word places the emphasis on present and future aspects of salvation (not only in Genesis 1:1-2:3, but also in the remainder of Scripture), so does Satan in his counterfeit parallel.

And, as God in His Word reveals a specific goal for man’s salvation (not only in Genesis 1:1-2:3, but also in the remainder of Scripture), Satan seeks to entirely corrupt this teaching in his counterfeit parallel.

Satan places the emphasis where God has placed the emphasis, and he seeks to set forth a counterfeit at the same points God has set forth the truth (cf. Isaiah 14:13-14).  He has taken God’s truth and introduced error in his efforts to mislead the masses.

(A good counterfeit will approximate the original as closely as possible; and, as with any good counterfeit, it is easier to mislead the masses in this manner [cf. 2 Corinthians 11:13-15].)

Then note that God’s Word is directed to the saved, not the unsaved.  The unsaved are “dead in trespasses and sins” and cannot understand this Word (Ephesians 2:1; cf. 1 Corinthians 2:14).

And so it is with Satan and his counterfeit parallels.  These counterfeit teachings have been designed for those who have “passed from death to life” (John 5:24).  Those “dead in trespasses and sins” are in no position to understand spiritual issues — whether “corrupted” (emanating from Satan) or “uncorrupted” (emanating from God).  Both fall completely outside the realm of the natural (the soulical).

Such a corruption of the truth, received by the saved, can easily be seen in the text from the book of 1 Timothy, where Paul sounded a warning.  Paul foretold a departure from “the faith” where some Christians would begin giving heed to “deceiving spirits” rather than to God’s Word; and these deceiving spirits would teach that which was untrue, specifically referred to in the text as the “doctrines of demons.”

These Christians’ spiritual awareness would become seared (Greek: kausteriazo;  English, “cauterize” — to burn, as with a hot iron, to the point of destroying that which is being burned), resulting in a departure from “the faith.”  And, relative to “the faith” from which they had departed, they would begin proclaiming that which is false, that which is in line with the “doctrines of demons.”  They would begin proclaiming a message opposed to that which the Word of God had to say about two things:  (1) Marriage, and (2) Meats (1 Timothy 4:1-3).

The subject of “marriage” points to a work occurring during Man’s Day (the truth surrounding the matter established before and at the time of man’s creation), which would be brought to fruition and realized in the future Lord’s Day; and “meats” has to do with that part of biblical doctrine that centers around this overall subject (1 Timothy 4:6, 13, 16).

And those which are seen being misled in 1 Timothy 4:1-3, “in latter times” by “deceiving spirits,” resulting in their proclaiming “doctrines of demons,” are seen, “standing in the way of marriage . . . .” (literal thought from the Greek text [1 Timothy 4:3a]) and are referred to as apostates.  Further, a misleading of individuals after this fashion is presented in a very specific and limited sense in Scripture.  It is presented specifically as and limited to an apostasy from the faith — nothing more, nothing less.

1)  Apostasy from the Faith

“Apostasy” has to do with standing away from a position previously held, and “the faith” is an expression that encompasses the whole of a specific part of the Word of God (actually, the central teaching) — “the Word of the Kingdom.”  The Spirit of God, revealing through Paul the central message that Christians were to be taught, explicitly singled out that which would occur “in latter times” in Christendom relative to this central message.

In short, there would be a departure from this central message; and that which is associated with the doctrines of demons would, instead, be taught.

a)  Apostasy

The word “depart” in 1 Timothy 4:1 is a translation of the Greek word, aphistemi, which is the verb form of the noun, apostasia.  And apostasia is the word from which our English word “apostasy” is derived.  The English word “apostasy” is simply an Anglicized form of the Greek word apostasia.  Accordingly, to understand that which is meant by “apostasy,” the Greek word needs to be referenced.

Apostasia is a compound word comprised of apo and stasisApo means “from,” and stasis means “to stand.”  Thus, the literal meaning of the word is “to stand from,” or “to stand away from.”  An apostate, in the true sense of the word, is simply someone standing away from, departing from, a position previously held.

In 1 Timothy 4:1, the departure from the previously held position is specifically stated to pertain to “the faith.”  That is, seducing spirits, promulgating the doctrines of demons, are seen leading individuals adhering to “the faith” (of necessity, Christians, not unsaved individuals [1 Corinthians 2:14]) away from this position.

b)  The Faith

The central thrust surrounding the truth of the matter, derived from the Word of God, has to do with “the faith.”  And the central thrust surrounding that which is false, derived from the doctrines of demons, also has to do with “the faith.”  One emanates from “the deep things of God,” and the other emanates from “the depths [lit., ‘the deep things’] of Satan” (1 Corinthians 2:10; Revelation 2:24).  The former is the Truth; the latter is a corrupted, counterfeit parallel to the Truth.

The expression “the faith” is peculiarly related in Scripture to the overall scope of the Word of the Kingdom, to the mystery revealed to Paul, to the gospel of the glory of Christ, to the salvation of the soul.  This is the manner in which the expression appears in numerous New Testament references — in the Gospels, in the book of Acts, and in the Epistles (both Pauline and General).

Christ, during the course of His earthly ministry, at His first coming, looked 2,000 years ahead to His second coming, and, through a question, called attention to a solitary fact concerning the central message of the New Testament.  Christ asked, “. . . when the Son of Man [a Messianic title] comes, will he really find faith [lit., ‘the faith’] on the earth?” (Luke 18:8).  And the manner in which the question is worded in the Greek text designates a negative answer.

The Son of Man will not find “the faith” being taught in Christendom at the time of His return.  The leaven that the woman placed in the three measures of meal in Matthew 13:33 (having to do with the doctrines of demons) will have taken care of that.

Now, if the expression, “the faith,” refers to that which is held by fundamental Christendom today (the whole of man’s categorization of fundamental doctrines; e.g., the virgin birth, the death, burial, and resurrection of Christ, salvation by grace through faith, etc.) — as commonly taught — then a major problem exists.

Fundamentalism, in the preceding respect, is presently a major force in Christendom; and “the faith” would be something held to and proclaimed throughout a rather large segment of Christendom.  Thus, if “the faith” is to be understood as a reference to the body of biblical doctrines, as held by those recognized as “fundamental Christians,” then conditions in Christendom are such that Christ cannot return during the present time.  Fundamentalism of this nature is presently alive and well in Christendom.  In fact, it is actually a growing force in numerous quarters.  Millions of Christians in this country alone would fall within the mainstream of fundamentalism and adhere to this body of biblical doctrine.

But the preceding is really neither here nor there, for, when one looks to Scripture for its own definition of “the faith,” something completely different is seen.  Scripture uses this expression in a very limited sense.  Scripture uses this expression in contexts having to do with the Word of the Kingdom, not in contexts having to do with the complete body of fundamental doctrines of the Christian faith.

Doctrines of “the faith,” in the preceding respect, in actuality, represent that which man has attempted to categorize as he has looked at the Scriptures, not doctrines seen through allowing Scripture to interpret Scripture.  And it is the latter alone, not the former, which allows man to look into the Scriptures and view matters from the way God has recorded them in His Word.  There is a vast difference in viewing Scripture from the preceding two vantage points, especially when it comes to dealing with “the faith.”

To take the biblical expression, “the faith,” and attempt to identify it with man’s categorization of doctrine (a list of biblical doctrines) is the height of folly in Scriptural interpretation.  Scripture is always to be interpreted in the light of Scripture (1 Corinthians 2:9-13).  And this is exactly the way in which the expression, “the faith,” must be understood.

Scripture must be allowed to explain that which is meant by the expression.  It is an expression that is used over and over in Scripture.  And the interesting thing is that Scripture not only clearly explains how this expression is used, but it does so in numerous instances.

Paul, for example, in his first letter to Timothy, following his warning concerning the apostates, said:

Fight the good fight of [the] faith, lay hold on eternal life [lit., ‘Strive in the good contest of the faith, lay hold on life for the age’], to which you were also called . . . . (1 Timothy 6:12)

And, in Paul’s second letter to Timothy, a similar usage is again seen:

“I have fought the good fight [lit., ‘I have strived in the good contest’], I have finished the race, I have kept the faith.

Finally, there is laid up for me the crown of righteousness . . . .” (2 Timothy 4:7-8)

Or, when Jude sought to write an epistle relative to the “common salvation [the good news concerning salvation by grace through faith, a subject which none of the epistles centers on],” the Spirit of God led him to write on an entirely different subject.  The Spirit of God led Jude to write an epistle exhorting Christians to “earnestly contend [lit., ‘earnestly strive’] for the faith that was once for all delivered to the saints [the good news concerning salvation in relation to the coming glory of Christ, something seen as central in the subject matter of all the epistles]” (Jude 1:3).

The words “fight” (1 Timothy 6:12), “fought” (2 Timothy 4:7), and “contend” (Jude 1:3) are translations of the same word in the Greek text — agonizomai, the word from which our English word, “agonize,” is derived.

In Jude though, the word has been intensified through the writer prefixing the Greek preposition epi to the word, forming epagonizomai.  Thus, the correct translation would be, “earnestly strive . . . .”

In all three of the preceding passages, the thought, through the use of agonizomai, has to do with straining every muscle of one’s being relative to “the faith.”

In the first two references (from 1, 2 Timothy), the picture is that of an athletic contest.  Christians are to strain every muscle of their being in the present race of “the faith” in which they find themselves engaged.

Then Jude, in the face of apostasy relative to “the faith,” still remaining within the thought of an athletic contest, intensified the word.  Jude, because of apostasy among Christians relative to “the faith” — Christians giving heed to deceiving spirits, teaching the doctrines of demons (something also spoken of by Christ, Paul, and Peter) — intensified the thought of striving in his exhortation.  He, in essence, exhorted Christians, while running the race of “the faith,” to be especially and particularly on guard because of the apostates.

And it is apparent that Jude intensified this word, with a view to the apostates, because of the specific nature of apostasy, because of the realm in which the apostates had centered their teachings — seeking to mislead Christians relative to “the faith,” seeking to draw Christians away from the central teaching of Scripture.  The “doctrines of demons,” promulgated by the apostates, is the most dangerous and deadly teaching that has ever been proclaimed or ever will be proclaimed in Christian circles.  And, because of this, Jude exhorted Christians to strain every muscle of their being in the race of “the faith.”

The preceding would form only a few examples of the way in which the expression, “the faith,” is used in the New Testament.  Other examples would be the conversion of priests in Israel during the reoffer of the kingdom, who were then “obedient to the faith” (Acts 6:7), disciples exhorted “to continue in the faith” relative to entrance into the kingdom (Acts 14:22), Paul proclaiming “the faith” which he had once sought to destroy (Galatians 1:23; cf. Ephesians 6:16; Philippians 1:27; Colossians 1:23; 2:7; 1 Thessalonians 5:8; 2 Thessalonians 1:4, 11; 1 Timothy 1:2, 18-20; 5:8; 6:10, 21; 2 Timothy 2:18; 3:7-8), and the usage of the expression in the general epistles (cf. Hebrews 12:2; James 1:3; 2:14, 17-18, 20, 22, 26; 1 Peter 1:7, 9).  “Faith” is articular in the Greek text in each of the preceding references.

Thus, there is a uniform usage of this expression throughout the New Testament.  And, though it doesn’t have to do with the body of biblical doctrine held by those forming “fundamental Christendom,” it does have to do with a body of biblical doctrine.  It has to do with that body of biblical doctrine rejected by Christendom at large — liberals and fundamentalists alike.  It has to do with that body of biblical doctrine referred to in various ways in Scripture — the Word of the Kingdom, the mystery, Paul’s gospel, the gospel of the glory of Christ, etc.

2)  Marriage, Meats

Foundational principals and biblical doctrine surrounding the marriage relationship have forever been set forth in the opening chapters of Genesis.  And, any time one finds the man and the woman together beyond this point — whether during Man’s Day or during the coming Lord’s Day — rulership is in view.  Or, to present the truth of the matter from another perspective, turn the statement around.  Any time one finds rulership in view beyond the opening chapters of Genesis (relative to man), a husband-wife relationship must also be in view.

This is why Israel is seen as the wife of Jehovah in the Old Testament theocracy — a wife later seen as an adulterous wife, resulting in God divorcing Israel — with God then, of necessity, ending the Old Testament theocracy (cf. Jeremiah 3:1-14; Ezekiel 9:3; 10:4, 18; 11:22-23).  And this is why, before a theocracy can be established on the earth yet future, Israel has to be cleansed and restored to her former place, as the wife of Jehovah.  A Husband-wife relationship must exist at this time.

This is also why Christ is to have a wife yet future.  If Christ is to reign over the earth as the second Man, the last Adam, He must have a consort queen to reign with Him.  This is why a marriage must occur prior to the time He reigns.  A Husband-wife relationship must exist at this time.

And further, this is why the husband-wife relationship today, during Man’s Day, is dealt with in Scripture in connection with an heirship together (1 Peter 3:7).  There is a present reigning in life, seen in the marriage relationship; and this is at the heart of that which Paul refers to as “a great mystery” relative to “Christ and the Church” in Ephesians 5:21-33.

There are two books in the Old Testament that bear the names of women.  One is “Ruth,” and the other is “Esther.”  And, interestingly enough, no one knows who wrote either book.  But the book of Ruth presents one aspect of this overall matter, and the book of Esther presents the other.

The book of Ruth has to do with a Gentile who marries a Jew, with a redeemed inheritance in view.  Ruth, in her marriage to Boaz, sets forth truths surrounding Christ and His wife yet future.  And the entire book of Ruth sets forth the overall scope of the matter from beginning to end, with the husband-wife relationship being brought to the forefront in the end.

The book of Esther then presents the matter as it relates to God and Israel.  Esther was a Jew whom King Ahasuerus (who was not a Jew [note that it is God’s Son who is a Jew and will so remain throughout eternity, not the Father]) had taken as his wife following the former queen’s (Vashti’s) refusal to fulfill her role as the king’s wife (Esther 1:9ff).  Then the remainder of the book revolves around Israel in the latter days (Haman typifying Antichrist), the end of Gentile world power, and Israel restored to the nation’s rightful place as the wife of Jehovah (Esther 2:17ff).

(For additional information on the preceding, refer to the author’s books, Ruth [Ruth BOOK] and Esther [Esther BOOK], both in this site.)

Thus, the whole of that seen in the marriage relationship beyond Genesis 1:26-28 (along with that revealed in chapter two) rests on these foundational verses in Genesis.  The husband-wife relationship today has its basis in the past (Genesis 1:26ff) and points to the future (Revelation 19:7ff).  And whether it is Israel on the earth or the Church in the heavens, there can be no future reign over the earth apart from this relationship existing between God and Israel and between Christ and the Church.

Ministry of the Spirit Today

Understanding the preceding will allow one to clearly understand that which God revealed concerning Israel and the Church in Genesis chapters twenty-two through twenty-five.  In these four chapters, God, through Moses, revealed things concerning both the wife of Jehovah and the wife of Christ; and this was based on that which is revealed in the first three chapters of Genesis, but with a view to the goal of the matter in the future Lord’s Day.  And God set all of this forth long before He brought either Israel or the Church into existence (cf. Isaiah 46:9-10).

The ministry of the Spirit during the present dispensation is seen in Genesis 24, fifteen hundred years before it even began.  Events in this chapter — Abraham sending his servant into the far country to obtain a bride for His son, typifying God sending the Spirit into the world to obtain a bride for His Son — occurred following the offering of Isaac (Genesis 22) and the death of Sarah (Genesis 23), but before the remarriage of Abraham (Genesis 25).

That is to say, the ministry of the Spirit during the present dispensation occurs following the events of Calvary (Genesis 22) and the setting aside of Israel (Genesis 23), but before the time God restores Israel as His wife (Genesis 25).  And further, the ministry of the Spirit in the world today, as seen in the type in Genesis 24, is clearly revealed to be that of obtaining a bride for God’s Son.  And, in line with the preceding, any facet of the Spirit’s work during the time of His mission — whether it be among the unsaved (effecting life, based on the finished work of the Son) or among the saved (leading saved individuals “into all truth,” from gnosis to epignosis [from immaturity to maturity]) — must center around His revealed mission, as seen in Genesis chapter twenty-four.

The reason why God sent the Spirit into the world to accomplish such a mission is easy to see and understand if one keeps in mind the God-established issues surrounding the husband-wife relationship.  The Son must have a wife if He is to reign.  And Christians as well — anticipating the Son’s reign — cannot reign apart from this same relationship.

The coming millennial reign of the Son will be a theocracy wherein God the Father will have a wife on earth (seen in the type in Genesis 25) and the Son will have a wife in the heavens above the earth (a wife presently being procured through the work of the Spirit, seen in the type in Genesis 24).  And in order for any individual from the human race to rule and reign in that coming day, that person will have to be a part of either the wife of Jehovah on the earth or the wife of the Son in the heavens.  There can be no rule and reign for anyone — man, or God’s Son — apart from this established, Husband-wife relationship.

The preceding is why “marriage” and “meats” are singled out in 1 Timothy 4:3.  The marriage relationship today is based on that which God established in past time, and reflects on that which will ultimately be brought into full fruition during future time.  And it matters not whether the word “marriage” in this verse is understood in a literal sense (referring to the marriage relationship today) or in a spiritual sense (referring to Christ and His wife yet future), the same thing is still being dealt with.  A husband-wife relationship today is based on that which God established in the past and directly reflects on that which He will bring to fruition yet future.  It directly reflects on Christ and His wife yet future.

And the preceding is why any corruption of the marriage relationship by man (adultery, homosexuality, etc.) is dealt with so severely in Scripture.  Any deviation from that which God established is a corruption, with far-reaching ramifications.

Marriage, as established by God, has to do with regality; and this regality is to be realized in its ultimate sense during the coming Messianic Era.  All of man’s corruptions are simply offshoots of Satan’s attempted, multi-faceted corruption surrounding the whole panorama of biblical doctrine (“meats”) pertaining to the marriage relationship.
Chapter Eight
Christ and the Church

Then Boaz said, “On the day you buy the field from the hand of Naomi, you must also buy it from Ruth the Moabitess…”

And Boaz said to the elders and all the people, “You are witnesses this day that I have bought all that was Elimelech's, and all that was Chilion's and Mahlon's, from the hand of Naomi.

Moreover Ruth the Moabitess, the wife of Mahlon, have I purchased to be my wife…”

So Boaz took Ruth, and she was his wife… (Ruth 4:5, 9-10, 13a [5a] [10a]).

The key to understanding the last three parables in Matthew chapter thirteen (Matthew 13:44-50), which Christ gave once He had reentered the house (Matthew 13:36), is seen in understanding the marriage relationship within its correct biblical framework.  This subject was dealt with in a general way in the last chapter, it will be dealt with in relation to Christ and the Church in this chapter (from the book of Ruth), and it will be dealt with in relation to God and Israel in the next chapter (from the book of Esther).  Understanding this subject in general, plus understanding the typology of these two Old Testament books (particularly Ruth), is vitally necessary in order to properly understand the last three parables in Matthew chapter thirteen.

These parables begin with events seen in chapter four of the book of Ruth — Boaz’s redemption of a forfeited inheritance originally belonging to Elimelech’s family (with Ruth then becoming his wife), typifying Christ’s redemption of a forfeited inheritance originally belonging to Israel (with the Church then becoming His wife).  In the type, these things occurred only after Ruth had become a member of the family (Ruth 1), had gleaned in Boaz’s field from morning until evening, from the beginning to the end of the barley harvest (Ruth 2), and had prepared herself for an appearance on Boaz’s threshing floor at midnight (Ruth 3).  And so it is in the antitype.  All these things precede the redemptive act seen in Ruth 4 — type or antitype.

The Family Relationship (Ruth 1)

The book of Ruth begins with a Jewish family (a father [Elimelech], a mother [Naomi], and their two sons [Mahlon and Chilion]) leaving Bethlehem, because of a famine in the land, to sojourn in Moab.  The family dwelled in Moab for awhile, and the father died.  This left Naomi, the mother, and her two sons, Mahlon and Chilion (Ruth 1:1-3).

The sons then took wives of the women of Moab.  Mahlon married Ruth, and Chilion married Orpah, and they dwelled in the land together for about ten years.  Naomi’s two sons then died, which left Naomi with only her two daughters-in-law (Ruth 1:4-5).

After this, Naomi received word that the famine had ended in her own country; and she made the necessary preparations to leave Moab and return to Bethlehem (Ruth 1:6).

She departed on the journey toward Bethlehem, with Ruth and Orpah.  But, while in-route, Naomi urged her two daughters-in-law to return to the people that they had left rather than to accompany her over the remainder of the way.  Orpah, at this point in the journey, chose to turn back; but Ruth chose to continue the journey (Ruth 1:7ff).

Ruth, in her determination to continue the journey with Naomi, said,

“Entreat me not to leave you, or to turn back from following after you; for wherever you go, I will go; and wherever you lodge, I will lodge; your people shall be my people, and your God, my God.

Where you die, I will die, and there will I be buried. The LORD do to me and more also if anything but death separates you and me.” (Ruth 1:16-17).

Then Naomi, seeing that Ruth was determined to continue on to Bethlehem with her, “stopped speaking to her.”  And the two of them continued the journey together (Ruth 1:18ff).

Thus, the family relationship was established at the very beginning of the book, with the remainder of the book providing numerous details concerning this relationship.  And three particulars are presented about this family relationship in the first chapter:  1) Those alienated from and becoming a part of the family were taken from the Gentiles, 2) they were joined to a Jewish family, and 3) there was a division within the family relationship (one turned back, the other didn’t).

All of this, of course, is typical of events occurring within God’s economy during the present dispensation.  God is presently removing from the Gentiles “a people for his name” (Acts 15:14; cf. Romans 11:25).  Israel has been set aside for a dispensation, while the Spirit of God acquires a bride for God’s Son.  And this Gentile bride, as Ruth, must possess a Jewish relationship.  There can be no journey to Bethlehem, the House of Bread, apart from an association with the Jews.

Four thousand years ago God called one man out of the human race to be the channel through whom the remainder of the human race would be blessed.  God called Abraham out of Ur of the Chaldees, gave him a land through an unconditional covenant, and promised that through this one man and his seed (through Isaac, Jacob, and his lineal descendants, through his twelve sons) all the Gentile nations of the earth would be blessed (Genesis 12:1-3; cf. Genesis 13:14-18; 15:18-21; 22:17-18).

Beyond this point in Scripture, all spiritual blessing (salvation, or any other blessing) coming to mankind could come only through Abraham and his descendants, through the lineage of Isaac and Jacob.  This is the way God established matters very early in His revelation to man, this is the way they presently exist, and this is the way they will always exist, whether in time or in eternity.

Salvation for Gentiles today (or for Jews) can be effected only through divine power and only through that which God has brought to pass through the Jewish people.  Note two verses of Scripture in this respect:

“Salvation is of the Lord” (Jonah 2:9b).

“Salvation is of the Jews” (John 4:22b).

Both must be true.  Salvation must be of the Lord because unsaved man is “dead in trespasses and sins” (Ephesians 2:1).  Unsaved man is completely incapable of acting in the spiritual realm.  He is spiritually dead, and another Person must act on his behalf in order to effect life where no life exists.  And this is accomplished through the Spirit of God breathing life into unregenerate man, on the basis of the finished work of God’s Son, a Jew.

Thus, salvation is both “of the Lord” and “of the Jews.”  Individuals brought from a dead to a living state, by way of the birth from above (cf. John 3:3; 5:24) are, positionally, “in Christ,” Abraham’s Seed.  And since Christ is Abraham’s seed, they too, because of their position “in Christ,” are also Abraham’s seed (Galatians 3:16, 29).

Those who, in time past, were “aliens from the commonwealth [citizenship, having to do with regal activity] of Israel” have been “made nigh [‘brought near’]”; and, through being “Abraham’s seed,” are now “heirs according to the promise [heavenly, not earthly].”  They, through being Abraham’s seed, have the prospect of one day participating in regal activity in the heavens with the greater Son of Abraham, the Lord Jesus Christ (Galatians 3:26-29; Ephesians 2:12-13).

But, going back to the type, note the difference that Scripture presents between Ruth and Orpah after they had become members of the family and had begun the journey to Bethlehem, the House of Bread.  Ruth determined within herself to complete the journey.  But not so with Orpah.  She turned back.

And so it must be on the one hand and is on the other with Christians today.  All begin the journey toward the House of Bread, but not all complete the journey.  Some, like Ruth, leave the country from which they were called and go on; but others, like Orpah, turn back.

In the typology of Genesis 24:57-58, Ruth, as Rebekah — in response to the question, “Will you go with this man?” — said, “I will go.”  And Ruth went on with Naomi, toward the House of Bread.  Orpah though didn’t respond in this manner.  Instead, she turned back.

At the time of the journey, Ruth and Orpah were related to Naomi through death (The prior death of their husbands had terminated the marriage relationship itself.  And, in the antitype, Christians are also members of the family through death.  Christians are Abraham’s seed through death, the death of another Person).  But, though Orpah was just as much a member of the family as Ruth, there is no mention of her in the book of Ruth beyond the point of her turning back, just as there is no mention of Lot’s wife in the Genesis account beyond the point of her looking back [Genesis 19:26].

Christ’s admonitions and warnings to this effect in Luke 9:62; 17:32 are clear:

“No one, having put his hand to the plow, and looking back, is fit for the kingdom of God."

“Remember Lot’s wife.”

Gleaning in Boaz’s Field (Ruth 1:2)

Once Naomi and Ruth had arrived in Bethlehem, attention is called to two things:  1) They had returned at the beginning of barley harvest, and 2) Naomi had a kinsman (through her deceased husband), Boaz, in whose field Ruth could glean grain.  And this is where Ruth found herself — gleaning in Boaz’s field (Ruth 1:22-2:3).

Boaz, “a mighty man of wealth,” took note of Ruth gleaning in his field, inquired of her, instructed her to not glean in any other field, and then instructed his workers in the field to purposefully leave handfuls of grain for her to glean.  And Ruth gleaned in Boaz’s field after this fashion from morning until evening, from the beginning to the end of the harvest (Ruth 2:4-23).

All of this is a picture of the Christian in the race of “the faith,” gleaning in the field of the One Whom Boaz typifies.  A “field” is used in Scripture to typify the world (Matthew 13:38; cf. Genesis 37:15), “gleaning” in the field has to do with bringing forth fruit while in the world, and “the length” of the gleaning (from morning until evening, from the beginning to the end of the harvest) has to do with a never-ending work, extending throughout the dispensation.

A Christian is to set his sights on the goal out ahead, and he is to be busy throughout the course of the dispensation in his Master’s field.  And he is to concern himself with one thing.  He is to concern himself with that provided for him to glean, not with that provided for another to glean.

Boaz instructed his workers to purposefully leave handfuls of grain behind for Ruth to glean.  Thus, Boaz provided that which Ruth was to glean, giving his workers instructions that it was to be left specifically for her.  And all she had to do was glean that which the workers, at Boaz’s instructions, had left.

And so it is with Christians bringing forth fruit today.  The Lord of the harvest has provided for each and every Christian.  Christians are to simply glean that which has been provided, by the Lord’s instructions, for them to glean.  They are to bring forth fruit through simply working with that which has already been provided for them.

Then the length of time in which they are to be busy in the Master’s field, after this fashion, is simply stated.  It is “until even” on the one hand, and it is “unto the end of barley harvest and of wheat harvest” on the other (Ruth 2:17, 23).  It is a never-ceasing work, and it is to continue until the end of the present dispensation.

And another thing relative to the harvest stands out in the text — something of utmost importance and significance.  Ruth, after she had gleaned in the field throughout the day, “beat out that she had gleaned,” leaving “about an epah of barley” (Ruth 2:17).  That is, she didn’t confine her work to just one part of the task — gathering the grain that had been left for her.  Rather, after gathering the grain, she worked with that which she had gleaned, removing the grain from the stalk.  She worked with that which she had gleaned until the valuable part alone remained.

And so it is with Christians today.  They are not to confine themselves to just one part of the task.  They, for example, are not to cease their work following the proclamation of the message of salvation by grace through faith.  Rather, once a person has been saved, they are then to continue their work with that which has been taken from the field.  They are then to provide instruction concerning why the person has been saved.  They are then to proclaim all the various facets of the message surrounding the coming glory of Christ.  And they are to provide this instruction until a certain revealed time.

Remaining within the framework of the type, they are to reap stalks of grain from the field.  Then they are to continue the harvest, working with that which has been gleaned from the field.  And they are to continue this work until that which is worthless has been separated from that which is of value.  They are to continue this work until individuals have been brought from immaturity to maturity (from gnosis to epignosis), until they have been grounded in “the faith” (Ephesians 4:11-15).

Note how Paul conducted his ministry along these lines (cf. Acts 20:20-32; Colossians 1:1-29).  And note Paul’s command in his second epistle to Timothy, along these same lines:

“But you be watchful in all things, endure afflictions, do the work of an evangelist, fulfill your ministry.” (2 Timothy 4:5).

The word “evangelist” (Gk. euaggelistes) means, a proclaimer of good news.  The word is not used in Scripture in the narrow sense in which it is often used in Christendom today — one proclaiming only the good news of the grace of God.  Scripture uses this word in a much broader sense.

Timothy, being told to “do the work of an evangelist,” was simply being told to proclaim the good news.  What good news was he to proclaim?  The context itself has to do with the good news of the coming glory of Christ (cf. Ruth 3:15; 4:1, 7-8).  Thus, contextually, this facet of the good news would be foremost in view.

But there is another facet to the good news — a preceding facet — the good news of the grace of God.  And the command to Timothy could not preclude this facet of the good news, though the context deals with the other.

In other words, if Timothy was dealing with the unsaved, he was to proclaim the good news of the grace of God.  He couldn’t proclaim anything else to them, for they were still “dead in trespasses and sins.”  They were incapable of spiritual discernment (1 Corinthians 2:14).

But, once they had “passed from death unto life,” he was no longer to proclaim the good news of the grace of God to them.  Such would be meaningless, for they had already heard and responded to this message.  He was then to proclaim the good news of the coming glory of Christ, for now they could understand spiritual truth (1 Corinthians 2:9-13).

Either way though he would be doing the work of an evangelist.  That is, he would be proclaiming good news, whether relative to the grace of God or the coming glory of Christ.

And placing this within the framework of the type in Ruth 2, the same person proclaiming the good news of the grace of God to the unsaved is then to proclaim the good news of the coming glory of Christ to those responding.  And he is to continue the latter until the wheat has been separated from the chaff, else the Lord of the harvest will Himself have to make this separation at the judgment seat.

(In the preceding respect, there is often an un-Biblical distinction made between an “evangelist” and a “pastor-teacher,” as seen in Ephesians 4:11.  In actuality, their message is the same.  It involves both the gospel of the grace of God and the gospel of the glory of Christ.

The difference in their ministries would lie more in the fact that a pastor-teacher has a flock entrusted to him, which means that the emphasis in his ministry would undoubtedly fall more into the latter category than the former.  But the fact remains.  Both the evangelist and the pastor-teacher are to proclaim the whole of the good news, with circumstances determining where the emphasis is to be placed.)

Preparation for Meeting Boaz (Ruth 3)

Chapter three in the book of Ruth presents two main things.  This chapter presents Ruth preparing herself for a future meeting with Boaz, and the necessary details concerning that meeting.  And the whole of the matter — how Ruth was to prepare herself for this future meeting, on Boaz’s threshing floor — was told to her by Naomi.

That would be to say, Ruth, a Gentile, learned everything she knew about how to prepare herself for the future meeting with Boaz, along with details concerning the actual meeting itself, from a Jew.

And if Christians in the antitype today would know anything about present preparation for a future meeting with Christ, on His threshing floor, along with details concerning that meeting, they will have to learn these things from that which God gave to and through Israel.  They will have to learn these things from a Jewish book, which relates the story of a Jewish Savior.

“He declares His word to Jacob, His statutes and His judgments to Israel.

He has not dealt thus with any nation [any Gentile]; and as for His judgments, they have not known them. Praise the LORD!” (Psalm 147:19-20).

1.  Preparation

Naomi, speaking to Ruth, set forth three things that she was to do by way of preparation prior to going forth to meet Boaz.  Naomi told Ruth:

“Therefore wash yourself and anoint yourself, put on your best garment and go down to the threshing floor…” (Ruth 3:3a).

Ruth prepared herself after this threefold fashion, and she then met Boaz on his threshing floor.  And this, resultantly, set a sequence of events in motion that are seen brought to a conclusion in the fourth chapter of the book.

A)  Wash Thyself

“Washing” has to do with cleansing, and the overall thought in Ruth 3:3 has to do with the necessity of Ruth presenting herself clean in Boaz presence.  And, brought over into the antitype, exactly the same thing is seen — the necessity of Christians presenting themselves clean in Christ’s presence, in that future day.

Cleansing in this typical sense, as presented in the book of Ruth, can be seen numerous places throughout Scripture.  Old Testament priests, for example, were given a complete bath upon their entrance into the priesthood (a one-time event, never to be repeated [Exodus 29:4; 40:12-15]);  and then, subsequent provision was made for repeated washings of the priests’ hands and feet as they became defiled in the process of carrying out their ministry (Exodus 30:19-21).

These latter washings were that which Christ dealt with when washing the disciples’ feet in John 13:8-10.  A washing of the complete body had already occurred.  Thus, only washings of parts of the body were now necessary.

And that pictured by these latter washings, or Christ’s washing of the disciples’ feet, is also the same type washing dealt with in Ruth 3:3.  Ruth washed herself as a member of the family, not to become a member of the family.

Water, as used in these various washings different places in Scripture, can never take away sin.  But a washing of the complete body and subsequent washings of parts of the body, after the fashion presented, typify that which can — shed blood.

In the Old Testament sacrifice, shed blood covered sin.  The sin itself actually still remained, though God didn’t see the sin.  Rather He saw only the blood that covered the sin.

But the shed blood of Christ, to which all the Old Testament sacrifices pointed, goes a step further.  The shed blood of Christ does away with sin.  Rather than cover sin, Christ’s shed blood completely removes sin, with the sin no longer even existing.

A Christian, by means of Christ’s blood, has been cleansed completely.  Within the typology seen in the Old Testament, his complete body has been washed, never to be repeated (a cleansing that has to do with his eternal salvation, the salvation of his spirit).

But, also within the typology seen in the Old Testament, defilement occurs in the process of the Christian carrying out his ministry in the field, necessitating repeated cleansings of parts of the body, as they become defiled (cleansings that have to do with present and future aspects of salvation, the salvation of the soul).  And that’s what the present high priestly ministry of Christ is about.

Christ’s present high priestly ministry is being performed in the heavenly sanctuary, on the basis of His shed blood on the mercy seat, to provide a present cleansing for the kingdom of priests that He is about to bring forth.  It is being performed for Christians (members of the family), so they can properly prepare themselves for an inevitable future meeting, a meeting with Christ on His threshing floor; and it is being performed so Christians can appear in His presence, in that future day, in a clean manner (cf. 1 John 1:7-2:2).

B)  Anoint Yourself

“Oil” was used in the Old Testament to anoint prophets, priests, and kings.  And there was a connection between the use of oil after this fashion and the Holy Spirit coming upon an individual to empower him for the office to which he was being consecrated.

The anointing of Saul and David would be two such examples (1 Samuel 10:1, 6; 16:13).  The Spirit came upon each following their being anointed, to empower them for the regal tasks that they were to perform.

Then the parable of the ten virgins sets forth matters as they would exist relative to the Holy Spirit and Christians during the present dispensation.  All ten of the virgins had oil in their vessels, but only five possessed an extra supply of oil.

That would be to say, all Christians have that spoken of in the parable through the use of oil, but not all Christians possess an extra supply of oil.  That is, all Christians are indwelt by the Spirit, but not all Christians are filled with the Spirit.

And, as Ruth could not be properly prepared for meeting Boaz apart from being anointed, neither can a Christian be properly prepared for meeting Christ apart from being filled with the Spirit.  This will become more evident through viewing the third part of Naomi’s command concerning proper preparation.

C)  Put On Your Best Garment

Ruth was going forth to meet the Bridegroom, and so are Christians in the antitype.  And an individual going forth to meet the Bridegroom must not only be properly prepared through that shown by the washing and the anointing but also through that shown by the raiment.  And in view of that which lay ahead and that which Scripture elsewhere has to say about this matter, only one thing can be in view in this part of Naomi’s command to Ruth, as it relates to Christians.  Only the wedding garment can possibly be in view.

This apparel, according to Revelation 19:7-8 is made up of “the righteousness [lit., ‘righteous acts’] of saints.”  This is something that Christians progressively weave for themselves, over time, as they glean in the field and beat out the grain.  And to do this work in a proper manner, with the wedding garment being progressively woven, an extra supply of oil is necessary.  That is, being filled with the Spirit for the task at hand is an absolute necessity, for only through being filled with the Spirit can a work in the spiritual realm be effectively accomplished.

Appearing in Christ’s presence in that future day without a wedding garment is the central issue in the parable of the marriage feast (Matthew 22:1-14) and is a central issue in the letter to the church in Laodicea (Revelation 3:14-21).

Relative to the man appearing without a wedding garment and the subject at hand in Matthew 22:1-14 — the wedding festivities — the man was cast into the darkness outside the banqueting hall (Matthew 22:13).  And relative to an entire church appearing naked in Christ’s presence and the subject at hand in Revelation 3:14-21 — ruling from His throne (Revelation 3:21) — Christ said, “I will vomit you out of My mouth” (Revelation 3:16).

Clear instructions concerning the necessary preparation have been given, and clear warnings concerning that which will occur if the instructions are ignored have been sounded.  And any Christian presently in possession of the Word of God — presently in possession of these instructions and warnings — who ignores this revelation and one day finds himself/herself in Christ’s presence, in an unprepared manner, will be without excuse.

2.  On the Threshing Floor

The threshing floor was the place where the grain was taken to be beaten out and separated from the chaff.  This is the place where that of value was separated from that which was worthless.

John the Baptist connected the threshing floor with Christ’s future judgment of His people (Matthew 3:12), and he could only have drawn this thought from that set forth in the Old Testament types.  This is the place where “the chaff” will be burned “with unquenchable fire,” which is what Paul had in mind in his first letter to those in Corinth (Ephesians 3:12-15).

Ruth appeared on Boaz’s threshing floor in a particular manner, at a particular time.  She appeared in a prepared manner, at midnight.

“Midnight” in Scripture is always used in connection with judgment.  That’s the manner in which the word is first used in Scripture (Exodus 11:4), establishing a first-mention principle, which can never change. And, with the usage of the word set in this manner, any subsequent place in Scripture where the word is used, judgment has to always be in view (e.g., Job 34:20; Psalm 119:62; Matthew 25:6).

(“Midnight” is a translation of two words in both the Hebrew and Greek texts [also, at times, a compound word in the Gk. text] — lit., “the middle of the night,” either Hebrew or Greek)

Thus, both “the time” and “the place” of Ruth’s appearance in Boaz’s presence speak of judgment.  But Ruth herself, passing through that connected with judgment, was blessed (Ruth 3:10); and the reason is obvious.  Ruth was properly prepared for this appearance.  Ruth was properly prepared for that which lay ahead.  Not only had Ruth washed herself, anointed herself, and put on raiment, but she had also threshed that which she had gleaned from the field prior to her appearance in Boaz’s presence.  Had she brought the grain that she had gleaned from Boaz’s field with her to the threshing floor, there would have been nothing more for Boaz to do with it, for it had already been threshed.  That which was of no value had already been removed.

In the light of 1 Corinthians 11:31-32, Ruth had brought matters to pass in such a manner that events on the threshing floor could have had no affect on that which she had gleaned from the field.  Or, in the light of 1 Corinthians 3:11-15, there could have been no “wood, hay, stubble” threshed from her gleanings.  This had already been removed.  Ruth was prepared in every way possible for the meeting with Boaz, on his threshing floor.  Thus, only blessings could possibly have ensued.

Redemption of the Inheritance (Ruth 4)

The redemption seen in Ruth chapter four, chronologically, occurred after all the events depicted in Ruth 1-3 had been completed.  This redemption had to do with a work which occurred following events on the threshing floor, and this work had to do with two things:  1) Boaz’s redemption of a forfeited inheritance originally belonging to Elimelech’s family, and 2) Ruth, through Boaz’s redemptive work, becoming his wife.  And once the inheritance had been redeemed, with Ruth becoming Boaz’s wife, the inheritance then belonged to them.

This, of course, in the antitype, has to do with a redemptive work to be performed by Christ, on behalf of Christians, following events at the judgment seat.  And once the forfeited inheritance (originally belonging to Israel) has been redeemed, the one typified by Ruth will become the wife of the One typified by Boaz, with the inheritance then belonging to them.

(The redemption of the inheritance is the central subject of the last three parables in Matthew 13.  And that seen in Ruth 4 will be extensively covered in subsequent studies dealing with these parables.)
Chapter Nine
God and Israel

If it pleases the king, let a royal decree go out from him, and let it be recorded in the laws of the Persians and the Medes, so that it will not be altered, that Vashti shall come no more before King Ahasuerus; and let the king give her royal position to another who is better than she…

The king loved Esther more than all the other women, and she obtained grace and favor in his sight more than all the virgins; so he set the royal crown upon her head and made her queen instead of Vashti…

After these things King Ahasuerus promoted Haman, the son of Hammedatha the Agagite, and advanced him and set his seat above all the princes who were with him…

Then King Ahasuerus said to Queen Esther and Mordecai the Jew, “Indeed, I have given Esther the house of Haman, and they have hanged him on the gallows because he tried to lay his hand on the Jews”…

And King Ahasuerus imposed tribute on the land and on the islands of the sea.

Now all the acts of his power and his might, and the account of the greatness of Mordecai, to which the king advanced him, are they not written in the book of the chronicles of the kings of Media and Persia?

For Mordecai the Jew was second to King Ahasuerus, and was great among the Jews and well received by the multitude of his brethren, seeking the good of his people and speaking peace to all his countrymen. (Esther 1:19; 2:17; 3:1; 8:7; 10:1-3).

The books of Ruth and Esther are companion books in Scripture, presenting two overall chronologies of interrelated events having to do with the marriage relationship as it pertains to regality.  The book of Ruth presents a history of Christ and the Church, culminating with the Son possessing a wife to rule as consort queen with Him; and the book of Esther presents a history of God and Israel, culminating with the Father possessing a restored wife to rule as consort queen with Him.  Both books begin in past time, carry the reader through events occurring during present time, and culminate at the same point in future time.

These are the only books in Scripture named for women, and no one knows who wrote either book.  They both stand together in this respect.  But they also both stand together in a far greater and more significant respect.  These two books, together, relate the complete story of both the Father and the Son as it pertains to a regal principle within the marriage relationship, set forth very early in Scripture:

And God said, “Let Us make man in Our image, after Our likeness:  and let them have dominion…” (Genesis 1:26a).

Man, created in the image and likeness of God, was created to rule the earth.  But man could not rule alone.  The woman, taken out of the man, was to rule as consort queen with him.  She was bone of his bones, and flesh of his flesh.  And the man could not rule as a complete being apart from the woman (Genesis 1:27-28; 2:23-24).

This will explain Adam’s act after Eve had partaken of the forbidden fruit.  Adam could not have eaten of the tree of life following Eve’s sin (the tree that would have provided the wisdom and knowledge to rule and to reign), for he could not have ascended the throne as a complete being.  Eve had to be brought back into the position that she had occupied prior to the fall in order for Adam to rule and to reign, as a complete being.

Thus, Adam had no choice other than to partake of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, with a view to redemption.  And redemption would be with a view to both he and Eve, together, one day being in a position to eat of the tree of life and ascend the throne, as God intended when He created man.

The sequence of events set forth through Adam’s act forms a type of the second Man, the last Adam, finding His bride — a part of His very being — in a fallen state and being made sin, with a view to redemption (2 Corinthians 5:21; Ephesians 5:30-32; cf. Ephesians 5:21-29).  And redemption in the antitype is the same as in the type.  It is with a view to Christ and His bride one day ascending the throne together, as God intended for man in the beginning, at the time of man’s creation.

Thus, Christ, the second Man, the last Adam, cannot reign apart from a redeemed bride (to be His wife), who is a part of His very being.  To do so would violate an established biblical principle.  The Son, during the coming Messianic Era, must have a wife if He is to ascend the throne and rule the earth.

And, understanding this, the present ministry of the Spirit of God in the World — seeking a bride for God’s Son (Genesis 24) — can easily be understood.  God has set aside an entire dispensation, lasting 2,000 years, during which time He has sent the Spirit into the world to acquire a bride for His Son.

But there is another facet to the principle set forth in Genesis 1:26 and this is what the book of Esther is about.  Abraham had a natural seed, through Isaac and Jacob, which was not only established in a theocracy on earth during Old Testament days but will be reestablished in a theocracy on earth during the Messianic Era.

And two things should be noted about Abraham’s natural seed, the nation of Israel:  1) This nation will not form part of the wife of Christ;  and 2) in order to rule, this nation will have to occupy the same type relationship with another Person (with God the Father) as the Church will occupy with Christ — a Husband-wife relationship.

The latter is the reason Israel is seen in Scripture as the wife of Jehovah.  This is a position that the nation had to hold in order to reign in the Old Testament theocracy, and this is a position that the nation will have to hold in order to reign when the theocracy is restored.  There had to be such a relationship for Israel to rule and reign during Old Testament days, and there will have to be such a relationship for Israel to rule and reign during the Messianic Era.

A relationship of this nature had to exist in the past and will have to exist in the future because of the God-established relationship between the man and the woman as it pertains to regality in Genesis 1:26.  Man simply cannot fulfill the reason for his creation apart from this relationship.

During the coming Messianic Era, the theocracy will have two parts — heavenly and earthly.  The wife of the Son, acquired during the present dispensation, will rule from the heavenly part; and the wife of Jehovah, restored from the past dispensation, will rule from the earthly part.

As the book of Ruth dealt with the former, the book of Esther deals with the latter.  The entire present dispensation, having to do with the Spirit’s search for a bride for God’s Son, is not dealt with at all in the book of Esther.  It is passed over entirely, for this book has to do with God and Israel.  And dealing with God and Israel after this fashion, the book of Esther covers events surrounding both Israel’s past rejection and the nation’s future acceptance.  The emphasis in the book though is on the latter, not the former.  Most of the book deals with events surrounding Israel’s future acceptance, not with events surrounding Israel’s past rejection. 
  
Vashti — Rejected

Israel’s past rejection is seen in the experiences of Vashti, the queen.  This is the manner in which the book of Esther begins, following a brief introduction of the king and his kingdom (Esther 1:1-9).  Vashti refused to heed King Ahasuerus’ command, and, because of the far-reaching ramifications of her refusal, the king became enraged.  Through her actions, Vashti had not only committed a transgression against the king but also against all the people of the provinces under his command as well.  And, resultantly, the king rejected Vashti as queen, with a view to “her royal estate” being given to another (Esther 1:10-19).

This part of the book of Esther covers a history of Israel extending from the days of Moses to that future time when God once again turns to Israel and begins to deal with the nation.  This part of the book covers 3,500 years of human history.

1)  From Moses to John

Israel’s history, in one respect, can be traced back to God’s statement to Satan at the time of man’s fall (Genesis 3:15).  The Seed of the woman was a reference to “Christ,” Whom Israel, 4,000 years later, brought forth.

The nation’s history, in another respect, can be traced back to Noah’s words concerning Shem (Genesis 9:26).  Of Noah’s three sons — from whom the entire human race descended — Shem alone was revealed to have a God.  And so it is with the descendants of Shem, the nation of Israel (Ephesians 2:12-13).

Then, the nation’s history, in another respect, can be traced back to God’s command and promise to Abraham (Genesis 12:1-3).  Abraham was the one called out of Ur to be the channel through whom the nation of Israel and the Messiah would come.  And it was through Israel, the nation bringing forth the Messiah, that God promised to bless all the nations of the earth (Genesis 12:3; John 8:37; Galatians 3:16).

And the nation’s history, in still another respect, can be traced back to God’s actions as they pertained to Jacob (Isaiah 43:1-10).  It was in the person of Jacob that God performed a creative act, setting his lineal descendants forth as separate and distinct from all the surrounding nations.

But the beginning of the nation in relation to the theocracy was not seen until Moses’ day (Exodus 12:2).  It was only during Moses’ day that God began to deal with Israel, on a national basis, in relation to the theocracy, as it pertained to sonship and the rights of primogeniture (cf. Exodus 4:22-23; 19:5-6).

A nation was born the night of the Passover in the land of Egypt.  Death had occurred through sacrificial lambs, blood had been applied (showing a substitutionary death), and the Lord had passed over those households where the blood had been applied.  Burial then occurred in the Red Sea, and the nation subsequently stood on the eastern banks of the sea in resurrection power.

The Passover, in this respect, marked the “beginning of months” for the nation of Israel (Exodus 12:2ff).

And Israel under Moses, having left Egypt (a type of the world in Scripture), was to ultimately dwell in the land covenanted to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, within a theocracy.  God Himself was to rule in the midst of His people, and this rule was to extend throughout the entire earth, with all the nations of the earth being blessed because of and through Israel.

The extent to which Israel was to rule and be a blessing (wherein the nation refused to heed the King’s command) is that which is in view in the extent to which Vashti’s actions reached (wherein she refused to heed the king’s command).

Vashti’s refusal in the type had far-reaching ramifications that extended not only to the king but to everyone in the kingdom as well (Esther 1:1, 11-12, 16).

And Israel’s refusal in the antitype had the same far-reaching ramifications.  Such a refusal extended not only to the King but to everyone in the kingdom as well (Genesis 12:1-3; Isaiah 43:1-10).

The nations of the earth were to be blessed through Israel, as Israel occupied her God-ordained place in the theocracy (Genesis 12:3; Exodus 19:5-6).  And any refusal by Israel to occupy this place would have negative repercussions (Leviticus 26:14ff; Deuteronomy 28:15ff; Hosea 1:9).  Through such a refusal, there would be a failure to carry out the King’s decreed manner in which He was to bless the nations, and this would result in these blessings being withheld.

Thus, such a transgression on Israel’s part would be directed not only toward God Himself but toward the Gentile nations of the earth as well.  And a transgression of this nature on Israel’s part is exactly what is seen in Old Testament history.

The theocracy reached its heights during the days of David and Solomon (some four centuries following Moses and Joshua).  But even during this period, conditions within the theocracy were still far removed from that which God had intended when He called the Israelites out of Egypt under Moses.

Then, following Solomon’s death and the division of the kingdom, things began to go even further awry.  Matters progressively deteriorated, and the voice of the prophets (e.g., Elijah and Elisha) went unheeded.  And this ultimately resulted in God allowing Gentile nations to come in and carry His people captive into the very nations that those being taken captive had previously been called forth to bless.

God allowed the Assyrians to come down in 722 B.C. and carry away the northern ten tribes.  Then He allowed the Babylonians to come over in 605 B.C. and carry away the southern two tribes.  And once the entire nation found itself under Gentile dominion, that period in Scripture known as “the times of the Gentiles” began.

The times of the Gentiles” has to do with that period during Man’s Day when the Gentile nations exercise power and control in the world.  This time began when the theocracy was taken from Israel, and it will end when the theocracy has been restored to Israel.  The times of the Gentiles will come to a close only at that future time when God concludes His dealings with Israel, at the end of the coming Tribulation, at the end of Daniel’s unfulfilled Seventieth Week.  It will be at that time, not before, that the theocracy will be restored to Israel.

2)  From John Until…

But even after “the times of the Gentiles” began, God did not cease dealing with Israel.  His promise to Solomon four hundred years earlier remained just as true then as it had always existed:

“If My people who are called by My name will humble themselves, and pray and seek My face, and turn from their wicked ways, then I will hear from heaven, and will forgive their sin and heal their land.” (2 Chronicles 7:14).

Two climactic points, following the captivity, can be seen in Israel’s history in this respect — one past, and the other future.  The former occurred over six hundred years after the times of the Gentiles began, and the latter will occur at the end of “the times of the Gentiles.”

Almost two thousand years ago (over six hundred years after “the times of the Gentiles” began), when God sent His Son the first time, Israel was given opportunity to repent;  and this was done in association with events and circumstances of a nature never before seen in the nation.  Messiah Himself was present, the kingdom of the heavens was offered to Israel (which, if the nation had accepted, would have necessitated the restoration of the earthly segment of the theocracy as well), and there was a manifestation of signs (associated with the proffered kingdom) unlike anything previously seen in Israel.

John the Baptist appeared as the forerunner of the Messiah, calling for Israel’s repentance, declaring that the kingdom of the heavens was “at hand” (Matthew 3:1ff).  Then Israel’s Messiah Himself appeared, calling for the nation’s repentance and extending the same offer of the kingdom to the Jewish people (Matthew 4:17ff).  But though numerous Jews heeded the message, the nation at large continued in the same frame of mind that had marked Israel so much during the days of the Old Testament theocracy (cf. Matthew 12:14, 22-24; 23:13; John 9:14, 33-34; 12:9-11; 19:5-14).

Others were sent to the nation at this time — the Twelve, then the Seventy.  But refusal on Israel’s part continued.  And Israel climaxed this refusal by crucifying the very One Whom John had gone before, the One Who had commissioned and sent the Twelve and the Seventy, the Messiah Himself.

Then following the death, burial, and resurrection of Israel’s Messiah, a re-offer of the kingdom was made by the apostles and others (detailed in the book of Acts).  But Israel still refused, continuing to persecute and even kill those sent to proclaim the message (Acts 4:1-21; 5:17-40; 7:51-60; 8:1ff; cf. Matthew 23:31-36).  And the nation, following this re-offer of the kingdom, was then set aside while God called out from among the Gentiles “a people for his name” (Acts 15:14).  Israel was set aside for a dispensation, allowing the Holy Spirit, already in the world, to procure a bride for God’s Son from among the Gentiles.

All the preceding actions surrounding Israel can be seen in the experiences of Vashti in the book of Esther.  Vashti, in her experiences, forms the type; and Israel, in the nation’s experiences, forms the antitype.  But Vashti’s experiences form only part of the story, that of disobedience and rejection.  There is another part to the story, a part that has to do with obedience and acceptance.  And this part is seen in the experiences of Esther.

Esther — Accepted

At the end of the present dispensation when God turns once again to Israel, His actions will be with a view to Israel’s repentance, followed by His acceptance and restoration of the nation.  The Jewish people will be brought to the place of repentance; and there will then be acceptance on God’s part, with restoration following.

Chapter one in the book of Esther has to do with Israel’s rejection, and chapter two has to do with Israel’s acceptance.  Vashti, typifying Israel past and present, was rejected (Esther 1:19); and Esther, typifying Israel yet future, was accepted (Esther 2:17).  Then the remainder of the book presents a number of details surrounding Israel’s acceptance, with the end of the matter being seen in the experiences of both Esther and Mordecai.

In the chronology of Esther, God views Israel as restored to her rightful place (cf. Esther 2:17; 5:2, 12; 7:1, 5, 7-8) prior to the occurrence of certain events that actually precede this restoration (Esther 3:1-9:14).  Haman and his ten sons typify the Antichrist and his ten-kingdom confederacy.  And Israel’s repentance, followed by God’s acceptance and restoration of the nation, will not actually occur, in the antitype, until after the overthrow of Gentile world power (which will be centered in the kingdom of the Antichrist at the end of the present age).

That which will bring Israel to a place of repentance is centered in the actions of those typified by Haman and his ten sons.  Then Israel being accepted and exalted is seen in the experiences of both Esther and Mordecai after Haman and his ten sons had been removed from the scene.

The fact that Esther is seen crowned in the book prior to and during the events surrounding Haman and his ten sons — which seemingly would be out of line with a proper chronology in the antitype — is perfectly aligned with the way God often presents things in His revelation to man.  God often presents matters in His revelation as having already occurred before they have actually been brought to pass (e.g., the crucifixion of His Son “from the foundation of the world,” four thousand years before it occurred in human history [Revelation 13:8]; or His viewing Satan’s “fall like lightning from heaven” two thousand years before it actually does occur [Luke 10:18]).

And also, God often provides a complete chronology of events in His revelation prior to providing details for things within the chronology (e.g., in Revelation 12, the first six verses provide a complete chronology of events, with the remainder of the chapter (Revelation 12:7-17) simply providing a commentary for these events).

(Actually, the whole of Scripture is structured in the preceding fashion.  Genesis 1:1-2:3 provides a complete chronology of events covering 7,000 years of time.  Then, the remainder of Scripture is simply a commentary on these opening verses, providing all the numerous and necessary details.)

The account in Esther combines both of the two preceding ways God often presents things in His Word.  First, the matter of Esther being made queen is seen as having occurred; and then a complete chronology of events is given, providing a commentary surrounding Esther being made queen.

God views the complete matter of Israel’s past and present rejection in chapter one, along with the complete matter of the nation’s future acceptance in chapter two.  Then, the remainder of the book (Esther 3ff) forms not only a commentary on chapter two — providing necessary details — but, throughout this commentary, God continues to view Israel in the exalted position in which the nation is seen in chapter two (e.g.Esther 5:2, 12; 7:1, 5, 7-8).

And, with these things in mind, note the commentary that God has provided — eight chapters (Esther 3-10), which all reflect back on the fact that Esther had been made queen/that Israel will be made queen (Esther 2:17).  And this fact is continuously kept in view throughout the commentary.
 
Haman — Defeated

Chapters three through ten in the book of Esther, forming a commentary on chapter two, begin by introducing Haman, not seen in the book prior to this time.  And, from the point he is introduced, Haman and his family occupy a place at the forefront of events seen throughout the remainder of the book, save the final (Esther 10) chapter.

Revelation concerning Haman begins with the king promoting and placing him in a prominent position of power and authority in his kingdom.  The king “advanced him [Haman], and set his seat above all the princes that were with him” (Esther 3:1).

And, because of Haman’s Exalted position, all the king’s servants were commanded to accord him honor (such honor, reverence, was normally shown in that day through falling to the knees and touching the ground with the forehead).  But one individual refused.  Mordecai, the Jew, refused to accord Haman such honor.  Mordecai “bowed not, nor did him reverence.”  And this infuriated Haman to the extent that he sought “to destroy all the Jews that were throughout the whole kingdom of Ahasuerus” (Esther 3:2-6).

And Haman, seeking to destroy all the Jews throughout the kingdom, directed his efforts particularly against Mordecai, who had refused to accord him honor.  But matters were brought to pass in such a way that Haman found himself on the road to ruin, rather than Mordecai or the rest of the Jewish people (Esther 3:7ff).  And, once Haman found himself on this road, the matter was exactly as stated by his wife, Zeresh:

“If Mordecai be of the seed of the Jews, before whom you have begun to fall, you shall not prevail against him, but shall surely fall before him” (Esther 6:13b).

Once Haman had turned against the Jewish people he found himself forced into situations and circumstances completely beyond his control, situations and circumstances that brought about events completely contrary to that which he had sought to effect.  He found himself not only being forced to exalt Mordecai, whom he had sought to put down, but he also, in the end, found himself impaled on the very gallows that he had built for Mordecai (Esther 6:1-7:10).

Then, if that wasn’t enough, his ten sons were subsequently slain and impaled on the same gallows (Esther 9:10-14).  And all of this brought an end to “the house of Haman,” allowing the Jewish people to occupy a rightful, prominent place in the kingdom.

This sequence of events, in type, foreshadows that which will one day occur in the kingdom of the Antichrist, and beyond.  The King Himself will promote the Antichrist and place him in the position of power that He is destined to occupy, as Ahasuerus did with Haman.  It is God alone Who rules in “the kingdom of men” through His sovereign control of matters.  He is the One Who establishes and removes rulers, giving the kingdom “to whomsoever He will” (Daniel 4:17-26; 5:18-28).

And, in his exalted position of power, “above all the princes,” the Antichrist will command the same honor accorded Haman (Revelation 13:2-8).  He will have previously made a covenant with many in Israel (Daniel 9:27a).  But numerous other Jews will have rejected this covenant; and, in the light of the type in Esther, these Jews will apparently also have rejected the man making the covenant as well, refusing to accord him honor.

Then, because of this, the Antichrist, in his wrath, after three and one-half years, will turn against the Jewish people “throughout the whole kingdom [worldwide]” and seek their complete destruction, exactly as seen in Haman’s actions (cf. Daniel 9:27b; Matthew 24:15ff; Luke 21:20ff; 2 Thessalonians 2:3ff).

But once Antichrist has turned against the Jewish people, he will have placed himself on the same road of no return previously traveled by Haman.  It will be a downward path, leading to the destruction of not only himself but also his ten-kingdom confederacy (wherein Gentile world power will be centered in that day), seen in the destruction of Haman and his ten sons in the type (cf. Daniel 2:33-35, 40-45; 7:7-12, 23-28; Revelation 19:11ff).

Once the Antichrist turns against the Jewish people, a period of progressively intensifying trouble will ensue.  This period will begin with the breaking of the second seal (Revelation 6:3) and will continue until the last of the judgments under the seven vials have been brought to pass (Revelation 16:17-21).  And conditions in the Antichrist’s kingdom will progressively deteriorate throughout this period until the point is reached where, except for the Lord’s intervention, mankind would literally destroy itself:  “And except those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved…” (Matthew 24:22a).

This is what lies in store, in the immediate future, for the enlightened world system in which man finds himself today.  This is how Man’s Day will end after 6,000 years of human history and so-called advancement.

Mordecai — Exalted

But, just as the book of Esther doesn’t end with the destruction of Haman and his ten sons, neither does Scripture end with the destruction of the Antichrist and his ten-kingdom confederacy.  Scripture ends the same way in which the book of Esther ends — the Jewish people exalted in a kingdom, following the destruction of their enemies (cf. Deuteronomy 30:1-10; Isaiah 2:1-4; Joel 3:12-21).

Though the Antichrist will be seeking the destruction of the Jewish people, God, through His sovereign control of matters, will use the Antichrist’s efforts to bring about the very thing which He Himself desires.  God will use the fires of this coming time of trouble to bring His people to a place of repentance.

The matter will be exactly as seen in another type — the Israelites in Egypt during Moses’ day.  They, because of the severity of the bondage under an Assyrian ruler, were brought to a place where they were left with no choice but to call upon the God of their fathers.  God used the vain efforts of this Assyrian ruler to bring His people to the end of themselves.

God heard His peoples’ cry, He remembered His “covenant with Abraham, with Isaac, and with Jacob,” and He then sent Moses back to deliver them (Exodus 2:23-3:10).

And exactly the same thing will occur yet future.  The Jewish people, because of the severity of the trouble that will ensue under another Assyrian ruler, will be brought to the place where they will have no choice but to call upon the God of their fathers.  God will use the vain efforts of this Assyrian ruler to bring His people to the same end as seen during Moses’ day.

And God, as in Moses’ day, will hear His peoples’ cry;  and He will remember His “covenant with Abraham, with Isaac, and with Jacob,” and He will then send Jesus back to deliver them (cf. Deuteronomy 30:1-3; Ezekiel 36:16-28; Matthew 24:29-31).

When matters were brought to a close in the book of Esther, Esther was given “the house of Haman” (Esther 8:1, 7), which she placed under Mordecai’s control (Esther 8:2); and also, when matters were brought to a close in this book, Mordecai was advanced in the kingdom, holding a position of power “next unto king Ahasuerus” (Esther 10:3).

Esther and Mordecai, together, present the complete picture of restored Israel in that future day.  Not only will the nation be given the worldwide kingdom of the Antichrist, but the nation will hold a position of power on earth next unto God Himself.

Deliverance for Israel occurred during Moses’ day, with a kingdom in view; deliverance for Israel occurred during Esther and Mordecai’s day, with a kingdom in view; and deliverance for Israel will occur yet future, during the Lord’s Day, with a kingdom in view.

God, in His sovereign control of all things, will bring all events to pass exactly as foretold by the prophets.  Nothing will fail of fulfillment.  And Israel, in the end, will occupy her God-ordained place relative to both God and the nations of the earth, within a theocracy.
Chapter Ten
Parable of the Treasure

Again, the kingdom of heaven is like treasure hidden in a field, which a man found and hid; and for joy over it he goes and sells all that he has and buys that field. (Matthew 13:44).

The last three parables in Matthew chapter thirteen, unlike the first four, were given only after Christ had reentered the house.  The first four were given outside the house, by the seaside; and the last three were given back inside the house (Matthew 13:1-3, 36).  Christ reentered the house prior to giving these last three parables, for an entirely different situation existed from this point forward in the course of that which He was covering in these parables.

The first four parables cover the entirety of the present dispensation, as matters relate to the proclamation of the Word of the Kingdom among Christians.  The dispensation, insofar as the proclamation of this message is concerned, will end, according to these parables, in a completely leavened state (Matthew 13:33).  Because of the working of the leaven during the course of the dispensation, producing a continuing deterioration throughout Christendom, conditions at the end of the dispensation will be as depicted by the church in Laodicea in Revelation 3:14-21.

In relation to the proclamation of and adherence to the Word of the Kingdom at the end of the dispensation, the Church is described in Revelation 3:17 as “wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked.”  This is simply a description of conditions that Christ had called attention to some sixty years prior to the time John wrote the book of Revelation:  “…when the Son of Man comes, shall He find faith [‘the faith’] on the earth?” (Luke 18:8b).  And the manner in which the question is worded in the Greek text designates a negative answer.  The Son of Man will not findthe faith” being taught throughout the churches of the land at the time of His return.

The Word of the Kingdom, taught universally throughout the first century Church at the beginning of the dispensation, will be completely absent in teachings throughout the Church at the end of the dispensation.  Instead, in some quarters, that more closely aligned with the “doctrines of demons” will be taught (1 Timothy 4:1-3; ref., Chapter 7).  The working of the leaven throughout the dispensation will have gradually wrought this change.

Thus, the first four parables carry an individual through the whole of the present dispensation in the preceding respect.  And in parables five through seven that which is being dealt with has to do with events beyond the present dispensation.  These parables have to do with events occurring after the Church has been removed from the earth and after God has resumed his national dealings with Israel.

These last three parables could not have been given by the seaside, as the previous four had been.  God will have completed his work of removing “a people for his name” from among the Gentiles (which “the seaside” symbolized) at this point in the parables.  And these three parables had to be given back inside the house because it is also at this point in the parables that God will have resumed His national dealings with Israel (Acts 15:14-17).

This is why Christ reentered the house prior to giving these closing three parables.  The Church will have been removed into the heavens at the close of that dealt with in the first four parables, and God will have resumed his dealings with Israel once again prior to that dealt with in the last three parables.  Thus, Christ had to reenter the house prior to giving these closing three parables, for Israel will once again be in view.

But, though that dealt with in these parables is intimately connected with Israel on the earth and cannot be brought to pass apart from God’s resumption of His dealings with His covenant people, these parables actually have to do more specifically with the Church in the heavens.  These parables have to do with a continued sequence of events pertaining to the Word of the Kingdom.  They simply continue the sequence of events from the preceding four parables, with a view to the Messianic Era.

All seven of these parables have to do with that taken from Israel — the kingdom of the heavens (Matthew 21:43).  And, since the Church was called into existence to be the recipient of that which was taken from Israel, the closing three parables (as the first four), of necessity, have to do centrally with the Church (though the Church, during the time covered by events in these parables, will no longer be on earth).  But, as well, as previously shown, these parables also involve God having resumed His national dealings with Israel once again, for events depicted by these parables cannot be brought to pass apart from such dealings.

The Treasure; the Field

The first parable that Christ gave after He had reentered the house had to do with a treasure a Man found and hid in a field.  And following this, the Man went out, sold all that He had, and bought the field where He had hidden the treasure.

This parable reaches back into past events in order to establish a framework and foundational basis for dealing with future events — the central issue of the parable, the purchase of the field where the treasure was hidden.  The things leading into the purchase of the field have to do with past events, occurring at Christ’s first coming; but the purchase of the field itself has to do with events yet future, events that will occur immediately prior to Christ’s return.

The purchase of the field is that which continues the progressive continuity of the parables in relation to time.  All of that stated in the preceding part of the parable forms background material so one can properly understand and place this purchase within its correct biblical framework.

In the progression of that revealed in the seven connected parables in Matthew chapter thirteen, the “field” is specifically stated to be the world  (Matthew 13:38);  and, through comparing scripture elsewhere, the “treasure” can only be identified as Israel (Exodus 19:5-6; Psalm 135:4).

When Christ came the first time, He came only to “the lost sheep of the house of Israel,” offering to the people comprising this nation the kingdom of the heavens (Matthew 4:17-25; 10:5-6; 15:24).  However, Israel spurned the offer, and the kingdom of the heavens was taken from Israel.  Then Israel was set aside, with a view to an entirely new entity (the one new man “in Christ”) being called into existence, to be the recipient of that which had previously been offered to, rejected by, and taken from Israel (Matthew 21:33-43; 1 Peter 2:9-10).

The Man finding the treasure, hiding the treasure, and selling all that He had can only be a reference to three events occurring in the past:  1) Christ’s ministry to Israel at His first coming, 2) Israel being set aside, and 3) Christ’s finished work at Calvary.

But note that Christ, following His finished work at Calvary, didn’t purchase the treasure (Israel).  Rather, He is seen purchasing the field where the treasure was hidden.  That is, He is seen purchasing the world.

And this purchase cannot be a reference to the purchase of salvation for all those in the world through Christ’s finished work at Calvary, as commonly taught.  Christ selling all that He had is not synonymous with His purchase of the field.  Such a teaching would make the parable deal centrally with salvation by grace through faith, something that none of these parables deals with.

These parables are not about salvation by grace through faith.  Rather, they are about the kingdom of the heavens — a subject stated in each of the seven parables, leaving no room for anyone to ever misunderstand the subject matter of these parables.  Thus, an erroneous view of Christ’s purchase of the field of this nature — making this purchase synonymous with His finished work at Calvary — not only completely removes the parable from its contextual setting but also from the clearly stated subject of the parable.

Comparing “scripture with scripture,” that which is involved in the purchase of the field in this parable becomes clear.  This present earth, along with its inhabitants, will form the inheritance to be possessed by Christ and His wife during the coming age (cf. Psalm 2:6-9; Romans 8:17-23; Revelation 2:26-27; 3:21).  And this is what must be purchased, redeemed prior to a new order of Sons being brought forth to rule from the heavens over the earth (cf. Romans 8:18-21; Hebrews 2:5, 10).

The purchase of the field in the parable of the treasure has to do with a redeemed inheritance — the redemption of the earth.  This is a future work of Christ, made possible because of His past and completed work at Calvary.  Calling attention to Israel, the world, and Christ’s finished work at Calvary was necessary prior to any mention of the redemption of the inheritance.  All these things set the stage for and lead into Christ’s statement concerning His future work in this respect.

This will all become clear through viewing a number of things from three different books in the next section of this study.

Three Books

The book of Revelation and the book of Daniel are often looked upon as companion books in Scripture, with one book shedding light upon and helping to explain the other.  And the association between these two books is correct.  Daniel and Revelation form companion books, with scripture from one helping to explain scripture from the other.  One book cannot be properly understood apart from the other.

However, Daniel is not the only book in the Old Testament carrying this type relationship to the book of Revelation.  Rather, it is one of many Old Testament books carrying a relationship to the book of Revelation of this nature.

Exodus, for example, could be looked upon as The Apocalypse of the Old Testament.  The book of Exodus, throughout — in a type-antitype framework — covers exactly the same period of time covered in the first twenty chapters of the book of Revelation.  Both books cover that period of time beginning with the present dispensation and ending with the establishment of the Messianic Kingdom.  And since both deal with the same thing, though from different perspectives, one will shed light upon and help explain the other.

But, for purposes of this study, discussion along these lines will be limited to two other books in the Old Testament that also carry this same type relationship to the book of Revelation.  And those are the books of Ruth and Esther.  The book of Ruth deals with the Church and a redeemed inheritance in exactly the same manner seen in the book of Revelation.  And the book of Esther deals centrally with Israel in the Tribulation and beyond, in the same manner as also seen in the book of Revelation.

To properly understand the purchase of the field in the parable of the treasure, material in these three books — Ruth, Esther, and Revelation — must be viewed and studied together.  And not only is this the case for a proper understanding of the fifth parable, but also for that seen in the sixth parable as well — the purchase of the pearl.

That seen in the book of Ruth and that seen in the book of Esther are both put together in the book of Revelation.  And to properly understand the book of Revelation, this book must be studied in the light of that which is revealed in these two Old Testament books.  Only through viewing the books of Ruth, Esther, and Revelation in this respect can the fifth and sixth parables in Matthew chapter thirteen be properly understood.

That would be to say, events covered by the things in view in the fifth and sixth parables in Matthew chapter thirteen are seen in different parts of the books of Ruth, Esther, and Revelation.  In relation to that which is in these two parables, the book of Ruth deals with a wealthy Jew who redeems an inheritance and, through this redemptive process, takes a Gentile as his wife; the book of Esther deals with the restoration of Israel following the overthrow of Gentile world power, which will be headed up under the Antichrist’s ten-kingdom confederacy in the end time; and the book of Revelation puts these different things together, providing additional details.

The Spirit of God used two books in the Old Testament (Ruth and Esther) to show both sides of the matter.  Then, in the New Testament, the Spirit of God placed that which is in both Ruth and Esther together in one book — the book of Revelation.

And possibly the best way to understand this is to go to the book of Revelation, present that which is in this book, and refer back to the books of Ruth and Esther.  And, relative to the redemption of the inheritance, this material is contained in the first eighteen chapters of the book of Revelation.

Viewing these chapters in the book of Revelation after this fashion, there is a major turning point at the end of chapter four.  And, in this respect, these eighteen chapters should be viewed from the standpoint of that revealed in chapters one through four first, then from the standpoint of that revealed in chapters five through eighteen.

1.  Revelation 1-4

The first four chapters of the book of Revelation deal with the Church, both throughout the dispensation (Revelation 2; 3) and at the judgment seat at the close of the dispensation (Revelation 1-4).

In the first part of chapter one (Revelation 1:10), the Church is seen removed into heaven, into the future Day of the Lord (a key to understanding Revelation 1-4).  Then the remainder of chapter one presents the Church in Christ’s presence.  Christ is seen as Judge (Revelation 1:13-16), and the complete Church (all Christians) — all seven churches from chapters two and three, with the number “seven” showing completeness — is seen appearing in Christ’s presence to be judged (Revelation 1:12-13, 20).

Then chapters two and three continue that which is revealed in chapter one, depicting the actual judgment itself.  Note that each short epistle in these two chapters is structured exactly the same way — works, with a view to overcoming or being overcome.  And each of the overcomers’ promises is Messianic within its scope of fulfillment.

And this is exactly what Scripture elsewhere reveals about the judgment seat.  There will be a judgment based on works, with a view to overcoming or being overcome.  And that which is in view relative to overcoming or being overcome is seen as having to do with occupying or being denied a position with Christ in His kingdom (cf. Matthew 16:24-17:5; 24:45-51; 25:14-30; Luke 12:42-46; 19:11-27; 1 Corinthians 3:11-15; 2 Corinthians 5:9-11; 1 Thessalonians 1:5-10; 4:16-5:9; 2 Thessalonians 1:5-11).

Also, chapters two and three, viewed from another perspective, present a history of the Church throughout the dispensation, synonymous with that seen in the first four parables in Matthew chapter thirteen.  Both sections of Scripture present a history of the Church in relation to the Word of the Kingdom.  Both sections of Scripture reveal the dispensation beginning with Christians producing acceptable works (fruitfulness [Matthew 13:8, 23; Revelation 2:2-3]) and ending with Christendom being seen in a completely leavened state (Matthew 13:33; Revelation 3:15-17]).

Then chapter four begins once again at the same point as previously seen in chapter one — with the Church being removed from the earth into the heavens (Revelation 4:1-2).  But this is only to reveal something subsequent to events at the judgment seat.  It is to reveal the twenty-four elders relinquishing their crowns by casting them before God’s throne (Revelation 4:4, 10-11).

This event will occur immediately following decisions and determinations at the judgment seat, as shown by the rainbow encircling the throne of God (Revelation 4:3).  The rainbow in Scripture appears only after judgment has occurred and is past.  This is the manner in which the rainbow is first seen in Scripture (Genesis 9:11-17), establishing an unchangeable first-mention principle that governs its use at any subsequent point in Scripture.

The rainbow encircled throne in Revelation 4:3 tells you that events at the judgment seat (Revelation 1-3) are past.  Then, the remainder of the chapter relates something intimately associated and connected with the preceding decisions and determinations that will have occurred at the judgment seat — the twenty-four elders casting their crowns before God’s throne.

Overcoming Christians, ruling with Christ over the earth during the coming age, are to wear crowns having to do with the domain over which they rule — crowns having to do with the government of the earth.  And these crowns have existed since God established the government of the earth in the beginning.

These crowns were originally worn by angels ruling under Satan in his unfallen state.  However, since his rebellion against God’s supreme power and authority, these crowns have been worn by two classes of angels —  those originally ruling with Satan, but refusing to go along with him in his attempted coup; and those who did go along with him, continuing to rule with him.

One group — the former, which can only be identified with the twenty-four elders (two-thirds of the original contingent of angels under Satan, represented by two sets of twelve crowned rulers) — will relinquish their crowns willingly;  but the other group — the latter, seen in Revelation 12:4 (the other one-third of the angels under Satan, which would be represented by a third set of twelve crowned rulers) — will not relinquish their crowns willingly, resulting in their crowns having to be taken by force.

(Note that “twelve” is the number of governmental perfection, and “three” is the number of divine perfection.  Three sets of twelve crowned rulers would show divine perfection in God’s original establishment of the government of the earth — something that has not existed since Satan’s attempted coup [since those angels ruling under him (represented by the two sets of twelve) separated themselves from the other angels ruling under him (which could only be represented by a third set of twelve)].

But a restored divinely perfect form of governmental rule over the earth will exist once again during the Messianic Era when crowns from all three sets of twelve — crowns from the complete original contingent of angels ruling with Satan over the earth — are brought together once again and given to man.)

Those relinquishing their crowns willingly will do so immediately following events at the judgment seat.  For, at this time, for the first time in man’s history, a group from the human race will have been shown worthy to wear these crowns.  And, also for the first time in man’s history, these angels can relinquish their crowns, with a view to others wearing them during the Messianic Era (Hebrews 2:5).

Those continuing to reign with Satan though will not relinquish their crowns until the time of Christ’s return.  Their crowns will be taken by force, for the time will be at hand.  For the first time in man’s history, a group from the human race will be on hand to ascend the throne, having been shown worthy to wear these crowns.

(For a full discussion of the twenty-four elders in Revelation chapter four, in the preceding respect, refer to Chapter 4 in the author’s book, Bible One - In the Lord's Day BOOK by Arlen Chitwood, or In the Lord’s Day commentary in this site.)

2.  Revelation 5-18

Revelation chapter five marks a major turning point in the closing book of Scripture.  Material preceding this has to do directly with the Church, covering the complete dispensation (Revelation 2; 3), but centering on events at the end of the dispensation (Revelation 1-4).  These first four chapters center on events that begin with the removal of the Church (Revelation 1:10; 4:1-2) and end with the twenty-four elders casting their crowns before God’s throne (Revelation 4:4, 10-11).  The former will occur at the end of the dispensation, preceding events at the judgment seat; and the latter will occur following events at the judgment seat.

Then, once all these events have occurred and all matters pertaining to these events have been taken care of, attention in the book is immediately directed to the redemption of the forfeited inheritance (Romans 8:20-22).  Events in chapter five introduce the matter, and events in chapters six through eighteen provide numerous details concerning the matter.

Though chapter five in the book of Revelation marks a major turning point in the book, it is not a divisional point.  This chapter, along with subsequent chapters, forms a continuation of events from chapters one through four.  The first four chapters form the background and foundational material for that revealed in the chapters that follow, chapters that have to do not only with the Church in the heavens but also with Israel on the earth.

The parallel can be seen in the parable of the treasure.  This parable, given after Christ had reentered the house, must be looked upon as having to do with the Church because of the stated subject matter (the kingdom of the heavens);  but this parable must also be looked upon as having to do with Israel as well because Christ was back inside the house when He gave it.  Then, in the course of giving the first parable after He had reentered the house, Christ provided background and foundational material.  And the parable was then brought to a close through dealing with the purchase of the field — the redemption of the inheritance.

The same things are seen in the books of Ruth and Esther.  The first three chapters of the book of Ruth provide the background and foundational material (paralleling Revelation 1-4), and Boaz’s redemptive act in chapter four has to do with his purchase of the field, his redemption of the inheritance (paralleling Revelation 5-18).  Then the book of Esther points to the fact that Israel also has to be involved in the matter (paralleling Revelation 6-18 [cf. Jeremiah 30:7; Daniel 9:24-27]).

And, as the first three chapters of the book of Ruth cannot be separated from chapter four (as the things in the first part of the parable of the treasure cannot be separated from the purchase of the field), or as that which is seen in the book of Esther cannot be separated from the whole of the matter, neither can the first four chapters of the book of Revelation be separate from the chapters that follow.  Revelation chapter five simply continues from chapter four, and the Church remains just as much in view as Ruth remained in view while Boaz was performing his redemptive act in Ruth chapter four.  But, also as in the book of Esther (or in the parable of the treasure), Israel now comes into view.

A)  The Search for One Found Worthy

In the book of Ruth, Boaz was a near kinsman who was able to redeem.  And he is the one seen performing the required redemptive act, paying the required price, following a nearer kinsman relinquishing his right to redeem.

Boaz performed this redemptive act following Ruth becoming a member of the family (Ruth 1), following Ruth gleaning in Boaz’s field and beating out that which she had gleaned throughout the time of the harvest (Ruth 2), and following Ruth preparing herself to meet Boaz, a meeting that occurred on his threshing floor at midnight (Ruth 3).  These first three chapters of the book of Ruth cover the entirety of the present dispensation, paralleling the first four parables in Matthew chapter thirteen and the first four chapters of the book of Revelation.

Then, Boaz’s redemptive act finds its parallel with events beginning in Revelation 5, events that parallel the purchase of the field in the parable of the treasure.  The search in this chapter centers around One able to redeem, One worthy to break the seals of the seven-sealed scroll seen in God’s right hand.

A “strong angel” proclaims in a loud voice, “Who is worthy to open the book [‘scroll’], and to loose the seals thereof?”  And no one “in heaven, nor in earth, neither under the earth” was found worthy, until attention was called to “the Lion of the tribe of Judah, the Root of David” (Revelation 5:2-5).

One seen “in the midst” of God’s throne (referring to the center of power, the direction from which power emanates), now described as “a Lamb,” rather than “the Lion of the tribe of Judah,” comes and takes the scroll out of the right hand of His Father.  He alone was found worthy, and the reason He was found worthy is given in both His description and that which is stated in the verses immediately following.

Specific attention is called to His being “a Lamb,” which can only be a reference to His past work at Calvary.  Then, after He had taken the scroll from the right hand of His Father, the four living creatures and the twenty-four elders fell down before “the Lamb [note, not the Lion, but the Lamb],” having harps and vials filled with odors, “which are the prayers of saints” (Revelation 5:6-8).

Then the four living creatures and the twenty-four elders sang a new song, saying,

“You are worthy to take the scroll, and to open its seals; For You were slain, and have redeemed us to God by Your blood Out of every tribe and tongue and people and nation,

And have made us kings and priests to our God; and we shall reign on [over] the earth.” (Revelation 5:9-10 [9b]).

A great multitude of angels then appeared “round about the throne and the beasts [‘living creatures’] and elders,” with their number described as “ten thousand times ten thousand, and thousand of thousands.”  And this great multitude proclaimed, “with a loud voice”:

“Worthy is the Lamb that was slain to receive power, and riches, and wisdom, and strength, and honor, and glory, and blessings” (Revelation 5:11-12b).

And, following this, attention is called to “every creature that is in heaven, and on the earth, and under the earth, and such as are in the sea, and all that are in them” making a similar proclamation, in unison:

“Blessing, and honor, and glory, and power, be to Him that sits on the throne, and to the Lamb forever and ever” (Revelation 5:13b).

Note the continued reference to “the Lamb,” rather than to “the Lion of the tribe of Judah.”  Why is this the case?  The answer is simple.  It is on the basis of His work as “the Lamb” that He is found worthy to take and break the seals on the scroll.  It is because of His work as “the Lamb” (past) that He is found worthy to redeem the forfeited inheritance (future).

And this is the reason that this matter is dealt with in the parable of the treasure (He sold all that He had [past]) prior to purchasing the field, prior to redeeming the inheritance (future).  It is all based on His past work as “the Lamb.”  Apart from this past work, there can be no future redeemed inheritance awaiting Christ and His co-heirs.

(Redemption is always seen being effected through the Lamb, not through the Lion.  Christ is referred to as the Lion only once in the book of Revelation, but He is referred to as the Lamb twenty-eight times throughout the course of this book.)

B)  Redemption of the Purchased Possession

The actual redemptive work, pertaining to the inheritance, begins with events in Revelation chapter six and carries through to events in chapter eighteen.  Events in chapter nineteen have to do with another facet of this redemptive work.  They have to do with the bride becoming His wife.  This is the subject matter surrounding the parable of the pearl in Matthew 13:45-46 and will be dealt with in chapter 11 of this book.

Judgments seen throughout the time of the Son’s redemption of the inheritance are presented in the book of Revelation under three sets of sevens — seven seals, seven trumpets, and seven vials.  As previously shown, “three” is the number of divine perfection; and “seven” is a number showing the completeness of that which is in view.  Thus, the seven seals, trumpets, and vials show divine perfection within these judgments, which would be to say that they show divine perfection within the Son’s redemption of the inheritance.

The search in chapter five was only for One found worthy to break the seals.  Nothing is said in this chapter about a search for One worthy to sound the trumpets or to pour out the vials, and the reason for this is evident.  The judgments seen under the trumpets and vials are contained within the scope of the judgments under the seven seals.  The trumpet judgments emanate from the breaking of the seventh seal (Revelation 8:1-2), and the vial judgments emanate from the blowing of the seventh trumpet (cf. Revelation 11:15-19; 15:1).  Thus, both the trumpet and vial judgments lie under the seventh seal, placing all the judgments within the scope of the seven-sealed scroll.

Christ, loosing the seals, will bring all things in this entire redemptive process to pass.  The inheritance will be redeemed (Revelation 6-18), and the bride — previously singled out and revealed at the judgment seat — will then become His wife (Revelation 19), all exactly in accord with the type in Ruth 4.
Chapter Eleven
Parable of the Pearl

Again, the kingdom of heaven is like a merchant seeking beautiful pearls,

who, when he had found one pearl of great price, went and sold all that he had and bought it. (Matthew 13:45-46).

The parable of the pearl continues the thought of redemption from the previous parable, the parable of the treasure.  The “Man” in both parables is the Lord Jesus Christ, and this Man selling all that He had in both parables is also the same, pointing to Christ’s past, finished work at Calvary.

But the purchase that the Man made — something different in each parable — is separated in time from His work at Calvary.  The purchase in each parable, seen as a redemptive act in each, follows His work at Calvary.  That is, neither the purchase of the field in the previous parable nor the purchase of the pearl in the present parable is synonymous with or occurred at the same time as His finished work at Calvary.

Thus, in the chronological sequence of events in these two parables, Christ’s purchase of both the field and the pearl is seen occurring  following His selling all that He had, i.e., following the events surrounding Calvary.  And, within the chronological framework of all seven parables, this dual purchase is seen occurring at a time following the present dispensation.  In this respect, two millenniums lie between Christ’s finished work at Calvary and the purchase seen in both of these parables (ref. Chapter 10, this book).

Christ’s finished work at Calvary has to do with man’s eternal salvation, and there is no present or future work of Christ in this realm.  Everything is past.

(Christ, following His finished work, “sat down on the right hand of God.” And, with respect to this finished work, Scripture states, “For by one offering He has perfected forever those who are being sanctified” [Hebrews 10:12-14].

There was no chair in any part of the earthly tabernacle, for the sacrificial work of the O.T. priests was never finished [Hebrews 10:11].  They could not sit down.  But Christ, relative to His sacrificial work, could sit down in the heavens, indicating that this work was finished.  “…there remains no more sacrifice for sins” [Hebrews 10:26].

However, the blood of that sacrifice, presently on the mercy seat of the heavenly sanctuary, is another matter.  There is a present work of the Son in connection with His blood having been placed on the mercy seat.  But this work is on behalf of those who have already been saved, on the basis of His past, sacrificial work at Calvary.

The present work of the Son is that of High Priest [Hebrews 9:11-12; 10:19ff].  He is presently providing a cleansing for Christians who sin, on the basis of His Own blood on the mercy seat in the heavenly sanctuary [1 John 1:7-2:2].  And this cleansing has nothing to do with one’s eternal salvation.  It is a cleansing provided for those who are already saved, with a view to the One doing the cleansing bringing “many sons to glory” at a future time [Hebrews 2:10].)

There though, of necessity, is a present work being carried on within the Godhead pertaining to man’s eternal salvation.  But this is not a work being carried on by the Son after any fashion.  This is a work performed by the Spirit.  The Spirit breathes life into the one who has no life (present), based on the finished work of the Son (past).  And through this complete work — the past work of the Son, and the present work of the Spirit — man, “dead in trespasses and sins,” passes “from death into life” (cf. Genesis 1:2; 2:7; Ezekiel 37:1-10; John 5:24; Ephesians 2:1).

The last words of Christ prior to His death at Calvary were, “It is finished [lit., ‘It has been finished’]” (John 19:30).  Christ used a perfect tense of the Greek verb teleo (tetelestai), which means to bring something “to an end,” or “to a completion.”  And the perfect tense points to action completed in past time, with the results of that action existing during present time in a finished state.

Everything necessary to effect man’s eternal salvation had been finished at that point, and Christ used this one Greek verb (teleo) in a perfect tense (tetelestai) to call attention to this fact.  Then He simply “gave up the spirit [lit., He ‘breathed out’]” (Luke 23:46), for there was no need for Him to continue the sufferings that He was undergoing.  Everything had been completed, allowing the Spirit to now breathe life into the one having no life (man dead in trespasses and sins) on the basis of the Son’s finished work.

But the two purchases seen in the parables of the treasure and the pearl in Matthew 13:44-46 point to a work of the Son beyond His work on Calvary.  Thus, this latter work (a work actually subsequent to His work in the heavenly sanctuary) can have nothing to do with one’s eternal salvation, for that is based on the Son’s finished work.  Rather, this latter work (as His present work in the heavenly sanctuary) has to do with the purpose for one’s salvation, the reason one has been saved.

(In the preceding respect, there is a past, finished work of the Son at Calvary; and, because of this past, finished work, the Son can perform a present work in the heavenly sanctuary; and, because of both His past and present works, there can be a future work with respect to that seen in the symbolism of the purchase of both the field and the pearl in Matthew 13:44-46.)

In the first of these two parables, in verse forty-four, the treasure points to Israel.  Israel is God’s “peculiar treasure” (Exodus 19:5-6; Psalm 135:4).  Then, in the second of these two parables, in verses forty-five and forty-six, the Church comes into view.

Pearls are found in oysters, which come from the sea.  And the oyster, a species found in the water that lacks fins and scales, would be unclean to the orthodox Jew (Leviticus 11:9-12).  The fact that the pearl comes from a species considered unclean by the orthodox Jew, as well as the fact that the oyster bearing the pearl is found in the sea (which refers to the Gentiles), the pearl could not be another reference to Israel (continuing, in this respect, from the parable of the treasure).  Rather, the pearl would have to refer to another entity within God’s dealings with man.

The identity of the pearl, unlike the identity of the treasure in the previous parable, is not really given in so many words per se anywhere in Scripture.  But, nevertheless, the intended symbolism through the use of the pearl can easily be determined.  Through comparing “scripture with scripture,” the “pearl” can easily be seen as a reference to the Church (more specifically, the bride).

Christ gave these parables after He had gone back inside the house, and the treasure (Israel) comes into view because God will be dealing with Israel during this time, completing His dealings with the nation during Daniel’s Seventieth Week.  But Christ is not seen purchasing the treasure in the first of these two parables, as He is seen purchasing the pearl in the second.  Rather, in the first parable, He is seen purchasing the field where the treasure was hidden.

Thus, Christ purchases the field in the first of these two parables; then He purchases the pearl in the second.  And the fact that these parables are about the kingdom of the heavens — necessitating Christians (the present recipients of the offer of the kingdom) being in view in relation to the redemption of the forfeited inheritance — will alone reveal that the pearl has to be identified with the Church.  All of this will become evident during the course of this study. 

The parable of the treasure shows one facet of the purpose for man’s salvation, and the parable of the pearl shows the other.  The purchase of the field (the world) seen in the parable of the treasure has to do with Christ’s future work of redeeming the forfeited inheritance (seen in Revelation 6-18); and the purchase of the pearl is a reference to the bride (saved through His finished work at Calvary and revealed through decisions and determinations at the judgment seat [Revelation 1-4]) becoming His wife (seen in Revelation 19).  And all this occurs on the basis of Christ being found worthy to purchase the field and the pearl in Revelation chapter five — found worthy solely on the basis of His finished work as “the Lamb” (Revelation 5:6ff).

These two parables, along with most of the book of Revelation, draw from a somewhat simple type in the Old Testament — a type set forth in chapter four of the book of Ruth (Ruth 4).  In this chapter of Ruth, Boaz is seen redeeming a forfeited inheritance, with Ruth becoming his wife through this redemptive act.  And this chapter relates the complete story of events seen relative to the purchases in the parables of the treasure and the pearl, along with that seen in Revelation chapters five through nineteen.

None of these things in the gospel of Matthew or in the book of Revelation can be properly understood apart from understanding this one type in the Old Testament.  God provided the numerous types seen throughout the Old Testament for a reason.  These types have been placed there to help explain the antitypes.  And these types are important beyond degree, for they will, numerous times, open up and cast a flood of light on the various antitypes.  And this particular type in the book of Ruth is one case in point, which can only become increasingly evident to anyone who begins to mine the treasures contained therein.

The Type — The Antitype

Events in chapter four of the book of Ruth, where Boaz’s redemptive act is seen, must be understood within context.  These events occurred after Ruth had become a member of the family (Ruth 1), after Ruth had gleaned in Boaz’s field and beat out that which she had gleaned throughout the time of harvest (Ruth 2), after Ruth had prepared herself for meeting Boaz (Ruth 3a), and after Ruth had met Boaz on his threshing floor at midnight (Ruth 3 [b]).

And moving these things over into the antitype, Christ’s redemptive act, seen in chapter four of Ruth (typified by Boaz’s redemptive act), will occur at exactly the same time.  It will occur after individuals have become members of the family (have become Christians), after those in the family have gleaned in the field (the world) and beat out that which they have gleaned throughout the time of harvest, after those in the family have prepared themselves for meeting Christ, and after they have met Christ on His threshing floor at midnight (met Christ at His judgment seat, at the termination of the present dispensation).

(The “threshing floor” and “midnight” both refer to judgment — one to place, and the other to time.  See Chapter 8 of this book.)

Thus, Christ’s finished work  at Calvary is not dealt with per se in chapter four of Ruth.  Rather, this work is simply inferred or assumed, for Boaz in the type was able to redeem, and Christ in the antitype will be able to redeem.

This matter surrounding Christ’s finished work at Calvary was dealt with back in chapter one where Ruth and Orpah found themselves members of the family through death.  The death of their husbands had dissolved the marriage relationship itself, and they were then members of the family only through death, the death of others.

And Christians are members of the family through exactly the same means — through death, the death of Another.  This is why Paul, when first going to Corinth and finding a city filled with unsaved Gentiles, limited himself to one simple message — “Jesus Christ, and Him crucified” (1 Corinthians 2:2).  It was Christ Who had died for their sins (1 Corinthians 15:3; 1 Thessalonians 5:10), and the only way they could become members of the family was through the death of Another.

Thus, the message surrounding that which occurred at Calvary is seen in chapter one of the book of Ruth, not in chapter four.  The redemptive act seen in chapter four — type or antitype — is a subsequent work on behalf of those who are already members of the family (though not a work for all family members).  Ruth alone is seen in Boaz’s redemptive act.  Orpah, also a member of the family through death, had turned back [cf. Luke 9:62; 17:32]).  And this redemptive work is seen occurring after the dispensation has run its course (Ruth 2; 3), not before the dispensation begins (Ruth 1).

1.  The Nearer Kinsman

Different kinds of legal matters within the Jewish economy at the time events in the book of Ruth occurred were carried on at the gates of the various cities scattered throughout the land, at the entrance way into these cities.  Elders of a particular city would gather at the gate of that city and await anyone in the city who might have a legal matter to carry out or to resolve.

This is the reason chapter four begins with the statement, “Then went Boaz up to the gate…” (Ruth 4:1), and this is the apparent reason that Lot was seen seated in the gate of Sodom when the two angels entered Sodom in Genesis 19:1.  Lot was apparently among those at the gate (among the elders of the city) who were there to carry out or to resolve legal matters on behalf of those in the city.

Boaz, at the gate, first stopped a nearer kinsman who had come by, and he instructed the nearer kinsman to sit in a certain place (Ruth 1).  Boaz then singled out ten elders who were at the gate, took them aside, and instructed them to sit in the same proximity as the nearer kinsman (Ruth 2).

Boaz then explained the matter at hand, directing his remarks to the nearer kinsman, but making sure that the ten elders heard as well.  He needed all of them to hear that which he had to say, for they all had to act — the nearer kinsman first, then the ten elders.

The subject surrounded an inheritance belonging to Naomi, which had been forfeited.  Boaz wanted to pay the required price and redeem the inheritance, but there was a nearer kinsman who had first choice to act in this capacity.  And the nearer kinsman, after hearing about the forfeited inheritance as Boaz explained the matter, said that he would redeem the inheritance (Ruth 2:3-4).

However, Boaz wasn’t through explaining all that was involved.  Boaz then said,

“On the day you buy the field from the hand of Naomi, you must also buy it from Ruth the Moabitess, the wife of the dead, to perpetuate the name of the dead through his inheritance.” (Ruth 2:5).

The one who redeemed the inheritance, whether the nearer kinsman or Boaz, would also, at the same time, be redeeming (purchasing) Ruth; and Ruth, through this redemptive process, would become his wife.  This was something that would automatically occur within the process of redeeming the forfeited inheritance, redeeming the field.  Ruth, through this redemptive process, was also being redeemed (purchased), and would automatically become the wife of the one performing this redemptive act.

Much controversy has surrounded the identity (with respect to the antitype) of the nearer kinsman.  However, there should be no controversy, for the nearer kinsman was able to redeem.  And the only One able to redeem in the antitype is the One Who shed His blood at Calvary (Revelation 5:1ff).

And though it was the Son Who shed His blood and died at Calvary, this was, as well, the blood of God (Acts 20:28).  This was the day God died.

Thus, just as there are two (only two [Ruth 2:4b]) who were able to redeem in the type, there must also be Two (only Two) Who are able to redeem in the antitype.  And these Two in the antitype are the Father and His Son, though the Father has placed all redemptive work in the hands of His Son.

This will explain why the nearer kinsman couldn’t redeem the inheritance and take Ruth as his wife.  The nearer kinsman already had a wife, something seen in the antitype.  God already has a wife.  Israel is the wife of God.

Thus, whether in the type (past) or in the antitype (future), the Nearer Kinsman wasn’t free/won’t be free to perform the redemptive act.  Such an act would have “marred [‘destroyed,’ ‘ruined’]” (type), would “mar [‘destroy,’ ‘ruin’]” (antitype), the Nearer Kinsman’s own inheritance.

2.  Boaz’s Work

There was a law in Israel concerning the nearest kinsman either refusing or forfeiting his right to redeem an inheritance.  And a central feature of this law had to do with the nearest kinsman relinquishing His right through removing his shoe and handing it to the kinsman next in line to redeem (cf. Deuteronomy 25:7-9; Ruth 4:7-8).

Thus, in keeping with this law, when the nearer kinsman couldn’t redeem Naomi’s inheritance (though, through no fault of his own), he removed his shoe and handed it to Boaz. This act showed to everyone present (in this case, Boaz and the ten elders) that he had relinquished his redemptive rights to the kinsman next in line, to Boaz.

Thus, once this had been done, Boaz was free to redeem the forfeited inheritance.  And the ten elders were also free to recognize Boaz as the one now able to act in this capacity, along with recognizing the price that he was to pay as legal and binding.

And, not only was this the case, but once the complete transaction had been carried out, it would also be recognized that Ruth was Boaz’s wife.  Ruth automatically became Boaz’s wife through this legal transaction carried out at the gate of the city, witnessed by ten elders, among others present.

“And Boaz said to the elders and all the people, "You are witnesses this day that I have bought all that was Elimelech's, and all that was Chilion's and Mahlon's, from the hand of Naomi.

Moreover, Ruth the Moabitess, the widow of Mahlon, I have acquired as my wife, to perpetuate the name of the dead through his inheritance, that the name of the dead may not be cut off from among his brethren and from his position at the gate. You are witnesses this day” (Ruth 4:9-10).

This was followed by all those who were present recognizing that which had occurred, along with their pronouncing a blessing on the union that had resulted from this transaction — that of Boaz and Ruth.  And the remainder of the chapter, bringing the account to a close, records the genealogy of Boaz through this union (Ruth 4:11ff).

“…Boaz begot Obed,

And Obed begot Jesse, and Jesse begot David” (Ruth 4:21-22 [21b]).

Boaz and Ruth’s great grandson was King David.  And David, in his reign over Israel, typifies Christ in His coming reign over the earth as the greater Son of David (cf. 2 Samuel 7:12-14; Matthew 21:9, 15; Luke 1:27, 31-33).

And, as David reigned over Israel in Saul’s stead, following a time of rejection, Christ will reign over the earth in Satan’s stead, following a time of rejection.  And, just as those who were faithful to David during his time of rejection were elevated to positions of power with David when he ascended the throne, so will it be when Christ ascends the throne.  Christ will elevate those faithful to Him during His time of rejection to positions of power with Him when He ascends the throne.

Everything about Ruth chapter four is Messianic within its scope of fulfillment.  This chapter deals with the redemption of a piece of land, which would be a field, pointing to the world in the antitype; this chapter deals with Ruth becoming Boaz’s wife, which, in the antitype, would point to the bride becoming Christ’s wife; and this chapter ends with the mention of David, pointing to the greater Son of David in the antitype.

The book of Ruth ends exactly where the opening section of scripture in Genesis ends — detailing events having to do with the seventh day, the Messianic Era out ahead.  The inheritance (a field), once it had been redeemed, then belonged to Boaz and Ruth (now his wife) in the type; and the inheritance (the world), once it has been redeemed, will then belong to Christ and His Bride (who will then be His wife) in the antitype.  And, in the antitype, Christ as King (as the greater Son of King David), with His wife as consort queen, will rule over the redeemed domain.

The Bride Becomes His Wife

The future marriage of Christ and His bride will occur exactly in accord with the type set forth in Ruth chapter four, not in accord with the way things are done in the modern world, whether in the East or in the West.  As Boaz purchased Ruth through the process of redeeming a forfeited inheritance, so will Christ purchase His bride through the process of redeeming a forfeited inheritance (forfeited by the first Adam in Genesis chapter three [cf. Romans 8:20-22]).  And, as Ruth automatically became Boaz’s wife through this redemptive process, so will it be with Christ and His bride.  The bride (having previously been revealed at the judgment seat) will automatically become Christ’s wife through His redemption of the forfeited inheritance.

1.  Redemption Completed

The redemption of the forfeited inheritance is seen occurring in Revelation chapters six through eighteen.  The seven-sealed scroll in Revelation chapter five contains the redemptive terms for the forfeited inheritance (the earth), and chapters six through eighteen reveal the seals being broken and these terms being carried out (ref. Chapter 10 of this book).

Then, in chapter nineteen, after the terms set forth in the seven-sealed scroll have been carried out, after the inheritance has been redeemed, the bride is seen as Christ’s wife.

“Let us be glad and rejoice, and give honor to Him:  for the marriage [‘marriage festivities’] of the lamb is come, and His wife has made herself ready.

And to her was granted that she should be arrayed in fine linen, clean and white:  for the fine linen is the righteousness [‘righteous acts’] of saints.

And he said unto me, ‘Write Blessed are they that are called to the marriage supper [or, ‘marriage banquet, feast’] of the Lamb.’  And he said unto me, ‘These are the true sayings of God’” (Revelation 19:7-9; cf. Revelation 21:9).

And note the reverential awe and excitement in heaven surrounding the redemption of the forfeited inheritance, which allows this statement concerning Christ’s wife to be made.  The twenty-four elders, along with the four living creatures, “fell down and worshipped God that sat on the throne, saying, Amen;  Alleluia” (Revelation 19:4).  Then “a voice came out of the throne, saying, Praise our God, all you His servants, and you that fear Him, both small and great” (Revelation 19:5).  Then a voice was heard, described as that of “a great multitude… many waters… mighty thunderings, saying, Alleluia:  for the Lord God omnipotent reigns” (Revelation 19:6).  And even John, having seen all this, could do little more than fall at the feet of the one showing him these things (Revelation 19:10).

Thus, the book of Revelation, up to this point in the book, centers far more around the Church in heaven than around Israel and the nations on the earth.  This book begins with the Church removed into heaven and judged, followed by the twenty-four elders casting their crowns before God’s throne (Revelation 1-4).  Then it continues with the search for One found worthy to loose the seals of the seven-sealed scroll — containing the redemptive terms of the forfeited inheritance (Revelation 5).  And, in succeeding chapters, covering Daniel’s unfulfilled Seventieth Week, the book deals with the inheritance being redeemed, with the bride then being seen as Christ’s wife at the end of this redemptive process.

The redemption of the inheritance in chapters six through eighteen has to do with the domain which Christ and His wife, His consort queen (Revelation 19), will rule over during the succeeding Messianic Era (Revelation 20).  And it is in the preceding respect that events in these chapters really have to do far more extensively with the Church than with Israel, though the Church will be in heaven when these events unfold on earth.

(Note Revelation 5:1-7 in the light of events surrounding the nearer kinsman and Boaz in Ruth 4:1-8.  The Father, in possession of the seven-sealed scroll, will be unable to redeem the inheritance [Revelation 5:1-4].  It would mar His Own inheritance.  These redemptive rights will have to be passed on to the Son [Revelation 5:5-7].)

2.  The Marriage Festivities

When Scripture deals with the “marriage” of Christ and His bride, as in Revelation 19:7-9, the reference is always to festivities surrounding the marriage, not to a marriage itself.  There will be no marriage per se, as we think of marriage in our modern-day culture.  There wasn’t one in the type, and there won’t be one in the antitype either.  And this is an easy matter to see in both the type (Ruth 4) and the antitype (Revelation 5-19).

The wedding festivities surrounding the marriage of God’s Son will occur in heaven following the redemption of the forfeited inheritance, for the entire redemptive process must be carried out before the bride can become Christ’s wife.  And this can be clearly seen from the context of Revelation 19:7-9, where these festivities are mentioned.  In this passage, these festivities are seen occurring immediately following the redemption of the forfeited inheritance (Revelation 6-18) and immediately preceding Christ’s return to the earth (Revelation 19:11ff).

Near the end of Christ’s earthly ministry, He gave a parable concerning a whole panorama of events surrounding these marriage festivities.  And this parable was given within the framework of the offer of the kingdom of the heavens, first to Israel, then to the Church.

A.  The Parable (Matthew 22:2-14).

This parable begins with a King arranging all the various festivities for the wedding of His Son, a royal affair (Matthew 22:2).  Then, following these preparations, the King sent forth His servants to call those who had been invited; but they wouldn’t come (Matthew 22:3).

Another call was issued, but those who had been invited still wouldn’t come.  And not only did they ignore this second call, but they made light of the whole matter, even going so far as to mistreat and kill those extending the offer (Matthew 22:4-6).

And when the King heard what had happened, His anger was such that He sent forth His armies to both destroy those individuals and to burn their city (Matthew 22:7).

Then, the call was sent forth to an entirely different group of individuals.  Some from this group heeded the invitation, but others paid little to no attention.  And, in the end, two types of individuals are seen — “both bad and good.”  Those spoken of as “bad” hadn’t prepared themselves to attend the wedding festivities, and they, resultantly, didn’t possess wedding garments; but those spoken of as “good” had prepared themselves, and they, resultantly, did possess wedding garments (Matthew 22:8-10).

And the end result of this invitation is then presented.  Those who had heeded the call and had made proper preparations, possessing wedding garments, were allowed to participate in the marriage festivities.  But those who had disregarded or had rejected the call, not having made proper preparations, not possessing wedding garments, were not allowed to participate in the marriage festivities.  They were not even allowed within.  Instead, they found themselves in the darkness outside (Matthew 22:11-14).

B.  That to Which the Parable Refers

The parable of the marriage festivities in Matthew 22:2-14 covers the whole panorama of that seen in the New Testament, from Matthew chapter one through the first half of Revelation chapter nineteen.  This parable covers God’s complete dealings, throughout the New Testament, with both Israel and the Church in relation to the kingdom of the heavens; and it extends up to and includes the marriage festivities in Revelation 19:7-9, preceding the Messianic Era.

The kingdom of the heavens (with a view to the wedding festivities, seen in the parable) was extended to Israel through the gospel accounts, Israel rejected the offer, and the kingdom was taken from Israel (Matthew 21:33-43).  Then, another entity (the Church) was called into existence to be the recipient of that which Israel had rejected (Acts 2:1ff; cf. Matthew 16:16-19).

But, as in the parable, there was a re-offer of the kingdom to Israel, something seen throughout the book of Acts.  The one now in possession of the kingdom (the infant Church) reoffered it to Israel, beginning in Acts 2.

However, as in the parable, rejection again occurred; and the servants extending the offer were mistreated, and even killed (Acts 4:17-21; 5:40-41; 7:54-60).  And, because of this, the same thing again occurred as seen in the parable.  Between 66 and 70 A.D., Titus and his Roman legions were allowed by the Lord to come against the Israelites in Jerusalem after a manner that resulted in both the destruction of the people and the burning of their city.

The call was then extended only to those seen in the parable as other than the Jewish people, those out in “the highways,” Christians.  This part of the parable is covered in the New Testament by the epistles, though some of the epistles were written during the Acts period when the offer was still open to Israel (for the offer was also open to Christians, as well, throughout this period).  And, as in the parable, some Christians would heed the call, others wouldn’t.

(The epistles — all of them — center on the offer of the kingdom of the heavens to Christians during the present dispensation.  And the central subject of all the epistles has to do with various facets of information surrounding this offer.)

And, as in the parable, the end of the matter will witness some Christians prepared to attend these festivities and others unprepared to attend.  Proper or improper preparation is given in both Matthew 22:10-12 and Revelation 19:7-8.  It has to do with possession or non-possession of a wedding garment.

Those properly dressed will be allowed to participate in the festivities, looking forward to that which lies ahead — the Son’s coming reign over the earth, with His consort queen.  But those improperly dressed will be denied entrance into these festivities and left in the darkness outside, with nothing to look forward to during the Son’s coming reign, for they will occupy no place in His kingdom.  They will occupy no place among those forming the Son’s wife, His consort queen.
Chapter Twelve
Parable of the Net

Again, the kingdom of heaven is like a dragnet that was cast into the sea and gathered some of every kind,

which, when it was full, they drew to shore; and they sat down and gathered the good into vessels, but threw the bad away.

So it will be at the end of the age. The angels will come forth, separate the wicked from among the just,

and cast them into the furnace of fire. There will be wailing and gnashing of teeth. (Matthew 13:47-50).

The last of the seven parables in Matthew chapter thirteen, the parable of the net, begins by briefly mentioning events occurring throughout the present dispensation (Matthew 13:47);  but the parable then immediately moves to and centers around events occurring at the end of the age, after the dispensation has run its course (Matthew 13:48-50).

The “net, that was cast into the sea” (Matthew 13:47) is a reference to God’s work among the Gentiles throughout the present dispensation.  The “sea” refers to the Gentiles, and the “net” cast into the sea, drawing from the sea (cast out among the Gentiles, drawing from the Gentiles) refers to God working among and removing from the Gentiles “a people for his name” (Acts 15:14).

After Israel had rejected the proffered kingdom of the heavens, another nation, separate from Israel, was called into existence to be the recipient of that which Israel had rejected (Matthew 21:33-43; 1 Peter 2:9-11).  A nation, which was neither Jewish nor Gentile, was called into existence to be accorded the opportunity to bring forth fruit where Israel had failed.  And this new nation, comprising a new creation “in Christ,” was to be taken from both of the prior two creations — from both the Jews and the Gentiles — though mainly from the Gentiles.

God set aside an entire dispensation, lasting two days, 2,000 years, during which time He would remove from the Gentiles “a people for His name,” though “a remnant according to the election of grace [believing Jews]” was to be included as well (Romans 11:5).  And, according to the parable of the net, the removal of these people had to do with the kingdom of the heavens.

This removal is likened to a net that was cast out among the Gentile nations, and those removed from the Gentiles via the net (becoming part of the new creation “in Christ”) are seen being removed for a purpose.  Their removal is with a view to the kingdom of the heavens.  Their removal is with a view to being recipients of the proffered kingdom, the kingdom previously rejected by and taken from Israel.

Thus, the removal from the sea itself is not the central subject of the parable.  Rather, this information was given in order to introduce the central subject — the purpose for their removal from the sea.

All three of the parables that Christ gave after He had reentered the house draw from previous events — events occurring either before or during the present dispensation — but these parables center around events occurring after the dispensation has run its course.  These parables have to do centrally with events occurring at the very end of the age, but within the age itself (the age lasts at least an additional seven years beyond the end of the dispensation, completing Daniel’s Seventieth Week).  And events in the last parable (parable of the net) chronologically follow events in the preceding two parables (parables of the treasure and pearl).

Events in all three of these closing parables are seen in a chronology of this nature.  Each of these parables begins by referring to events in past time.  But the central subject of each parable is not about these past events.  Rather, the central subject of each parable rests on these past events and has to do with future events, events occurring after the dispensation has run its course.

All three of these parables have to do with the kingdom of the heavens, and all three have to do with events that move toward the same revealed goal — the end of the age and the beginning of the next age, the end of Man’s Day and the beginning of the Lord’s Day.

The Separation

Those removed from the sea during the present dispensation (Matthew 13:47) are seen being dealt with at the end of the age after a revealed fashion.  They are seen being separated into two main categories and then dealt with according to the category in which they had previously been placed (Matthew 13:48ff).

Once those removed from the sea via the net have been brought “to shore,” the picture in the parable is that of separating “the good” from “the bad.”  And once separated, the good are gathered into vessels, but the bad are cast away (Matthew 13:48).  Then the next verse reveals how this will be accomplished — carried out by angels (Matthew 13:49).  Exactly the same picture was presented earlier in this sequence of parables, at the end of the second parable, the parable of the wheat and tares.  A separation occurred, the tares were bound in bundles to be burned, but the wheat was gathered into the Master’s barn (Matthew 13:30).

And after the Lord had gone back inside the house, prior to giving the last three parables, He gave the explanation to that which had occurred at the close of the parable of the wheat and tares:

“Therefore as the tares are gathered and burned in the fire, so it will be at the end of this age. 

The Son of Man will send out His angels, and they will gather out of His kingdom all things that offend, and those who practice lawlessness” (Matthew 13:40-41).

The preceding two verses parallel the two verses under discussion in the parable of the net (Matthew 13:48-49).  These verses reveal a separation of “the wheat” from “the tares,” a separation of “the good” from “the bad.”  And this separation will occur at “the end of this age.”

1.  Subject of the Parables

Bear in mind that the parables in Matthew chapter thirteen — all seven of them — have to do with the kingdom of the heavens.  They have nothing to do with salvation by grace through faith (though salvation, with respect to eternal verities, would be alluded to several places in these parables [e.g., in the last parable through a removal from the sea]).

Salvation by grace through faith is simply not the subject of these parables.  And when these parables deal with a separation (as seen in the second and seventh parables), along with the results of this separation, everything stated must be taken at face value and related to the subject at hand.

And whether or not this lines up with man’s ideologies or his doctrinal statements in the realm of eschatology (it invariably doesn’t) is of no moment whatsoever.  An omniscient God, Who sees and knows the end as well as He sees and knows the beginning, has spoken.  He has established these parables, structured them a certain way, and placed them in a particular order and place in His Word.  And that which God has established, along with the manner in which He has established it, is the end of the matter.

In the closing parable, God Himself has revealed to man the end of all that which had been dealt with in the preceding six parables.  There will first be a separation of those taken from the sea.  This separation will occur at the end of the age (which will follow events surrounding the judgment seat and the subsequent marriage festivities of the Lamb), it will be carried out by angels, and it will occur in relation to entrance into or exclusion from the kingdom.  Thus, the subject of all seven parables centers on the proffered kingdom of the heavens.  This subject is given at the beginning of each parable, something which cannot possibly be missed.  And this subject must be kept in view throughout these parables; else the parables cannot be properly understood.

2.  Those Being Dealt with in the Parables

Those being dealt with throughout the parables in Matthew chapter thirteen, as seen in previous studies, are the saved alone.  Scripture doesn’t deal with the unsaved in relation to the message that pervades these parables — the kingdom of the heavens.  The unsaved are always dealt with only in relation to the message of salvation by grace through faith, never in relation to the message of the kingdom.  The message of the kingdom is for the saved alone, something that can be aptly illustrated from any of the seven parables.

But note the closing parable in this respect.  Those dealt with in this parable are seen being removed from the sea via a net that had been cast out into the sea.  That is, within the symbolism used, the parable pictures individuals being removed from the Gentiles; and their removal is for a revealed purpose — a purpose that, for part of them, would not be realized.

They were removed from the sea strictly on the basis of their having been in the net.  And, once removed, they were no longer associated with the sea.  That is to say, once removed, they were no longer associated with the Gentiles.

Thus, their removal from the sea is a metaphorical way of saying that they had been removed from the Gentiles.  And, if removed from the Gentiles, there’s only one group with which they could possibly have then been associated — the “one new man” (Ephesians 2:15).  They had become part of the new creation “in Christ” (2 Corinthians 5:17).

A person is a Jew, a Gentile, or a Christian.  And any terminology that fails to clearly distinguish between these three creations — e.g., “Jewish Christian,” “Gentile Christian,” “professor” (as opposed to “possessor”) — emanates from man, not from the Scriptures.  Scripture sees the matter as completely black or white, never as a gray area lying between any two of the three.  A person is either a new creation “in Christ,” or he is not.  And, if he is not, then he has to be either a Jew or a Gentile.

The matter is that simple.  And, if this were understood, along with understanding that all the parables in Matthew chapter thirteen are about the kingdom of the heavens, there would be far less confusion when interpreting these parables.

(Though Scripture makes a clear distinction between Jew, Gentile, and Christian, Scripture, quite often, refers to individuals removed from the Gentiles [Christians] through the use of the term, “Gentiles” [e.g., Acts 28:28; Romans 1:13; Galatians 1:16; 2:2; Ephesians 3:6, 8].  But Scripture never refers to these individuals as “Gentile Christians,” for Scripture never brings two of the three creations together in this manner.   And when the expression “Gentiles” is used, the context is always very clear that those being referenced are Christians, not Gentiles per se.)

And, in keeping with the preceding, Scripture never pictures a mixture of saved and unsaved individuals through the use of a metaphor such as that seen in the parable of the net — individuals removed from the sea, removed from the Gentiles.  The picture explains itself, if allowed to so do.

All in the net had been removed from the sea, and all those who had been removed from the sea were no longer associated with that which the sea represented.  They were no longer associated with the Gentiles.  Rather, they were, following their removal, associated with an entirely separate and distinct creation — a new creation, “in Christ.”

And their removal, along with everything that followed, was with a view to the kingdom of the heavens.  Eternal verities are not seen in the matter at all.  They can’t be seen.  Such would be an impossibility.  The matter surrounding their eternal destiny was settled at the time they were removed from the sea.  And, had it not been settled, there could have been no removal.  They could only have remained in the sea.

The Furnace

Only one class of individuals — though separated into two divisions — could possibly be in view through the use of the expressions, “good” and “bad,” or “just” and “wicked” (Matthew 13:48-49).  All had been removed from the sea; all had been removed from the Gentiles.  Thus, no room could possibly exist for an inclusion of unsaved individuals in this parable.  By the very nature of the subject matter (the kingdom of the heavens) and those being dealt with in this parable (those removed from the sea), only the saved could possibly be in view.

And, viewing that to which this parable refers, these saved individuals are seen being dealt with on the basis of prior decisions and determinations — decisions and determinations having previously been made at the judgment seat.  And these decisions and determinations, emanating from the judgment seat, will have been based on prior faithfulness to one’s calling (judgment will actually be on the basis of “works,” but the works being judged will have resulted from faithfulness, or unfaithfulness [1 Corinthians 3:12-15; cf. Hebrews 11:17-19, 31; James 2:21-25]).

But seeing the saved alone being dealt with in this parable presents major problems for numerous Christians, for some of the saved are seen being cast into “the furnace of fire.”  And these same Christians, who would never consider thinking along the lines of Christians being cast into such a place, are invariably forced into an erroneous position, resulting in an erroneous interpretation.  They are forced into the position of seeing saved and unsaved individuals (“good” and “bad”) being dealt with in the parable, along with seeing these individuals being dealt with in relation to eternal life or eternal damnation.

The preceding though is simply not what Scripture has to say about the matter.  Scripture is clear that the parable deals with the saved alone, and these saved individuals are dealt with in relation to the coming kingdom.  And the fact that those described as “bad” and “wicked” are cast into “the furnace of fire” must be understood within this framework.  It must be understood within the framework of both those who are being dealt with and that which is being dealt with — Christians, and the kingdom.

Thus, to deal with this parable on the basis of eternal verities, with the unsaved being cast into the lake of fire, is completely outside the scope of the subject matter seen in any of these seven parables.  Such a teaching, derived from these parables, is both textually and contextually wrong.  Any thought of dealing with any of these parables after this fashion, from a Scriptural standpoint, could not even be open for discussion.

Dealing with the text after the correct fashion, only one possible conclusion can be reached.  At the end of the age a segment of the saved, a segment of Christians, are going to be cast into what is called in this parable, “the furnace of fire.”  And that is exactly what Christ had previously stated within His explanation of the parable of the wheat and tares:

“And will cast them [i.e., the offensive and lawless ones, the tares in this parable, those doing the works of Satan] into the furnace of fire:  there will be wailing and gnashing of teeth” (Matthew 13:42).

This is a particular furnace of fire — “the furnace of fire.”  The expression is articular in the Greek text in both usages in Matthew chapter thirteen (Matthew 13:42, 50).

So, exactly what is being dealt with through this reference to “the furnace of fire”?  Is this merely metaphorical language describing something other than that which is pictured?  Or, should the expression be looked upon in a more literal sense, referring to something very much like that which is pictured?

Actually, when a person begins studying “Gehenna,” “outer darkness [lit., ‘the outer darkness’]” and “the lake of fire” he will find exactly the same teaching as seen in these two parables.  That which is seen in Matthew 13:42, 50 is not something peculiar to the parable of the wheat and tares and the parable of the net.  Rather, it is merely part of the same teaching seen so many places elsewhere in the New Testament (cf. John 15:1-6; 2 Thessalonians 1:5-10; Hebrews 6:7-9; 10:26-31; Jude 1:20-23).

1.  Gehenna, Outer Darkness

Gehenna is an Anglicized Greek word (Geenna in the Gk. text) used twelve times in the New Testament.  The word appears eleven times in the three synoptic gospels (Matthew 5:22, 29-30; 10:28; 18:9; 23:15, 33; Mark 9:43, 45, 47; Luke 12:5) and once in the epistle of James 3:6.

Christ alone used the word in the gospel accounts.  And He always used the word in contexts having to do with entrance into or exclusion from the kingdom of the heavens.

Then, in James, the word appears in a text having to do with the tongue — “…it [the tongue] is set on fire of hell [‘Gehenna’].”  And, though the word is used in a somewhat different sense in James, it appears within a context having to do with the saving of the soul and the coming kingdom (cf. James 1:12, 21; 2:5, 14-26; 5:7-8, 19-20).

Gehenna is the Greek word for Hinnom from the Hebrew text of the Old Testament.  Hinnom was the name given to a valley south of Jerusalem during Joshua’s day, named for the son of a person whose name was “Hinnom” (Joshua 15:8; 18:16).  And, though this valley was used at times as a place where human sacrifices were offered during Old Testament days (2 Kings 23:10; Jeremiah 7:31), the valley was no more than the place where the refuse from Jerusalem was discarded at the time Christ was on earth.

(The word, Hinnom, has simply been transliterated in the English text of the Old Testament; but the same thing has not been done with Gehenna [Gk. for Hinnom] in the English text of the New Testament.  Rather, in most versions, Gehenna has been translated “hell” each of the twelve times that it appears in the New Testament, resulting in confusion.)

Thus, Gehenna, at the time Christ and James used the word, was simply the name of the place where those in Jerusalem discarded their refuse.  Even dead bodies (criminals, etc.) were, at times, cast into this place; and the fires burned continuously.

In this respect, Christ was doing no more than referencing a place (not “Hell”) where the refuse from the city of Jerusalem was discarded.  And James was associating the misuse of the tongue with this same place.

Remaining within the gospel accounts, being cast into Gehenna always carries an identical association and meaning.  Textually, in the gospels, being cast into Gehenna is always associated with separation from regality within Christ’s kingdom.  It matters not which of the eleven references a person checks, he will find exactly the same thing each time.  Gehenna has nothing to do with the unsaved and eternal verities.  Rather, it has to do solely with the saved in relation to the coming kingdom.

And “outer darkness” is used exactly the same way in the three instances in which the expression appears, all in the gospel of Matthew 8:12; 22:13; 25:30.  The use of outer darkness is simply another way in which the Lord dealt with the same issue.

Viewing the matter from one perspective, those denied positions with Christ in His kingdom will find themselves in the place where the refuse from the city was discarded, outside the city.  Viewing the matter from the other perspective, those denied positions with Christ in His kingdom will find themselves in a place separated from the One Who said, “I am the light of the world” (John 8:12).  With respect to occupying a position with Christ in His kingdom, they will find themselves in a place outside, a place associated with darkness instead of light — the darkness outside.

The use of Gehenna and outer darkness (the outer darkness) are simply two metaphorical ways that Christ used to call attention to the same thing.  And these expressions are used in texts having to do solely with the saved and the kingdom.

2.  The Lake of Fire

The description of “the lake that burns with fire and brimstone” in Revelation 21:8 is another way in which Scripture deals with the same thing again.  “The lake of fire” is not only the place where unsaved man will spend eternity but also the place where Christians who do not overcome (the world, the flesh, and the Devil) during the present dispensation will find themselves during the coming dispensation.  And, understanding this from the book of Revelation, will allow one to understand how saved people could be cast into “the furnace of fire” in Matthew 13:42, 50.

Revelation chapters two and three record seven short epistles to seven churches, and there is an overcomer’s promise at the end of each epistle.  “To him that overcometh…”  “He that overcometh…” (Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26-28; 3:5, 12, 21).

These epistles are addressed to saved individuals (those in a position to overcome);  and the Lord has set rewards, compensations, prizes before these individuals as an incentive, encouragement for them to run the present race of the faith in a manner that will allow them to overcome rather than being overcome.

And each of the overcomer’s promises is millennial in its scope of fulfillment.  That realized through overcoming, or not overcoming — as the case may be — will be realized during the 1,000-year Messianic Era alone.

The fact that these are millennial in their scope of fulfillment can be illustrated quite easily.  Note the promises to two of the seven churches in Revelation 2:26-27; 3:21.  No such scene as presented in these verses will exist beyond the millennium.

Christ and His co-heirs, beyond the millennium, will no longer rule over the nations, as this rule is pictured in Revelation 2:26-27.  Rather, the Gentiles comprising these nations will be brought into positions of rulership themselves with Christ and His co-heirs, as this rule extends beyond the earth, out into the universe itself (Revelation 22:2, 5).  And the Son, beyond the millennium, will no longer sit on His Own throne, as seen in Revelation 3:21.  Rather, He will sit on “the throne of God and of the Lamb,” from where universal rule will emanate (Revelation 22:1, 3, 5).

It’s the overcomer’s promise to the church in Smyrna that has to do with the lake of fire, something that can be only millennial within its scope of fulfillment.  That is, the condition alluded to for the non-overcomer in this promise will exist for the duration of the Messianic Era, not throughout the eternal ages beyond.

Scripture deals with millennial rewards and/or loss, never with eternal rewards and/or loss.  This should be easy enough for anyone to understand, for if rewards are eternal, so is loss of rewards.  And loss of rewards involves an association with death (Romans 8:13), something that Scripture clearly reveals will be done away with at the beginning of the eternal ages beyond the millennium (1 Corinthians 15:26; Revelation 21:4).

The overcomer’s promise to those Christians comprising the Church in Smyrna reads,

“He who has an ear, let him hear what the Spirit says to the churches. He who overcomes shall not be hurt by the second death.” (Revelation 2:11; cf. Revelation 20:6).

There is a clear implication in this promise that those who do not overcome will be hurt of the second death.  And any attempt to take this promise and make it mean something other than what it clearly states serves only to destroy the promise, something that the Lord sounded a solemn warning against (Revelation 22:18-19).  The promise that those who do overcome will not be hurt of the second death would be meaningless unless this promise is taken at face value and allowed to mean exactly what it says.

The second death” in the book of Revelation is associated with the lake of fire (Revelation 21:8).  And those who do not overcome (Revelation 21:7) are going to have their part in this lake of fire (Revelation 21:8).  That is, they will be hurt of the second death by having a part in the lake of fire.

Revelation chapter twenty one moves beyond the millennium into the eternal ages, and the first six verses provide the complete story concerning conditions as these ages begin.  Note the words, “It is done,” in the first part of Revelation 21:6.  This is the translation of a verb in the perfect tense in the Greek text, indicating that the matter has been brought to completion and presently exists in that state.

Then, beginning with the latter part of verse six and continuing through verse eight, overcoming and/or being overcome are again, for the last time, dealt with in this book.  And this takes a person back to the same place seen in Revelation 2; 3.

Then, the remainder of the book is simply a commentary for the eight verses that open and begin this section.  First, a commentary is provided for the first part of this opening section.  Revelation 21:9-22:5 forms a commentary for this part of the section (Revelation 21:1-6a), which has to do with conditions beyond the millennium.  Note how this commentary in chapter twenty-two closes:  “…and they shall reign forever and ever [throughout the endless ages]” (Revelation 22:5).  Then, the remainder of chapter twenty-two (Revelation 22:6ff) forms a commentary for the second part of this opening section, which has to do with conditions before and during the millennium (Revelation 21:6-8 [6b]).

And this will explain why, outside the gates of Jerusalem during the Messianic Era, one will be able to find “. . . dogs and sorcerers and sexually immoral and murderers and idolaters, and whoever loves and practices a lie.” (Revelation 22:15).  This information is given to shed light on and provide additional detail for verses in the preceding chapter (Revelation 22:7-8), and the information in these verses in the preceding chapter was given to shed light on the previous overcomer’s promises, particularly the one to the church in Smyrna dealing with “the second death” (Revelation 2:11).

To distinguish between millennial and eternal conditions in this respect, note that those outside the gates during the eternal ages will be the Gentile nations, as the New Jerusalem rests on the new earth (Revelation 21:24-27); but those outside the gates during the preceding Messianic Era, with the New Jerusalem in the heavens above the earth, will be the non-overcomers (Revelation 22:14-15).  And the place that they will occupy is described at least four different ways in Scripture — through the use of Gehenna, the outer darkness, the furnace of fire, and the lake of fire.

The picture surrounding an association between Gehenna and the lake of fire appears unmistakable.  As Gehenna was the place of refuse for the earthly city of Jerusalem, the lake of fire will be the place of refuse for the heavenly city of Jerusalem.  And as Gehenna was on the opposite side of the city from that side where God dwelled (south, as opposed to north [cf. Leviticus 1:11; Isaiah 14:13]), thus will it be with the counterpart to Gehenna in the heavenly Jerusalem.  The lake of fire will be located in a place completely apart from Christ and His rule.  And those “hurt by the second death” during the Messianic Era will occupy this place for 1,000 years.

(Why would non-overcoming Christians have a part in the lake of fire?  The answer is the same as the reason why the unsaved will subsequently be cast into the lake of fire.

The lake of fire was not prepared for man.  Rather, it was prepared “for the Devil and his angels” [Matthew 25:41].  It was prepared for those who had rejected God’s supreme power and authority, as Satan sought to exalt his throne [Isaiah 14:13-14].  Thus, in this respect, the lake of fire is connected with regality.

And man, created to replace Satan and his angels, finds his connection with the lake of fire on exactly the same basis.  Saved man, ignoring the very reason for his salvation [which is regal], will have his part in the lake of fire [which will be millennial].  And unsaved man, ignoring salvation and the reason for man’s creation [which, again, is regal], will have his part in the lake of fire as well [which will be eternal].)

Now, whether all of the preceding does or doesn’t line up with general thought within Christendom about life during the coming Messianic Era is of no moment whatsoever.  Scripture plainly declares that part of those taken from the sea in the parable of the net — part of the saved — will be cast into “the furnace of fire,” and in this place “there shall be wailing and gnashing of teeth” (Matthew 13:42, 50).  And that’s where the matter will be left.

The Kingdom

For the overcomers though — something not really dealt with in the parable of the net — conditions during the millennium will be entirely different.  The promise to overcomers is that they will not be hurt of the second death, they will be allowed to ascend the throne with Christ, and they will rule as co-heirs with Christ over the nations (Revelation 2:11, 26-28; 3:21).

Christ and His co-heirs (who will form His wife, His consort queen) will rule over the redeemed inheritance, and this rule will last for 1,000 years.  It will last until Christ and His co-heirs have put down “all rule and all authority and power.”  It will last until all enemies (which includes death) have been put “under his feet” (1 Corinthians 15:24-28).

It is at this time that Matthew 13:43 will be fulfilled:

“Then the righteous will shine forth as the sun in the kingdom of their Father. He who has ears to hear, let him hear!”
Chapter Thirteen
Instruction in the Kingdom

Then He said to them, "Therefore every scribe instructed concerning the kingdom of heaven is like a householder who brings out of his treasure things new and old." (Matthew 13:52).

The Word of the Kingdom — the message surrounding the kingdom of the heavens (Matthew 13:11, 19, 24) — is the central message of the New Testament.  Whether studying the gospels, the book of Acts, the epistles, or the book of Revelation, an individual will be studying Scriptures dealing centrally with a message pertaining to the kingdom.

The person understanding this message will possess a proper foundation to build upon as he studies different parts of the New Testament.  However, if this message is not understood, the converse of the preceding will be true.  That person will possess an improper foundation to build upon; and his studies throughout any part of the New Testament will, accordingly, be adversely affected.

This is why an individual instructed in the Word of the Kingdom can be likened to the householder in the text.  Not only will he be able to go to the Scriptures and bring forth things that are “old” (things he has already seen and understood) but he will also be able, from the things that are “old,” to begin seeing and bringing forth things that are “new” as well (things he has not previously seen and understood).

And, according to the text, he will be able to do this because he has been “instructed unto the kingdom of the heavens.”  He now possesses a key to the Scriptures, a key that will open numerous passages of Scripture to his understanding, passages that otherwise would have remained closed.

Such an individual, as he studies and learns new things about the Word of the Kingdom, will progressively find himself being able to, more and more, take the “old” and see and understand that which is “new.”  And the more that person comes into an understanding of the Word of the Kingdom, the more he will see Scripture opening up to him in this fashion.  The latter, in this respect, is inseparably linked to and dependent on the former.

This is what an understanding of the Word of the Kingdom will do for an individual in his quest for a proper knowledge of Scripture.  And, though this has been the experience and testimony of numerous Christians, this is not simply what they might have to say about the matter.  Rather, this is what the unchangeable Word of God has to say about the matter.

The Word of God clearly reveals that a person instructed in the Word of the Kingdom can go to the Scriptures and bring forth out of this storehouse of unlimited treasures “things new and old.”  But by the same token, apart from an understanding of the Word of the Kingdom, though an individual may be able to see and understand certain truths, the same situation referred to in Matthew 13:52 simply doesn’t exist.

The preceding will explain why this whole realm of teaching lays center-stage in Satan’s attack against the Word during the present dispensation.  An understanding of the Word of the Kingdom is the key to a proper understanding of Scripture as it relates to Christians, and Satan knows this.  He knows that if he can corrupt or destroy that which will open the door to a proper understanding of the numerous other scriptures bearing on the subject, he can best accomplish the purpose for his present work among Christians.

Satan’s efforts toward this end are something easily seen in the first four parables in Matthew chapter thirteen.  These four parables present a chronology of Satan’s work as he seeks to subvert the Word of the Kingdom, and this chronology covers the progressive results of his work in this respect throughout the entire dispensation.

Satan’s attack in the first parable, the parable of the Sower (Matthew 13:3-8, 18-23), was seen to be against those hearing the Word of the Kingdom.  He sought to stop the matter at that point, preventing individuals from understanding this message and subsequently bringing forth fruit.  Four types of individuals are seen responding to the message, with Satan being successful in his attack against three of the four.  Those seen in the first three of the four categories fell away and bore no fruit.  But Satan’s attack against those in the fourth category proved to be unsuccessful.  They heard the Word, received and understood the Word, overcame Satan’s attack, and bore fruit.

Then, the next parable, the parable of the wheat and tares (Matthew 13:24-30, 36-43), centers on Satan’s attack against the ones bearing fruit from the previous parable.  Satan placed those with a false message (false teachers) in the midst of those bearing fruit, seeking to subvert the message and stop that which was occurring.  That is to say, he sought to corrupt the true message through the introduction of a false message.  And this was done with a view to stopping that which had resulted from a proclamation of the true message.  This was done with a view to stopping those Christians who were bearing fruit from doing so.

Then the next parable, the parable of the mustard seed (Matthew 13:31-32), shows that which happened in Christendom over the course of time during the dispensation because of this false message.  The mustard seed germinated and took a normal growth for awhile.  But then something happened, which caused it to take an abnormal growth and eventually become a tree.  And after this abnormal growth had occurred — after the mustard bush had became a tree, something that it wasn’t supposed to become at all — the birds of the air (ministers of Satan, seen in the first parable [Matthew 13:4]) found a lodging place therein.

And the fourth parable, the parable of the leaven (Matthew 13:33), completes the picture.  The false message introduced near the beginning of the dispensation is likened to leaven placed in three measures of meal (“Three” is the number of divine perfection, and “meal” is that which is used to make bread.  Leaven [a corrupting substance] was placed in the meal [resulting in corruption in the bread]).  And this leaven would continue to work (this false message would continue to permeate and corrupt the true message) until the whole had been leavened (until the whole had been corrupted).

This is the revealed direction that Christendom would take relative to the true message concerning the kingdom following the introduction of the leaven, following the introduction of a false message concerning the kingdom.

These four parables together show a history of Christendom throughout the dispensation in relation to the Word of the Kingdom.  This message — the central message of the New Testament — was taught universally throughout the churches during the first century.  But the introduction of a false message resulted in changes.  Christendom itself took an abnormal growth; and this abnormal growth was such that the false teachers eventually found themselves welcomed within that which they, through their false message, had corrupted.

Corruption though didn’t stop at this point.  The working of the leaven continued, and it would continue until this false message had permeated all of Christendom.  This corrupting process would continue, according to the text, “till the whole” had been leavened.

And, viewing the matter solely from the standpoint of that which can be seen in the world today, what has been the end result of the working of the leaven?  As the dispensation draws to a close, where does the Church find itself today?

The answers are easy to ascertain.  All one has to do in order to see and understand that which has happened is to go into almost any church of the land (fundamental and liberal alike) and listen for any mention of things having to do with the Word of the Kingdom.  A person will listen in vain.  Because of the working of a leavening process that is in its final stages, the true biblical message surrounding Christians and the coming kingdom is practically nonexistent throughout Christendom today.

This leavening process recognizes no bounds or barriers.  Fundamental Christendom finds itself just as permeated with the leaven, as it relates to the Word of the Kingdom, as does liberal Christendom.  From the theology schools to the pulpits of churches to the pews in these churches, the whole of Christendom finds itself in exactly the same state insofar as that revealed throughout the first four parables in Matthew chapter thirteen is concerned.

Many of the fundamentalists, not understanding the true nature of the leavening process, look upon themselves as having escaped this corruption.  But such is not the case at all.  Insofar as any understanding and proclamation of the Word of the Kingdom is concerned, the fundamental groups find themselves in exactly the same state as the liberal groups.  They find themselves permeated through and through with exactly the same corrupting leaven.  There is absolutely no difference between the two groups in this respect.  Neither understands nor proclaims this message.

Seminaries — fundamental and liberal alike — are training students in everything but the one message that will open the Scriptures to their understanding.  And these same seminaries are turning out graduates who are filling the pulpits of churches with a message completely void of any reference to the Word of the Kingdom.  These seminary graduates don’t know the truth of the matter, and, as a result, their entire ministries are negatively affected.  The various flocks that the Lord has entrusted to their care are not being properly fed; and, in reality, for the most part, Christians under their ministries are slowly starving to death.

Christians throughout the churches today are simply not hearing the one message, above all other messages, which they should be hearing.  And the reason is given in the first four parables of Matthew chapter thirteen.  The working of the leaven over almost two millenniums of time has produced a corruption extending throughout Christendom that has all but destroyed the message surrounding the Word of the Kingdom.  And, as a result of this corruption, the Bible, for the most part, remains a closed book for the vast majority of Christians.

The preceding is why a person, untrained in the theology schools of the land, but understanding the Word of the Kingdom, often has a better grasp of the whole of Scripture than many of those who are teaching in the theology schools.  The person having an understanding of the Word of the Kingdom possesses a key to Scripture that a person without this understanding does not possess.  He can go to the Scriptures and bring forth things both “new and old”; but the same thing cannot be said for those who lack this understanding.

Why?

Why will instruction in the Word of the Kingdom open the Scriptures to a person’s understanding like nothing else?  Why is an understanding of this message so vital if a person is to possess a correct and proper grasp of Scripture?  The answer could be looked upon in a twofold respect.

First, an understanding of the Word of the Kingdom is the only thing that will provide the true Biblical picture surrounding the purpose for the Christian life.  Why did God bring the new creation “in Christ” into existence?  Why is God taking an entire dispensation to do a work among the Gentiles?  Why is the Holy Spirit presently in the world performing a work among Christians?

And second, an understanding of the Word of the Kingdom is the only thing that will provide the true biblical picture surrounding direction for the Christian life.  What is the goal toward which everything pertaining to the new creation “in Christ” moves?  What is the spiritual warfare about?  What is the race of the faith about?  What will be the end result of victory or defeat as it pertains to the warfare or the race?

An understanding of the Word of the Kingdom will answer questions surrounding the Christian life unlike anything else in the Word of God.  This is the only thing that will present the complete biblical picture in its correct fashion.  Only out of this teaching can all the issues surrounding the Christian life be properly addressed, and only out of this teaching can one find the true motivation for Godly Christian living.

But, if all the preceding is true — and it is — then why is this message so fought against in Christian circles today?  It would appear that acceptance rather than rejection would always be the norm.

Such though is not the case at all.  Rather, with rare exceptions, rejection is invariably the norm.  And the reason is seen in the working of the leaven in Matthew 13:33.  The negative attitude of Christians toward the Word of the Kingdom is simply the end result of a work of Satan that has been going on for almost 2,000 years.

1.  Purpose of…

The overall picture of the Word of the Kingdom in the New Testament begins with the offer of the kingdom of the heavens to Israel in the gospel accounts.  Israel spurned this offer, the offer was taken from Israel, and an entirely new entity was then brought into existence to be the recipient of that which Israel had rejected (Matthew 21:33-43).

The one new man, the new creation “in Christ” (2 Corinthians 5:17; Ephesians 2:15) was brought into existence to bring forth fruit where Israel had failed.  And, since Israel had spurned the offer, God, in relation to this one new man, turned to the Gentiles.  God set aside an entire dispensation, lasting two days, 2,000 years, during which time He would perform and complete a work with an entirely new creation.  And this would be accomplished through removing “a people for his name” from among the Gentiles, though with “a remnant according to the election of grace [believing Jews]” being included (Acts 15:14; Romans 11:5).

And, in order to carry out His purposes surrounding this new creation, God sent the Holy Spirit into the world.  Throughout the present dispensation, the Spirit of God is in the world performing a work in the antitype of that which is seen in Genesis chapter twenty-four.

As Abraham in this chapter sent his servant into the far country to procure a bride for his son, God has sent the Holy Spirit into the world to procure a bride for His Son.  And, as in the type, so in the antitype — the search occurs among those in the family.  The Spirit of God is conducting His search among those comprising the one new man, for this one new man forms the body of Christ, and the bride is to be taken from the body (cf. Genesis 2:21-25; 24:2-4, 9; Matthew 22:14).

And also as in the type, once the search has been completed, the bride will be removed.  As Rebekah was removed from Mesopotamia, so will Christ’s bride be removed from the earth; as Isaac came forth to meet Rebekah, so will the Son come forth to meet His bride; and as Rebekah went with Isaac to his home, where she became his wife, so will the bride go with Christ to His home, where she will become His wife (Genesis 24:61-67; 1 Thessalonians 4:16-17; Revelation 19:7-9).

2.  Direction for…

The goal toward which everything pertaining to the new creation “in Christ” moves is exactly the same as the goal set forth in the beginning, in the opening two chapters of Genesis.  The point out ahead toward which all things move is the earth’s coming Sabbath.

And it matters not whether one is viewing the reason for the existence of the one new man, the reason for the present dispensation, or the reason for the Spirit of God having been sent into the world, the point toward which everything moves is always the same.  It has to be, for this is the way matters were set forth and established at the beginning of God’s revelation to man (Genesis 1:1-2:3).

And properly understanding the spiritual warfare and the present race of the faith is contingent on properly understanding things surrounding the goal that lies out ahead.  It is contingent on properly understanding the reason God has brought the one new man into existence, the reason God has set aside an entire dispensation to deal with this new man, and the reason God has sent His Spirit into the world to perform a work during the dispensation.

Christians are engaged in a warfare against spirit beings in the heavens, which is part and parcel with the race of the faith in which they find themselves engaged; and whether Christians do or do not understand all the various things about this warfare and race, Satan knows every one of these things all too well.  And he is ever lying in wait to defeat the Christian in the warfare or sidetrack him in the race.

And the end result will be either victory or defeat.  An individual will either overcome in the warfare and race or he will be overcome.  And what is at stake in either victory or defeat?  The greatest thing God could ever design for redeemed man is at stake.  

The Spirit of God is presently in the world opening the Word of God to the Christians’ understanding, calling their attention to one central fact — They are being offered positions as co-regents with Christ in His kingdom, forming the bride that will reign with the Son as consort queen.

That’s what is at stake.  And knowing this, is it any wonder that Satan, very early in the dispensation, set about to accomplish the things outlined in the first four parables in Matthew chapter thirteen?  Is it any wonder that he has done and continues to do everything within his power to corrupt and destroy the true message surrounding Christians and the coming kingdom? 

From Genesis to Matthew to Revelation

Several things must be kept in mind when studying the parables in Matthew chapter thirteen.  The first four were given outside the house, by the seaside; and the last three were given after Christ had reentered the house.  This fact, often overlooked, is significant beyond degree if one is to understand these parables correctly.  Then, a chronology is seen in the parables, which carries the reader from the beginning of the present dispensation to the future Messianic Kingdom.

As previously shown, the first four parables (given outside the house, by the seaside) present a history of Christendom as it relates to the Word of the Kingdom; and this history covers the entirety of the dispensation.  To understand why conditions in Christendom are as they presently exist, one has to go back in history and follow the course of events leading into the presently existing situation.

And going back in history after this fashion involves one thing.  It involves going to the Scriptures to see what the Word of God reveals about the matter, not what the various history books on the Church written by man reveal.  All of man’s writings on Church history might as well be categorized as “secular” insofar as this aspect of Church history is concerned.  That which man has written simply doesn’t deal with Church history in this respect, though this is the main crux of the matter seen within the way Scripture deals with the subject.

The earliest period of Church history is dealt with in the book of Acts, following the inception of the Church.  This period covers that time when the kingdom was being reoffered to Israel (from 30 to approx. 62 A.D.).  And accordingly, the message throughout this book, centers on the proffered kingdom.

The epistles (some written during the Acts period, some following) deal centrally with the same message seen in Acts — one having to do with the kingdom.  These epistles simply form different facets of instructions written to Christians surrounding the same central message.  And these epistles, as the book of Acts, provide information surrounding early Church history.

Both the book of Acts and the epistles deal with the Church during the first century only.  But there are two places in Scripture that deal with a history of the Church throughout the dispensation.  One is in the parables in Matthew chapter thirteen, before the Church was even brought into existence; and the other is in Revelation chapters two and three, at a place in the book where the Church is being dealt with at the judgment seat in the heavens following the dispensation (though the record itself was given during the early years of the dispensation).  Thus, one complete history is seen in Scripture at a point preceding the dispensation, and the other is seen in Scripture at a point following the dispensation.

In Matthew chapter thirteen, before the dispensation began, a history of the Church — in relation to the Word of the Kingdom — is seen in the first four parables.  And, in Revelation chapters two and three, at a point in the book that follows the dispensation, a history of the Church — in relation to the Word of the Kingdom — is seen in the seven letters (seven epistles) to the seven churches.

The first presents a history of the Church in this respect from the perspective of the Lord using parables; the second presents a history of the Church in this respect from the perspective of the Lord using epistles to seven existing churches in Asia.  But both show exactly the same thing.  The Church is revealed to have begun one way (a mustard bush, an entity laboring for Christ’s sake [Matthew 13:32; Revelation 2:2-3]), but the Church is seen ending another way (a tree, a completely leavened entity, one neither cold nor hot, one described as “wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked” [Matthew 13:32-33; Revelation 3:15-17]).

Then, all of this is intimately connected with God’s original structure of His Word at the beginning.  The parables in Matthew chapter thirteen and the seven epistles in Revelation chapters two and three are structured after a fashion that is in complete keeping with the way God set matters forth at the very beginning of His revelation to man, in the opening chapters of Genesis.  And this is easy to understand, for the latter rests upon and is inseparably linked to the former.

Scripture begins with a foundational framework upon which the whole of subsequent Scripture rests — six days of restorative work (a restoration of the ruined material creation, with man created at the conclusion of this work, on the sixth day), followed by a seventh day of rest, a Sabbath day.  And the preceding relates the story of the whole of Scripture beyond this introductory framework.

Man, following his creation, fell.  And he, through this fall, became a ruined creation, bringing about not only his own ruin but the ruin of the restored material creation once again as well.  And God, following this ruin, again set about to perform six days of restorative work — which this time had to do with both man and the material creation.  And this latter restorative work will be followed by a seventh day of rest — a Sabbath rest awaiting the people of God, the coming Messianic Era (Hebrews 4:4-9) — in exact keeping with the pattern set forth in the beginning.

Each day in the former restoration was twenty-four hours in length, including the Sabbath;  and each day in the latter restoration has been/will be 1,000 years in length, including the Sabbath (cf. Matthew 16:28-17:5; 2 Peter 1:16-18; 3:1-8).

All of Scripture beyond the foundational framework in the opening two chapters of Genesis rests upon and forms additional information for this framework.  And it matters not whether one is dealing with the framework set forth at the beginning or with subsequent Scripture, all restorative work can be seen moving toward the same goal — a coming Sabbath of rest.

Then, with the preceding in mind, note the first four parables in Matthew chapter thirteen.  Events in these parables form one facet of a commentary on that which occurs during the two days immediately preceding the Sabbath, which covers the entire present dispensation.  And, viewing events in the remaining three parables, which move beyond the present dispensation and progress into the Messianic Era itself, it’s easy to see and understand how all these parables move toward this same goal — the same goal set forth at the beginning of Scripture, the coming Sabbath.  Everything moves toward this goal.

And exactly the same thing can be seen in the seven epistles to the seven churches in Revelation chapters two and three.  This sequence of epistles simply forms another facet of a commentary on that which occurs during the two days immediately preceding the Sabbath.  And, from the overcomer’s promises, along with that which is revealed in chapters one and four, it’s easy to see and understand that all of this (exactly as the parables in Matthew chapter thirteen) has to do with the Church in relation to the Word of the Kingdom and the coming Sabbath.  Again, everything moves toward this goal.

Thus, it should be a simple matter to see that anything in the New Testament that has to do with the Church centers around things having to do with the coming kingdom.  And though man may write his history books completely separate from this message, Scripture centers its revealed history of the Church completely on this message.

During the first century, Christians would have understood a history of the Church in keeping with Scripture, for the Word of the Kingdom was universally taught throughout the churches of the land.  Today though, the situation is completely different.  Because of the working of the leaven over almost two millenniums of time, the message surrounding the Word of the Kingdom has become so corrupted that two things would be evident:

First, a Church historian wouldn’t know enough about the Word of the Kingdom to even include it within his account in the first place, much less ascribe to this message a central place in his account;  and second, even should a Church historian write about the matter, Christians wouldn’t be able to understand that which he was writing about.  Because of the working of the leaven over almost two millenniums of time, the truth about the Word of the Kingdom has become so corrupted that it would be completely alien to their way of thinking.

And that’s where we are in a supposedly enlightened twentieth century Christendom, immediately preceding Christ’s return for the Church.  We’re at a point where there is far more material available for Bible study and research than has ever existed in the history of the Church — everything from the extensive computer study and research programs to new books being printed every day.  But we are also at a point where the birds of the air are freely lodging in the branches of the tree, where the leaven has almost completed its work.

Warning

The parables in Matthew chapter thirteen deal far more extensively with the negative than they do with the positive.  More space is given in the first parable to those who fail to bring forth fruit than is given to those who do bring forth fruit.  And the emphasis in the second, third, fourth, and seventh parables is on different facets of this same work of Satan as well.  Only the fifth and sixth parables, which have to do with Christ’s redemptive work as it relates to the earth and to His bride, form an exception.

Thus, the central thrust of these parables is seen to be far more negative than positive.  These parables have to do centrally with exposing the work of Satan throughout the dispensation in relation to the Word of the Kingdom, along with relating where this will lead, both during and following the dispensation.

As the dispensation draws to a close and Satan’s corrupting work nears its final stage, the whole matter goes almost completely unrecognized in Christendom.  And the reason for this is easy to see and understand.  The leavened state of Christendom is being viewed by those who have themselves been adversely affected by the leaven.

They are, in this respect, as the two disciples on the Emmaus road who were walking alongside the resurrected Christ and didn’t even know Him.  Their inability to recognize the Christ of the Old Testament Scriptures resulted from their inability to properly understand these same Scriptures.  It was only after these Scriptures were opened to their understanding, followed by Christ breaking bread, that their eyes were opened.

And Christians today, viewing a leavened Christendom and not seeing or understanding its true condition, are simply not viewing matters from a correct biblical perspective.  Their inability to recognize the true condition of the Church stems from their inability to understand that which Scripture reveals about the matter.  And, if their eyes are to be opened to the truth of the existing situation, such will occur only through the truth of the Word being presented to them and being accepted by them.

But will such occur during the present dispensation?  Will the truth about the coming kingdom ever be proclaimed in such a manner that it will be accepted, allowing the eyes of Christians to be opened?

One here and one there will hear and understand the message, but not the Church at large.  Conditions can only deteriorate in the latter respect.  Such was assured — the pattern was set — when the woman placed the leaven in the three measures of meal.  Conditions can only deteriorate, until the whole has been leavened.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The following Word Document is SAFE to open and print   Mysteries of the Kingdom BOOK by Arlen Chitwood.docx

To website CONTENTS Page.

In short, a person must begin where God began.  If one begins elsewhere, he will have nothing upon which to build the structure; he will have nothing upon which to attach the sinews, flesh, and skin.

And herein lies the very reason for the vast confusion that presently exists in theological circles today.  Christians have failed to begin with the foundational structure. 

Where and How Does One Begin a Study of the Word of God?
By Arlen Chitwood of Lamp Broadcast

(Excerpts from The Study of Scripture BOOK,  Beginning and Continuing in this site.

The question is really self-answering.  Where and how did God begin when He revealed His Word to man?

The Bones

God began, at the outset of His Word, by setting forth a skeletal framework of the whole panorama of that which He was about to reveal; and His subsequent revelation would be the sinews, flesh, and skin to cover the bones forming the skeletal framework.

Or, to state the matter another way, God began, at the outset of His Word, by laying a foundational structure, upon which the whole framework of His revelation to man would subsequently be built.

Now, back to the question, Where and how does one begin a study of the Word of God?

There’s only one place and one way to begin.  A person must begin at the beginning.  A person must begin where the foundation has been laid.  A person must begin where the skeletal framework has been given.

In short, a person must begin where God began.  If one begins elsewhere, he will have nothing upon which to build the structure; he will have nothing upon which to attach the sinews, flesh, and skin.

And herein lies the very reason for the vast confusion that presently exists in theological circles today.  Christians have failed to begin with the foundational structure.  They do not know and understand the structure of the Word, set forth at the beginning.  And, as a consequence, they have no bones upon which to place the sinews, flesh, and skin; they have no foundation upon which to build.

The beginning point was given through Moses.  The foundational outline, the skeletal framework, was set forth at the very beginning, in the opening section of Genesis.  And it is here that one must begin if he is to begin correctly.

He must understand the foundational beginning of the matter first if he is to properly understand that which is subsequently built upon the foundation.

It Simply Can’t Be Done That Way!

A person doesn’t begin with the gospels (except perhaps John, which parallels Genesis [refer to the Foreword of The Study of Scripture BOOK, in this site]) or the Pauline or general epistles.  These are not beginning points.  Rather, these parts of Scripture have to do with the structure being built upon the foundation.  These parts of Scripture have to do with the sinews, flesh, and skin being placed on the bones.

The beginning point was given through Moses.  The foundational outline, the skeletal framework, was set forth at the very beginning, in the opening section of Genesis.  And it is here that one must begin if he is to begin correctly.  He must understand the foundational beginning of the matter first if he is to properly understand that which is subsequently built upon the foundation.

To further complicate matters in Christendom as it exists in the world today, many Bible teachers [probably most], when dealing with Genesis 1, teach that this chapter has to do with creation alone.  Such a teaching destroys the septenary structure and foundational aspects of Scripture at the outset.

Suffice it to say, understanding Genesis 1:1-2:3 any way other than Creation, Ruin, Restoration, and Rest — showing a septenary structure and providing a foundation for all that follows — is not possible if Scripture is allowed to interpret itself by comparing Scripture with Scripture.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

The following Word Document is SAFE to open and print Word of God, Where and how does one begin a study of the, by Arlen Chitwood.docx

To website CONTENTS Page.

As will become evident from a correct understanding of aion and aionios, these two words have not only often been mistranslated, causing confusion, but a correct translation is, at times, quite difficult.  The latter can only be true because there are no words in the English language which exactly correspond to these words in the Greek text.

Aion, Aionios
The Two Main Greek Words Translated “Eternal” in English Texts

By Arlen Chitwood of Lamp Broadcast

(Material in this article has been taken from Marvin R. Vincent’s four-volume set, Word Studies in the New Testament [a standard word study which has been in use for well over 100 years].

Some editing of the originally printed text has been done to produce better clarity and easier reading, though no change alters any meaning in the original text [added paragraph divisions, transliterating Greek words to English lettering, some deletion of unneeded data, etc.].

This material comprises Vincent’s comments on two Greek words, aion and aionios, which have to do with “time” — one a noun, the other an adjective, both meaning the same thing — often indiscriminately translated “age,” “world,” “forever,” “eternal,” or “everlasting” [depending on the English translation].

There is really no word for “eternal” or “everlasting” in the Greek text of the N.T. [nor is there one in the Hebrew text of the O.T., with olam the main word usually translated “eternal” or “everlasting”].

And, as will become evident from a correct understanding of aion and aionios, these two words have not only often been mistranslated, causing confusion, but a correct translation is, at times, quite difficult.  The latter can only be true because there are no words in the English language which exactly correspond to these words in the Greek text.

Context must always be the determining factor in any translation of these words;  and, many times in the N.T., since ages are often being dealt with, both words can often be understood in this respect.

For example, note the latter part of Luke 18:30 where both aion and aionios appear and where, contextually [Luke 18:18-29], an inheritance in the kingdom [to be realized in the coming age] is in view.  Thus, this part of the verse should be properly translated, “…and in the age [aion] to come age-lasting [aionios] life.”

And, in like manner, the question asked in the introductory verse of this passage [Luke 18:18] should be translated, “Good Master, what shall I do to inherit age-lasting [aionios] life.”  “Eternal life,” often used in translations of this verse, is not inherited;  it is a free gift [Ephesians 2:8-9].  One must be a child of the Owner to be in line for the inheritance [Romans 8:17].)

The Noun, Aion (i-on)

Aion, transliterated “aeon,” is a period of time of longer or shorter duration, having a beginning and an end, and complete in itself.

Aristotle said, “The period which includes the whole time of each one’s life is called the aeon of each one.”  Hence, it often means the life of a man, as in Homer, where one’s life (aion) is said to leave him or to consume away.

It is not, however, limited to human life;  it signifies any period in the course of events, as the period or age before Christ;  the period of the Millennium;  the period before the beginning of history.

The word does not have a stationary and mechanical value.  It does not mean a period of fixed length for all cases.  There are as many aeons as entities, the respective durations of which are fixed by the normal conditions of the several entities.

There is one aeon of a human life, another of the life of a nation.  The length of the aeon depends on the subject to which it is attached.

Aion is sometimes translated “world,” with “world” representing a period or a series of periods of time (cf. Matthew 12:32; 13:40, 49; I Corinthians 1:20; 2:6; Ephesians 1:21), having to do with the world’s contents which are included in the duration of the world (I Corinthians 2:7; 10:11; Hebrews 1:2; 9:26; 11:3).

The word always carries the notion of time, and not of eternity.  It always means a period of time.  Otherwise, it would be impossible to account for the plural, or for such qualifying expressions as this age, or the age to come.

It does not mean something endless or everlasting.

To deduce that meaning from its relation to aei [a cognate word] is absurd;  for, apart from the fact that the meaning of a word is not definitely fixed by its derivation, aei [like aion] does not signify endless duration.

When the writer of the Pastoral Epistles quotes the saying that “the Cretians are always [aei] liars” (Titus 1:12), he surely does not mean that the Cretians will go on lying for all eternity (cf. Acts 7:51; II Corinthians 4:11; 6:10; Hebrews 3:10; I Peter 3:15).  Aei means “habitually” or “continually” within the limit of the subject’s life.

In our colloquial dialect “everlastingly” is used in the same way. “The boy is everlastingly tormenting me to buy him a drum.”

In the New Testament, the history of the world is conceived as developed through a succession of aeons.  A series of such aeons precedes the introduction of a new series inaugurated by the Christian dispensation, and the end of the world and the second coming of Christ are to mark the beginning of another series (cf. Ephesians 3:11).  Paul contemplates aeons before and after the Christian era (Ephesians 1:21; 2:7; 3:9, 21; I Corinthians 10:11; cf. Hebrews 9:26).

He includes the series of aeons in one great aeon:  ho aion ton aionon, “the aeon of the aeons” (Ephesians 3:21);  and the author of the Epistle to the Hebrews describes the throne of God as enduring unto the aeon of the aeons (Hebrews 1:8).

The plural  is also used, aeons of the aeons, signifying all the successive periods which make up the sum total of the ages collectively (Romans 16:27; Galatians 1:5; Philippians 4:20, etc.).  This plural phrase is applied by Paul to God only.

The Adjective, Aionios

The adjective aionios, in like manner, carries the idea of “time.”  Neither the noun nor the adjective, in themselves, carry the sense of endless or everlasting, though they may acquire that sense by their connotation.  Aionios means “enduring through or pertaining to a period of time.”  Both the noun and the adjective are applied to limited periods.

Thus the phrase eis ton aiona [lit., “with respect to the aion,” appearing 29 times in the N.T. (e.g., John 4:14; 6:51, 58; Hebrews 5:6; 6:20; 7:17, 21, 24-25)], habitually rendered “forever,” is often used of duration which is limited in the very nature of the case.

Note a few out of many instances in the Septuagint [Greek translation of the O.T.] pertaining to aion (Exodus 21:6; 29:9; 32:13; Leviticus 25:46; Deuteronomy 15:17; Joshua 14:9; 1 Samuel 8:13; I Chronicles 28:4; cf. Matthew 21:19; John 13:8; I Corinthians 8:13).

The same is true of aionios in the Septuagint.  Out of 150 instances in the Septuagint, four-fifths imply limited duration (cf. Genesis 48:4; Numbers 10:8; 15:15; Proverbs 22:28; Jonah 2:6; Habakkuk. 3:6).

Words which are habitually applied to things temporal or material cannot carry, in themselves, the sense of endlessness.  Even when applied to God, we are not forced to render aionios “everlasting.”  Of course the life of God is endless;  but the question is whether, in describing God as aionios, it was intended to describe the duration of His being, or whether some different and larger idea was not contemplated.

That God lives everlastingly, and has lived everlastingly, are, no doubt, great and significant facts;  Yet they are not the dominant or the most impressive facts in God’s relations to time. God’s eternity does not stand merely or chiefly for a scale of length.  It is not primarily a mathematical but a moral fact.

The relations of God to time include and imply far more than the bare fact of endless continuance. They carry with them the fact that God transcends time;  God works on different principles and on a vaster scale than the wisdom of time provides;  God oversteps the conditions and the motives of time;  God marshals the successive aeons from a point outside of time, on lines which run out into His own measureless cycles, and for sublime moral ends which the creature of threescore and ten years cannot grasp and does not even suspect.

In Romans 16:26 Paul speaks of the eternal God (tou aioniou Theou); but that he does not mean the everlasting God is perfectly clear from the context. He has said that “the mystery” has been kept in silence in times eternal (chronois aionious), which he does not mean everlasting times, but the successive aeons which elapsed before Christ was proclaimed.  God therefore is described as the God of the aeons, the God who pervaded and controlled those periods before the incarnation.

To the same effect is the title, ho basileus ton aionion, “the King of the aeons,” applied to God in I Timothy 1:17.  The phrase, pro chronon aionion, “before eternal times” (II Timothy 1:9; Titus 1:2), cannot mean before everlasting times. The meaning is of old. The grace and the promise were given in time, but far back in the ages, before the times of reckoning the aeons.

Zoe aionios, “eternal life,” which occurs 42 times in the N. T., but not in the Septuagint, is not endless life, but life pertaining to a certain age or aeon, or continuing during that aeon.

I repeat, life may be endless;  the life in union with Christ is endless, but the fact is not expressed by aionios.

Kolesis aionios, rendered “everlasting punishment” (Matthew 25:46), is the punishment peculiar to an aeon other than that in which Christ is speaking. In some cases, zoe aionios does not refer specifically to the life beyond time, but rather to the aeon or dispensation of Messiah, which succeeds the present dispensation (cf. Matthew 19:16; John 5:39).

John says that zoe aionios is the present possession of those who believe on the Son of God (John 3:36; 5:24; 6:47, 54). The Father’s commandment is zoe aionios (John 12:50); to know the only true God and Jesus Christ is zoe aionios (John 17:3).

Thus, while aionios carries the idea of time, though not of endlessness, there belongs to it also, more or less, a sense of quality. Its character is ethical rather than mathematical. The deepest significance of the life beyond time lies, not in endlessness, but in the moral quality of the aeon into which the life passes.

Other Considerations

It is comparatively unimportant whether or not the rich fool, when his soul was required of him (Luke 12:20), entered upon a state that was endless. The principal, the tremendous fact, as Christ unmistakably puts it, was that, in the new aeon, the motives, the aims, the conditions, the successes and awards of time counted for nothing.

In this life, his barns and their contents were everything; the soul was nothing. In the new life the soul was first and everything; the barns and storehouses were nothing.

Note the verb, apollumi in a similar respect, meaning “to destroy,” “put an end to,” or in the middle voice, “to be lost, to perish.”  Peter says, “the world being deluged with water, perished” (apollumi [2 Peter 3:6]); but the world did not become extinct, it was renewed.

In Hebrews 1:11-12, quoted from Psalms 102:25-27, we read concerning the heavens and the earth as compared with the eternity of God, “they shall perish” (apollumi).  But the perishing is only preparatory to change and renewal. “They shall be changed” (apollumi [cf. Isaiah 51:6, 16; 65:17; 66:22; II Peter 3:13]). Similarly, “the Son of man came to save that which was lost” (apollumi [Luke 19:10).   Jesus charged His apostles to go to “the lost [apollumi] sheep of the house of Israel (Matthew 10:6; cf. Matthew 15:24).

“He that shall lose [apollumi] his life for my sake shall find it” (Matthew 16:25; cf. Luke 15:6, 9, 32).

In this passage the word “destruction” is qualified. It is “destruction from the presence of the Lord and from the glory of his power” (Matthew 16:27-17:5; II Thessalonians 1:9), at His second coming, in the new aeon.

In other words, it is the severance, at a given point in time, of those who obey not the gospel from the presence and the glory of Christ (II Thessalonians 1:5-11).

Aionios may therefore describe this severance as continuing during the millennial aeon between Christ’s coming and the final judgment, as being for the wicked prolonged throughout that aeon and characteristic of it.

Or, aionios may describe the severance as characteristic of or enduring through a period or aeon succeeding the final judgment, the extent of which period is not defined.

In neither case is aionios to be interpreted as “everlasting” or “endless.”

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Word Document:  Aion, Aionios by Arlen Chitwood.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

To website CONTENTS Page.

According to the manner in which God established matters in the beginning relative to man holding the scepter in the stead of Satan and his angels, a sovereign cannot reign apart from possessing a consort queen [Genesis 1:26-28; 2:18-24].  The man and woman must reign together, seated on the throne as one complete being.

Christ and His Wife
By Arlen Chitwood of Lamp Broadcast

According to the manner in which God established matters in the beginning relative to man holding the scepter in the stead of Satan and his angels, a sovereign cannot reign apart from possessing a consort queen [Genesis 1:26-28; 2:18-24].  The man and woman must reign together, seated on the throne as one complete being.

Thus, God’s Son today is not in a position to assume the scepter and reign.  He must have a wife to ascend the throne with Him, a wife that, in the antitype of Eve in Genesis 2, is not only part of His body but will complete Him [cf. Ephesians 1:22-23; 5:23, 30; Hebrews 2:10].  And the Son will not possess a wife in the manner seen in the type until the end of the coming Tribulation [cf. Ruth 3; 4].

Knowledge of this fact will address, resolve, and put to rest widely-held false teachings concerning a present existence of some type of mystery form of the kingdom in which the Son is presently reigning; or, others become more specific and see the Son already seated on David’s throne within this purported mystery form of the kingdom.

The preceding may sound strange to those properly instructed in things pertaining to the kingdom [cf. Matthew 13:52].  And so it should.  Strange though or not, all of the preceding is widely held in Christian circles today, even taught in numerous Bible schools and seminaries.  But the one biblical fact concerning the necessity of the man and the woman ascending the throne together will, alone, show the fallacy of such teachings, for Christ does not presently have a wife to ascend the throne with Him.

Aside from the preceding, though there are two anointed Kings in relation to the earth today [Christ and Satan], as there were two anointed kings in Israel during the days of David and Saul, only One can hold the scepter at any given time.

In the type, Saul held the scepter until he was put down and his crown taken and given to David.  Only then did David and his faithful men take the scepter and reign in Israel [cf. 1 Samuel 31:1-6; 2 Samuel 1:4-10; 5:3].

And matters can only be exactly the same in the antitype.  Satan will hold the scepter until he is put down and his crown taken and given to Christ.  Only then will Christ and His faithful co-heirs take the scepter and reign over the earth.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

In the Lord’s Day (1)

The following Word Document is SAFE to open and print: Christ and His Wife by Arlen Chitwood.docx

Aside: Search for the Bride BOOK

To website CONTENTS Page.

The overcomer’s promises, in the following respect, would, thus, relate to Christians alone.  Further, these promises are worded after a fashion that clearly reveals that Christians can go in either of two directions relative to the promises.  They can either overcome and realize the promises or they can be overcome [by the world, the flesh, and/or the Devil] and fail to realize the promises.

To Him Who Overcomes
By Arlen Chitwood of
Lamp Broadcast

The manner in which most interpret the seven overcomer’s promises, one to each of the seven churches in Revelation 2; 3, centers on these promises relating to one’s eternal salvation.  Most erroneously interpret these promises as either

(1) a call to unsaved individuals within the seven churches to be saved and realize these different promises,         or

(2) as statements to saved individuals in these churches, showing that they will realize these different                   promises simply on the basis of the fact that they have been saved.  And 1 John 5:1-5 forms verses                 usually referenced in an effort to substantiate the second part of the preceding.

This line of erroneous teaching emanates mainly from man’s failure to see anything in Scripture except salvation by grace, i.e., saved-unsaved issues.  Practically everything is made to relate to this one subject.  And this type of teaching, brought over into the seven epistles in Revelation 2; 3, results in not only the Church often being viewed from an incorrect perspective (usually seeing the Church comprised of both saved and unsaved individuals) but it also leaves little room for the overcomer’s promises to be viewed from a correct perspective.

However, contrariwise, within the New Testament usage of the word “Church,” as it is used relating to the one new man “in Christ,” there is no such thing as a Church comprised of both saved and unsaved individuals.  A person is either within or without the Church, depending on his saved or unsaved state.  He is either a Jew, a Gentile (both without the Church), or a Christian (within the Church [1 Corinthians 10:32]).

Nor can unsaved individuals be thought of as professors instead of possessors and find themselves within the Church after the manner in which the word “Church” is used in the New Testament.  Scripture knows nothing about professors as opposed to possessors.  Scripture knows only possessors (the saved) and non-possessors (the unsaved).

The overcomer’s promises, in the preceding respect, would, thus, relate to Christians alone.  Further, these promises are worded after a fashion that clearly reveals that Christians can go in either of two directions relative to the promises.  They can either overcome and realize the promises or they can be overcome [by the world, the flesh, and/or the Devil] and fail to realize the promises.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

The Judgment Seat of Christ

Word Document:  To Him Who Overcomes by Arlen Chitwood.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

Also ref. the author’s book, Judgment Seat of Christ BOOK, an exegetical presentation, in this site.

To website CONTENTS Page.

Being Brought Forth From Above, Out of God
By Arlen Chitwood of Lamp Broadcast

Excerpted from EXCEPT A MAN . . . (2)  in this site.

From a contextual standpoint, whether dealing with being brought forth from above, out of God, from John’s gospel (John 1:11-13, expanded upon and dealt with more fully in John 3:3-8), his first epistle (1 John 2:29; 3:9; 4:7; 5:1, 4, 18, additional commentary on that seen in both John 1:11-13 and John 3:3-8, along with being perfectly in line with that seen in 1 Peter 1:3, 23), or 1 Peter (1 Peter 1:3, 23, additional commentary on that seen in John 3:3-8), it would be very forced and unnatural to view any of these texts as referring to an unsaved person believing on the Lord Jesus Christ and passing “from death to life.” Though this is what Bible students and teachers invariably do, such should never be the case. The various contexts simply will not allow this type interpretation of any one of these passages.

And though a bringing forth from above, out of God, is what occurs when an individual is saved (it has to occur, else salvation could not be effected, for salvation is brought to pass entirely through divine intervention), the texts in these three books should not be used in this manner. Salvation by grace is simply not the subject at hand.

Though using these verses relative to salvation by grace may result in positive end results (i.e., result in individuals being saved), there is a negative consequence that cannot be ignored. Using these verses in this erroneous manner will do away with the exact teaching that the Spirit intended when He moved John and Peter to pen the various things that they recorded. This type of use of these verses will do away with the thought of saved individuals being brought forth out of God relative to a revealed goal — the kingdom (for the Jew only during the time of the offer of the kingdom, for the Jew first and also the Gentile during the time of the re-offer of the kingdom [Christians referenced by “Gentile”], and for Christians alone since that time).

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Book in this site:  Brought Forth from Above BOOK

The following Word Document is SAFE to open and print:  Being Brought Forth From Above, Out of God by Arlen Chitwood.docxx

To website CONTENTS Page.

During the time of the re-offer of the kingdom to Israel, as previously stated, God dealt with a generation of Jews whose origin preceded Calvary — a saved generation of Jews, else there could have been no offer or subsequent re-offer of the kingdom.

Offer, Re-offer of the Kingdom
By Arlen Chitwood of Lamp Broadcast

Excerpted from EXCEPT A MAN . . . (2) in this site.

In verses such as Romans 1:16; 2:9-10; 10:12 (cf. Galatians 2:2; Ephesians 3:6; Colossians 1:27) — referring to both the Jews and the Gentiles — a distinction was made between two groups of saved individuals during the time when the kingdom of the heavens was being re-offered to Israel (from 33 A.D. to about 62 A.D.). A distinction, using terminology of this nature relative to the saved — Jew and Gentile — was necessary at that time, for the generation of saved Jews living both preceding and following Calvary was still alive and was being reckoned with on the basis of the kingdom (the same generation of Jews that had rejected and crucified their King [cf. Matthew 2:2; John 19:14-19]).

However, such would not be the case following this time. Rather, following the close of the re-offer of the kingdom to Israel, referring to saved Jews and Gentiles in this manner would be out of place.

And the reason is evident. During the time of the re-offer of the kingdom to Israel, as previously stated, God dealt with a generation of Jews whose origin preceded Calvary — a saved generation of Jews, else there could have been no offer or subsequent re-offer of the kingdom.

However, the re-offer of the kingdom could continue only as long as this generation of Jews remained alive and on the scene. But once this generation began to be replaced by a new generation, whose origin followed Calvary, the re-offer of the kingdom could not be continued. A saved generation of Jews, to whom the offer could be extended, no longer existed, necessitating a close to the re-offer of the kingdom.

Those comprising the previous generation would have availed themselves of the blood of the slain paschal lambs preceding Calvary, and their rejection of the Christ as the nation’s King could not have done away with that which had previously occurred. It could not have done away with a previous vicarious death of the firstborn, which God could only have clearly recognized, as He had previously done during Moses’ day (Exodus 12:1-13).

To think otherwise and say or infer that the events of Calvary could have done away with the previous vicarious death for those comprising that generation would be to open the door for the same thing to have occurred with all previous generations, taking the matter all the way back to Moses, with Moses himself being included.

However, any generation of Jews born following Calvary (from the first century until today) could only fulfill God’s requirement pertaining to the necessity of the death of the firstborn through death and shed blood, as seen in Exodus 12, one way.

The Paschal Lamb had been slain, the One foreshadowed by all the paschal lambs slain from Moses to Christ. This part of the Passover had been fulfilled. Thus, following the time of Christ’s death, God no longer recognized a continued slaying of paschal lambs. And, following this time, for anyone (Jew or Gentile, no distinction existed) to realize a vicarious death of the firstborn, to be saved, that person had to avail himself/herself of the blood of the Paschal Lamb who had died in their place. That person had to believe on the Lord Jesus Christ.

Accordingly, following the time of the re-offer of the kingdom to Israel, the expression “Christian,” those comprising “the Church of God,” would be the proper expression used relative to the saved. Following this time, “Jew” and/or “Gentile” would refer to the unsaved rather than, as in certain previous times, to two groups of saved individuals.

(Note though that the same distinction and terminology used following the close of the re-offer of the kingdom to Israel was also used during the time of the re-offer [Acts 11:26; 1 Corinthians 10:32].

But, during this time, because those to whom the offer was being extended [saved Jews, comprising the nation at large] were not part of the Church of God, the distinction and terminology as seen in Romans 1:16 had to exist as well.)

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Book in this website:  
Brought Forth from Above BOOK

The following Word Document is SAFE to open and print:  Offer, Re-offer of the Kingdom by Arlen Chitwood.docx

To website CONTENTS Page.

Revelation 2:11 deals with the saved during the present 2,000-year dispensation and has to do with the Millennium only.  The overcoming Christian will not be hurt of the second death, leaving the only implication possible — the non-overcoming Christian will be hurt of the second death.

The Second Death - Does It Apply to All Saved?
Answer by Arlen Chitwood of Lamp Broadcast

Hi Rowdy! 

Do all saved go through second deaths, non-overcomers being hurt, overcomers not being hurt?  Or do overcomers not experience a second death.  I believe the first, but then you know I have been known to be wrong, on occasion.

Gil as usual wasn’t available.

Pat

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Rowdy's, aka Arlen, response:

Take two verses of Scripture — Revelation 2:11; 20:14.

Let’s take the latter first (Revelation 20:14), for that deals with something we’re not talking about, but we need a comparison and contrast to better understand the former (Revelation 2:11).

Revelation 20:14 deals with the unsaved following the Millennium and has to do with everyone in this one segment of mankind — all of the unsaved throughout 7,000 years of time (Man’s 6,000-year Day and the Lord’s 1,000-year Day) — with the subsequent eternal ages in view.

Revelation 2:11 deals with the saved during the present 2,000-year dispensation and has to do with the Millennium only.  The overcoming Christian will not be hurt of the second death, leaving the only implication possible — the non-overcoming Christian will be hurt of the second death.

Being hurt of or not being hurt of the second death is simply a different way of saying the same thing as seen in Romans 8:13.  And note, contextually, what this has to do with.  Keep reading — Romans 8:14ff.

This is simply another way of voicing the saving or loss of the soul/life.  Note Matthew 16:24-17:5.

Scripture deals with this matter in a multitude of different ways, using different terms, making it next to impossible for anyone with a semi-open mind to miss it.  But, as you well know, most do.  In fact, they fight against it.

Relative to the second death being used of both the saved and the unsaved, something which I wrote in my book, “The Time of the End BOOK,” might help.  Note the third full paragraph of the attachment (which deals with the unsaved) and think along the lines of saved man doing something very similar — rejecting the “reason” for God’s redemptive work (35)  From Time to Eternity).  There is a parallel here which easily allows the expression, “the second death,” to be used of both, though dealing with two different segments of mankind relative to two different things entirely.

I wrote something on the preceding paragraph at some time in the past, but I have no idea where to look for it.

See if any of all this helps.

I haven’t seen Gil for a couple of days either.

ALC

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

(See in this site The Out-Resurrection and The Tree of Life for additional commentary on the subject.)

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Found your following commentary that answers my question directly:

The lake of fire is empty today, and it will be empty at the time Christians are judged. The first individuals to inhabit the lake of fire will be the beast and the false prophet, and their being cast therein follows the judgment of Christians.

Non-overcoming Christians themselves will not have their part in “the lake that burns with fire and brimstone” until the actual millennial reign of Christ, which follows the beast and the false prophet being cast therein. Overcoming Christians will be crowned at this time, and non-overcoming Christians will experience the second death at this time. For the latter, the entire scene, from the judgment seat on into the millennium, is apparently what is being referred to in Hebrews 10 — that which awaits the one guilty of the “willful sin” (Hebrews 10:26), for which there is no sacrifice (refJudgment Seat of Christ BOOK, Ch. 3, in this site).

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Word Document:  The Second Death - Does It Apply to All Saved by Arlen Chitwood.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

See a different opinion regarding the second death in the following commentary by Gary Whipple.  Since Gary was the second of my five mentors, his opinion has been my belief for a long time; consequently the different opinions place me in a dilemma.  All I know to do is depend on the anointing to teach me (1 John 2:20, 27).

To website CONTENTS Page.

It is this writer’s opinion that this change (translation) is the process of instantaneous death and resurrection, with no hurt. With this view, one can accept Hebrews 9:27 word for word, without attempting to explain it away.

Second Death for Overcomers
By Gary Whipple of 
Beyond the Rapture

The term “second death” is used to tell us that this death is exactly like the “first death.”  To understand this, let’s consider the first death for a moment.  God says that every man is appointed to go through this death before he can be judged.  And he must be judged. For scripture says “...it is appointed unto men [mankind] once to die, but after this the judgment” (Hebrews 9:27).  If part of this statement from God is true, then all is true.  If He is going to judge all men, then all men must die.

At the rapture of the church, that those who have already died will be raised into redeemed bodies.  Then, those who are alive will be translated, i.e. experience both death and resurrection instantaneously.  This instant death and resurrection must occur because their bodies of sin cannot be raised.  They can only be changed into a redeemed body.  Thus, it is this writer’s opinion that this change (translation) is the process of instantaneous death and resurrection, with no hurt. With this view, one can accept Hebrews 9:27 word for word, without attempting to explain it away.

Now keep in mind that the second death is just like the first death.  So, at the Judgment Seat of Christ, all Christian overcomers must die the second death.  This will occur when they die and are raised instantaneously (translated) from a natural body into a spiritual body likened unto Christ’s, without any hurt (Revelation 20:6; Revelation 2:11).  Why does this writer insist on the terminology of “instantaneous death and resurrection?”  Because the Apostle Paul insisted on it. He called it the resurrection, i.e. the out-resurrection (Philippians 3:11), and one cannot be resurrected until he dies.  It is this same resurrection that the apostle longed for and was trying to attain, i.e. work for (Philippians 3:12).  This is further proof that this resurrection cannot be the rapture, since the rapture is the redemption of the body into a “natural body” (which cannot be worked for as it is procured by the death of Jesus Christ on the cross).  It is free to all of the saints of the church age.

Therefore, all of the saints at the Judgment Seat of Christ will have been raised or raptured and have redeemed bodies (natural bodies); bodies of flesh and blood.  However, since flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of heaven (1 Corinthians 15:50), these bodies must then be changed through instantaneous death and resurrection.  The fact is, that our Lord referred to this translation as a resurrection, on which the second death had no power (Revelation 20:6).  This tells us that these bodies will in fact die, and the second death will have no power (Gr. authority) to hold them.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Excerpts from Bible One - Gary Whipple's Beyond the Rapture Ch. XIV, Pg. 247, The Final Confirmation

Word Document:  Second Death for Overcomers by Gary Whipple.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

(See in this site The Out-Resurrection and The Tree of Life for a different interpretation of the out-resurrection and the second death.)

To website CONTENTS Page.

The major key in understanding the truths presented in this chapter is the recognizing of three different bodies.  These are “the body of this death” (Romans 7:24) “the natural body,” and “the spiritual body.” With this perception, one then can begin to unlock the truths of the second death and resurrection.

Three Orders of The Resurrection
Chapter XIII of Bible One - Gary Whipple's Beyond the Rapture Excerpts
By Gary Whipple

CLOSING REMARKS

The major key in understanding the truths presented in this chapter is the recognizing of three different bodies.  These are “the body of this death” (Romans 7:24) “the natural body,” and “the spiritual body.” With this perception, one then can begin to unlock the truths of the second death and resurrection.

In using this key, we must first compare scripture with scripture.  Two such comparable scriptures that we have already studied, stand out in First Corinthians to teach us about the natural body.  The first (1 Corinthians 15:42-44), tells us about the death and the resurrection of the natural body.  The second (1 Corinthians 15:51-54) adds to the first by telling us when it will be raised.  The first speaks of both the first and second resurrection (no specific time).  The second speaks of only the second resurrection.  Notice, the first (1 Corinthians 15:42) says, “...it is sown in corruption; it is raised in incorruption,” whereas, the second (1 Corinthians 15:53) says, “...for this corruption must put on incorruption....”  The first says, “….it is sown a natural body; it is raised a spiritual body...,” whereas the second, says, “...this mortal must put on immortality.”

As the reader ponders these things, he must remember the order of the three bodies.  This order declares that this present “body of this death,” must be redeemed (Romans 8:23b) to the place where it was lost.  This is Adam’s body before he fell in sin, or the “natural body.”  Jesus was born into this sinless body and became the last Adam.  Then, we come to the last order, which is the spiritual body.  In order for the natural to become the spiritual, it must be changed through a second death and resurrection.  For those who will be out-resurrected at the judgment seat, this death and resurrection could be instantaneous (a translation) without any hurt.  For those who suffer loss, this death is for a thousand years before they are resurrected. In 1 Corinthians 15:51, the Lord declares that “we all shall be changed,” i.e., our bodies will have gone through the second death and been resurrected into spiritual bodies.

Jesus was the first to receive a spiritual body. This is so because He is the “firstfruit of the dead.”  All others who were raised or translated into heaven before Him, could only receive natural bodies.  This includes Enoch and Elijah of the Old Testament, who were both raptured.  It also includes Moses, who was apparently resurrected in a special resurrection (Jude 1:9), and was seen on the mount of transfiguration with Elijah in Matthew 17.  So, up until the time of the resurrection of Jesus Christ, there were no spiritual bodies.  Instead, there were men who had actually walked around in heaven with natural bodies of flesh, bones and blood.

The question may be asked, “How can a natural body traverse outer space without dying?”  The answer is, that “God will make it so!”  After all, if He is going to raise up all of the lost into their bodies of sin and death (the same bodies they died with) and judge them before the Great White Throne, somewhere in heaven, He certainly can raise up all believers in their natural bodies to be judged at the Judgment Seat of Christ.

Also, since Israel will be raised into natural (redeemed) bodies to live here on the earth, they will basically live forever in the earthly blessings of God.  In Deuteronomy 7:9, God tells Israel, that He would keep His covenant with them for a thousand generations.  Literally speaking, this would be thirty-three thousand years.  Figuratively, it could be forever.  This harmonizes with the ending chapters of Revelation that declares that there will be nations of people (possibly those saved during the millennium) living on the new earth, after death and hell are destroyed.  For the leaves of the tree of life, in the Holy City will be used to heal those nations and keep them healthy forever (Revelation 22:2).  Apparently these nations will not have spiritual bodies but rather natural bodies; bodies that will have had to be changed from their bodies of death at the time of the destruction of the earth.

On the other hand, the spiritual body is reserved primarily for the church, God’s heavenly people with a heavenly calling.  It will be this body that will one day shine as the sun; a body that will have the privilege of being co-heirs with Christ in His rule over the kingdom, and later over the universe of the billions of galaxies.  However, in order for one to gain this spiritual body, he must have his spirit redeemed, his body redeemed and his soul redeemed.  The spirit is redeemed the moment he believes on Jesus Christ.  The body is redeemed at the rapture of the church, and the soul is redeemed at the Judgment Seat of Christ (or from “outer darkness” or Gehenna one thousand years later).

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Word Document:  Three Orders of The Resurrection by Gary Whipple.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

See in this site The Out-Resurrection and The Tree of Life for a different interpretation of the out-resurrection and the second death.  

Also the following Word Document is SAFE to open and print:  Transfiguration, Why did Moses and Elijah appear at the.docx

To website CONTENTS Page.

Just as David and his faithful followers then moved in and took over the government, Christ and His faithful followers will then move in and take over the government.

Saul and David / Satan and Christ Typology
By Arlen Chitwood of Lamp Broadcast

The entire sequence of events depicting Saul and David typifies great spiritual truths concerning Satan and Christ:

Just as Saul was anointed king over Israel, Satan was anointed king over the earth.

Just as Saul rebelled against the Lord and was rejected, Satan rebelled against the Lord and was rejected.

Just as David was anointed king while Saul continued to reign, Christ was anointed King while Satan continued to reign.

Just as David did not immediately ascend the throne, Christ did not immediately ascend the throne.

Just as David eventually found himself in a place removed from the kingdom (out in the hills), Christ eventually found Himself in a place removed from the kingdom (heaven).

Just as David gathered certain faithful men to himself during this time (anticipating his future reign), Christ is presently gathering certain faithful men to Himself (anticipating His future reign).

Just as the day came when Saul was put down, the day will come when Satan will be put down.

Just as Saul’s crown was taken and given to David, Satan’s crown will be taken and given to Christ.

And just as David and his faithful followers then moved in and took over the government, Christ and His faithful followers will then move in and take over the government.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Word Document:  Saul and David -- Satan and Christ Typology by Arlen Chitwood.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

Excerpt from Crowned Rulers — Christ, Christians in this site.

The following Word Document may be of interest and is SAFE to open and print:  Types and Antitypes as of March 20, 2021.docx

To website CONTENTS Page.

We are living very near the end of the present dispensation, the days of Noah and the days of Lot are to be repeated during the Tribulation just out ahead of us (Luke 17:26-30), and we are evidently seeing the stage being rapidly set for the repetition of events during those days — which were centrally sexual in nature and even involved angels in Satan’s kingdom cohabiting after this fashion with men and women in the human race (Genesis 6:1-4; 19:4 ff).

Thus, according to the Word, that’s exactly where we are and where we’re headed;  and that’s also exactly why we are where we are and why we are headed in this direction.

When a Servant Reigns…
Existing Conditions, A Biblical Response
By Arlen Chitwood of 
Lamp Broadcast

For three things the earth is disquieted [‘the earth quakes’], and for four which it cannot bear [‘cannot be lifted up’]:

For a servant when he reigneth; and for a fool when he is filled with meat;

For an odious [‘unloved’] woman when she is married; and for an handmaid that is heir to her mistress” (Proverbs 30:21-23).

The three verses quoted from Proverbs 30 begin with an evident figure of speech, where one thing is used in place of another.  And in this case, “the earth” is used in place of the people on the earth.  That is to say, it’s not the earth which quakes but the people on the earth.

Figures of speech are something seen quite often in Scripture and simply form one of the numerous ways God has structured His Word (cf. Hebrews 1:1-2).

For example, both “Jerusalem” and “the land of Israel” are often used in place of the people of Israel (cf. Isaiah 1:21; Jeremiah 22:8-9, 29-30; Lamentations 1:7-9; Ezekiel 14:11-13; Matthew 23:37-39; Luke 13:33-35).

And recognizing this type structure of Scripture, particularly because of its prevalence, will often help immensely in proper interpretation (e.g., properly identifying the harlot in Revelation 17; 18; 19 [19a], referred to as “that great city”).

Three Things, then a Fourth

The text lists four things which cause the people of the earth to quake, to tremble, to become disquieted;  and while in this state, the people cannot rise above and out of the state in which any one of these four things has brought them.

To perhaps best explain, in a succinct manner, what is involved in all four of these states in which man can find himself, note the following material quoted from an article in Selected Writings of A. Edwin Wilson.  This material was written about fifty years ago and published in this book some thirty-five years ago, long before conditions became anywhere close to the way that they exist in the world today, particularly in this country:

“I call your attention to the fact that this is the Word of the Lord and did not originate with man, but is completely overlooked and even denied in most Christian circles today.

1)  The first thing which disquiets and disturbs the order as established by God since sin entered into the world is for a servant to become a ruler, or for a servile nation to reach a place of authority and responsibility over non-servile nations [Proverbs 30:22a]. The reason is because persons of low birth are harder on the populace when opportunity presents itself than those born in high stations of life.

One has said, ‘A servant ruling becomes the most insolent, imperious, cruel, and tyrannical of all masters.’ Even though elevated to the position of ruler, or equal to those born in high stations, the former servant or servile people cannot rise above servile habits.

The world is being disquieted today as never before because of this very reason. The whole world trembles when one of the above mentioned comes into a place of freedom in action. The whole and complete arrangement of society, as established by God, is shattered. Such a one seeks to indemnify himself in his present highness for his former lowliness.

2)  Equally disquieting is a fool who has all he can desire [Proverbs 30:22b]. Rolling in plenty, he despises the poor and needy and considers that his possessions entitle him to respect, though he has no virtues at all. Such a one becomes arrogant, troublesome and dangerous. Very few who suddenly come into riches prove to be a blessing to mankind.

3)  Next is the odious woman [Proverbs 30:23a]. Such a one described here is one who, because of provoking hatred and repugnance, is not fit company for society. At length, this very unattractive and repulsive, witch-like individual enters into a state of matrimony but, being unamiable and vindictive, completely destroys peace and happiness for friends, becoming a most disquieting influence in the world.

4)  Then there is a handmaid who supplants her mistress [Proverbs 30:23b]. This is one who comes into the home as a servant but stealthily wins the husband’s affections, alienating his wife and children, and becomes mistress of the home herself, thereby causing utter ruin.

These four disquieting influences described by the Lord God Himself cannot happen or come to pass except for the complete denial of the existence of God and an absolute disregard for His Word.

In conclusion, I want to say that, according to the Word of God, possibly the most disquieting influence in the world today is the aspiration of the servile people to leave the position in which God placed them and usurp that belonging to others.”

The preceding provides a brief, overall view of the four things mentioned in Proverbs 30:21-23.  The remainder of this article will deal only with the first of these four — with “a servant when he reigneth.”

Conditions in This Country Today

In November, 2008, God gave the people of the United States exactly what they asked for — not just a common servant but “a servant of servants” (the lowest position in servitude [Genesis 9:25]) elevated into a position of regality.

God — who rules in the kingdom of men, placing rulers, removing rulers (Daniel 5:17-31) — placed a servant of servants in the highest governmental office of the most powerful nation on earth.  God placed a descendant of Ham in the office of the President of the United States.

(For information on Noah’s three sons and the prophecy regarding each son — wherein federal headship, having to do with the entire human race and lasting throughout Man’s Day, is set forth and unchangeably established — refer to the author’s pamphlets, Sons of Noah by Arlen Chitwood, Part I, Part II.)

In November, 2012, God once again gave the people of this country exactly what they continued to ask for — the servant of servants remaining in this high regal office for another four years.

In short, going on eight years now, the citizens of this country have gotten exactly what they asked for in 2008 and again in 2012.  They have asked for and gotten a President who, according to Noah’s prophecy concerning Ham and that stated in Proverbs 30:21-22a, can only result in two things:

1)  All types of unrest.

2)  A bringing down of the country at the same time.

Note Proverbs 30:21 once again:

For three things the earth is disquieted [‘the earth quakes’], and for four which it cannot bear [‘cannot be lifted up’]”

The people have asked for and been given a President who can only take the country in the preceding two-fold direction.  His rule can only produce a disquieted condition among the people, and he, though in the highest office in the land, can take the nation no higher than his servile position, which God unchangeably set through Noah over 4,300 years ago.

Then, if the preceding is not enough, something else needs to be considered.  This man, as all the rulers among the Gentile nations, rules under a fallen angel presently ruling from the heavens under Satan, in his kingdom.

(For information on this facet of the matter, found in Daniel 10, refer to in this site The Most High Ruleth BOOK, “Ch. 2 In the Kingdom of Men.”)

Then, to further complicate the preceding, Ham, in Genesis 9, had a sexual problem.

In verse Genesis 9:22, Ham did more than just gaze on his father’s nakedness.  The Hebrew text shows that he not only gazed with satisfaction but then took delight in telling his brothers about the incident.

And sexual problems appear to go hand-in-hand with the curse upon Ham’s progeny in today’s world, as should be expected from the Genesis account.

Result of Existing Conditions

And where does all of this leave the people of this country today, over seven years later?

The mores of the country, over that period of time, have practically reversed themselves.  There has been a sexual revolution of such a nature that people can now identify with other than their natural-born sexual identity, marriage has been redefined, and homosexuality is the in-thing (e.g., a monument to the homosexuals is presently being proposed for a particular location in Greenwich Village).  Practically everything seems to have a sexual base (note again Ham’s problem in Genesis 9), and it is all sanctioned and/or decreed by the government.

And, if anyone doesn’t go along with all of this, he is branded a bigot and a racist.  As well, I’ll probably be branded a bigot and a racist for calling attention to that which Scripture has to say about the existing situation.  But, if so, be that as it may.

Rather than the country progressively being brought upward, the country has progressively been brought downward.  And this is the only direction in which the country could possibly be taken under the current administration.

That’s made plain from the latter part of Proverbs 30:21.  God clearly stated that this is the way matters would have to go under existing conditions.  Thus, the country could not possibly be taken in any other direction.

And, along with this downward spiral of matters there is the part and parcel unrest in the countrye.g., the senseless daily killings in different parts of the country, some just random, etc.

It is about time that the root cause, from a Biblical perspective, for what’s happening on practically every hand all over this country is recognized.  God gave the people what they wanted almost eight years ago, and the people of this country are now reaping the results, in a huge way.  They sowed to the wind, and they are now reaping the whirlwind (cf. Hosea 8:7).

Then, note one other thing about the only place where all of this can lead.  We are living very near the end of the present dispensation, the days of Noah and the days of Lot are to be repeated during the Tribulation just out ahead of us (Luke 17:26-30), and we are evidently seeing the stage being rapidly set for the repetition of events during those days — which were centrally sexual in nature and even involved angels in Satan’s kingdom cohabiting after this fashion with men and women in the human race (Genesis 6:1-4; 19:4 ff).

Thus, according to the Word, that’s exactly where we are and where we’re headed;  and that’s also exactly why we are where we are and why we are headed in this direction.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

The following Word Document is SAFE to open and print:  When a Servant Reigns… by Arlen L. Chitwood.docx

To website CONTENTS Page.

Both redemption and marriage lead into regality, with man, at long last, realizing the purpose for his creation in the beginning — ruling the earth, the redeemed inheritance, in the stead of Satan and his angels.

Redemption, Marriage, Regality
By Arlen Chitwood of Lamp Broadcast

Excerpted from 9) Redemption, Marriage, Regality.

“Redemption” in the title has to do with the earth, not with man.  It has to do with that which occurs through the breaking of the seals on the seven-sealed scroll in Revelation 5, which has to do with the redemption of an inheritance belonging to man, though not presently in man’s possession.

And, in connection with the redemption of this inheritance, the redemption of the earth, two marriages are seen — one between God and Israel (which will follow Israel’s repentance, resulting from judgments associated with the redemption of the inheritance), and the other between Christ and His bride (which will follow a revelation of the bride at the judgment seat).  Both are part and parcel with the redemption of the inheritance.  Both are inseparably tied to this redemption, with both occurring in an automatic sense in connection with this redemption.

That is to say, with the redemption of the inheritance occurring, two marriages will also occur.  One (redemption) cannot occur without the other (marriage), as seen in the account of Boaz redeeming the inheritance (a field, belonging to the family) and taking Ruth as his wife in the process in Ruth 4:1-10 (foreshadowing, in type, one of the two marriages — Christ and His bride).

Then, redemption (of the inheritance, the earth) and marriage (God and Israel, Christ and His bride) lead into the realm where everything has been moving since man’s creation and fall almost 6,000 years ago, as seen in the opening three chapters of Genesis (Genesis1; 2; 3).  Both redemption and marriage lead into regality, with man, at long last, realizing the purpose for his creation in the beginning — ruling the earth, the redeemed inheritance, in the stead of Satan and his angels.

In this respect, redemption, marriage, and regality form the subject at hand in Revelation 5-20 [20a], or in the four chapters of the book of Ruth (Ruth 1; 2; 3; 4), or in Jeremiah 30; 31; 32; 33.  Redemption has to do with the domain which is to be ruled, the earth; then, marriage and regality have to do with those who will rule the redeemed domain — Christ in the midst of Israel (His Father’s restored wife) on earth, seated on David’s throne; and Christ with His wife in the heavens, seated on His own throne (Joel 2:27; Luke 1:31-33; Revelation 2:26-27; 3:21).

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

The following Word Document is SAFE to open and print:  Redemption, Marriage, Regality by Arlen L. Chitwood.docx

Also see Why did God Create Man? and Man Created for What Reason? in this site.

To website CONTENTS Page.

A Dilemma for Christians
Israel, Back in the Nation’s Own Land, BUT…
By Arlen L. Chitwood of Lamp Broadcast

“…and the end thereof shall be with a flood, and unto the end of the war desolations are determined.

And he shall confirm the covenant with many for one week: and in the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of abominations he shall make it desolate, even unto the consummation, and that determined shall be poured out upon the desolate” (Daniel 9:26-27 [26b]).

“When the unclean spirit is gone out of a man, he walketh through dry places, seeking rest, and findeth none.

Then he saith, I will return into my house from whence I came out; and when he is come, he findeth it empty, swept, and garnished.

Then goeth he, and taketh with himself seven other spirits more wicked than himself, and they enter in and dwell there: and the last state of the man is worse than the first. Even so shall it be also unto this wicked generation” (Matthew 12:43-45).

“O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, thou that killest the prophets, and stonest them that are sent unto thee, how often would I have gathered thy children together, even as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, and ye would not.

Behold your house is left unto you desolate.

For I say unto you, Ye shall not see me henceforth, till ye shall say, Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord” (Matthew 23:37-39).

The preceding verses from the Books of Daniel and Matthew have to do with:

1) A “house” (the house of Israel, which includes the Jewish people, the city of Jerusalem, and the land of Israel [all three inseparably interrelated]) left desolate at Christ’s first coming.

2) The duration of this desolation.

3) The activities of a final desolator.

This final desolator — foreshadowed by men such as the Assyrian Pharaoh in Egypt during Moses’ day, or Haman during Esther’s day — will be an individual far, far worse than either of these individuals or any other individual who has ever appeared during Man’s 6,000-year Day (e.g., far, far worse than Hitler during modern times). And this man, through his actions, will bring about an APEX and END to activities associated with “desolation” as it pertains to the house of Israel.

A nation has existed in the land of Israel since May 14, 1948 — a nation and land which Christ left “desolate” (Matthew 23:38); or, in the words of Matthew 12:44, a house which Christ left “empty, swept, and garnished [i.e., put in order relative to its vacated state]” — with the nation awaiting the man whom God will use to bring all of it to an APEX, and then to an END.

And Israel’s current status in this respect presents a problem for Christians relative to Israel.

But, before beginning to look at this problem, note a couple of necessary comments on the KJV translation in Daniel 9:26b, 27 KJV:

On the latter part of verse twenty-six, the thought has to do with the end (latter part of the Tribulation to the end) being likened to a “flood” (suddenness, destruction); and the continuing part of this verse should read, “and unto the end, wars and desolations are determined.”

Then, in verse twenty-seven, in the latter part of the verse again, this man, referred to as “the desolator” at the end of the verse (corrected translation), cannot, in actuality, make the “house” any more desolate than it has existed for the past 2,000 years (which the KJV translation implies). The translation “for the overspreading of abominations he shall make it desolate, even unto the consummation” could be better translated, “upon the wings of a desolator, abominations will continue unto the end.”

“Wings,” as “flood” (v. 26b), has to do with the swiftness in which the desolator will move, continuing abominations associated with the house which Christ left desolate, continuing in this manner right up to “the end.

And “the end” takes one to Christ’s return at the end of the Tribulation to do away with the desolation by bringing to pass the six things listed in Daniel 9:24 (the verse introducing verses 25-27).

(The words translated “desolate” in both Daniel 9:27 and Matthew 23:38 [Heb., shemamah; Gk., eremos] have to do with “a desert place” [cf. Matthew 12:43}. Contextually, the reference would be to a place void of water, life — void of the One Who said, “If any man thirst, let him come unto me, and drink” [John 7:37b]; void of the One Who said, “I am the way, the truth, and the life” [John 14:6a].

This is the condition in which Israel, whether in the land or out of the land, has existed for the past 2,000 years. And this coming desolator will have one dual goal in view — to not only make sure that the nation remains in its current desolate condition but attempt the complete destruction of this nation in the process, the same type destruction which God pronounced upon the Amalekites in Exodus 17:14, utterly blotting out any remembrance of Israel from under heaven [cf. Psalm 83:4].)

Viewing the Problem for Christians

The problem surrounding the whole of the matter has to do with something which few Christians seem to understand at all. In fact, the vast majority of Christians have matters completely turned around, understanding the situation in an opposite respect to the way that it actually exists.

And this situation centers around how some 6,000,000 Jews, presently in the land covenanted to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob through an everlasting covenant — forming the present nation of Israel — are to be viewed.

That is, are the Jewish people which have progressively been streaming back into the land from all parts of the earth since May 14, 1948 (when Israel declared statehood) a work of God fulfilling either ALL or PART of His numerous Old Testament promises to one day bring this to pass?

Or, is this a work of man in a Zionistic movement, completely apart from the fulfillment of ANY of God’s Old Testament promises to one day bring this to pass (though allowed by God in order to subsequently bring certain O.T. events to pass, which necessitate a nation existing in the land during the first half of Daniel’s Seventieth Week)?

(On the first part of the preceding [God presently restoring the Jewish people in accordance with either ALL or PART of His numerous promises to do so], which the vast majority of Christians viewing the matter would adhere to one way or the other, there are two major schools of thought.

Those forming one school of thought see God progressively restoring the Jewish people in accordance with ALL of His O.T. promises to do so, with some even seeing God healing the land as well [e.g., through reclaimed land for agricultural purposes, etc.].

Those forming the other school of thought recognize that restoring all of the Jewish people in an unbelieving and unrepentant state presents a problem; and they see God restoring only part of His people, in accordance with PARTICULAR O.T. promises, as somewhat of a preliminary Divine work, allowing God to later deal with them relative to their current state [either in or near the land; e.g., in Petra, where many of those holding both views believe that the Jews in the land will flee in the middle of the Tribulation (cf. Matthew 24:15ff)].

But, solely from a Biblical standpoint, both of the preceding schools of thought are completely flawed. In actuality, one is no more correct than the other. And either will take a person down the wrong path, preventing a proper understanding of end-time events surrounding Israel and the nations.

God, because of the continued disobedience of the Jewish people, had previously uprooted His people from their land and had driven them out among the nations. And it was here, among the nations, not in their own land, that God had decreed that He would deal with His people through Gentile persecution, ultimately effecting repentance.

And, if for no other reason, this is why the Jews presently in the land will have to be uprooted and driven back out among the nations, for this is where God had previously decreed that He would deal with them — not in the land, not in Petra, but out among the nations [ref. the author’s article, “The Woman in Revelation by Arlen Chitwood.pdf” and, in this site, Mystery of The Woman BOOK].)

That which has been occurring in the Middle East since May 14, 1948 CANNOT possibly be God restoring His people to their land in accordance with ANY Old Testament prophecy bearing on the subject, and showing this is a very simple matter if one remains solely within Scriptural guidelines.

And, with an open Bible, in one respect, it is amazing that any Christian would miss it; but, in another respect, because of the manner in which the vast majority of Christians view Scripture these days, particularly the types, the status quo in this respect is quite understandable.

There are a number of clearly delineated reasons why it would be quite impossible for God to presently be restoring the Jewish people to their land in fulfillment of ANY of His numerous promises to do so. Or, to state that another way, there are a number of clearly delineated reasons why God would be acting completely contrary to His Word — an impossibility — if He is presently restoring the Jewish people in accordance with ANY of His Old Testament promises to do so.

(For a number of these reasons and references to related material in different pamphlets, articles, and books, refer to the author’s article in this site, “Seventy Years, Four Hundred Ninety Years.”)

Viewing the Dilemma for Christians

The dilemma facing Christians today, pertaining to all of the preceding, has to do with the Jewish people presently in the land.

The Jewish People, through Zionistic efforts, have re-entered a house left desolate. They, apart from repentance, apart from their Messiah, and apart from allowing Him to effect their restoration, have sought to emancipate themselves from exile, return to their homeland in this manner, and resume Jewish sovereignty in the land of Israel. And they have done this while ignoring the fact that the complete house has been left “desolate,” “empty, swept, and garnished” (the people, their city [Jerusalem, which would include the Temple Mount], and their land).

And by doing this, through man’s efforts, before the time, the Jewish people have not only caused turmoil among nations in the Middle East, spreading out into the world at large, but have guaranteed that God’s reaction to that which has been done, resulting in His actions, will be multiplied SEVENFOLD.

The furnace will be heated SEVEN times hotter than it would have been — in this case, judgments during the coming Tribulation will be multiplied SEVENFOLD above what they would have been — had the Jewish people remained out among the nations where God had driven them (cf. Leviticus 26:18-31; Daniel 3:17-25; Matthew 12:43-45).

Resultingly, coupled with untold sufferings, two-thirds of the earth’s Jewish population will perish during this time (some 9,000,000 by today’s count).

Now, the dilemma surrounding all of this for Christians:

How can Christians befriend the Jewish people (Genesis 12:1-3; Matthew 25:31ff) but yet not give credence to that which they have done, i.e., befriend the Jewish people but, at the same time, not have a part in helping Israel continue attempting to circumnavigate God’s plans and purposes for the nation?

Answering the question will be left to the reader, through asking a question: How do you befriend anyone without participating in their activity?
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Word Document:   A Dilemma for Christians by Arlen Chitwood.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

Pamphlet form:  A Dilemma for Christians by Arlen Chitwood.pdf which is SAFE to open and print.  Designed for printing on letter size paper, both front and back; then folded into pocket size fit.

To website CONTENTS Page.
Ruth BOOK
By Arlen L. Chitwood of Lamp Broadcast
Ch. 10 Regality
FOREWORD

The book of Ruth contains a wealth of information concerning the Church.  Israel, of necessity, is seen throughout the book as well; but the central focus is on Christ and the Church, not on God and Israel.

Chapters one and two, along with verses 1-5 of chapter three (Ruth 1; 2; 3:1-5) — within the typical structure of the book — relate the complete history of the Church throughout the present dispensation.  Then, the latter part of chapter three and all of chapter four, relate that which will occur surrounding the Church following the present dispensation.

Chapter one centers on salvation by grace, the purpose for salvation, and two types of Christians (spiritual and carnal).  Chapter two, continuing, centers on the activity in which Christians are to be engaged throughout the dispensation.  Then chapter three reveals activity having to do more particularly with the judgment seat.  This chapter centers on the manner in which Christians are to presently be preparing themselves for their future appearance before Christ at His judgment seat, along with events surrounding this appearance.  And chapter four, bringing matters to a climax, has to do with Christ’s subsequent redemption of the inheritance and the bride previously revealed at the judgment seat becoming His wife, with the Messianic Era following.

In the preceding respect, Ruth presents a complete picture of Christ and the Church, from the time of the inception of the Church on the day of Pentecost in 33 A.D. to that future day when Christ and His consort queen exercise regal power in the Messianic kingdom.

The first part of the book (Ruth 1-3 a) would parallel that which is seen in the New Testament epistles; and the latter part of the book would parallel that which is seen both at the beginning and near the end of the book of Revelation (Revelation 1-5; 19 a), both immediately preceding and immediately following God completing His dealings with Israel during the final seven years of Daniel’s Seventy-Week prophecy (Revelation 6-18).

Thus, the book of Ruth parallels Scripture seen throughout most of the New Testament.  And, when studying either the book of Ruth or the New Testament epistles and the book of Revelation, to gain a proper understanding of either section, it is vitally important that Scripture be compared with Scripture.  One section must be studied in the light of the other, along with other sections of Scripture containing related subject matter as well (both the Old Testament and the New Testament).

This is simply one of the ways in which God has structured His Word, necessitating comparing Scripture with Scripture in order to gain a correct understanding of that which has been revealed.  God, through this means, has provided man with a complete revelation of Himself, His plans, and His purposes.

This complete revelation though can be seen only in one place — in the complete Word.  And it can be properly seen and understood through one means alone — through comparing parts of this revelation with other parts of this revelation, through “comparing spiritual things with spiritual” (1 Corinthians 2:9-13), viewing and studying the whole of Scripture in this manner.

In this respect, the book of Ruth is an integral and vital link to seeing and understanding the complete word picture that God has provided.  Not only must Ruth be viewed and studied in the light of related Scripture (e.g., Genesis, Exodus, Romans, Hebrews, Revelation, among numerous other books and places in Scripture) but related Scripture must be viewed and studied in the light of Ruth as well.

And the importance of the book of Ruth in this respect is self-evident.  This book is about Christ and the Church, and understanding God’s dealings with the Church in this respect is a central key to understanding the whole of Scripture.

Understand the message of the book of Ruth (comparing Scripture with Scripture), and you can understand not only what the present dispensation is about but that which the future holds for both the Church and Israel as well.  It was all foretold in the small book of Ruth over three millennia ago.
Chapter One
Israel and the Church

Now it came to pass, in the days when the judges ruled, that there was a famine in the land.  And a certain man of Bethlehem, Judah, went to dwell in the country of Moab, he and his wife and his two sons.

The name of the man was Elimelech, the name of his wife was Naomi, and the names of his two sons were Mahlon and Chilion-Ephrathites of Bethlehem, Judah.  And they went to the country of Moab and remained there. (Ruth 1:1-2)

There are two books in Scripture bearing the names of women who appear as principal characters in the books — the books of Ruth and Esther.  These are the only books in Scripture named for women; and an element of mystery surrounds both, for no one knows the identity of the person who wrote either book.

The book of Ruth has to do with events occurring during the days of the judges (Ruth 1:1).  Events during the days of the judges began following Joshua’s death and lasted until the time of Samuel the prophet, a period covering about three hundred years (which followed a period covering “about . . . four hundred fifty years,” going back to the birth of Isaac [Acts 13:17-20; ref. NASB, NIV]).  Events in the book of Ruth though cover a much smaller part of the time of the judges, occurring during the latter part of this period (Ruth 4:13-22), during about the middle or latter part of the twelfth century B.C.; and events in the book occurred both in a Gentile land (Moab) and in the land of Israel.

The book of Esther, on the other hand, has to do with events occurring about seven centuries later, in Persia (following not only the Babylonian captivity [about 605 B.C.] but also following the time when the Medes and the Persians conquered the kingdom of Babylon [about 538 B.C.]).  Events in the book of Esther would appear to have occurred during the first half of the fifth century B.C., about sixty years after the Medes and the Persians conquered Babylon (Esther 1:1; 2:5-6).

The book of Ruth, in its type-antitype structure, has to do with the Church.  And the book of Esther, in its type-antitype structure, has to do with Israel.  Ruth presents a complete overview of the history of the Church, and Esther presents a complete overview of the history of Israel.  But the emphasis in each book is not so much on the past and present as it is on the future.

In the book of Ruth, Ruth 1; 2 deal with the past and present; but Ruth 3; 4 deal almost entirely with future events, beginning with events surrounding the judgment seat at the end of the present dispensation.  And these events, along with subsequent events seen in Ruth 4, immediately precede and lead into the Messianic Era.

In the book of Esther, chapter one deals with the past and present; but chapters two through ten deal entirely with future events.  These last nine chapters deal with Israel mainly during seven unfulfilled years that remain in God’s dealings with this nation in order to complete Daniel’s Seventy-Week prophecy, ending with the restoration of Israel and the ushering in of the Messianic Kingdom.

In the preceding respect, the books of Ruth and Esther together provide a complete overview of God’s dealings with His people — both the Church and Israel — throughout the last 4,000 years of Man’s Day, leading into the Messianic Era.  Certain things are opened up and revealed in these two books after a manner not seen in other Old Testament books.  And these things form an integral part of God’s complete word pictures pertaining to both the Church and Israel in the Old Testament, providing different facets of information, apart from which these word pictures would be incomplete.

Then, insofar as the end of the matter is concerned — the realm where the emphasis is placed in both books — these two books together cover exactly the same period of time and deal with exactly the same events seen in the first twenty chapters of the book of Revelation.  Ruth covers matters relative to the Church during this period of time, and Esther covers matters relative to Israel during this same period.  And, in this respect, if an individual would properly understand that which has been revealed in these chapters in the book of Revelation, he must go back to the books of Ruth and Esther, along with sections of numerous other Old Testament books that would have a direct bearing on the subject (e.g., Genesis, Exodus, Isaiah, Ezekiel, Daniel).

There is no other way to properly understand the book of Revelation (or, for that matter, any other part of the New Testament).  All of the things opened up and revealed in the New were previously set forth, through various ways and means, in the Old.  Different Old Testament books deal with varying and particular facets of the matter — “here a little, and there a little” (Isaiah 28:10).  And since the New Testament has an inseparable connection of this nature with the Old, an individual must continually look back to and draw from the Old if he would properly understand the New.

The whole of the matter is by divine design, and only through viewing the whole together — after running all of the checks and balances through comparing Scripture with Scripture — can a person see the complete picture (comprised of word pictures dealing with both the Church and Israel), exactly as God would have man see it.

HISTORICAL SETTING FOR RUTH

Events in the book of Ruth, occurring during the latter part of the time when the judges ruled, appear to cover a period lasting no more than about two decades.  And, since King David (Israel’s second king) was the great grandson of the two principle individuals in the book — Boaz and Ruth (Ruth 4:17) — one can know that most of the events in the book occurred during the second generation preceding the ascension of Israel’s first king, Saul.

Saul ascended the throne about the middle of the eleventh century B.C. (about 1050 B.C.) and reigned for forty years.  This would thus place events in the book of Ruth occurring about the middle or latter part of the preceding century.

The period of the judges, during which events in the book of Ruth occurred, is marked by two things:  (1) disobedience on the part of the Jewish people, and (2) God’s reaction to their disobedience (which had to do with anger, followed by a chastisement of the Jewish people to bring about their repentance; and this was followed each time by God raising up one or more individuals [one or more judges] to deliver His people).

During Moses and Joshua’s day, God had commanded His people to drive out all of the Gentile nations inhabiting the land.  But, following Joshua’s death, the Israelites gradually began to cease driving these nations out (cf. Deuteronomy 7:1-2, 16, 22-24; Joshua 23:1-5; Judges 1:1, 19, 21, 27-33).  Then, disobedience at this point resulted in other forms of disobedience — something that the Lord had previously called to the people’s attention and had warned them about (cf. Exodus 23:33; Deuteronomy 7:4, 16; 12:30).

God, through Moses, had laid down the rules and regulations (the Law) that His people were to follow within the theocracy.  But, after failing to drive the Gentile nations out of the land, that which God had warned His people about began to occur.  The Jewish people, over time, found themselves gradually being influenced and conforming more and more to the ways and practices of the pagan Gentile nations dwelling in the land with them.  And, as a result, rather than the Jewish people following that which God had stated in His Word, this period is marked by a departure from the Word.  Scripture reveals one central manner of living on the part of God’s people during this time:

. . . everyone did what was right in his own eyes. (Judges 17:6; 21:25)

And God reacted accordingly.  God reacted in exact accordance with that which He had previously revealed in His Word through Moses.

There is a repeated sequence in the book of Judges relative to the Jewish people’s disobedience and God’s reaction to their disobedience.  In Judges 2, this sequence is given, setting the stage for that seen throughout the remainder of the book:

a) Israel’s action:

Then the children of Israel did evil in the sight of the LORD, and served the Baals;

and they forsook the LORD God of their fathers . . . and they followed other gods . . . . (Judges 2:11-12a)

b) The Lord’s reaction:

And the anger of the LORD was hot against Israel. So He delivered them into the hands of plunderers . . . and He sold them into the hands of their enemies . . .

Wherever they went out, the hand of the LORD was against them for calamity, as the LORD had said, and as the LORD had sworn to them . . . . (Judges 2:14-15a [14a])

c) Israel’s reaction:

And they were greatly distressed [which would lead to repentance]. (Judges 2:15b)

d) That which the Lord then did:

Nevertheless, the LORD raised up judges who delivered them out of the hand of those who plundered them. (Judges 2:16)

When the Israelites fell into sin, God reacted through using that which had resulted from His people’s previous failure — Gentile nations remaining in the land, contrary to His command — as a means to bring about their repentance.  He delivered the disobedient Israelites into the hands of the same pagan nations that they had previously failed to drive out (Judges 2:21-23).  And, following His people being brought to the place of repentance through a judgment of this nature, God then raised up one or more individuals to deliver them out of the hands of the Gentiles.

Beginning in chapter three, when God raised up the first judge to deliver his people, repentance on Israel’s part is seen first.  That is, God delivered His people into the hands of the Gentiles, the people repented, and God then raised up an individual to deliver them out of the hands of the Gentiles.  And this same order is continued through eleven of the fourteen judges whom God raised up (Judges 3:7-9, 12-15; 4:1-4; 6:1-14; 10:6-18; 11:1ff).

Then, following the death of the eleventh judge (Judges 12:15), though the same sequence is seen beginning again (with Israel’s disobedience), certain changes occur in the complete cycle of events this time:

Again the children of Israel did evil . . . and the LORD delivered them into the hand of the Philistines for forty years. (Judges 13:1)

For the first time there was a forty-year period in which the Israelites found themselves in subjection to the Gentiles.  “Forty” is one of several numbers used in Scripture to show completeness, and the number appears numerous times in Scripture in this respect (e.g., Moses’ life is divided into three separate and distinct forty-year periods, Moses was on Mount Sinai forty days and nights, the disobedient Israelites under Moses wandered in the wilderness for forty years, each of Israel's first three kings reigned for forty years, Christ was tempted by Satan for forty days and nights, and Christ had a forty-day post-resurrection ministry prior to His ascension).

In this respect, because of Israel’s disobedience, God gave His people into the hands of the Gentiles (the Philistines) for a complete period of time.  And this complete period could only have followed a completion of Israel’s disobedience over the years.  That is to say, Israel’s cup of iniquity had apparently become full (cf. Genesis 15:16), with God acting accordingly.

However, there is no record of the Israelites repenting and crying out for deliverance during these forty years.  Nevertheless, God raised up Samson during this time as the twelfth judge, stating that he would “begin to deliver Israel out of the hand of the Philistines” (Judges 13:5b).  Full deliverance though could not occur until after the Israelites had repented, something not seen until the days of Samuel the prophet, the fourteenth and last judge (following Eli [1 Samuel 7:3-15]).

It was sometime during the latter part of the period of the judges that events in the book of Ruth occurred.  These events occurred during the latter time of these repeated cycles of Israel’s disobedience, the Lord’s anger being manifested, repentance occurring on Israel’s part, and one or more individuals being raised up to deliver the Jewish people.  And these events occurred during a time when probably less and less thought was being given to repentance by the Jewish people (having progressively been hardened to sin over time, as their cup of iniquity continued to fill).  But God always remained faithful and raised up deliverers nonetheless.

(E.g., note events surrounding Christ’s first coming.  Though the Jewish people were unrepentant at this time [with deliverance contingent upon repentance], God still sent a Deliverer [knowing, in His omniscience, that these unrepentant people would reject and crucify this Deliverer — following a pattern seen in Jewish history, but resulting in the direst of consequences this time (Matthew 23:34-39)].)

TYPICAL STRUCTURE OF RUTH

Events in the book of Ruth relate different facets of exactly the same story told over and over, time after time, during the days of the judges — sin, followed by deliverance.  This is the way in which the book both begins and ends, dealing in this respect with not only Israel and the Gentile nations but with the Church as well.  And the book, though beginning with the former, centers on the latter.  The book is centrally about Christ and the Church, not about God and Israel.

The book of Ruth begins by showing a Jewish family driven from their own land into a Gentile land because of a famine in the land of Israel (which could only be traced back to Jewish disobedience [cf. Deuteronomy 28:1-25]).  Then, prior to anything being stated about the family returning to the land, death began to overtake them.  Three members of the family died.  The father, Elimelech, and his two sons, Mahlon and Chilion, died in the land of Moab (Ruth 1:3, 5).

But the complete family was spared from death in a Gentile land.  One person, Naomi, remained to return back to the land of Israel when the famine was over.  Naomi, in a Gentile land, heard that “the LORD had visited His people by giving them bread” (Ruth 1:6); and she returned to the land of Israel, where Boaz resided (a near kinsman, in charge of a field [which points to the worldcf. Matthew 13:38], who would prove to be the deliverer).

This brief account relates the complete history of Israel, beginning with the people’s disobedience during the days of Moses and later repeated over and over as recorded in the book of Judges.  Because of disobedience, numerous times in history, along with the present time, the Jewish people found/find themselves without bread.  And, as in the experiences of the family of Elimelech during the days when the judges ruled, the nation today finds itself not only without bread but uprooted from the land, scattered among the Gentile nations, and at the mercy of these same nations.

During this time in the type, as previously noted, three Jews died in a Gentile land.  “Three” is a complete number in Scripture, showing divine perfection.  In this respect, in the type, the death of three Jews in a Gentile land showed a completeness in God’s judgment because of Israel’s disobedience.

The length of time during which divine perfection in God’s judgment would be carried out is also given following the death of Elimelech:  “. . . And they dwelt there [in Moab] about ten years” (Ruth 1:4b).  “Ten” is the number of ordinal completion, showing that they remained in Moab for a complete period of time.

And it would be exactly the same today for the Jewish people scattered among the nations.  There will be no visitation from the Lord, providing bread, until there is a completeness in God’s judgment, resulting from a past disobedience of the Jewish people.  And, as shown by the number “ten” in the type, this judgment will occur during a complete period of time — a set period, predetermined by God in the beginning.  Israel will remain scattered among the nations during a complete, predetermined period, which is part and parcel with the Seventy-Sevens that God has “determined” upon the Jewish people in Daniel 9:24-27. In the case of the Seventy-Sevens, the Seventieth Seven (a concluding period of seven years) will complete the period of God’s judgment upon His people because of their disobedience.

(Note something about the death of three Jews in a Gentile land in the type and the death of millions of Jews, throughout centuries of time, in Gentile lands in the antitype:

There should be no Jewish graves in Gentile lands.  The Jewish people were not called out of Egypt to dwell in and eventually die in Gentile lands. But the Jewish people and the Jewish graves are there today, scattered throughout Gentile lands worldwide.  And they are there for a single reason:  Israel’s disobedience.  And they bear testimony to one thing:  God has remained faithful to that which He stated in His Word relative to Israel’s disobedience.

[God has done exactly what He stated that He would do (Leviticus 26:33-39; Deuteronomy 28:37, 64-67).  One can stand in the middle of a Jewish cemetery in a Gentile land, with an open Bible in his hand, and view the history of Israel from the days of Moses to the present day two different ways.  He can view this history from the pages of Scripture, or he can view this history from the perspective of the Jewish graves surrounding him.  Both bear testimony to and relate exactly the same story.]

Had the Jewish people remained faithful and obeyed that which God commanded, they would have remained in the land within a theocracy.  Occupying this position in the land, they would have been established at the head of the nations, with the nations being ruled by and blessed through Israel.

But unfaithfulness and disobedience marked the route that the Jewish people took, time after time.  And time after time God allowed the Gentile nations in the land [nations that Israel had failed to drive out] to subdue and rule over them, with deliverance following each time.

All these things occurred in the land itself, but the day finally arrived when Israel’s cup of iniquity became full, in a sense beyond that [or typified by that] seen in the forty-year period of Judges 13:1 [note previous remarks on this forty-year period in the light of Genesis 15:16].  Then, when this time arrived, God allowed Gentile nations from outside the land to come into the land and uproot His people, carrying them captive into surrounding Gentile lands.  And from these surrounding lands, the Israelites were subsequently scattered throughout all lands, scattered among the Gentile nations of the earth.

This uprooting and scattering of the Jewish people began to occur over 2,700 years ago (with the Assyrian captivity [about 722 B.C.], continuing with the Babylonian captivity [about 605 B.C.]), with the Israelites still remaining scattered among the nations today.  And throughout this time, Jewish graves have appeared in Gentile lands worldwide, during centuries of time, bearing witness to that which has been done by both Israel and the God of Israel.

But this is not where matters end.  God’s faithfulness to His revealed Word (cf. Psalm 138:2) must not only involve Israel’s uprooting and scattering but the nation’s eventual restoration as well.  The complete outworking of all God’s plans and purposes surrounding Israel can be brought to pass only with a restored nation dwelling in the land covenanted to Abraham and his progeny and, in this land, fulfilling that which God called Israel to do in the beginning.

In this respect, the goal toward which everything moves relative to Israel will occur when the Deliverer one day appears [reappears in Israel’s case], and there will once again be bread in the land.  This is seen occurring with respect to one family in the book of Ruth, and it is seen occurring in the book of Judges during a time when the story was repeated over and over with respect to the entire nation.)

As previously stated though, this story of Israel (with which the book opens) is not really the central message of the book of Ruth.  Esther is the book that centers on Israel, not Ruth.  But, unlike Esther, Ruth also opens with events surrounding Christ and the Church.  And though Israel, of necessity, must remain in the picture throughout this book, revelation in the book centers on Christ and the Church, not on God and Israel.

Israel is introduced in a typical manner at the first of the book.  Then, Israel is seen in this same typical manner throughout the book for reasons which, from a Scriptural standpoint, can only be obvious.

Apart from Israel, nothing revealed in the book relative to Christ and the Church could exist.  “Israel” is the pupil of God’s eye (Deuteronomy 32:8-10; Zechariah 2:8 [“apple,” KJV, should be translated “pupil” in both references]).  God, in this respect, views His complete dealings with mankind through the nation of Israel.

God revealed early in the book of Genesis that He would deal with mankind at large through a particular segment of mankind.  Among the three sons of Noah, God singled out Shem immediately following the Flood as the one through whom such dealings would occur (Genesis 9:26-27); and slightly over four centuries later, God singled out a particular descendant of Shem, Abraham, through whom His dealings with mankind would continue to be worked out (Genesis 11:10-26; 12:1-3).

And matters of this nature must be carried out in the manner that God has decreed or they cannot be carried out at all.  God has decreed that all spiritual blessings are to flow through Abraham and his seed, which is revealed to be through Isaac, Jacob, Jacob’s twelve sons, and their progeny — i.e., through the nation of Israel; God has provided mankind with a Jewish Savior, whose lineage can be traced back to Abraham and Shem; all things about this Savior were foretold in a Jewish book (God’s revelation to man, given through Jewish prophets); and Christians have been grafted into a Jewish trunk, having become “Abraham’s seed and heirs according to the promise” through their positional standing “in Christ,” who is Abraham’s Seed (cf. Genesis 12:1-3; Psalm 147:19-20; Matthew 2:2; Romans 11:17; Galatians 3:29; Ephesians 2:11-15).

Thus, it becomes a simple matter to see and understand that none of the things revealed about Christ and the Church could exist apart from Israel.  And this is why events in the book of Ruth, though not dealing centrally with Israel, cannot occur apart from Israel being seen someplace in the picture throughout the book.

1)  CHAPTERS ONE AND TWO

Relative to the central message of the book, chapters one and two outline events extending from the time two Gentile women (Ruth and Orpah) become members of a Jewish family to the time one of these women (Ruth) is seen gleaning in the field of a near kinsman (Boaz) during the time of barley and wheat harvest.

A)  TYPE

Following Elimelech’s death, Mahlon and Chilion both married Moabite women — Ruth and Orpah, respectively.  Then, sometime later, Mahlon and Chilion died, leaving Naomi with her two daughters-in-law.

Though death had dissolved the marriage relationship, the family relationship continued.  Ruth and Orpah were still members of Naomi’s family.  They were still Naomi’s “daughters-in-law” (Ruth 1:4-6; 2:20).

Thus, the book opens with two Gentile women who had become members of a Jewish family through marriage.  And, following the death of their husbands, this family relationship with Naomi then had a connection with death.

Everything following this point in the account is based on an existing family relationship of this nature (widowed Gentile women, who are members of a Jewish family, where death is involved in the family relationship).  Matters had to be established in this manner first.  Only then could Ruth and Orpah occupy their respective positions seen in the story.

The story through the book though is centrally about Ruth, not about both Ruth and Orpah.  Only Ruth chose to cleave unto Naomi and to her God, traveling with her to another land.  Orpah chose to turn back to the Moabite people and to their gods, in the land where she dwelled (Ruth 1:15-17).

Ruth traveled with Naomi to Bethlehem (the house of bread), in another land (Ruth 1:18-22); and in that land she found herself working in the field of a near kinsman, Boaz (Ruth 2:1ff).  It was the time of barley and wheat harvest, and the whole of chapter two is taken up with Ruth working in Boaz’s field from morning until evening, from the beginning to the end of the harvest.

B)  ANTITYPE

As two Gentiles in the type occupied a family relationship with Naomi following the death of their Jewish husbands, Gentiles throughout the present dispensation occupy a family relationship with the one which Naomi typifies, Israel, through the death of a Jew.  Individuals are saved by Christ’s death and shed blood; and they, through a work of the Spirit during the present dispensation — an immersion in the Spirit — occupy a positional standing “in Christ.”  And, within this positional standing, because Christ is Abraham’s Seed, they become “Abraham’s seed and heirs according to the promise” (Galatians 3:26-29).

Then, as in the type, Christians find themselves in a position where they can govern their lives in one of two fashions.  They can either look out ahead toward another land (a heavenly) and glean in the field (the world) belonging to the Near Kinsman (Christ), or they can look back to and involve themselves in the things of this present world system.  The choice is theirs to make.  They can, as Ruth, turn to the things that have a connection with the Jewish people, a land, and a Redeemer; or they can, as Orpah, turn back to the things of this present world system, with its god (Satan). Regardless, their family relationship will remain unaffected, but not so with that seen throughout the remainder of the book of Ruth.

2)  CHAPTERS THREE AND FOUR

Relative to the central message of the book, chapters three and four outline events extending from the time Ruth prepared herself for meeting Boaz on his threshing floor, relative to both her widowhood and a forfeited inheritance, to the time Boaz had not only redeemed the inheritance but, through this redemptive process, had taken Ruth as his wife as well.

A)  TYPE

With a view to her widowhood and the redemption of a forfeited inheritance — an inheritance belonging to Naomi’s family — Ruth prepared herself for meeting Boaz (a near kinsman) on his threshing floor.  And she prepared herself in a threefold manner.  She washed herself, anointed herself, and properly arrayed herself (Ruth 3:3).

On the threshing floor, because of laws governing the Jewish people and because of Ruth’s identity and proper preparation, Boaz was under obligation to do as Ruth requested (which she made known, through her actions, once on the threshing floor in Boaz’s presence).

Then the remainder of the story is taken up with Boaz’s redemptive act at the gate of the city (Ruth 4:1ff).  Boaz redeemed the inheritance, Ruth became his wife in the process, and the book ends with a brief account of the lineage of this union, extending to King David.

B)  ANTITYPE

Proper preparation for meeting Christ on His threshing floor (at His judgment seat [Matthew 3:12]) would occur during the present dispensation.  Christians, working in the field (Ruth 2:1ff) in a proper manner would also be properly preparing themselves in the same threefold manner seen in Ruth 3:3.

Washing oneself has to do with cleansing (keeping oneself clean from the defilement connected with this present world system), anointing oneself has to do with the filling of the Spirit, and putting on raiment has to do with the wedding garment.  This is the threefold manner in which Christians are to presently be preparing themselves, with a view to meeting Christ on His threshing floor.

It is here that faithful Christians, typified by Ruth, will find themselves in the same position in which Ruth found herself on Boaz’s threshing floor.  And Christ, in like manner, typified by Boaz, will find Himself at this future time in the same position in which Boaz found himself.

A redemption of the forfeited inheritance will then occur (which will have to do with a territory, as in the type [a “field,” i.e., the world, the earth; cf. Ruth 4:5; Matthew 13:38]); and Christ, as Boaz, will take the one typified by Ruth as His wife in the process (cf. Ruth 4:9-13; Revelation 5:1-19:9).

Then, through carrying Boaz and Ruth’s genealogy to King David, regality is seen beyond this point in the type.  And this is where matters will end in the antitype as well — when a descendant of Boaz, the one greater than David, takes the kingdom and, with His wife as consort queen, reigns over the redeemed inheritance, reigns over the earth.
Chapter Two
From Among the Gentiles

Then Elimelech, Naomi's husband, died; and she was left, and her two sons.

Now they took wives of the women of Moab: the name of the one was Orpah, and the name of the other Ruth. And they dwelt there about ten years.

Then both Mahlon and Chilion also died; so the woman survived her two sons and her husband. (Ruth 1:3-5)

The book of Ruth, as the whole of Scripture, deals with salvation.  This book, to an extent, deals with salvation as it pertains to Israel; but this is not the central focus of the message seen throughout the book.  Rather, this book deals centrally with salvation as it pertains to a nation separate from Israel.  This book deals centrally with the “nation” in Matthew 21:43 that would be allowed to bring forth fruit for the proffered kingdom, the “holy nation” in 1 Peter 2:9.

That is to say, the book of Ruth deals centrally with Christ and the Church, for the Church is that nation called into existence to be the recipient of the kingdom that Israel rejected at Christ’s first coming.  But the things revealed about the Church in this book could not have been brought to pass apart from the prior existence of Israel.  God’s dealings with Israel preceding the existence of the Church were of such a nature that the existence of the Church and God’s subsequent dealings with the Church could be brought to pass only because of His prior dealings with Israel.

Though Israel and the Church are separate and distinct entities, an inseparable connection of this nature exists between the two (ref. chapter 1 of this book).  Accordingly, the book of Ruth begins, continues, and ends in a manner dealing with both Israel and the Church, though centering on the Church, not on Israel.

In relation to Israel, the book of Ruth begins with the nation in a Gentile land, because of disobedience (Ruth 1a).  The book then continues with a dual picture regarding Israel:  (1) showing Israel’s national restoration at a future date, but more specifically (2) showing the place that Israel occupies in relation to Christians during the present dispensation (Ruth 1-3 [1b]).  And the book ends by showing that which is in store for Israel at a yet future date, following both the redemption of the inheritance and Israel’s restoration (Ruth 4).

In relation to the Church, the book of Ruth begins with salvation by grace (Ruth 1a).  The book then continues with the purpose for salvation (Ruth 1b), proper preparation in order that Christians might realize this revealed purpose (Ruth 2-3a), and with a time of reckoning at the end of the dispensation (Ruth 3b).  And the book ends by showing that which is in store for Christians at a yet future date, following not only the redemption of the inheritance but also Christ and His co-heirs (Christ and His consort queen) taking the kingdom (Ruth 4).

Thus, the book of Ruth ends at the same place for both Israel and the Church.  The Messianic Kingdom follows the redemption of the inheritance; and the book ends with both Israel and the Church in the Messianic Kingdom, realizing their respective callings in relation to the redeemed inheritance.

(In the preceding respect, Israel, dealt with in the book of Ruth as matters pertain to the Church, is seen somewhat in the background, with the Church seen in the foreground.  This would be in direct contrast to the way matters are presented in the book of Esther.  In this book, Israel alone is seen in the foreground, with the Church not seen at all.)

MEMBERS OF THE FAMILY

A major mistake is often made by individuals relative to salvation when studying the book of Ruth.  Salvation by grace through faith is often erroneously viewed from the perspective of Boaz’s redemptive work in chapter four, though this chapter has absolutely nothing to do with the matter.

Rather, this chapter has to do with teachings surrounding a future redemptive work of Christ on behalf of those who are already saved.  That is, it has to do with a future redemptive work on behalf of those who have already been removed from among the Gentiles (along with believing Jews as well) and are presently members of the family.

Salvation by grace through faith in the book of Ruth is seen at the very beginning of the book, in the opening verses of Ruth 1, not toward the end of the book in Ruth 4.  The redemptive work seen in chapter four has to do with events that will occur after the present dispensation has run its course and following events surrounding the judgment seat.

Further, the future redemptive work seen in this chapter has to do with an inheritance.  And, beyond that, this redemptive work will include Christ taking the previously revealed bride (previously revealed at the judgment seat) as His wife, exactly as Boaz took Ruth as his wife in connection with his redemptive work in the type.

1)  BY DEATH

Ruth and Orpah, aliens in a Gentile land (cf. Ephesians 2:12), became members of a Jewish family that had been driven into this land — Elimelech’s family, consisting of his wife, Naomi, and their two sons, Mahlon and Chilion.  Ruth and Orpah became members of this Jewish family via marriage.  Ruth married Mahlon, and Orpah married Chilion (cf. Ruth 1:4; 4:10).

But time is not spent in the book on anything relating to their lives together in Moab.  Rather, after a simple statement concerning their marriage and the length of time that had transpired since this Jewish family had come into Moab (“about ten years”), another simple statement immediately follows concerning the death of Naomi’s two sons (Ruth 1:4-5).

Death dissolved the marriage relationship.  But, even so, Ruth and Orpah are still seen as members of the family, with both still being referred to as Naomi’s “daughters-in-law” (Ruth 1:6-7; cf. Ruth 2:20).  And the account in the book continues with Ruth and Orpah viewed in this respect.

Thus, Ruth and Orpah are seen in the unfolding story in the book as members of a Jewish family by a means where death has entered into the picture.  With the marriage relationship dissolved by death, this relationship can no longer be in view throughout the continuing story.  Rather, death is that which has been brought into view; and death is the only thing about the existing relationship that can remain in view.

And, moving from type to antitype, the thought of death in connection with the family relationship as the only thing remaining in view is easy to see.  The book deals with the present dispensation and the salvation of Gentiles (though it would be the same for unsaved Jews during the dispensation as well, with salvation being the same for anyone in any dispensation [through death and shed blood]).

It is only through the death of Another that Gentiles (or Jews) can be saved, becoming members of the family.  It is only through the death and shed blood of Christ that Gentiles, “who once were far off have been brought near” (1 Corinthians 15:3; Ephesians 2:13).  And unsaved Jews, though still Abraham’s seed in their unsaved state, are also estranged from God — not in the same alienated sense as Gentiles (“without God”), but in the sense that unsaved Jews and unsaved Gentiles alike are spiritually dead — and are brought near through the same means.  And, “in Christ,” both (saved Jews and saved Gentiles alike) become members of the same family and are “Abraham’s seed” in exactly the same manner within this family.

A person (whether Jew or Gentile) believes on the Lord Jesus Christ (Acts 16:30-31).  The Spirit then breathes life into that individual, on the basis of Christ’s finished work at Calvary, and the individual passes “from death to life.”  He, through this means, experiences the birth from above (John 3:3, 6-7; 5:24; Ephesians 2:1).

Then, in conjunction with the preceding, there is a work of the Spirit peculiarly related to the present dispensation, which occurs at the same time as the birth from above.  The individual is immersed in the Spirit, which places him positionally in Christ” and allows him to become part of the “one new man,” the “holy nation” — an entity comprised mainly of individuals (saved Gentiles) “who once were not a people but are now the people of God” (cf. Ephesians 2:15; 1 Peter 2:9-10).  And, because Christ is “Abraham’s Seed,” they too are “Abraham’s seed” (Galatians 3:16, 29).

(This family relationship has to do with the one new man and with those comprising the one new man being “Abraham’s seed” through their positional standing “in Christ,” who is “Abraham’s Seed” [Galatians 3:26-29].

Unsaved Jews and unsaved Gentiles alike find themselves being saved and becoming part of the one new man through exactly the same means — believing on the Lord Jesus Christ.  For the Jew, it is moving from one position to another relative to “the commonwealth of Israel.”  For the Gentile, it is moving from an alienated position to exactly the same position held by the believing Jew relative to this commonwealth [Ephesians 2:12-15].

The word “commonwealth” is a translation of the Greek word politeia, which has to do with “citizenship,” or “government.”  Regal implications are involved, and that which is in view has to do with the heavenly sphere of the kingdom [that sphere of the kingdom that was taken from Israel and, during the present dispensation, is being extended to those comprising the one new man].

Saved Jews and saved Gentiles, having become new creations “in Christ” and forming the one new man [2 Corinthians 5:17], are “fellow heirs” [Ephesians 3:6] in relation to the proffered heavenly promises and blessings.  And, for those who, “in Christ,” are “Abraham’s seed, and heirs according to the promise,” everything goes back to Abraham and draws from God’s promises made to Abraham [Genesis 12:1-3; 22:17, 18; Galatians 3:29].)

2)  THE FULLNESS OF THE GENTILES

The fullness of the Gentiles,” as it relates to the present dispensation, will be brought to pass in the preceding manner.  This has to do with God visiting “the Gentiles, to take out of them a people for His name.”  God’s work in this respect occurs during a time when Israel is blinded “in part,” because of the nation’s past disobedience (“in part” because numerous individual Jews, separate from the nation, have not been blinded and are being saved during the present dispensation).  Then, following God removing from among the Gentiles “a people for His name,” Israel’s “blindness in part” will be brought to an end (after the nation has repented).  The Jewish people’s eyes will be opened, with deliverance then being provided for the nation (cf. Luke 24:16-31; Acts 2:36-39; 3:19-23; 15:14-18; Romans 11:24-26).

One of the best ways to understand “the fullness of the Gentiles” in the light of God’s dealings with Israel, along with understanding God’s complete plans and purposes surrounding both, is to view the whole of the matter in the light of Daniel’s Seventy-Week prophecy in Daniel 9:24-27.  This prophecy has to do with seventy-sevens of years — 490 years — “determined” upon the Jewish people and the city of Jerusalem, which God has decreed must come to pass in order to bring all things surrounding the Jewish people to the goal of the nation’s calling.

And carrying matters to an end in this respect, “the fullness of the Gentiles” must be seen as fitting someplace within the time line of Daniel’s prophecy, for God’s work in this respect must occur before Israel is restored (as seen in the prophecy).  This is the clear teaching of any Scripture dealing with the subject (e.g., Genesis 24; 25; Acts 15:14-18; Romans 11:24-26).

Daniel’s Seventy-Week prophecy begins at a certain time in history and ends with Israel in the Messianic Kingdom.  However, there is a break in the prophecy, when time (time comprising the 490 years set forth in the prophecy) is not being counted.  In relation to time in this prophecy, God stopped the chronometer, so to speak, at a certain point in the prophecy (seven years short of completion); and it is during this period, when time in the prophecy is not being counted, that God brings into existence a new dispensation and turns to the Gentiles to take out of them “a people for His name.”

Time in the prophecy began with “the going forth of the command to restore and build Jerusalem” (Daniel 9:25a), which can only refer to a command given about 444 B.C. by Artaxerxes, the ruler in the Medo-Persian Empire from 465 to 423 B.C.

Artaxerxes succeeded Xerxes on the throne.  And Xerxes is probably to be identified with Ahasuerus in the book of Esther (Ahasuerus is a title or family name, similar to Herod in the gospel accounts).  Thus, if Xerxes and Ahasuerus are the same person, time in the Seventy-Week prophecy began shortly after events in the book of Esther occurred.  And time in Daniel’s prophecy would end at the same point seen in the book of Esther, among numerous other places in Scripture — with Israel restored, in the Messianic Kingdom.

But God stepped in seven years short of the prophecy being completed, stopped the chronometer in relation to time being fulfilled in the prophecy, set Israel aside, and called into existence a new nation (the one new man “in Christ”).  And God would deal with this new nation during an entirely separate dispensation, with time in the dispensation transpiring while the chronometer was stopped in relation to Daniel’s prophecy (at the end of 483 years but before the 484th year had begun).

Though the time when this break would occur is revealed through reference to an event in the prophecy, occurring at the end of sixty-nine sevens (483 years), nothing at any point in the prophecy portends a break.  That is, though this event in relation to time is given, the break is not really seen in the prophecy itself per se.  Rather, the break is seen through comparing Scripture with Scripture, through viewing the prophecy in the light of other Scripture.

This break in the prophecy occurs in verse twenty-six, between two revealed events:

And after the sixty-two weeks [plus seven weeks from the previous verse — sixty-nine weeks in all, sixty-nine sevens, 483 years] Messiah shall be cut off, but not for Himself; and the people of the prince who is to come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary . . . . (Daniel 9:26)

This break in the prophecy occurs at the time Israel’s Messiah is “cut off [crucified, probably 33 A.D.].”  That which then follows in the prophecy — “. . . and the people of the prince who is to come . . . .” — relates to events that can occur only beyond the break, beyond the present dispensation, when God once again resumes His dealings with Israel.

All events detailed in the prophecy must occur within the actual scope of time covered by the prophecy, not during the break when time in the prophecy is not being counted.  Thus, these events relating to “the people of the prince . . . ,” can occur only after the chronometer once again begins marking time in relation to the prophecy, with the remaining seven years of the prophecy (seven unfulfilled years of the past dispensation) then being brought to pass.

Thus, Israel’s Messiah was to be cut off, crucified, after 483 years of the prophecy had elapsed (at the full end of 483 years, but still within time covered by the prophecy [for this, as an event seen in the prophecy, must be placed within time covered by the prophecy]).

Time from the beginning of 444 B.C. to the end of 33 A.D. is 477 years.  But these are solar years, using a 365.25-day year in the computations.  Scripture uses a 360-day year, based on the movement of the moon around the earth rather than the movement of the earth around the sun.  Thus, the 477 solar years have to be changed to lunar years, for Daniel’s prophecy is based on a 360-day year, not on a 365.25-day year.

And making this change, using 477 years, will leave the time about one year over the full 483 years required to fit the prophecy.  However, only parts of the beginning and ending years are to be used in the computations, for the two referenced events in the prophecy (Artaxerxes’ command, and Messiah’s crucifixion) occurred at times within these two years.  And deleting time in each year accordingly will remove about an additional year, making the time from the going forth of Artaxerxes’ command to Christ’s crucifixion (using 444 B.C. and 33 A.D.) 483 years of 360 days each.

(Bible students over the years have used different dates for Christ’s crucifixion [ranging from 29 A.D. to 33 A.D.], none of which can really be verified.  Using either 32 A.D. [ref. The Coming Prince, by Sir Robert Anderson] or 33 A.D. [ref. The Bible Knowledge Commentary] would seem to fit Daniel’s prophecy best, in accord with the best dates that secular history can provide for the command given by Artaxerxes, referenced in the prophecy [445 B.C. or 444 B.C.].

However, there is another way to view the matter, using another date provided by secular history, which would appear to favor 33 A.D. as the year of the crucifixion.  Note that Jerusalem was destroyed by the Romans under Titus in 70 A.D.  Preceding this time there was an offer and a re-offer of the kingdom of the heavens to Israel.  The offer began with John the Baptist and continued with Christ, the Twelve, and the Seventy.  The offer continued for about three or three and one-half years and culminated with Israel spurning the offer and crucifying her Messiah.  Then the re-offer of the kingdom to Israel began following the inception of the Church, with the ministry of the Apostles and others; and it continued for about three decades, until the time of Acts 28:28.

The offer began with a call for Israel’s repentance [Matthew 3:1-2], and it continued this way throughout not only the entire offer but the re-offer as well [cf. Matthew 4:17; 10:1-14; Luke 10:1-12; Acts 2:16-39].  And the way in which the number “forty” is used in Scripture, showing completeness [cf. Numbers 14:34; Luke 4:2; Acts 1:3], Israel was apparently given forty years to repent [a complete period of time, with judgment to follow this allotted period if the nation did not repent].  This would be in complete accord with the parable of the marriage festival in Matthew 22:1-14, providing a forewarning concerning the coming destruction of Jerusalem, which would follow Israel’s refusal to repent and final rejection of the proffered kingdom [Matthew 22:7].

In the preceding respect, John the Baptist’s ministry — calling Israel to repentance, with a view to the kingdom — must have begun in 30 A.D., forty years prior to Jerusalem’s destruction.  And since Christ’s subsequent ministry covered about three to three and one-half years, 33 A.D. would appear to be the correct date for the crucifixion.)

In the final analysis though, man’s reasoning and secular historical dates must be brought in line with Daniel’s prophecy.  Exactly 483 years, to the day (cf. Exodus 12:40-41), from the time that Artaxerxes command went forth (which, if not 444 B.C., would be very close to this date) would bring an individual up to events surrounding Christ’s crucifixion (which, if not 33 A.D., would be very close to this date).

And the Jews 2,000 years ago, as time in the prophecy neared the end of 483 years, should have known that Messiah was present and was about to be “cut off,” slain in accord with other Old Testament prophecies (e.g., Isaiah 53:1ff; Zechariah 12:10; 13:6).  But, insofar as the record goes, there was only silence in this respect.

(It may appear strange that the religious leaders in Israel did not look to their own Scriptures and call this matter to the people’s attention.  They could have looked at Daniel’s prophecy, looked back in history at the beginning time for the prophecy [even if unsure about the exact date, it could only have been very close], and easily computed time in the prophecy and put things together.  But they didn’t.

The preceding occurred in Israel near the end of the past dispensation [with seven years yet remaining to complete the dispensation].  But note that something very similar is occurring in Christendom near the end of the present dispensation.

Time during each of the three dispensations comprising Man’s Day lasts exactly 2,000 years, with Man’s Day lasting 6,000 years and the Lord’s Day lasting a succeeding 1,000 years [ref. the author’s book, in this site, The Study of Scripture BOOK, chapter 5. “Ages and Dispensations”].  And almost no one is calling attention to the fact that the allotted time for the present dispensation is almost over.

The religious leaders in Christendom today are doing exactly the same thing that the religious leaders in Israel did almost 2,000 years ago — failing to check to see what the Scriptures have to say about the matter, making a few simple computations, and apprising the people of the times in which we live.  As in Israel 2,000 years ago, an almost universal silence marks the issue.

Thus, matters are little different in Christendom today.  That which is revealed in the Word of God concerning the nearness of prophesied events relative to set times was ignored in Israel 2,000 years ago, and it is being ignored on a very similar plane today.

And when a person does check the Scriptures and make these computations, he will find that only a few years at the very most could possibly remain in the present dispensation.  He will find that God is about to once again intervene in the affairs of man [ref. to the Appendix in the author’s book, “Bible One - Had You Believed Moses by Arlen Chitwood,” for a fuller discussion of the nearness of the end of the present dispensation].)

After 483 years, the chronometer stopped in Daniel’s prophecy, and an entirely new dispensation was ushered in.  This dispensation would run the same length of time as the past two dispensations — 2,000 years — though seven years have yet to run their course to complete the full 2,000 years of the dispensation in which God completes His dealings with Israel during Man’s Day.

Time occurring during and completing the third and last dispensation during Man’s Day, the one in which we presently live, transpires between the 483rd and 484th years of Daniel’s prophecy, when time relating to the prophecy is not being counted.  And it is during time being counted for this new dispensation (when time is not being counted in Daniel’s prophecy [and consequently for the last seven years of the past dispensation as well]) that God removes from the Gentiles “a people for His name.”  It is during this time that God deals with different household servants (the thought surrounding the word, “dispensation”), the one new man “in Christ.”

It is during this time that the Spirit of God is in the world calling out a bride for God’s Son — a bride taken mainly “from among the Gentiles.”  And once the Spirit has completed His work pertaining to the present dispensation, the one new man “in Christ” will be removed.  Then God will turn back to and complete His dealings with Israel.

The final seven years (the final seven of the seventy-sevens) of Daniel’s prophecy will run their course, completing the full 490 years.  And, as revealed in the prophecy, Israel will then be restored, and the Messianic Era will be ushered in.

(The expression, “the fullness of the Gentiles,” in a complete respect, would include more than just the Gentiles saved during the present dispensation.  Innumerable Gentiles will be saved during the last half of the Tribulation when 144,000 saved Jews [saved during the first half of the Tribulation] carry God’s message worldwide to the Gentiles [Revelation 7:9ff; 12:17].

Insofar as the calling out of a bride for God’s Son is concerned though, thoughts surrounding “the fullness of the Gentiles” would include only Gentiles saved during the present dispensation.  But, insofar as the salvation of Gentiles in general is concerned, thoughts surrounding “the fullness of the Gentiles” would have to include Gentiles saved during the Tribulation as well.)
  
ISRAEL’S PROPER PLACE

Though Israel has been set aside during the present dispensation, allowing God to deal with different household servants, Israel must remain in the picture.  Apart from Israel, God could not deal with different household servants in the necessary manner during a separate dispensation.

The necessity of Israel remaining in the picture in this respect is clearly revealed throughout the type.  Ruth’s actions throughout the account are always seen to have a connection with “Naomi,” who typifies Israel following the death of her husband and two sons.

This is the way matters are presented in the type, and this is the way matters must be seen in the antitype as well.

1)  TYPE

In Ruth 1:6-7, both Ruth and Orpah arose, with a view to separating themselves from their native land and traveling to another land with Naomi.  But Ruth alone looked out ahead and made the journey with Naomi.  Orpah separated herself from Naomi and turned back to the things of her native land (Ruth 1:8-18; cf. Hebrews 11:15-16).

Both Ruth and Naomi remained together during the journey — with Ruth cleaving to Naomi — leaving the land associated with one and traveling to the land associated with the other.  Both women traveled together in one direction alone.  They traveled toward not only a land but a particular part of that land, toward “Bethlehem” (a transliterated word from the Hebrew text which means, house of bread).  And they arrived in Bethlehem at “the beginning of barley harvest” (Ruth 1:19-22).

Then Ruth is seen gleaning in Boaz’s field, Naomi’s near kinsman through her deceased husband, Elimelech (Ruth 2:1-3).  Note again that though death had dissolved the marriage relationship, a family relationship that had previously been based on the marriage relationship still existed.  Boaz was still Naomi’s near kinsman, and Ruth’s as well (Ruth 2:20).  And Ruth is seen occupying a position of this nature throughout the account because of her relationship to Naomi.

Then in Ruth 2:2, 19 and Ruth 3:4, Ruth is seen being instructed by Naomi relative to two things:  (a) gleaning in Boaz’s field during the harvest (Ruth 2:2, 19-23), and (b) meeting Boaz on his threshing floor at the end of the harvest (Ruth 3:1-4).  And in Ruth 2:6, Ruth, in Boaz’s field, is identified through a reference to Naomi.

Ruth listened to and followed Naomi’s instructions completely, dwelling with Naomi throughout this time.

Then, in relation to the harvest, Ruth is seen both working throughout the harvest in Boaz’s field, with other Jewish maidens, and continuing to reside with Naomi (associated in this respect with the Jewish people at all times):

So she stayed close by the young women of Boaz, to glean until the end of barley harvest and wheat harvest; and she dwelt with her mother-in-law. (Ruth 2:23)

In relation to meeting Boaz on his threshing floor, Ruth is presented as one who followed Naomi’s instructions completely.  She first properly prepared herself, in accord with Naomi’s instructions, before going to the threshing floor; and, once on the threshing floor, she continued to follow Naomi’s instructions.  Then, after events surrounding the threshing floor had transpired, Ruth returned to her dwelling place with Naomi, again continuing to follow her instructions:

And she [Ruth] said to her [Naomi], “All that you say to me I will do.”

So she [Ruth] went down to the threshing floor and did according to all that her mother-in-law instructed her. . . .

So when she came to her mother-in-law, she [Naomi] said, “Is that you, my daughter?” [i.e., In what circumstances have you come?, meaning, What have you accomplished?].  Then she told her all that the man had done for her. . . .

Then she [Naomi] said, “Sit still, my daughter, until you know how the matter will turn out; for the man will not rest until he has concluded the matter this day.” (Ruth 3:5-6, 16, 18).

Then chapter four has to do with Boaz finishing “the thing this day.”  This chapter has to do with Boaz redeeming the inheritance and taking Ruth as his wife.  But even then, after Boaz had completed his redemptive work and Ruth had become his wife, Naomi still remained in the picture, as before.

Nothing really changed in Ruth and Naomi’s relationship.  Ruth was still Naomi’s daughter-in-law, and Naomi now took on a new task — caring for the infant son born to Boaz and Ruth (Ruth 4:13-17).

A second generation comes into the picture, with instruction and direction derived from the same place seen for the first generation — from Naomi.

2)  ANTITYPE

There is nothing about the Christian life which is not, in some way, dependent on and connected with Israel.  Christians have a Jewish Savior, they have a Jewish instruction book (the Word of God), and they are being offered positions in a sphere of the kingdom that was taken from Israel in time past (the heavenly sphere of the kingdom).

If Israel is removed from the picture, none of the preceding can exist.  Everything must be traced back to Abraham and his lineage through Isaac, Jacob, and Jacob’s twelve sons.  Israel gave us the Savior, who, in the antitype of the paschal lambs in Exodus 12, died in fallen man’s stead (Revelation 5:5-6); Israel gave us the Word of God, written entirely by Jews, through the instrumentality of the Holy Spirit (Psalm 147:19-20; 2 Peter 1:21); and Israel, called into existence to exercise regal power and authority in relation to the earth, was made the repository for both spheres of the kingdom — both heavenly and earthly (Genesis 22:17-18; Exodus 4:22-23; 19:5-6).

However, at Christ’s first coming, Israel forfeited the right to exercise power and authority in the heavenly sphere of the kingdom.  The nation’s regal rights in relation to the kingdom of the heavens was taken from the Jewish people, and a new nation — the one new man “in Christ,” the Church —  was called into existence to be the recipient of that which Israel had rejected (Matthew 21:33-43; 1 Peter 2:9-10).

The existence of this new nation was dependent, first, on spiritual life being acquired through a Jewish Savior.  Then, it was dependent on an identity with Abraham through a work of the Spirit, placing the individual “in Christ.”  And beyond that, there was the Word of God, given through Jews, revealing all that a person needed to know about the Christian life.

The Word of God relates all that a person needs to know about the journey toward the land, working in the field (the world) throughout the present dispensation, how to prepare for meeting Christ on His threshing floor, and that which lies beyond.

All of this exists because of Israel, and Israel must remain in the picture in this manner throughout not only this present dispensation but the Messianic Era as well.
Chapter Three
A Decision

Then she arose with her daughters-in-law that she might return from the country of Moab, for she had heard in the country of Moab that the LORD had visited His people by giving them bread.

Therefore she went out from the place where she was, and her two daughters-in-law with her; and they went on the way to return to the land of Judah.

And Naomi said to her two daughters-in-law, “Go, return each to her mother's house. The LORD deal kindly with you, as you have dealt with the dead and with me.

The LORD grant that you may find rest, each in the house of her husband.” Then she kissed them, and they lifted up their voices and wept.

And they said to her, “Surely we will return with you . . .

Then they lifted up their voices and wept again; and Orpah kissed her mother-in-law, but Ruth clung to her. (Ruth 1:6-10, 14 [10a])

The opening chapters of Genesis reveal that man was created for a purpose, to be realized at a set time.  This purpose was regal, and it was to be realized following six days of work, on the seventh day.  The six days of work — restoring a ruined creation — were necessary to bring the creation into a state of readiness for that which was about to occur; and man was created on the sixth day to rule the restored domain, during time associated with a seventh day of rest (Genesis 1:1-2:3; cf. Hebrews 4:1-9).

However, man was not brought into existence and immediately placed in the regal position for which he had been created.  Rather, he was first tested in relation to entering into this position.  And this testing occurred in a garden, with centrally two trees in view — “the tree of life,” and “the tree of the knowledge of good and evil” (Genesis 2:8-9).

ADAM AND EVE

Man, following his creation, was commanded to eat “of every tree of the garden,” which included “the tree of life.”  But, there was one exception to this command.  Fruit from “the tree of the knowledge of good and evil” was not to be eaten.  Life was associated with partaking of fruit from the former, and death was associated with partaking of fruit from the latter (Genesis 2:16-17).

The account of that which happened in this respect is given in chapter three of Genesis.  Satan, through a serpent, deceived the woman (Eve) into partaking of fruit from “the tree of the knowledge of good and evil.”  After this had occurred, Adam was left without a choice other than to also partake of this forbidden fruit as well, bringing about the fall (Genesis 3:1-7).  And Adam’s act — partaking of fruit from this tree — would be with a view to redemption, followed by both he and Eve one day being able to eat of the tree of life together and realize the purpose for man’s creation (Genesis 3:15, 21; cf. Revelation 2:7, 26-28; 3:21).

All of this can be clearly seen through studying the different things stated about Adam and Eve in the opening three chapters of Genesis, studying that which Scripture reveals about the tree of life, and comparing the type with the antitype.

1)  TYPE

Adam, in relation to regality, never held the scepter.  Man had been created to rule, to hold the scepter that Satan held at the time of man’s creation.  He was to replace Satan as the earth’s ruler.  But, resulting from man being tested, the fall occurred.  And man, because of the fall, was disqualified, allowing Satan to continue holding the scepter.

Satan brought about man’s fall in a somewhat indirect manner.  He, knowing the position that Eve occupied in relation to Adam, approached Eve rather than Adam.  He knew that man’s fall would occur if he could deceive the woman into eating of the forbidden fruit.  Though this deception in and of itself wouldn’t result in the fall, it would place Adam in a position where he would be left without a choice other than to also eat the fruit of this tree; and Adam eating this fruit, as the federal head, would bring about the fall (Genesis 3:1-7).

Eve was created in Adam at the time of man’s creation.  Then, sometime later, God put the man whom He had created to sleep, opened his side, took a rib from his opened side, and built a helpmate for the man.  Eve was brought into existence in this manner as a separate entity, though still part of Adam’s very being.

Eve was bone of his bones, and flesh of his flesh (Genesis 2:23).  And because of how she was brought into existence, when presented back to Adam as a helpmate, Eve completed Adam.  Together, they were one complete person.  Consequently, because of this position that the woman held in relation to the man, following Eve partaking of the forbidden fruit, part of Adam’s very being was in a state associated with sin and death.

Adam and Eve were to reign together — Adam as king, and Eve as consort queen, forming one complete person on the throne.  This is the way God established matters in the beginning — “let them [the man and the woman together] have dominion” (Genesis 1:26-28).

This principle surrounding how man was to rule (the man and the woman together), established in the beginning, is why it was necessary for God to have a wife (Israel) within the Old Testament theocracy.  And this is also why the Son will have to possess a wife during the coming theocracy.  The Son, as the Father, cannot reign in the kingdom of men apart from having a consort queen to reign with Him, else He would be violating an established biblical principle, which He Himself, as God, established in the beginning (ref. the author’s book, in this site, Search for the Bride BOOK).

Thus, following Eve partaking of the forbidden fruit, Adam was in no position to eat of the tree of life (the tree that would have provided the wisdom and knowledge for man to rule and to reign, realizing the purpose for his creation [ref. the author’s book, also in this site, Judgment Seat of Christ BOOK, chapter 5, “The Tree of Life”]).

Adam could reign only as a complete person — the man and the woman together.  And, following Eve partaking of the forbidden fruit, this could no longer be done.

Then, another matter entered into the picture as well.  Adam was to cleave to his wife, in accord with God’s previous directive given through Adam himself (Genesis 2:23-24); and any move that Adam could have made toward ruling and reigning, following Eve partaking of the forbidden fruit, would not only have been a move contrary to the established biblical principle pertaining to the man realizing the purpose for his creation as a complete being but it would also have been a move contrary to the man cleaving to his wife.

Adam, if he was to realize the purpose for his creation — which would involve both Adam and Eve partaking of the tree of life together, and subsequently ruling and reigning together — was left without a choice other than to also partake of the forbidden fruit.  And this would be done with a view to redemption, followed by his one day realizing, as a complete being (the man and the woman together), the purpose for his creation.

2)  ANTITYPE

All of the preceding can be clearly seen in the antitype — Christ finding His bride in a fallen state and becoming sin for us, who knew no sin (2 Corinthians 5:21).  As Adam partook of that which was associated with sin and death, Christ was made sin.  God laid on His Son “the iniquity of us all” (Isaiah 53:6).  Then, that which followed for Christ was the same as that which had followed for Adam.  As set forth in Genesis 2:17, death must follow sin, which is exactly what occurred in both the type and the antitype (cf. Romans 6:23; 8:13; James 1:15)

And, as in the type, God laying on His Son “the iniquity of us all” was with a view to redemption, to be followed by regality.  A redeemed wife in that coming day will complete the Son [Hebrews 2:10], allowing the Son to reign as the second Man, the last Adam.  Man will once again have access to the tree of life; and the Son will reign with His wife, He as King and she as consort queen (Revelation 2:7, 26-28; 3:21).

These things have forever been set forth in the opening chapters of Genesis.  And the remainder of Scripture simply provides all of the necessary details, allowing man to see the complete picture and understand the things set forth in these opening chapters in all their fullness.

Scripture begins with man being tested, with regality in view; and, following God’s provided redemption for fallen man (Genesis 3:21), Scripture continues through God dealing with man in exactly this same manner.  Throughout the six days (6,000 years) in which God is providing redemption (for man, and ultimately restoration for the domain over which man is to rule), man is seen continually being tested, with a view to his ultimately realizing the purpose for his creation in the beginning.

And this testing will have the same end result as seen in the opening chapters of Genesis.  Overcoming will result in life and being overcome will result in death.  That’s the way matters existed in Eden, and that’s the way matters have continued down through almost 6,000 years of human history since that time, with the seventh day still lying ahead (during which the one who overcomes will realize his regal calling, and the one who is overcome will be denied this regal calling [cf. Hebrews 4:4-9; Revelation 2:26-28; 3:21]).

RUTH AND ORPAH

The opening chapter of the book of Ruth, as any opening chapter (or chapters) of a book, introduces that which follows.  This introductory material, in its broader scope, has to do with both Israel and the Church.

It has to do with Israel in relation to not only the past and present dispensations but in relation to the coming dispensation (the Messianic Era) as well.  And it has to do with the Church in relation to the present dispensation, that which occurs at the end of this present dispensation (events surrounding the judgment seat), and the coming dispensation (the Messianic Era).

The center of attention throughout the book though has to do with the Church, not with Israel.  Israel, of necessity, must be in the picture throughout, for God conducts His affairs with mankind through Israel (ref. chapter 1 of this book).  But though Israel is seen in this capacity throughout, the center of attention is not on this nation.

In a type-antitype structure, the entirety of the present dispensation is dealt with in part of chapter one, all of chapter two, and part of chapter three.  The things pertaining to Christians during the present dispensation begin with Ruth and Orpah becoming members of a Jewish family in chapter one and conclude with Ruth preparing herself for meeting Boaz on his threshing floor in chapter three.

Ruth 1 provides the necessary introductory material, revealing the goal out ahead (in keeping with the opening chapters of Genesis, or any other place in Scripture that this subject is dealt with).  Ruth 2 and the first part of Ruth 3 then cover the activity of Christians occurring throughout the dispensation; and this would be in line with that revealed in chapter one.  Then the latter part of chapter three and all of chapter four move toward the goal revealed at the beginning of the book, in chapter one.

As man was created in the beginning for a revealed purpose, man is saved today for that same revealed purpose.  Revealed purposes underlie all of God’s works.  In this respect, nothing occurs within God’s economy apart from a revealed purpose being in view.

And so it is with Ruth’s work in Boaz’s field in chapter two, where Ruth gleaned in the field from morning until evening, from the beginning to the end of the harvest.  A purpose is in view, and that purpose is introduced in Ruth 1 and is seen realized in Ruth 4.

In short, a Christian is not to be placed in Christ’s field (the world) today to labor for the Lord apart from a revealed purpose.  And that purpose, as clearly shown from the book of Ruth, is to be set before the Christian at the beginning of the journey, at the beginning of the Christian walk, for several reasons.

The Christian is to be told about the goal out ahead (to be realized in another land), and he is to be told about the wages for his labors (exact payment for services rendered [seen in Ruth 2]).  Then, beyond that, he is to be given a choice surrounding all that is involved in the purpose for his salvation.  And within this choice he can either turn back (as Orpah) or move forward (as Ruth).  The whole of the matter is to be placed before him early in his Christian walk (which would include God’s promises, exhortations, and warnings surrounding the matter), and then the choice concerning that direction he will take is his and his alone to make.

(God does not reveal His plans and purposes to man and then force man to adhere to that which has been revealed.  Rather, following the revelation of His plans and purposes, God then reveals two sides of the matter.  God, on the one hand, reveals that which man can have if he will adhere to these plans and purposes; and God, on the other hand, reveals that which will occur if man does not adhere to these plans and purposes.  Then, the choice is left to the individual.

Note Leviticus 26 and Deuteronomy 28 in this respect.  Two opposite sides are presented in each chapter — that which Israel could have if they obeyed God’s voice and that which would result if Israel did not obey His voice.  Then, the decision was left to the nation.

And so it has always been concerning God’s dealings with man, beginning in Eden and extending down into the present day and time almost 6,000 years later.)

Ruth 1 reveals the goal in view, and Ruth 2 and the first part of Ruth 3 reveal the work in the field and the proper preparation necessary to reach that goal (with payment being dispensed for services rendered in the field).  All three chapters together provide parts of a picture that can be seen in its fullness and completeness only through viewing all the various Old Testament types together in the light of the antitype.

If biblical guidelines are followed, an individual does not find himself laboring in the field apart from some understanding of why he is laboring and that which will occur at the end of his labors.  In this respect, a major problem in Christendom today centers around these biblical guidelines, by large, being ignored and consequently not being taught.  Christians are simply not being taught the things seen in Ruth chapter one (and Scripture as a whole).  Their servitude in the field is being done apart from a proper knowledge of the goal out ahead.  And, as well, they have little to no knowledge of the wages being extended, along with the necessary proper preparation, for both go hand in hand with the goal.  As a result, a state exists in Christendom today where chaos in this whole overall realm reigns supreme.

Christians, for lack of knowledge, are laboring aimlessly, with usually no more than saved-unsaved issues involved in their labors.  And that is not the biblical picture at all — drawing from the type, which doesn’t progress past the family relationship in Ruth 1:4-5.  It places an individual in the field in Ruth 2 apart from that which is revealed in verses six through twenty-two in chapter one (Ruth 1:6-22).  And that, in short, is why conditions are as they presently exist in Christendom today — a Laodicean state of affairs in relation to the Word of the Kingdom.

Salvation by grace through faith is the beginning point in the Christian life.  It is the birth from above, providing spiritual life, which allows a person to embark on that which is associated with this life (as the natural birth provides the same thing in the physical realm).  And for Christians to continually be centering their attention upon and spending all their time concentrating upon (and dealing with) the birth from above is not the way matters are set forth in Scripture at all.  In fact, this turns everything completely around, presenting a picture 180 degrees out of phase with the biblical picture.

In the opening two chapters of Genesis, salvation by grace through faith is seen in God’s activities on the first of six days of restorative work (Genesis 1:2-5 [2b]).  The activity on this first day was with a view to continued activity through five more days, with a Sabbath rest lying beyond the six days of God’s restorative work.

Or, in Exodus 12, salvation by grace through faith is seen in the death and shed blood of paschal lambs, having to do with the death of the firstborn in a substitutionary manner.  And this was with a view to the Israelites being removed from Egypt (always a type of the world in Scripture) and journeying toward another land.

Salvation by grace through faith is dealt with in numerous places in Scripture.  But, in reality, it occupies a minor place in Scripture compared to the place which the purpose for salvation occupies (e.g., activities during one day out of six in chapter one of Genesis, one chapter out of numerous chapters beginning in Exodus chapter twelve, or two verses out of numerous subsequent verses in the book of Ruth [Ruth 1:4-5]).

This is the way Scripture is structured throughout.  God brought the Israelites out of Egypt that He might bring them into another land removed from Egypt, placing the Israelites within a theocracy in that land (cf. Exodus 19:5-6; Deuteronomy 6:22-23).

And God is presently dealing with Christians in exactly the same manner (Colossians 1:20-28).  The former forms the type (as also seen in the book of Ruth and in numerous other places in Scripture), and the latter forms the antitype (1 Corinthians 10:1-11).  And the antitype must follow the type in exact detail.

1)  TYPE

Ruth and Orpah are introduced in the opening chapter of the book of Ruth through their becoming members of a Jewish family by marriage, following the death of the head of the family, Naomi’s husband (Ruth 1:3-4).  Then, the next statement in the book has to do with the death of both Ruth’s and Orpah’s husbands (Ruth 1:5), and the next statement has to do with three widowed ladies (Naomi, Ruth, and Orpah) beginning a journey toward another land (Ruth 1:6-7).

This is the order given in the text.  At the time all three women began the journey together, most of Naomi’s family had died in a Gentile land.  The family itself though had not been destroyed.  Naomi (typifying Israel) remained alive to return to her land.

And, at this time as well, both Ruth and Orpah (typifying Christians) are seen as members of the family after a manner where death was involved.  The marriage relationship had been dissolved through death; and though they were still looked upon as members of the family (still Naomi’s daughters-in-law [Ruth 1:7]), death was now seen as the main issue and remained the main issue (pertaining to the family relationship) as the journey toward another land began.

The land toward which all three women journeyed was a land quite familiar to Naomi, but this was not the case with Ruth and Orpah at all.  Their familiarity and interest in this land was one gained through Naomi.  They, previously alienated, had been brought into a position (members of the family, with death now the issue in this relationship) where they too could journey toward this land with Naomi.

But, as the journey began, both Ruth and Orpah were faced with a decision.  Naomi urged each of her daughters-in-law to return “to her mother’s house” (Ruth 1:8).  Naomi even kissed each (in the sense of a departing kiss [Ruth 1:9]).  But, following this kiss, both rejected that which the kiss portended and said that they would continue the journey with Naomi.

In the end though, only one did so.  Orpah, sometime after beginning the journey and telling Naomi that she would continue the journey with her, changed her mind and turned back.  But Ruth, unlike Orpah, didn’t turn back.  Rather, she continued the journey with Naomi, forsaking the land of her birth and traveling with Naomi toward another land.

Orpah kissed her mother-in-law, but Ruth clung to her. (Ruth 1:14b)

Naomi then continued to deal with Ruth after the same fashion as before:

And she said, “Look, your sister-in-law has gone back to her people and to her gods; return after your sister-in-law.” (Ruth 1:15)

But Ruth wouldn’t turn back (Ruth 1:16-17).  And when Naomi finally saw that Ruth was “determined” to continue the journey, she ceased speaking to her about returning to her own people (Ruth 1:18).

And the two of them continued the journey toward the land together, coming to Bethlehem, in the land, “in the beginning of barley harvest” (Ruth 1:19-22).

2)  ANTITYPE

As Ruth and Orpah were seen at the beginning of a journey toward another land as members of a Jewish family where death was involved in their family relationship, so it is with Christians.  Christians, at the beginning of the journey toward another land, are seen as members of the family through the death of Another.  And this family, as in the type, is inseparably connected with Israel.

Christians taken from among the Gentiles are pictured as branches from “a wild olive tree” (representing all the Gentiles) which have been grafted into “a good [cultivated] olive tree” (representing Israel); and Jewish believers are pictured as “natural branches” of the olive tree that have not been broken off — “a remnant according to the election of grace” (Romans 11:5, 17-24).

And the reason for this connection with Israel (whether for Gentile or Jewish believers) is very simple.  Salvation is both “of the Lord” and “of the Jews” (Jonah 2:9; John 4:22).  Only the Lord can bring salvation to pass, for it is a divine work; and the Lord brings it to pass through a Jewish Savior.

Gentiles, becoming members of the family during the present dispensation, find themselves undergoing an experience at the time of and subsequent to their salvation that is peculiar to the present dispensation.  They, through a work of the Spirit, are immersed in the Spirit, providing them with a positional standing “in Christ.”  Through this means, they become new creations “in Christ,” part of the one new man (2 Corinthians 5:17; Ephesians 2:11-15).  And also, through this means, because Christ is Abraham’s Seed, they become “Abraham’s seed and heirs according to the promise” (Galatians 3:26-29).

Then, for Jewish believers, the whole process is identical, though they would be viewed as branches from the good olive tree rather than from a wild olive tree.  “In Christ” there is no distinction between Jewish believers and Gentile believers.  All become new creations “in Christ,” part of the one new man.  And among those comprising this new man, “the middle wall of partition” has been “broken down,” rendering it impossible that any type distinction between believing Jews and believing Gentiles could exist (Galatians 3:26-29; Ephesians 2:11-15).

Both Jewish believers and Gentile believers — forming the one new man “in Christ,” where there can be no distinction as to ethnic background — are “fellow heirs, of the same body, and partakers of His promise in Christ through the gospel” (Ephesians 3:6).  And both together, in this same body, are pictured as engaged in a race toward a goal, or a journey toward another land (two ways that Scripture uses to view the same thing).

Gentile believers engaged in this race or journey, coming from an alienated position (as Ruth and Orpah in the type), could know nothing about the journey and goal apart from Israel (typified by Naomi).  They could come to an understanding of the things concerning the race or journey only by means of that which God has revealed through the Jewish people — His unchangeable Word.

Jewish believers who are engaged in this race or journey are not really seen in the type per se.  The book of Ruth deals with the Gentile side of matters, and other types would have to be referenced in order to see, more specifically, how God deals with Jewish believers in this same respect.

Suffice it to say though, aside from the thought of an alienated position (branches from the good olive tree as opposed to branches from the wild olive tree), exactly the same thing would apply to Jewish believers as it would to Gentile believers in relation to the race or journey.  Again, “in Christ” there can be no distinction between the two; and both have to go to exactly the same source — the Word of God — in order to find out that which God has revealed about the race or journey.

And all those forming the one new man, exactly as in the type, are to be introduced to the purpose for their salvation — a goal out ahead — early in their Christian walk.  There must be some type of understanding of the goal toward which everything moves; else one will find himself laboring in the field aimlessly.

Note how Paul words the matter, with a race in view:

Do you not know that those who run in a race all run, but one receives the prize? Run in such a way that you may obtain it.

And everyone who competes for the prize is temperate in all things. Now they do it to obtain a perishable crown, but we for an imperishable crown.

Therefore I run thus: not with uncertainty. Thus I fight: not as one who beats the air.

But I discipline my body and bring it into subjection, lest, when I have preached to others, I myself should become disqualified. [Greek: adokimos, lit., “should be rejected”]. (1 Corinthians 9:24-27)

It is evident that the runners in the race that Paul pictured knew about the prize being offered at the end of the race for those finishing in a victorious manner.  And they were exhorted to run the race in a manner that would insure victory.

But it is also evident that the race could be run in a manner that would result in defeat.  It was possible to run this race in a manner described as “with uncertainty” or “as one that beats the air” (both showing an aimless type movement in the race, with no fixed goal).  And the end result of a race run in this manner is given — failure in the race, followed by a rejection for the prize at the conclusion of the race.

The book of Ruth deals with two types of Christians in this respect — the only two types that really exist in relation to the race or journey.

One type is pictured through detailing Orpah’s experiences.  Orpah began the journey but shortly thereafter separated herself from Naomi and turned back to the things in Moab.

The other type is pictured through detailing Ruth’s experiences.  Ruth began the journey, remained with Naomi, separated herself from Moab, and traveled to another land with Naomi.

Thus, both women in the type were introduced to the journey and then tested relative to continuing the journey, with a revealed goal in view.  And this is exactly as the Christian experience is to exist today — an introduction to the journey, followed by testing, with a revealed goal in view.

Note how James, beginning his epistle, outlines the matter:

My brethren, count it all joy when you fall into various trials [testing],

knowing that the testing of your faith [Lit. “the faith,” an expression peculiarly related to the Word of the Kingdom] produces patience.

But let patience [patient endurance under trials and testing] have its perfect work [end time work], that you may be perfect and complete, lacking nothing [“mature and complete, lacking nothing”]. . . .

Blessed is the man who endures temptation [testing]; for when he has been approved [KJV uses the word “tried,” but lit., should be “approved” (same Greek word used in 1 Corinthians 9:27 [dokimos], except without the prefix “a,” which negates the word — rendering it, “disapproved” — in this verse)], he will receive the crown of life, which the Lord has promised to them that love Him” (James 1:2-4, 12).

Orpah turned back, as many Christians do today.  And she is not seen throughout the remainder of the book, for the book of Ruth, beyond Orpah’s turning back, deals with the positive side of the matter alone — that side having to do with individuals overcoming in the race of the faith, rather than being overcome.

Ruth alone is dealt with in the remainder of chapter one and throughout chapters two and three, in relation to that seen and realized in chapter four.  And Ruth was tested even beyond the time when Orpah turned back.  Only when it had been clearly demonstrated to Naomi that Ruth was “determined” to complete the journey did the testing cease.

And so it is with Christians today.  Testing in one’s life is for a revealed purpose, with determination to complete the race only opening the door for additional testing.  And a Christian is to “count it all joy” when these various testing occur, for, from previous instruction, the Christian is to know that present testing is for a divine purpose, to be realized in that coming day when Christ appears in all His glory.
Chapter Four
The Journey

But Ruth said: “Entreat me not to leave you, or to turn back from following after you; for wherever you go, I will go; and wherever you lodge, I will lodge; your people shall be my people, and your God, my God.

Where you die, I will die, and there will I be buried. The LORD do so to me, and more also, if anything but death parts you and me."

When she saw that she was determined to go with her, she stopped speaking to her.

Now the two of them went until they came to Bethlehem. . . . (Ruth 1:16-19a).

Chapter one in the book of Ruth has to do with two main things as the material pertains to Christians in a type-antitype structure:  (1) with Gentiles becoming members of a dispersed Jewish family, where death was involved in the family relationship; and (2) with a journey toward another land, following this family relationship being established.

The chapter deals sparingly with the former but at length with the latter.  That would be to say, the chapter deals sparingly with salvation by grace but at length with that which follows salvation by grace in the Christian life.  As at any point in Scripture, this chapter, along with the book of Ruth as a whole, deals centrally with the purpose for salvation.  It deals centrally with things surrounding that which FOLLOWS individuals passing from death to life, not with things surrounding individuals passing from death to life itself.

Within the structure of the book, as matters pertain to Christians, the things surrounding individuals passing from death to life are seen at the beginning of chapter one.  Then, three main things are seen in revelation that continues through the remainder of chapter one, all of chapter two, and the first part of chapter three; and this precedes revelation having to do with Christians before the judgment seat in the latter part of chapter three, followed by revelation having to do with the redemption of the inheritance and the reign of David’s greater Son (with His co-heirs, forming His wife) in chapter four.

The three main things seen between an individual passing from death to life (Ruth 1a) and that individual subsequently appearing before the judgment seat (Ruth 3b) are:  (1) the journey toward another land (Ruth 1b), (2) work in the field throughout the present dispensation (Ruth 2), and (3) preparation for meeting Christ on His threshing floor, His judgment seat (Ruth 3 a).

All three of these are inseparably related and occur during the same time in the antitype.  That is, during the time that a Christian is laboring in the field (the world [Matthew 13:38]), he is to be laboring in such a manner that the labor is not only a progression toward the goal of his calling (ultimately realizing an inheritance in another land) but also a preparation for meeting Christ before the judgment seat at a time following his labors in the field.  Both the journey and the preparation are part and parcel with the labor in the field in this respect.

Thus, each of the three chapters present different facets of a complete, threefold picture concerning exactly how a Christian is to govern his life during the present dispensation if he is to be found among those revealed as overcomers at the judgment seat and subsequently be allowed to come into a realization of the goal of his calling (to be realized during the coming dispensation, the Messianic Era).  This present study will deal with the first part of the picture, from chapter one (the journey toward another land); and the subsequent two studies will deal with the second and third parts of the picture, from chapters two and three (work in the field throughout the present dispensation, and preparation for events surrounding the judgment seat at the conclusion of the dispensation).

TWO TYPES OF CHRISTIANS

The book of Ruth opens by depicting two types of Christians.  One type is shown through the actions of Ruth, and the other type is shown through the actions of Orpah.  Following their becoming members of the family, both Ruth and Orpah found themselves on a journey toward another land, with Naomi; and both exhibited a determination to continue the journey.

Only one though (Ruth) continued the journey to the end.  The other (Orpah) turned back to her own people and land, apparently during the early part of the journey.

Thus, following things surrounding the birth from above, the book immediately deals with things pertaining to both the spiritual and the carnal Christian — with things pertaining to the overcomer and the one who is overcome.  And the book deals with these things in relation to the race of the faith, the journey from the land of one’s birth to the land of one’s calling.

That’s the way matters are introduced in the book.  It’s not laboring in Boaz’s field (Ruth 2) or preparing for meeting Boaz on his threshing floor at the end of the harvest (Ruth 3 a) that is seen first, but the journey toward another land.  And this order is for a reason.  There can be no proper labor in the field or preparation for that which lies ahead apart from possessing some type of understanding of the goal, knowing something about why these things are being done.

Apart from some type of understanding of the goal, one’s labor in the field, and one’s preparation for that which lies ahead, would be done in an aimless manner.  And laboring in the field in this manner can only open the door for tragic consequences to follow — something seen throughout Christendom today in its leavened, Laodicean condition.

(The leavened condition of Christendom at the end of the dispensation was foreshadowed by that seen in the fourth parable in Matthew chapter thirteen [Matthew 13:33] and the seventh church in Revelation 2; 3 [Revelation 3:14-21].  Contextually in these two sections of Scripture, that which is being depicted has to do with a corrupted condition in relation to biblical doctrine surrounding the Word of the Kingdom, not a corrupted condition in relation to biblical doctrine in general.

And this is the same corrupted condition referred to in a question that Christ asked during His earthly ministry, recorded in Luke 18:8b — a question that has to do with “the faith” [an expression peculiarly related to the Word of the Kingdom in Scripture], and a question that, from the wording of the Greek text, expects a negative answer:

Nevertheless, when the Son of Man comes, will He really find faith [lit., “the faith”] on the earth? (Luke 18:8b)

In relation to “the faith” — the Word of the Kingdom — part of Christendom will not be fundamental and part liberal when Christ returns.  Rather, the whole of Christendom [that seen in so-called fundamental and liberal circles alike] will be leavened.  And the command to Christians throughout these churches [so-called fundamental and liberal alike] is to hear and heed that which the Word of God has to say on the subject [cf. Revelation 3:20-22].)

Note, for example, how a verse such as 1 Corinthians 15:2 is invariable handled in this respect — a verse having to do with the goal out ahead and a verse almost universally, but erroneously, applied to salvation by grace in Christendom today:

by which [the gospel from 1 Corinthians 15:1] also you are saved [lit., “you are being saved”], if you hold fast  [same word translated “hold fast” in Hebrews 3:6, 14; 10:23] that word that I preached to you — unless you believed in vain [i.e., unless you have believed without a purpose, a cause, a goal]. (1 Corinthians 15:2)

It is evident that “the gospel,” introduced in verse one, has to do, not with the gospel of grace, but with the gospel of glory.  The gospel of glory was the good news that Paul proclaimed to saved individuals in the church in Corinth, after they had heard and acted upon his prior message surrounding the gospel of grace.  And the complete panorama of the matter is seen in 1 Corinthians 15:3-4 where Paul deals with the whole of the gospel message, as also seen in the book of Ruth and numerous other places in Scripture.

Misapplying that which is stated in verse two in this manner not only corrupts the simple message of the gospel of grace (for this, erroneously, makes both verses three and four relate to the gospel of grace) but it does away with teachings that the verse does deal with — the Word of the Kingdom.  And this forms an example of the type misinterpretation of Scripture that is rampant in Christendom today.

Paul, as he clearly stated in 1 Corinthians 15:3, first delivered a message surrounding Christ’s death to individuals in Corinth (cf. 1 Corinthians 2:1, 2).  Then, once these individuals had received this message and had believed on the Lord Jesus Christ — after they had been made alive spiritually and were in a position to grasp spiritual truth — Paul then began proclaiming to them the central message that he had been called to proclaim throughout the Gentile world of that day.  And this message drew from things surrounding the burial and the resurrection of Christ (1 Corinthians 15:4), which had to do with Christians in relation to the coming glory of Christ, not with the unsaved in relation to the gospel of grace.

(For a more detailed discussion of this complete panorama of the salvation message — in relation to the complete gospel message, shown through death, burial, and resurrection — see the author’s book, in this site, Search for the Bride BOOK, chapters 5, 6.)

And it is within a framework of that seen in 1 Corinthians 15:1-4 — the simple message of salvation by grace, followed by the purpose for salvation (referenced first, along with this being the central thrust of the passage) — that two types of Christians are seen through the experiences of Ruth and Orpah in the first chapter of the book of Ruth.  But beyond the time that Orpah turned back, the book deals only with one type of Christian.  And this is seen in the experiences of Ruth, setting forth the proper conduct of the faithful throughout the pilgrim journey, along with that which lies in store for the faithful at the end of the journey.

Carrying matters pertaining to Orpah beyond the point of her turning back, relating to the unfaithful, is dealt with elsewhere in Scripture.  It is another part of the complete picture, which can be seen only through comparing Scripture with Scripture — viewing all of the types on the subject together, along with the antitype.

FROM EGYPT TO CANAAN

The type in Ruth chapter one is preceded by two other major Old Testament types dealing with the subject — Abraham, called to travel from Ur of the Chaldees to Canaan (Genesis 12:1-3); and the Israelites under Moses, called to travel from Egypt to Canaan (Exodus 4:22-23; 6:1-8).  The former had to do with the calling of the father of a nation yet to descend from his loins; and the latter, four hundred thirty years later, had to do with the calling of the nation that had descended from Abraham’s loins (Exodus 12:40-41).

The point of departure and goal in both instances was the same — from a Gentile land to a land separate from all Gentile lands (as the descendants of Abraham were separate and distinct from those comprising all the Gentile nations).  Abraham departed from one Gentile land (Chaldea, in Mesopotamia, east of the land of Canaan), and the Israelites under Moses departed from another Gentile land (Egypt, west of the land of Canaan).  But the goal was the same — the land that Abraham and his descendants were to inherit for an everlasting possession.

Thus, Ruth 1 simply forms additional commentary on a matter that had already been dealt with in Scripture.  This chapter, as the preceding two accounts, has to do with a journey from one land to another.  It has to do with a journey from either the land of one’s dispersion (Naomi) or the land of one’s birth (Ruth and Orpah) to the land of one’s calling.

And all three of these accounts form types having to do with both Israelites and Christians.  These accounts have to do with Abraham and his seed.  And, in this respect, they can have to do not only with Israelites (the lineal descendants of Abraham through Isaac and Jacob) but with Christians (Abraham’s seed as well, because of their positional standing “in Christ”).  Christians, through their positional standing “in Christ,” become “Abraham’s seed [because Christ is Abraham’s Seed], and heirs according to the promise” (Galatians 3:26-29).

Certain promises were made to Abraham and his seed.  And there can be no realization of these promises apart from being Abraham’s seed — whether lineal descendants of Abraham, or through being “in Christ.”

In this respect, the three referenced Old Testament accounts pertaining to Abraham and his seed can (and do) foreshadow the experiences of both Israelites and Christians in the antitype.  Both possess a land to which they have been called (the Israelites, an earthly land; and Christians, a heavenly land), both are presently removed from their respective lands (the Israelites, dispersed in Gentile lands; and Christians, living in these same lands), and both are to one day be placed in the respective lands to which they have been called.

The latter will occur following the completion of God’s dealings with both Israel and the Church during Man’s Day (the completion of the present dispensation and the subsequent completion of the last seven years of the previous dispensation).  And this will be Messianic within the scope of its fulfillment.

(Note that a number of types or statements in Scripture have a dual antitype or fulfillment in this respect.

For example, the experiences of Jonah form a dual type of both Christ and Israel.  The type is more particularly about Israel [disobedient, but to one day repent and be raised up to live in God’s sight, on the third day — the third one-thousand-year period (cf. Hosea 5:13-6:2)].  Christ though applied part of Jonah’s experiences to Himself as well [Matthew 12:38-41]; and Christ was not only raised from the dead on the third day, but He will be raised up to rule and reign on the third day as well — the third one-thousand-year period.

The third day, the third one-thousand-year period, is the time when all of God’s firstborn Sons will be raised up [Christ, Israel, and the Church (following the adoption)].

Then note the statement about Christ in Matthew 2:15:  “Out of Egypt I called My Son.”  This is a quotation from Hosea 11:1, pertaining to Israel.  Yet, as in the book of Jonah, Christ — the very Author of the Scriptures — applied the statement to Himself as well.)

1)  IN RELATION TO ISRAEL

One part of the type seen in the book of Ruth has to do with Israel, though an account of God’s dealings with Israel is not the central thrust of the book.  The book has to do more particularly with an account of God’s dealings with Christians during the present dispensation, during that time when Israel remains in disobedience, scattered among the nations.

But, though the central thrust of the book has to do with Christians, Israel must be seen in the picture of developing events.  And the reason for this, as seen in previous chapters in this book, is evident.  Apart from a connection with Israel, the things relating to the Church could not exist.

And, since the book has to do with things pertaining primarily to the Church, Israel appears in the background in the book, not in the forefront.  But, even with the nation in the background, the Spirit of God has revealed events relating to the Church in such a manner (as He moved the human writer to pen this account [cf. 2 Peter 1:21]) that the things pertaining to the journey of God’s people from one land to another are revealed in relation to Israel as well as Christians.

A)  AN EARTHLY LAND

God called Abraham out from Ur of the Chaldees and made an everlasting, unconditional covenant with him concerning a seed and a land.  Abraham’s seed had to do with his progeny, with a nation emanating from his loins through Isaac and Jacob;  and the land had to do with a designated earthly land with certain specified boundaries, located in the Middle East (Genesis 12:1-3; 13:14-18; 15:18-21).

Confusion sometimes arises concerning the unconditional nature of the covenant and the fact that there are specified conditions for blessings to be realized within the framework of the covenant.  That is, there are no conditions relating to God’s promise concerning the land belonging to Abraham and his progeny through Isaac and Jacob (which would render the future existence of Abraham’s seed as unconditional as well [evident from God’s promise concerning Isaac’s birth at a time when Abraham sought to have God recognize Ishmael as the promised seed — Genesis 17:15-21]).  But blessings within the scope of this unconditional covenant for Abraham and his seed were another matter.  Conditions were involved if blessings were to be realized.

This can be seen within the scope of the Abrahamic covenant itself, though it is more evident by viewing the succeeding Mosaic covenant (which had, for its basis, the Abrahamic covenant).  In Genesis 22:16-18, following Abraham’s obedience to God’s command concerning the offering of Isaac, God called to Abraham out of heaven a second time and said:

. . . “By Myself I have sworn,” says the LORD, “because you have done this thing, and have not withheld your son, your only son — 

blessing I will bless you, and multiplying I will multiply your descendants as the stars of the heaven and as the sand which is on the seashore; and your descendants shall possess the gate of their enemies.

In your seed all the nations of the earth shall be blessed, because you have obeyed My voice.”  (Genesis 22:16-18)

These verses have to do with the realization of blessings within that which God had previously promised to Abraham, not with the ownership of the land that had previously been stated through the unconditional nature of the covenant itself.  And this is what is specifically dealt with in the Mosaic covenant (cf. Leviticus 26; Deuteronomy 28).

The Israelites today, because of past disobedience, find themselves scattered among the Gentile nations (as Elimelech’s family found itself at the beginning of the book of Ruth).  And the Jewish people will remain scattered among the nations, removed from their land, until God’s purpose for this scattering has been fulfilled (ultimately resulting in their national repentance [cf. Leviticus 26:40-42; 2 Chronicles 7:14]).

Only then will God re-gather His people to a land that He, unconditionally, gave to Abraham and his progeny though Isaac and Jacob.  Only then, because of Israel’s obedience, will blessings follow.

And these things will occur only after a nation that cannot be destroyed (cf. Jeremiah 31:35-37) has been decimated (seen in the type, as Elimelech’s family was decimated, but not destroyed [Naomi remained and was allowed to return back to the land]).

B)  AN OVERTHROW OF EARTHLY POWERS

The Israelites, called out of Egypt under Moses, were to enter into the land at Kadesh-Barnea and drive out or destroy all of the Gentile nations in the land.  And this was not to be done within their own strength, but within the Lord’s strength and power.  The Lord was to go before them and battle the enemy on their behalf (Deuteronomy 6:17-23; 7:12-24).

Moses though, prior to fulfilling his calling to lead the Israelites into the land, because of a specific sin, was disqualified (Numbers 20:7-12; Deuteronomy 32:48-52); and the lord later instructed Moses to charge Joshua with the task that he had forfeited and left unfinished (Deuteronomy 31:14-23; 34:9-12).

Joshua, following the death of Moses (along with the prior death of an unbelieving generation of Israelites [Numbers 13, 14; Deuteronomy 1:28-2:14]), led the succeeding generation of Israelites across Jordan into the land.  And under Joshua’s leadership (covering about twenty-five years), beginning with the destruction and conquest of Jericho, the Lord’s command concerning the inhabitants of the land began to be carried out.  The inhabitants of the land began to be progressively slain and/or driven out, and the Israelites subsequently began to inhabit different parts of the land (Joshua 1 ff).

But not long after Joshua’s death, matters began to go awry in this respect.  The Israelites began to turn from God’s command, failing to drive out the inhabitants;  and, in complete accord with God’s previous warning, trouble then ensued (Judges 1ff; ref. chapter 1 of this book).

This continued throughout the time of the Judges (about 300 years) and the succeeding time of the kings (about 450 years), until God finally allowed outside Gentile powers to come into the land, uproot His people, and carry them captive into other lands.

God allowed the Assyrians to come down about 722 B.C. and take the northern ten tribes into captivity, and the Babylonians to come over about 605 B.C. and take the southern two tribes into captivity.  This, in turn, brought an end to the Old Testament theocracy and a beginning to the Times of the Gentiles.

And now, 2,600 years later, the Times of the Gentiles still continues, for conditions remain unchanged, with Israel still scattered among the nations.  But the time is not far removed when the Israelites, following the nation’s repentance, will be allowed to return to the land (in the antitype of Naomi returning in Ruth chapter one).  And following that time, Israel will dwell in the land covenanted to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, with the Gentile nations dwelling outside the land and being blessed through Israel.

(Note what is at the heart of the Middle East problem concerning Israel and the surrounding nations today.  A remnant of Jews has returned to the land, under a Zionistic movement that began over one hundred years ago.  And the central problem has to do with both the Jews and the Gentiles dwelling in the land together and contending for rights to the same land.

Though this is occurring during the Times of the Gentiles, with the existence of a remnant in the land having nothing to do with God’s promise concerning Israel’s restoration from a worldwide dispersion, principles concerning the land and problems resulting from Jews and Gentiles trying to co-exist in the land together remain the same.  And man’s efforts to resolve the present conflict through an attempted peaceful co-existence of Jew and Gentile in the land, will never result in anything but trouble.

The man of sin, during the Tribulation, will make the ultimate mistake in this respect.  He will “divide the land for gain,” something that will enter into his subsequent judgment at the end of the Tribulation [Daniel 11:39-45; cf. Joel 3:2].)

2)  IN RELATION TO CHRISTIANS

The other part of the type seen in the book of Ruth, the central thrust of the book, has to do with God’s dealings with Christians.  God has set Israel aside for a dispensation, and He has called the one new man “in Christ” into existence for particular, specific purposes, clearly revealed in Scripture.

First, this new man was called into existence to be the recipient of that which was offered to and spurned by Israel at Christ’s first coming — the kingdom of the heavens, the heavenly sphere of the kingdom (cf. Matthew 3:2; 4:17; 10:5-8; 12:14ff).  The rejection of the proffered kingdom resulted in the kingdom being taken from Israel, with a new nation then being called into existence, to which the kingdom was offered (cf. Matthew 21:33-43; 1 Peter 2:9-10).

Then, this new nation, the one new man “in Christ,” was called into existence to be the entity from which Christ’s bride would be taken.  It is those Christians bringing forth fruit for the kingdom during the present dispensation — the overcomers — who are destined to comprise Christ’s bride; and it will be the revealed bride (revealed at the judgment seat) who will reign as consort queen with the Son during the coming dispensation.

A)  A HEAVENLY LAND

Within the scope of God’s promises to and dealings with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob in the book of Genesis, both heavenly and earthly aspects of the kingdom are seen (cf. Genesis 14:18-22; 22:17-18; 26:3-4; 28:12-14).  Rulership in the kingdom begins in the heavens and progresses to the earth.  This rule begins with God, progresses through the earth’s incumbent ruler (Satan, with his angels [though ruling in a rebel capacity]), and continues into the kingdom of men (cf. Psalm 103:19; Ezekiel 28:14; Daniel 10:13-21; Luke 4:5-6).

Satan and his angels rule from a place in the heavens above the earth, and they rule through men on the earth.  This rule extends throughout all of the Gentile nations, but not Israel (for Israel is “not [to be] reckoning itself among the nations” [Numbers 23:9b]).  Michael is Israel’s heavenly prince; and Michael rules, in this respect, separate from the kingdom of Satan (cf. Daniel 10:13-21; Ephesians 3:10; 6:11-12; Revelation 12:7-9).

Israel, in the Old Testament, was made the repository for both spheres of the kingdom, both heavenly and earthly.  Under Moses, Israel was offered the earthly sphere; and under the One greater than Moses, Israel was offered the heavenly sphere.

Disobedience eventually separated Israel from the earthly sphere, though, following repentance, the nation will one day be restored.

Rejection of the heavenly sphere though was a different matter.  This sphere of the kingdom was taken from Israel following the Israelites spurning the offer, and a new nation was called into existence to be the recipient of these heavenly promises and blessings (cf. Matthew 12:31-32; 21:43).

And it is this heavenly sphere of the kingdom that is being offered to Christians today.  Note the passage 1 Peter 2:9-10a in this respect:

But you are a chosen generation, a royal priesthood, a holy nation, His own special people, that you may proclaim the praises of Him who called you out of darkness into His marvelous light;

who once were not a people but are now the people of God . . . .

The word “royal” in verse nine is the translation of the Greek word basileios, which is a derivative of the Greek word basileus (meaning “king”).  Thus, basileios in this verse, translated “royal,” should be understood in the sense of “regal” or “kingly,” i.e., “a kingly priesthood.”

And this corresponds perfectly with the Israelites in the type being called forth to be “a kingdom of priests” in the earthly sphere of the kingdom (Exodus 19:5-6), for Christians in the antitype are being called forth to be “a kingly priesthood” in the heavenly sphere of the kingdom.

(The Septuagint [Greek translation of the Old Testament] rendering of Exodus 19:6 [trans., “a kingdom of priests”] is identical to the Greek New Testament rendering in 1 Peter 2:9 [trans., “a royal (‘kingly’) priesthood”].  Note also the expression, “kings and priests,” in Revelation 1:6; 5:10.)

B)  AN OVERTHROW OF HEAVENLY POWERS

As an overthrow of earthly powers is seen in the type (Gentile nations inhabiting the earthly land), an overthrow of heavenly powers is seen in the antitype (Satan and his angels inhabiting the heavenly land).  As the Israelites were to dwell in this earthly land, as “a kingdom of priests,” following the overthrow of the Gentile powers in the land (powers ruling under Satan and his angels), so it is with Christians relative to the heavenly sphere of the kingdom.  They are being called to dwell in this heavenly land as “kings and priests,” following the overthrow of Satan and his angels (ruling through the Gentile powers on earth).

And as the Israelites were to rule within a theocracy, so will it be with Christians.  There was a warfare relative to the land and an existing theocracy in the camp of Israel; and there is likewise a warfare relative to the land, with a theocracy in view, in Christendom today.

Note Ephesians 6:12 relative to the present warfare, with a theocracy in view:

For we do not wrestle against flesh and blood [powers on earth in the kingdom of men], but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this age, against spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places [lit., “against the spiritual things of the evil one in the heavens”].

The journey for Christians is toward that heavenly land, and the warfare for Christians emanates from this same land.  Christ, in that coming day, is to replace Satan; and Christians, ruling with Christ, are to replace angels presently ruling under Satan.

Satan knows this, and he presently vents his wrath toward Christians who aspire to occupy one of these positions after he and his angels have been put down.

Thus, the warfare rages; and it will continue to rage throughout the present dispensation as long as there are Christians on hand who look toward the proper goal as they run the race of the faith.
Chapter Five
Gleaning in Boaz’s Field (1)

So Naomi returned, and Ruth the Moabitess her daughter-in-law with her, who returned from the country of Moab. Now they came to Bethlehem at the beginning of barley harvest.

There was a relative of Naomi’s husband, a man of great wealth, of the family of Elimelech. His name was Boaz.

So Ruth the Moabitess said to Naomi, “Please let me go to the field, and glean heads of grain after him in whose sight I may find favor.” And she said to her, “Go, my daughter.”

Then she left, and went and gleaned in the field after the reapers. And she happened to come to the part of the field belonging to Boaz, who was of the family of Elimelech. . . .

So she gleaned in the field until evening . . .

So she stayed close by the young women of Boaz, to glean until the end of barley harvest and wheat harvest; and she dwelt with her mother-in-law. (Ruth 1:22 and Ruth 2:3, 17, 23 [17a])

Ruth chapter one, as it pertains to Christians in a type-antitype structure introduces not only salvation by grace but that which is to follow in the Christian life as well.  And the emphasis in the chapter is upon the things subsequent to salvation by grace, not upon salvation by grace itself.

This is the ordered structure seen anywhere in Scripture.  Salvation by grace is dealt with numerous places throughout Scripture, beginning in the opening verses of Genesis; but salvation by grace is never seen as the main subject or thrust of Scripture.  Rather, Scripture dwells centrally upon the things in the Christian life subsequent to salvation by grace, presenting matters surrounding the reason that the one formerly “dead in trespasses and sins” has “passed from death to life.”

Revelation in the book of Ruth, structured in the preceding manner, is fraught with significance and meaning.  Teachings surrounding salvation by grace occupy only a small part of the book and are seen at the beginning of the book, in chapter one (Ruth 1:3-5 [as seen occupying only a small part of the opening section beginning Scripture — Genesis. 1:1-5]).  Then the remainder of the book deals with that which follows salvation by grace, taking the Christian on a spiritual journey that carries him from the point in his spiritual life immediately following the birth from above forward into the Messianic Kingdom (Genesis. 1:6ff [as also seen at the beginning of Scripture, in the remainder of the opening section — Genesis. 1:6-2:3]).

Do you want to know how to be saved?  Go to the book of Ruth.  Do you want to know the things that God singles out and deals with as matters of special and particular importance in the Christian life?  Go to the book of Ruth.  Do you want to know how to be a fruitful Christian during the present day and time?  Go to the book of Ruth.  Do you want to know how to prepare for the inevitable future appearance before Christ at His judgment seat?  Go to the book of Ruth.  Do you want to know about that which will occur at the judgment seat?  Go to the book of Ruth.  Do you want to know about that which will occur following the judgment seat, leading into the Messianic Kingdom?  Go to the book of Ruth.

It is all there in this small book of four chapters.  The Spirit of God, moving an unknown human author to pen this account, has placed more in this book than it would ever be possible for any student of the Word to even begin to exhaust in a lifetime of study.

THE PURPOSE, GOAL

Note the importance, seen in chapter one, of Christians being introduced to the purpose and goal of the race of the faith near the very beginning of their spiritual journey.  It is vitally important that Christians, shortly following the birth from above, be told WHY they have been saved and be provided with instruction concerning the spiritual journey in which they now find themselves engaged.

If not, how can Christians properly make the decision that Ruth made in chapter one — to cleave unto Naomi and travel with her toward another land (which has to do with the Christians’ connection with Israel, the Word given through Jewish prophets, and travel toward another land as well)?  Or, if not, how can Christians on this journey to another land understand the reason for the inevitable spiritual warfare that awaits them and the need to properly prepare themselves for this warfare (against Satan and his angels dwelling in the land of the Christians’ inheritance and seeking at every turn to prevent Christians from one day realizing their inheritance, as co-heirs with Christ, in this land [Ephesians 6:10-18])?

Then, relative to this spiritual warfare, note that the first piece of armor that Christians are commanded to put on in Ephesians 6:14 has to do with being girt about the loins with “truth.”  The word “truth” in this passage is not a reference to the Word of God.  That’s seen later in the arrayal process (Ephesians 6:17), as Christians move from an immature (Greek: gnosis) understanding of the Word to a mature (Greek: epignosis) understanding of the Word.  Rather, “truth” in verse fourteen has to do with the manner in which one embarks upon the conflict at hand — in an earnest and sincere manner, seen in the steadfast manner in which Ruth acted (as opposed to Orpah turning away from Naomi, the journey, and going back to her own land and people).

An early introduction to the purpose and goal of the journey set before Christians could only be considered a vital, natural, and necessary course of events.  Note two previous central types in this respect:

In one type, God told Abraham about the purpose and goal for the journey set before him prior to his leaving Ur (Genesis. 12:1-3).  And, in another type, Moses was commanded to instruct the Israelites concerning the purpose and goal of the journey set before them prior to their leaving Egypt (Exodus 6:6-8).

This is the way matters are laid out in the types, which is really the only logical way in which they could be laid out.  And this is the way matters must occur in the antitype as well.  Shortly after the birth from above, if there is to be ensuing victory in the spiritual life, Christians must begin receiving instruction concerning the journey set before them, the land lying out ahead, the inevitable battle for the land, etc.

(In one of the previous central types, note the parallel between the testing of the Israelites under Moses at Kadesh-Barnea in Numbers 13; 14 and the testing of Ruth and Orpah in Ruth chapter one.  A testing of this nature can occur only following certain things having been made known [evident in the type of the Israelites under Moses]; and at the time of testing in the types, two kinds of individuals are seen in each instance.

In the account of the Israelites under Moses, the twelve spies, who had traversed the land set before them for forty days and nights, brought back a report concerning the land, along with fruits from the land.  These spies told the people about the land, displayed the fruits of the land before them, and told them about the strength of the inhabitants dwelling in different parts of the land.

Then, two of the spies [Caleb and Joshua] voiced a proper and true exhortation with the report, urging the people to move forward, defeat the enemy, and take the land.

. . . Let us go up at once and take possession, for we are well able to overcome it. [Numbers13:30b].

But, the other ten spies voiced an improper and evil exhortation with the report, which caused the Israelites to fear, desire to appoint a new leader, and return to Egypt.

We are not able to go up against the people, for they are stronger than we. [Numbers 13:31b].

Then, the end of the matter has to do with two kinds of individuals relative to the inheritance set before them:  (1)  those who overcame and ultimately realized their inheritance [Caleb and Joshua (Joshua 14:6-14; 19:49-50; cf. Numbers 14:24, 30)];  and (2) those who were overcome and were overthrown in the wilderness, short of realizing the goal of the death of the firstborn in Egypt and their deliverance from Egypt [the remaining ten spies, plus an entire generation of Israelites that they had misled (Joshua 5:6; cf. Numbers 14:23-37)].

In the book of Ruth, exactly the same thing can be seen in Ruth’s and Orpah’s actions, though details are not given.  It is simply stated that one [Ruth] moved forward with Naomi, but the other [Orpah] turned back.

This is why all of the various types on a subject must be compared with one another and viewed in the light of the antitype.  Only through this means does Scripture bring all of the details together and present the complete picture in all its fullness.)

It is evident that Satan and his angels carry out their attack against Christians in a systematic and well-planned manner, for they would know that an onslaught of this nature is their only hope for victory in the battle.  And Christians need to understand that the only way in which they can overcome such an attack is through following God’s instructions, as these instructions relate to all things in the spiritual life.

If Christians follow the Lord’s instructions in His Word, victory will ensue.  If Christians do not follow these instructions, defeat will be inevitable.  The whole of the spiritual life, taking one from the point of the birth from above (Ruth 1) to an inheritance in the Messianic Kingdom (Ruth 4) is really that simple to grasp in its whole overall scope.

THE HARVEST

Then, in connection with instructions surrounding the spiritual journey is a harvest, which involves the entirety of the Christian life during the present dispensation.  This is the point to which one is taken in the book of Ruth immediately following things revealed about the journey toward another land (which one must grasp and understand first in order to become involved in the harvest in a proper manner).  And this book devotes an entire chapter to the harvest, revealing numerous details concerning the proper conduct of Christians throughout their pilgrim journey.

1)  BARLEY AND WHEAT

Naomi and Ruth arrived in Bethlehem together at “the beginning of barley harvest”; and Ruth is seen working in a field from shortly after their arrival until “the end of barley harvest and wheat harvest” (Ruth 1:22-2:23).

Barley and wheat were normally planted at different times in the fall.  Barley was usually planted early in the fall and wheat later in the fall.  Thus, during the spring of the following year, barley would normally ripen first and would form the type sheaf of grain that the priest waved before the Lord at the time of the feast of First Fruits (Leviticus 23:9-11).

The feast of First Fruits was the third of seven Jewish festivals, outlining the prophetic calendar of Israel.  The Passover was the first festival, occurring on the fourteenth day of the first month of the year.  This was followed immediately by the feast of Unleavened Bread (beginning on the fifteenth day), which lasted for seven days.  Then, the feast of First Fruits occurred on the day immediately following the next weekly Sabbath after the beginning of the feast of Unleavened Bread (which would be on the first day of the following week).

(E.g., the year Christ was crucified, the fourteenth day of the first month of the year, the day that the Passover was observed, fell on a Friday.  Then, the seven days when the feast of Unleavened Bread was observed began immediately following the Passover, on the fifteenth day of the month;  and, since the Passover this year fell on a Friday, the regular weekly Sabbath was also observed on the first day of the feast of Unleavened Bread, the day immediately following the Passover.

This is why Scripture refers to this particular Sabbath as “a high day” [John 19:31], for one of the feast days from Leviticus 23 fell on the regular weekly Sabbath — the first day of the feast of Unleavened Bread.  Then, the feast of First Fruits was observed on the day immediately following the Sabbath [on a day when the feast of Unleavened Bread continued to be observed].)

Christ died as the Paschal Lamb on the Passover, at the time of day when the paschal lambs were to be slain in Israel; and He was raised on the feast of First Fruits [on the third day, dating from the Passover].  Thus, the priest waving a sheaf of grain before the Lord on the feast of First Fruits speaks of resurrection, following death.  And “barley” ripening first and being seen as the type of sheaf that the priest waved before the Lord on this day would speak of resurrection as well.

“Barley” would, to an extent, be contrasted with “wheat,” which would speak of both death and resurrection.  Note Jesus’ words in John 12:24:

Most assuredly, I say to you, unless a grain of wheat falls into the ground and dies, it remains alone; but if it dies, it produces much grain. 

“Death” must occur first, but “fruit-bearing” can only be associated with resurrection.  Thus, that symbolized by “wheat” would really encompass both — death, followed by resurrection.

In this respect, beginning with the barley harvest and continuing with the wheat harvest in the book of Ruth depicts a beginning and a continuing associated with resurrection.  But the introduction of wheat into the complete harvest depicts death in connection with and following resurrection, if fruit-bearing is to occur.

This whole overall thought sets forth vital and indispensable truths in the Christian life, seen centrally in two realms in the New Testament:  baptism, and the saving of the soul.

A)  BAPTISM

God rejects first things and establishes second things among that which He has rejected.  This is a truth seen throughout Scripture, beginning in Genesis.

For example, God rejected the first heavens and the first earth, and He will one day destroy the rejected (present) heavens and earth and bring into existence a new heavens and a new earth; God rejected the earth’s first ruler (Satan), and He will one day remove this first ruler and give the kingdom to a second Ruler (Christ); God rejected the first man (Adam), and He has brought forth and accepted a second Man (Christ); God rejected the works of the first man (works of the flesh), and He has accepted the works of the second Man (works of the Spirit); God rejected Abraham’s firstborn (Ishmael, “born after the flesh”), and He accepted Abraham’s second born (Isaac, “born after the Spirit”).

And on and on one could go showing examples of the preceding, which all center on the same central subject — the things of Satan on the one hand, having to do with sin and death; and the things of God on the other hand, having to do with spirit and life.

In man’s life today, God has rejected the first birth, for it is associated with the fall, sin, and death.  This is why man must be born from above.  He must come into possession of a spiritual birth, a birth associated with God’s Spirit and with life — the Spirit breathing life into the one having no life, effecting a spiritual birth from above.

Then, the different places that God has assigned for the first birth and the birth from above are graphically seen in the act of baptism, which is to occur immediately following the birth from above.  A burial and resurrection are to be shown through this act.  The old man is to be buried in the waters; and he is to be left there, in a state of death.  But the new man is to rise up from the waters, and the person is to walk in newness of life.

That is the picture shown through baptism, with resurrection and walking in newness of life applying to the new man alone.  Nothing associated with the old man is to be seen rising up from the waters.  God has rejected the old man, who can only bring the new man down spiritually if allowed to live and co-exist with the new man in any form or fashion.  Beyond that seen through baptism, the new man alone possesses an association with the goal out ahead.

The man of flesh has no inheritance with the man of spirit, graphically shown in the type of Ishmael and Isaac.  Ishmael, typifying the man of flesh, was rejected; Isaac alone, typifying the man of spirit, was accepted.

God’s command to Abraham through Sarah was very clear in this respect:

. . Cast out this bondwoman and her son; for the son of this bondwoman shall not be heir with my son, namely with Isaac. (Genesis. 21:10b).

And this whole overall thought, set forth much earlier in Genesis (e.g., Genesis 3), never changes in Scripture.  The man of flesh (man lacking the pristine covering of glory, which Adam lost at the time of the fall, resulting from sin and a consequent severed relationship with God) is simply not acceptable to God.  Fallen man, separated from God, must be born from above (a divine work — a work of the Spirit, based on the Son’s finished work at Calvary — resulting in a spiritual birth, bringing man back into a correct relationship with God [though not in exactly the same manner seen prior to the fall, with man’s flesh covered by God’s Glory]).

That which is depicted by baptism in the Christian life today was depicted by the Red Sea passage of the Israelites during Moses’ Day.  One is the type and the other the antitype, both are seen occurring immediately following the birth from above, and both set forth exactly the same biblical truths.

In the type, the Israelites, experiencing the death of the firstborn in Egypt, first passed through the Red Sea on their journey toward an earthly land (in which they were to realize an inheritance).  That reckoned as dead was to be buried, and it was to remain in the place of death.  That associated with the spiritual birth alone was to be seen in the lives of the Israelites as they came up out of the Sea on the eastern banks, sang the victor’s song, traveled toward Sinai, and then traveled toward the land of their inheritance.

In the antitype, exactly the same thing is seen, though relative to a heavenly land.  In connection with the new birth, there is a death as well.  That connected with the first birth remains unchanged, in the place of sin and death, rejected by God.  And that reckoned as dead is to be buried and left in the place of death.  The new man alone is to be seen associated with resurrection, life, a reception of the Word of God, and the journey toward the land of one’s inheritance.

(Note that there is no power in the act of baptism per se, as there was no power in the Red Sea crossing of the Israelites under Moses per se.  The power lies in that which was depicted by the Red Sea crossing, by baptism — a burial [having to do with the old man], and a resurrection [having to do with the new man].)

Note how the things surrounding baptism, as they relate to Christians, are depicted in two sections of Scripture in the New Testament:

Therefore we were buried with Him through baptism into death, that just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, even so we also should walk in newness of life.

For if we have been united together in the likeness of His death, certainly we also shall be in the likeness of His resurrection,

knowing this, that our old man was crucified with Him, that the body of sin might be done away with, that we should no longer be slaves of sin. . . .

Likewise you also, reckon yourselves to be dead indeed to sin, but alive to God in Christ Jesus our Lord.

Therefore do not let sin reign in your mortal body, that you should obey it in its lusts. (Romans 6:4-6, 11-12).

buried with Him in baptism, in which you also were raised with Him through faith in the working of God, who raised Him from the dead. . . .

If then you were raised with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ is, sitting at the right hand of God.

Set your mind on things above, not on things on the earth.

For you died, and your life is hidden with Christ in God.

When Christ who is our life appears, then you also will appear with Him in glory.

Therefore put to death your members which are on the earth . . . .”  (Colossians 2:12; 3:1-5a).

To avoid any misconception concerning that which had previously been stated about the old man and death, note how Paul words matters at the end of each of these sections.  In Romans, the command is given to not allow sin to “reign” in one’s life; and in Colossians, the command is given to “put to death” the things associated with the old man, the man of flesh.

That is, remaining within the symbolism shown by baptism, the Christian is not to allow the old man to rise above the waters with the new man.  Rather, the old man is to be kept below the waters, in the place of death.  But, though the old man is to be reckoned as dead and left beneath the waters in the place of death, in actuality, he is very much aliveAnd Christians must recognize this fact, governing their lives accordingly.

A major tragedy in Christian circles today — one with deadly consequences — has to do with the fact that numerous Christians have been misled by the same thinking that pervades that of the world.  They have been misled into thinking that Ishmael (typifying the man of flesh) and Isaac (typifying the man of spirit) can co-exist in the same tent together, in peace.

But that, according to the clear teaching of Scripture, is impossible.  Details surrounding the matter have forever been clearly laid out in Genesis, and the principles within these details can never change.  The son of the bondwoman is to be cast out, for he has no inheritance with the son of the freewoman (Galatians 4:22-31).

(Note that the same thing causing major problems in Christian circles today, typified by the account of Ishmael and Isaac in Genesis, is causing major problems in the world because of the descendants of these same two individuals [with the problem centered in the Middle East].  And an inheritance is in view in both instances — a heavenly among Christians, and an earthly in the Middle East.

A cry relative to a holy war is being echoed today by numerous descendants of Ishmael — Death to the descendants of Isaac! [i.e., Death to Israel!].  And the whole of the matter has to do with the rights to occupy a particular portion of land in the Middle East.

Exactly the same cry would be echoed in the spiritual realm in the lives of Christians today by the old man, if allowed to live and move about.  It would be voiced against the man of spirit, seeking to bring him down to the place of death [cf. Romans 8:13].

And the whole of the matter is the same as that which is seen through the actions of the descendants of Ishmael in the Middle East.  It has to do with rights to occupy a particularly portion of land [in this case, land in a heavenly realmi.e., it has to do with Satan and his angels presently occupying and contending for the rights to that heavenly realm from whence a rule over the earth ensues].)

The man of flesh has been rejected, he is to be kept in the place of death, and the spiritual man alone is to be operative in all activities in the Christian life.  Resurrection for the old man or any thought of his having a part in the future inheritance is completely out of the question.  All of the basics for these things were set forth very early in Scripture, in Genesis, and they can never change.

The overall thought has to do with governing one’s life accordingly, with a future inheritance in view.  If a Christian keeps the old man under subjection, leaving him in the place of death, matters will progress as God intended.  However, if a Christian allows the old man to gain the upper hand, allowing him to leave the place of death, matters will, instead, go in a direction that God did not intend.  Victory marks one realm and defeat marks the other.

B)  THE SAVING OF THE SOUL

The salvation of the soul simply presents another facet of the same thing seen through that portrayed by baptism.  The birth from above is a spiritual birth and has to do with man’s spirit, not with his soul (John 3:3-6).  This birth places him in a position where he can then come into a realization of the salvation of his soul.

The soul is associated with that pertaining to the natural man — a person’s emotions, feelings, desires, etc. as they pertain to his man-conscious existence, to his natural life.  “Soul” and “life” would be used interchangeably in this respect; and all of the things associated with the natural man, the old man, are to be brought under subjection.  These things, as the grain of wheat in John 12:24, must die if there is to be fruit-bearing in a resurrection life (John 12:25; cf. Romans 8:13).

Thus, the saving of the soul has nothing to do with transforming the old life, changing the old man.  The things associated with the first birth cannot be transformed or changed.  There is nothing good about the old man to transform or change.

Rather, the saving of the soul has to do with living a life — completely within “the power of His resurrection, and the fellowship of His sufferings, being conformed to His death” (Philippians 3:10) — which will result in the old man being kept in subjection, kept in the place of death (beneath the waters — the Red Sea in the type, baptism in the antitype).

It is losing one’s soul/life (present) in order to realize one’s soul/life (future).  The inverse of that which is true in this respect concerning Christians during the present dispensation (losing one’s soul/life) will be true during the Messianic Era (realizing the salvation of one’s soul/life).  Note Matthew 16:24-26 in this respect:

Then Jesus said to His disciples, “If anyone desires to come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.

For whoever desires to save his life [Greek: psuche, ‘soul’ or ‘life’] will lose it, but whoever loses his life [Greek: psuche, ‘soul’ or ‘life’] for My sake will find it.

For what profit is it to a man if he gains the whole world, and loses his own soul [Greek: psuche, ‘soul’ or ‘life’]?  Or what will a man give in exchange for his soul [Greek: psuche, ‘soul’ or ‘life’]?”  (Matthew 16:24-26)

If any Christian wishes to “come after” Christ — have a part in His sufferings, to be followed by having a part in His Glory (cf. Matthew 16:21-23; 1 Peter 1:9-11; 4:12-13) — he must do that which is stated in verse twenty-four.  He must “deny himself” (deny the fleshly impulses of the soul, associated with the natural man, the old man), “take up his cross” (enter into the place of suffering and death), and “follow” Christ.

And note that the saving of the soul is connected with “the Son of Man coming in His kingdom” (Matthew 16:27-17:5).  It has to do with Christ appearing in all His Glory on the seventh day (Matthew 17:1) — the seventh millennium, the Sabbath foreshadowed in Genesis. 2:2-3 (cf. Exodus 31:13-17; Hebrews 4:4-9) — and rewarding “every man according to his works.”

Thus, the saving of the soul has to do with present sufferings and death, with a view to future glory and life, to be realized in the coming kingdom of Christ.  It has to do with losing one’s life during the present dispensation in order to gain it during the coming dispensation (something that only a person who has been born from above, possessing spiritual life, can do).

2)  BEGINNING, CONTINUING, ENDING

“Barley” is seen as the grain being harvested at the beginning of the harvest in the book of Ruth, and both “barley” and “wheat” are seen as grains having been harvested at the end of the harvest in this book.  And all that lies between — proper work during the time of harvest — must be seen in connection with the symbolism set forth by these two forms of grain.

If there is to be fruit-bearing during the time of harvest, it must be accomplished by the spiritual man through the power of the Spirit.  And to bring this to pass, there must be death.  The grain of wheat must fall into the ground and die.  Only then can fruit-bearing, in its true biblical sense, occur within the resulting resurrection life.

In the type, Ruth reaped the harvest in Boaz’s field.  “The field” is a reference to the world (Matthew 13:38).  Thus, in the antitype, Christians are to reap in a world presently under the control of Satan and his angels, but a world that will one day be under the control of Christ and His co-heirs.

However, they are to reap only after a certain revealed fashion, set forth in type in the book of Ruth.  And this must be recognized and heeded.

There must be a clear understanding of the goal out ahead, there must be a steadfast determination to move toward that goal, and there must be a proper governing of the spiritual life if victory is to be achieved.
Chapter Six
Gleaning in Boaz’s Field (2)

So Ruth the Moabitess said to Naomi, “Please let me go to the field, and glean heads of grain” . . .

Then she left, and went and gleaned in the field after the reapers . . .

So she gleaned in the field until evening, and beat out what she had gleaned . . .

So she stayed close by the young women of Boaz, to glean until the end of barley harvest and wheat harvest; and she dwelt with her mother-in-law. (Ruth 2:2-3, 17, 23 [2a, 3a, 17a])

Naomi and Ruth arrived in Bethlehem at the beginning of barley harvest, with the wheat harvest to follow.  In Israel during those days, barley would normally have been planted first during the previous fall and harvested first during the spring, with wheat planted and harvested later than barley.  And, as previously seen (ref. chapter 5 of this book), this entire sequence from the book of Ruth provides deep spiritual lessons relative to Christians and the harvest in which they presently find themselves engaged.

Barley,” normally ripening and being harvested first in Israel, would form the type of sheaf of grain that the priest waved before the Lord on the feast of First Fruits.  And, as the previous Passover was associated with death (Christ died as the Paschal Lamb on this day), the feast of First Fruits was associated with resurrection (Christ was raised from the dead on this day).

Then, “wheat,” within this overall thought surrounding death and resurrection, would be associated with both, for a grain of wheat planted in the ground — dying (John 12:24) — cannot bear fruit unless there is subsequently a springing forth from the ground of that which is living.

That is, beginning with the barley harvest, the one working in the field is to labor during the time of harvest in connection with that associated with resurrection alone.  He is to conduct his labors within the scope of the activities of the new man alone, reckoning the old man to be dead and in the place of death (shown through the Red Sea passage in the type, and baptism in the antitype).

Then, this continuance of death during the harvest is dealt with in the subsequent wheat harvest.

The old man, as Ishmael, is, in reality, very much alive, though he is to be reckoned as dead and kept in the place of death.  And, for this reason, “wheat” is seen as part of the harvest as well.

There must be death following resurrection (shown by the wheat harvest following the beginning of barley harvest).  But, though death must occur (a person must lose his life to save it [John 12:25; cf. Matthew 16:24-26]), the thought of resurrection must continue within this picture of the harvest (shown by the continuing barley harvest, as well as the wheat harvest itself [as previously seen, if fruit is to be borne, a springing forth — a resurrection — must follow the death referred to in John 12:24]).

A springing forth, a resurrection, in connection with the new man in this respect is a truth established very early in Scripture — established within God’s restorative work in the first chapter of Genesis.  In this opening chapter, a bringing forth, in the manner seen in John 12:24, is connected with God’s work on the third day — the earth, which was being restored, bringing forth on this day (Genesis 1:9-13).  And, occurring on the third day, the thought of life or resurrection is connected with this day, establishing a first-mention principle.

(Note that Christ was raised on the third day, as Jonah in the type [cf. Matthew 12:39-40; Luke 24:21]; and all of God’s firstborn Sons [Christ, Israel, and the Church (following the adoption into a firstborn status)] will be raised up to live in God’s sight yet future on the third day [the third millennium, dating from the same time as Christ’s resurrection — from the time of the crucifixion; e.g., Hosea 5:13-6:2].)

Thus, resurrection is seen connected with the third day in Scripture, beginning in the opening chapter of Genesis; and resurrection is later seen connected with the feast of First Fruits, the third of seven festivals forming the prophetic calendar of Israel.

The significance of the third day in Scripture is why Joseph is seen dealing with his brethren in connection with life on “the third day” in Genesis 42:17-18, why Moses wanted to take the Israelites “three days journey” into the desert before he offered sacrifices to the Lord in Exodus 5:2-3, why both “the third day” and “the seventh day” are used in Numbers 19:11-12 relative to a person being cleansed from defilement brought about through contact with a dead body (the third day would date back to the time of the crucifixion, and the seventh day would cover the whole spectrum of time, as seen in Genesis 1:1-2:3), and why Esther stood in the king’s presence relative to the deliverance of the Jews on “the third day” in Esther 5:1.

(In Moses’ deliverance of the Israelites from Egypt, the things connected with Israel’s calling [as God’s firstborn son, who was to realize the rights of primogeniture in another land, within a theocracy (Exodus 4:22-23; 19:5-6)], were associated with a three-day journey, sacrifices to the Lord, and a rest.  Only through a separation from Egypt, shown by the three-day journey, could the Israelites properly offer sacrifices unto the Lord and realize the rest set before them, a “rest from their burdens” [cf. Exodus 5:2-5; Ruth 3:1, 18; Hebrews 4:1-9].

And the rest in view [as the significance of the third day] was also originally set forth in the opening chapters of Genesis, establishing another first-mention principle in these chapters.  The rest in these opening chapters occurred on the seventh day — the Sabbath.  This foreshadowed the earth’s coming Sabbath, which would occur at the full end of six days [6,000 years] of restorative work, or on the third day [the third 1,000-year period] dating from the time of Christ’s crucifixion.

The Pharaoh of Egypt during Moses’ day had other thoughts about the Israelites’ three-day journey, their sacrifices to the Lord, and the rest that they were to enter into.  The Pharaoh wasn’t against their offering sacrifices to their God, but he wanted them to do it in the land of Egypt, among the Egyptians, short of a three-day journey.  And the Pharaoh wanted them to continue serving him rather than seeking rest.

So it is with the Lord’s servants today.  Either they find themselves laboring in the field in connection with things surrounding both a three-day journey [pointing to resurrection] and a rest [pointing to the earth’s coming Sabbath], or they find themselves laboring in the field in an opposite fashion [in a manner separate from the things surrounding both a three-day journey and a rest].  The former will result in fruit-bearing, but not so with the latter.

The man of flesh — as the world and the demonic powers presently ruling this world [Satan and his angels] — can be very religious [cf. Acts 17:22-23; 2 Corinthians 11:13-15].  And they don’t mind a Christian being very religious as well, as long as he doesn’t go “very far away” and carries out his worship among those of the world, through whom Satan and his angels presently rule [Exodus 8:25, 28; cf. Daniel 10:13-20].

The line though is drawn when the Christian desires to go the full three-day journey [away from the things of the world, walking in resurrection life] and look toward the rest out ahead.  This is the time when the attack will come from all directions, in different ways — not only from those in the spirit world but from among many in the vast number of worldly-minded Christians who haven’t gone “very far away” and are quite content to intermingle with those in the world in this respect.

Those in the demonic world understand the three-day journey and the rest, and that’s why they attack Christians who seek to follow Scriptural guidelines.  They know that Christians aspiring to realize the inheritance and rest set before them are, in effect, seeking to one day occupy regal positions in the kingdom of Christ that they presently hold in the kingdom under Satan.  And, as Satan, they will do everything within their power to retain their present positions and prevent this from happening.  Thus, the spiritual warfare rages for those Christians who have experienced the full three-day journey and look toward the rest out ahead.

But Christians who haven’t gone “very far away,” and are often very religious, invariably don’t understand the three-day journey and the rest; and, in reality, that is why they join the attack.  The mind-set of Christians seeking to follow the Spirit’s leadership in this overall matter is foreign to their way of thinking, for it is opposed to the ways and practices of the world, which they follow.  And, as a consequence, they find themselves opposing that which is being taught and practiced.

In short, if Christians want to be attacked from all sides by everyone concerned, all they have to do is follow Scriptural guidelines in the matter of Christian living, the harvest at hand, etc.  But if they desire, on the other hand, to live in harmony among all concerned, then all they have to do is the opposite.

It is losing one’s life [soul] or saving one’s life [soul] during the present time, with the inverse of that being true during that coming day.

And the whole of that which occurs in this respect is why suffering always precedes glory in Scripture.  Suffering will result from obedience in the Christian life.  Christians following Scriptural guidelines in their lives will invariably experience suffering; but that will not necessarily be the case for Christians who choose not to follow these Scriptural guidelines.

Note how the matter surrounding suffering is succinctly handled in two New Testament epistles:

Yes, and all who desire to live godly in Christ Jesus will suffer persecution. [2 Timothy 3:12]

Beloved, do not think it strange concerning the fiery trial which is to try you, as though some strange thing happened to you;

but rejoice to the extent that you partake of Christ's sufferings, that when His glory is revealed, you may also be glad with exceeding joy. [1 Peter 4:12-13])

PRESENT ACTIVITY IN THE FIELD

The time covered by the barley harvest and the wheat harvest in Ruth 2 presents a picture of the Christian in the race of “the faith” during the present dispensation. The Christian is seen gleaning in the field belonging to the One whom Boaz typifies.

A “field” is used in Scripture to typify the world (Matthew 13:38; cf. Genesis 37:15), “gleaning” in the field has to do with bringing forth fruit while in the world, and “the length” of the gleaning (from morning until evening, from the beginning to the end of the harvest) has to do with a never-ending work, extending throughout the dispensation.

A Christian is to set his sights on the goal out ahead, and he is to be busy throughout the course of the dispensation, in his Master’s field.  And, relative to the harvest, he is to concern himself with one thing.  He is to concern himself with that which is provided for him to glean, not with that which is provided for another to glean.

Boaz, “a mighty man of wealth,” took note of Ruth gleaning in his field, inquired of her, instructed her to not glean in any other field, and then instructed his workers in the field to purposefully leave sheaves of grain for her to glean.  In this respect, Boaz provided that which Ruth was to glean, giving his workers instructions that it was to be left specifically for her.

All Ruth had to do was glean that which the workers, at Boaz’s instructions, had left for her to glean.  And Ruth gleaned in Boaz’s field after this fashion from morning until evening, from the beginning to the end of the harvest (Ruth 2:4-23).

And so it is with Christians bringing forth fruit today.  The Lord of the harvest has provided for each and every Christian.  Christians are to simply wait upon the Lord to provide and they are then to glean that which has been provided for them to glean.  It is through this process — waiting upon and looking to the Lord — that fruit is to be borne in a Christian’s life.

(But, again, note that it is the new man alone — the man of spirit alone — who has any connection with this gleaning process, looking forward to an inheritance and rest out ahead.  The old man — the man of flesh — must be reckoned as dead and left in the place of death.  He has nothing to do with the harvest, the inheritance, and the rest.

The importance of this cannot be overemphasized — a truth set forth in the book of Ruth that must occur at the beginning of the harvest, apart from which proper work cannot be performed in the field during the time of harvest.)

1)  THE ONE GLEANING

Ruth described herself as a stranger, whom Boaz had singled out as one in whom he had taken particular interest.  And Ruth further described herself as being different than Boaz’s handmaidens, among whom she was told to abide (Ruth 2:10, 13).

A)  A STRANGER

Ruth referring to herself as a stranger would be a reference to her past — a “young Moabite woman” (Ruth 2:6), alienated from Israel and the God of Israel.  But Boaz recognized her as no longer alienated in this respect.  Boaz recognized her as now having a family relationship with both Israel and the God of Israel (Ruth 2:11-12; ref. chapter 2).

This, of course, would foreshadow the past and present position that Christians taken from among the Gentiles occupy in the antitype.  At one time, they were “strangers…without God in the world.”  But, “now in Christ Jesus,” those who at one time were “far off” have been “brought near by the blood of Christ” (Ephesians 2:12-13).

And, on the basis of Christ’s shed blood, this has been brought to pass through a work of the Spirit — a work peculiar to the present dispensation, which began on the day of Pentecost.  An individual is immersed in the Spirit, placing him positionally “in Christ.”  Then, “in Christ,” the individual becomes “Abraham’s seed,” because Christ is Abraham’s Seed.

The Christian, through Christ, acquires an association with Israel.  He, as pictured in Romans 11:13-24, was cut out of a wild olive tree and has been grafted into a good olive tree.

The Christian, in this position, is no longer “without God in the world.”  He, through being identified with Israel, now has God.  And, as Boaz recognized Ruth in the field in this respect, God recognizes the Christian in the world in this same respect.  Ruth past and the Christian present was/is in a position to glean in the field and bring forth fruit during the time of harvest.

B)  DIFFERENT

Ruth looking upon herself as different than Boaz’s handmaidens (Ruth 2:13), taken contextually, would again refer to her past Gentile heritage, to the fact that she had been brought into a family relationship through a means other than natural birth, different from the way in which the handmaidens had been brought into this relationship.  A secondary teaching could perhaps be seen in the antitype through dealing with faithful and unfaithful Christians, though, contextually, that is not the subject at hand.

The book does not deal with two classes of Christians in this respect beyond chapter one, beyond the last mention of Orpah.  The book, beyond this point in the opening chapter, deals solely with the faithful in the antitype.  Thus, it would be out of line with the context to see the difference between Ruth and the handmaidens in verse fourteen as a reference to faithfulness and unfaithfulness among Christians.

Israel, in the antitype, had rejected the proffered kingdom.  And God called into existence an entirely new nation — one which was neither Jewish nor Gentile — and has offered to those comprising this new nation the same thing that had been offered to, spurned by, and taken from Israel (cf. Matthew 21:43; 1 Peter 2:9-10).

Those comprising this new nation who have received the message are like Ruth in the type.  They are members of the family; but, though grafted into the good olive tree, they are different than the natural branches that have been broken off.  They have accepted the message, not rejected it as the broken off natural branches (the natural seed of Abraham) had done.

And, for this reason, they are the ones now seen as being allowed to bring forth fruit in relation to the kingdom (Matthew 21:43).  They are the ones being shown grace in Christ’s eyes in this respect and being allowed to glean a provided harvest in the field (Ruth 2:15-16).

2)  TIME OF GLEANING

The time of gleaning is during the present dispensation, during the time in which the Spirit is in the world calling out a bride for God’s Son.  And the Spirit has been provided with an entire dispensation — lasting 2,000 years — to acquire the bride.

Accordingly, the book of Ruth presents truths surrounding particular facets of this present work of the Spirit.  The book of Ruth deals centrally with Christian faithfulness and the end result during the time of harvest, not centrally with unfaithfulness and the end result.

The book does begin by showing both sides of the picture, showing the attitude and activities of both Ruth and Orpah as they began a journey toward another land with Naomi.  But, after the book relates a sharp division between the two (Orpah who separated herself from Naomi and turned back, and Ruth who remained with Naomi and continued the journey), matters continue with Ruth alone.  Orpah, who left Naomi and turned back, could have no part in that which Ruth was about to experience.

Thus, Orpah could have no part in that seen beyond this point in the book and is, consequently, not mentioned again.  And with the book centering on the activities of Ruth in this respect, the book provides a wealth of information surrounding guidelines pertaining to Christian faithfulness and the end result of faithfulness.  Suffice it to say, unfaithfulness is not dealt with in this book beyond the beginning of the journey toward another land, beyond the things seen in the first part of chapter one.  Faithfulness alone is the subject dealt with throughout the remainder of the book.

Then the length of time in which Christians, typified by Ruth, are to be busy in the Master’s field after this fashion is stated in a simple and concise manner.  It is “until even” on the one hand, and it is “to the end of barley harvest and of wheat harvest” on the other (Ruth 2:17, 23).  It is a present work that is to continue until the end of the dispensation.

3)  METHOD OF GLEANING

One of the most difficult things for Christians to do in the harvest, though one of the most important, is to simply wait upon the Lord to provide.  It is the Lord of the harvest who supplies that which Christians are to reap, which He supplies in His time.  And Christians must wait upon the Lord to make known and reveal that which He has for individual Christians to gather and work with in the harvest.

Note the words of Isaiah 40:31 with respect to waiting upon the Lord:

But those who wait on the LORD shall renew their strength; they shall mount up with wings like eagles, they shall run and not be weary, they shall walk and not faint.

Or, note the complete panorama of the matter as set forth in 2 Timothy 2:10-12.  The context (2 Timothy 2:4-5, 8) clearly reveals that Paul’s gospel (having to do with present and future aspects of salvation, not past) and matters pertaining to regality are in view:

Therefore I endure all things for the sake of the elect, that they also may obtain the salvation that is in Christ Jesus with eternal [Greek: aionios, contextually, ‘age-lasting’] glory.

This is a faithful saying: for if we died with Him [that which is shown by baptism, and by the loss of the soul], we shall also live with Him [that which is foreshadowed by rising from the waters of baptism, and by the salvation of the soul].

If we endure, we shall also reign with Him.  If we deny Him [relative to patient endurance, i.e., if we do not patiently endure], He also will deny us [relative to His reign, i.e., we will not reign with Him].”

The complete picture has to do with dying to self while walking in resurrection life, as one patiently endures under trials and testing, waiting upon the Lord of the harvest to provide throughout the time of harvest.  If a Christian allows these things to occur in his life in this manner, Christ, in turn, will allow that Christian to have a part in His coming reign.  That Christian will come into a realization of the salvation of his soul during the coming day of Christ’s glory and power.

However, the inverse of that is also true.  If a Christian doesn’t deny self, walk in resurrection life (which he can’t do if he doesn’t deny self), and patiently endure under trials and testing, that Christian will lose his soul and have no part with Christ during the coming day of His glory and power.

A)  GATHERING

In the type, Ruth was told to keep her eyes upon “the field.”  And Boaz instructed his men to “let grain from the bundles fall purposely [sheaves from the bundles] for her; leave it that she may glean, and do not rebuke her” (Ruth 2:9, 16).

The time of harvest is that simple to grasp and understand.  The Christian, walking in resurrection life and patiently enduring under trials and testing as he waits upon the Lord of the harvest, is simply to keep his eyes upon the field.  He is to be alert, and he is to watch; and the Lord of the harvest will, Himself, provide that which is to be gleaned by the waiting Christian.

The Christian is not to become impatient and run ahead of the Lord, seeking to gather in and work with something outside the scope of that which the Lord has for that person.  Rather, he is simply to wait.  He is to “wait upon the Lord” to supply that which the Lord has for that person and wants that person, not someone else, to reap.

Again, this is one of the most difficult things that Christians find about the Christian life.  They too often find themselves listening to some well-meaning but ill-informed Christian telling them that they should be out doing something.  And, rather than simply waiting upon the Lord to find out what the Lord wants them to do, they find themselves running ahead of the Lord, seeking to do that which another Christian has told them that they should be doing.

In so doing, they find themselves working in the wrong realm (entering a door that they themselves have opened) when they should be waiting for the right realm (waiting for the Lord to open the door for them).  And the end result can only be confusion and chaos introduced into the Lord’s plans and purposes for the lives of the individuals involved.

A Christian must wait upon the Lord, remaining attentive and keeping his eyes open as he waits.  There is no other way if the harvest is to be realized from a correct biblical perspective.

B)  WORKING WITH

Another thing relative to the harvest stands out in the text — something of utmost importance and significance.  Ruth, after she had gleaned in the field throughout the day, “beat out what she had gleaned,” leaving “about an ephah of barley” (Ruth 2:17).  That is, she didn’t confine her work to just one part of the task — gathering the grain that had been left for her.  Rather, after gathering the grain, she worked with that which she had gleaned, removing the grain from the stalk.  She worked with that which she had gleaned until the valuable part alone remained.

And so it is with Christians today.  They are not to confine themselves to just one part of the task.  They, for example, are not to cease their work following the proclamation of the message of salvation by grace through faith.  Rather, once a person has been saved, they are then to continue their work with that which has been taken from the field.  They are then to provide instruction concerning why the person has been saved.  They are then to proclaim all the various facets of the message surrounding the coming glory of Christ.  And they are to provide this instruction until a certain revealed time.

Remaining within the framework of the type, they are to reap stalks of grain from the field.  Then they are to continue the harvest, working with that which has been gleaned from the field.  And they are to continue this work until that which is worthless has been separated from that which is of value.  They are to continue this work until individuals have been brought from immaturity to maturity (from a gnosis to an epignosis understanding of the Word), until they have been grounded in “the faith” (Ephesians 4:11-15).

Note how Paul conducted his ministry along these lines (cf. Acts 20:20-32; Colossians 1:1-29).  And note Paul’s command in 2 Timothy, along these same lines:

But you be watchful in all things, endure afflictions, do the work of an evangelist, fulfill your ministry. (2 Timothy 4:5)

The word “evangelist” (Greek: euaggelistes) means, a proclaimer of good news.  The word is not used in Scripture in the narrow sense in which it is often used in Christendom today — one proclaiming only the good news of the grace of God.  Scripture uses this word in a much broader sense.

Timothy, being told to “do the work of an evangelist,” was simply being told to proclaim the good news.  What good news was he to proclaim?  The context itself has to do with the good news of the coming glory of Christ (cf. 2 Timothy 3:15; 4:1, 7-8).  Thus, contextually, this facet of the good news would be foremost in view.

But there is another facet to the good news — a preceding facet — the good news of the grace of God.  And the command to Timothy could not preclude this facet of the good news, though the context deals with the other.

In other words, if Timothy was dealing with the unsaved, he was to proclaim the good news of the grace of God.  He couldn’t proclaim anything else to them, for they were still “dead in trespasses and sins.”  They were incapable of spiritual discernment (1 Corinthians 2:14).

But, once they had “passed from death to life,” he was no longer to proclaim the good news of the grace of God to them.  Such would be meaningless, for they had already heard and responded to this message.  He was then to proclaim the good news of the coming glory of Christ, for now they could understand spiritual truth (1 Corinthians 2:9-13).

Either way though he would be doing the work of an evangelist.  That is, he would be proclaiming good news, whether relative to the grace of God or the coming glory of Christ.

And placing this within the framework of the type in Ruth chapter two, the same person proclaiming the good news of the grace of God to the unsaved is then to proclaim the good news of the coming glory of Christ to those responding.  And he is to continue the latter until the wheat has been separated from the chaff, else the Lord of the harvest Himself will have to make this separation at the judgment seat.

(In the preceding respect, there is often a non-biblical distinction made between an “evangelist” and a “pastor-teacher,” as seen in Ephesians 4:11.  In actuality, their message is the same.  It involves both the gospel of the grace of God and the gospel of the glory of Christ.

The difference in their ministries would lie more in the fact that a pastor-teacher has a flock entrusted to him, which means that the emphasis in his ministry would undoubtedly fall more into the latter category than the former.  But the fact remains.  Both the evangelist and the pastor-teacher are to proclaim the whole of the good news, with circumstances determining where the emphasis is to be placed.)

DWELLING WITH NAOMI

Very briefly, attention should again be called to the fact that Christians, during the time of the harvest, must dwell in the antitype of that seen through Ruth dwelling with Naomi during this time (Ruth 2:23; ref. chapter 2).  “Naomi” typifies Israel in the account, and Naomi is seen instructing Ruth in two realms:  (1) relative to the harvest, and (2) relative to preparation for meeting Boaz on his threshing floor at the end of the harvest (Ruth 2:2, 19-3:4).

The thought of the wild olive branches grafted into a good olive tree receiving instruction in these two realms, emanating from Israel, would be a reference to instruction received from the Word of God.  The Spirit gave this Word in time past through Jewish prophets (Psalm 147:19-20; Romans 9:4; 2 Peter 1:21); and the Spirit uses this Word alone as He leads Christians into a knowledge of the truth (John 16:13-15), allowing Him to then lead them in all matters pertaining to faith and the spiritual walk (Romans 8:14; cf. Romans 8:13, 18-23).

Christians coming into mature knowledge of the truth — moving from a gnosis to an epignosis understanding of the Word — is fundamental and primary.  Only through such mature knowledge can they come into an understanding of the various things about the harvest and that which lies ahead.
Chapter Seven
Preparation for Meeting Boaz

Then Naomi her mother-in-law said to her, “My daughter, shall I not seek security for you, that it may be well with you?

Now Boaz, whose young women you were with, is he not our relative? In fact, he is winnowing barley tonight at the threshing floor.

Therefore wash yourself and anoint yourself, put on your best garment and go down to the threshing floor . . . .” (Ruth 3:1-3a).

Ruth chapter two and the first part of chapter three present a wealth of information surrounding the manner in which Christians are to properly govern their lives during the present dispensation.  And governing their lives in this manner is with a view to their ultimately reaching a revealed goal, brought to the forefront in Ruth 1, referred to again in Ruth 3, and seen realized in Ruth 4.

The facet of the Christian life seen in chapter two and the first part of chapter three has to do with the harvest during the present dispensation (Ruth 2) and with preparation for meeting Christ on His threshing floor, at His judgment seat, following the harvest (Ruth 3 a).  Then the goal, having previously been brought to the forefront in chapter one, has to do with an inheritance in another land, referred to in connection with a time of rest in chapter three, and seen realized in a regal setting in Ruth 4.

A WORD PICTURE

The book of Ruth, in its type-antitype structure, presents one of a number of parallel word pictures about the Church that God has provided in the Old Testament Scriptures, beginning in the book of Genesis.  And these different word pictures, viewed together, form a complete picture of the antitype, allowing individuals to properly see and understand all the various things about the antitype.  The book of Ruth, in this respect, simply adds another dimension to an already existing and developing picture, providing more details and information in numerous realms.

Only through viewing all of the types together, in the light of the antitype, can the complete biblical picture be seen and understood in all its clarity and fullness, exactly as God revealed the matter in His Word.  Should one type be ignored or removed, the picture resulting from the other types would be incomplete.  There would be something lacking in the picture that the reader would, as a result, not see.  And, failing to see that which was lacking could only leave the reader without all the necessary information to properly understand things exactly as God revealed them, leaving himself open to the possibility of error in this area of biblical study and interpretation.

Thus, the things opened up and revealed in the book of Ruth have their basis in revelation that begins in Genesis and continues through the other four books of Moses, then through Joshua and Judges.  But, revelation in Ruth by no means completes the picture; no more so than did any previous revelation on the subject complete the picture.  Rather, revelation in Ruth simply adds to an already existing and developing picture, providing a different facet of the picture, adding details, and placing the emphasis in a particular realm (as does any revelation on the subject beyond the original type).  Then God continues beyond the book of Ruth with the developing picture through additional revelation.  And He continues until the picture is complete, exactly as He would have man see the picture.

Ruth chapter two, dealing with the harvest, covers one such part of this developing picture; and the beginning of chapter three, dealing with preparation for meeting the Lord of the harvest on His threshing floor at the end of the harvest, covers another inseparably related part of the developing picture.  The last two chapters in this study on the book of Ruth have dealt with the former — with work in the field during the time of harvest.  And this present chapter will deal with the latter — with preparation for meeting Christ at His judgment seat, following the harvest.

A THREEFOLD PREPARATION

Preparation for meeting Christ at His judgment seat is set forth in Ruth 3:3 in a threefold manner:  “wash yourself . . . anoint yourself . . . put on your best garment.”  And this verse is unique in Scripture with respect to a complete and concise statement pertaining to the subject at hand.  This is a verse that, in the realm of the salvation of the soul (cf. Hebrews 10:36-39; 1 Peter 1:4-11), could be compared to Acts 16:30-31, dealing with salvation by grace through faith (cf. Ephesians 2:8-9).

Ruth 3:3 is addressed to saved individuals, relating exactly what must be done if these individuals (Christians) would one day come into a realization of the salvation of their souls, ultimately entering into the rest set forth in Ruth 3:1.  And, though different parts of this threefold preparation are dealt with numerous places throughout Scripture, this is the only place in all of Scripture where everything is brought together and the matter is stated in so many words, in a complete manner, such as can be seen here:  wash…anoint…put on your best garment.

And, correspondingly, Acts 16:30-31, asking and answering a question concerning salvation, refers to a subject dealt with numerous places throughout Scripture as well.  But these two verses form the only place in all of Scripture where the question and answer surrounding salvation by grace appear together in so many words, in a complete manner:  “What must I do to be saved?”  “Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ and you will be saved . . . .”

In the preceding respect, there should be no controversy surrounding the whole realm of soteriology (doctrine of salvation) — not only past (seen in Acts 16:30-31) but present and future as well (seen in Ruth 3:3).

But, though controversy shouldn’t exist — for Scripture is clear on the matter — exactly the opposite is true.  Regardless of the clarity of Scripture, mass confusion exists in a large segment of Christendom today surrounding this complete threefold realm of soteriology.  And, viewing what is occurring, the reason for this confusion is easy to understand:  The Old Testament types — the word pictures that God has provided to open up, shed light upon, and help explain the antitype — have largely been ignored.  That is to say, whether dealing with salvation by grace in Acts 16:30-31 or the salvation of the soul in Ruth 3:3, confusion exists mainly because man has ignored the study of Scripture after the manner in which God structured His Word.

Thus, in order to remain within a completely biblical perspective in any realm of soteriology — past, present, or future — only one way for proper biblical study exists:  The complete word picture in the Old Testament and the antitype in the New Testament must be viewed and studied together, in the light of one another, running all the checks and balances.  There can be no proper understanding of soteriology — whether in the Old Testament or in the New Testament, whether past, present, or future — apart from placing the Old Testament types alongside the New Testament antitype and studying them together.

In this respect, God has provided the types so that man can properly understand the antitype.  And, with this in mind, note the three parts to Ruth 3:3 as they relate to proper preparedness for meeting Christ on His threshing floor, at His judgment seat, when the harvest is over.

1)  WASH YOURSELF

The basis for this part of the type is seen in a previous type, from the book of Exodus.  Its basis is seen in a part of the central Old Testament type dealing with the whole of the Christian life — from the type dealing with the Israelites under Moses (1 Corinthians 10:1-11).

The Israelites under Moses had been removed from Egypt for a revealed purpose.  These Israelites possessed a calling, and that calling had to do with the nation of Israel realizing the rights of primogeniture, as God’s firstborn son, in another land (cf. Exodus 4:22-23; 19:5-6).

In route to that land, at Sinai, the tabernacle ministry with its priestly activity was established.  And, within this tabernacle ministry, performed by Aaron and the priests ministering with him, basic truths surrounding the first part of the command seen in Ruth 3:3 were established.

Priests were taken from the tribe of Levi, and these priests, upon their entrance into the priesthood to perform priestly functions, were given a bath.  Their complete bodies were bathed at this time, an act never to be repeated (Exodus 29:4).

Then, once they had entered into their priestly ministry, washings of another type were to occur, which had to do with parts of the body, not with the whole body.  And these washings were solely for those whose complete bodies had previously been bathed.  These were washings occurring during the course of their ministry as priests.

Priests ministering between the brazen altar in the courtyard and the Holy place of the tabernacle became defiled during the course of their ministry.  They still lived in a world where sin and death were present, and they still possessed the old sin nature.  Ministering under these conditions, this defilement was shown through their hands and feet becoming soiled, necessitating cleansing.

To provide this cleansing, there was a brazen laver in the courtyard of the tabernacle, located between the brazen altar and the Holy place.  This laver had upper and lower basins filled with water; and the priests, ministering between the brazen altar and Holy place, though their complete bodies had been bathed upon their entrance into the priesthood, had to stop and wash their hands and feet prior to entering into the Holy place.  They had to stop at the brazen laver and wash that which had become soiled prior to entering into the place where there was a seven-leafed candlestick, a table of shewbread, an altar of incense, and a veil separating them from God’s presence in the Holy of Holies (Exodus 30:18-21).

It was established truths surrounding washings within the Mosaic economy that Jesus drew from in John 13:4-12 when He washed the disciples’ feet.

In this account, Jesus, following supper, rose, laid aside His garments, girded Himself with a towel, poured water into a basin, and began to wash the disciples’ feet.  But when He came to Peter, there was an adverse reaction.  Peter, in a very emphatic manner (a double negative appears in the Greek text), said, “You shall never wash my feet.”  Jesus responded, “If I do not wash [Greek: nipto, referring to a part of the body] you, you have no part with Me” (John 13:8).

This was near the end of Christ’s earthly ministry, preceding His crucifixion.  Christ’s ministry (along with the ministry of the disciples whom He had called and sent out) had centered on one thing — an offer of the kingdom of the heavens to Israel, conditioned upon the nation’s repentance (Matthew 4:17-25; 10:1-8).  And Christ’s statement, within context, could only have been understood one way by the disciples.  Unless they allowed Christ to wash their feet, as He was demonstrating and doing, they could have no part with Him in the kingdom being proclaimed and offered to Israel.

Peter, knowing that Christ was referring to a place in the kingdom with Him, and desiring one of these places above everything else, responded to Jesus’ statement by saying, “Lord, not my feet only, but also my hands and my head” (John 13:9).  As evident by Peter’s response, if allowing Christ to wash his feet was a prerequisite to his having a part with Christ in the kingdom, then he wanted to go beyond allowing Christ to wash his feet.  Peter wanted Christ to wash his complete body, making absolutely sure that he would have a part with Him in the kingdom.

But Jesus then stated, “He who is bathed (Greek: louo, referring to the complete body] needs only to wash [Greek: nipto, referring to part of the body] his feet, but is completely clean . . . .” (John 13:10a).  Jesus could only have been alluding to washings of both the complete body and parts of the body experienced by the Levitical priests in the type (in the Septuagint [Greek: translation of the Old Testament] of the book of Exodus, the words louo and nipto are used to show the same distinction seen in John 13:8-10 [cf. Exodus 29:4; 30:18-21; 40:12-15]).  And Jesus’ actions in this passage in the gospel of John, pointing to a future high priestly ministry that He was to occupy following His resurrection and ascension, would have to be understood in the light of this overall Old Testament type.

(Note that this act of washing the disciples’ feet, as the washings in the Old Testament type, had no power in and of itself.  This washing, as all washings seen in Scripture, was symbolic of something else; and the power lay in that to which the act pointed, that which it foreshadowed.)

The washings associated with the Levitical priests in the Old Testament (a washing of the complete body, followed by washings of parts of the body), in turn, pointed to, foreshadowed respectively, both Christ’s past work at Calvary and His present work in the heavenly sanctuary.  Christ died for our sins, providing a cleansing typified by the complete bath that the priests were given upon their entrance into the priesthood.  And Christ presently ministers as our High Priest to provide subsequent cleansings, typified by the subsequent cleansings at the laver in the type.

Thus, Christ, through washing the disciples’ feet in John chapter thirteen, was demonstrating truths typically seen through the Levitical priests washing their hands and feet at the laver in the courtyard of the tabernacle as they carried out their priestly ministry on behalf of those forming the nation of Israel.  Then, the allusion to a washing of the entire body that Christ made as He was about to wash Peter’s feet, was a reference to the prior experience of the priests upon their entrance into the priesthood.

And, as in the type, Christ’s present ministry in the heavenly sanctuary is solely for the saved, for those who in the antitype of the experience of the Levitical priests at the time of their entrance into the priesthood have already had their complete bodies washed, never to be repeated.  Christ’s present ministry is for those forming the one new man “in Christ,” for those who have been saved in past time and are now in a position to receive cleansing from present defilement through Christ’s present ministry in the sanctuary.

Thus, as in the type, Christ’s present ministry has nothing to do with the unsaved.  The unsaved are dealt with solely on the basis of Christ’s past work at Calvary — His death and shed blood.  As previously stated, from a typical standpoint, the unsaved being dealt with in this manner is connected with the Levitical priests receiving a complete bath upon their entrance into the priesthood, not with subsequent washings of the hands and feet.  It is only after a person has been saved, has passed from death unto life, that he can be dealt with on the basis of Christ’s present work in the sanctuary — performed by a living Christ, on the basis of His blood on the mercy seat.

(Jesus’ statement in John 13:10-11 is often used in an effort to show that Judas was not among those viewed as having been washed completely, as the other disciples, placing him in an unsaved state.  However, the passage can’t be understood in this manner, for it would be out of line with both Jesus’ actions in this chapter and other Scriptures dealing with the disciples and their ministry.

It appears clear from John 13:12 — “when He had washed their feet” — that Christ washed the feet of all twelve disciples, with no distinction made between Judas and the other eleven in this respect.  And He could not have included Judas among those whose feet He had washed apart from having looked upon Judas in the antitype of previously having had his complete body washed.

Christ’s act of washing the disciples’ feet in John chapter thirteen foreshadowed His present ministry in the heavenly sanctuary, which is for the saved alone.  Thus, through this act of washing Judas’ feet, Christ acknowledged something which is really not even an issue in the text [or any other text in Scripture for that matter] — that Judas was a saved individual, not unsaved as is so often believed and taught.

In this respect, John 13:10-11 [10b] would have to be understood in the sense of Judas’ uncleanness being associated with Christ’s present actions [washing a part of the body, following a complete bath]; and, as stated in the text, it had to do with Judas’ future actions — betraying Christ [John 13:11].

Judas betrayal of Christ, mentioned in this verse, could, in no way, be grounds for questioning his salvation.  If it were, salvation would be brought over into the realm of works, where it can’t exist [e.g., note that Peter denied Christ three times — a similar act in many respects (Matthew 26:58, 69-75); and his salvation can’t be brought into question for this denial, for exactly the same reason that Judas’ salvation can’t be brought into question for his betrayal].

It would really make no sense to associate Judas’ actions with saved-unsaved issues [which have to be read into the text to do so].  On the other hand though, it would make perfect sense to associate his actions with unfaithfullness [as Peter’s subsequent action, also foretold by Jesus immediately before it occurred], which is really what the text deals with.

Then note Jesus’ previous calling of Judas as one of the Twelve, to be numbered among those carrying the good news surrounding the kingdom of the heavens to Israel.  It is completely untenable to believe that Jesus would call someone, among the Twelve, who was spiritually dead to carry a message necessitating spiritual understanding, to a nation capable of this type of understanding.)

1 John 1:5-2:2 is another New Testament passage that deals specifically with cleansing provided through Christ’s present ministry in the sanctuary, drawing from the typology of the tabernacle and the ministry of the Levitical priests.  And, with that being the case, the only way in which this section of Scripture can be properly understood and explained is through continual reference to the type, given to shed light upon the antitype.

The section begins with a reference to light and darkness (1 John 1:5-7a).  Individuals either walk in light or in darkness, and two things exist for those walking in light that do not exist for those walking in darkness:  (1) they have fellowship with the Father and the Son, and (2) they receive continuous cleansing from their sins.  Then the section goes on to deal with confession of sin (1 John 1:7-10 [7b]) and Christ’s high priestly ministry (1 John 2:1-2).

(Note that both textually and contextually, 1 John 2:1-2 has to do with the saved, not with the unsaved.  The word “advocate” [v. 1] is a translation of parakletos in the Greek text [cf. John 14:16, 26; 15:26; 16:7; ref. chapters 3, 4 in the author’s book, in this site, Search for the Bride BOOK], and the word “propitiation” [v. 2] is a translation of hilasmos in the Greek text.

Hilasmos is derived from the same root form as the word for “mercy seat” [hilasterion] in Hebrews 9:5.  And Christ’s high priestly work in the heavenly sanctuary, on the basis of His shed blood on the mercy seat, is what is in view in 1 John 2:1-2.

The words “the whole world” at the end of verse two would have to be understood contextually.  Salvation by grace is not in view in the text or context, and the expression would have to be understood in the same sense as seen in Colossians 1:6, 23, where salvation by grace is not in view either.)

Thus, this whole section in 1 John is about keeping oneself clean through confession of sin, allowing an individual to walk in the light and have fellowship with the Father and with His Son.  And this is all made possible through Christ’s present ministry in the sanctuary, on the basis of His shed blood on the mercy seat.

That which is seen in this section can be properly understood and explained only through referring back to the layout of the tabernacle and the ministry of the Levitical priests as they carried out their priestly duties.  Light existed only one place in the tabernacle (aside from the fact that God is Light and dwelt in the Holy of Holies).  The only light in the tabernacle came from the seven-leafed golden candlestick in the Holy place.  And the only way a priest could enter into the Holy place, where light existed, was to first wash his hands and feet at the laver in the courtyard.

Only then could he enter the place where light, a table of shewbread, an altar of incense, and a veil separating the person from God existed.  Otherwise, if he did not wash his hands and feet, he would find himself on the wrong side of the laver, separated from the light, the table of shewbread, the altar of incense, and the veil in the holy place.  He, in the words of 1 John 1:6, would be walking in darkness, separated from fellowship with the Father and with His Son.

In that respect, two types of Christians are seen in the opening section of 1 John — faithful and unfaithful — those who allow Christ to wash their feet, and those who do not.  And teachings surrounding the matter, to aid in one’s understanding, are drawn from Old Testament typology.

2)  ANOINT YOURSELF

“Oil” is used in Scripture for anointing purposes, and “oil” was used in this manner in the Old Testament to anoint prophets, priests, and kings.  And there was a connection between the use of oil after this fashion and the Holy Spirit coming upon an individual to empower him for the office to which he was being consecrated.

The anointing of Saul and David would be two such examples (1 Samuel 10:1, 6; 16:13).  The Spirit came upon each following their being anointed, to empower them for the regal tasks that they were to perform.

Then the parable of the ten virgins in Matthew 25:1-13 sets forth matters as they would exist relative to the Holy Spirit and Christians during the present dispensation.  Note that this parable has to do with the kingdom of the heavens, which, at the time when the parable was given, had been taken from Israel.  And the kingdom was taken from Israel with a view to a new nation being called into existence, which would be allowed to bring forth “the fruit of it” (cf. Matthew 21:33-43; Ephesians 2:11-15; 1 Peter 2:9-10).  Thus, the parable of the ten virgins, no longer applicable to Israel, could only apply to those forming this new nation — to Christians.

All ten of the virgins had oil in their vessels, but only five possessed an extra supply of oil (Matthew 25:2-4, 7-8).  That would be to say, all Christians have oil in their vessels, but not all Christians possess an extra supply of oil.  That is, all Christians are indwelt by the Spirit, but not all Christians are filled with the Spirit.

The Spirit indwelling an individual occurs at the time of the birth from above (1 Corinthians 3:16; 6:19).  The individual is immersed in the Spirit, which places him “in Christ,” making him part of the one new man and Abraham’s seed, because Christ is Abraham’s Seed (cf. Matthew 3:11; 1 Corinthians 12:13; Galatians 3:26-29).

But the filling of the Spirit is another matter entirely.  The filling of the Spirit occurs subsequent to the indwelling of the Spirit and may or may not occur in a Christian’s life.

The filling of the Spirit is connected with receiving the Word of God, and, at the same time, allowing the indwelling Spirit to lead the individual into all truth.  The filling of the Spirit is connected with Christian maturity.  The two go hand-in-hand in this respect.  From a biblical standpoint, the more a person matures in the faith the more he can be said to be filled with the Spirit.

Note parallel verses in two companion epistles, Ephesians and Colossians, relative to the filling of the Spirit:

And do not be drunk with wine, in which is dissipation; but be filled with the Spirit,

speaking to one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing and making melody in your heart to the Lord. (Ephesians 5:18-19)

Let the word of Christ dwell in you richly in all wisdom, teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord. (Colossians 3:16)

In Ephesians, Christians are commanded to be filled with the Spirit; and in the parallel section in Colossians, Christians are commanded to let the Word of Christ dwell in them richly in all wisdom.  The latter relates how the former is accomplished.

Thus, the importance of spiritual growth to maturity in this manner cannot be overemphasized.  Spiritual growth to maturity is inseparably related to the filling of the Spirit, a necessity for Christians if they would be properly prepared for meeting Christ at His judgment seat.

(For additional information on the filling of the Spirit, refer to the author’s book, in this site, Salvation of the Soul BOOK, chapter 5.)

Matters have been set in the type, and the antitype must follow the type in exact detail.  As Ruth could not be properly prepared for meeting Boaz apart from being anointed, neither can Christians be properly prepared for meeting Christ apart from being filled with the Spirit.

3)  PUT ON YOUR BEST GARMENT

Scripture presents only two positions relative to the garment in view.  An individual is seen as being either clothed, or naked.  There is no middle ground where one is seen partially clothed (cf. Matthew 12:30).

Thoughts surrounding the garment — being clothed or not being clothed — are set forth very early in Scripture, in the opening three chapters of Genesis.  Adam’s and Eve’s bodies, prior to the fall, could only have been enswathed in a covering of glory.  God is covered “with light as with a garment” (Psalm 104:2), and man, created in the “image” and “likeness” of God could only have been arrayed in a similar manner prior to the fall.

Man lost this covering at the time of the fall and found himself separated from God.  And, until God slew innocent animals and clothed Adam and Eve with the skins from these animals, this separation continued.

This is the way in which matters surrounding being clothed or being found naked are set forth at the beginning, establishing first-mention principles.  And, accordingly, this is the way matters on this subject must be seen continuing throughout Scripture (e.g., ref. Exodus 32:1ff; Esther 5:1).

Thoughts surrounding the raiment in the book of Ruth, brought over into the antitype, have to do with being properly clothed for going forth to meet the bridegroom.  The marriage and marriage festivities are in view, and being arrayed or not being arrayed have to do with acceptance or rejection relative to the matter at hand, exactly as previously established in the unchangeable foundational truths set forth in the opening chapters of Genesis (and though the covering in Ruth is not synonymous with the covering in Genesis, established foundational truths surrounding acceptance or rejection still hold true, and regality is in view in both instances).

(For a discussion of this covering of glory in the opening chapters of Genesis, along with two different Hebrew words used for “naked” in chapters two and three, both before and after the fall, refer to the author’s book, Salvation of the Soul BOOK, chapter 1.)

Ruth was going forth to meet the bridegroom in the type, and so are Christians in the antitype.  And an individual going forth to meet the Bridegroom must not only be properly prepared through that shown by washing and anointing but also through that shown by being properly clothed.

And in view of that which lay ahead and that which Scripture elsewhere has to say about this matter, only one thing can possibly be in view in this part of Naomi’s command to Ruth, as it relates to Christians.  Only the wedding garment can be in view.

This apparel, according to Revelation 19:7-8 is made up of “the righteous acts of saints.”  This is something that Christians progressively weave for themselves, over time, as they glean in the field and beat out the grain.  And to do this work in a proper manner, with the wedding garment being progressively woven, an extra supply of oil is necessary.  That is, being filled with the Spirit for the task at hand is an absolute necessity, for only through being filled with the Spirit can a work in the spiritual realm be effectively accomplished.

Appearing in Christ’s presence in that future day without a wedding garment is the central issue in the parable of the marriage feast (Matthew 22:1-14) and is a central issue in the letter to the church in Laodicea, depicting Christendom at the end of the present dispensation (Revelation 3:14-21; note particularly Revelation 3:17).

Relative to the man appearing without a wedding garment and the subject at hand in Matthew 22:1-14 — the wedding festivities — the man was cast into the darkness outside the banqueting hall (Matthew 22:13).  And relative to an entire church appearing naked in Christ’s presence and the subject at hand in Revelation 3:14-21 — ruling from His throne (Revelation 3:21) — Christ said, “I will vomit you out of My mouth” (Revelation 3:16).

Clear instructions concerning the necessary preparation have been given in the Word of God, and clear warnings have been sounded in this same Word concerning that which will occur if these instructions are ignored.  And Christians in possession of this Word — in possession of these instructions and warnings — who ignore this revelation and one day find themselves in Christ’s presence, in an unprepared manner, will be without excuse.
Chapter Eight
On the Threshing Floor

“Then it shall be, when he lies down, that you shall notice the place where he lies; and you shall go in, uncover his feet, and lie down; and he will tell you what you should do.”

And she said to her, “All that you say to me I will do.”

So she went down to the threshing floor and did according to all that her mother-in-law instructed her. (Ruth 3:4-6)

Within the chronology of the type in the book of Ruth, beginning with chapter three, the harvest is over, and Boaz is seen winnowing grain (separating the chaff from the grain) on the threshing floor (Ruth 3:2).  Ruth, in turn, at this point in the type, has worked in Boaz’s field throughout the time of the harvest and has properly prepared herself for meeting Boaz on his threshing floor (Ruth 2:3-23; 3:3).

The antitype, as it relates to Christ and Christians, is simple and easy to see.

Christians, during the present dispensation, during the time of harvest, are to labor in the field of the One whom Boaz typifies, in Christ’s field.  The field is “the world” (Matthew 13:38).  And though the world is presently under the control of Satan and his angels, it belongs to Christ — in the same manner as and connected with Christ being “born King,” or presently possessing “all power . . . in heaven and in earth” (Matthew 2:2; 28:18).

But the day when Christ will take control of His field, the world, exercising His kingship and manifesting His power, is yet future.  This will occur only following that future time when Satan and his angels have been put down, with the world, at that time, coming under the control of Christ and His co-heirs.

Then, Boaz winnowing grain on his threshing floor foreshadows Christ making the same type of separation — separating that which is of value from that which is worthless — at His judgment seat (cf. Matthew 3:11-12).  And the manner in which Ruth was to prepare herself before appearing in Boaz’s presence, on his threshing floor, can only foreshadow the manner in which Christians are to prepare themselves before appearing in Christ’s presence, at His judgment seat.

This is where the type has taken us in the book of Ruth.  It has taken us through the harvest and through Ruth’s preparation for that lying immediately beyond the harvest.  That is, the type has taken us through events occurring during the present dispensation, which involve the time of harvest and the time when Christians are to properly prepare themselves for that which lies immediately beyond the harvest.  It has taken us through events of the present dispensation to events surrounding Christians appearing at Christ’s judgment seat, anticipating events that lie beyond the judgment seat.

Christians appearing before Christ’s judgment seat would, of necessity, follow their removal from the earth (commonly referred to as “the rapture”) but precede events beginning with the redemption of the inheritance and all that is involved therein.  And the redemption of the inheritance is that which occupies the center of attention when Ruth arrives on Boaz’s threshing floor.

As will subsequently be shown in this and the next chapter of this book, the redemption of the inheritance will occur in connection with and during the judgments of the Tribulation (those under the seven seals, the seven trumpets, and the seven vials [Revelation 6:1ff]).  And, with these things in mind, if a proper chronology of events occurring at the end of the dispensation is to be seen (events particularly as they would relate to Christians and the Tribulation, along with the revelation of the bride at the judgment seat and the bride subsequently becoming the Lamb’s wife), that part of the word picture that God has provided through events in the book of Ruth cannot be ignored.

Though previous types present the same chronology — Genesis 5-8; 18-19, dealing with Enoch’s removal preceding the Flood, and with Lot and his family’s removal preceding the destruction of the cities of the plain — some Bible students have singled out and used these types, apart from other types dealing with the subject, to teach that the Church will go through part or all of the Tribulation.  But subsequent types, providing additional details, clearly show that this is an incorrect way to view these types.

When the Old Testament word picture is viewed in its completeness, it can be clearly seen that the types in Genesis 5-8; 18-19 cannot be used in this manner.  Rather, from the complete word picture, one can clearly see that these types must be understood from the same standpoint as seen in the book of Ruth — from the standpoint of the Church being removed preceding any part of the Tribulation.

It is simply not possible to include the book of Ruth in the Old Testament word picture surrounding Christians at the end of the present dispensation and see the Church going through any part of the Tribulation.  Bible students viewing matters contrary to this (and many do so) all make the same basic mistake.  And a person doesn't have to spend time either listening to or reading their material to know this, for if they were not making this mistake, they would not be dealing with the matter in this erroneous manner.  Rather, they would be presenting the matter correctly.

The nature of the mistake being made can be stated and explained in a simple manner.  Those making the mistake have not looked at and studied the matter from the standpoint of the way in which God structured His Word when given by the Spirit through Jewish prophets.

That is to say, they have not looked at and studied the complete word picture in the Old Testament (all of the types bearing on the subject, forming the complete word picture), set the complete picture alongside the antitype in the New Testament, and run all the checks and balances.

The most that any of them have done with the Old Testament word picture is to look at part of this picture (part of the types on the subject), leaving them with an incomplete picture.  Then they have tried to understand the antitype in the light of that which is incomplete (though many have ignored the types altogether and have viewed a multiplicity of New Testament verses dealing with end-time events rather than the antitype per se, often further complicating the issue since they have failed to begin with the proper foundation).

Thus, it is no wonder that numerous individuals studying Scripture in this manner erroneously conclude that the Church will go through either part or all of the Tribulation.  They have not begun with a complete word picture in the Old Testament and properly followed through with the antitype in the New Testament.

And, to carry the matter a step further, this is what’s wrong with any false teaching that one finds within Christendom.  The teacher, to be assured of accuracy, must begin at the point where God began and study Scripture after the manner in which God structured His Word.  He must begin with a complete Old Testament word picture, exactly as God gave it (in different parts [different types], showing different facets of the picture) and proceed from there.  No substitute or other way exists for a proper study of the Word of God.

(For a discussion of the different parts of the complete Old Testament word picture in the light of the antitype, as it pertains to the removal of the Church at the end of the dispensation, refer to, in this site, Crowns Cast Before God’s Throne.)

Then, there is another major positive factor about adding the book of Ruth to the Old Testament word picture.  This is a book that covers that which is seen in both the epistles and the book of Revelation in its type-antitype structure.  And covering this complete period of time — covering not only the present dispensation but subsequent events surrounding the judgment seat and the Tribulation as well — the book of Ruth, possibly more so than any other book in the Old Testament, shows the proper way in which the whole of the latter part of the New Testament is tied together.  This book shows the proper relationship between the epistles and the book of Revelation, along with how certain events throughout the period of time seen in both must be placed in their proper chronological order.

Events on the threshing floor in Ruth 3 are where events in this book are seen moving from that presented in the New Testament epistles to that presented in the book of Revelation (with seven short epistles seen in Revelation 2; 3, further showing the relationship of this book to the preceding twenty-one epistles).  And if that part of the word picture provided by the book of Ruth is ignored, a person reading and studying the book of Revelation will not have a proper foundational guide for a number of things — particularly things presented in the opening five chapters, along with the relationship of the things presented in these chapters to the things presented in subsequent chapters (in Revelation 6-20).

Large sections of the Old Testament (particularly parts of Genesis, along with the books of Exodus, Esther, and Daniel) have a direct bearing on a proper understanding of the book of Revelation, with each presenting a different facet of the matter.  And the book of Ruth is another vital part of this picture, presenting a different facet yet.  The book of Ruth opens up a chronology of events that, in the antitype, begin in the New Testament epistles (Romans 1-3 a) and end in the book of Revelation (Revelation 3; 4 [3b]).

Thus, going back to and studying the book of Ruth, a person can more clearly see and understand the proper relationship between the epistles and the book of Revelation.  And this becomes particularly important for properly understanding the opening five chapters of the book of Revelation, seeing and understanding not only how these chapters relate to the preceding epistles but how they relate to the subsequent chapters in the book (where the Tribulation and Messianic Era are in view).  Through going back to particularly the book of Ruth, these chapters can be seen exactly as God meant for them to be seen, from His provided guide book, given in the form of a word picture.

With these things in mind, the remainder of this chapter and all of the next chapter will be taken up with a chronology of events revealed in that part of the Old Testament word picture provided by Ruth 3.  And, as previously seen, this part of the overall type, this part of the complete word picture in the Old Testament, has been given to help open up and explain the antitype in the New Testament, seen in the Book of Revelation.

EVENTS ON THE THRESHING FLOOR, IN RUTH

The scene in Ruth chapter three has to do with events on Boaz’s threshing floor, occurring at midnight (Ruth 3:2, 8).  The “threshing floor” was the place where the wheat and chaff were separated, and the previous first use of “midnight” in Scripture (Exodus 11:4-5) — establishing a first-mention principle — shows “midnight” being used relative to judgment.

Thus, there can be no question about that which is being foreshadowed by the type in Ruth chapter three.  Ruth appearing on Boaz’s threshing floor at the end of the harvest, at midnight, can only be viewed as foreshadowing judgment at the end of the time of harvest in the antitype, foreshadowing events surrounding Christ’s judgment seat at the end of the present dispensation (cf. Matthew 3:11-12; 25:6ff).

However, rather than dealing with a separation of the wheat from the chaff, events in the type move beyond this point.  When Ruth appeared in Boaz’s presence, on his threshing floor, the matter at hand had to do with two things:  (1) the redemption of a forfeited inheritance, and (2) marriage.

Ruth had been instructed by Naomi concerning proper preparation and that which she was to do once on the threshing floor.  Ruth was to first properly prepare herself; then, because of this proper preparation, once on the threshing floor, Ruth could follow a certain course of action, which would result in Boaz having to also follow a certain course of action in response.

The book of Ruth, in this respect, shows a different and particular part of the events that will surround the judgment seat — that resulting from the outcome of the judgment of the faithful rather than their judgment per se.  And because of Ruth’s previous actions, this could only be viewed as a natural flow of events in the book.  Ruth, during the previous time of harvest, had already separated that which was of value from that which was worthless (Ruth 2:17), along with properly preparing herself for her appearance before Boaz at the end of the harvest (Ruth 3:3).  Thus, insofar as judgment was concerned, everything had previously been dealt with; and events on the threshing floor — events having to do with judgment per se — could only be of a positive nature and move immediately into the result of these things having previously been dealt with.

Matters would be as stated in Romans 8:1:

There is therefore now no condemnation [Greek: katakrima, “judgment” (with negatives consequences in view)] to those who are in Christ Jesus, who do not walk according to the flesh, but according to the Spirit.

It is evident from the context that the verse has nothing to do with eternal salvation but with exactly what the context and latter part of the verse state — following the man of spirit rather than the man of flesh.  This is what the verses from chapter seven leading into chapter eight deal with, and this is what the verses continuing from verse one in chapter eight deal with.

There is though a possible textual problem in Romans 8:1.  The words in the latter part of the verse — “who do not walk according to the flesh, but according to the Spirit” — do not appear in many of the manuscripts in our possession, though these words are present in a number of the other manuscripts.

Then, further complicating the issue, Romans 8:1 is invariably thought of by most Bible students as a verse dealing with eternal salvation, which, in the eyes of the translators, could only provide support for viewing the latter part of the verse as spurious.  This is undoubtedly the main reason that most of the English versions of Scripture do not include the latter part of Romans 8:1 in the text.

It would probably go without saying that had all of the translators of the versions produced over about the past half century (a period during which most of the present-day translations were introduced) looked upon Romans 8:1 correctly, within context, at least part of them would probably have included the latter part of the verse in the translation.  And, correspondingly, this textual problem might have had an origin going back to some of the manuscript copyists themselves, leaving this part out because they didn’t understand how it could be a part of the text.

If the verse is understood in its correct contextual light, the latter part of the verse fits the text perfectly, going on to shed light upon and to help explain the first part of the verse.  However, contending for its inclusion is not really necessary, for that part of the verse in question is repeated in Romans 8:4, where this same manuscript problem doesn’t exist [a verse in the middle of subsequent verses, continuing to shed light upon and help explain verse one].

The word “condemnation” in Romans 8:1 (KJV, NKJV, NASB, NIV) is a translation of katakrima in the Greek text, a compound word — kata and krimaKrima is a form of the regular Greek word for “judgment” (e.g., krima is translated “judgment” earlier in the book [Romans 2:2-3; 3:8; 5:16]).  And kata, meaning “down,” is a preposition prefixed to the word, shading and adding to the meaning of the word krima.  The prefixed preposition makes the type judgment referred to by krima to be one with negative ramifications, a condemnatory type judgment — thus, the translation, “condemnation.”

In this respect, those appearing at the judgment seat of Christ will fall into two major categories — those prepared (as Ruth in the type), for whom there will be no katakrima, and those unprepared (which the type in the book of Ruth doesn’t deal with beyond chapter one), for which there will be a katakrima.

Since only the properly prepared are in view in the latter part of the book of Ruth — as previously shown through Ruth having separated that which was of value from that which was worthless, along with properly preparing herself — matters can go immediately into and deal with the result of Ruth appearing in this manner, which is exactly what occurs.  Ruth is seen making a request, which, because of Jewish law, Boaz could only respond to accordingly.  This is what the chapter deals with — Ruth’s request (shown through her actions) and Boaz’s response (shown through his actions).

And it will be exactly the same with faithful Christians appearing properly prepared at the judgment seat.  They will have previously separated that which is worthless from that which is of value, along with properly preparing themselves.  Then, appearing before Christ at His judgment seat in this manner, there can be no katakrima for them.  As in the type, matters for them can, in reality, move immediately into the realm seen in the book of Ruth — the redemption of the inheritance, and Christ taking the prepared bride as His wife.

The bride, as Ruth, because of her preparedness, will be able to make the same request seen in the type (relative to the inheritance and marriage).  And Christ, as Boaz, because of that which God has promised in His Word, remaining true to this Word, will respond accordingly, as also seen in the type.

1)  RUTH’S REQUEST

Naomi had instructed Ruth concerning that which she was to do once on Boaz’s threshing floor.  She was to wait until he had finished eating and drinking and had lain down for the night.  Then she was to note the place where he lay, go in, uncover his feet, and lie down by his uncovered feet.

Ruth’s actions had their basis in the Mosaic Law, and they had to do with two things — a request for both redemption and marriage (cf. Deuteronomy 25:5-6; 27:20; Ezekiel 16:8).  And Boaz, seeing that which Ruth had done, would understand her actions in this respect.

Redemption and marriage are not linked in this manner in the Mosaic Law; but over time, as seen in the book of Ruth, they had evidently become closely associated with one another in Jewish life in instances of the nature seen in Ruth’s life.  It is evident from the context (particularly from chapter four) that the complete request, seen through Ruth’s actions, clearly involved both.

These were simple actions involving a definite dual request, which was made through the actions themselves.  And Ruth was able to make this request because of one thing — her actions prior to her appearance on Boaz’s threshing floor.  Ruth’s prior labor in Boaz’s field and her prior preparation for appearing before Boaz on his threshing floor had been in complete accord with instructions that she had received.  Thus, she was in a position to request of Boaz that which he alone was in a position to do in its completeness.

2)  BOAZ’S RESPONSE

Boaz knew exactly what Ruth, through her actions, was asking of him.  Nothing needed to be said; nothing needed to be explained.  She had already stated and explained everything through her actions, and Boaz responded in a completely positive manner.

Boaz, responding to Ruth’s request, said,

 “. . . do not fear. I will do for you all that you request, for all the people of my town know that you are a virtuous woman.” (Ruth 3:11b)

Then Boaz, after telling Ruth to remain on the threshing floor with him throughout the remainder of the night, calls attention to the fact that there was a nearer kinsman than he, who must be given the first choice to carry out Ruth’s request (who was later shown to be unable to fulfill all the requirements).  And Ruth is assured that if the nearer kinsman will not “do the part of a kinsman,” then Boaz would do as Ruth had requested (Ruth 3:12-13).

When morning came, Boaz supplied Ruth with six measures of barley, which she carried in her “shawl.”  Ruth then went into the city, to her mother-in-law’s home.

When Ruth came into the home, Naomi asked her what she had accomplished (“Who art thou, my daughter?” [KJV], could be better translated, “What have you accomplished?”) Ruth told and showed Naomi everything that had transpired.  Then, Naomi, knowing what had occurred and what Boaz was about to do, said,

Sit still, my daughter, until you know how the matter will turn out; for the man will not rest until he has concluded the matter this day. (Ruth 3:18)

3)  ANTITYPE

The antitype, of course, has to do with prepared Christians at the judgment seat, individuals who will have previously acted in accord with provided instruction, previously acted in accord with the Word of God.  They alone, following the separation of the wheat from the chaff, revealing the bride, will be in a position to do as Ruth did in the type — request of the One on the threshing floor both redemption (of the forfeited inheritance) and marriage (the revealed bride becoming the wife of the Lamb).

And Christ, in the antitype of Boaz, will do exactly as seen in the type.  He will tell the bride to tarry in a certain place, He will supply that which the bride needs during the interim, and He will set about to complete a required work so that a time of rest can follow.

And Christ will follow this course of action in that coming day for the same reason that Boaz followed the same course of action in the type.  A prepared bride will be present, and God must remain true to that which He has promised in His Word concerning faithfulness.

EVENTS ON THE THRESHING FLOOR, IN REVELATION

The epistles, preceding the book of Revelation, have been written to instruct Christians concerning labor in the field during the time of harvest, along with how they are to properly prepare themselves for their future appearance before Christ at His judgment seat.  Each epistle presents a different facet of the matter, much like different types in the Old Testament presenting different facets of a complete picture, with all of the epistles together presenting the message in its fullness and completeness.  In this respect, that seen throughout the epistles would essentially correspond to that seen in Ruth 1-3 a, with Ruth and Orpah forming the type and Christians the antitype.

But moving more to the text (Ruth 3 b), to show a progression from the epistles into the book of Revelation, note how 1 Thessalonians chapters four and five and Revelation chapter one deal with exactly the same thing, with Revelation chapter one then continuing from that point in subsequent chapters.

The Church is seen being removed at the end of 1 Thessalonians chapter four; and chapter five continues with a reference to individuals in the Lord’s Day (a reference to that which is previously seen, Christians removed from Man’s Day on earth into the Lord’s Day in heaven) and that which awaits both faithful and unfaithful Christians in that day — salvation, or wrath (1 Thessalonians 5:9).

(Note that the Lord’s Day [or Day of the Lord] is presently in existence [cf. Mark 12:27; John 8:56], though not on earth.  It is Man’s Day which is presently in existence on earth, and Man’s Day must run its course [lasting until the end of Daniel’s Seventy-Week prophecy, the end of the Tribulation] before the Lord’s Day can begin on earth.

The reference to the Lord’s Day in 1 Thessalonians 5:2-4 is, contextually, a reference to Christians being removed from Man’s Day on earth into the Lord’s Day in heaven.  The passage has nothing to do with the earth-dwellers remaining on earth during the Tribulation, for they will not be in the Lord’s Day.  Rather, they will still be in Man’s Day, with the Lord’s Day not beginning on earth for at least seven more years.)

And that which is seen in 1 Thessalonians 4; 5 is exactly what is seen in the opening chapters of the book of Revelation as well.  In the first chapter of this book, after introductory remarks, John states, “I was [‘became’] in the Spirit on [‘in’] the Lord’s day . . . .” (Revelation 1:10a); and once in that day (which would have had to involve a removal from earth into heaven — from Man’s Day on earth into the Lord’s Day in heaven), John saw the seven churches of Revelation 2; 3 in Christ’s presence (with “seven,” a number showing completeness, depicting the complete Church, all Christians); and Christ is depicted in a judicial role.

In this scene that John was shown, the girdle appears across Christ’s breasts, which is where a judge would wear it; and further descriptions of Christ point to judicial activity (future), not to priestly activity (present).  Thus, only events following the present dispensation can possibly be in view, for Christ will continue His work as High Priest for Christians throughout the dispensation, becoming their Judge only after the dispensation has run its course.

But, to introduce the preceding, leaving no doubt that this is the way in which the opening chapter of the book of Revelation is to be understood, paralleling 1 Thessalonians 4; 5 [4b, 5a], note the way in which the book is introduced.  The book begins with the statement:

The Revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave Him to show His servants — things that must shortly take place. And He sent and signified it by His angel to His servant John. (Revelation 1:1)

This verse introduces the subject matter about to follow — “the Revelation of Jesus Christ.”  Then the next seven verses (Revelation 1:2-8) form commentary material on this verse, with verse nine introducing that part of the book dealing with the previously announced subject matter.  And, as is plain from the material that follows, “the Revelation of Jesus Christbegins with the removal of Christians into the Lord’s Day and concludes with events surrounding His return back to the earth at least seven years later.

Thus, “the Revelation of Jesus Christ” covers far more than a single event in time.  Rather, it covers a broad scope of events during a time lasting at least seven years.  In this respect, there are not two comings of Christ, as is often taught (in the air for His Church preceding the Tribulation, and His return to the earth following the Tribulation).  Rather, Scripture presents one coming, covering numerous events during time surrounding Daniel’s unfulfilled Seventieth Week.

Revelation chapters two and three then continue with commentary material on that which has already been introduced in chapter one — the thought of Christians appearing before Christ’s judgment seat at the end of the present dispensation.

These two chapters consist of seven short epistles, directed to seven existing churches in Asia during John’s day;  and, through their structure and appearance at this particular place in the book, they not only move matters from the present dispensation into that future day (in keeping with that introduced in chapter 1) but it is evident that they also present a history of Christendom throughout the dispensation — moving from the church in Ephesus (which left its “first love” [Revelation 2:4]) to the church in Laodicea (described as “wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked” [Revelation 3:17]).

Each of these epistles is structured exactly the same way.  In each, attention is called to works, certain things are stated about these works, and the whole of the matter is with a view to individual Christians being shown either to have overcome or to have been overcome.  And this is exactly what will transpire and be in view at the judgment seat, introduced in chapter one, with chapters two and three simply continuing in this respect from chapter one.

Then Revelation 4 picks up with “the Revelation of Jesus Christ” again at the same place as seen in chapter one — with the removal of the Church into the heavens (Revelation 4:1-2).  The book drops back and begins at the same point in time again, showing the removal of the Church in a dispensational respect — at the end of the dispensation.

But, revealed events now move beyond the actual judgment (previously seen and dealt with) and center on two things:  (1) a casting of crowns before God’s throne (Revelation 4) and (2) a search for One worthy to redeem the inheritance (Revelation 5).

(For information concerning the casting of crowns before God’s throne in Revelation 4:4-11, refer to, in this site, Crowns Cast Before God’s Throne.)

In Revelation chapter five, Christ is revealed as the only One worthy to redeem the inheritance (Revelation 5:4-12).  And this chapter forms the antitype to Boaz seen as the one worthy to redeem the inheritance in Ruth 3.  The actual redemption of the inheritance, with Ruth becoming Boaz’s wife in the type and the revealed bride becoming the Lamb’s wife in the antitype follows in both the book of Ruth and the book of Revelation.

Thus, the import of studying one book in the light of the other becomes apparent.  The type has been given to help shed light upon and explain the antitype, which is God’s own structure and design of His revelation to man.

(The next chapter in this book will pick up where this one leaves off, both in the book of Ruth and in the book of Revelation — with redemption and marriage, as seen in both books.)
Chapter Nine
Redemption of the Inheritance

Now Boaz went up to the gate and sat down there; and behold, the close relative of whom Boaz had spoken came by. So Boaz said, “Come aside, friend, sit down here.” So he came aside and sat down.

And he took ten men of the elders of the city, and said, “Sit down here.” So they sat down.

Then he said to the close relative, “Naomi, who has come back from the country of Moab, sold the piece of land which belonged to our brother Elimelech.

And I thought to inform you, saying, ‘Buy it back in the presence of the inhabitants and the elders of my people. If you will redeem it, redeem it; but if you will not redeem it, then tell me, that I may know; for there is no one but you to redeem it, and I am next after you.’” And he said, “I will redeem it.”

Then Boaz said, “On the day you buy the field from the hand of Naomi, you must also buy it from Ruth the Moabitess, the wife of the dead, to perpetuate the name of the dead through his inheritance.”

And the close relative said, “I cannot redeem it for myself, lest I ruin my own inheritance. You redeem my right of redemption for yourself, for I cannot redeem it.” (Ruth 4:1-6)

Events surrounding Ruth’s appearance before Boaz on his threshing floor in Ruth 3 have their parallel in events seen in the first four chapters of the book of Revelation (Revelation 1-4).  And events surrounding Boaz’s redemption of the inheritance and that which follows in Ruth chapter four have their parallel in events seen in chapters five through twenty of the book of Revelation (Revelation 5-18 have to do with the redemption of the inheritance, and Revelation 19; 20 [a] have to do with events following this redemption, leading into the Messianic Era).

Thus, the things foreshadowed in this part of the book of Ruth are seen being fulfilled in the first twenty chapters of the book of Revelation.  And, it should go without saying that one book must be studied and understood in the light of the other book, along with other related Scripture.

In Ruth 3, Ruth appears before Boaz on his threshing floor, at the end of the harvest, in a prepared and ready manner.  She had previously labored in Boaz’s field in complete accord with provided instructions (Ruth 2:1-23); and she had previously prepared herself for meeting Boaz on his threshing floor at this time, also in complete accord with provided instructions (Ruth 3:1-3).

A separation of the wheat from the chaff is seen at the beginning of detailed events occurring on the threshing floor in Ruth chapter three (Ruth 3:2).  The type though, in relation to Ruth, deals with events that follow the separation of the wheat from the chaff, for Ruth had already made this separation herself, prior to her appearance on the threshing floor (Ruth 2:17).

In this respect, matters in the type can move beyond the point of Boaz threshing grain (with this only mentioned), and Ruth can be seen appearing after Boaz has completed this work.  It is at this time that the bride is seen being revealed on the threshing floor in the type.  And events will transpire in exactly the same manner in the antitype.  The bride will be revealed in exact accordance with the type — on Christ’s threshing floor, following the separation of the wheat from the chaff.

Thus, events surrounding Ruth’s appearance before Boaz, on his threshing floor move beyond events surrounding a separation of the wheat from the chaff.  And these subsequent events have to do with two things:  redemption, and marriage.  Once on the threshing floor at this time, Ruth, through her actions, made known a dual request — a request for both the redemption of a forfeited inheritance and for marriage.

Boaz was to redeem the forfeited inheritance and, in the process, take Ruth as his wife.  And, because of Ruth’s prior actions (proper preparation, allowing her to now be in a position to make this request), Boaz, in keeping with laws governing the Jewish people, was required to honor Ruth’s request.

In the type, once the prepared bride was revealed on the threshing floor and the request was made, Boaz was seen honoring the request.  And exactly the same thing is seen in the antitype in the book of Revelation, with the antitype providing more detail and covering a broader scope of events than this one type covers.

The antitype begins with events surrounding “the Revelation of Jesus Christ,” as introduced in Revelation 1:1-8, with this revelation covering numerous events within a period of time lasting at least seven years.  And, as seen in this book, events surrounding “the Revelation of Jesus Christbegin with the removal of all Christians from the earth to appear before Christ in judgment (Revelation 1:10ff) and end at least seven years later with Christ’s return to the earth and subsequent events connected with His return, leading into the Messianic Kingdom (Revelation 19:11ff).

The type in the book of Ruth doesn’t deal with the removal of Christians from the earth, with the unfaithful at the judgment seat, or with an actual judgment per se (though reference is made to judgment through a separation of the wheat from the chaff); nor does the type deal with that which is seen in Revelation 4 (the twenty-four elders arising from their thrones and casting their crowns before God’s throne).

(For a discussion of the significance of that which is seen through the twenty-four elders arising from their thrones and casting their crowns before God’s throne, refer to, in this site, Crowns Cast Before God’s Throne.)

Rather than dealing with all of the things seen in the antitype, in the opening chapters of the book of Revelation, the type in the book of Ruth deals only with the things emanating out of findings and determinations at the judgment seat, as these things have to do with faithful Christians.  The type deals with prepared Christians at the judgment seat (which necessitates their prior removal from the earth) and that which will result from the dual request which they, following the separation of the wheat from the chaff, will make in Christ’s presence — a prepared bride, through her presence, requesting both a redemption of the inheritance and marriage (seen in Revelation 5-19).  And, beyond this dual request being made, the type, in this same respect, deals only with that which Christ will do in that coming day when this request is made — honoring the request by redeeming the inheritance and by taking the revealed bride as His wife.

Christ will honor this dual request in that coming day, in fulfillment of that foreshadowed by the type, for exactly the same reasons as seen in the type.  A prepared, revealed bride will be present; and, the Son, to remain true to His Word and fulfill the many promises in this Word to the bride (e.g., the overcomer’s promises in Revelation 2; 3), will act accordingly.

MANNER OF THE REDEMPTION

Comparing the type and the antitype, the order of events within the scope of “the Revelation of Jesus Christ,” as presented in the book of Revelation, can clearly be seen.  “The Revelation of Jesus Christ” follows the time of the harvest (present dispensation), begins with the removal of all Christians from the earth to appear before the judgment seat (Revelation 1:10ff), and continues with the judgment of Christians and the revelation of the bride.  And the revelation of the bride must precede the redemption of the inheritance, for it is the bride who, by her presence, requests both redemption and marriage.

Ruth 3; 4 center on the revelation of the bride and the redemption of the inheritance, with the bride becoming the wife of the redeemer through this redemptive process.  And the first nineteen chapters of the book of Revelation are seen centering on exactly the same thing, with everything occurring within the scope of time covered by “the Revelation of Jesus Christ.”

1)  TYPE

In the book of Ruth, Boaz is seen as the one both able and willing to redeem the inheritance, though Boaz calls attention to a nearer kinsman (closer relative); and the nearer kinsman had to be given an opportunity to exercise his rights and redeem the inheritance before Boaz could act in this capacity.

Different kinds of legal matters within the Jewish economy at the time events in the book of Ruth occurred were carried out at the gates of the various cities scattered throughout the land, at the entrance way into these cities.  Elders of a particular city would gather at the gate of that city and await anyone in the city who might have a legal matter to carry out or to resolve.

This is the reason chapter four begins with the statement, “Now Boaz went up to the gate . . . .” (Ruth 4:1).  And this is the apparent reason that Lot was seen seated in the gate of Sodom when the two angels entered Sodom in Genesis 19:1.  Lot was apparently among those at the gate (among the elders of the city) who were there to carry out or to resolve legal matters on behalf of those in the city.

Boaz, at the gate, first stopped the nearer kinsman who had come by, and he instructed the nearer kinsman to sit in a certain place (Ruth 4:1).  Boaz then singled out ten elders who were at the gate, took them aside, and instructed them to sit in the same proximity as the nearer kinsman (Ruth 4:2).

Boaz then explained the matter at hand, directing his remarks to the nearer kinsman, but making sure that the ten elders heard as well.  He needed all of them to hear that which he had to say, for all of them had to act — the nearer kinsman first, then the ten elders.

The subject surrounded an inheritance belonging to Naomi, which had been forfeited.  Boaz wanted to pay the required price and redeem the inheritance, but there was a nearer kinsman who had to be given opportunity to act first in this capacity.  And the nearer kinsman, after hearing about the forfeited inheritance as Boaz explained the matter, said that he would redeem the inheritance (Ruth 4:3-4).

However, Boaz wasn’t through explaining all that was involved.

Then Boaz said, “On the day you buy the field from the hand of Naomi, you must also buy it from Ruth the Moabitess, the wife of the dead, to perpetuate the name of the dead through his inheritance.” (Ruth 4:5)

The one who redeemed the inheritance, whether the nearer kinsman or Boaz, would also, at the same time, be redeeming (be purchasing) Ruth; and Ruth, through this redemptive process, would become his wife.  This was something that would automatically occur within the process of redeeming the forfeited inheritance, redeeming the field.

Much controversy has surrounded the identity (with respect to the antitype) of the nearer kinsman.  However, there should be no controversy, for the nearer kinsman was able to redeem.  And the only One able to redeem in the antitype is the One who shed His blood at Calvary (Revelation 5:1ff).

And though it was the Son who shed His blood and died at Calvary, this was, as well, the blood of God (Acts 20:28).  This was the day God died.

Thus, just as there are two (only two [Ruth 4:4b]) who were able to redeem in the type, there must also be Two (only Two) who are able to redeem in the antitype.  And these Two in the antitype are the Father and His Son, though the Father has placed all redemptive work in the hands of His Son.

This will explain why the nearer kinsman couldn’t redeem the inheritance and take Ruth as his wife.  The nearer kinsman apparently already had a wife, something seen in the antitype.  God already has a wife.  Israel is the wife of God.

Thus, whether in the type (past) or in the antitype (future), the Nearer Kinsman wasn’t free/won’t be free to perform the redemptive act.  Such an act would have “marred [‘destroyed,’ ‘ruined’]” (type), would “mar [‘destroy,’ ‘ruin’]” (antitype), the Nearer Kinsman’s own inheritance.

There was a law in Israel concerning the nearest kinsman either refusing or forfeiting his right to redeem an inheritance.  And a central feature of this law had to do with the nearest kinsman relinquishing his right through removing his shoe and handing it to the kinsman next in line to redeem (cf. Deuteronomy 25:7-9; Ruth 4:7-8).

Thus, in keeping with this law, when the nearer kinsman couldn’t redeem Naomi’s inheritance (though, through no fault of his own), he removed his shoe and handed it to Boaz. This act showed to everyone present (in this case, Boaz and the ten elders) that he had relinquished his redemptive rights to the kinsman next in line, to Boaz.

Thus, once this had been done, Boaz was free to redeem the forfeited inheritance.  And the ten elders were also free to recognize Boaz as the one now able to act in this capacity, along with recognizing the price which he was to pay as legal and binding.

And, not only was this the case, but once the complete transaction had been carried out, it would also be recognized that Ruth was Boaz’s wife.  Ruth automatically became Boaz’s wife through this legal transaction carried out at the gate of the city, witnessed by ten elders, among others present.

And Boaz said to the elders and all the people, “You are witnesses this day that I have bought all that was Elimelech's, and all that was Chilion’s and Mahlon’s, from the hand of Naomi.

Moreover, Ruth the Moabitess, the widow of Mahlon, I have acquired as my wife, to perpetuate the name of the dead through his inheritance, that the name of the dead may not be cut off from among his brethren and from his position at the gate. You are witnesses this day.” (Ruth 4:9-10)

This was followed by all those who were present recognizing that which had occurred, along with their pronouncing a blessing on the union that had resulted from this transaction — that of Boaz and Ruth (Ruth 4:11ff).

2)  ANTITYPE

In the book of Revelation, an entire chapter is given over to presenting Christ as the One both able and willing to redeem the inheritance.  Following events surrounding the judgment seat (Revelation 1-3) and the casting of crowns before God’s throne (Revelation 4), the search is conducted for one “worthy” to redeem the inheritance (Revelation 5).  And, the only One found throughout God’s creation — “in heaven or on the earth or under the earth” (Revelation 5:3) — was “the Lion of the tribe of Judah,” though revealed in relation to the redemptive process about to occur as the Lamb that was slain (Revelation 5:4-12).

(Within the course of the subject matter of the book of Revelation — “the Revelation of Jesus Christ” — two things are seen at the forefront:  judgment, and redemption.  In connection with the first [judgment], Christ is seen as “the Lion of the tribe of Judah”; and, in connection with the second [redemption], Christ is seen as the Lamb that was slain.

This is why Christ is referred to in this two-fold manner in chapter five, for the redemption of the inheritance will occur through judgment.  And the One who breaks the seals must be seen acting in both capacities — in a judicial capacity [as the Lion], but also in a redemptive capacity [as the Lamb].

However, within Christ’s work at this time the emphasis, by far, is on the redemptive rather than the judicial nature of the events.  Revelation 5:5 is the only place in the entire book where Christ is referred to as the Lion, but He is referred to twenty-eight times in this book as the Lamb.  Thus, the emphasis in the book is not on judgment per se, but on redemption emanating out of judgment.)

The future marriage of Christ and His bride will occur exactly in accord with the type set forth in Ruth 4, not in accord with the way things are done in the modern world, whether in the East or in the West.  As Boaz purchased Ruth through the process of redeeming a forfeited inheritance, so will Christ purchase His bride through the process of redeeming a forfeited inheritance (forfeited by the first Adam in Genesis 3 [cf. Romans 8:20-22]).  And, as Ruth automatically became Boaz’s wife through this redemptive process, so will it be with Christ and His bride.  The bride (having previously been revealed at the judgment seat) will automatically become Christ’s wife through His redemption of the forfeited inheritance.

The redemption of the forfeited inheritance is seen occurring in Revelation chapters five through eighteen.  The seven-sealed scroll in Revelation chapter five contains the redemptive terms of the forfeited inheritance (the earth), and chapters six through eighteen reveal the seals being broken and these terms being carried out.

Then, in chapter nineteen, after the terms set forth in the seven-sealed scroll have been carried out, after the inheritance has been redeemed, the bride is seen as Christ’s wife (Revelation 19:7-9).

Thus, though God is seen completing His dealings with Israel within the scope of Daniel’s Seventy-Week prophecy in Revelation 6-18, judgmental matters on earth at this time also pertain to the Church as well, though the Church will be in heaven.  This book begins with the Church removed into heaven and judged, followed by the twenty-four elders casting their crowns before God’s throne (Revelation 1-4).  Then it continues with the search for One worthy to loose the seals of the seven-sealed scroll — containing the redemptive terms of the forfeited inheritance (Revelation 5).  And, in succeeding chapters, covering Daniel’s unfulfilled Seventieth Week, the book deals with the inheritance being redeemed and with the bride being revealed as Christ’s wife at the end of this redemptive process.

The redemption of the inheritance in chapters six through eighteen has to do with the domain over which Christ and His wife, His consort queen (Revelation 19), will rule during the succeeding Messianic Era (Revelation 20).  And it is in the preceding respect that events in these chapters have to do with the Church as well as with Israel, though the Church will be in heaven when these events unfold on earth.

And, in relation to the nearer kinsman being unable to redeem the inheritance in the type (Ruth 4:1-8), note the antitype in Revelation 5:1-7.  The Father, in possession of the seven-sealed scroll, will not be in a position to redeem the inheritance (Revelation 5:1-4), for, already having a wife, it would mar His own inheritance.  Thus, as in the type, these redemptive rights will have to be passed on to another One (Revelation 5:5-7).

As the nearer kinsman in the book of Ruth took off his shoe and handed it to Boaz, the Nearer Kinsman in the book of Revelation is seen handing the seven-sealed scroll (in His possession, as the shoe in the type) to His Son.  And as Boaz in the type was now free to redeem the inheritance and take Ruth as his wife in the process, so will it be in the antitype.  Once the Father has handed the seven-sealed scroll to His Son, the Son will then be free to redeem the inheritance and take the previously revealed bride as His wife in the process.

(For additional relevant comments, as they pertain to the ten elders seen in Ruth chapter four and the twenty-four elders seen in Revelation chapter five, refer to, in this site, Crowns Cast Before God’s Throne.)

Also note that when Scripture deals with the “marriage” of Christ and His bride, as in Revelation 19:7-9, the reference is always to the festivities surrounding the marriage, not to the marriage itself.  There will be no marriage ceremony per se, as we think of marriage in our modern-day culture.  There wasn’t one in the type, and there won’t be one in the antitype either.  And this is an easy matter to see in both the type (Ruth 4) and the antitype (Revelation 5-19).

The wedding festivities surrounding the marriage of God’s Son will occur in heaven following the redemption of the forfeited inheritance, for the entire redemptive process must be carried out before the bride can become Christ’s wife.  And this can be clearly seen from the context of Revelation 19:7-9, where these festivities are mentioned.  In this passage, the marriage festivities are seen occurring immediately following the redemption of the forfeited inheritance (Revelation 6-18) and immediately preceding Christ’s return to the earth in order to overthrow Gentile world power, followed by events leading into the Messianic Era (Revelation 19:11ff).

(Note that when the type in the book of Ruth and the antitype in the book of Revelation are viewed together, the chronology of events in connection with “the Revelation of Jesus Christ” is easy to follow.  The rapture occurs first.  This is then followed by the judgment of Christians [all Christians (2 Corinthians 5:10)], the revelation of the bride at the judgment seat [with resulting events (e.g., crowns cast before God’s throne)], the redemption of the inheritance, which includes marriage [part and parcel with the judgments of the Tribulation], the marriage festivities, Christ’s return to the earth, the overthrow of Gentile world power, and the ensuing Messianic Era [with God’s firstborn Sons — Christ, Israel, and the Church (which will have been adopted into a firstborn status at this time) — occupying their proper regal positions on and over the earth].

However, even though this chronology of events is clearly outlined in Scripture, it is being ignored in certain quarters today, particularly as it relates to the timing of the rapture in relation to the Tribulation.  And this has resulted in some Bible students, studying the matter apart from this revealed chronology, coming to the erroneous conclusion that the Church will go through part or all of the Tribulation.

Numerous Christians today have largely gotten away from studying Scripture after the fashion in which it was revealed to man — the way in which it was written and structured by individuals as the Spirit moved them to pen this Word.  And studying Scripture after the fashion in which it was written and structured is the only way in which all of the various details within the numerous events surrounding “the Revelation of Jesus Christ” can be seen in their correct chronology, fullness, and completeness.

Suffice it to say, a person simply cannot take the complete word picture in the Old Testament [seen through viewing all of the various types on the subject together], set it alongside the New Testament antitype, and come to any conclusion other than seeing the complete Church [all Christians] being removed preceding the Tribulation.

A person must understand that the rapture is the first of the revealed events in “the Revelation of Jesus Christ,” else he will fail to properly understand numerous things about the succeeding revealed events.  If one goes wrong with the timing of the beginning event in “the Revelation of Jesus Christ” — the rapture, in relation to the Tribulation [which has to do with the redemption of the inheritance and marriage, necessitating a prior removal of the bride from the earth and revelation of the bride at the judgment seat] — he will find himself being forced into other erroneous interpretations numerous places throughout the events that follow.

Thus, the importance of properly understanding exactly when the rapture will occur in relation to the Tribulation cannot be overemphasized.  For a discussion of the different parts of the complete Old Testament word picture in the light of the antitype, as it pertains to the removal of the Church at the end of the dispensation, refer to, in this site, the The Rapture I, II, III.)

RESULT OF THE REDEMPTION

The result of the redemption of the inheritance — type or antitype — is regal in nature.  In the type, Ruth became Boaz’s wife, and Boaz’s lineage is traced to King David.  In the antitype, the bride will become the wife of the Lamb, who, with His consort queen, will reign as the greater Son of David.

1)  TYPE

Once Boaz had acquired sole redemptive rights from the nearer kinsman, he redeemed the inheritance and in the process took Ruth as his wife (Ruth 4:1-10):

So Boaz took Ruth and she became his wife; and when he went in to her, the LORD gave her conception, and she bore a son. (Ruth 4:13)

Note that a son is immediately introduced following the statement concerning Boaz taking Ruth 
as his wife, with the lineage of this son given, ending three generations later with King David:

Salmon begot Boaz, and Boaz begot Obed;

Obed begot Jesse, and Jesse begot David. (Ruth 4:21-22)

This is the way in which the book of Ruth ends, with a reference to Israel’s second king, which would be an ending having to do with regality.  And this is exactly how one would expect the book to end — with this lineage, beginning with Obed (seen in relation to Naomi [typifying Israel] as a redeemer, a restorer of life, and a provider in her old age), and ending with King David.  This is where Man’s Day ends in both the type and the antitype, the point toward which everything is seen moving, not only in the book of Ruth but in Scripture as a whole.

2)  ANTITYPE

The result of the redemption of the inheritance, as seen in the antitype, will be a reverential awe and excitement in heaven of a nature possibly not heretofore seen.

John first heard “a loud voice of a great multitude in heaven, saying, “Alleluia! Salvation and glory and honor and power belong to the Lord our God!  For true and righteous are His judgments . . . .” (Revelation 19:1-3).  Then John saw the twenty-four elders, along with the four living creatures, as they “fell down and worshipped God who sat on the throne, saying, Amen! Alleluia!” (Revelation 19:4).  Then John heard a voice coming out of the throne which said, “Praise our God, all you His servants and those who fear Him, both small and great!” (Revelation 19:5).  This was the followed by John hearing a voice that he described as that of “a great multitude . . . many waters . . . mighty thunderings, saying, “Alleluia! For the Lord God Omnipotent reigns!” (Revelation 19:6).

Then, for the first time since the inheritance began to be redeemed, the bride comes back into view.  But, the one previously seen as the bride is now seen as the wife of the Lamb — the wife of the One having redeemed the inheritance and, through this process, claimed the bride as His wife:

Let us be glad and rejoice and give Him glory, for the marriage [marriage festivities] of the Lamb has come, and His wife has made herself ready.

And to her it was granted to be arrayed [lit., “array herself”] in fine linen, clean and bright, for the fine linen is the righteous acts of the saints.

Then he said to me, “Write: ‘Blessed are those who are called to the marriage supper [or marriage banquet, festivities] of the Lamb!’”  And he said to me, “These are the true sayings of God.” (Revelation 19:7-9).

And John, having previously been shown all the various things surrounding “the Revelation of Jesus Christ,” beginning with the removal of Christians from the earth, now finds himself at this climactic point.  The inheritance has been redeemed, the previously revealed bride is now the Lamb’s wife, and the marriage festivities can at last begin, with a view to ensuing events.

The marriage festivities conclude events occurring in heaven prior to the heavens being opened, followed by Christ’s return to overthrow Gentile world power and bring numerous related events to pass.  And John, having been shown these things and finding himself at this climactic point, could do no more than fall at the feet of the one having revealed these things to him (Revelation 19:10).

Thus, the entire sequence of unfolding events in the book of Revelation — foreshadowed by unfolding events in the book of Ruth — can only be seen as regal in nature, in complete keeping with the way man was introduced at the time of his creation.

God’s first statement relative to man — an entirely new creation in God’s universe, one created in His own “image” and “likeness” — was, “let them [the man and the woman together] have dominion [Heb., radah, ‘rule’]” (Genesis 1:26).  The first man, the first Adam, was to reign as king, with his wife reigning at his side as consort queen.  And, though the fall ensued, with the domain remaining under Satan’s control, God’s purpose for man’s creation in the beginning remained unchanged.

And this purpose is seen being brought to fruition 6,000 years later in the book of Revelation.  Following events seen in the first nineteen chapters of this book, the second Man, the last Adam, will reign as King, with His wife reigning at His side as consort queen (Revelation 20 a).

The Spirit is in the world today searching for a bride for God’s Son.  Once the bride has been procured, the bride will be removed from the earth and revealed at the judgment seat (Revelation 1-3).  Then, crowns will be relinquished, with a view to man, after 6,000 years of sin and death, at last finding himself in a position to realize the purpose for his creation in the beginning (Revelation 4).  The inheritance will then be redeemed — the domain over which Satan and his angels presently rule, but the domain over which Christ and His consort queen will be about to rule (Revelation 5-18).  Then, once the inheritance has been redeemed, the bride will be revealed as Christ’s wife.  And ensuing events will lead into the Messianic Era, when the King with His consort queen will, at long last, hold the scepter (Revelation 19; 20 a).
Chapter Ten
Regality

So Boaz took Ruth and she became his wife; and when he went in to her, the LORD gave her conception, and she bore a son.

Then the women said to Naomi, “Blessed be the LORD, who has not left you this day without a close relative; and may his name be famous in Israel!

And may he be to you a restorer of life and a nourisher of your old age; for your daughter-in-law, who loves you, who is better to you than seven sons, has borne him.”

Then Naomi took the child and laid him on her bosom, and became a nurse to him.

Also the neighbor women gave him a name, saying, “There is a son born to Naomi.” And they called his name Obed. He is the father of Jesse, the father of David. (Ruth 4:13-17).

The coming Messianic Era, the earth’s approaching Sabbath, is the point toward which all Scripture moves.  This is the way Scripture begins, continues, and ends.  This is seen in sections of Scripture, it is seen in complete books, and it is seen in Scripture as a whole.

This is the way God introduced His Word in the opening chapters of Genesis.  God began this first book of Scripture after a fashion that reflects upon the whole of that which He was about to reveal, upon all subsequent Scripture.  God revealed to Moses at the very beginning, in the opening section of His Word, that which He was about to reveal in more detail through about forty different individuals over the next 1,500 years  (Genesis 1:1-2:3).

This section of Genesis reveals, in skeletal form, that which the whole of God’s revelation to follow is about.  The remainder of Scripture simply forms the sinews and flesh, clothing the skeletal form given at the beginning, providing everything necessary for man to understand that which God would have him know about His plans and purposes.

In this respect, Scripture begins with a very brief statement concerning the creation of the heavens and the earth, followed by the earth, a province within God’s created universe, being reduced to a ruined state — something that could only have resulted from the incumbent ruler’s (Satan’s) fall (Genesis 1:1-2a; cf. Isaiah 14:12-17; Jeremiah 4:23-28; Ezekiel 28:14-19).  Then, this opening section of Scripture continues with God’s restoration of the ruined creation over a six-day period, the creation of man following the completion of the restoration on the sixth day, and God resting on the seventh day (Genesis 1:2-2:3 [2b]).

Man was created following the restoration of the ruined creation, on the sixth day, for a revealed purpose — “let them have dominion [Hebrew: radah, ‘rule’]” (Genesis 1:26), which could only have been the dominion that Satan possessed (though having previously forfeited the right to continue holding the scepter).  And, contextually, it is clear that the reference to “them” in this verse has to do with the man and the woman holding the scepter together (Genesis 1:27ff).

God, bringing matters to pass after this fashion, put the man to sleep following his creation, opened his side, and from this opened side took a rib that He used to form a helpmate for the man.  Then the helpmate, the woman — bone of the man’s bone, and flesh of the man’s flesh (created in man at the time of man’s creation, but later removed from the man) — was presented back to the man (Genesis 2:21-24).

Since the woman was formed from a part of the man’s very being, apart from the woman, the man was incomplete.  But, once God had formed the woman from the man’s rib and had presented that which was a part of the man back to the man, the man was once again a complete being.  The woman, in this respect, completed the man.

And it was only as a complete being that the man could fulfill the purpose for his creation.  The man could reign only in conjunction with the woman.  The man would reign as king, with the woman reigning alongside as consort queen, together forming one complete person on the throne.

This is the way Scripture begins, relating, at the very beginning, the subject matter surrounding the whole of God’s revelation that was to follow.  God laid out, at the very beginning, exactly how He restored a ruined creation (through divine intervention, over six days time), the purpose surrounding man’s creation (to rule the restored domain), exactly how man was to rule the restored domain (as a complete being, the man as king and the woman ruling at his side as consort queen), and the time when man was to rule (on the seventh day, a day of rest following six days of restorative work).

But, following man’s creation, sin re-entered the sphere having to do with God’s plans and purposes for the earth.  Man sinned, resulting in exactly the same thing that had previously occurred when Satan sinned — a ruin of two creations.  There was a ruin of both man and the material creation, the domain that man had been created to rule.

At the time of Satan’s previous fall and ruin, God had brought the domain over which he ruled into a ruined state as well, described in the words of Scripture as “without form, and void.”  And only darkness existed where light had previously existed, a darkness covering “the face of the deep [darkness covering water that, in turn, covered the ruined earth]” (Genesis 1:2a).

But, when God began to restore the ruined material creation following Satan’s sin, God did not include the incumbent ruler within that which was being restored.  Rather, God left Satan in his ruined state and restored the domain over which he ruled, creating man to rule the domain in his (Satan’s) stead (Genesis 1:2-26 [2b]).

And, to prevent man from taking the scepter and replacing him in this manner, Satan, through the woman, brought about man’s fall.  Then, at the time of man’s fall, God reacted exactly as He had reacted at the time of Satan’s fall.  The one who had been created to rule found himself in a fallen state, and the domain that he was to rule (the restored domain) was placed under a curse (Genesis 3:1-17).

Following this, exactly as in the previous ruin of the material creation, God set about to restore that which, through sin, had been brought into this ruined state.  This time though, unlike that which had been done in the previous restoration, God, within His restorative work, included the one who, through sin, had brought about the chaos.  Man, created in God’s image, after His likeness, was this time placed first and foremost in God restorative work.  God would first restore man, and then He would restore the material creation (Romans 8:18ff).

And the pattern concerning how God would restore both ruined creations, along with that which would follow in relation to both man and the material creation, had already been set at the very beginning of Scripture.  God would work six days to restore both, and He would then rest on the seventh day.

In this respect, this opening section of Scripture (Genesis 1:1-2:3) relates, at the very beginning, what the whole of God’s revelation to follow is about.  It is about redemption, leading into regality.  It is about God working six more days to restore that which had fallen into a state of ruin, with a day of rest to follow, during which time man will exercise regality.  And each day in the latter restoration and rest is comprised of 1,000 years.

God is going to work for 6,000 years and then rest the seventh 1,000-year period.  Everything in Scripture centers on revelation having to do with God’s work and purpose surrounding this matter, with different parts of Scripture presenting different facets of this same central subject.  And, centering on revelation of this nature, it must be recognized that everything in Scripture moves toward that coming day of rest, foreshadowed by the day of rest in Genesis 2:2-3 — the seventh day, the seventh 1,000-year period, the earth’s coming Sabbath.

(The Sabbath was given to Israel as a “sign,” to keep this thought ever before the people of God [Exodus 31:13-17], and Christians have been told that a Sabbath rest awaits the people of God [Hebrews 4:9].  And the whole of Scripture has been structured in a septenary form in order to keep this thought ever before the people of God at any point in Scripture [e.g., Numbers 19:11-19; Hosea 5:13-6:2; Matthew 16:28-17:5; John 1:29, 35, 43; 2:1; 11:6-7].)

Scripture, from Genesis chapter one through Revelation chapter twenty-two, deals with man in relation to 7,000 years of time.  Scripture has very little to say about that which occurred prior to the 7,000 years, and Scripture has very little to say about that which will occur following the 7,000 years.  Even in Revelation chapters twenty-one and twenty-two, where man is given a glimpse into that which will occur beyond the 7,000 years (beyond the Messianic Era, during the endless ages that follow [during eternity]), the emphasis is still on the Messianic Era.  This must be the case, for this is the unchangeable way in which matters were set forth in the beginning (e.g., Revelation 21:6ff; 22:6ff).

(Note two easy to see examples in the New Testament concerning how individual books are structured in this manner — the books of Hebrews and Revelation.  Both books relate their subject matter at the beginning and then, within this subject matter throughout the books, both remain in complete keeping with the direction toward which all Scripture moves.

The book of Hebrews is introduced by seven successive Messianic quotations from the Old Testament, moving through Man’s Day and covering a deliverance that will be realized only during the Lord’s Day.  Thus, one can know from this introductory material that the content of the book beyond that point has to do with things surrounding a deliverance [salvation] to be realized in that coming day, during the Messianic Era.

And the book of Revelation deals with exactly the same subject, though from a different perspective.  The very first verse relates what the book is about — “the Revelation of Jesus Christ.”  And, following introductory comments on this verse, the remainder of the book outlines events having to do with this revelation, which ends with deliverance [salvation] during the Messianic Era.  The book ends with the second Man, the last Adam, with His wife [1 Corinthians 15:45ff; Revelation 19:7-9], fulfilling that for which the first man, the first Adam, with his wife, were created.)

Thus, it should go without saying that since the Messianic Era is the point toward which all Scripture moves, it should also be a subject with which all Christians are either quite familiar or are becoming quite familiar.  But such is far from the case.  Rather, exactly the opposite is instead true.  The point toward which all Scripture moves is something understood and appreciated by very few Christians today.

And the blame for this current condition of Christendom can be placed at the same point Christ placed it 2,000 years ago when He was on earth and a similar condition existed in Israel.  It can be laid first and foremost at the feet of the spiritual leaders.

This is where Christ placed it as it existed among the people of God at His first coming, and it is no different today among the people of God, immediately preceding Christ’s return.  The spiritual leaders misled the people relative to the proffered kingdom near the end of the past dispensation, and the spiritual leaders have misled and continue to mislead the people relative to the proffered kingdom near the end of the present dispensation.

At the conclusion of Christ’s ministry as Prophet, at His first coming, He severely condemned Israel’s religious leaders because of that which they had done during the course of His ministry.  And, to reflect upon that which had occurred and why it had occurred, an entire chapter is given over to this in the gospel of Matthew 23.

There were numerous religious sects in Israel when Christ was on earth the first time; but it was the “scribes and Pharisees” who, because of their numbers and influence (the largest and most influential of the religious sects), held sway over and directed the religious life of the people.

The scribes and Pharisees sat “in Moses’ seat” (Matthew 23:2).  That is, because of the position that they held (the governing religious sect in Israel), they were the ones responsible for teaching that revealed through Moses and exhorting the people accordingly, as Moses had done.  In this respect, the scribes and Pharisees together (forming a fundamental group that claimed to follow the Law to the letter) held the same position in Israel that Moses, the one through whom God gave the Law, had held 1,400 years earlier.

The scribes and Pharisees had followed Christ about the country throughout His ministry and had sought, at every turn, to mislead the people by seeking to both discredit the Messenger and subvert the message being proclaimed (e.g., Matthew 9:11-13; 12:10-14, 24-45; 15:1ff; 16:1ff; cf. Matthew 3:7-8).  Accordingly, they were the ones whom Christ subsequently held directly responsible for the Jewish people rejecting both the Messenger and His message.  In Christ’s words, at the time of His condemnation of these religious leaders, near the end of His earthly ministry, they had “shut up the kingdom of the heavens against men [‘in the presence of men’].”  They had no interest in entering the kingdom, and they were doing everything within their power to prevent others from entering as well (Matthew 23:13).

Near the conclusion of Christ’s present ministry for Christians, as High Priest in the heavenly sanctuary — during the present day and time — exactly the same conditions that prevailed in Israel 2,000 years ago can be seen existing in Christendom (cf. Matthew 13:33; Luke 18:8; Revelation 3:14-21).  And, viewing conditions as they presently exist in Christendom, these conditions again involve the same message and the people of God.  They again involve the King, the kingdom of the heavens, the religious leaders, and those whom the Lord has entrusted to the care of these leaders.

At Christ’s first coming, because of Israel’s rejection of the King and the kingdom, the proffered kingdom was taken from Israel, with the nation subsequently crucifying the One who had made the offer.  Then, following Christ’s resurrection, an entirely new entity (the Church) was called into existence to be the recipient of that which Israel had rejected.

And, with the calling into existence of the Church, Israel was set aside for a dispensation, while God dealt with the one new man “in Christ” in relation to the message surrounding the kingdom.  And the religious leaders in Christendom then became the counterpart to the religious leaders in Israel who occupied “Moses’ seat” at Christ’s first coming.  They, as in Israel, then became the ones responsible for teaching and leading the people, with the proffered kingdom occupying the same prominent place that it had occupied before.

But, what has happened in Christendom, immediately preceding Christ’s return?  One need only look around to see what has happened — exactly the same thing that happened in Israel surrounding Christ’s first coming has happened in Christendom immediately preceding Christ’s return.  Relative to the proffered kingdom, the religious leaders misled the people then; and, relative to this same proffered kingdom, the religious leaders have misled and continue to mislead the people now.  They “shut up the kingdom” then, and they are shutting it up now; they were not interested in entering the kingdom then, and they are not interested in entering the kingdom now;  they sought to prevent others from entering the kingdom then, and they are seeking to prevent others from entering the kingdom now.

Over a 2,000-year period, the entire matter has come full-circle.  The people of God, though a different people today, are at exactly the same place where they were 2,000 years ago.  The leadership has busied itself with other things, while, at the same time, they have either ignored or sought to subvert the central message which they should have been proclaiming.  And, as happened in Israel 2,000 years ago, the people committed to the trust of the shepherds have blindly followed their lead.

And, if Christ took the kingdom from the people of Israel and severely condemned the spiritual leaders in Israel for that which happened 2,000 years ago — which He did — will He deal any different with those in Christendom who are guilty of exactly the same thing?  The answer to that question is simple.  The latter group will have to be dealt with exactly the same way, on exactly the same basis as the former group.  If this were not the case, God could not be perfectly just and righteous in His dealings with man (cf. Romans 11:17-21).

The book of Ruth covers this whole panorama of teaching surrounding the proffered kingdom, primarily in relation to Christians but also in relation to Israel as well (since Israel must be in the picture in order for God to deal with Christians in this manner).  And the book of Ruth, as numerous other individual books in Scripture, ends at the same point as Scripture as a whole ends.

And this study in the book of Ruth will be brought to a close by showing how God brought this one part of His revelation to a close — in a manner that is in perfect keeping with how the whole of Scripture closes.  This is seen in the book through the revealed account of that which occurred after Boaz had redeemed the inheritance and Ruth became his wife, which foreshadows that which will occur after Christ redeems the inheritance in that coming day and the bride becomes His wife.

And if an individual would properly understand all the various revealed things about that coming day, he must begin with the types, with the book of Ruth being a central type in this respect.

In the type, as seen in this book, matters at the end of the book have to do with Naomi (typifying Israel), with Boaz and Ruth (typifying Christ and His wife), and with regality as it relates to all three.  And that which is seen surrounding these matters in this book is exactly what is seen in the antitype in relation to God’s three firstborn sons (Christ, Israel, and the Church [following the Christians’ adoption into a firstborn status].

Thus, whether in this type or in the antitype, matters are seen ending at exactly the same place set forth in the opening two chapters of Scripture — two chapters through which God established, at the beginning, the subject matter and pattern for the whole of His revelation that was to follow.

THE INHERITANCE REDEEMED, RELATIVE TO ISRAEL

Yes, in the way of Your judgments, O LORD, we have waited for You; the desire of our soul is for Your name and for the remembrance of You. (Isaiah 26:8)

The redemption of the inheritance in relation to Israel will consist of judgments of such a severe nature that the nation will have no recourse other than to turn to and call upon the God of their fathers for deliverance (an action that portends the Jewish people’s prior repentance [i.e., the Jewish people having previously changed their minds]).  And, when Israel does this, exactly as in the type in Exodus — when Israel turned to and called upon the God of their fathers for deliverance, during a time of severe persecution, with God sending Moses to deliver them from Egypt (Exodus 2:23-25; 3:7-12) — God will send the One greater than Moses to deliver His people from a worldwide dispersion (cf. Ezekiel 36:24-28; Acts 3:19-22).

Israel, through the nature of the redemption of the inheritance (“in the way of Your judgments”), will be brought to the place of repentance.  And God’s promise to His people when this occurs has to do with healing for both the people and the land.  In that day, the people will be restored; and the land will blossom as the rose, with streams flowing in the desert (cf. Leviticus 26:40-42; Deuteronomy 30:1-3; 2 Chronicles 7:14; Isaiah 35:1-10).

1)  TYPE

In Ruth 4, Boaz redeemed the inheritance in the first part of the chapter; and that which resulted from this redeemed inheritance, as it related to Naomi, is seen in the latter part of the chapter.  That which resulted from the redeemed inheritance is seen three different ways for Israel in the type:  (1) through that which is stated about Obed (Boaz and Ruth’s son), (2) through that which is stated about Ruth, and (3) through extending Boaz’s genealogy to King David (Boaz and Ruth’s great grandson).

In relation to Naomi, Obed is referred to as “a kinsman” (relative), one whose name would be “famous in Israel,” “a restorer of your life,” and “a nourisher of your old age” (Ruth 4:14-15a).  Then, in relation to Naomi, Ruth is referred to as one “who loves you, who is better to you than seven sons” (Ruth 4:15b).  And the book closes with Boaz’s genealogy through Obed, ending with David, Israel’s second king (Ruth 4:17-22).

(Why Israel’s second king?  Note that God rejects the first and establishes the second — a principle set forth at the beginning of Scripture and seen throughout the Word.

God rejected the first earth and will establish the second; God rejected the earth’s first ruler and will establish the Second; God rejected the first man and will establish the Second; God rejected Israel’s first king and established the second [then, yet future, God will establish a Second from this second ruler — David’s greater Son, the second Man, the last Adam].)

2)  ANTITYPE

For Israel, the inheritance will be redeemed “in the way of Your judgments.”  Israel is going to pass through this time of judgment when the inheritance is being redeemed.  Then, following the nation being brought to the place of repentance and calling upon the God of their fathers for deliverance, that which is seen in the type after the inheritance had been redeemed can then occur.

The Kinsman-Redeemer will appear in the midst of the nation, and, as Obed in the type, His name will be “famous in Israel.”  Conditions will be exactly as stated in Isaiah 26:8:

“. . . O LORD, we have waited for You; the desire of our soul is for Your name and for the remembrance of You.”

Or, note a Messianic passage from Isaiah:

Therefore My people shall know My name; Therefore they shall know in that day That I am He who speaks: “Behold, it is I.” [“Jesus,” the One whom the nation had rejected and crucified (cf. Zechariah 12:10-14)].

How beautiful upon the mountains are the feet of him who brings good news, who proclaims peace, who brings glad tidings of good things, who proclaims salvation, who says to Zion, “Your God reigns!” (Isaiah 52:6-7)

And, as Obed in the type, the Kinsman-Redeemer in that day, in relation to Israel, will be “a restorer of your life” and “a nourisher of your old age.”  Israel today is in the place of death, with the history of the nation stretching back four millennia to Abraham.  But the One who said, “I am the resurrection, and the life,” immediately prior to raising Lazarus from the dead (John 11:25), is going to one day restore life to the one whom Lazarus typified.  And in that day, the Restorer of life will be the One providing all the various things that the nation will require.

And, as Ruth loved Naomi and was better to her than seven sons, Christ’s wife, in that coming day, will exhibit the same affection toward Israel.  This is the type of affection that the King will exhibit; and that which is exhibited by the consort queen, in complete keeping with the type, can only be the same.  Israel in that day, rather than being despised and rejected as the nation finds itself today, will be loved by the King Himself, along with His consort queen.

Then, as the book of Ruth ends with regality by carrying Boaz’s genealogy to King David, matters end in the antitype by carrying the genealogy to David’s greater Son, seated on the throne.  Christ, following the redemption of the inheritance, will sit on His own throne in the heavenly Jerusalem and on David’s throne in the earthly Jerusalem (cf. 2 Samuel 7:12-16; Luke 1:31-33; Revelation 3:21).

Then, that which began to be revealed in the opening chapters of Genesis and dealt with throughout Scripture will be ushered in.  The long-awaited Messianic Era will, at long last, be realized, with Israel’s Messiah dwelling in the nation’s midst — a healed nation restored to a healed land, occupying the position of firstborn in that land (cf. Exodus 4:22-23; 19:5-6; 2 Chronicles 7:14; Joel 2:27).

THE INHERITANCE REDEEMED, RELATIVE TO THE CHURCH

Let us be glad and rejoice and give Him glory, for the marriage of the Lamb has come, and His wife has made herself ready. (Revelation 19:7).

The redemption of the inheritance in relation to the Church will have to do with Christ redeeming the domain over which He and His wife will rule during the succeeding Messianic Era.  This is the domain presently under Satan’s control, as he continues to exercise power over the earth, as God’s appointed ruler, though a rebel ruler.

The Church, in that day, will realize the reason for her existence — brought into existence following Israel’s rejection of the proffered kingdom, to be the recipient of this kingdom.  And, occupying this position, the Church will form the wife of the King Himself, His consort queen, exercising power and authority with Him over the earth.

1)  TYPE

In Ruth chapter four, Boaz, through the process of redeeming the inheritance, also redeemed Ruth’s widowhood.  Ruth, through this redemptive process, became his wife.  In this respect, once the transaction at the gate had been completed and the price had been paid, not only had Boaz redeemed the forfeited inheritance but Ruth had become his wife as well.

And once the inheritance had been redeemed and the union of Boaz and Ruth had occurred, blessings immediately come to the forefront.  As previously seen, these blessings began to be exhibited through their son, Obed, with the book ending by tracing Boaz’s genealogy through Obed to King David.  Thus, the book ends with blessings within a regal setting, foreshadowing exactly where it will end in the antitype as well.

2)  ANTITYPE

Following the redemption of the inheritance (through which the previously revealed bride will become the wife of the Redeemer, the wife of the Lamb), the marriage festivities, Christ’s return to the earth, and events connected with His return, the long-awaited Messianic Era will be ushered in.  Christ will exercise power and authority over the redeemed inheritance in the stead of Satan, as the Second Man, the Last Adam.  And His wife, ruling at His side, will rule in the stead of the angels presently ruling with Satan (cf. Genesis 1:26-28; Ruth 4:9-10).

The day is coming when the Father will give His Son, “dominion, and glory, and a kingdom . . . .” (Daniel 7:13-14), placing the Son upon His “holy hill of Zion [Jerusalem]” (Psalm 2:6).  And the Son, in this position will, with His wife, exercise power and authority over the previously redeemed domain.

With reference to that coming day, God has promised His Son…

Ask of Me, and I shall give You the nations [the Gentiles] for Your inheritance, and the ends of the earth for Your possession [the domain which, in that day, will have been redeemed].

You shall break them [the inhabitants of the redeemed domain] with a rod of iron; You shall dash them to pieces like a potter’s vessel” (Psalm 2:8-9).

And, as well, with reference to that coming day, the Son has promised overcoming Christians co-heirship with Him…

And he who overcomes, and keeps My works until the end, to him I will give power over the nations —

He shall rule them with a rod of iron; they shall be dashed to pieces like the potter's vessels — as I also have received from My Father. (Revelation 2:26-27)

To him who overcomes I will grant to sit with Me on My throne, as I also overcame and sat down with My Father on His throne. (Revelation 3:21)

This is the way matters will exist after Man’s Day has been brought to a close and the Lord’s Day ushered in.  This is the direction toward which all Scripture moves, and it has been revealed numerous different ways throughout the whole of Scripture, beginning in the opening chapters of the book of Genesis and concluding in the closing chapters of the book of Revelation.

The book of Ruth, closing in this manner, simply presents another facet to the complete word picture presented by the whole of Scripture — a facet of the picture that God has deemed necessary, apart from which the picture presented by the remainder of Scripture would be incomplete.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Word Document:  Ruth BOOK by Arlen Chitwood.docx which is SAFE to open and print.

To website CONTENTS Page.

 If you want to make God laugh, tell Him your plans!

Sorry, that's all for this page.

Make a free website with Yola